Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 774 "T" titles
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Christiane Querfeld, Jasmine Zain and Steven T. Rosen.
    Summary: In this book, a group of internationally distinguished lymphoma experts provide a comprehensive review of the most important advances in the biology, diagnosis, and therapy of T cell and NK cell malignancies. In particular, it demonstrates in detail how advances in our understanding of the tumor microenvironment and molecular biology have helped to elucidate the pathogenesis of these lymphomas, improve diagnostic and prognostic accuracy, and develop novel therapies that promise improved patient outcomes. Individual chapters are devoted to particular tumor types and subtypes, and all aspects of transplantation for patients with T cell and NK cell lymphomas are discussed. As such, the book offers a valuable resource for hematologists, oncologists, hematopathologists, and all those seeking an up-to-date overview of how new, targeted therapies are delivering better disease control and improved quality of life.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology and pathology of T- and NK-cell lymphomas
    2. Molecular and genomic landscape of peripheral T-cell lymphoma
    3. Tumor microenvironment in T-cell lymphomas
    4. Peripheral T-cell lymphoma, not otherwise specified (PTCL-NOS)
    5. Angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
    6. Anaplastic large cell lymphoma: contemporary concepts and optimal management
    7. Adult T-cell leukemia-lymphoma
    8. NK-cell lymphomas
    9. Hepatosplenic T-cell lymphomas
    10. Rare T-cell subtypes
    11. Primary cutaneous T-cell lymphomas: mycosis fungoides and Sezary syndrome
    12. CD30-positive lymphoproliferative disorders
    13. Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.L9 T34 2019
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Rémy Bosselut, Melanie S. Vacchio.
    Contents:
    200 million thymocytes and I: A beginner's survival guide to t cell development
    Development of [gamma][delta] T cells, the special-force soldiers of the immune system
    Genetic tools to study T cell development
    Assessment of T cell development by flow cytometry
    Flow cytometry analysis of thymic epithelial cells and their subpopulations
    Identifying the spatial relationships of thymic stromal and thymocyte subsets by immunofluorescence analysis
    Purification of thymocyte and T cell subsets
    Retroviral transduction of T cells and T cell precursors
    Bone marrow and fetal liver radiation chimeras
    In vitro analyses of T cell effector differentiation
    Studying T cell development in thymic slices
    FTOC-based analysis of negative selection
    Reconstituted thymus organ culture
    Induction of T cell development in vitro by delta-like (Dll)-expressing stromal cells
    In vitro analysis of thymocyte signaling
    Molecular analysis of mouse T cell receptor [alpha] and [beta] gene rearrangements
    Intrathymic injection
    Analysis of cell proliferation and homeostasis using EdU labeling
    Characterization and isolation of human T cell progenitors
    Approaches to study human T cell development
    Humanized mice to study human T cell development
    Using the zebrafish model to study T cell development.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Bing Sun, editor.
    Contents:
    Overview of orchestration of CD4+ T cell subsets in immune responses
    Th1/Th2 cell differentiation and molecular signals
    Th1/Th2 cell?s function in immune system
    Regulatory T Cell differentiation and their function in immune regulation
    Th17 differentiation and their pro-inflammation function
    Tfh Cell differentiation and their function in promoting B cell responses
    Differentiation, Regulation and Function of Th9 Cell
    The biology and functions of Th22 cell.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Ari Waisman, Burkhard Becher.
    Contents:
    Isolation of T cells from the skin / Beate Lorenz and Esther von Stebut
    Isolation of leukocytes from mouse central nervous system / Iva Lelios and Melanie Greter
    Isolation of T cells from the gut / Sonja Reissig, Christopher Hackenbruch, and Nadine Hövelmeyer
    T cell isolation from mouse kidneys/ Isis Ludwig-Portugall and Christian Kurts
    Intracellular staining for cytokines and transcription factors / Florian Mair and Vinko Tosevski
    Tracking cells and monitoring proliferation / Vinko Tosevski and Florian Mair
    Mass cytometry analysis of human T cell phenotype and function / Evan W. Newell and Lai Li Yun
    Detection of NF-[kappa]B pathway activation in T helper cells / Oliver Gorka, Stefan Wanninger, and Jürgen Ruland
    Assessing the suppressive activity of Foxp3⁺ regulatory T cells / Christian Thomas Mayer and Tim Sparwasser
    In vitro generation of microbe-specific human Th17 cells / Julia M. Braun and Christina E. Zielinski
    In vitro polarization of T-helper cells / Julie Rumble and Benjamin M. Segal
    A method for the generation of TCR retrogenic mice / Elisa Kieback, Ellen Hilgenberg, and Simon Fillatreau
    Mouse models of allergic airway disease / Helen Meyer-Martin, Sebastian Reuter, and Christian Taube
    Induction of colitis in mice (T-cell transfer model) / Benno Weigmann
    Manipulation of T cell function and conditional gene targeting in T cells / Anna Śledzińska,Lynsey Fairbairn, and Thorsten Buch
    Aldara-induced psoriasis-like skin inflammation : Isolation and characterization of cutaneous dendritic cells and innate lymphocytes / C.T. Wohn ... [et al.]
    Induction of passive EAE using myelin-reactive CD4+ T cells / Rhoanne C. McPherson ... [et al.]
    Experimental mouse models of T cell-dependent inflammatory bowel disease / George X. Song-Zhao and Kevin J. Maloy
    Analysis of chromosomal aberrations in murine HCC / Kristian Unger and Mathias Heikenwälder.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Stefan F. Martin, editor.
    Summary: This book summarizes the state-of-the art in the development of T cell-based in vitro assays, which offer useful tools for hazard identification, risk assessment and improvement of diagnostics. It will be of interest to scientists, the chemical and pharmaceutical industry, and regulators involved in the replacement of animal testing methods. The identification of hazardous chemicals and drugs is essential to ensuring human health. The ban on animal testing for the cosmetics industry since 2009 and international efforts to reduce and replace animal testing in research and immunotoxicology call for alternative in vitro methods. The most specific immune response to chemicals and drugs that cause allergic contact dermatitis, respiratory disease and adverse drug reactions is the highly antigen-specific T lymphocyte response. Therefore the use of T cells as tools for identifying contact allergens and drugs that may cause health problems is of great interest.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Song-Guo Zheng, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses one of the major challenges of immunology today that is being directed to the translation of the rapidly emerging volume of basic science contributions of immunology to clinical medicine. In so doing, the book systemically introduces and discusses concepts, classifications, phenotypic and functional descriptions of regulatory T (Treg) cells in health and disease. The authors of the 15 chapters were selected from among the most qualified experts in the field of Treg cell research who provide a comprehensive overview of Treg cells and their biology in the ensuing chapters. The beginning chapters provide a useful contemporary classification of Treg cell populations and then progress to chapters that explore basic mechanisms of Treg cell function and epigenetic control. In addition to descriptions of typical CD4+ Foxp3+ cells, other chapters provide detailed presentations of Treg subsets such as CD8+ Tregs and IL-10-producing Tr1 cells. The differences of various Treg subsets, as well as circulating and resident Treg cell populations, are next compared. Importantly, the next chapters provide the clinical correlation of Treg cells with autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, metabolic diseases, cancer and organ transplantation and progress to chapters that highlight emerging innovative technology including nanoparticle-Treg cells and their translational values. In summary, the book will provide a valuable resource not only for graduate students and researchers in the fields of immunology, cell biology and translational medicine but also for all others interested in learning more about Treg cells and their application in human health and disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Phillip C. Yang, editor.
    Summary: This book details the advances in cardiac MRI that have enabled quantitative tissue characterization of the myocardium using myocardial and blood T1 measurements, which have enabled reliable detection of diffuse pathological processes in both the cardiomyocytes and the interstitial cells of the myocardium. Evaluation of the native myocardial and interstitial fibrosis, and measurement of the extracellular volume fraction has allowed an unprecedented opportunity to elucidate the pathology, diagnosis and prognosis of cardiovascular disease. T1-Mapping in Myocardial Disease: Principles and Applications reviews a wide spectrum of significant cardiovascular disease and provides relevant guidance for the clinical implementation of this innovative technique. The specific topics covered include principles of T1-mapping in cardiovascular disease and the role of T1-mapping in hypertensive heart disease and hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, cardiotoxicity from cancer treatment, cardiacfibrosis, left ventricular hypertrophy in aortic stenosis, peri-infarct injury in ischemic cardiomyopathy, and stem cell therapy. This comprehensive coverage of the utility of T1-mapping in cardiovascular diseases will greatly appeal to the entire cardiovascular medicine and imaging communities.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Bresler, Johannes.
    Contents:
    I. Geistes-, Nerven-, Augen-, Ohren-, Herz- und Gefässerkrankungen sowie Verdauungsstörungen infolge Tabakmissbrauchs
    II. Der Tabak in gewerbehygienischer Bezichung.
    Digital Access Google Books 1911-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L371.T6 B8
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Taber, Clarence Wilbur; Thomas, Clayton L.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    STAT!Ref
    Current year Limited to 5 simultaneous users
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R121 .T18
    9
    Reference (Upstairs)
    R121 .T18
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] John A. Herring.
    Contents:
    Growth and development
    The orthopaedic history
    The orthopaedic examination : a comprehensive overview
    The orthopaedic examination : clinical application
    Gait analysis
    The limping child
    Back pain
    Disorders of the neck
    Scoliosis
    Kyphosis
    Other anatomic disorders of the spine
    Disorders of the upper extremity
    Developmental dysplasia of the hip
    Legg-calvé-perthes disease
    Slipped capital femoral epiphysis
    Congenital coxa vara
    Disorders of the femur
    Disorders of the leg
    Disorders of the foot
    Limb length discrepancy
    Limb deficiencies
    Arthritis
    Infections of the musculoskeletal system
    General principles of tumor management
    Benign musculoskeletal tumors
    Malignant bone tumors
    General principles of managing orthopaedic injuries
    Spinal injuries
    Upper extremity injuries
    Lower extremity injuries
    Disorders of the brain
    Disorders of the spinal cord
    Poliomyelitis
    Disorders of the peripheral nervous system
    Muscle diseases
    Skeletal dysplasias
    Orthopaedic-related syndromes
    Metabolic and endocrine disorders of bone
    Hematologic disorders
    Pediatric sports medicine : issues in contemporary sports participation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Tom A. Schweizer, Andrew J. Baker, editors.
    Summary: This state-of-the-art book brings together the full range of issues that can inform care for patients experiencing the effects of concussion. Written by an international panel of experts and edited by a critical care physician and by a cognitive neuroscientist, the book serves as a primer of the various domains of study and application, while providing clinical insights and evidence to bring towards treatment. Chapters span the basic mechanics and pathophysiology of concussion, through its assessment, management, and complications. Comprehensive and timely, this book is accessible to healthcare professionals, and researchers eager to learn something about this field.

    Contents:
    Concussion Mechanism: Biomechanical Perspectives
    The Pathophysiology of Concussion
    Neuroimaging of Concussion
    The Path Toward a Blood Test for Concussion : A Review of Biofluid Biomarkers for Concussive and Subconcussive Brain Trauma
    Sport-related Concussion Guideline Development: Acute Management to Return-to-activity
    Concussion Evaluation and Neurocognitive Outcomes
    Psychological and Mental Health Sequelae of Concussion: Prevalence, Treatment Recommendations, Novel Biomarkers, and Diagnostic Challenges
    Management of Concussion and Prolonged Symptoms Post Concussion
    Neuroprotective Pharmacological Antioxidant Therapies for Concussions
    Sex, Gender and Concussion
    Chronic Traumatic Encephalopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Joel M. Reiter, Donna Andrews, Charlotte Reiter, W. Curt LaFrance, Jr.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Irwin, Gordon Wong, Shuk Wan Lam.
    Summary: "We have a geographically diverse collection of authors who have helped us to present the most important topics in TIVA in a clear and easily readable style. Our vision is to empower readers to start or continue using this technique. Ideally this should be in young, healthy patients undergoing relatively straightforward surgery without the use of muscle relaxants"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Kyle P. Meyer, Rob Kramer.
    Summary: This practical, insightful title is a must read for anyone interested in or recently appointed to a leadership role in an academic medical center. Taking the Lead: A Guide for Emerging Leaders in Academic Medical Centers represents the highly accomplished authors more than 60 years of collective insights about leadership and leading effectively in an academic medical center environment. The authors present creative and highly applicable themes synthesized from their knowledge, career experiences, unique reflections, practice, mistakes, and observations of successful (and not so successful) leaders. The result is a book of leadership wisdom a wealth of ideas, concepts, and insights to inform the readers career journey and to become the best leader they can be. Organized in five parts, this work examines the successful leadership transition in the unique (and sometimes perplexing) academic medical center environment. Informal, conversational in tone, and often engagingly humorous, Taking the Lead: A Guide for Emerging Leaders in Academic Medical Centers represents a concise and invaluable introductory read for the next generation of leaders, as well as a helpful resource for experienced healthcare leaders.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 . Introduction: Why You Should Read this Book
    Part I: Leadership in the Academic Medical Center: Insights and Perspectives
    Chapter 2. The Milieu of the Academic Medical Center
    Chapter 3. Transitioning to Leadership in the Academic Medical Center: Conceptual Considerations
    Chapter 4. Transitioning to Leadership in the Academic Medical Center: Practical Considerations.-mChapter 5. Strengths and Motivations of the Leader.-Chapter 6. The Work of Leading in the Academic Medical Center
    Part II: Deciding About Decision-Making
    Chapter 7. The Multiple Dimensions of Decision-Making in the Academic Medical Center
    Chapter 8. Making Leadership Decisions versus Clinical Decisions
    Chapter 9. Getting Comfortable with the "Limits" of Decision-Making
    Chapter 10. Decisions about Your Academic Medical Center Career Trajectory
    Part III: Its the Little (or not so little) Things
    Chapter 11. Leading by Following
    Chapter 12. Understanding (and Following) the Academic Medical Centers "Chain of Command"
    Chapter 13. The Value of "Invisible" Leadership
    Chapter 14. The Leaders Role in Academic Medical Center Philanthropy
    Chapter 15. Accreditation: The Regulatory "Lifeblood" of the Academic Medical Center
    Part IV: Leadership Challenges & Challenges to Leadership
    Chapter 16. Leading Change in the Academic Medical Center
    Chapter 17. Leading Conflict Resolution
    Chapter 18. Crisis Leadership in the Academic Medical Center
    Chapter 19. Betrayal: Such is the Life of a Leader
    Part V: Epilogue
    Chapter 20. You Cant Lead if You Dont Take Care of Yourself.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Ralf Kühn, Wolfgang Wurst, Benedikt Wefers.
    Contents:
    Xanthomonas and the TAL effectors: nature's molecular biologist
    TAL effector DNA-binding principles and specificity
    The development of TALE nucleases for biotechnology
    Online tools for TALEN design
    Assembly of customized TAL effectors through advanced ultimate system
    Engineering customized TALENs using the platinum gate TALEN kit
    Design, assembly, and characterization of TALE-based transcriptional activators and repressors
    A new approach to dissect nuclear organization: TALE-mediated genome visualization (TGV)
    TALEN-induced translocations in human cells
    Mutagenesis in newts: Protocol for Iberian ribbed newts
    Targeted mutagenesis in Bombyx mori using TALENs
    Geneknockout by targeted mutagenesis in a hemimetabolous insect, the two-spotted cricket Gryllus bimaculatus, using TALENs
    Methods for talen evaluation, use, and mutation detection in the mosquito Aedes aegypti
    Methods for TALEN-mediated genomic manipulations in drosophila
    Targeted mutagenesis in zebrafish by TALENs
    Mutagenesis in xenopus and zebrafish using TALENs
    Genome editing in mice using TALE nucleases
    Genome editing in rats using tale nucleases
    Designer nuclease-mediated generation of knockout THP1 cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Samir S. Taneja, Ojas Shah.
    Contents:
    Impact of host factors and comorbid conditions
    Preoperative pulmonary assessment and management of pulmonary complications
    Preoperative cardiac assessment and management of perioperative cardiac complications
    Preoperative hematologic assessment and management of hematologic complications
    Metabolic complications of urologic surgery
    Anesthetic complications in urologic surgery
    Infectious complications of urologic surgery
    Classification of complications and assessment of quality of care
    Complications of the incision and patient positioning
    Management of vascular complications in urology
    Management of bowel complications
    Management of urinary fistula
    Management of urine leak
    Management of ureteral injury
    Management of complications related to traumatic injuries
    Urologic surgery in the obese
    Urologic surgery in the pregnant patient
    Management of complications of gender confirmation surgery
    Complications of genitourinary surgery in the irradiated pelvis
    Prostate biopsy complications
    Complications of upper tract drainage
    Complications of intravesical therapy
    Complications of renal tissue ablation
    Complications of prostate cryosurgical ablation
    Complications of transurethral resection of bladder tumors
    Complications of endoscopic procedures for benign prostatic hyperplasia
    Complications of ureteroscopic surgery
    Complications of percutaneous renal surgery
    Complications of extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy
    Special considerations in laparoscopy
    Special considerations in robot-assisted surgery
    Complications of robotic-assisted laparoscopic radical prostatectomy
    Complications of robotic pelvic floor reconstruction
    Complications of laparoscopic/robotic nephrectomy and partial nephrectomy
    Complications of robotic upper urinary tract reconstruction
    Complications of robotic cystectomy
    Complications of nephrectomy
    Complications of open partial nephrectomy
    Complications of adrenal surgery
    Complications of lymphadenectomy
    Complications of radical cystectomy and urinary diversion
    Complications of radical retropubic prostatectomy
    Complications of ureteral reconstructive surgery
    Complications of renal transplantation
    Complications of conduit urinary diversion
    Complications of continent cutaneous diversion
    Complications of orthotopic neobladder
    Complications of bladder augmentation and surgery for neurogenic bladder
    Complications of female incontinence surgery
    Complications of surgery for male incontinence
    Complications of urethral reconstruction
    Complications of surgery for erectile dysfunction and peyronie's disease
    Complications of surgery of the testicle, vas deferens, epididymis, and scrotum
    Special considerations in the pediatric patient
    Complications of pediatric endoscopic surgery
    Complications of pediatric laparoscopic and robotic surgery
    Complications of surgery for posterior urethral valves
    Complications of ureteral reimplantation, antireflux surgery, and megaureter repair
    Complications of exstrophy and epispadias repair
    Complications of hypospadias repair
    Complications of surgery for disorders of sex development
    Complications of pediatric urinary diversions and bladder augmentation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Eline M. Schotsmans, Dr. Nicholas Márquez-Grant, Professor Shari Forbes.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I General Post-Mortem Processes: Degradation of Soft Tissue, Bone and Associated Materials
    1 Gross Post-Mortem Changes in the Human Body
    2 Microscopic Post-Mortem Changes: the Chemistry of Decomposition
    3 Profiling Volatile Organic Compounds of Decomposition
    4 Blood Degradation and Bloodstain Age Estimation
    5 DNA Degradation: Current Knowledge and Progress in DNA Analysis
    6 Taphonomic Alterations to Hair and Nail
    7 Taphonomy of Teeth
    8 The Taphonomy of Natural Mummies
    9 Degradation of Clothing in Depositional Environments
    10 Post-Mortem Interval Estimation: an Overview of Techniques
    Part II The Depositional Environment
    11 Relationships between Human Remains, Graves and the Depositional Environment
    12 Bacterial Symbionts and Taphonomic Agents of Humans
    13 Forensic Entomology and Funerary Archaeoentomology
    14 Forensic Botany and Stomach Contents Analysis: Established Practice and Innovation
    15 The Effects of Weathering on Bone Preservation
    16 The Effects of Terrestrial Mammalian Scavenging and Avian Scavenging on the Body
    17 Decomposition in Aquatic Environments
    18 Post-Mortem Differential Preservation and its Utility in Interpreting Forensic and Archaeological Mass Burials
    19 Reconstructing the Original Arrangement, Organisation and Architecture of Burials in Archaeology
    Part III Anti-, Peri- and Post-Mortem Modifications to the Body
    20 Forensic Toxicology of Decomposed Human Remains
    21 Thermal Alteration to the Body
    22 Concealing the Crime: the Effects of Chemicals on Human Tissues
    23 Distinguishing between Peri- and Post-Mortem Trauma on Bone
    24 Collection Care and Management of Human Remains
    Part IV Case Studies
    25 The Use of Volatile Fatty Acid Biomarkers to Estimate the Post-Mortem Interval
    26 A Taphonomic Study Based on Observations of 196 Exhumations and 23 Clandestine Burials
    27 Case Studies on Taphonomic Variation between Cemetery Burials
    28 Forensic Entomology Case Studies from Mexico
    29 Recovery of Skeletonised Human Remains and Textile Degradation: a Case Study
    30 Saponified Brains of the Spanish Civil War
    31 Analysis and Interpretation of Burned Human Remains from a Homicide
    32 A Soldier's Story: Forensic Anthropology and Blast Injury
    33 Decomposition in an Unusual Environment: Body Sealed in Concrete
    34 A Case Study from Los Angeles: Baby in Concrete
    Part V Past, Present and Future Considerations
    35 History and Development of the First Anthropology Research Facility, Knoxville, Tennessee
    36 Crime Scene Investigation, Archaeology and Taphonomy: Reconstructing Activities at Crime Scenes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Anand J. Thakur.
    Summary: This book talks about developing and improvising upon medical presentations by equipping readers with critical technical tips and tricks to use popular presentation programs like PowerPoint or Keynote effectively. The book details numerous remedial measures for qualitative improvement of average medical presentations. It has three sections: first covers the general aspects of preparing a presentation; the second provides practical details and refinements of preparing a medical presentation; the last section deals with niceties of podium and webinar presentations. The chapters cover many serious mistakes and remedial measures to improve average medical presentations, such as a description of purposeful use of colors in a slide, a brief discourse on technicalities of appropriate clinical image formats for projection ensues; the use of drawing and photo-editing programs to inject excellence in the contents of a medical presentation to help it stand out in the crowd, details on the importance of lexical correctness- typography, line spacing and alignment to enhance the impact of the presented text and many more. Several short videos support and actively promote the viewpoints discussed in the text. This book elaborates on the exquisite art of creating remarkable medical presentations for a specialized audience. This book is a must-have for all healthcare professionals of all specialties and grades who make podium presentations in a medical conference webinar or submit posters for display.

    Contents:
    Philosophy of inception: Why a book on presentations
    Optics of slide design & projection
    Rational use of colour in presentations
    Digital Imaging and formats
    Supportive Apps
    Background
    The text slides
    Data presentation: Use of tables and graphics
    Use of photographs in medical presentations
    Showing X-ray, MRI, CT, and Ultrasound images in presentations
    Use of illustrations in medical presentations
    Adding Videos in presentations
    Posters for medical & scientific meetings
    An approach to podium and webinar presentations
    Audiovisual planning for a large medical conference.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Dayong Wang.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to intestinal and epidermal barriers, and to toxicity induction of environmental toxicants or stresses in the intestine, epidermis, neurons, muscle, and reproductive organs in Caenorhabditis elegans. In addition, it discusses the protective responses of various organs and nematodes' avoidance behaviour with regard to environmental toxicants or stresses. The intestinal, epidermal, neuronal, and germline signalling pathways required for the regulation of toxicity of environmental toxicants or stresses are also introduced and discussed. As a classic model animal with well-described genetic and developmental backgrounds, the nematode Caenorhabditis elegans has been successfully and widely used in both toxicity assessments and toxicological studies on various environmental toxicants and stresses. Once exposure to certain environmental toxicants has occurred, the toxicants can enter into the primary targeted organs (such as intestinal cells), and even be translocated into secondary targeted organs (such as reproductive organs and neurons). Based on related available data, this book provides a systematic understanding of target organ toxicology in C. elegans.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Protective Responses of Different Organs to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Protective Responses to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses in the Intestine; 1.2.1 Superoxide Dismutase (SOD) Proteins; 1.2.2 MTL-1 and MTL-2; 1.2.3 Heat Shock Proteins (HSPs); 1.2.4 PMK-1, SKN-1/Nrf, and GST-4; 1.2.5 Transcriptional Factor DAF-16; 1.2.6 Antimicrobial Proteins; 1.2.7 Mitochondrial Unfolded Protein Response (UPR); 1.2.8 Endoplasmic Reticulum (ER) UPR; 1.2.9 Autophagy 1.3 Protective Responses to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses in Epidermis1.3.1 Antimicrobial Proteins; 1.3.2 Autophagy; 1.4 Protective Responses to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses in Neurons; 1.4.1 SKN-1/Nrf; 1.4.2 JNK Signaling; 1.4.3 ERK Signaling; 1.4.4 Antimicrobial Proteins; 1.4.5 Autophagy; 1.5 Protective Responses to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses in Muscle; 1.6 Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 2: Avoidance Behavior of Nematodes to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses; 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Neurons Involved in the Regulation of Avoidance Behavior to Environmental Toxicants or Stress2.2.1 ASH Sensory Neurons; 2.2.1.1 Involvement of ASH Sensory Neurons in Response to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses; 2.2.1.2 Molecular Basis for ASH Sensory Neurons in Response to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses; 2.2.1.2.1 G Proteins; 2.2.1.2.2 Seven-Transmembrane Protein DCAR-1; 2.2.1.2.3 Neurotransmitter Signals; 2.2.2 ADL Sensory Neurons; 2.2.2.1 Involvement of ADL Sensory Neurons in Response to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses 2.2.2.2 Molecular Basis for ADL Sensory Neurons in Response to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses2.2.3 ASK Sensory Neurons; 2.2.4 ASJ Sensory Neurons; 2.2.4.1 Involvement of ASJ Sensory Neurons in Response to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses; 2.2.4.2 Molecular Basis for ASJ Sensory Neurons in Response to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses; 2.2.5 ADF Sensory Neurons; 2.2.6 ASI Sensory Neurons; 2.2.7 AWB Sensory Neurons; 2.2.8 AWC Sensory Neurons; 2.2.9 BAG Sensory Neurons; 2.2.9.1 Involvement of BAG Sensory Neurons in Response to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses 2.2.9.2 Molecular Basis for BAG Sensory Neurons in Response to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses2.2.10 OLL Sensory Neurons; 2.2.11 Interneurons; 2.3 Neuronal Circuit for the Avoidance Behavior to Environmental Toxicants or Stresses and the Underlying Molecular Basis; 2.3.1 ASI-ADF-ASH and ASH-RIC-ASI Neuronal Circuits; 2.3.1.1 ASI-ADF-ASH Neuronal Circuit; 2.3.1.2 ASH-RIC-ASI Neuronal Circuit; 2.3.1.3 Cross-Inhibitory Neural Circuitry Between ASHs and ASIs; 2.3.2 ADL-AIB Neuronal Circuit; 2.3.3 ASJ-RIM/RIC Neuronal Circuit; 2.3.4 AWB-AIZ/RMG Neuronal Circuit; 2.3.5 OLL-RMG Neuronal Circuit
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Anca-Ligia Grosu, Carsten Nieder, editors.
    Summary: The main objective of this book is to provide radiation oncologists with a clear, up-to-date guide to tumor delineation and contouring of organs at risk. With this in mind, a detailed overview of recent advances in imaging for radiation treatment planning is presented. Novel concepts for target volume delineation are explained, taking into account the innovations in imaging technology. Special attention is paid to the role of the newer imaging modalities, such as positron emission tomography and diffusion and perfusion magnetic resonance imaging. All of the most important tumor entities treated with radiation therapy are covered in the book. Each chapter is devoted to a particular tumor type and has been written by a recognized expert in that topic.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Overview.-Target Volume Delineation: Different Tumor Entities
    Brain Gliomas and Brain Metastases
    Base of the Skulls/Orbita
    Spinal Column/ Spinal Cord
    Head- and Neck-Tumors
    Lung Tumors
    Liver and Pancreas Tumors.-Gastrointestinal Tumor: Esophagus
    Stomach
    Colorectal Carcinoma
    Anal Carcinoma
    Sarcoma
    Lymphomas
    Prostate Cancer
    Gynecological Cancer
    Bladder
    Mamma.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nancy Y. Lee, Jiade J. Lu, Yao Yu, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide, now in a revised and updated second edition with more clinical cases for different stages, is designed as a concise reference on the delineation of target volumes in radiation oncology. Clear guidance is provided on simulation, setup, and field design for all of the malignancies commonly encountered by practicing radiation oncologists, and slice-by-slice examples are provided for different clinical stages and scenarios. The new edition of this book fully covers modern radiotherapy field design, with inclusion of guidelines on immobilization and simulation for 3D-conformal radiotherapy, intensity-modulated radiation therapy, and stereotactic body radiation therapy. Target Volume Delineation and Field Setup: A Practical Guide for Conformal and Intensity-Modulated Radiation Therapy is written by leading radiation oncologists who provide their expert opinions on all relevant aspects.

    Contents:
    1.Nasopharyngeal Cancer
    2.Oropharyngeal Cancer
    3. Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy for Head and Neck Cancer
    4. Larynx Cancer
    5.Hypopharyngeal Cancer
    6.Oral Cavity Cancer
    7.Nasal cavity and Paranasal Sinus Cancer
    8.Major Salivary Glands
    9.Thyroid Cancer
    10.Squamous Cell Carcinomas of Unknown Primary in the Head and Neck
    11.Early Breast Cancer
    12.Regional Lymph Node Irradiation for Breast Cancer
    13.Lung Cancer
    14.Esophageal Cancer
    15.Gastric Cancer
    16.Pancreatic Cancer
    17.Hepatocellular Cancer
    18.Rectal Cancer
    19.Anal Cancer
    20.Postoperative Therapy for Cervical, Vaginal, and Endometrial Cancer
    21.Definitive Therapy for Cervical, Vaginal, and Endometrial Cancer
    22.Image-guided brachytherapy Ovarian Cancer
    23.Vulvar Cancer
    24.Advanced Technologies and Treatment Techniques for Gynecologic Malignancies
    25.Prostate Adenocarcinoma
    26.Bladder Cancer
    27.Testicular Seminoma
    28.Brain Metastases
    29.Benign Tumors of the CNS
    30.Malignant tumors of the CNS
    31.Hodgkin's and Non-hodgkin's Lymphoma
    32.Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    33.Pediatric Sarcoma
    34.Pediatric Brain Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Nancy Y. Lee, Nadeem Riaz, Jiade J. Lu, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is designed to help the busy radiation oncologist to accurately and confidently delineate tumor volumes for conformal radiation therapy (including IMRT). The book provides an atlas of clinical target volumes (CTVs) for commonly encountered cancers, with each chapter illustrating CTV delineation on a slice-by-slice basis, on planning CT images. Common anatomic variants for each tumor are represented in individual illustrations, with annotations highlighting differences in coverage. The anatomy of each site and patterns of lymphatic drainage are discussed, and their influence on the design of CTVs is explained in detail. Utilization of other imaging modalities, including MRI, to delineate volumes is highlighted. Key details of simulation and planning are briefly reviewed. Although the emphasis is on target volume delineation for conformal techniques, information is also provided on conventional radiation field setup and design when IMRT is not suitable.

    Contents:
    Head and Neck Cancer: Nasopharynx
    Oropharynx Cancer
    Early Larynx
    Advanced larynx
    Hypopharyngeal Cancer
    Oral Cavity Cancer
    Paranasal Sinuses
    Major Salivary gland
    Thyroid Cancer
    Cranial Nerves
    Unknown Primary.- Head and Neck
    Neck
    Breast Cancer: Early Breast Cancer
    Locally Advanced Breast
    Thorax: Locally Advanced NSCLC &SCLD
    SBRT and post-OP NSCLC
    Gastrointestinal Cancer: Esophagus
    Gastric
    Pancreatic
    HCC/Cholangiocarcinoma
    Rectal Cancer
    Anal Cancer
    Gynecological Cancer: Cervical Cancer
    Endometrial Cancer
    Ovarian Cancer
    Vaginal Cancer
    Vulvar Cancer
    Genitourinary Cancer: Prostate Cancer
    Bladder Cancer.-Seminoma
    CNS: Brain Metastasis
    Benign
    Low and High Grade Glioma
    Lymphoma: Hodgkin's Disease
    Non-Hodgkin's Disease
    Musculoskeletal
    Pediatrics: Sarcoma
    Pediatric CNS.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stephanie A. Terezakis, Shannon M. MacDonald, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    1: Central Nervous System Normal Structures; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Visual System; 1.2.1 Lens; 1.2.2 Retina; 1.2.3 Optic Nerves, Chiasm, and Optic Tracts; 1.2.4 Visual Impairment; 1.3 Hypothalamus/Pituitary Gland; 1.4 Temporal Lobe; 1.4.1 Hippocampus; 1.5 Brainstem; 1.6 Temporal Bone: Cochleas; 1.6.1 Ototoxicity; References;
    2: Noncentral Nervous System Normal Structures; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Head and Neck; 2.2.1 Head and Neck OAR (Fig. 2.1); 2.3 Chest; 2.3.1 Chest OAR (Fig. 2.2); 2.3.1.1 Lungs; 2.3.1.2 Heart Subsegments (Fig. 2.3) 2.3.1.3 Major Vessels2.3.1.4 Ribs and Chest Wall; 2.3.1.5 Brachial Plexus; 2.3.1.6 Spinal Cord; 2.3.1.7 Esophagus; 2.4 Abdomen; 2.4.1 Abdominal OAR (Fig. 2.4); 2.4.1.1 Liver; 2.4.1.2 Kidneys; 2.4.1.3 Bowel; 2.4.1.4 Pancreas; 2.4.1.5 Spleen; 2.5 Pelvis; 2.5.1 Pelvic OAR (Fig. 2.5); 2.6 Extremities; 2.6.1 Extremity OAR (Fig. 2.6); References;
    3: Medulloblastoma; 3.1 Background; 3.1.1 Histology; 3.1.2 Staging; 3.1.3 Principles of Management; 3.2 Craniospinal Irradiation Contouring; 3.3 Focal Boosts to Resection Bed Plus Margins in Average-Risk Medulloblastoma 3.4 Whole Posterior Fossa Boosts in High-Risk Medulloblastoma3.5 Metastases; References;
    4: Ependymoma; 4.1 Background and Epidemiology; 4.1.1 Pre-radiotherapy Imaging and Evaluation; 4.2 Management and Treatment of Intracranial Childhood Ependymoma; 4.2.1 Intracranial Ependymoma: Principles of Management; 4.2.2 Intracranial Ependymoma (Nondisseminated): General Considerations for Radiotherapy; 4.3 Management and Treatment of Childhood Spinal Ependymoma; 4.3.1 Spinal Cord Ependymoma: Principles of Management; 4.3.2 Spinal Cord Ependymoma: General Considerations for Radiotherapy 4.4 Special Considerations4.4.1 Disseminated Ependymoma; References; Suggested Reading;
    5: Pediatric Intracranial Germinomas; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Diagnostic Workup, Stratification, and Staging; 5.3 Evolution of Radiation Fields; 5.4 Treatment Paradigm; 5.5 Simulation and Daily Localization; 5.6 Radiation Technique and Target Delineation (See Figs. 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, and 5.8); 5.7 Late Toxicity; References;
    6: Craniopharyngioma; 6.1 Background; 6.1.1 Epidemiology; 6.1.2 Histologic Subtypes; 6.2 Presenting Findings and Anatomic Relationships; 6.3 Imaging 6.4 Surgery6.5 Radiotherapy; 6.5.1 Radiotherapy Techniques; 6.5.2 Planning and Simulation; 6.5.3 Image Fusion; 6.5.4 Normal Tissue Delineation; 6.5.5 Gross Tumor Volume Delineation; 6.5.6 Clinical Target Volume; 6.5.7 Planning Target Volume; 6.5.7.1 Imaging; 6.5.7.2 Operative Procedure; 6.5.7.3 Radiotherapy Planning; 6.5.7.4 Imaging; References;
    7: Gliomas in Children; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Background; 7.3 Imaging; 7.4 General Principles; 7.5 Cases; 7.5.1 Juvenile Pilocytic Astrocytoma (JPA); 7.5.2 Low-Grade (Grade 2) Glioma; 7.5.3 High-Grade Glioma
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Naidong Weng and Dr. Wenying Jian, Janssen Research & Development, LLC.
    Contents:
    Part I: Overview. Overview of targeted quantitation of biomarkers and its applications / Naidong Weng
    Translational application of biomarkers / Ray Bakhtiar
    Current regulatory guidance pertaining biomarker assay establishment and industrial practice of fit-for-purpose and tiered approach / Naidong Weng
    Modern liquid chromatography and mass spectrometry for targeted biomarker quantitation / Wenying Jian
    Comparison between LC-MS and ligand-binding assay approaches for biomarker quantification / QingQing Wang, Lili Guo, and Ian A. Blair
    Sample preparation methods for targeted biomarker quantification by LC-MS / Shichen Shen, Bo An, and Jun Qu
    Overcome the endogenous levels in biomarker quantitation using LC-MS / Guowen Liu
    Part II: Challenges and approaches. Sample collection for targeted biomarker quantitation by LC-MS / Yuzhong Deng and Xiaorong Liang
    Nonspecific binding in LC-MS bioanalysis / Aimin Tan and John C. Fanaras
    Strategies for improving sensitivity for targeted quantitation by LC-MS / Long Yuan and Qin C. Ji
    Strategies to improve specificity for targeted biomarker quantitation by LC-MS / Yuan-Qing Xia and Jeffrey D. Miller
    Biomarker quantitation using relative approaches / Shane M. Lamos and Katrina E. Wiesner
    Part III: Applications. Targeted quantification of amino acid biomarkers using LC-MS / Barry R. Jones, Raymond F. Biondolillo, and John E. Buckholz
    Targeted quantification of peptide biomarkers: a case study of amyloid peptides / Lieve Dillen, Marc De Meulder, and Tom Verhaeghe
    Targeted protein biomarker quantitation by LC-MS / Yongle Pang, Chuan Shi, and Wenying Jian
    Glycoprotein biomarkers / Shuwei Li, Stefani N. Thomas, and Shuang Yang
    Targeted lipid biomarker quantitation using liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) / Ashkan Salamatipour, Ian A. Blair, and Clementina Mesaros
    Targeted LC-MS quantification of androgens and estrogens for biomarker development / Daniel Tamae
    Steroid biomarkers / Mike (Qingtao) Huang, Shefali Patel, and Zhongping (John) Lin
    Bile acids as biomarkers / Clara John, Philipp Werner, Joerg Heeren, and Markus Fischer
    Biomarkers for vitamin status and deficiency: LC-MS based approach / Stanley (Weihua) Zhang and Jonathan Crowther
    Quantitation of acyl-coenzyme A thioesters as metabolic biomarkers / Nathaniel Snyder
    Neurotransmitter biomarkers / Guodong Zhang
    Targeted quantification of carbohydrate biomarkers using LC-MS / Cong Wei and Hong Gao
    Nucleoside/nucleotide biomarkers / Guodong Zhang
    LC-MS of RNA biomarkers / Michael G. Bartlett, Babak Basiri, and Ning Li.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Padma V. Devarajan, Prajakta Dandekar, Anisha A. D'Souza, editors.
    Summary: This book elaborates on various aspects of targeting via intracellular delivery, specifically through the Receptor Mediated Endocytosis (RME) approach, due to the involvement of cellular receptors in various grave diseases. Targeted delivery relies on two basic approaches, passive and active targeting. While passive targeting approaches have shown great promise, the improved selectivity achieved with active targeting approaches has resulted in significantly higher efficacy. Interestingly there are numerous strategies for active targeting, many of which are already highlighted in Targeted Drug Delivery: Concepts and Applications. Nevertheless an exciting and practical strategy for active targeting, which could enable high intracellular delivery, is through exploitation of RME. Cells in the body express receptors to enable various physiological and biochemical processes. Many of these receptors are overexpressed in pathological conditions, or newer receptors expressed due to defective cellular functioning. RME is based on exploitation of such receptors to achieve intracellular delivery. While targeted delivery can have manifold applications, in this book we focus on two major and challenging therapeutic areas; i) Cancer and ii) Infectious Diseases. Targeted Intracellular Drug Delivery by Receptor Medicated Endocytosis discusses the major receptors that are useful for targeted delivery for these afflictions. An overview of pathways of intracellular uptake is presented with emphasis on RME pathways. A major section of this book is dedicated to details regarding their occurrence and location, the recognition domain of the receptor, structure activity relationship of substrate /ligand for selective binding, ligands explored, antagonists for ligand binding and relevance of these aspects for therapy of cancer and infectious diseases. These facets are elucidated with the help of specific examples from academic research and also clinical trials, wherever relevant. In vitro cellular models relied on for assessing receptor mediated cellular targeting and in vivo models depicting clinical efficacy are focused on in a separate section. This section also includes a chapter on cellular assays which was conceived to provide hands on training to young and nouveau researchers in the field of targeted nanomedicine.

    Contents:
    Part 1-Introduction and overview
    Intracellular Delivery in Cancer and Infectious Diseases
    Intracellular Delivery by Receptor Mediated Endocytosis
    Part 2-Receptor and Receptor Medicated Endocytosis in Cancer
    Receptors Relevant for Cancer Therapeutics
    (chapters 3-8)
    Part 3-Receptors and Receptor Medicated Endocytosis in Infectious Diseases
    Receptors Relevant for Infectious Disease Therapeutics
    (chapters 9-13)
    Part 4-Common Receptors for Receptors and Receptor Mediated Endocytosis in Cancer and Infectious Diseases
    Chapters 14-17)
    Receptors Relevant for Cancer and Infectious Disease Therapeutics
    Part 5-Models for Evaluation of Targeted Delivery in Cancer and infectious Diseases
    In vitro and in vivo Models for Cancer and Infectious Diseases
    In vitro and in vivo Models for Infectious Diseases
    Part 6- Regulatory and Toxicity Issues
    Regulatory and Toxicity Issues in Targeted Delivery.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mohammed Keshtgar, Katharine Pigott, Frederik Wenz, editors.
    Summary: Targeted intraoperative radiotherapy is a major advance in the management of cancer patients and has been attracting massive interest worldwide following publication of the results of an important randomized controlled trial in The Lancet. This textbook is designed to introduce this innovative technology in a comprehensive manner to clinicians dealing with cancer patients. Throughout, the emphasis is on practical aspects, and the text is supported by many excellent illustrations. The editors of the book have extensive experience in targeted intraoperative radiotherapy and include co-directors of the TARGIT Academy, which runs international training courses on the technology in the United Kingdom and Germany. They have brought together multidisciplinary contributors from different centers across the world who have wide experience in the field and whose work has been recognized internationally. It is the editors' hope that this book will succeed in ensuring that targeted intraoperative radiotherapy is used effectively worldwide.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ravi Salgia, editor.
    Summary: This book contextualizes translational research and provides an up to date progress report on therapies that are currently being targeted in lung cancer. It is now well established that there is tremendous heterogeneity among cancer cells both at the inter- and intra-tumoral level. Further, a growing body of work highlights the importance of targeted therapies and personalized medicine in treating cancer patients. In contrast to conventional therapies that are typically administered to the average patient regardless of the patients genotype, targeted therapies are tailored to patients with specific traits. Nonetheless, such genetic changes can be disease-specific and/or target specific; thus, the book addresses these issues manifested in the somatically acquired genetic changes of the targeted gene. Each chapter is written by a leading medical oncologist who specializes in thoracic oncology and is devoted to a particular target in a specific indication. Contributors provide an in-depth review of the literature covering the mechanisms underlying signaling, potential cross talk between the target and downstream signaling, and potential emergence of drug resistance.

    Contents:
    1. EGFR
    2. ALK
    3. ROS1
    4. B-RAF
    5. MET
    6. HER2
    7. NTRK
    8. SCLC
    9. Complexities of the Lung Tumor Microenvironment
    10. KRAS
    11. Targeting Epigenetic Regulators in Cancer to Overcome Targeted Therapy Resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Antonio Russo, Rafael Rosell, Christian Rolfo, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides readers a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview about the range of applications of targeted therapies for solid tumors. The sections of the book have been structured to review the oncogene addicted tumors, the pharmacology and clinical development of new molecularly targeted agents, the use of biomarkers as prognostic, predictive and surrogate endpoints, and the evaluation of tumor response and specific malignancies treated with targeted agents. The book also covers some of the newest developments in cancer therapy that are not adequately covered by any current available literature. Written by recognized experts in the field, Targeted Therapies for Solid Tumors: A Handbook for Moving Toward New Frontiers in Cancer Treatment provides a unique and valuable resource in the field of molecular oncology, both for those currently in training, and for those already in clinical or research practice.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Oncogene Addiction in Solid Tumors
    Pharmacology and Clinical Development of New Molecularly Targeted Agents
    Biomarkers as Prognostic, Predictive and Surrogate Endpoints
    Evaluation of Response in Malignant Tumors Treated with Targeted Agents
    Targeted Therapies for HER2-Positive Breast Cancer
    Role of PARP Inhibitors in Triple Negative Breast Cancer (TNBC)
    Targeted Therapies in Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Head and Neck
    Targeted Therapies for NSCLC
    Targeted Therapies for Gastric Cancer
    Targeted Therapies for Pancreatic Cancer
    Targeted Therapies in Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Targeted Therapies for Colorectal Cancer
    Targeted Therapy in Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors
    Targeted Therapies in Kidney Cancer
    Targeted Therapies in Melanoma
    Targeted Therapies for Prostate Cancer
    Targeted Therapies for Bone Metastases.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Marianne Davies and Beth Eaby-Sandy.
    Summary: This book aims to educate nurses and advanced practice providers (APP's) about known mutations, availability of targeted therapy and the management of patients with non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). It will educate nurses and practitioners about the scope of therapy to assure safe and effective lung cancer treatment. In this era of personalized medicine, nurses and APP's are responsible for guiding patients from diagnosis through treatment. This starts with the identification of patients that can benefit from these therapies, the key role of biopsy acquisition (ie. what to test, when and how often) and treatment selection based on the mutation identified. Readers will learn about the mechanisms of action, administration, potential adverse side effects and unique management strategies for these targeted agents. Lung cancer continues to be the leading cause of cancer death in the United States and worldwide. Recent advances in the identification of specific oncogenic mutations that drive cancer development, growth and metastasis have led to major paradigm shifts in lung cancer treatment. Sophisticated methods are required to identify specific mutations at the time of diagnosis. This book explains how molecularly targeted therapies have been developed that target these drivers. To date, several tyrosine kinase inhibitors have been approved to target the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), EML4-ALK ,ROS1 and BRAF. Most recently, immune checkpoint inhibitors have been approved with some indication that efficacy may be enhanced for patients who overexpress PD-L1. While some driver mutations have been identified, there is ongoing investigation into additional mutations. In the case of driver mutations, lung cancers will develop resistance to therapy. This book provides nurses and APP's with the mechanisms of resistance that have been identified such as T790 mutation and many others in the EGFR mutation, and shows how the next level of drug development is focused on identifying mechanisms of resistance and development of new agents that overcome these mutations. With this book in hand, nurses and practitioners will be able to navigate patients through this ever expanding field of lung cancer treatment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Introduction to Mutation Testing
    Chapter 3. Nursing Considerations with EGFR inhibitors in NSCLC
    Chapter 4. Nursing Considerations with ALK and ROS1 inhibitors in NSCLC
    Chapter 5. BRAF in Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer
    Chapter 6. Mechanisms of acquired resistance to targeted therapy in NSCLC: Role of Repeat Biopsy and Nursing Considerations
    Chapter 7. The Impact and Toxicity of Checkpoint Inhibitors in Management of Lung Cancer
    Chapter 8. The Role of Anti-Angiogenic Agents (VEGF)
    Chapter 9. Nursing Considerations for Patients Treated with Targeted Therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael Andreeff, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an unprecedented overview of targeted therapies for acute myeloid leukemias. The volume provides comprehensive coverage of the diverse therapeutic strategies that have been developed during the last decade and are now being evaluated in early clinical trials. Authoritative chapters are written by leading research scientists and clinicians, who explain basic concepts and the clinical translation of topics that include the underlying genetic and proteomic abnormalities of AML. The chapter topics include the development of novel nucleoside analogues, the roles of microRNAs, apoptosis regulators Bcl-2 and p53, and of critical cell signaling proteins such as PIM, FLT3, Raf/MEK, PI3K/AKT/mTOR and aurora kinases. In addition, chapters on epigenetic mechanisms, nuclear receptors, cell surface antigens, the hypoxic leukemia microenvironment, stem cells, and leukemia metabolism, provide insight into leukemia cell vulnerabilities. Cell therapies utilizing T-, NK- and mesenchymal stem cells and progress in hematopoietic transplantation strategies complete the overview of the multi-dimensional therapeutic landscape, where leukemia specialists develop treatment strategies, which are expected to bring forth critical breakthroughs in the field of leukemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Peter Jordan, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface Chapter 1- Colorectal Cancer Subtypes- the current portrait. 1 Peter Jordan Chapter 2- Targeting colon cancers with mutated BRAF and microsatellite instability. 17 Paulo Matos and Peter Jordan Chapter 3
    Targeting KRAS mutant CMS3 subtype by metabolic inhibitors. 50 Oscar Aguilera and Roberto Serna-Blasco Chapter 4- Targeting the PI3K Signalling as a Therapeutic Strategy in Colorectal Cancer. 77 Maria Sofia Fernandes, João Miguel Sanches and Raquel Seruca Chapter 5- Targeting PTEN in colorectal cancers. 117 Larissa Kotelevets, Mark G.H. Scott and Eric Chastre Chapter 6- Wnt signalling-targeted therapy in the CMS2 tumour subtype: a new paradigm in CRC treatment? 162 Cristina Albuquerque and Lucília Pebre Pereira Chapter 7- Impact of the microenvironment on tumour budding in colorectal cancer. 216 Laurent MC Georges, Laurine Verset, Inti Zlobec, Pieter Demetter, Olivier De Wever Chapter 8- Anti-EGFR Therapy to treat metastatic colorectal cancer: not for all 241 Marta Martins, André Mansinho, Raquel Duarte, Soraia Lobo Martins and Luís Costa Chapter 9- miRNAs as modulators of EGFR therapy in colorectal cancer. 282 Diane M. Pereira and Cecília M. P. Rodrigues Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jin-Ming Yang, editor.
    Contents:
    Autophagy as a Therapeutic Target in Cancer.-Autophagy in Cancer Cells vs Cancer Tissues: two different stories
    Small-Molecule Regulators of Autophagy as Potential Anti-Cancer Therapy
    Regulation of autophagy by microRNAs: Implications in cancer therapy
    Targeting PI3-kinases in modulating autophagy and anti-cancer therapy
    Adult and Cancer Stem Cells:Perspectives on Autophagic Fate Determinations and Molecular Intervention
    Role of autophagy in tumor progression and regression.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Dustin L. Williams, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a much-needed discussion on the targeting of biofilm-related infections. Chapters include discussions on the impact of biofilm on medical implants, industrial applications, as well as wound and tissue infections. It also offers discussions on regulatory management for industrial sectors and medical environments. Given that there continues to be a paucity of effective antimicrobial products, devices, and coatings in clinical and industrial use that effectively reduce rates of infection or biofilm-related problems, Targeting Biofilms in Translational Research, Device Development, and Industrial Sectors, offers a fresh and much-needed perspective aimed at helping create healthier controlled environments and safer devices. This comprehensive book is indispensable for industrial and academic translational researchers, device developers, and regulatory experts looking to create more effective antimicrobial products.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Editors, David Stewart and Bruce Stillman.
    Summary: The 81st Cold Spring Harbor Symposium focused on Targeting Cancer. The implications of how the underlying science can drive improvements in diagnostic, prognostic, and therapeutic approaches was a major theme throughout the Symposium. The topics covered at the meeting included: Cancer Genes and Genomes; Cancer Pathways; Tumor Cell Biology; Cancer Growth & Progression; Innate & Adaptive Immune Responses; and Enabling Technologies. Several speakers participated in interviews during the course of the Symposium week and transcripts of those videos and the Dorcas Cummings lecture are included.

    Contents:
    Symposium participants
    Foreword. Cancer stem cells : Normal and neoplastic stem cells / Melissa N. McCracken, Benson M. George, Kevin S. Kao, Kristopher D. Marjon, Tal Raveh, and Irving L. Weissman
    Targeting the epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition: the case for differentiation-based therapy / Diwakar R. Pattabiraman and Robert A. Weinberg
    Trimming the vascular tree in tumors: metabolic and immune adaptations / Elizabeth Allen, Rindert Missiaen, and Gabriele Bergers
    Cell of origin and cancer stem cells in tumor suppressor mouse models of Glioblastoma / Sheila R. Alcantara Llaguno, Zuanhua Xie, and Luis F. Parada. Genetics and epigenetics : The enigma of p53 / Guillermina Lozano
    Alterations in three-dimensional organization of the cancer genome and epigenome / Joanna Achinger-Kawecka, Phillippa C. Taberlay, and Susan J. Clark
    COmposition and function of mammalian SWI/SNF chromatin remodeling complexes in human disease / John L. Pulice and Cigall Kadoch
    The essential transcriptional function of BRD4 in acute myeloid leukemia / Jae-Seok Roe and Christopher R. Vakoc. Metabolism : Reexamining how cancel cells exploit the body's metabolic resources : Craig B. Thompson and Wilhelm Palm
    Autophagy, metabolism, and cancer / Jessie Yanxiang Guo and Eileen White
    A time for MYC: metabolism and therapy / Chi V. Dang
    Beyond the oncogene revolution: four new ways to combat cancer / Thorsten Berger, Mary E. Saunders, and Tak W. Mak
    Lipid synthesis is a metabolic liability of non-small cell lung cancer / Robert U. Svensson and Reuben J. Shaw. Targets, vaccines, and therapeutics : Cancer immunogenomics: computational neoantigen identification and vaccine design / Jasreet Hundal, Christopher A. Miller, Malachi Griffith, Obi L. Griffith, Jason Walker, Susanna Kiwala, Aaron Graubert, Joshua McMichauel, Adam Coffman, and Elaine R. Mardis
    Targeting HIF2 in clear cell renal cell carcinoma / Hyejin Cho and William G. Kaelin
    BET bromodomain proteins as cancer therapeutic targets / Shaokun Shu and Kornelia Polyak
    To prime, or not to prime: that is the question / Danielle S. Potter and Anthony Letai
    Genetic dissection of cancer development, therapy response, and resistance in mouse models of breast cancer / Stefano Annunziato, Marco Barazas, Sven Rottenberg, and Jos Jonkers. Microenvironment and metastasis : Tumor-stroma interactions in bone metastasis: molecular mechanisms and therapeutic implications / Hanqiu Zheng, Wenyang Li, and Yibin Kang
    Cancer, oxidative stress, and metastasis / Jennifer G. Gill, Elena Piskounova, and Sean J. Morrison
    RON signaling is a key mediator of tumor progression in many human cancers / Najme Faham and Alana L. Welm
    Physical and chemical gradients in the tumor microenvironment regulate tumor cell invasion, migration, and metastasis / Madeleine J. Oudin and Valerie M. Weaver. Models of cancer : Pathways involved in formation of mammary organoid architecture have keys to understanding drug resistance and to discovery of druggable targets / Saori Furuta and Mina J. Bissell
    Explaining the paucity of intratumoral T cells: a construction out of known entities / Douglas T. Fearon
    Modeling breast cancer intertumor and intratumour heterogeneity using xenografts / Alejandra Bruna, Oscar M. Rueda, and Carlos Caldas
    Challenges and opportunities in modeling pancreatic cancer / Michael E. Feigin and David A. Tuveson. Cancer genomics and tumor heterogeneity : Functional genomic characterization of cancer genomes / Thomas P. Howard, Francisca Vazquez, Aviad Tsherniak, Andrew L. Hong, Mik Rinne, Andrew J. Aguirre, Jesse S. Boehm, and William C. Hahn
    How cancer genomics drives cancer biology: does synthetic lethality explain mutually exclusive oncogenic mutations? / Harold Varmus, Arun M. Unni, and William W. Lockwood
    A pipeline for drug target identification and validation / Eusebio Manchado, Chun-Hao Huang, Nilgun Tasdemir, Darjus F. Tschaharganeh, John E. Wilkinson, and Scott W. Lowe
    SIngle-cell analysis of circulating tumor cells as a window into tumor heterogeneity ? David T. Miyamoto, David T. Ting, Mehmet TOner, Shyamala Maheswaran, and Daniel A. Haber
    Discovery of double-stranded genomic DNA in circulating exosomes / Raghu Kalluri and Valerie S. LeBleu. Summary : Moving closer to victory / Taru Muranen and Joan S. Brugge. Dorcas Cummings lecture : Charles Sawyers. Conversations at the symposium : Gabriele Bergers
    Joan Brugge
    Karen Cichowski
    Susan Clark
    Gerard Evan
    Daniel Haber
    William Kaelin
    Raghu Kalluri
    Scott Lowe
    Guillermina (Gigi) Lozano
    David Lyden
    Elaine Mardis
    Sean Morrison
    Benjamin Neel
    Luis Parada
    Sir Michael Stratton
    David Tuveson
    Christopher Vakoc
    Harold Varmus
    Karen Vousden
    Valerie Weaver
    Robert Weinberg
    Eileen White. Author index. Subject index.
  • Digital
    editors, Claudiu T. Supuran, Clemente Capasso.
    Contents:
    Targeting carbonic anhydrases / Clemente Capasso & Claudiu T. Supuran
    Overview of carbonic anhydrase families/isoforms / Clemente Capasso & Claudiu T. Supuran
    Classical sulfonamides and their bioisosters as carbonic anhydrase inhibitors / Jean-Yves Winum
    Next-generation primary sulfonamide carbonic anhydrase inhibitors / Suleyman Akocak & Marc A. Ilies
    Next-generation secondary/tertiary sulfonamide carbonic anhydrase inhibitors / Sébastien Thibaudeau, Hélène Carreyre, Agnès Mingot & Claudiu T. Supuran
    Next-generation polyamine human carbonic anhydrase inhibitors / Fabrizio Carta & Andrea Scozzafava
    Next-generation phenol carbonic anhydrase inhibitors / Pedro Alfonso Colinas
    Coumarins that inhibit carbonic anhydrase / Sally-Ann Poulsen
    Next-generation dithiocarbamate carbonic anhydrase inhibitors / Fabrizio Carta, Murat Bozdag, Muhammet Tanc & Claudiu T. Supuran
    Protozoan, fungal and bacterial carbonic anhydrases targeting for obtaining anti-infectives / Clemente Capasso & Claudiu T. Supuran
    Amine, amino acid and oligopeptide carbonic anhydrase activators / Giuseppina De Simone, Clemente Capasso & Claudiu T. Supuran
    Targeting carbonic anhydrases in biotechnology / Clemente Capasso & Claudiu T. Supuran.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Qing Yang, Tamo Fukamizo, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Contributors; 1 An Introduction to the Book; Abstract; 2 Chitin: Structure, Chemistry and Biology; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Chemistry; 2.3 Chemistry to Structure; 2.4 Structure to Biology; 2.5 Concluding Remarks; Acknowledgements; References; 3 Chitin Prevalence and Function in Bacteria, Fungi and Protists; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Bacteria that Produce Chitin Oligosaccharides; 3.2.1 Nodulation Genes and Their Functions in Establishing Rhizobia-Legume Symbiosis; 3.3 Recognition of LCOs by Host Receptors 3.4 Fungi that Deposit Chitin (and Chitosan) as a Component of Cell (and Spore) Walls3.5 Cell and Spore Wall Structure in Fungi; 3.5.1 Structure and Regulation of the Chitin Synthase in Fungi; 3.5.2 Evolution and Classification of Fungal CHS Genes; 3.5.3 Chitin as a Target for the Immune System and Its Function in Pathogenicity and Symbiosis; 3.6 Chitin in Protists; 3.7 Methods Used for Chitin Detection in Protists; 3.8 Occurrence of Chitin in Protists; 3.9 Chitin in Pathogenic Protists; 3.10 Chitin Formation in Heterokont and Archaeplastidal Algae; 3.11 Conclusions; References 4.3.2.3 PRRs in Other Species4.3.3 Relevant Signal Transduction Pathways Involved in Chitin Perception; 4.3.3.1 Chitin-Induced Signal Transduction in Arabidopsis; AtPBL27; AtBIK1; 4.3.3.2 Chitin-Induced Signal Transduction in Rice; OsRLCK185; OsRac1; OsBSR1; 4.4 Concluding Remarks; References; 5 Chitin Organizing and Modifying Enzymes and Proteins Involved In Remodeling of the Insect Cuticle; Abstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Chitin Synthases, the Enzymes that Polymerize Precursors of Chitin; 5.2.1 A Mechanistic View on Chitin Synthesis, Translocation and Fibrillogenesis 5.2.2 Specialization Among CHS Isoforms5.3 Chitinases; 5.3.1 Group I Chitinases; 5.3.2 Group II Chitinases; 5.3.3 Group III Chitinases; 5.3.4 TEM Analyses of Cuticle; 5.3.5 Group IV Chitinases; 5.3.6 Group V Chitinases; 5.3.7 Group VI Chitinases; 5.3.8 Other Chitinase Families; 5.4 N-acetylglucosaminidases; 5.5 Molting Fluid-Associated Chitinolytic Enzymes; 5.6 Chitin Deacetylases (CDAs); 5.6.1 Arthropod/Insect CDAs; 5.7 Chitin-Remodeling Proteins; 5.7.1 Knickkopf Family of Proteins; 5.7.2 CPAP Proteins; 5.7.3 Peritrophic Matrix Proteins (PMPs); 5.7.4 CPR Family Proteins
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lucio Miele, Spyros Artavanis-Tsakonas, editors.
    Summary: The serendipitously discovered link between developmental biology and cancer, touched of an explosion of discoveries on the role of Notch in human malignancies, including every aspect of cancer biology, from control of differentiation, proliferation and apoptosis in transformed cells to angiogenesis, tumor-stroma interaction and anti-cancer immune responses. A number of observations have revealed that Notch even plays a role in the renewal of cancer stem cells and tumor initiating cells, which are thought to be a major cause of resistance to treatment. Targeting Notch in Cancer will provide researchers, oncologists, pharmacologists and students with a detailed understanding of the intricate cross-talk between Notch and other pathways of therapeutic interest so to better design rational drug combinations for specific diseases and disease subsets. Divided into two parts, Part I describes in detail what we know about the genetics, molecular biology, biochemistry and structural biology of Notch, as well as the role of Notch in such processes as angiogenesis and immune surveillance. Without insights gained from these basic studies, rational targeting of Notch in human disease would be impossible. Part II describes the role of Notch and ongoing experimental therapeutic efforts in the most important subtypes of human cancers, organized in a clinically oriented fashion by organs and systems affected.

    Contents:
    Structural Biology of Notch Signaling
    Non-Canonical Notch Signaling
    Dual Function of Notch Signaling in Cancer
    Oncogene and Tumorsuppressor
    Out on the Fringe: Modulation of Notch Signaling by Glycosylation
    Notch signaling: A pivot regulator of adaptive and innate immunity
    Notch in Ovarian Cancer
    Notch Signaling in Graft-versus-Host Disease
    Notch Signaling in T-Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia and Other Hematologic Malignancies
    The Role of Notch in Breast Cancer
    Notch in Lung Cancer
    Notch Signaling in Pediatric Soft tissue Sarcoma
    Notch Ligands in Hematopoietic Stem Cell production
    Notch Signaling in the normal intestine and intestinal Cancer
    Notch Signaling in Estrogen-Dependent Cancers
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew M. Fribley.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Management: Epidemiology
    Emerging Role of HPV
    Management of Oral Cancer. Development and Biomarkers: Molecular Progression and Signaling
    Stem Cells and Tumor Development
    Prognostic/Predictive Biomarkers
    EIF4e as Biomarker and Target. Breaking Developments and New Drug Discovery: Current Clinical Trials
    Emerging Drug Targets
    Targeting the UPR
    Targeting Meditators of Coagulation
    Resveratrol Pre-Sensitizing
    Academic High Throughput Drug Discovery.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Cong-Qiu Chu.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the discovery and structure of IL-17, including its pathogenesis and role in chronic inflammation and autoimmunity. To capture the latest developments and product approvals the book also discusses the therapeutic advances and looks at emerging therapies targeting the IL-17 pathway. IL-17 is a pro-inflammatory cytokine that has a key role in inflammation, autoimmunity, and host defense in a number of inflammatory disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis and psoriasis, ankylosing spondylitis, multiple sclerosis, and inflammatory bowel disease. The discovery of the IL-17-Th17 pathway has seen exciting development in the field of immunology and inflammation research, which has led to a number of recent regulatory approvals.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Overview of IL-17 family.-Il-17 in host defense
    Th17 cells: differentiation and regulation
    The role of the IL-17/Th17 pathway in the pathogenesis of autoimmune inflammatory diseases
    Therapeutic applications: strategies and molecules targeting the IL-17/Th17 pathway
    Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Jørgen Serup, Nicolas Kluger, Wolfgang Bäumler.
    Contents:
    Preface
    The tattooed and the social environment. The cultural heritage of tattooing: a brief history
    Epidemiology of tattoos in industrialized countries
    The practise of tattooing. Tattoo machines, needles and utilities
    The technique and craftsmanship of tattooing in the professional tattoo parlour
    Tattoo as art, the drivers behind the fascination and the decision to become tattooed
    Personal records from my tattoo parlour: deep emotions drawn as life-long pictures on the skin's canvas
    Tattooist-customer relationships in a diversified environment of professional tattooists and 'scratchers'
    Tattoos and adverse events. Tattoo complaints and complications: diagnosis and clinical spectrum
    Complications of cosmetic tattoos
    Chronic tattoo reactions cause reduced quality of life equaling cumbersome skin diseases
    Contraindications for tattooing
    Laser tattoo removal, precautions, and unwanted effects
    Nano-scale observations of tattoo pigments in skin by atomic force microscopy
    Manufacturing, materials and properties of marketed tattoo ink stock products. Manufacturing of tattoo ink products today and in future
    The realistic variables underlying true safety in tattoo pigment manufacturing
    Making innovative tattoo ink products with improved safety: possible and impossible ingredients in practical usage
    Tailored surface engineering of pigments by layer-by-layer coating
    Ingredients, chemical analysis and safety of marketed tattoo ink stock products. Chemical purity and toxicology of pigments used in tattoo inks
    Survey on european studies of the chemical characterisation of tattoo ink products and the measurement of potentially harmful ingredients
    Tattoo inks: legislation, pigments, metals and chemical analysis
    The challenges and limitations of chemical analysis of particulate pigments of very low solubility
    Photostability and breakdown products of pigments currently used in tattoo inks
    Carbon black nanoparticles and other problematic constituents of black ink and their potential to harm tattooed humans
    Absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion of tattoo colorants and ingredients in mouse and man: the known and the unknown
    Towards the limiting of health risks associated with tattooing: whitelists for tattoo pigments and preservatives
    Survey of studies on microbial contamination of marketed tattoo inks
    Regulation of and intervention in the tattoo business. The European landscape of national regulations of tattoo inks and businesses
    Implementation of European Council Resolution ResAP(2008)1 in Italy. National and regional regulation of tattoo practices: diversity and challenges
    EU actions to ensure the safety of tattoos and the protection of consumers
    Surveillance of tattoo-related adverse events by the EU RAPEX System and by national monitoring
    The Amsterdam model for control of tattoo parlours and businesses
    Hygiene standards for tattooists
    Hygiene standards in the tattoo parlour and practices for prevention of infection
    Seamless prevention of adverse events from tattooing: integrated strategy emphasising the customer-tattooist interaction
    Regulation of tattoo ink production and the tattoo business.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Akihiko Takashima, Benjamin Wolozin, Luc Buee.
    Summary: This book presents essential studies and cutting-edge research results on tau, which is attracting increasing interest as a target for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Tau is well known as a microtubule-associated protein that is predominantly localized in the axons of neurons. In various forms of brain disease, neuronal loss occurs, with deposition of hyperphosphorylated tau in the remaining neurons. Important questions remain regarding the way in which tau forms hyperphosphorylated and fibrillar deposits in neurons, and whether tau aggregation represents the toxic pathway leading to neuronal death. With the help of new technologies, researchers are now solving these long-standing questions. In this book, readers will find the latest expert knowledge on all aspects of tau biology, including the structure and role of the tau molecule, tau localization and function, the pathology, drivers, and markers of tauopathies, tau aggregation, and treatments targeting tau. Tau Biology will be an invaluable source of information and fresh ideas for those involved in the development of more effective therapies and for all who seek a better understanding of the biology of the aging brain.

    Contents:
    1) Structure and role of Tau molecule
    (1) Tau structure in solution: FRET study
    (2) Tau structure in solution: NMR study
    (3) Structure of NFT: Biochemical approach
    (4) Structure of NFT: CryoEM approach
    (5) MAPT tau gene and FTDP-17 mutation
    (6) Tau phosphorylation
    (7) Tau acetylation
    (8) Tau truncation
    (9) Tau interacted proteins: interactome
    (10) Tau clearance mechanism
    2) Tau localization and function
    (11) Localization of Tau
    (12) Axonal transport
    (13) Synaptic localization of tau
    (14) Role of tau in synapse
    (15) Tau in nucleus and nucleic acids
    (16) Tau and the translational stress response
    3) Tauopathies; pathology, drivers, and marker
    (17) Tau pathology with aging
    (18) Clinical symptom and pathology of FTD including FTDP-17
    (19) Chronic Traumatic Encephalopathy
    (20) Myotonic dystrophies
    (21) Tau PET
    (22) Tau PET/connectome/fMRI
    (23) Stress
    (24) Diabetes
    (25) Relationship between ApoE and tau
    (26) Relationship between Ab and tau
    4) Tau aggregation, and therapy
    (27) Tau Oligomer
    (28) Tau droplet formation
    (29) Stress granule
    (30) Tau secretion
    (31) Tau seeding
    (32) Prion-like Tau propagation
    (33) Experimental models for tauopathies
    (34) Dementia therapy targeting tau
    (35) Tau aggregation inhibitor.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Janusz Marcinkiewicz, Stephen W. Schaffer, editors.
    Summary: Taurine 9 contains original articles and critical reviews based on the oral and poster presentations of XIX International Taurine Meeting held in Kraków, Poland in May 2014. The purpose of the book is to present current ideas, new avenues and research regarding biological functions and clinical applications of taurine and taurine derivatives. It focuses on all aspects of taurine research including the cardiovascular system, the immune system, diabetes, the central nervous system, endocrine system and the role of taurine supplements in nutrition. It also includes presentations of novel animal experimental models using Cdo1 and CSAD knock-out mice.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Dong-Hee Lee, Stephen W. Schaffer, Eunkyue Park, Ha Won Kim, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jianmin Hu, Fengyuan Piao, Stephen W. Schaffer, Abdeslem El Idrissi, Jang-Yen Wu, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yann Le Bodo, Marie-Claude Paquette, Philippe De Wals.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Terry J. McGenity, editor.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive, authoritative descriptions of the microbes involved in cleaning up oil spills and degrading climate-altering hydrocarbons such as methane, and has detailed discussions about the taxonomy, ecology, genomics, physiology and global significance of these hydrocarbon-degrading microbes.

    Contents:
    Prokaryotic Hydrocarbon Degraders
    Aerobic Hydrocarbon-Degrading Archaea
    Eukaryotic Hydrocarbon Degraders
    Aerobic Hydrocarbon-degrading Bacteroidetes
    Aerobic Hydrocarbon-Degrading Alphaproteobacteria: Rhodobacteraceae (Roseobacter)
    Aerobic Hydrocarbon-Degrading Alphaproteobacteria: Sphingomonadales
    Hydrocarbon Degradation by Betaproteobacteria
    Marine, Aerobic Hydrocarbon-Degrading Gammaproteobacteria: Overview
    Aerobic Hydrocarbon-degrading Gammaproteobacteria
    Oleiphilaceae
    Marine, Aerobic Hydrocarbon-Degrading Gammaproteobacteria: The Family Alcanivoracaceae
    Aerobic Hydrocarbon-Degrading Gammaproteobacteria: Porticoccus
    Aerobic Hydrocarbon-Degrading Gammaproteobacteria: Xanthomonadales
    Anaerobic Hydrocarbon-Degrading Deltaproteobacteria
    The Methane-Oxidizing Bacteria (Methanotrophs)
    Facultative Methane Oxidizers
    Hormoconis resinae, The Kerosene Fungus
    Global Consequences of Ubiquitous Hydrocarbon Utilizers
    Occurrence and Roles of the Obligate Hydrocarbonoclastic Bacteria in the Ocean When There Is No Obvious Hydrocarbon Contamination
    Hydrocarbon-Degrading Microbes as Sources of New Biocatalysts.-.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2019- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    [edited by] Scott R. Lambert, Christopher J. Lyons.
    Contents:
    A history of pediatric ophthalmology and strabismus
    Epidemiology and the worldwide impact of visual impairment in children
    Clinical embryology and development of the eye
    Developmental biology of the eye
    Clinical aspects of normal and abnormal visual development and delayed visual maturation
    Milestones and normative data
    Examination, history and special tests in pediatric ophthalmology
    Managing refractive errors in children
    Visual electrophysiology : how it can help you and your patient
    Imaging the child's eye, orbit, and visual pathways
    Genetics and pediatric ophthalmology
    Congenital infections of the eye
    Conjunctivitis of the newborn
    Preseptal and orbital cellulitis
    Endophthalmitis
    External eye disease and the oculocutaneous disorders
    Ocular manifestations of hiv/aids in children
    Disorders of the eye as a whole
    Lids : congenital and acquired abnormalities ? practical management
    Lid and orbital infantile periocular hemangiomas (capillary hemangiomas) and other vascular diseases
    Lacrimal system
    The management of orbital disease in children
    Neurogenic tumors
    Orbital rhabdomyosarcoma
    Other mesenchymal abnormalities
    Metastatic, secondary and lacrimal gland tumors
    Histiocytic, hematopoietic, and lymphoproliferative disorders
    Craniofacial abnormalities
    Cystic lesions and ectopias
    Inflammatory disorders
    Conjunctiva and subconjunctival tissue
    Conjunctival tumors
    Anterior segment developmental anomalies including aniridia
    Corneal abnormalities in childhood
    Corneal dystrophies
    The lens
    Childhood cataracts
    Childhood glaucoma
    Pediatric iris disorders
    Uveitis
    Albinism
    Vitreous
    Retinoblastoma
    Retinopathy of prematurity
    Current treatment of retinopathy of prematurity
    Inherited retinal disorders
    Retinal dystrophies with systemic associations and the retinal ciliopathies
    Inherited macular dystrophies
    Congenital pigmentary and vascular abnormalities of the retina
    Retinal flecks, dots and crystals
    Acquired and other retinal diseases (including juvenile x-linked retinoschisis)
    Retinal detachment in childhood
    Congenital anomalies of the optic discs
    Hereditary optic neuropathies
    Other acquired optic disc abnormalities in children
    Demyelinating, inflammatory, infectious, and infiltrative optic neuropathies
    The optic chiasm
    Headache in children
    Raised intracranial pressure
    The brain and cerebral visual impairment
    Delivering bad news
    Common issues arising in children with visual impairment
    Visual conversion disorders : fabricated or exaggerated symptoms in children
    Dyslexia
    Neurometabolic disease and the eye
    Pupil anomalies and reactions
    Leukemia
    Phakomatoses (including the neurofibromatoses)
    Accidental trauma in children
    Child maltreatment, abusive head trauma, and the eye
    Refractive surgery in children
    Binocular vision
    Amblyopia : basics, questions, and practical management
    Anatomy of strabismus
    The orthoptic evaluation
    Infantile esotropias
    Accommodative esotropias
    Special esotropias (acute comitant, sensory deprivation, myopia-associated and microtropia)
    Intermittent exotropia
    Special forms of comitant exotropia
    Vertical strabismus
    "a," "v," and other pattern strabismus
    Congenital cranial dysinnervation disorders
    Ocular motor nerve palsies
    Strabismus : nonsurgical treatment
    Strabismus surgery
    Minimally invasive strabismus surgery
    Strabismus surgery complications and how to avoid them
    Nystagmus in childhood
    Supranuclear eye movement disorders, acquired and neurologic nystagmus
    "I think my baby can't see!"
    "My baby's got a red eye, doctor!"
    "My child keeps blinking and closing his eye"
    "M child seems to hate the bright light"
    "M child's eyes keep watering!"
    Proptosis at different ages
    "M child's teacher says she can't see properly!"
    "M child could see perfectly but now the vision is weak!"
    The child with a dual sensory loss (deafblind)
    "M little girl tells me she sees strange things"
    Wobbly eyes in infancy
    Abnormal head postures in children
    Hand defects and the eye
    Optimizing compliance in patching therapy
    Vision screening
    Self-inflicted ocular injuries
    Apps and all that ? (how my smartphone changed my life).
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    editors, A. Paul Kelly, Susan C. Taylor ; co-editors, Henry W. Lim, Ana Maria Anido Serrano.
    Contents:
    Skin of color : a historical perspective
    Defining skin of color
    Epidemiology of cutaneous diseases
    Multicultural competence in dermatologic practice
    The impact of traditional cultures on health care practices : an overview
    The impact of traditional African American cultures on heath care practices
    The impact of traditional Asian cultures on health care practices
    The impact of traditional Hispanic cultures on health care practices
    The impact of traditional Arabian Gulf cultures on health care practices
    Psychiatric aspects of skin of color
    The structure and function of skin of color
    Histology
    Genetics of skin diseases
    Biology of hair follicles
    Biology of nails
    Biology of the oral mucosa
    Biology of wounds and wound care
    Acute effects of light on the skin
    Chronic effects of light on the skin
    Nuances of skin of color
    Skin lesions : normal and pathologic
    Dermatosis papulosa nigra
    Seborrheic dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Pityriasis rosea
    Lichen planus and lichen nitidus
    Atopic dermatitis and other eczemas
    Allergic contact dermatitis
    Photosensitivity
    Erythema chronicum perstans and related disorders
    Amyloidosis
    Acquired bullous diseases.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessDermatology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Paul M. Paulman, Audrey A. Paulman, Jeffrey D. Harrison, Laeth Nasir, Kimberly Jarzynka.
    Summary: "Taylor's Differential Diagnosis manual is a quick-reference pocket book, written for primary care professionals who face diagnostic problems in brief office visits. It offers evidence-based guidelines on which key questions to ask and what data to obtain in order to provide sound diagnoses of common adult problems. More than 140 chapters in eighteen sections cover symptoms and signs in mental health problems, vision, ear nose and throat, cardiovascular, respiratory, urologic, female reproductive, musculoskeletal, dermatology and more. New for this edition are new chapters on abnormal mammogram, anticoagulation, bipolar disorder, corneal abrasion, dyspareunia and loss of vision as well as the latest clinical evidence and changes in clinical practice since the prior edition"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71 .T481 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Paul M. Paulman, Audrey A. Paulman, Kimberly J. Jarzynka, Nathan P. Falk.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC55 .M266 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Ann J. Brorsen, RN, MSN, PHN, CCRN, CEN.
    Contents:
    How to use this text to pass
    Test taking strategies
    Special considerations
    Clinical practice : head and neck
    Clinical practice : trunk
    Clinical practice : extremity and wound
    Continuum of care for trauma
    Professional issues
    Environmental & pharmacology
    Special populations : pediatric, geriatric, bariatric
    Special populations : obstetrical, newborn.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Adam Telerman, Robert Amson, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the role of the Translationally Controlled Tumor Protein (TCTP) in cell signaling, cell fate and the resulting connection to disease development. It begins by discussing the structure/function of TCTP, before exploring its role in different species ranging from plants to Drosophila and covering fields such as development, the cytoskeleton, cell division, DNA fragility and apoptosis. In turn, the book's final section is devoted to the role of TCTP in disease, namely asthma and diverse cancers, and ultimately as a target for the treatment of malignancies. What is the common denominator between all these processes and why is TCTP necessary in order for them to occur, even in the worst case such as cancer? The book seeks to provide meaningful answers to this and other key questions. Presenting a broad and revealing view on the topic, it offers an informative guide for scientists and students alike.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction: How we encountered TCTP and our purpose in studying it
    2 Structural insights into TCTP and its interactions with ligands and proteins
    3 Structure-Function relationship of TCTP
    4 The Translational Controlled Tumour Protein TCTP: Biological Functions and Regulation
    5 Current understanding of the TCTP interactome
    6 Role and fate of TCTP in protein degradative pathways
    7 Roles of the Translationally Controlled Tumor Protein (TCTP) in plant development
    8 Function of Translationally controlled tumor protein in organ growth: Lessons from Drosophila studies
    9 Translationally controlled tumor protein (TCTP/HRF) present in animal venoms
    10 Tctp in Neuronal Circuitry Assembly
    11 Elusive role of TCTP protein and mRNA in cell cycle and cytoskeleton regulation
    12 TCTP protein and the cellular response to ionizing radiation-induced DNA damage
    13 TCTP has a crucial role in the different stages of Prostate Cancer malignant progression
    14 Role of TCTP for cellular differentiation and cancer therapy
    15 Targeting TCTP with sertraline and thioridazine in cancer treatment
    16 . History of Histamine Releasing Factor (HRF)/TCTP including a Potential Therapeutic Target in Asthma and Allergy.
  • Print
    editors, Linda van Le, Victoria L. Handa ; video editor, Danielle Patterson.
    Summary: "With expert guidance on all aspects of gynecologic surgery, Te Linde's Operative Gynecology, Thirteenth Edition, edited by Drs. Linda Van Le and Victoria L. Handa, remains your go-to resource from preoperative to postoperative care. Comprehensive, step-by-step instructions on how to perform all contemporary gynecologic procedures, updated diagnostic and management approaches, a greatly expanded illustration program, and new procedural videos, edited by Dr. Danielle Patterson, make this classic text an ideal reference for trainees as well as experienced practitioners." Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Section I: Preparing for surgery
    Section II: Basic principles of gynecologic surgery
    Section III: Postoperative care
    Section IV: Contemporary gynecologic surgical procedures
    Section V: Gynecologic oncology
    Section VI: Surgery for pelvic floor disorders
    Section VII: Complications of pelvic surgery
    Section VIII: Surgical management of selected gynecologic conditions.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Howard W. Jones, John A. Rock.
    Contents:
    Operative gynecology before the era of laparoscopy: a brief history
    The ethics of pelvic surgery
    Psychological aspects of pelvic surgery
    Risk prevention, risk management, and professional liability
    The changing environment in which we practice gynecologic surgery
    Training the gynecologic surgeon: maintaining and improving surgical skills
    Surgical anatomy of the female pelvis
    Preoperative care of the gynecologic patient
    Postanesthesia and postoperative care
    Water, electrolyte, and acid-base metabolism
    Postoperative infections: prevention and management
    Shock in the gynecologic patient
    Wound healing suture material, and surgical instrumentation
    Incisions for gynecologic surgery
    Principles of electrosurgery and laser energy applied to gynecologic surgery
    Diagnostic and operative laparoscopy
    Robotic surgery
    Operative hysteroscopy
    Control of pelvic hemorrhage
    The impact of assisted reproductive technology on gynecologic surgery
    Reconstructive tubal surgery
    Endometriosis
    Surgical conditions of the vulva
    Surgical conditions of the vagina and urethra
    Surgery for anomalies of the müllerian ducts
    Normal and abnormal uterine bleeding
    Tubal sterilization
    Surgery of benign disease of the ovary
    Persistent or chronic pelvic pain
    Pelvic inflammatory disease
    Leiomyomata uteri and myomectomy
    Abdominal hysterectomy
    Vaginal hysterectomy
    Laparoscopic hysterectomy
    Management of abortion
    Ectopic pregnancy
    Surgical management of obstetric complications
    Ovarian tumors complicating pregnancy
    Pelvic organ prolapse: basic principles
    Reconstruction of the anterior vagina for prolapse
    Posterior compartment defects
    Vaginal vault prolapse
    Nonsurgical management of pelvic organ prolapse: the use of vaginal pessaries and pelvic floor muscle training
    Stress urinary incontinence
    Operative injuries to the ureter
    Vesicovaginal and urethrovaginal fistulas
    Anal incontinence and rectovaginal fistula
    Diseases of the breast
    The verminform appendix in relation to gynecology
    Intestinal surgery for the gynecologic surgeon
    Nongynecologic conditions encountered by the gynecologic surgeon
    Malignancies of the vulva
    Cervical cancer precursors and their management
    Cancer of the cervix
    Endometerial cancer
    Ovarian cancer
    Pelvic extenteration
    Surgical reconstruction of the pelvis in gynecologic cancer patients.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dr. Victoria Lynn Handa, Dr. Linda Van Le.
    Contents:
    Section I Preparing for Surgery: Surgical anatomy of the female pelvis
    Preoperative care of the gynecologic patient
    Section II Principles of Gynecologic Surgery: Anesthesia primer for the gynecologist
    Patient positioning for pelvic surgery
    Surgical techniques, instruments, and suture
    Incisions for gynecologic surgery
    Surgical control of pelvic hemorrhage
    Principles of laparoscopy
    Principles of robotic surgery
    Section III Perioperative and Postoperative Care of the Gynecologic Patient: Postoperative care of the gynecologic patient
    Section IV Contemporary Gynecologic Surgical Procedures
    Dilation and curettage
    Hysteroscopy
    Surgical management of abortion and its complications
    Surgery for benign vulvar conditions
    Tubal sterilization
    Surgery of the ovary and fallopian tube
    Myomectomy
    Vaginal hysterectomy
    Abdominal hysterectomy
    Laparoscopic and robotic-assisted hysterectomy
    Section V: Gynecologic Oncology
    Section VI: Surgery for Pelvic Floor Disorders
    Section VII: Management of Selected Gynecologic Conditions
    Section VIII: Surgery for Obstetrical Complications.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Lap Ki Chan, Wojciech Pawlina, editors.
    Summary: Teaching Anatomy: A Practical Guide is the first book designed to provide highly practical advice to both novice and experienced gross anatomy teachers. The volume provides a theoretical foundation of adult learning and basic anatomy education and includes chapters focusing on specific issues that teachers commonly encounter in the diverse and challenging scenarios in which they teach. The book is designed to allow teachers to adopt a student-centered approach and to be able to give their students an effective and efficient overall learning experience. Teachers of gross anatomy and other basic sciences in undergraduate healthcare programs will find in this unique volume invaluable information presented in a problem-oriented, succinct, and user-friendly format. Developed by renowned, expert authors, the chapters are written concisely and in simple language, and a wealth of text boxes are provided to bring out key points, to stimulate reflection on the reader?s own situation, and to provide additional practical tips. Educational theories are selectively included to explain the theoretical foundation underlying practical suggestions, so that teachers can appropriately modify the strategies described in the book to fit their own educational environments. Comprehensive and a significant contribution to the literature, Teaching Anatomy: A Practical Guide is an indispensable resource for all instructors in gross anatomy.

    Contents:
    1. Elements Of Successful Adult Learning.- 2. Characteristics Of Students Of The Millennial Generation.- 3. Students Learning Styles In Anatomy.- 4. Outcome-Based Approach To Student Learning
    5. Competencies Needed For Teaching Anatomy Effectively And Efficiently.- 6. Using Teaching Assistants In Anatomy.- 7. Engaging Residents And Clinical Faculty In Anatomy Education.- 8. Giving A Lecture.- 9. Engaging Students In Active Learning In The Large Group Setting
    10. Preparing and Recording Lectures For On-Line Delivery
    11. Evaluating Your Own Performance In A Lecture.- 12. Choosing Between Lecture and Briefing Session.- 13. Facilitating Small Group Discussion
    14. Engaging Students With Different Learning Styles And Behavioral Problems
    15. Promoting The Learning Of Anatomy In PBL Environment
    16. Promoting The Learning Of Anatomy In CBL Environment.- 17. Promoting The Learning Of Anatomy In TBL Environment.- 18. Giving Feedback To Students
    19. Using Body Painting To Teach Anatomy.- 20. Evaluating Your Own Performance In Leading A Small Group Discussion.- 21. Running A Body Donation Program.- 22. Designing Gross Anatomy Laboratory To Meet The Needs Of Today?s Learner.- 23. Preparing Students Emotionally For The Human Dissection Experience
    24. Promoting Reflection In The Laboratory.- 25. The Pros And Cons Of Dissection And Prosection.- 26. Use Of Fresh Specimens In Anatomy Teaching And Learning.- 27. Instruments For Facilitating Anatomy Learning In The Laboratory.- 28. The Use Of Digital Human Models.- 29. Essential E-Learning and M-Learning Methods for Teaching Anatomy.- 30. The Use Of Low-Tech Models To Enhance The Learning Of Anatomy.- 31. The Use Of The Gross Anatomy Museum For Teaching And Learning.- 32. Different Methods For Assessing Anatomical Knowledge.- 33. Writing Good Questions In Anatomy.- 34. Assessing Non-Discipline Related Skills And Competencies.- 35. The Anatomy Components In Different Types Of Curricula.- 36. The Role Of An Anatomist In A Healthcare Curriculum.- 37. Identity Of Anatomy Teacher In An Integrated Curriculum.- 38. Hidden Curriculum In Anatomy
    39. Dental Program.- 40. Allied Health Program.- 41. Research Methods In Anatomy Education.- 42. Educational Research Opportunities In Anatomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Shabih Zaidi, Mona Nasir.
    Summary: This book considers the evolution of medical education over the centuries, presents various theories and principles of learning, and discusses different forms of medical curriculum and the strategies employed to develop them, citing examples from medical schools in developed and developing nations. Instructional methodologies and tools for assessment and evaluation are discussed at length and additional elements of modern medical teaching, such as writing skills, communication skills, evidence based medicine, medical ethics, skill labs, and webinars, are fully considered. In discussing these topics, the authors draw upon the personal experience that they have gained in learning, teaching and disseminating knowledge in many parts of the world over the past four decades. .

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Evolution of medical education over millennia
    Medical education in twentieth century
    Theories and principles of learning :Pedagogy and Andragogy
    The triangle of medical education
    Curriculum development
    Instructional strategies
    Assessment and evaluation
    Research methodology
    Medical writing
    Evidence Based Medicine
    Communication skills
    Medical ethics, etc
    Case study and a model of COME ( Community Oriented Medical Education)
    Some other models eg. MLEs and curricula in the Caribbean medical schools
    Medical education at American University of Barbados
    Some other models to view
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robert L. Trowbridge, MD, FACP, Joseph J. Rencic, MD, FACP, Steven J. Durning, MD, PhD, FACP, editors.
    Contents:
    Clinical reasoning and diagnostic error / Robert L. Trowbridge Jr., Mark L. Graber
    Theoretical concepts to consider in providing clinical reasoning instruction / Temple A. Ratcliffe, Steven J. Durning
    Developing a curriculum in clinical reasoning / Joseph J. Rencic, Robert L. Trowbridge Jr., Steven J. Durning
    Educational approaches to common cognitive errors / James B. Reilly
    General teaching techniques / Cynthia H. Ledford, L. James Nixon
    Assessment of clinical reasoning / Valerie J. Lang, Lambert Schuwirth, Joseph J. Rencic, Steven J. Durning
    Faculty development and dissemination / Jennifer R. Kogan, Eric Holmboe
    Lifelong learning in clinical reasoning / Gurpreet Dhaliwal
    Remediation of clinical reasoning / Michael Elnicki, Joan M. von Feldt
    Novel approaches and future directions / Jeffrey S. La Rochelle, Anthony R. Artino, Dario M. Torre
    Afterword : teaching clinical reasoning : where do we go from here? / Steven J. Durning, Joseph J. Rencic, Lambert Schuwirth, Robert L. Trowbridge Jr.
    Digital Access R2Library 2015
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user.
  • Digital
    Daniella A. Zipkin, editor.
    Summary: Practicing evidence-based medicine is widely regarded both as best clinical practice, and as the cornerstone of meeting the ACGME competencies in Practice-Based Learning and Improvement. Training programs recognize the need to teach the skills of EBM and yet struggle with readily available content and guidance on putting together a curriculum. Time frames for delivering curricula in residency can be very tight, often restricted to scattered one hour conferences. This book provides a modular curriculum structure for instructors, with each topic area taking up one section, or one hour of instructional time. Developed over the past 14 years as an introductory course for interns in the internal medicine residency program at Duke, the curriculum will cover core content areas in evidence-based medicine and best teaching practices for them and skills such as literature searching and applying evidence to patients. Most importantly, it will center on actual patient questions and use current literature as examples that instructors can use as teaching exercises. There will also be ample diagrams that have been shown to be effective with learners and each module will include a video tutorial of a sample teaching session, including visual aids and small group teaching techniques. The curriculum can be implemented in any time frame necessary, compressed or longitudinal, to a variety of learners. This is an ideal guide for residency program directors and core faculty, either within internal medicine or more broadly in family medicine, pediatrics, surgery, OB-gyn, as well as medical school faculty for use with students.

    Contents:
    1. How To Use This Book
    2. Clinical Question and Study Design
    3. Searching the Medical Literature
    4. Therapy: Assessing the Value of Clinical Interventions
    5. Non-inferiority Study Designs
    6. Harm and Causation: Assessing the Value of Studies of Harm
    7. Diagnostic Testing: Assessing the Value of Studies of Diagnostic Tests
    8. Screening
    9. Prognosis
    10. Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis
    11. Shared Decision Making.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Molly Harrod, Sanjay Saint, with Robert W. Stock.
    Contents:
    Teaching medicine
    Meet the attending
    Building the team
    A safe, supportive environment
    Bedside and beyond
    How to think about thinking
    Role models
    The sacred act of healing
    Putting it all together.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Antonio M. Esquinas, editor.
    Summary: This book uses real-world clinical case analyses of hot topics to provide insights into noninvasive mechanical ventilation (NIV). Written by leading international teachers and experts, it features a selection of "major controversial topics in clinical practice" and demonstrates how these cases can be used to teach about NIV. It then presents a discussion of the topics in various scenarios (anesthesiology, critical care, emergency and pneumology). The chapters allow readers to develop a case-by-case understanding of NIV in acute and chronic respiratory disorders, and perioperative and in intensive care patients, also thanks to Electronic Supplementary Materials. Lastly the authors summarize five key points / recommendations. This book is an attractive resource also for universities/ educational seminars/ national and international postgraduate courses and hot-topics sessions at national/international congresses.

    Contents:
    Part I. CLINICAL CASES IN NONINVASIVE VENTILATION INTERFACES, METHODOLOGY
    1. Facemask and total face mask
    2. HELMET
    3. Mouthpiece Ventilation
    4. DISCOMFORT AND ADAPTATION IN NON INVASIVE MECHANICAL VENTILATION: MASK INTERFACE PROBLEMS
    5. Discomfort and adaptation. Mask interface problems
    6. Unusual Facial Muscle Atrophy associated with Noninvasive ventilation
    7. Noninvasive Ventilation: Continuous Positive Air Pressure Ventilation (CPAP) and Pressure Support Ventilation (PSV)
    8. Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP)
    9. How Do Hybrid Pressure Ventilation Modes Respond to Patients Varying Ventilatory Requirements? Insights from Respiratory Bench Simulations
    Part II. CLINICAL CASES AND NON INVASIVE VENTILATION PHYSIOLOGY
    10. Noninvasive ventilation Extrapulmonary response determinants
    11. Noninvasive ventilation .Patterns response (apnea, hypopnea, tachypnea)
    12. LUNG MECHANICS- COMPLIANCE AND RESISTANCE-EXTRAPULMONARY RESPONSE
    Part III. CLINICAL CASES AND NON INVASIVE VENTILATION PATTERN RESPONSE
    13. Early and Late Failure during Noninvasive Ventilation
    14. Noninvasive ventilation. Rebreathing
    15. Bilateral Pneumothorax in neuromuscular disease associated with noninvasive ventilation and mechanical insufflation-exsufflation
    16. Early and Late Failure During Noninvasive Ventilation
    Part IV. NON INVASIVE VENTILATION INTERACTION, MONITORING AND METHODOLOGY
    17. Patient ventilator asynchrony
    18. Non invasive ventilation in Patient Ventilator Asynchrony
    19. Clinical cases in Non Invasive Ventilation - Pressure waveform
    20. Pressure waveform. Clinical interpretation -Acute Respiratory failure in COPD
    21. Intensive Care Unit Ventiltors some aspects in noninvasive mechanical ventilation
    Part V. CLINICAL CASES IN NONINVASIVE VENTILATION - NIV IN PROCEDURES APPLICATIONS
    22. Non invasive mechanical ventilation and echocardiografic procedure
    23. lung and diaphragm ultrasound for monitoring patients ongoing non-invasive mechanical ventilation
    24. Non invasive mechanical ventilation and Bronchoscopy
    25. Clinical cases in Noninvasive Ventilation - NIV in procedures applications. Bronchoscopy
    Part VI. CLINICAL CONDITIONS -ACUTE HYPOXEMIC RESPIRATORY FAILURE
    26. Noninvasive Ventilation in Hematology- Oncology Patients with acute respiratory failure
    27. Treatment of acute respiratory failure in patient with congestive heart failure and pneumonia
    28. Neurally adjusted ventilator (NAVA) mode
    29. Non-invasive mechanical ventilation in pneumonia
    30. Non invasive ventilation in High risk infections
    31. Clinical conditions -acute hypoxemic respiratory failure: Non invasive ventilation in Pneumonia
    32. Non invasive ventilation in asthma exacerbation
    33. UNUSUAL CASE OF ACUTE PULMONARY EDEMA TREATED BY NON INVASIVE VENTIATION a 30 years ago "cold case"!
    34. Non-invasive mechanical ventilation in acute cardiac pulmonary edema
    35. Clinical Conditions Acute Hypoxemic respiratory failure - Non invasive ventilation in Thoracic Trauma
    36. Thoracic Surgery, a clinical case in non-invasive Ventilation -Clinical conditions in the perioperative period
    37. Non-Invasive Ventilation following Thoracotomy. Clinical Case
    38. Noninvasive Ventilation in Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    39. Nasal high flow oxygen During Post-Extubation Period in a Patient with Traumatic Brain Injury
    Part VII. CLINICAL CONDITIONS SLEEP BREATHING DISORDERS
    40. Treatment-Emergent Central Sleep Apnea: Always Look for an Air Leak
    41. Non invasive ventilation in Sleep apnea syndrome
    42. Nocturnal Hypoventilation and Sleep Breathing Disorders
    43. Non invasive ventilation, nocturnal hypoventilation and sleep breathing disorders
    Part VIII. CLINICAL CONDITIONS CHRONIC HYPERCAPNIC RESPIRATORY FAILURE
    44. Noninvasive ventilation in Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease ventilating the patient with severe respiratory acidosis
    45. Noninvasive ventilation in Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    46. Non-invasive ventilation in adults with cystic fibrosis
    47. Non invasive mechanical ventilation in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis: a clinical case
    48. Non invasive ventilation, Pulmonary rehabilitation and chest physiotherapy 1
    49. Non invasive ventilation, Pulmonary rehabilitation and chest physiotherapy 2
    50. Obesity Hypoventilation Syndrome
    51. ELDERLY NON INVASIVE MECHANICAL VENTILATION APPLICATIONS
    52. Elderly-NIV: Non-invasive mechanical ventilation treatment in elderly patient with usual interstitial pneumonia
    53. Clinical case in Non Invasive Ventilation in End of life
    54. Non invasive ventilation in Home mechanical ventilation
    55. Comorbidities conditions impact (Renal failure/Liver failure/Neurologic) in non invasive mechanical ventilation
    56. Clinical cases in Noninvasive Ventilation Clinical conditions - hypercapnic failure- Neuromuscular disorders
    57. Clinical case in Noninvasive Ventilation Clinical conditions Respiratory care of neuromuscular disorders: a rare case of Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease (CMT2S)
    58. Clinical case in Noninvasive Ventilation Clinical conditions hypercapnic failure- Neuromuscular disorders in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    59. Noninvasive ventilation in Ventilatory Pump Failure: When is Oxygen Administration Deadly?
    60. Clinical case in Non Invasive Ventilation . Ethical aspects of the palliative use
    61. Clinical cases in Noninvasive Ventilation in Quality of life
    62. Pediatric Non-Invasive Ventilation: Non-invasive ventilation treatment in a pediatric patient with catathrenia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jochanan Benbassat.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Paradigmatic shifts in the theory, practice and teaching of medicine in recent decades
    3. Teaching behavioral and social sciences to medical students
    4. Difficulties in learning and teaching patient interviewing
    5. Overcoming difficulties in teaching patient interviewing
    6. Doctor-patient relations
    7. Barriers to doctor-patient communication
    8. Diagnostic utility of the physical examination and ancillary tests
    9. Physical-examination skills: learning difficulties
    10. Learning and teaching physical-examination skills by clinical context
    11. Recording the clinical data base
    12. Recording personal and social data and examination of asymptomatic persons
    13. Recording the patient's history
    14. Intuitive vs analytic clinical reasoning
    15. Should clinical training rely on role modeling?.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Navin Kumar, Anica Law ; edited by Niteesh K. Choudhry.
    Contents:
    Cardiology
    Endocrinology
    Gastroenterology
    Hematology-Oncology
    Infectious Disease
    Intensive Care
    Nephrology
    Neurology
    Pulmonary
    Rheumatology.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2016
  • Digital
    Lillie D. Shockney, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses how effective navigation requires a team approach to oncology care and should never be considered an "add-on" resource or service. The Academy of Oncology Nurse & Patient Navigators (AONN) is the only national professional organization for navigation professionals, and has more than 6,000 members, 90% of which are oncology nurse navigators. They are the experts on creating team-based programs, which remove the risk of others trying to reinvent the wheel by designing a navigation program from scratch. They also understand the role of effective navigation across the entire continuum of care, and understand and are able to apply other key aspects of navigation, including clinical trial screenings and tumor board coordination and monitoring, as well as measurement using evidence-based navigation metrics, to name but a few.It is the only book designed to educate and support anyone developing a new navigation program, or wanting to improve one they have created.As such it offers a guide for cancer centers needing to develop and implement an oncology navigation program; understand and successfully meet and exceed the Commission on Cancer accreditation standards linked to navigation; expand or improve their current navigation program as well as demonstrate its value using reliable measurable results, including patient satisfaction and improved- quality clinical outcomes. This comprehensive book also provides insights into applying the information presented to the real world of oncology care.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Charlotte Lundgren and Carl Molander.
    Contents:
    Historical background
    Teamwork in theory
    Teamwork in practice
    Clinical teamwork
    Team communication
    Examples of team rehabilitation settings
    Concluding discussion.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Jin-Sung Kim, Roger Härtl, Michael Y. Wang, Adrian Elmi-Terander, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the application of recently introduced and emerging technologies in minimally invasive spine surgery (MISS). These technologies, including 2D and 3D navigation, endoscopy, virtual and augmented reality, robotics, and 3D printing, are helping to overcome previous limitations of MISS, such as the steep learning curve and the need for a great deal of experience in order to achieve optimal outcomes. Compared with traditional techniques, their use is designed to reduce local operative tissue damage, alleviate systemic surgical stress, and enable earlier return to function. The book provides detailed and extensively illustrated accounts of the role of the new technologies and techniques in a wide range of indications. In essence, all spine conditions, whether degenerative, traumatic, or oncologic, will in the near future be amenable to MISS using these approaches. The book will be a source of insight and practical assistance for all surgeons who perform MISS, regardless of their level of experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Eric Barret, Matthieu Durand, editors.
    Summary: Focal therapy is a promising option for selected patients who have localized low or intermediate-risk prostate cancer, providing a compelling alternative between active surveillance and radical therapies by targeting the index lesion and preserving as much tissue as possible. Numerous cohort studies have already investigated multiple focal techniques, such as cryotherapy, high-intensity focused ultrasound, brachytherapy, photodynamic therapy, laser therapy, irreversible electroporation and cyberknife methods, all of which have demonstrated positive oncological outcomes with 70 to 90 % negative follow-up biopsy. These various ablative techniques have produced only minor side-effects concerning urinary function, a low rate of erectile dysfunction, and have demonstrated a limited rectal toxicity. As a result, the primary end-point has now shifted and a new strategy needs to be established for patient follow-up and for defining treatment failure. Written by international experts in the field, this book is mainly focused on new techniques, all of which are amply illustrated. Technical Aspects of Focal Therapy in Localized Prostate Cancer will be of great practical value to all urologists and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Rational for Focal Therapy
    Concept of Index lesion
    Definition and Principles of Focal Therapy
    Eligibility for Focal Therapy: Patient Selection
    Imagingfor Focal Therapy
    Biopsies strategy
    Focal Cryotherapy
    Focal HIFU
    Focal Brachytherapy
    Focal PhotoDynamic Therapy
    Focal Laser Thermal Therapy
    Cyberknife Focal Therapy
    New Energies
    Follow-up after Focal Therapy
    Failure or Recurrence Management
    Focal Therapy Limitations
    Perspective
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RA407.4.C2 T255
    10
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    20
  • Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    HD9698.5 .T255
    2
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    HD9698.5 .T255
    9
  • Digital
    Giulua Anichini, Flavia Carraro, Philippe Geslin, Georges Guille-Escuret.
    Contents:
    The Artisan, the Sage and the Irony: An Outline of Knowledge Sociogenesis
    Technicization of the Neurosciences: Uses of Image-Processing Software in Brain Research
    Cryptography, a Human Science? Models, Matrices, Tools and Frames of Reference
    The Beauty of Equation: The Anthropologist and the Engineer in Design Processes
    Conclusion: Confrontations with Confusions: Stakes to be Re-established.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    [by] Ralph R. Greenson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L504 .G81
    1
  • Digital
    Mihalko, William M.; Krackow, Kenneth A.; Mont, Michael A.
    Summary: "In 1990, Dr. Kenneth Krackow wrote The Technique of Total Knee Arthroplasty to teach the basics of TKA for end-stage arthritis--everything from nonsurgical to surgical intervention and postoperative rehabilitation. Now completely revised for a new generation of surgeons, the 2nd Edition of this classic text continues its original goal of helping advanced practitioners acquire more knowledge and skill in primary and revision total knee arthroplasty. This fully updated volume, revised by Dr. Krackow and his former fellows Drs. William M. Mihalko and Michael A. Mont, keeps you current with major changes and advances in field, including patient optimization, outpatient procedures, robotics and new technology, difficult decisions during surgery, and more"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Carlos Pinheiro-Neto, Maria Peris-Celda.
    Summary: "Due to close collaboration between otorhinolaryngologists and neurosurgeons, endoscopic endonasal brain surgery has become part of the surgical armamentarium for successful treatment of various cranial base pathologies. Today, it is considered the gold standard surgical technique for many types of skull base tumors. Techniques and Key Points for Endoscopic Cranial Base Reconstruction by pioneering otorhinolaryngologist Carlos D. Pinheiro-Neto and neurosurgeon Maria Peris-Celda, co-editor of Thieme's acclaimed Rhoton's Atlas of Head, Neck, and Brain, encompasses the most important endoscopic cranial base reconstruction techniques performed in the last two decades. The book features contributions from an impressive group of additional experts in this field."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Asode Ananthram Shetty, Seok-Jung Kim, Norimasa Nakamura, Mats Brittberg, editors.
    Summary: "Cartilage defects are common. Cartilage repair surgery is not only fascinating but also surgically challenging. There are books dealing with basic science and some surgical aspect. This book fills a gap in surgical techniques for cartilage repair. All of the surgical chapters are logically organised, covering patient selection, patient setup/positioning, surgical approach, potential complications and troubleshooting. An attempt is made to compare with various surgical techniques. This book also covers anaesthesia, postoperative follow-up, pain management and rehabilitation. Both the editors and the authors are renowned experts in the field. This book will be invaluable for orthopaedic and sports medicine surgeons (consultants and training doctors) and is also of potential interest to physiotherapists, medical students, general practitioners, physical medicine and rehabilitation specialists, and rheumatology specialists."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Marco G. Patti, Amer H. Zureikat, Alessandro Fichera, Francisco Schlottmann, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers minimally invasive laparoscopic and robotic surgical techniques suitable for use in abdominal operations. Chapters describe relevant techniques for abdominal wall reconstruction, esophageal, bariatric, hepatobiliary, and colorectal surgery. Detailed step-by-step procedural guidance is provided with relevant photographic illustrations. Techniques in Minimally Invasive Surgery is a vital resource for surgeons who perform minimally invasive gastrointestinal operations. The book is particularly addressed to trainees, fellows, and junior faculty.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kwhanmien Kim, Seokjin Haam, Hyun Koo Kim, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the surgical techniques required in thoracic surgery. Minimally invasive surgery (MIS) has become a standard surgical technique in the field of thoracic surgery recently. In addition, the evolution of video equipment and surgical instruments, and robotic devices lead to the rapid development of surgical techniques. Providing the latest and detailed surgical techniques and reviews of video-assisted thoracic surgery and robotic surgery in commonly performed thoracic surgery, and is expected to be of great help to thoracic surgeon who starts minimally invasive surgery.

    Contents:
    A.Lung
    1. Establishment of Minimally Invasive Thoracic Surgery Program
    2. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery wedge resection. 3. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Lobectomy
    4. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Segmentectomy
    5. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Pneumonectomy
    6. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Mediastinal Lymph Node Dissection in Lung CancerSurgery
    7. Management of Complications During Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Lung Resection and Lymph Node Dissection
    8. Robot-Assisted Thoracic Surgery in Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
    B. Esophagus
    1. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Esophagectomy
    2. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Intrathoracic Anastomosis Technique
    3. Robot-Assisted Thoracoscopic Esophagectomy with Total Mediastinal
    4. Lymphadenectomy: A Guide to a Systematic Approach Using the Concept of Fascial Plane Dissection
    C. Thymectomy and others
    1. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Thymectomy: Transpleural Approach
    2. Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Thymectomy: Subxiphoid Approach
    3. Robot-Assisted Thoracic Surgery Thymectomy
    4. Non-intubated Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery
    5. Non-conservative Management of Chylothorax.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Robert J. Daigle, Jr. BA, RVT, FSVU.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Principles of Doppler ultrasound
    Chapter 2: Carotid color duplex scanning
    Chapter 3: Carotid interpretation
    Chapter 4: Vertebral & subclavian artery imaging
    Chapter 5: Venous anatomy and hemodynamics
    Chapter 6: Venous duplex imaging : lower extremities
    Chapter 7: Imaging methods for venous insufficiency
    Chapter 8: Venous imaging of upper extremities
    Chapter 9: Arterial hemodynamics, anatomy, and physiology
    Chapter 10: Physiologic arterial testing : lower extremities
    Chapter 11: Color duplex imaging : lower extremity arteries
    Chapter 12: Arterial bypass grafts & stents
    Chapter 13: Arterial evaluation of the upper extremities
    Chapter 14: Hemodialysis access fistulas & grafts
    Chapter 15: Transcranial Doppler
    Chapter 16: Abdominal Doppler fundamentals
    Chapter 17: Statistics & quality assurance
    Chapter 18: Glossary
    Lab and personal resources
    Chapter-based educational exercises
    CME post-test application information.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 4 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Jeffrey A. Nerad.
    Contents:
    Front Cover
    Techniques in Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery
    Copyright Page
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Video Contents
    1 The Art of Surgical Technique
    Videos
    Introduction
    Preparation for the Operation
    Firm Plan With Contingencies
    Room Setup
    Equipment Setup
    Skin Marking and Local Anesthesia
    Preparing and Draping The Patient
    Instruments
    Cutting the Skin
    Hand Position
    Scalpel Blades
    Other Cutting Tools
    Placement of Skin Incisions
    Anxiety and Tremor
    Cutting Tissue with Scissors
    How do scissors cut?
    Types Of Scissors Scissors Length
    Scissors Caliber
    Scissors Tips
    Scissors Blade Design
    Scissors Cutting Motion
    Cutting With Scissors (You Learned this as a Child)
    Retraction and Exposure
    Fingers As Retractors
    Skin Hooks
    Forceps
    Dissection Technique
    Retractors
    Hemostasis
    Preoperative Considerations
    Tamponade
    Cautery
    Bipolar Cautery
    Unipolar Cautery
    Bone Wax
    Drugs
    Drains
    Suction
    Suturing
    Types Of Suture Material
    Types Of Needles
    Needle HolDers
    Suturing Technique
    Passing the Needle
    Superficial and Deep Sutures
    Tying the Suture The Surgical Assistant
    Suggested Reading
    2 Clinical Anatomy
    VIDEO
    Introduction
    Periocular Anatomy
    Skin Creases And Folds
    Eyebrows
    Eyelids
    Orbital Bones
    Orbital Rim
    Bones of the Orbital Rim
    Tripod fracture
    Orbital Walls
    Boundaries of the Walls
    Blowout Fracture
    Bones of the Orbital Walls
    Fissures, Foramina, Grooves, and Canals
    Periorbita
    Muscles That Close the Eyes
    Orbicularis Muscle
    Corrugator And Procerus Muscles
    Underactive Muscles: Facial Nerve Palsy Overactive Muscles: Orbicularis Myokymia, Facial Tics, Essential Blepharospasm, And Hemifacial Spasm
    Canthal Tendons
    Lateral Canthal Tendon
    Slope of the Eyelid
    Lower Eyelid Laxity: The Cause of Ectropion
    Lateral Tarsal Strip Operation
    Lateral Canthal Dystopia
    Medial Canthal Tendon
    Medial Canthal Tendon Laxity
    Telecanthus
    Muscles That Open the Eyes
    Levator Muscle
    Whitnall's Ligament
    Horns of the Levator Aponeurosis
    Müller's Muscle
    Ptosis Of The Upper Eyelid
    Frontalis Muscle
    Lower Eyelid Retractors
    Involutional Entropion
    Horner Syndrome Preaponeurotic Fat and the Orbital Septum
    Preaponeurotic Fat
    Orbital Septum
    Conjunctiva
    Bulbar, Palpebral, And Fornix Conjunctiva
    Diseases Of The Conjunctiva
    Anterior And Posterior Lamellae Of The Eyelid
    Lacrimal System
    Tear Film
    Lacrimal Gland
    Lacrimal Drainage System
    Puncta
    Canaliculi
    Lacrimal Sac
    Nasolacrimal Duct
    Lacrimal Pump
    Nasal Anatomy
    Anatomy of the Paranasal Sinuses
    Ethmoid Sinus
    Frontal Sinus
    Maxillary Sinus
    Sphenoid Sinus
    Innervation to the Periocular Area
    Sensory Innervation
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Giles R. Scuderi, Alfred J. Tria, Jr., William J. Long, Michael N. Kang.
    Summary: Techniques in Revision Hip and Knee Arthroplasty is the one authoritative volume that gives you an efficient, problem-based approach to revision arthroplasty of both the hip and knee. Dr. Giles Scuderi and other leading experts from North America and Western Europe present their favored surgical procedures and post-surgical management strategies in this straightforward, heavily illustrated, video-intensive reference. It's your one-stop, go-to guide for successful revision surgery for a myriad of complications, such as implant loosening, polyethylene wear, osteolysis, or infection of the hip and knee. Get expert guidance on implant choice, management of complications (including infection and wound healing), and failure of mechanisms, as well as step-by-step surgical techniques.Quickly find the exact information you need with a straightforward "just what you need to know" approach, including surgical tips and pearls.Stay up to date with new insights regarding anatomic landmarks, recommended reconstruction options in revision surgery, including management of bone defects and instability.Access the fully searchable contents of the book and an abundance of surgical videos online at Expert Consult.

    Contents:
    The Economics of Total Hip and Knee Arthroplasty
    History and Physical Examination for the Painful Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Aspiration and Serology Testing
    Imaging in the Failed Total Knee Arthroplasty
    An Algorithmic Approach to the Painful Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Medial Arthrotomy
    Quadriceps Snip
    V-Y Quadriceps Turndown
    Tibial Tubercle Osteotomy
    Exposures for Revision Knee Arthroplasty
    Implant Removal in Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Principles of Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Revising the Failed Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty
    Manipulation
    Nonrevision Surgery
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Balancing the Gaps
    Use of Constrained Implants
    Management of Knee Instability: Use of Hinged Implants
    Classification of Bone Defects
    Management of Bone Defects Using Bone Graft
    Bone Graft
    Prosthetic Augmentation Metaphyseal Fixation
    Patella Instability
    Patellar Component Loosening
    Patellar Bone Loss
    Acute and Chronic Patellar Tendon Ruptures After Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Acute and Chronic Quadriceps Tendon Ruptures After Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Periprosthetic Fractures
    Periprosthetic Fractures Associated With Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Classification and Treatment of Patella Fractures
    Overview of the Microbiology
    Two-Stage Revision
    Irrigation and Débridement With Component Retention for Acute Periprosthetic Total Knee Arthroplasty Infections
    One-Stage Revision
    Wound Management
    Soft Tissue Coverage
    Evaluation of the Failed Total Hip Arthroplasty: History and Physical Examination
    Mechanisms of Failure: Indications for Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Painful Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Radiographic Evaluation of the Symptomatic Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Acetabular Bone Loss: Case Presentations
    Acetabular Bone Loss Classification
    Recommended Acetabular Reconstruction Options
    Surgical Techniques: Socket Removal
    Femoral Bone Loss Classification
    Femoral Component Removal
    Femoral Reconstruction Options in Revision Hip Arthroplasty
    Posterolateral Approach to the Hip
    Direct Lateral Approach to the Hip
    Direct Anterior Approach to Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Extended Trochanteric Osteotomy for Femoral Revision
    Exposure for Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Management of Cavitary Defects
    Management of Segmental and Column Defects
    Management of Protrusio Defects
    Landmarks to Determine the Anatomic Hip Center of Rotation
    Acetabular Reconstruction With a Jumbo Socket
    Acetabular Reconstruction
    Cemented Femoral Revision in Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Femoral Revision Arthroplasty With a Modular Cementless Prosthesis
    Proximal Porous-Coated Modular Stems: Surgical Technique
    Case Presentations: Extensively Porous-Coated, Cylindrical Stems
    Surgical Techniques: Extensively Porous-Coated, Cylindrical Stems
    Modular, Fluted, Tapered, Grit-Blasted Titanium Stems for Femoral Revision
    Megaprosthesis of the Hip
    Conversion of Prior Surgery to Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Instability After Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Management of Wear and Osteolysis
    Management of Thigh Pain in Cementless Arthroplasty
    Periprosthetic Femoral Fractures Associated With Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Revision Arthroplasty for Periprosthetic Femoral Fracture
    Revision of Articular Bearing Complications
    History and Diagnostic Testing
    Single-Stage Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Two-Stage Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    David J. Slutsky.
    Contents:
    1. Wrist arthroscopy portals
    2. Trapeziometacarpal and scaphotrapezial arthroscopy portals
    3. Triangular fibrocartilage tears
    4. Foveal tears and arthroscopy of the distal radioulnar joint
    5. Ulnocarpal impaction syndrome and ulnar styloid impaction syndrome
    6. The role of wrist arthroscopy in scapholunate instability
    7. Lunotriquetral injuries: Arthroscopic management
    8. Arthroscopic management of dorsal radiocarpal ligament tears
    9. The role of arthroscopy in midcarpal instability
    10. Arthroscopic treatment of scaphoid fractures and nonunions
    11. Arthroscopic treatment of distal radius fractures
    12. Arthroscopic treatment of intraarticular malunions of the distal radius
    13. The role of arthroscopy in perilunate injuries
    14. Arthroscopic wrist capsulotomy
    15. Arthroscopy in arthritis
    16. The use of arthroscopy in kienböck disease
    17. Arthroscopic wrist ganglionectomy
    18. Arthroscopic radial styloidectomy
    19. Arthroscopic partial scaphoidectomy for scaphoid nonunion
    20. Arthroscopic partial wrist fusions --21. Arthroscopic proximal row carpectomy
    22. Metacarpophalangeal joint arthroscopy
    23. Arthroscopic treatment of first metacarpal base fractures
    24. Arthroscopic reduction and percutaneous fixation of fifth carpometacarpal fracture dislocations --25. Arthroscopic treatment of trapeziometacarpal osteoarthritis
    26. Arthroscopic treatment of scaphotrapeziotrapezoidal osteoarthritis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Pradeep Chowbey, Davide Lomanto, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I. General
    1. The Economics of Hernia Surgery
    2. Surgical anatomy of groin and groin hernia
    3. Abdominal wall hernia classification
    4. Imaging techniques for abdominal wall hernias
    5. Future Consideration
    PART II. Groin Hernia
    6. Biomaterials for Inguinal Hernia Repair
    7. Anaesthesia for Laparoscopic Abdominal Wall Hernia Repair
    8. Surgical techniques for Inguinal hernia repair: Open Technique
    Tissue repairs
    9. Surgical techniques for inguinal hernia repair: open tension-free repairs
    10. Total extra-peritoneal repair (TEP)
    11. Trans-abdominal pre-peritoneal repair (TAPP)
    12. Open and Laparoscopic Repair of Femoral Hernia
    PART IIII. Abdominal Wall Hernia
    13. Biomaterials For Abdominal Wall Hernia Repair
    14. Components Separation Technique For Repair Of Complex Abdominal Wall Hernia
    15. Laparoscopic Incisional And Ventral Hernia Mesh Repair
    16. Laparoscopic repair of Peripheral Abdominal Wall Hernias
    17. Laparoscopic Pre-peritoneal Onlay Mesh (PPOM) repair for ventral and incisional hernia
    18. Muscle- aponeurotic plication associated with dermolipectomy in the treatment of ventral hernias and recti diastasis
    A functional and aesthetic approach
    19. Minimally invasive subcutaneouscopic and robotic rectus plication
    20. Parastomal Hernia
    21. Complications inguinal hernias: Strangulated incarcerated and obstructed hernias
    22. Sportsman Hernia
    23. Groin Hernia In The Elderly
    24. Obesity and Abdominal wall hernias
    25. Recurrent Inguinal Hernia.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael D. Stifelman, Lee C. Zhao, Daniel D. Eun, Chester J. Koh, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a complete and thorough guide to the performance of robotic urinary tract reconstruction procedures, including the principals of successful reconstructive techniques in the kidney, ureter, bladder, prostate and urethra. Reviewing patient positioning, trocar placement, instrumentation, detailed steps of procedure, and available outcome data, it outlines both common and advanced techniques, such as revision of uretero-intestinal anastomoses, buccal mucosa graft for long segment ureteral strictures, management of complex fistulas and urethral stricture. Illuminating unusual anatomy, including horseshoe kidney, retrocaval ureter, ureteral duplication, ectopic/malrotated kidneys, and retroperitoneal fibrosis, this book also highlights potential complications, their avoidance and management. Written by experts in the field, Techniques of Robotic Urinary Tract Reconstruction: A Complete Approach guides clinical practitioners in the utilization of advanced novel technology to aid intraoperation and demonstrates the ways in which robotics enables the performance of reconstructive procedures in an area difficult to reach via open techniques.

    Contents:
    Why Robotic Surgery?
    Keys for Intraoperative Success: Principles of Urinary Tract Reconstruction
    Principles of Reconstruction: Spatulation, Blood Supply, Wound Healing
    Tissue Substitution in reconstruction: Graft, Flaps
    Adult Robotic Pyeloplasty
    Pediatric Robotic Pyeloplasty
    Managing Stones; Unusual Anatomy in a Patient with UPJ Obstruction
    Recurrent Ureteropelvic Junction Obstruction
    Proximal Ureteral Reconstruction: Ureteo-Ureterostomy, Buccal Mucosa Graft, Retrocaval Ureter
    Ureteral Reconstruction– An Overview of Appendiceal Interposition and Ureterocalicostomy
    Robotic Renal Autotransplantation and Ileal Ureter
    Ureterolysis and Boari Flap
    Proximal and Mid-Ureteral Reconstruction in the Pediatric Population
    Diagnosis, Evaluation and Preoperative Considerations in Distal Ureteral Reconstruction
    Robot-Assisted Reconstructive Surgery of the Distal Ureter
    Distal Ureteral Injury and Repair in Children
    Distal Ureteral Reconstruction in Children
    Adult Bladder Diverticulectomy and Partial Cystectomy
    Pediatric Bladder Augmentation and Urinary Diversion
    Robot-Assisted Laparoscopic Bladder Surgery for Nonmalignant Conditions in the Pediatric Patient (Bladder Diverticulectomy, Urachal Cyst Excision, and Cystolithotomy)
    Surgical Complications after Robot-Assisted Radical Cystectomy
    Orthotopic Ileal Neobladder and Continent Catheterizable Urinary Diversion
    Robotic-Assisted Ileal Conduit Urinary Diversion
    Urinary Diversion: Robot-Assisted Laparoscopic Malone Antegrade Continence Enema (MACE) and Mitrofanoff Appendicovesicostomy (MAPV)
    a. simple prostatectomy
    Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Bladder Neck Reconstruction
    Robot-Assisted Bladder Neck Artificial Urinary Sphincter Implantation
    Rectourethral and Colovesical Fistula
    Ureter-Vaginal Fistula
    Robotic Management of Vesicovaginal Fistulas
    Posterior Urethroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Petros Levounis, James Sherer.
    Summary: "Technological Addictions is the first guide designed to provide insight and strategies to clinicians, patients, and families grappling with the collateral damage of technology's pervasiveness and pull. Mental health professionals are beginning to understand that video games, online pornography, internet gaming, internet gambling, and other technological pastimes can be every bit as addictive as substances such as alcohol, tobacco, and illicit drugs. Editor Petros Levounis is among the foremost experts on addiction and, together with coeditor James Sherer and a roster of prominent contributors, has created a groundbreaking book that emphasizes the lived reality of the people who struggle with these addictions every day. In 10 rigorous yet down-to-earth chapters, the book explores the psychological and cultural context of each technology and related behavior, from social media to cybersex, and examines thoroughly the difference between healthy engagement with technology and addiction. This discussion premised on the understanding that technology should not be rolled back or restricted but is an increasingly beneficial and even necessary part of modern life. Two chapters specifically focus on the way technology addictions impact particular populations, such as children and adolescents and older adults. Addiction to technology does not discriminate; no preexisting psychological or physical conditions are required, and everyone is susceptible. Technological Addictions provides guidance found nowhere else, guidance that both clinicians and laypeople will find useful and compelling"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Video Games : From Harmless Pastime to Internet Gaming Disorder / James Sherer
    Cybersex and Online Pornography : Hacking the Human Sex Drive / Lancer Naghdechi, Muhammad Aadil, Faisal Kagadkar, Petros Levounis
    Internet Gambling : An Old Behavior in a New Age / Robert Rymowicz
    Texting, Emailing, and Other Online Messaging : When Does a Communication Tool Become a Burden? / Heather Wurtz, Donya Nazery
    Internet Surfing and Information Overload / Diego Garces Grosse
    Social Media : The Self vs. the Selfie / Lukman-Afis (Lukmon) Babajide
    Online Shopping and Auctions : The Ease and Sleaze / Faisal Kagadkar, Ana Claudia Zacarkim Pinheiro dos Santos, Lancer Naghdechi
    Children and Adolescents : Codependence Between Youth and Tech / Muhammad Aadil, Aitzaz Munir, Lancer Naghdechi, Yonatan Kaplan
    Special Considerations for Older Adults / Seyed Parham Khalili
    New and Emerging Addictive Technologies : Where Do We Go From Here? / Rafael Coira.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    PsychiatryOnline
    ProQuest Ebook Central
  • Digital
    Subodh J. Saggi, Moro O. Salifu, editors.
    Summary: The book explores how kidney disease care is being changed by new technologies, from inception and diagnosis to dialysis and kidney transplant. Massive technological advances have affected health care in the past decade, and doctors are moving quickly to change the way we provide care for kidney diseases. We are rapidly shifting from hospital- and clinic-based systems to providing care at home, with technologies that help monitor care and intervene remotely. Some of the technologies covered include genetic testing for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes, metabolism/ezposome assessment, AI-driven tool for drug dosing, and apps available to patients. This book aims to educate providers on the many new scientific and technological interventions that can help monitor and mitigate kidney disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rifat Latifi, Peter Rhee, Rainer W.G. Gruessner, editors ; foreword by David B. Hoyt.
    Contents:
    Ther New Surgeon: Patient-Centered, Disease-Focused, Technology-Driven, and Team-Oriented
    The Ever-Changing Departments of Surgery: The New Paradigm-The Roadmap to a Modern Department of Surgery
    Genomics in Surgery, Trauma, and Critical Care: How Do We Control the Future?
    Nanotechnologies in Surgery: The New Paradigm
    Telemedicine for Trauma and Intensive Care: Changing the Paradigm of Telepresence
    Augmented Reality in Surgery
    The Lean Innovation Model for Academic Medical Discovery
    Changing the Protocol: Is There Still Room for the Professor's Viewpoint?
    Ethical Implications of Advanced Technologies in Surgical Care. Dedicated Resuscitation Operating Room for Trauma
    End Points Resuscitation
    Abdominal Trauma: Not Everything that Bleeds Needs and Operation
    Neurosurgical Advances in Trauma Management
    Damage Control and Organ Injury Priority Management of Trauma Patients
    Multiorgan Dysfuction in Trauma and Surgical Intensive Care Units
    Advances in Burn Care
    Biology of Nutrition Support and Gut Access in Critically Ill Patients
    Advances in Head and Neck Surgery
    Neck Cancer: Imaging Techniques and Progress on the Operative Approach
    Advances in Thyroid and Parathyroid Care
    Neuron Based Surgery: Are We There Yet? Technical Developments in the Surgical Treatment of Brain Injury and Disease
    Brain Cancer: The New Frontiers
    Advanced Thoracoscopic Surgery to Modern Pulmonary Disease: The Japanese Approach
    The Role of Robotics in Selective Throacic Surgical Problems: Technical Considerations
    Cardiac Surgery Advances: Do We Still Remember How to Do Open Bypass?
    Artificial Hearts and Cardiac Assist Devices: The Spectrum of the New Era
    New Valves: Where Do We Stand?
    Technological Advances in Endovascular Surgery
    Carotid Disease: The Stents and the Evidence-Based Medicine-What Happened to the Old Surgery?
    Laporascopic Approaches in General Surgery: Is There Anything New?
    Robotic Applications in Advancing General Surgery
    Natural Orifice Transluminal Endoscopic Surgery (NOTES)
    Bariatric Surgery: The Less, The Better
    New Minimally Invasive Treatments for Acid Reflux
    Minimally Invasive Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary Surgery and Associated GI Interventions
    Pancreatic Advances
    Laparoscopic Liver Resection for Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Advances in Colorectal Surgery
    Technological Advances in Heart and Lung Transplantation: Concomitant Cardiac Valve Surgery
    Abdominal Organ Transplantation: An Overview
    Small Bowel Transplantation: Is There a Hope on the Horizon?
    Islet Cell Transplantation: New Techniques for an Old Disease
    Face Transplant: The Future is Better Than Current Concepts
    Limp Transplantation
    Advances in Immunosuppressive Therapy
    Tissue Repair and Wound Healing: A Trip Back to the Future
    Surgical Advances in the Treatment of Abdominal Wall Hernias
    Use of Biologic Grafts in Surgery
    Artifical Limbs for Upper Extremity Amputation
    Advanced Technologies in Pediatric Critical Care/Surgery and Fetal Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Daniela Bruttomesso, Giorgio Grassi.
    Contents:
    Glycemic control
    Home blood glucose monitoring
    Continuous glucose monitoring
    Insulin delivery system
    Closed-loop insulin-delivery system
    Alternatives to insulin injection
    Devices to support treatmtne decisions
    Electronic medical record.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Dinesh Chandra Uprety, Pallavi Saxena.
    Summary: Global climate change is one of the most serious threats to the environment of the earth and to the crop production. Crop vulnerability to climate change stress caused by the greenhouse gases emission is a serious concern. This book describes various technologies and methods including the simulation of the future climate changes, studying the response of crop plants and characterizing their responses physiologically and biochemically. It includes the latest information of protocols and technologies for climate change research on agriculture. This book is of interest to teachers, researchers, climate change scientists, capacity builders and policymakers. Also the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, forestry, ecology, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policy makers will also find this to be a useful read.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Abbreviations
    1: Introduction
    1.1 General Introduction
    1.2 Importance of Technologies in Climate Change Research on Agriculture
    1.3 Summary
    References
    2: Carbon Dioxide
    2.1 Measurements of Carbon dioxide (CO2) in the Atmosphere, Soil and Agricultural Crops
    2.1.1 Infrared Gas Analysis
    2.1.2 Eddy Covariance Technique
    Components of Eddy Covariance System
    Major Components Used in Eddy Covariance Technique
    Sonic Anemometer
    Data Storage
    Power Supply
    Flux Calculations Enteric Tracer Ratio
    External Tracer Ratio
    Mass Balance from Barns
    3.1.4 Micrometeorological Techniques
    Mass Balance
    Integrated Horizontal Flux (IHF)
    Modified Mass Difference (MMD) Approach
    Vertical Flux Techniques
    Eddy Covariance (EC)
    3.2 Modelling Techniques
    3.3 Mitigation Technologies
    3.3.1 Potassium Amendment
    3.3.2 Midseason Drainage
    3.3.3 Alternate Wetting and Drying (AWD) Technology
    3.3.4 Nitrogen Fertilizer on Methane Emissions
    3.3.5 Biocovers of Landfills
    3.3.6 Biological Aspect of the Amendment of Methanogenic Activity Land-Based Enhanced Rock Weathering Method of Carbon Sequestration:
    2.4.2 Zero-Tillage
    2.4.3 Agroforestry
    2.4.4 Crop Residue Management
    2.4.5 Biofuels
    2.4.6 Biochar
    2.4.7 Mycorrhiza
    2.4.8 Microalgae
    2.4.9 Organic Agriculture
    2.5 Summary
    References
    3: Methane
    3.1 Technologies Associated with Methane (CH4) Emission and Crop Response Studies
    3.1.1 Measurements of Methane Emission in Stationary Mode
    3.1.2 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR)
    3.1.3 Non-micrometeorological Techniques
    Chamber Techniques:
    Calculation of Methane Flux Measurements Using Eddy Covariance Flux Towers
    Limitations
    2.1.3 Gas Chromatography
    2.1.4 Spectroscopic Methods
    2.1.5 Carbon Stock Measurement Technique
    2.1.6 Wet Digestion
    2.1.7 Dry Combustion
    2.1.8 Dry Combustion in an Elemental Analyser
    2.1.9 Fractionation of Soil Organic Carbon
    2.1.10 Physical Fractions
    2.1.11 Chemical Fractionation
    2.1.12 Spectroscopic Method
    2.1.13 Laser-Induced Breakdown Spectroscopy (LIBS)
    2.1.14 Inelastic Neutron Scattering (INS)
    2.1.15 CO2 Emission Measurement from Soil: Quantitative Approach
    Alkali Trap Method Soil Respirator Method
    Infrared Gas Analysis Method
    Closed-Chamber Method
    2.1.16 Space-Borne Measurements
    2.2 Technologies Associated with CO2 Enrichment Studies (Crop Response Studies)
    2.2.1 Leaf Cuvettes
    2.2.2 Sunlit-Controlled Environment Chambers
    2.2.3 Soil Plant Atmosphere Research (SPAR) System
    2.2.4 Portable Field Chamber
    2.2.5 Open-Top Chamber
    2.2.6 Screen-Aided CO2 Control (SACC)
    2.2.7 Free Air CO2 Enrichment Technology (FACE)
    2.3 Modelling Techniques
    2.4 Mitigation Technologies
    2.4.1 Carbon Sequestration
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Megan A. Moreno, Ana Radovic, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book provides a framework for healthcare providers working with the dual challenges and opportunities presented by the intersection of mental health and technology. Technology and Adolescent Mental Health provides recent, evidence-based approaches that are applicable to clinical practice and adolescent care, with each chapter including a patient case illustrating key components of the chapter contents. Early chapters address the epidemiology of mental health, while the second section of the book deals with how both offline and online worlds affect mental health, presenting both positive and negative outcomes, and focusing on special populations of at-risk adolescents. The third section of the book focuses on technology uses for observation, diagnosis or screening for mental health conditions. The final section highlights promising future approaches to technology, and tools for improving intervention and treatment for mental health concerns and illnesses. This book will be a key resource for pediatricians, family physicians, internal medicine providers, adolescent medicine and psychiatry specialists, psychologists, social workers, as well as any other healthcare providers working with adolescents and mental health care.

    Contents:
    Part I Epidemiology of mental health and technology
    An overview of adolescent mental health / Henry Berman
    Adolescents seeking online health information: Topics, approaches, and challenges / Jason B. Colditz, Michelle S. Woods, and Brian A. Primack
    How mental health conditions affect online use and access / Yolanda N. Evans
    Technology use among special populations / Allison Schimmel-Bristow and Kym R. Ahrens
    Part II Associations between mental health symptoms and technology use
    Positive and negative associations between adolescent mental health and technology / Linda Charmaraman, Tracy Gladstone, and Amanda Richer
    Social media use and display of depressive symptoms online by adolescents and young adults / Ana Radovic, Olga Santesteban-Echarri, Mario Álvarez-Jiménez, John Gleeson, Simon M. Rice, and Megan A. Moreno
    Cyberbullying and mental health / Rajitha Kota and Ellen Selkie
    Media multitasking and mental health / Nancy A. Cheever, Kristin Peviani, and Larry D. Rosen
    Internet gaming disorder / Jeffrey N. Rokkum, Jorge A. Blanco-Herrera, Manuela E. Faulhaber, and Douglas A. Gentile
    When does internet and smartphone use become a problem? / Nancy A. Cheever, Megan A. Moreno, and Larry D. Rosen
    Part III Use of technology for diagnosis, intervention, and treatment
    Identifying symptoms using technology / Afsaneh Doryab
    Social media data for online adolescent suicide risk identification: Considerations for integration within platforms, clinics, and schools / Molly Adrian and Aaron R. Lyon
    Telemental health / Jennifer Mc Williams and Kathleen Myers
    Social media interventions for adolescents and young people with depression and psychosis / Olga Santesteban-Echarri, Mario Álvarez-Jiménez, John Gleeson, and Simon M. Rice
    The role of texting in addressing mental health / Megan L. Ranney, Anthony R. Pisani, and Lauren S. Chernick
    Online therapy for adolescent mental health / Huma Ali Khan, Karen Bernstein, and Benjamin Van Voorhees
    Video games and their impact on teens' mental health / Melissa E. DeRosier and James M. Thomas
    Apps for mental health / Oliver Lindhiem and Jordan L. Harris
    Comprehensive approaches using technology to address mental health / Scottye J. Cash, Stephanie Craig Rushing, and David Stephens.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Padmini Murthy, Amy Ansehl, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the pivotal role played by technology over the past decade in advancing global public health and health care. At present, the global community faces unprecedented healthcare challenges fueled by an aging population, rising rates of chronic disease, and persistent health disparities. New technologies and advancements have the potential to extend the reach of health professionals while improving quality and efficiency of service delivery and reducing costs within the public and the private health systems. The chapters highlight the barriers faced by the global healthcare workforce in using technology to promote health and human rights of communities: Role of Digital Health, mHealth, and Low-Cost Technologies in Advancing Universal Health Coverage in Emerging Economies Telehealth and Homecare Agencies Technology and the Practice of Health Education in Conflict Zones The Worldwide Digital Divide and Access to Healthcare Technology Technology for Creating Better Professional Teams to Strengthen Healthcare Systems Global Public Health Disaster Management and Technology As a resource on the evolution of technology as a valuable and integral component in the promotion and practice of public health and health care, with a focus on SDG 3 targets, Technology and Global Public Health should engage students, instructors, practitioners, and other professionals interested in public health, universal health care, health technology, digital health, and health equity. Dr. Murthy has been a respected leader and mentor on scientific health-related matters within the UN system for many years. Her book develops a theoretical system connecting concepts that have coined global public health with the rapid development of technology, all with the focus to achieve Sustainable Development Goal number three, within the time frame set by World Leaders. - Henry L. Mac-Donald, Former Permanent Representative of Suriname to the United Nations.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I: Reflections
    Space and Global Health
    Universal Health Coverage in Japan: Leveraging Technologies to Ensure Equitable, Affordable, and Quality Health Care for All
    Georgia's Success Towards Universal Health Coverage
    Women, Girls, and STEM
    Role of New Media in Advancing Gender Equality
    Part II: Technology in Advancing Health: Meeting Sustainable Development Goal 3 Targets
    Chapter 1. Role of Digital Health, mHealth, and Low-Cost Technologies in Advancing Universal Health Coverage in Emerging Economies
    Chapter 2. Social Media and the Practice of Public Health
    Chapter 3. The Role of Technology in Women's Empowerment and Well-Being and Addressing Gender-Based Violence
    Chapter 4. Telehealth and Homecare Agencies
    Chapter 5. Health Transformation in Saudi Arabia via Connected Health Technologies- Chapter 6. Simple Technology for Menstrual Hygiene Management: A Case Study from Northern Ethiopia
    Chapter 7. Technology and the Practice of Health Education in Conflict Zones
    Chapter 8. Law, Technology, and Public Health
    Chapter 9. mHealth for Better Quality of Life, Healthier Lifestyles, and More Meaningful Lives
    Chapter 10. Digital Health Transforming Health Care in Rural and Remote Australia
    Chapter 11. Telehealth and Traumatic Brain Injury
    Chapter 12. Leveraging Technology for Attaining Sustainable Development Goal 3: The Road Ahead
    Part III: Types of Innovative Technology in Health Care
    Chapter 13. Technology vs. Mercury: The Metal that Scars Civilization
    Chapter 14. Trafficking, Technology, and Public Health: The Malignant Malady of Modern Slavery
    Chapter 15. The Worldwide Digital Divide and Access to Healthcare Technology
    Chapter 16. Technology for Creating Better Professional Teams to Strengthen Healthcare Systems
    Chapter 17. Global Public Health Disaster Management and Technology
    Chapter 18. Employing Data Science Technologies Towards Shaping a Sustainably Healthy Future: The Efforts in Contemporary Taiwan
    Chapter 19. Telemedicine in India and Its Impact on Public Health
    Chapter 20. The Role of Technology in Sustainable Development Goal Performance in Taiwan
    Chapter 21. Reducing the Burden of Oral Diseases Through Technology
    Chapter 22. Future and Impact of Rehabilitation Robotics on Post-Stroke Care and Recovery
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michele Fimiani, Pietro Rubegni, Elisa Cinotti, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a complete overview on the latest available technologies in dermatology, while discussing future trends of this ever-growing field. This handy guide provides clinicians and researchers with a clear understanding of the advantages and challenges of laser and imaging technologies in skin medicine today. It also includes a section on imaging techniques for the evaluation of skin tumors, with chapters devoted to dermoscopy, in vivo and ex vivo reflectance confocal microscopy, high frequency ultrasound, optical coherence tomography, and a closing part on latest approaches to wound management. Completed by over 200 clinical images, Current Technology in Practical Dermatology: Non-Invasive Imaging, Lasers and Ulcer Management is both a valuable tool for the inpatient dermatologist and for physicians, residents, and medical students in the field.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Section I
    Imaging techniques for the evaluation of skin diseases
    1. Dermoscopy: fundamentals and technology advances
    2. Dermoscopy for benign melanocytic skin tumors
    3. Dermoscopy for Melanoma
    4. Dermoscopy for non-melanocytic benign skin tumors
    5. Demoscopy for non-melanocytic malignant skin tumors
    6. Dermoscopy for inflammatory diseases
    7. Dermoscopy for infectious diseases
    8. Digital dermoscopy analysis
    9. Optical super-high magnification dermoscopy
    10. Fluorescence videodermoscopy
    11.Total body photography and sequential digital dermoscopy for melanoma diagnosis
    12. History and Fundamentals of Reflectance Confocal Microscopy
    13.In vivo reflectance confocal microscopy for benign melanocytic skin tumors
    14. In vivo reflectance confocal microscopy for melanoma
    15. In vivo reflectance confocal microscopy for non melanocytic benign skin tumors
    16. In vivo reflectance confocal microscopy for non melanocytic malignant skin tumours
    17. In vivo Reflectance Confocale Microscopy for Inflammatory Diseases
    18. In vivo reflectance confocal microscopy for infectious diseases
    19. In vivo reflectance confocal microscopy for mucous membranes
    20. Ex vivo confocal microscopy
    21. Ultrasound
    22. Optical coherence tomography
    23. High-Definition optical coherence tomography
    24. 3D imaging
    25. Raman spectroscopy
    26. Multispectral and Hyperspectral Imaging for skin acquisition and analysis
    27. Electrical impedance in dermatology
    Section II
    Lasers and light sources technologies in dermatology
    28. Laser Light and Light-tissue Interaction
    29. Laser and light sources: safety and organization issues
    30. Intense polichromatic lights and light emitting diodes:what's new
    31. Vascular lasers: tips and protocols
    32. Broadband intense pulsed lights for vascular malformations
    33. Pigment specific lasers for benign skin lesions and tattoos: long pulsed, nanosecond and picos econd lasers
    34. Skin resurfacing: ablative and non-ablative lasers
    35. Photorejuvenation: concepts, practice, perspectives
    36. Laser hair removal: updates
    37. Biophotonic therapy induced photobiomodulation
    38. Photodynamic Therapy
    Section III
    Technological advances in wound management
    39. Temporary dressing
    40. Extracellular matrices
    41. Skin bank bioproducts: the basics
    42. Clinical applications of skin bank bioproducts
    43. Negative Pressure Wound Therapy
    44. Tissue Engineered skin substitutes
    45. Biologics in Wound Management
    46. Stem Cell in Wound Healing
    Section IV
    New complementary tools for dermatologic diagnosis
    47. Microbiopsy in dermatology
    48. Noninvasive genetic testing: adhesive patch-based skin biopsy and buccal swab
    49. Liquid biospsies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Stefan Przyborski.
    Contents:
    1. An introduction to the third dimension for routine cell culture
    Part I. Aggregate-Based Technologies
    2. Gravity-enforced microtissue engineering
    3. Physiologically relevant spheroid models for three-dimensional cell culture
    4. NanoCulture Plate: a scaffold-based high-throughput three-dimensional cell culture system suitable for live imaging and co-culture
    5. Micro-moulded non-adhesive hydrogels to form multicellular microtissues- the 3D petri dish
    6. Organotypic microtissues on an air-liquid interface
    Part II. Hydrogels
    7. Materials and assay systems used for three-dimensional cell culture
    8. HyStem, a customisable hyaluronan-based hydrogel matrix for 3D cell culture
    9. 3-D life biomimetric hyrdogels: a modular system for cell environment design
    Part III. Scaffolds
    10. Alvetex, a highly porous polystyrene scaffold for routine three-dimensional cell culture
    11. CelluSponge and Go Matrix as innovative three-dimensional cell culture platforms
    12. Mimetix electrospun scaffold: an easy-to-use tool for 3D cell culture in drug discovery and regenerative medicine
    Part IV. 3D Bioreactor Technologies
    13. Quasi Vivo bioreactor technology
    14. Three-dimensional cell-based assays in hollow fibre bioreactors
    15. Three-dimensional engineered tissues for high-throughput compound screening: mechanical properties of skin and ageing
    16. Three-dimensional cell culture in the Rotary Cell Culture System
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Leanne Groban, Chandrika Rajan Garner.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Print
    Mary Otto.
    Summary: "Show me your teeth," the great naturalist Georges Cuvier is credited with saying, "and I will tell you who you are." In this shattering new work, veteran health journalist Mary Otto looks inside America's mouth, revealing unsettling truths about our unequal society. Teeth takes readers on a disturbing journey into America's silent epidemic of oral disease, exposing the hidden connections between tooth decay and stunted job prospects, low educational achievement, decreased social mobility, and the troubling state of our public health. Otto's subjects include the pioneering dentist who made Shirley Temple and Judy Garland's teeth sparkle on the silver screen and helped create the all-American image of "pearly whites"; Deamonte Driver, the young Maryland boy whose tragic death from an abscessed tooth sparked congressional hearings; and a marketing guru who offers advice to dentists on how to push new and expensive treatments and how to keep Medicaid patients at bay. In one of its most disturbing findings, Teeth reveal that toothaches are not an occasional inconvenience, but rather a chronic reality for millions of people, including disproportionate numbers of the elderly and people of color. Many people, Otto reveals, resort to prayer to counteract the uniquely devastating effects of dental pain. Otto also goes back in time to understand the roots of our predicament in the history of dentistry, showing how it became separated from mainstream medicine, despite a century of growing evidence that oral health and general bodily health are closely related. Muckraking and paradigm-shifting, Teeth exposes for the first time the extent and meaning of our oral health crisis. It joins the small shelf of books that change the way we view society and ourselves - and will spark an urgent conversation about why our teeth matter. -- from dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Part I. Bad Teeth: Beauty
    Suffering
    Emergencies
    The world beneath our noses
    Part II. Dental Art: The birth of American dentistry
    Separate lives
    Adventurers and auxiliaries
    The system
    Color lines
    Part III. A Sentinel Event: Deamonte's world
    Riding into the epidemic
    Sons and daughters of Chapin Harris.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RK58.5 .O88 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Giovanna Gatti, Gabriella Pravettoni, Fabio Capello, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Overview and Background
    PART I
    Fields of application 3 The community: Early diagnosis and prevention
    4 The hospital: Improving hospital care for people with cancer
    5 Home-based care for a better quality of life: Treatment, monitoring and follow-up
    PART II
    Technical Issues 6 New technologies and new frontiers
    7 The social web
    PART III
    Complex Scenarios and Special Settings
    8 Rural and extreme rural settings
    9 Tele-oncology in developing countries
    PART IV
    eLearning 10 Education and distant learning
    11 Health education to improve prevention
    12 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Patty A. Schweickert, Carolyn M. Rutledge.
    Summary: A timely, practical, and concise resource for advanced practice registered nursing (APRN) students, faculty, and providers, Telehealth Essentials for Advanced Practice Nursing provides readers with an understanding of and tools to embrace the emerging field of telehealth and optimize its application in clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Telehealth nursing / Patty Alane Schweickert, DNP, FNP-C
    Telehealth basics / Rebecca A. Bates, DNP, FNP-C, Kristi Henderson, DNP, FNP-BC, FAAN, FAEN, and Carolyn M. Rutledge, PhD, FNP-BC
    Building blocks of nursing telehealth education : the multimodal approach / Carolyn M. Rutledge, PhD, FNP-BC, Katherine E. Chike-Harris, DNP, APRN, CPNP-PC, NE, Susan V. Brammer, PhD, RN, CNE, and Patty Alane Schweickert, DNP, FNP-C
    Telehealth technology / Richard L. Rose II, CTC, CWTS, Patty Alane Schweickert, DNP, FNP-C, David Cattell-Gordon, MDiv, MSW, Samuel Collins, MSc, Rebecca L Steele, MSN, RN, CNL, Christianne Nesbit, DNP, AGNP, PMHNP, Michele L. Bordelon, MSEd, and Brian Gunnell, BS, CTC
    Legal and regulatory issues in telehealth / Karen S. Rheuban, MD and Kathy H. Wibberly, PhD
    The role of the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse in implementing telehealth practice / Katherine E. Chike-Harris, DNP, APRN, CPNP-PC, NE
    Advanced Practice Registered Nurse telehealth practice modalities / Patty Alane Schweickert, DNP, FNP-C, Lynn Wiles, PhD, RN, Katherine E. Chike-Harris, DNP, APRN, CPNP-PC, NE, R. Lee Tyson, DNP, PMHNP-BC, ANP-BC, Tonya L. Hensley, DNP, FNP, Kathryn B. Reid, PhD, FNP-C, Rosalyn Perkins, MNSc, CNP, WHNP-BC, Rebecca A. Bates, DNP, FNP-C, S. Craig Thomas, MSN, NP, ACNP-BC, ACNS-BC, CHFN, Teresa Gardner Tyson, DNP, FNP-BC, Brian Myers, MBA, MTS, and Allison Kirkner, MSN, RN, ACNP-BC
    Telehealth competencies : knowledge and skills / Carolyn M. Rutledge, PhD, FNP-BC, Tina Gustin, DNP, CNS, and Patty Alane Schweickert, DNP, FNP-C
    Telehealth and interprofessional collaboration / Carolyn M. Rutledge, PhD, FNP-BC, and Tina Gustin, DNP, CNS.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Dara Lundon.
    Summary: "Offering significant benefits to both healthcare providers and patients, telehealth is a key component in the future of urology and patient care. Telehealth in Urology is a step-by-step, illustrated guide for clinicians who are beginning a telehealth offering or are interested in adopting new digital technologies--all specific and relevant to today's urology practice. It covers the key information you need to know--from necessary equipment to the practice team--with clear explanations of how you can best use telemedicine to provide timely, effective care to every patient"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Raymond K. Cross, Andrew R. Watson, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of inflammatory bowel disease and its management through the use of telemedicine applications. The book reviews barriers to successful outcomes in patients with IBD and offers a rationale for how self-management and telemedicine approaches can improve care in chronic illnesses such as IBD. This volume also includes a summary of the burden of telephone encounters in patients with IBD, characteristics of frequent callers to the office, outcomes associated with high telephone use, and strategies to provide education via telephone to patients with IBD. Prior literature on implementation of teleconsultation in research and clinical practice, as well as mobile applications used to track symptoms, quality of life, diet, and medication use in IBD are also explored in the book. Written by experts in the field, Telemanagement of Inflammatory Bowel Disease is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists, surgeons, and other clinicians dealing with, and interested in, this novel adjunct to routine care for inflammatory bowel disease.

    Contents:
    Barriers to Successful Outcomes in Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Experience with Telemedicine Systems in Chronic Illness: What Can We Learn?
    Telephone Encounters in Inflammatory Bowel Disease Care: Burden, Risk Factors, and Opportunities for Intervention
    Teleconsultation in the Care of Patients with IBD
    Self-Management Techniques in IBD
    Mobile Applications for Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Telemonitoring and Self-Care in Patients with IBD
    Teleconferences to Facilitate Multidisciplinary Care and Education in IBD
    System Requirements for Delivery of Telemedicine Services
    Legal, Regulatory, and Ethical Issues in the Use of Telemedicine
    Future Directions in Telemedicine Applications for IBD.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Dee W. Ford, Shawn R. Valenta, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of key issues with regards to implementing telemedicine services as well as an in depth overview of telemedicine in pulmonary, critical care, and sleep medicine. Topics range from specific practices to program development. Telemedicine has experienced explosive growth in recent years and yet, implementing telemedicine solutions is complex with substantial regulatory, legal, financial, logistical, and intra-organization/intra-personal barriers that must be overcome. This book provides the necessary information and guidance to address those complex issues. This book is broadly divided into two parts 1) a primer on requisite steps before embarking on telemedicine service development and 2) specific applications and examples where telemedicine is successfully utilized to improve quality of care in pulmonary, critical care, and sleep medicine. The first part includes coverage of telemedicine and finance, regulatory and legal issues, and program development. The second part delves into specifics with information on ambulatory telemedicine programs, inpatient consultations, and tele-ICU programs. All chapters are written by interprofessional authors that are leaders in the field of telemedicine with extensive knowledge of diverse telemedicine programs and robust real-world experience on the topic. This is an ideal guide for telehealth program managers, and pulmonary, critical care, and sleep medicine professionals interested in improving their telehealth practice.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Primer on Telemedicine Program Development
    Overview and History of Telemedicine
    Regulatory and Legal Issues
    Telemedicine and Finance
    Intra- versus Inter-organizational Issues in Telemedicine Program Development
    Telehealth Services Framework
    Technology and Data System Considerations
    People Issues in Telemedicine
    How Telemedicine Can Support High Quality Care
    SECTION II: Application of Telemedicine in Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine
    Ambulatory Telemedicine Programs for Pulmonary Diseases
    Emergency Department Based Consultations
    Inpatient Consultations
    Tele-ICU Programs.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tanupriya Choudhury, Avita Katal, Jung-Sup Um, Ajay Rana, Marwan Al-Akaidi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the innovative concepts, methodologies and frameworks that will increase the feasibility of the existing telemedicine system. With the arrival of advanced technologies, telehealth has become a new subject, requiring a different understanding of IT devices and of their use, to fulfill health needs. Different topics are discussed - from the basics of TeleMedicine, to help readers understand the technology from ground up, to details about the infrastructure and communication technologies to offer deeper insights into the technology. The use of IoT and cloud services along with the use of blockchain technology in TeleMedicine are also discussed. Detailed information about the use of machine learning and computer vision techniques for the proper transmission of medical data - keeping in mind the bandwidth of the network - are provided. The book will be a readily accessible source of information for professionals working in the area of information technology as well as for the all those involved in the healthcare environment.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Fundamentals to Telemedicine
    Infrastructure and systems of Tele-Medicine and Remote Health Monitoring
    Legal perspective of Telemedicine - Policies, Legal and Regulatory Issues
    Integration of IoT and Cloud with Telemedicine
    Different technologies involved in Telemedicine
    M-Health Applications
    Machine Learning Techniques for TeleMedicine
    The Role of Computer Vision in TeleMedicine
    Communication technologies in telemedicine and M-Health and Ubiquitous healthcare
    E- Health and Cyber Medicine
    The Role of Blockchain in TeleMedicine
    Security and Privacy issue in TeleMedicine: issues, solutions, and standards
    The Role of TeleMedicine in COVID-19
    TeleMedicine: A future of Healthcare Sector in India
    Methodologies for Improving the Quality and Safety of Telehealth Systems
    The role of computational bioinformatics in tele-based healthcare
    Telemedicine in Children Health
    Introducing Tele-Medicine into Surgical Care: Case Study
    1Tele-Medicine in Oncology: Case Study 2 or other case studies in Tele-Medicine
    A predictive model for disease diagnosis using machine-learning techniques
    The network of TeleMedicine in Developing countries
    Telemedicine: Present and Future applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rifat Latifi, Charles R. Doarn, Ronald C. Merrell, editors.
    Summary: Telemedicine and telehealth have consistently been shown to be effective for remote areas or limited-resource locations, regular medical and surgical practice, primary care, second opinion, extreme conditions, major crises, and disaster management. The aim of this book is to bring all aspects of telemedicine and e-health to the reader, in a simple, make-sense approach, in one tome. The book is structured in four parts with 29 chapters written by the best experts in the field from around the world, including clinicians, scientists, and administrators of telemedicine programs. Part I deals with basic principles of telemedicine and telepresence. Historical journeys of telemedicine and strategies, building sustainable telemedicine and telehealth programs in the United States and in the Balkans, as well as incorporation of telemedicine in the current ongoing pandemic COVID-19 are well described and are must read. Current technological developments, rules and regulations, legal and business aspects and consent are also addressed. Part II describes strategies for building sustainable telemedicine and telehealth programs. Telehealth patient portals and public-private partnership modes of technology, as well the role of international telemedicine and how to make it work, are valuable chapters of great significance. Part III describes outcomes-based evidence clinical applications of telemedicine in trauma, burns, intensive care, pediatric care, psychiatry, and stroke. Finally, one important chapter for the readers is the telemedicine for prison and jail population. The final part, Part IV depicts surgical telementoring and teleproctoring, a chapter written by 18 various surgical experts, a true gem for the readers. The book ends with promises and hurdles of telemedicine in austere conditions. Telemedicine, Telehealth and Telepresence serves as a valuable resource that focuses on providing patients care from a distance using store and forward technology to live actual performance of operations at a distance.

    Contents:
    First Trainees. The Golden Anniversary of the Early History of Telemedicine Education at the Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard (1968-1970)
    Initiate-Build-Operate-Transfer (IBOT) Strategy Twenty-years Later: Tales from the Balkans and Africa
    Clinical Telemedicine Practice: From Ad Hoc Medicine to Modus Operandi
    Incorporation of Telemedicine in Disaster Management: Beyond The Era of COVID-19 Pandemic
    Telemedicine and Health Information Exchange: An Opportunity for Integration
    Telehealth Dissemination and Implementation (D & I) Research: Analysis of the PCORI Telehealth-Related Research Portfolio
    Standards and Guidelines in Telehealth: Creating a Compliance and Evidence-based Telehealth Practice
    Federal and State Policies on Telehealth Reimbursement
    Legal and Regulatory Implications of Telemedicine
    Business Aspects of Telemedicine
    Advancing Telehealth to Improve Access to Health in Rural America
    Innovative Governance Model for a Sustainable State-Wide University-Based Telemedicine Program
    Telehealth Patient Portal: Opportunities and Reality
    Technology Enabled Remote Health Care in Public Private Partnership Mode: A Story From India
    International and Global Telemedicine: Making it Work
    Technological Advances Making Telemedicine and Telepresence Possible
    Survey of the Direct-to-Hospital (DTH) Telemedicine and Telehealth Services Industry (2014-2018)
    Telemedicine for Trauma and Emergency Care Management
    Telemedicine for Burn Care: The Commonsense Telemedicine
    Telemedicine for Intensive Care
    Telehealth in Pediatric Care
    Overview of Child Telebehavioral Interventions Using Real-Time Videoconferencing
    Telemedicine for Psychiatry and Mental Health
    Telecardiology
    Telestroke and Teleneurology
    Telemedicine for Prisons and Jail Population: A Solution to Increase Access to Care
    Surgical Telementoring and Teleproctoring
    The Promise and Hurdles of Telemedicine in Diabetes Foot Care Delivery
    Telemedicine in Austere Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Fabio Capello, Andrea E. Naimoli, Giuseppe Pili, editors.
    Summary: "This book describes in detail the potential role of ICT and electronic systems, together with the application of Web 2.0 technologies, in telepediatrics and child health. Rather than simply proposing engineering solutions that may soon become outdated, it is designed to address those real needs that telemedicine and developers are asked to meet. The orientation of the book is very much toward primary care, and both low- and high-income settings as well as extreme or complex scenarios are considered. The first two sections of the book describe different fields of application, such as the community, the hospital, and children with chronic illnesses or special needs, and examine technical issues. The use of telemedicine in delivery of care in extreme rural settings and developing countries is then discussed, with attention also to major emergencies and humanitarian crises. The closing chapters consider the role of modern technologies in the education of caregivers who work with children. Child health is a crucial issue in both industrialized and developing countries. Telemedicine for Children's Health will be an excellent guide to the potential value of telemedicine devices in reducing the burden for children and parents and in offering quick and concrete solutions in low-resource scenarios"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Perceived needs in paediatrics and children's health: overview and background
    PART I. FIELDS OF APPLICATION. 2. The community
    3. Telemedicine in acute settings and secondary care: the hospital
    4. Management at home: the chronic child
    5. Overtaking the distances: the child with special needs
    PART II. TECHNICAL ISSUES. 6. Connectivity, devices and interfaces: worldwide interconnections
    7. Technology and social web: social worldwide interactions
    PART III. COMPLEX SCENARIOS AND SPECIAL SETTINGS. 8. Rural and extreme rural settings: reducing distances and managing extreme scenarios
    9. Telepediatrics in developing countries: a better care for children in low-income settings
    PART IV. e-LEARNING. 10. eLearning: distant learning for health professionals that works with children
    11. Health education: teaching healthy lifestyles for a high quality of life
    12. Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alfred Atanda Jr., John F. Lovejoy III, editors.
    Summary: As the healthcare landscape evolves towards value-based treatment models, healthcare providers will be forced to find ways to deliver healthcare in a cost-effective, resource mindful way that provides good care, all the while maintaining appropriate patient satisfaction. Telemedicine offers a way to achieve this goal, in both rural and urban settings and with a varied and diverse patient population - not to mention during global health emergencies, where in-person visits and consultations are not ideal. This book will serve as an introduction to telemedicine and digital health for the orthopedic and sports medicine provider. It will provide a general overview of telemedicine as well as specific suggestions and recommendations: where and how to get started, how to implement a telemedicine program, how to do research in telemedicine, and how to develop clinical guidelines and best practices for work in telemedicine. Specific chapters cover important nuts-and-bolts topics like regulation and licensing, billing and coding, and ethics and etiquette. Suggestions and considerations for provider-to-provider, direct-to-consumer, and school-based telemedicine service are likewise presented. Finally, insights into global telemedicine implementation and research are detailed. While describing specific applications to orthopedic and sports medicine practices, Telemedicine in Orthopedic Surgery and Sports Medicine will cater to any clinician - from the individual solo practitioner to the C-suite level executive - who has a vision for implementation of telemedicine across an entire health system.

    Contents:
    History and Evolution of Telemedicine
    Telemedicine Regulation and Licensing
    Telemedicine Billing and Coding
    Legal Compliance in Telemedicine
    Ethical Concerns in Telemedicine
    Telemedicine Etiquette
    Virtual Musculoskeletal Examination Using Telemedicine
    Development and Implementation of Telemedicine in Practice
    A Case Study in Telemedicine: Cerebral Palsy
    Provider-to-Provider Telemedicine Consultation
    Direct-to-Consumer Telemedicine
    School-Based Telemedicine Services
    Telemedicine in a Time of Crisis: The COVID-19 Experience
    Global Telemedicine Health and Educational Initiatives
    Telemedicine Research and Quality Assessment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Matthew A. Koenig, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a concise, yet comprehensive overview of telemedicine in the ICU. The first part of the book reviews common issues faced by practitioners and hospital administrators in implementing and managing tele-ICU programs, including the merits of different staffing models, the challenges of building homegrown programs versus contracting for services, and the impact of state laws and payer policies on reimbursement for tele-ICU services. The second part of the book presents the current state of evidence for and against ICU telemedicine, based on clinical trials, before-and-after implementation studies, and observational data. The third part dives deeper into specific use cases for telemedicine in the ICU, including telestroke, pediatric and cardiac intensive care, and early treatment of declining patients with sepsis. Written by experts in the field, Telemedicine in the ICU is a practical guide for intensive care physicians and hospital administrators that provides all the information necessary in building and maintaining a successful tele-ICU program.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Hemanth D. Jude, Valentina Emilia Balas.
    Contents:
    Mobile Application for Medical Diagnosis
    Emerging Paradigms in Transform-Based Medical Image Compression for Telemedicine Environment
    Adopting m-Health in Clinical Practice: A Boon or a Bane?
    Investigation of Telecardiology System to Detect Cardiac Abnormalities
    Microaneurysms Detection for Early Diagnosis of Diabetic Retinopathy Using Shape and Steerable Gaussian Features
    Telemetry System for Early Detection of Hyperbilirubinemia in Neonates
    WBAN: Driving e-healthcare Beyond Telemedicine to Remote Health Monitoring: Architecture and Protocols
    Remote Monitoring of Children With Chronic Illness Using Wearable Vest
    A Predictive Model for Hypertension Diagnosis Using Machine Learning Techniques
    From Telediagnosis to Teletreatment: The Role of Computational Biology and Bioinformatics in Tele-Based Healthcare
    m-Health in Public Health Practice: A Constellation of Current Evidence
    The Egyptian-African Telemedicine Network: The Treat and Teach Comprehensive Model
    An Extended Views Based Big Data Model Toward Facilitating Electronic Health Record Analytics
    Security and Privacy in Remote Healthcare: Issues, Solutions, and Standards
    Virtual Clinic: A CDSS Assisted Telemedicine Framework.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Hussam Jefee-Bahloul, Andres Barkil-Oteo, Eugene F. Augusterfer.
    Contents:
    Introduction to telemental health and its use in resource-limited settings / Hussam Jefee-Bahloul
    Telemental health modalities : videoconferencing, store-and-forward, web-based, and Mhealth / Jessica Becker
    Telemental health in Africa / Sinclair Wynchank and Dora Wynchank
    Telemental health in South Africa / Maurice Mars
    Telemental health in the Middle East / Hussam Jefee-Bahloul and Zakaria Zayour
    Telemental health in India / Rangaswamy Thara, Sujit John, and Kotteswara Rao
    Telemental health services in Sri Lanka / Sisira Edirippulige and Rohana B. Marasinghe
    Telemental health in Taiwan / Hsui-Hsin Tsai
    Telemental health services for indigenous communities in Australia : a work in progress? / Sisira Edirippulige, Matthew Bambling, and Pablo Fernandez
    Refugee telemental health in Denmark / Davor Mucic
    Telemental health delivery for rural Native American populations in the United States / Shawn S. Sidhu, Chris Fore, Jay Shore, and Erin Tansey
    Telemental health in Latin America and the Caribbean / Tammi-Marie Phillip
    Cross-cultural telemental health / Niklas Skov Pape, Rasmus Christian Jørgensen, and Rune Weise Kofoed
    Telemental health in post disaster settings / Eugene F. Augusterfer, Richard F. Mollica, and James Lavelle
    Connecting the world : a way forward in global telemental health / Juan Rodriguez Guzman and Andres Barkil-Oteo.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Jack W. Tsao, Bart M. Demaerschalk, editors.
    Contents:
    Teleneurology in the United States Veteran Health Administration
    International Teleneurology
    Military Telemedicine
    Telemedicine Technology
    Telestroke
    Teleneurointensive Care Unit (TeleneurolICU)
    Teleneurology and Neurointerventional Therapy for Acute Stroke
    Teleneurosurgery
    Hospital Teleneurology
    Telemedicine and Parkinson Disease
    Telebeuropatholgy
    Tele-Epilepsy and Tele-Electroencephalography
    The Emerging Relevance of Telemedicine in Sleep Medicine
    Teledementia
    The Emerging Role of Telemedicine in the Evaluation of Sports-related Concussion
    Teleneurology in Contemporary Graduate Medical Education
    Legal Considerations in the Use of Telemedicine in Neurology
    Reimbursement in Teleneurology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Georg Michelson, editor.
    Contents:
    Applications of Teleophthalmology: Systemic Diseases (Applications)
    Ocular Diseases. Methods used in Teleophthalmology: Novel Imaging Devices
    Information Technologies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Julie K. Briggs, RN, BSN, MHA, Providence Health & Services, Portland, Oregon.
    Summary: "Performing telephone triage requires the ability to make quick and effective decisions based on limited information. This rapid-access resource delivers more than 200 triage protocols for evaluating patients' symptoms over the telephone. Each symptom entry lists questions, grouped by urgency level, to determine whether the caller should seek emergency care immediately, seek medical care the same day, call back for appointment, or follow home care instructions. Detailed home care instructions are then provided. Simple, direct, and useful, this is the most comprehensive and user-friendly telephone triage book available"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Julie K. Briggs.
    Summary: "Triage Protocols for Nurses is a resource to assist health care professionals make quick and effective decisions based on limited information using an algorithmic approach"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Christine Peoples, editor.
    Summary: This book details the practice of telerheumatology. Telemedicine is defined as the delivery of healthcare and the exchange of healthcare information across distances. Following, telerheumatology is the delivery of rheumatology care through telemedicine. There exists an increasing demand from patients, caregivers, and healthcare systems for access to academic specialists through telemedicine. This has been the case for the past several years and the demand has only increased with the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. There is currently a lack of rheumatologists in rural areas and that is expected to spread to a general lack by 2025. Telerheumatology offers an excellent and timely solution to fill these gaps and provide care Telerheumatology care has been shown to be feasible and quite effective. The current COVID-19 pandemic has thrust the concept of telemedicine into the spotlight. However, not all telerheumatology care is the same and there exists many nuances and differences when examining telerheumatology care across the United States and the world. After comprehensively reviewing the origins of telerheumatology, this work defines in detail the current practice of telerheumatology, along with the specific impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and all applications of telerheumatology. Expert authors also provide a detailed roadmap for providers to initiate, sustain, and grow a telerheumatology program. The book concludes by covering future directions of telerheumatology, including areas for expansion, improvement, and innovation. After reading this work, the editor and all the contributing authors hope that it will inspire, provoke thought and discussion, and lead to increased adaptation of providing telerheumatology care by rheumatologists and rheumatology providers.

    Contents:
    INTRODUCTION
    Telerheumatology: A Historical Perspective
    Overview of Synchronous and Asynchronous Modalities
    The Role of eConsults
    Equipment, Technology, and Support
    Telepresenter Training and the Virtual Physical Exam
    Documentation, Licensing, and HIPAA Compliance
    Legal and Regulatory Primer for the Practice of Telemedicine in the United States
    Best Practices for Billing and Coding
    Determining the Value of Telerheumatology
    MEASURING DISEASE ACTIVITY AND FUNCTIONAL CAPACITY IN TELERHEUMATOLOGY
    Rheumatology Telementoring: The ECHO Model
    Rural Health Care and Telerheumatology
    TELERHEUMATOLOGY AND THE CHRONIC CARE MODEL
    Telerheumatology and the Department of Veterans Affairs
    Review of the Evidence for Telerheumatology
    Satisfaction with Telerheumatology Care: Patient and Clinician Perspectives
    Telerheumatology During the COVID-19 Pandemic and Beyond
    Private Practice and Telerheumatology
    Pediatric Telerheumatology
    Telerheumatology With Learners
    PATIENT PERSPECTIVES AND NARRATIVES
    Future Directions and Innovation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Xiangdong Wang, Dragos Cretoiu, editors.
    Contents:
    The history of telocyte discovery and understanding / Jian Wang, Meiling Jin, Wen-huan Ma, Zhitu Zhu, Xiangdong Wang
    Decoding telocytes / Junjie Xiao, Yihua Bei
    Extracellular microvesicles (EXMVs) in cell to cell communication: a role of telocytes / Mariusz Z. Ratajczak, Daniel Ratajczak, Daniel Pedziwiatr
    Telocytes in chronic inflammatory and fibrotic diseases / Lidia Ibba-Manneschi, Irene Rosa, Mirko Manetti
    Telocytes: new players in gallstone disease / Artur Pasternak, Krzysztof Gil, Andrzej Matyja
    Features of telocytes in agricultural animals / Ping Yang, Nisar Ahmed, Shakeeb Ullah, Qiusheng Chen, Yonghua Zheng
    The telocyte subtypes / Maria-Giuliana Vannucchi, Maria-Simonetta Faussone-Pellegrini
    Telocytes in cardiac tissue architecture and development / Daniele Bani
    The potential role of telocytes for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Raymund E. Horch, Annika Weigand, Justus P. Beier, Andreas Arkudas, Anja M. Boos
    Presence of telocytes in a non-innervated organ: the placenta / Cleofina Bosco, Eugenia Díaz
    Telocytes in exocrine glands stroma / Mihnea Ioan Nicolescu
    Telocyte behaviour during inflammation, repair and tumour stroma formation / L. Díaz-Flores, R. Gutiérrez, M. González-Gómez, L. Díaz-Flores Jr, F. Valladares [and others]
    Paracrine signaling in the prostatic stroma: a novel role for the telocytes revealed in rodents' ventral prostate / Bruno D. A. Sanches, Lara S. Corradi, Patricia S. L. Vilamaior, Sebastião R. Taboga
    Primary extragastrointestinal stromal tumours in the hepatobiliary tree and telocytes / Somanath Padhi, Hemanta Kumar Nayak
    Cardiac telocytes in regeneration of myocardium after myocardial infarction / Liao Zhaofu, Cai Dongqing
    Myocardial telocytes: a new player in electric circuitry of the heart / Winston Shim
    Roles of telocytes in the development of angiogenesis / Yonghua Zheng, Xiangdong Wang,
    Telocytes in inflammatory gynaecologic diseases and infertility / Xiao-Jun Yang
    Electrophysiological features of telocytes / Daniel Dumitru Banciu, Adela Banciu, Beatrice Mihaela Radu
    The cutaneous telocytes / Catalin G. Manole, Olga Simionescu,
    The third dimension of telocytes revealed by fib-sem tomography / Dragos Cretoiu
    Immunohistochemistry of telocytes in the uterus and fallopian tubes / Sanda Maria Cretoiu
    A tale of two cells: telocyte and stem cell unique relationship / Zeinab M. El Maadawi
    Vascular telocytes / Hongqi Zhang
    Juxtacerebral tissue regeneration potential: telocytes contribution / Laura Cristina Ceafalan, Bogdan Ovidiu Popescu
    Telocytes of fascial structures / Joanna Dawidowicz, Natalia Matysiak, Sylwia Szotek, Krzysztof Maksymowicz
    Hepatic telocytes / Yingying Zhao, Xiaoyu Chen, Fei Wang, Changqing Yang.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mario Sanna, Alessandra Russo, Abdelkader Taibah, Gianluca Piras, Wenlong Tang ; with the collaboration of Antonio Caruso, Annalisa Giannuzzi, Enrico Piccirillo, Lorenzo Lauda, Sampath Chandra Prasad Rao.
    Contents:
    Temporal bone dissection laboratory
    Anatomy of the temporal bone
    Transmastoid approaches
    Translabyrinthine approaches
    Facial nerve decompression
    Middle cranial fossa approaches
    Retrosigmoid retrolabyrinthine approach
    Transotic approach
    Modified transcochlear approach (type A)
    Infratemporal fossa approaches
    Bibliography.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Paul W. Gidley, Franco DeMonte, editors.
    Summary: This volume comprehensively reviews the current literature on temporal bone cancer and the multidisciplinary approaches used to managing these rare tumors. The text will review important medical issues as they specifically relate to temporal bone cancer such as advanced imaging, pathologic classification, skull base surgery, plastic reconstructive surgery, and advances in osseointegrated implants for hearing restoration. Additional chapters are dedicated to the evaluation and management, diagnostic radiology, surgical planning and techniques, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, and rehabilitation. An emphasis is placed on the multidisciplinary approach required for the optimal care of these rare tumors. Written by leaders in the field, Temporal Bone Cancer will be an invaluable resource for residents and fellows in Otolaryngology, Neurosurgery and Neurotology, and clinicians with interest in the primary tumors of the temporal bone. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jan Kopřiva, Jan Žižka.
    Summary: This book, featuring more than 180 high spatial resolution images obtained with state-of-the-art MDCT and MRI scanners, depicts in superb detail the anatomy of the temporal bone, recognized to be one of the most complex anatomic areas. In order to facilitate identification of individual anatomic structures, the images are presented in the same way in which they emanate from contemporary imaging modalities, namely as consecutive submillimeter sections in standardized slice orientations, with all anatomic landmarks labeled. While various previous publications have addressed the topic of temporal bone anatomy, none has presented complete isotropic submillimeter 3D volume datasets of MDCT or MRI examinations. The Temporal Bone MDCT and MRI Anatomy offers radiologists, head and neck surgeons, neurosurgeons, and anatomists a comprehensive guide to temporal bone sectional anatomy that resembles as closely as possible the way in which it is now routinely reviewed, i.e., on the screens of diagnostic workstations or picture archiving and communication systems (PACS).

    Contents:
    Preface
    Temporal bone imaging techniques
    MDCT and MRI
    Axial CT images
    Coronal CT images
    Oblique coronal (Stenvers) CT images
    Axial MR images
    Alphabetical index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Howard W. Francis, John K. Niparko.
    Contents:
    Introduction to temporal bone dissection / Howard W. Francis and John Niparko
    Anatomy of the temporal bone / Howard W. Francis and John Niparko
    Mastoidectomy / Howard W. Francis and John Niparko
    Endoscopic middle ear dissection / Alejandro Rivas
    Labyrinthectomy / Howard W. Francis and John Niparko
    Translabyrinthine exposure of the internal auditory canal / Howard W. Francis and John Niparko
    Middle cranial fossa approach to the internal auditory canal / Rick Friedman
    Infratemporal dissection / Rick Friedman
    Skill transfer to the operating room including management of complications / Melville da Cruz
    Promoting competence in temporal bone surgical dissection / Melville da Cruz, Nasir I. Bhatti, John Niparko, and Howard w. Francis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Marc Lemmerling, Bert de Foer.
    Summary: This book provides a complete overview of imaging of normal and diseased temporal bone. After description of indications for imaging and the cross-sectional imaging anatomy of the area, subsequent chapters address the various diseases and conditions that affect the temporal bone and are likely to be encountered regularly in clinical practice. The classic imaging methods are described and discussed in detail, and individual chapters are included on newer techniques such as functional imaging and diffusion-weighted imaging. There is also a strong focus on postoperative imaging. Throughout, imaging findings are documented with the aid of numerous informative, high-quality illustrations. Temporal Bone Imaging, with its straightforward structure based essentially on topography, will prove of immense value in daily practice.

    Contents:
    Indications for temporal bone imaging: the clinician's approach
    Temporal bone imaging techniques
    Cross-sectional imaging anatomy of the temporal bone
    External ear imaging
    Acute otomastoiditis and its complications
    Chronic otomastoiditis without cholesteatoma
    Imaging of cholesteatoma
    Otosclerosis
    Temporal bone trauma
    Temporal bone tumours
    Congenital malformations of the temporal bone
    Imaging of cerebellopontine angle and internal auditory canal lesions
    Inner ear pathology
    Imaging of cochlear implants
    Petrous apex lesions
    Pathology of the facial nerve
    Imaging of the jugular foramen
    Vascular temporal bone lesions
    Post-operative temporal bone imaging
    MultiPlanar reformation in CT of the temporal bone.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Geoiphy George Pulickal, Tiong Yong Tan, Ashish Chawla, editors.
    Summary: This book presents standard imaging techniques, basic anatomy and an approach to common pathology encountered in temporal bone imaging. Intended as a survival guide for residents and general radiologists, it covers all topics comprehensively, and provides intuitive point-by-point summaries, similar to those of popular radiology reference sites, for easy comprehension at a glance. The book also offers guidance on the pertinent points that need to be included in a report and how to answer basic questions that are likely to be asked by the referring clinician or supervising radiologist. This book will be a valuable resource for general radiologists, radiology residents, ENT residents, otology surgeons and anyone involved in the occasional temporal bone study.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Anatomy and Approach to Common Symptoms; Making Sense of History
    Basic Temporal Bone Imaging Anatomy; External, Middle and Inner Ear
    Temporal Bone Imaging Techniques; Computer Tomography, Cone Beam CT and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Imaging Approach to Conductive Hearing Loss
    Imaging Approach to Sensorineural Hearing Loss
    Imaging Approach to Tinnitus
    Imaging Approach to Otorrhea
    Imaging Approach to Otalgia
    Common Otoscopic Signs, Imaging of Common Surgeries and Implants
    Part II. Imaging of External Ear Pathology
    Radiological Features of Otitis Externa
    Imaging of External Ear Masses; Cholesteatoma and Tumours
    Imaging of External Ear Malformations, Canal Stenosis and Exostosis
    Part III. Imaging of Middle Ear and Mastoid Air Cells Pathology
    Imaging of Otomastoiditis, Acute and Chronic
    Radiological Features of Acquired and Congenital Cholesteatoma
    Radiological Features of Oval Window Atresia
    Part IV. Imaging of Inner Ear Pathology
    Imaging of Inner Ear Malformations and Vestibular Aqueduct Syndrome
    Radiological Features of Otosclerosis
    Other Causes of Inner Ear Hearing Loss: Meniere's Disease, Labyrinthitis & Semicircular Canal Dehiscence
    Part V. Imaging of Temporal Bone Trauma, Petrous Apex, Cerebello-Pontine Angles, Jugular Foramen & Facial Nerve
    Imaging of Temporal Bone Trauma
    Imaging of the Petrous Apex, Cerebello-Pontine Angles & Jugular Foramen
    Imaging of the Facial Nerve: Approach and Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dr. M. Ziad Al-Ani, Dr. Robin J.M. Gray.
    Summary: "A valuable resource on how to diagnose and treat temporomandibular disorders (TMD) The newly and thoroughly revised 2nd Edition of Temporomandibular Disorders: A Problem-Based Approach delivers a systematic and logical approach to diagnosing and treating temporomandibular disorders. Using a case-based approach to assist readers with understanding and retention, the book discusses the practical realities of managing patients and promoting effective treatment of temporomandibular disorders. Containing full colour clinical images and diagrams throughout, the chapters include practical guides on how to make splints and samples of patient information sheets which can be used as templates. Readers will get access to topics such as: The clinical aspects of anatomy, function, pathology, and classification; Differential diagnosis of temporomandibular joint problems; Clicking joint problems and the use of preliminary investigation in disc displacement; Temporomandibular joint locking diagnosis and treatment, including final treatment plans; Facial pain examinations, differential diagnosis, and questions to ask patients regarding pain in general; Headaches, worn teeth, dislocated jaws, and more issues that arise in the treatment of temporomandibular joint problems"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    About the book
    Clinical aspects of anatomy, function, pathology and classification
    Articulatory system examination
    I've got "TMJ"
    I've got a clicking joint
    I've got a locking joint
    I've got a grating joint
    You've changed my bite
    I've got pain in my face
    I've got a dislocated jaw
    My teeth are worn
    I've got a headache
    I've got whiplash
    What's of use to me in practice?
    You and the lawyer
    The referral letter
    How to make a splint
    Current knowledge of aetiology and management of bruxism
    Splint therapy for the management of TMD patients : an evidence-based discussion
    Patient information.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    G. Gary Demerjian, André Barkhordarian, Francesco Chiappelli, editors.
    Summary: This book on the local and systemic manifestations and correlates of temporomandibular joint disorders (TMDs) encompasses the two intertwined facets of translational science -- translational research and translational effectiveness -- as they relate specifically to TMDs. The first part of the book, on recent translational research, focuses on topics such as the neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of the trigeminal nerve and trigeminal network system, the manifestations of neuroinflammation in TMDs, and the molecular mechanisms underlying TMDs. The second part discusses the clinical effectiveness of treatment approaches from the perspective of evidence-based dentistry, with careful attention to the critical relationships between dental malocclusions, the signs and symptoms of TMDs, and airway/breathing disorders. Interventions to correct for malocclusal conditions that lead to TMDs are examined, with explanation of the ways in which they can ameliorate a variety of local and systemic symptoms. This will be an excellent reference book for established practitioners, residents, interns, and students as well as a powerful cutting-edge document for researchers in the field. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Darpan Bhargava, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to provide a crisp and necessary information for all the under-graduate and post-graduate medical students, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons, ENT Surgeons, General Surgeons, General Dentists and other health care workers who deal with TMDs in their practise. It includes contributions from eminent surgeons across the world who treat TMJ disorders and diseases using various conventional to modern state of the art techniques. Temporomandibular joint disorders (TMDs) are familiar yet difficult to diagnose in routine practice due to the complexity of the joint and its surrounding structures. The symptoms usually associated with TMDs present with pain, joint sounds such as click or crepitus, difficulty during mastication, reduced mouth opening are some of the many presentations. Definite diagnosis of the TMDs can be challenging as the patients present with varying symptoms. These disorders of the joint can vary from a simple disc displacement to complex pathologies. Management of the TMDs can be tricky and hence need a thorough evaluation of the joint and surrounding structures. There has been a tremendous leap in managing these disorders from simple conservative management to several advanced surgeries to salvage the joint. This compilation highlights all the relevant details regarding TMDs and its management which will offer utmost details to practising surgeons who often deal with TMDs. This book will be a delight to read for all the clinicians and surgeons who are interested in treating the small yet complex jaw joint in the facial region.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Louis G. Mercuri, editor ; foreword by Joshua J. Jacobs.
    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Introduction
    TMJ Biomechanics
    TMJ TJR Biomaterials Considerations
    History of TMJ TJR (Mercuri)
    Part II TMJ TJR Devices
    Stock TMJ TJR Devices
    Custom TMJ TJR Devices
    Part III Advanced TMJ TJR Techniques
    TMJ TJR in combination with orthognathic procedures
    Mandibular replacement utilizing TMJ TJR devices
    Part IV Complications
    TMJ TJR surgical Complications, prevention and management
    Material Hypersensitivity
    Tribocorrosion and TMJ TJR devices
    Management of failing and failed TMJ TJR Devices
    Part V Future Considerations
    Bioengineered Tissue TMJ TJR.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kentaro Onishi, Michael Fredericson, Jason L. Dragoo, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive office guide will provide up-to-date diagnostic and management information for various tendinopathies seen in the clinic. Opening chapters discuss the basic science of tendons: physiology, pathophysiology and biomechanics, including mechano-transduction. Subsequent chapters focus anatomically on both the upper and lower extremities, from the rotator cuff to the wrist and hand, and from the groin and gluteus down to the foot and ankle. Each of these chapters follows a concise, easy-to-use format, consisting of an introduction followed by clinical presentation, physical examination, imaging and radiographic grading, and treatment strategies both surgical and non-surgical, including indications for surgical referral. The concluding chapters present emerging mechanical, orthobiologic and chemical in-office procedures as well as emerging operative techniques. Practical and user-friendly, Tendinopathy will be an excellent resource for sports medicine specialists, orthopedic surgeons, physical therapy and rehabilitation specialists, and any other clinicians treating these common athletic injuries.

    Contents:
    Biological and Biomechanical Adaptation of Young and Aging Tendons to Exercise
    The Pathogenic Mechanisms of Tendinopathy
    Rotator Cuff Tendon
    Biceps Tendon
    Common Extensor Tendon/Common Flexor Tendon
    Tendons in Wrist and Hand
    Rectus Abdominis and Hip Adductor Tendon
    Proximal Hamstring Tendinopathy
    Lateral Gluteal Tendinopathy
    Quadriceps Tendon
    Patellar Tendinopathy
    Distal Hamstring, Pes Anserine, Popliteal Tendinopathy
    Peroneal Tendinopathy
    Anterior/Dorsal Ankle Tendons
    Medial Ankle/Plantar Foot Tendinopathy
    Achilles Tendon
    Plantar Fascia
    Office-Based Mechanical Procedures for Tendons
    Office-Based Orthobiologic Procedures for Tendons
    Emerging In-Office Procedures: Chemical Ablation, Dextrose Hyperosmolar Injections
    Emerging Operative Procedures for Tendons.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jarrett D. Cain, MaCalus V. Hogan, editors.
    Summary: Injuries of the foot and ankle can be debilitating and lead to chronic instabilities that can impede the daily activities of patients. As a result, it requires a solid understanding of foot and ankle anatomy and pathology in order to diagnosis these types of injuries and establish a clear treatment regimen for the patient to be functional and prevent long-term complications. For the foot and ankle specialist, the understanding of the injury patterns and treatment algorithms continues to evolve with the addition of new information on non-surgical and surgical techniques that are continuing to be introduced to the medical community. However, it is important to determine how the latest developments and treatment advances are disseminated through an evidence-based approach, to allow for proper evaluation of their usefulness as well as how to properly initiate and perform these treatments during patient care. To that end, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the diagnosis and management of muscle, tendon and ligament injuries of the foot and ankle. Opening with a review of diagnostic and imaging procedures, focused, concise chapters then describe the current evaluation and management strategies for a wide variety of soft tissue conditions, including turf toe, Lisfranc injuries, acute and chronic later ankle injuries, subtalar joint injuries, peroneal tendon injuries, and Achilles tendon injuries, among others. Each chapter brings together and reviews the latest literature on the topic, offering evidence-based guidelines for foot and ankle specialists, orthopedic surgeons and podiatrists as well as residents, fellows and all staff involved in the treatment of these injuries and conditions.

    Contents:
    Imaging of Soft tissue Injuries of the Foot and Ankle
    Turf Toe Injuries
    Plantar Plate Injuries
    Lisfranc Injuries
    Anterior Tibial Tendon Injuries
    Peroneal Tendon Injuries
    Posterior Tibial Tendon Injuries
    Plantar Fascia Injuries
    Medial Deltoid Ligament Injuries
    Lateral Ankle Ligament Injuries
    Syndesmotic Injuries
    Achilles Tendon Injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief: Deepak Kumar Gupta, Ashok Kumar Mahapatra ; associate editor: Shweta Kedia ; contributors: Ajay Sinha [and 34 others].
  • Digital
    Jennifer Moriatis Wolf, editor.
    Contents:
    Section I: Etiology
    Definition, Causes and Epidemiology
    Tennis Elbow in Athletes: More Than Just Tennis?
    Golfer's Elbow: Treatment Distinctions
    Section II: Conservative Treatment
    Evidence for No Treatment and Self-limited Treatment
    Medical Management: The Role of NSAIDS and Topical
    Therapy
    Splints
    Steroid Injections
    Blood and PRP Injections
    Other Treatments: Prolotherapy, Acupuncture, ESWL
    Section III: Surgery
    Open Surgical Treatment
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Denervation
    Percutaneous Release
    Outcomes of Treatment and Return to Play: The Evidence
    Complications of Surgical Treatment and Salvage Procedures for Failed Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Giovanni Di Giacomo, Todd S. Ellenbecker, W. Ben Kibler.
    Summary: This book will serve as a key resource for all clinicians working in orthopedics, sports medicine, and rehabilitation for the sport of tennis. It provides clinically useful information on evaluation and treatment of the tennis player, covering the entire body and both general medical and orthopedic musculoskeletal topics. Individual sections focus on tennis-related injuries to the shoulder, the elbow, wrist, and hand, the lower extremities, and the core/spine, explaining treatment and rehabilitation approaches in detail. Furthermore, sufficient sport science information is presented to provide the clinical reader with extensive knowledge of tennis biomechanics and the physiological aspects of training and rehabilitation. Medical issues in tennis players, such as nutrition and hydration, are also discussed, and a closing section focuses on other key topics, including movement dysfunction, periodization, core training, and strength and conditioning specifics. The expansive list of worldwide contributors and experts coupled with the comprehensive and far-reaching chapter provision make this the highest-level tennis medicine book ever published.

    Contents:
    Section I
    Biomechanics & Pathophysiology: 1Biomechanics of the Tennis Serve
    2 Biomechanics of Groundstrokes and volleys
    3 Epidemiology of Tennis
    4 Pathophysiology of Tennis Injuries: The Kinetic Chain
    5 Biomechanics & Physical Properties of the Tennis Racquet, Strings, Ball Contact and Shoe/Court Interface: Implications for Injury in Tennis Players
    Section II
    Player Evaluation: 6Physical Evaluation of the Shoulder and Elbow in Tennis Players
    7 Physical Evaluation of the Hip
    8 Physical Evaluation of the Spine
    9 Imaging of the Shoulder and Hip
    10 Musculoskeletal Screening for the Elite and Developing Tennis Player (The USTA HPP and ATP PIPS)
    11 The Pre-Participation Physical – The WTA Experience & Findings
    12 Fitness Testing / Screening in Elite Tennis Players
    Section III
    Shoulder Injuries: 13 Rotator Cuff Injuries (include Full Thickness and Partial thickness)
    14 Labral Injuries and Posterior Impingement in Tennis Players
    15 Scapulothoracic Evaluation & Treatment in Tennis Players
    16 Rehabilitation of the Shoulder in Tennis Players
    17 Osteo Arthritis and the Senior Tennis Player
    Section IV- Elbow Wrist & Hand Injuries: 18 Pathophysiology of Tendon Injury: Implications for Tennis Elbow
    19 Humeral Epicondylitis in Elite Tennis Players: (Include injections & Surgical Management) & Indications for Elbow Arthroscopy
    20 Rehabilitation of the Elbow
    21 Minimally invasive treatment of wrist and hand lesions in tennis players
    22 Pathophysiology of wrist and hand injuries in tennis players: tendons, ligaments and TFCC lesions
    23 Wrist and Hand Rehabilitation
    Section V
    Lower Extremity Injuries
    24 Principles of Hip Arthroscopy in Elite Tennis Players
    25 Treatment of Labral Injuries & FAI in Tennis Players
    26
    Rehabilitation of Hip Injuries
    27 Thigh and Knee Injuries
    28 Pathophysiology and Treatment of Patellar Tendonitis
    29 Rehabilitation of Knee Injuries
    30 Foot and Ankle Injuries in Tennis players: Rehabilitation of Foot and Ankle Injuries including Orthotic Management for Prevention and Treatment of Lower Extremity Injuries in Tennis Players
    31 Acute Management of Foot & Ankle Injuries (Taping and Padding)
    Section VI
    Spinal Injury: 32 Injuries to the Spine in Elite Tennis Players & Spondylolisthesis in Developing Tennis Players: Special Considerations and Research Findings
    33 Spinal Rehabilitation
    34 Core Stability in Tennis Players
    Section VII
    Medical Issues: 35 Key Medical Issues for Tennis Players
    36 Sports Nutrition for Tennis Players
    37 Heat Illness and Hydration for Tennis Players
    38 Special chapter on Tournament Physician Issues at an event
    39 Dermatologic Considerations in Elite Tennis Players
    Section VIII
    Special Topics: 40 Strength and Conditioning in Elite and Developmental Tennis Players
    41 Movement Dysfunction Syndromes
    42 Strength & Conditioning of the Hips and Core
    43 The Role of Scheduling &Periodization in Elite Tennis Players: (chapter on management and planning of player scheduling/off-season /number of matches needed for development etc).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    published by order of the Board [of Education].
    Access via Pamphlets collected by E.S. Cooper 1861; 9[1]
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    1861
    Bound with Pamphlets collected by E.S. Cooper, v. 9.
    H111H .P19 v.9[1] 1861
  • Digital
    Peter L. Elkin, editor.
    Summary: This set of teaching notes provides extensive guidance for educators related to its sister title and contains numerous tools and questions to help educators provide didactics and evaluation of students in this essential area of biomedical informatics. This is needed to understand the central topics of ontology, terminology and terminological systems in healthcare. Twenty-five years ago the notion that ontology would be essential to knowledge representation in healthcare was all but unknown. Almost all important terminologies and many ontologies are now in wide use and are growing in importance. With no general model of what a ontology and terminology should be, there are an increasing number of tools to support ontology / terminology development, implementation and maintenance. Steady progress since then has improved both ontology / terminology content and the technology and processes used to sustain that content. Terminology, Ontology and their Implementations: Teaching Guide and Notes provides extensive teaching materials to accompany Terminology, Ontology and their Implementations . It provides further definition of the topic and explains the use of reference terminologies needed to use them safely. It contains questions and explanations from each section of the textbook, making it easier to use the text in teaching Health Informatics students. The authors also provide supplementary information about the questions, their relevance and their relation to other concepts. This book augments Terminology, Ontology and their Implementations by assisting the understanding of terminology services and the architecture for terminological servers, and consequently serves as an essential tool for educators in their efforts to teach students in their study of health informatics.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    History of Terminology and Ontology
    Knowledge Representation and the Logical Basis of Ontology
    Theoretical Foundations of Terminology
    Terminology Requirements and Standards Development
    Terminology Design
    Maintenance
    Quality Control
    Realism Based Ontology
    What is an ontology?
    Ontology vs. terminology
    Ontology vs. taxonomy
    Ontologies and databases
    Ontology and the Semantic Web
    Ontology in biomedical informatics
    Bad ontologies
    The concept orientation
    Why ontologies so often fail
    Recipes for success
    Examples of successful ontologies and of how they are being used
    The place of Referent Tracking in Biomedical Informatics
    Introduction: what is Referent Tracking (RT)? How does it relate to ontology? What does it aim to achieve? Why does it matter?
    Basic principles: how RT is build on top of three important distinctions made in realism-based ontology: particulars types, continuants occurrents, referents references
    Syntax and semantics of RT-expressions
    RT as a development tool for ontologies
    Using RT to detect and prevent flaws in scientific research and ambiguities and inconsistencies in reports and papers
    RT as a solution for semantic interoperability
    Werner Ceusters
    Bioontology in Service of Translational Science
    Introduction to Bioontologies and the OBO Foundry
    The Gene Ontology
    Overview of GO Content and Structure
    GO annotation
    Term Enrichment/Pathway Analysis
    Success Stories
    Challenges
    Bioontologies and Data Annotation Systems
    ImmPort/HIPC
    Kidney Precision Medicine Project
    GEO and Array Express
    Disease and Phenotype Annotation for Translational Studies
    Use of Ontologies at Mouse Genome Informatics
    HPO and the Monarch Project
    Compositionality: An Implementation Guide
    Interface Terminologies
    SNOMED CT
    RxNorm and NDF-RT and ATC codes
    LOINC
    SOLOR
    ICD
    CPT
    HCC Codes / Risk Adjustment and MACRA / MIPS
    DRGs
    NCI EVS
    Nursing Terminologies
    RED / MED
    UMLS Metathesauras and knowledge sources
    Terminological Systems
    HL7 FHIR and APIs
    Lessons Learned and Suggested Research Agenda
    The future of coding and coding systems
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Harriet A. Washington.
    Summary: "From injuries caused by lead poisoning to the devastating effects of atmospheric pollution, infectious disease, and industrial waste, Americans of color are harmed by environmental hazards in staggeringly disproportionate numbers. This systemic onslaught of toxic exposure and institutional negligence causes irreparable physical harm to millions of people across the country--cutting lives tragically short and needlessly burdening our health care system. But these deadly environments create another insidious and often overlooked consequence: robbing communities of color, and America as a whole, of intellectual power. The 1994 publication of The Bell Curve and its controversial thesis catapulted the topic of genetic racial differences in IQ to the forefront of a renewed and heated debate. Now, in A Terrible Thing to Waste, award-winning science writer Harriet A. Washington adds her incisive analysis to the fray, arguing that IQ is a biased and flawed metric, but that it is useful for tracking cognitive damage. She takes apart the spurious notion of intelligence as an inherited trait, using copious data that instead point to a different cause of the reported African American-white IQ gap: environmental racism--a confluence of racism and other institutional factors that relegate marginalized communities to living and working near sites of toxic waste, pollution, and insufficient sanitation services. She investigates heavy metals, neurotoxins, deficient prenatal care, bad nutrition, and even pathogens as chief agents influencing intelligence to explain why communities of color are disproportionately affected--and what can be done to remedy this devastating problem"--Dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction: IQ matters
    Part I: Color-coded intelligence? The prism of race : how politics shroud the truth about our nation's IQ
    Part II: The brain thieves. The lead age : heavy metals, low IQs
    Poisoned world : the racial gradient of environmental neurotoxins
    Prenatal policies : protecting the developing brain
    Bugs in the system : how microbes sap U.S. intelligence
    Part III: Mission possible : how to bolster the nation's IQ. Taking the cure : what can you do, now?
    A wonderful thing to save : how communities can unite to preserve brainpower
    Glossary
    List of known chemical brain drainers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    GE230 .W37 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Julia I. Reading.
    Summary: "This text should serve to highlight test taking weaknesses and the skills or strategies that may be useful to improve those weaknesses. Such weaknesses include a poor approach to the exam, difficulty reasoning through concepts, difficulty categorizing information, and anchoring. These weaknesses are the focus of this text. There are also skills and strategies that are important to refine as we become expert test-takers, such as time management, approach to reviewing labs, dealing with under confidence, and re-viewing answer choices at the end of an exam. You will be lead through general and specific test taking skills and weaknesses with practice questions so that upon completion of this text, you will hopefully be fully equipped to achieve the score (and career) of your dreams"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Skills & pitfalls
    The 5-step approach
    Weakness: reasoning
    Weakness: categorizing information & illness scripts
    Weakness: anchoring
    Additional practice questions.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2023
  • Digital
    Masahiro Itoh.
    Contents:
    1. Biological background of testicular autoimmunity
    2. Microcircumstance for induction and prevention of testicular autoimmunity
    3. Human testicular autoimmunity as a result of breakdown of testicular immune privilege
    4. Testicular autoimmunity by immunization with testicular antigens alone in experimental animals
    5. Testicular autoimmunity by the systemic treatment with immuno-potentiating agents in experimental animals
    6. Testicular autoimmunity by local injury of the testis in experimental animals
    7. Testicular autoimmunity by alteration of the immune system in experimental animals
    8. The future directions of testicular autoimmunity investigation
    Erratum.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Rose L. Hamm.
    Summary: Text and Atlas of Wound Diagnosis and Treatment delivers outstanding visual guidance and clear, step-by-step instruction on caring for patients with wounds. Packed with hundreds of full-color illustrations and clear, concise text, this unique learning tool provides thorough easy-to-understand coverage of evidence-based concepts of would treatment.

    Contents:
    Integumentary basics
    Wound diagnosis
    Wound bed preparation
    Adjunctive therapies
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    editor, Rose L. Hamm, PT, DPT, CWS, FACCWS, Adjunct Professor of Clinical Physical Therapy, University of Southern California, Los, Angeles, California and Western University of Allied Health Sciences, Pomona, California.
    Summary: "Wound care is covered in the 2nd or 3rd year of Physical Therapy school and is a part of every school's curriculum. Examples of interventions that are provided by physical therapists inlcude sharp debridement, dressing selection and application, compression for both chronic venous insufficiency and lymphedema, electrical stimulation, total contact casets and orthotic fabrication for neuropathic wounds, ultrosound, pulsed lavage with suction and negative pressure wound therapy. In addition, many worund therapists are included in the diagnostic provecess, especially determining the functional and gait impairments that may contribute to wound formation"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    -- PART ONE: Integumentary Basics
    Chapter 1: Anatomy and Physiology of the Integumentary System
    Chapter 2: Healing Response in Acute and Chronic Wounds
    Chapter 3: Examination and Evaluation of the Patient with a Wound
    PART TWO: Wound Diagnosis
    Chapter 4: Vascular Wounds
    Chapter 5: Lymphedema
    Chapter 6: Pressure Injuries and Ulcers
    Chapter 7: Diabetes and the Diabetic Foot
    Chapter 8: Atypical Wounds
    Chapter 9: Flaps and Skin Grafts
    Chapter 10: Burn Wound Management
    Chapter 11: Factors That Impede Wound Healing
    PART THREE: Wound Bed Preparation
    Chapter 12: Wound Debridement
    Chapter 13: Wound Dressings
    PART FOUR: Biophysical Technologies
    Chapter 14: Electrical Stimulation
    Chapter 15: Negative Pressure Wound Therapy
    Chapter 16: Ultrasound
    Chapter 17: Pulsed Lavage with Suction
    Chapter 18: Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy
    Chapter 19: Ultraviolet C
    Chapter 20: Low-Level Laser Therapy --
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    Massimo Romanò ; with contributions by Roberta Bertona.
    Summary: This book combines clear explanatory text with a wealth of images of ECG recordings in order to provide an accessible, up-to-date source of information and guide to interpretation for all professionals seeking to increase their expertise in electrocardiography. ECG results are presented and discussed for a wide range of conditions, including all forms of arrhythmia, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, bundle branch blocks, ischemic cardiomyopathy, atrial and ventricular enlargement, pericardial and myocardial diseases, diseases of the pulmonary circulation, and post pacemaker implantation. Normal ECG findings are fully described, and helpful introductory information is included on the principles of electrophysiology. The practically oriented text accompanying the ECG recordings covers both electrophysiological and clinical aspects. More than 100 years after its first use by Willem Einthoven, electrocardiography continues to be the first diagnostic tool applied in most cardiac patients. This text atlas provides a sound basis for the correct ECG interpretation essential for appropriate patient management.

    Contents:
    1 General principles of anatomy and cellular electrophysiology
    2 ECG leads
    3 Normal ECG
    4 Electrogenesis of arrhythmias
    5 Bradyarrhythmias
    6 Tachyarrhythmias
    7 Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome
    8 Bundle branch blocks
    9 Genetically determined arrhythmias
    10 Post pacemaker implantation
    11 Ischemic cardiomyopathy
    12 Atrial and ventricular enlargement
    13 Pericardial and myocardial diseases
    14 Diseases of the pulmonary circulation
    15 ECG and special issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Penrose, Charles B.
    Digital Access Google Books 1897-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N201 .P417 1897
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Howell, William H.
    Digital Access Google Books 1905-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F34 .H85 1917
    1
  • Print
    by British authors ; edited by S. Cochrane Shanks and Peter Kerley.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Head and neck
    v. 2. Chest
    v. 3. Abdomen
    v. 4. Bones, joints and soft tissues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U849 .S52
    4
  • Digital
    Ted Kwartler.
    Summary: A reliable, cost-effective approach to extracting priceless business information from all sources of text Excavating actionable business insights from data is a complex undertaking, and that complexity is magnified by an order of magnitude when the focus is on documents and other text information. This book takes a practical, hands-on approach to teaching you a reliable, cost-effective approach to mining the vast, untold riches buried within all forms of text using R. Author Ted Kwartler clearly describes all of the tools needed to perform text mining and shows you how to use them to identify practical business applications to get your creative text mining efforts started right away. With the help of numerous real-world examples and case studies from industries ranging from healthcare to entertainment to telecommunications, he demonstrates how to execute an array of text mining processes and functions, including sentiment scoring, topic modelling, predictive modelling, extracting clickbait from headlines, and more. You'll learn how to: -Identify actionable social media posts to improve customer service -Use text mining in HR to identify candidate perceptions of an organisation, match job descriptions with resumes, and more -Extract priceless information from virtually all digital and print sources, including the news media, social media sites, PDFs, and even JPEG and GIF image files -Make text mining an integral component of marketing in order to identify brand evangelists, impact customer propensity modelling, and much more Most companies' data mining efforts focus almost exclusively on numerical and categorical data, while text remains a largely untapped resource. Especially in a global marketplace where being first to identify and respond to customer needs and expectations imparts an unbeatable competitive advantage, text represents a source of immense potential value. Unfortunately, there is no reliable, cost-effective technology for extracting analytical insights from the huge and ever-growing volume of text available online and other digital sources, as well as from paper documents-until now.

    Contents:
    What is text mining?
    Basics of text mining
    Common text mining visualizations
    Sentiment scoring
    Hidden structures : clustering, string distance, text vectors & topic modeling
    Document classification : finding clickbait from headlines
    Predictive modeling : using text for classifying & predicting outcomes
    The OpenNLP Project
    Text sources.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Alfred Vogt.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Principles and methods. Cornea and anterior chamber
    v. 2. Lens and zonule
    v.3. Iris, vitreous body, conjunctiva.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RE79.B5 V88
    3
  • Print
    Valerie J. Fuller, Paula S. McCauley, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Role, scope, and standards of the Acute Care Nurse Practitioner. Role of the Acute Care Nurse Practitioner
    Part II: Clinical practice of the Acute Care Nurse Practitioner: disorders of the body systems. Head, eyes, ears, nose and throat disorders ; Cardiovascular disorders ; Cardiovascular surgery ; Thoracic surgery ; Vascular disorders ; Pulmonary disorders ; Endocrine disorders ; Hematologic and oncologic disorders ; Gastrointestinal disorders ; Nutritional considerations in acute care ; Kidney disorders ; Genitourinary and gynecologic disorders ; Integumentary disorders ; Musculoskeletal disorders ; Neurologic disorders ; Psychosocial, behavioral, and cognitive health disorders
    Part III: General clinical topics for the Acute Care Nurse Practitioner. Infectious diseases ; Management of traumatic injury in adults and older adults ; Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base disorders ; Shock ; Poisoning and drug toxicity ; Solid organ transplantation ; Gerontological principles of aging
    Part IV: Special considerations for adult-gerontology acute care nursing practice. Palliative and end-of-life care ; Pain and pain management.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Larry D. Purnell, Eric A. Fenkl.
    Summary: This textbook is the new edition of Purnell's famous Transcultural Health Care, based on the Purnell twelve-step model and theory of cultural competence. This textbook, an extended version of the recently published Handbook, focuses on specific populations and provides the most recent research and evidence in the field. This new updated edition discusses individual competences and evidence-based practices as well as international standards, organizational cultural competence, and perspectives on health care in a global context. The individual chapters present selected populations, offering a balance of collectivistic and individualistic cultures. Featuring a uniquely comprehensive assessment guide, it is the only book that provides a complete profile of a population group across clinical practice settings. Further, it includes a personal understanding of the traditions and customs of society, offering all health professionals a unique perspective on the implications for patient care.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I. Foundations for Cultural Competence
    Chapter 1. Transcultural Diversity and Health Care: Individual and Organizational
    Chapter 2. The Purnell Model and Theory for Cultural Competence
    Chapter 3. Individual Competence and Evidence-Based practice (with inclusion of the International Standards)
    Chapter 4. Organizational Cultural Competence
    Chapter 5. Perspectives on Nursing in a Global Context
    Part II. Aggregate Data for Cultural-Specific Groups
    Chapter 6. People of African American Heritage
    Chapter 7. The Amish
    Chapter 8. People of Appalachian Heritage
    Chapter 9. People of Arab Heritage
    Chapter 10. People of Chinese Heritage
    Chapter 11. People of Cuban Heritage
    Chapter 12. People of European American Heritage
    Chapter 13. People of Filipino Heritage
    Chapter 14. People of German Heritage
    Chapter 15. People of Guatemalan Heritage
    Chapter 16. People of Haitian Heritage
    Chapter 17. People of Hindu Heritage
    Chapter 18. People of Hmong Heritage
    Chapter 19. People of Japanese Heritage
    Chapter 20. People of Jewish heritage
    Chapter 21. People of Korean Heritage
    Chapter 22. People of Mexican Heritage
    Chapter 23. People of Polish Heritage
    Chapter 24. People of Puerto Rican Heritage
    Chapter 25. People of Russian Heritage.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peter Lax, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a systemic approach to acute trauma care in line with the ABCDE paradigm and up-to-date information on assessing and managing major trauma from the pre-hospital to the rehabilitation phase. The book's early sections are dedicated to identifying and managing pathology caused by massive haemorrhage, airway, breathing, circulation or neurological trauma and examining the current evidence base relating to their management. The book then builds from fundamental skills to advanced interventions so that each level of responder can identify and implement aspects of clinical practice that will be of benefit to them at their stage. This approach also explains advanced interventions that may be executed subsequently, explaining how each phase of care sits together. This has a further benefit of producing seamless care for patients by practitioners of different levels using this book as a reference point. Later sections deal with specifics of in-hospital trauma care by specialty, including the explanation of decision making processes by specialties, use of diagnostic and interventional radiology, rehabilitation and psychological aspects of trauma care. The Textbook of Acute Trauma Care also focuses on non-clinical issues relevant to trauma such as training and logistics of retrieval and repatriation, aviation considerations in HEMS, legal and forensic evidence considerations and ethical issues dealing with trauma patients. In addition, the book contains chapters from international experts on cognitive and human factors relating to healthcare and suggests strategies for training and minimising errors. This book is an essential resource for all grades of practitioner, from first responders to Consultant/Attending Physician level providers.

    Contents:
    Human factors in trauma care
    Dealing with death in trauma
    Legal and ethical issues in trauma care
    The evolution of trauma systems
    Point of injury to rehabilitation
    Massive haemorrhage control
    Fundamentals of airway management in trauma
    Drug assisted airway management
    Breathing and chest trauma
    Circulation
    Disability and head injury
    Traumatic cardiac arrest
    Pain management in trauma
    Initial approach to damage control resuscitation
    Haemostasis and coagulopathy
    In hospital REBOA for major trauma
    Anticoagulants in trauma
    History of pre-hospital medicine in the UK
    Aviation considerations in PHEM
    Scene safety
    Mechanism of injury
    Mass casualty incidents
    Tactical trauma care
    Trauma retrieval
    Sedation and field amputation
    Point of care ultrasound (POCUS)
    Diagnostic radiology in trauma --Interventional radiology in trauma
    Decisions-making in damage control surgery
    Practical considerations of damage control laparotomy
    Trauma in the intensive care unit (ICU)
    Spinal and neurological trauma
    Limb trauma
    Pelvic trauma
    Trauma in pregnancy
    Paediatric trauma
    Silver trauma
    Ballistics and blast injury
    Immersion and submersion
    Burns and thermal injuries
    Environmental trauma: CBRN incidents
    Decompression illness and diving medicine
    Rehabilitation after trauma
    Preventing and treating trauma-related mental health problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Nady el-Guebaly, Giuseppe Carrà, Marc Galanter, Alexander M. Baldacchino.
    Summary: Addiction is increasingly being recognized as a major global public health issue, and an ever-growing number of medical specialties, psychological and social science training programs, and professional associations are including addiction as part of their training and continuing education curricula. The first edition of this book presented an overview of the spectrum of addiction-related problems across different cultures around the globe. Sharing the experience and wisdom of more than 260 leading experts in the field, and promoted by the International Society of Addiction Medicine, it compared and contrasted clinical practices in the field of addiction medicine on the basis of neurobiological similarities as well as epidemiological and socio-cultural differences. Building on the success of this inaugural edition, and taking into account the formal and informal comments received as well as an assessment of current need, this textbook presents general updated information while retaining the most requested sections of the first edition as demonstrated by the number of chapter downloads. It also provides a basic text for those preparing for the ISAM annual certification exam. Written by some 220 international experts, it is a valuable reference resource for anyone interested in medicine, psychology, nursing, and social science.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Cameron, Mark Little, Biswadev Mitra, Conor Deasy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Debra J. Hain, Deb Bakerjian.
    Summary: This primary text encompasses the full scope of AGNP primary care practice across multiple healthcare settings including telehealth. The text emphasizes the best available evidence to promote person-centered care, quality improvement of care, interprofessional collaboration, and reducing healthcare costs. The text delivers timely information about current healthcare initiatives in the U.S., including care coordination across the healthcare continuum, interprofessional collaboration, and accountable care organizations. Disease-focused chapters contain general and specific population-based assessment and interprofessional care strategies to both common and complex health issues. They offer consistent content on emergencies, relevant social determinants of health, and ethical dilemmas. The text also prepares students for the administrative aspects of practice with information on the physical exam, medications, billing, coding, and documentation. Concise, accessible information is supported by numerous illustrations, learning objectives, quality and safety alerts, clinical pearls, and case studies demonstrating best practice. A robust ancillary package includes an Instructor's Manual with case studies and teaching guides, a Test Bank reflective of clinical situations and patient conditions, PowerPoints covering key concepts, and an Image Bank of skin conditions and other figures. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    M.A. Farage, K.W. Miller, H.I. Maibach, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic sciences/physiology/histology
    Part II. Molecular biology and metabolism
    Part III. Endogenous and exogenous factors
    Part IV. Disease state/conditions with aging
    Part V. Techniques, methods, and tools
    Part VI. Toxicology/safety and microbiology
    Part VII. Genomics
    Part VIII. Skin scales and typing system
    Part IX. Skin health, nutrition, resilience, rejuvenation, and management of aging skin
    Part X. Psychosocial implications
    Part XI. Aging perception
    Part XII. Gender, ethnicity, and lifestyle differences
    Part XIII. Sensitive skin and aging
    Part XIV. Ingredients, products, and cosmetics for aging skin beauty
    Part XV. Cosmetic surgeries
    Part XVI. Mind/skin/body interaction
    Part XVII. Global market place, social and emotional aspects for the aged
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Vladimir V. Klimov.
    Summary: Allergies are a significant health issue, yet few books exist on allergen tolerance of separation; here the author classifies allergen tolerance breakdown in specific types, according to the possibility that the autonomic breakdown of allergen tolerance in the unified airway depends on a deficit of pro-tolerogenic neurotransmitters at the local level. This paradigm, which explains the pathogenesis of allergic disorders, opens to new approaches to allergen-specific immunotherapy (AIT). While focusing on the new atopic disorders of the unified airway, such as local allergic rhinitis, "dual" allergic rhinitis, local allergic asthma, and local allergic conjunctivitis, the work combines clinical examples of allergic diseases and their treatment with their immunological background. The topics range from the specific immune-derived maintenance of allergen tolerance and the role of the neuroimmune network in allergic inflammation to conventional atopic diseases and more particular issues of local atopic disorders in the unified airway, oral tolerance, and its breakdown, and its translation in genitourinary aspects of allergic inflammation. Specific chapters are also devoted to allergen-specific immunotherapy (AIT) and anti-allergy treatments. Thought for upper graduate students, it will also be a valued resource for allergy practitioners, pulmonologists, ENT specialists, pediatricians, and translational researchers, Textbook of Allergen Tolerance includes classical didactic features such as abstracts, keywords, background notes, discussion points, and Q&A., as well as 20 audio files Text-to-Speech for the visually impaired, and 10 video to support the readers. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Antigens and Allergens
    Chapter 2) Immune Tolerance at a Glance
    Chapter 3) Immune-Derived Maintenance of Allergen Tolerance
    Chapter 4) The Role of the Neuroimmune Network in Allergic Inflammation
    Chapter 5) Conventional Atopic Diseases
    Chapter 6) Local Atopic Disorders in the Unified Airway
    Chapter 7) Food Allergies and Oral Tolerance
    Chapter 8) Allergen-Specific Immunotherapy (AIT)
    Chapter 9) Allergen Tolerance in the Genitourinary Tract
    Chapter 10) Allergies in Covid-19 and Post-Covid Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Donald W. Black, Nathan J. Kolla.
    Summary: The most current, comprehensive work available to date, the Textbook of Antisocial Personality Disorder is the definitive source of information on this difficult and often poorly understood and underdiagnosed disorder. A group of distinguished international experts, researchers, and clinicians provide their unique perspectives on what has been learned so far about antisocial personality disorder (ASPD) and other forms of antisocial behavior, including childhood conduct disorder, adult antisocial behavior, and psychopathy. Highly useful for both clinicians tasked with caring for these patients and researchers involved in probing its causes and treatments, the book looks at the phenomenology and natural course of ASPD, as well as its neuropathology, neurophysiology, genetic risk factors, epigenetics, and social determinants. The authors also explore some promising directions regarding prevention and treatment. Throughout the book, illustrative case vignettes provide a real-world view of people diagnosed with ASPD, including symptoms, course, and severity. In addition, tables, graphs, and illustrations further define the important points. Urgently needed and written with authority by those at the forefront of this vexing disorder, the Textbook of Antisocial Personality Disorder provides useful information on topics such as • The history and definition of ASPD• Clinical concepts such as epidemiology, comorbidity, symptoms, and course• Suspected causes of the disorder• Neurophysiology, neurotransmitters, and neuroimaging of the disease• The relationship of ASPD to psychopathy• Current treatment recommendations Special coverage is included on antisocial women, antisocial children, antisocial sexual offenders, forensic aspects of ASPD, and preventive strategies.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Definitiona and History
    Part II: Clinical Concepts
    Part III: Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Part
    Part IV: Clinical Management
    Part V: Special Problems, Populations, and Settings.
  • Digital
    Gautam Nand Allahbadia, Baris Ata, Steven R. Lindheim, Bryan J. Woodward, Bala Bhagavath, editors.
    Summary: Groundbreaking, comprehensive, and developed by a panel of leading international experts in the field, Textbook of Assisted Reproduction provides a multidisciplinary overview of the diagnosis and management of infertility, which affects 15% of all couples around the world. The book aims to cover all aspects of assisted reproduction. Particular attention is given to topics such as the assessment of infertile couples; assisted reproductive techniques (ARTs) including ovulation induction, intra uterine insemination (IUI), in vitro fertilization (IVF) and intracytoplasmic sperm injection (clinical and laboratory aspects); reproductive genetics; and obstetric and perinatal outcomes.

    Contents:
    IVF Lite (Accuvit + PGT-A)
    Relevance of Embryo Aneuploidy in Medically Assisted Reproduction
    PGT-M for couples with a single gene disorder
    PGT-A in Recurrent Miscarriage
    Part IX: IVF Laboratory
    Setting Up an IVF Laboratory
    Air Quality in the IVF Laboratory
    pH, Temperature, and Light
    A Comparison of Embryo Culture Incubators for the IVF Laboratory
    Quality Management Systems
    Risk Management in Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Screening for Infections Prior to Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Treating Patients with Blood-Borne Viruses
    Laboratory Aspects of In Vitro Maturation Cycles
    Complications of Oocyte Retrieval
    Follicular Flushing at Oocyte Retrieval in Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Handling Unhealthy or Poor-Quality Sperm Samples in a Medically Assisted Reproduction Laboratory
    Conventional IVF
    ICSI: Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow
    Sperm Selection Techniques for ICSI
    Selecting Sperm with Hyaluronic Acid: Evidence Base for Efficacy and Practical Applications
    Sperm Separation Protocols
    Embryo Development: From Zygote to Blastocyst
    Time-Lapse Monitoring
    Index s and Unexplained Infertility
    Human Leukocyte Antigens (HLA) Typing in Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Medically Assisted Reproduction in Women with Bleeding Disorders
    Bleeding Disorders and Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Medically Assisted Reproduction in Organ Transplant Recipients
    Ovarian Hyperstimulation Syndrome
    Same-Sex Couples and Single Women Undergoing Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Treating the Transgender Patient
    Transvaginal Sonography Guided Management of Ectopic Pregnancies.-Part IV: Improving Outcomes in Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Multiple Pregnancies as a Complication of Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Multiple Birth Minimisation Strategies
    Multifetal Reduction Following Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Perinatal Outcome of ART Pregnancies
    Effectiveness and Safety of Freeze All Strategy with Regard to Medically Assisted Reproduction and Perinatal Outcomes
    Blastocyst Transfer for Everyone?
    Endometrial Receptivity Testing
    Androgens for Improving Ovarian Response to Stimulation
    Part V: Third Party Reproduction
    Oocyte Donation
    Sperm Donation
    Embryo Donation
    Gestational Surrogacy
    Uterus Transplantation: An Experimental Approach
    Part VI: Fertility Preservation
    Semen Cryopreservation: A Practical Guide
    Cryopreservation of Human Embryos: Basic Principles and Current Considerations
    Fertility Preservation in Pre-Pubertal Children
    Fertility Preservation for Prepubertal Boys at Risk of Infertility
    Recent Advances in Fertility Preservation
    Prevention of Gonadotoxicity.-Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation
    Effects of Ethnicity on Ovarian Stimulation and Fertility Preservation
    Managing a Sperm Cryobank
    Managing an Embryo Cryobank
    Part VII: Counselling
    Psychological Aspects of Infertility
    Counselling Prior to Medically Assisted Reproduction
    Part VIII: Genetic Testing
    Noninvasive Prenatal Testing: Current Status
    Reproductive Genetics for the Clinician.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Eric Hollander, Randi J. Hagerman, Casara Jean Ferretti.
    Summary: "More than 40 years after the official recognition of infantile autism in DSM-III, advances continue to be made in our understanding of the possible causes, assessment and evaluation, and treatment of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). With contributions by dozens of experts in the field, this second edition of the Textbook of Autism Spectrum Disorders has been updated to reflect the latest research in ASD. Unrivaled in its thoroughness, this volume discusses issues of assessment and evaluation; examines the etiology of ASD and its recognized associations with other medical conditions; analyzes standard and experimental treatments; and delves into social policy issues pertinent to individuals with ASD and those who treat them. With summary points in each chapter and copious lists of recommended readings, this is an indispensable resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, neurologists, social workers, speech therapists, educators, and all others in the continuum of care"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Half Title
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors List
    Foreword
    PART I: Assessment, Evaluation, and Target Symptoms
    Part 1A: AASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION
    1 Epidemiology
    2 Psychiatric Assessment and Treatment
    3 Pediatric and Neurological Assessments
    4 Gender Dysphoria, Gender Incongruence, and Sexual Identity
    5 Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Assessment and Evaluation
    6 Digital Biomarkers in Diagnostics and Monitoring
    Part 1B: TARGET AND COMORBID SYMPTOMS
    7 Social Communication
    8 Diet and Nutrition
    PART II: Causes
    Part IIA: OVERVIEW 9 Genetics and Genomics
    10 Epigenomics
    11 Prenatal, Perinatal, and Parental Risk Factors
    12 Animal Models
    13 Electrophysiological Studies
    14 Environmental Toxicity and Immune Dysregulation
    Part IIB: SYNDROMIC CAUSES
    15 Overview of Syndromic Causes of ASD and Commonalities in Neurobiological Pathways
    16 Fragile X Syndrome and Associated Disorders
    17 Tuberous Sclerosis Complex
    18 16p11.2 and Other Recurrent Copy Number Variants Associated With ASD Susceptibility
    19 Rett Syndrome
    20 Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Part IIC: IMAGING AND ANATOMY 21 Neuroanatomical Findings
    22 The Amygdala in ASD
    23 Neurobiology of ASD Informed by Structural Imaging Research
    24 Positron Emission Tomography
    25 Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    PART III: Treatments and Interventions
    Part IIIA: STANDARD PHARMACOLOGICAL TREATMENTS
    26 Serotonergic Medication
    27 Antipsychotics
    28 Treating Hyperactivity in Children With Pervasive Developmental Disorders
    Part IIIB: EXPERIMENTAL THERAPEUTICS
    29 Complementary and Integrative Approaches
    30 Oxytocin
    31 Vasopressin
    32 N-Acetylcysteine 33 Arbaclofen: From Animal Models to Clinical Trials
    34 Cannabis, Cannabinoids, and Immunomodulatory Agents
    Part IIIC: BEHAVIORAL AND EDUCATIONAL INTERVENTIONS
    35 Behavioral Treatments
    36 Early Start Denver Model
    37 The Developmental, Individual Difference, Relationship-Based Intervention Model: A Comprehensive Parent-Mediated Approach
    38 School-Based Interventions
    39 Language and Communication: Challenges and Treatments
    Part IIID: FUTURE TREATMENT DEVELOPMENTS
    40 Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
    41 Stem Cell and Gene Therapy 42 Gene Therapy and Molecular Interventions
    PART IV: Consortiums, Employment, and Advocacy
    43 Consortiums
    Developing Precision Medicine Approaches to ASD
    Autism Biomarkers Consortium for Clinical Trials
    Interactive Autism Network
    44 Autism Strengths and Neurodiversity
    45 Role of Patient Advocacy Groups in Treatment Development
    Index
    Plates
    Back Cover
  • Digital
    Philip J. Hashkes, Ronald M. Laxer, Anna Simon, editors.
    Summary: This book, the first complete textbook on this novel field in Medicine, comprehensively covers the clinical presentation, pathogenesis, genetics, and latest management strategies for autoinflammatory disorders as well as the basic science of autoinflammation. Relevant concepts such as how translational science of genetics and immunology relates to the innate immune system and autoinflammation are covered. Descriptions of the monogenic and polygenic/complex diseases that fall under the umbrella of autoinflammatory diseases are provided. Further topics covered include the latest clinical and genetic diagnostic approaches, concepts on the relationship between autoinflammation and autoimmunity/immunodeficiency, the role of autoinflammation in cancer, treatments and management strategies for these diseases, and potential areas of future development. The Textbook of Autoinflammation systematically describes and reviews diagnostic and treatment options for autoinflammatory disorders as well as all aspects of the concept of autoinflammation, and represents a valuable resource for professionals in a variety of disciplines who encounter these patients or who study autoinflammation.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Basic Science and Biology of Autoinflammation
    Part 2: Autoinflammatory Diseases
    Part 3: Integrative Cross Disease
    Part 4: Pharmacology and Therapies
    Part 5: Measurement and Data Analysis in Autoinflammatory Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Professor Eric Jauniaux, Professor in Obstetrics and Fetal Medicine, Academic Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Institute for Women's Health, University College London, UK, Professor William A. Grobman, Professor in Obstetrics and Gynaecology-Maternal Fetal Medicine, Center for Health Care Studies, Institute for Public Health and Medicine and Preventative Medicine, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois, USA.
    Summary: An informative and practical guide to the most common major operation in the world. Written by a distinguished team of contributors, it describes best practice for procedures, as well as important related issues.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Peter A. McCullough, Claudio Ronco, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a practical and board-driven resource to describe and define the emerging field of cardiorenal medicine. Covering all aspects of the topic with depth and relevance, this groundbreaking reference brings together experts at the nexus between cardiovascular and renal medicine to provide an exception reference to educate in this critical area of modern medicine. It describes how the heart and kidneys are inextricably linked via hemodynamic, neural, hormonal and cellular signaling systems and, concentrating on disease-based coverage, goes on to review emerging concepts in epidemiology, pathogenesis, screening, diagnosis and the management of cardiorenal syndromes, all extensively illustrated and containing features to support scholarship in the field. Textbook of Cardiorenal Medicine provides consistent chapter organization, clear design and engaging text to define the diagnosis, treatment, intervention and surgical aspects of the full range of conditions encountered within this area of medicine. It is therefore an essential resource to all involved in the management of cardiorenal disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Craig A. Thompson.
    Summary: Catheter-based interventions have evolved to address a variety of needs through innovation and clinical evidence.The field of interventional cardiology and interventional vascular medicine now comprises the dominant diagnostic and therapeutic field within cardiovascular medicine, and continues to grow in terms of patients managed and physicians trained. Given the vast expansion of technologies, techniques, and the clinical evidence base, it can be challenging for the practicing clinician, fellow-in-training, or technology developer to maintain general knowledge of the interventional cardiovascular field.The Textbook of Cardiovascular Intervention is intended to provide a practical, comprehensive and compact text on interventional cardiology for the current, rapidly evolving practice environment. It will appeal to fellows, residents and physicians in cardiology, interventional cardiology, cardiothoracic and vascular surgery, vascularand endovascular medicine, neurointerventional radiology and surgery, emergency medicine and intensive care.

    Contents:
    1. Invasive Hemodynamics / Robert R. Attaran and Michael W. Cleman
    2. Optimal Angiographic Technique and Quantitative Analysis / Alexandra J. Lansky, Cody Pietras, Kamran Haleem, and Vivian Ng
    3. Quantitative, Qualitative, and Diagnostic Intravascular Ultrasound / Ning Guo and Gary S. Mintz
    4. Patient Selection for Coronary Intervention / N.S. Rajendra and A.H. Gershlick
    5. Contrast Nephropathy and Kidney Injury / Jeremiah R. Brown and Peter A. McCullough
    6. Vascular Access, Closure, and Management / Matthew W. Sherwood and Sunil V. Rao
    7. Guide Catheter Selection, Manipulation, and Support Augmentation for PCI / Jean-Michel Paradis and Stéphane Rinfret
    8. Guidewires and Angioplasty Balloons: The Primer / Vijay S. Ramanath and Craig A. Thompson
    9. Coronary Atherectomy (Rotational, Laser, Directional) and Thrombus Extraction / Bruce D. Hettleman and Jason R. Foerst
    10. Stents: Safety and Efficacy / Marvin H. Eng and David E. Kandzari
    11. Adjunctive Pharmacology for Coronary Intervention / John K. Forrest and Osman Faheem
    12. Robotic-Assisted Coronary Intervention / Jorge C. Magallon and Giora Weisz
    13. The Transradial Approach for Coronary Angiography and Intervention / Michael Mok, Philippe Généreux, and Stéphane Rinfret
    14. Percutaneous Cell Therapy for Acute and Chronic Cardiac Disease / Abdul M. Mozid, S. Arnous, and Anthony Mathur
    15. Physiologic Evaluation of Patients with Ischemic Heart Disease / William F. Fearon
    16. Interventional Management of Acute Myocardial Infarction / Nur Jamal, Ron Reiter, and M. Nicholas Burke
    17. Hemodynamic Support in PCI: From Chronic Heart Failure to Cardiogenic Shock / Jooby John and Kirk N. Garratt
    18. PCI Considerations in Women: Gender-Specific Outcomes and Challenges / Christopher J. Varughese, Rebecca Pinnelas, Jennifer Yu, and Roxana Mehran
    19. Percutaneous Coronary Interventions in the Elderly / Emmanouil S. Brilakis and Subhash Banerjee
    20. Left Main PCI: Patient Selection and Technique / Seung-Jung Park and Duk-Woo Park
    21. Multivessel Disease / Vishal Kapur, Ajay J. Kirtane, and Jeffrey W. Moses
    22. Coronary Bifurcation Lesions / James T. DeVries and Aaron V. Kaplan
    23. Chronic Total Occlusion Angioplasty: Indications, Appropriateness, and Strategy / J. Aaron Grantham and Craig A. Thompson
    24. The Retrograde Approach to Chronic Total Occlusion PCI / David V. Daniels and William L. Lombardi
    25. Intravascular Ultrasound Applications for Chronic Total Occlusion Percutaneous Intervention / Satoru Sumitsuji
    26. Percutaneous Mitral and Aortic Balloon Valvuloplasty / Igor F. Palacios, Sammy Elmariah, and Dabit Arzamendi
    27. Transcatheter Aortic Valve Therapy / Anita Asgar and Raoul Bonan
    28. Percutaneous Management of Mitral Regurgitation / Jason H. Rogers and John M. Lasala
    29. Upper Extremity Interventions / Tracy Huynh and Carlos Mena-Hurtado
    30. Percutaneous Management of Lower Extremity Arterial Disease: Patient Selection, Techniques, and Technologies / Subhash Banerjee and Kimberly Brayton
    31. Application of Advanced Technologies for the Treatment of Lower Extremity Arterial Disease / Faisal Hasan
    32. Percutaneous Management of Renovascular Diseases / R. Kevin Rogers and Joseph M. Garasic
    33. Endovascular Therapy for Mesenteric Disease / R. Kevin Rogers and Joseph M. Garasic
    34. Endovascular Management of Aortic Aneurysmal and Stenotic Disease / Giovanni Teruzzi and Antonio L. Bartorelli
    35. Percutaneous Management of Carotid and Vertebral Artery Disease / Zehra Jaffery and Christopher J. White
    36. Acute Stroke Intervention / James T. DeVries
    37. Venous Thromboembolic Disease / Ido Weinberg and Michael R. Jaff.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Peter Lanzer, editor.
    Summary: This book is a fully updated and revised second edition of a highly successful text in which a new concept of knowledge mining, based on explication and transfer of interventional knowledge of experts, has been implemented. The dedicated training program that is set out will serve the needs of all interventional operators, whether cardiologists, vascular surgeons, vascular specialists, or radiologists, enabling them to achieve a consistent expert level across the entire broad spectrum of catheter-based interventions. Operator skills - and in particular decision-making and strategic skills - are the most critical factors for the outcome of catheter-based cardiovascular interventions. Currently, such skills are commonly developed by the empirical trial and error method only. The explicit teaching, training, and learning approach adopted in this book permits the rapid transfer of interventional knowledge and enables individual operators to negotiate steep learning curves and acquire complex skills in a highly efficient manner. It will thereby offer invaluable assistance in meeting successfully the challenges of modern cardiovascular care.

    Contents:
    Knowledge and Professional Expertise in Catheter-based Cardiovascular Interventions
    Cardiovascular interventional diagnostics
    Access and hemostasis
    Coronary artery interventions
    Neuro-vascular interventions
    Peripheral artery interventions
    Aortic interventions
    Venous interventions
    Interventions in structural heart diseases
    Historical account.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Catherine M. Otto.
    Contents:
    Glossary
    Key equations
    -- Principles of echocardiographic image acquisition and Doppler analysis
    Normal anatomy and flow patterns on transthoracic echocardiography
    Transesophageal echocardiography
    Specialized echocardiography applications
    Clinical indications and quality assurance
    Left and right ventricular systolic function
    Ventricular diastolic filling and function
    Coronary artery disease
    Cardiomyopathies, hypertensive and pulmonary heart disease
    Pericardial disease
    Valvular stenosis
    Valvular regurgitation
    Prosthetic valves
    Endocarditis
    Cardiac masses and potential cardiac source of embolus
    Diseases of the great arteries
    The adult with congenital heart disease
    Intraoperative and interventional echocardiography
    Appendices. Normal values for echocardiographic measurements
    Evidence tables.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Michael Ragosta.
    Contents:
    Introduction to hemodynamic assessment in the cardiac catheterization laboratory / Michael Ragosta
    Normal waveforms, artifacts and pitfalls / Michael Ragosta and Jamie L. W. Kennedy
    Cardiac output and shunt determination / Lawrence W. Gimple and Vishal Arora
    Mitral valve diseases / Michael Ragosta
    Aortic valve diseases / Michael Ragosta
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy and related conditions / Michael Ragosta
    Right sided heart disorders : hemodynamics of the tricuspid and pulmonic valves and right ventricle / Michael Ragosta
    Pulmonary hypertension and related disorders / LaVone A. Smith and Jamie L. W. Kennedy
    Pericardial disease and restrictive cardiomyopathy / Michael Ragosta
    Shock and heart failure / Angela M. Taylor
    Congenital heart disease / Michael R. Hainstock
    Coronary and peripheral arterial hemodynamics / Michael Ragosta.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    J.B.M. Kuks, J.W. Snoek.
    Summary: This textbook is in line with the latest international thinking, guidelines and research findings in the field of neurology. The treatment guidelines used in the Netherlands and Belgium have been taken into account, thus making it a useful source of information in training and clinical practice. The reader is guided from basic concepts to complex physiology. The first nine chapters are devoted to the basic neurological sciences and provide a glimpse of clinical practice. The ensuing seventeen clinical chapters are based on the illness model, thus giving the reader an overview of a large number of neurological disorders. Each chapter begins with a case study which provides a practical context for the theory. The textbook also includes many tables and diagrams to clarify the concepts discussed. The Textbook of Clinical Neurology is also available online. Readers will find the entire content on the website, along with test questions, case studies, guidelines and other additional material. The textbook is designed for use in medical and paramedical training and is also suitable for programmes in nursing, human movement sciences, and medical biology. It serves as a reference for doctors and physiotherapists in clinical practice.

    Contents:
    1 A brief history of neurology
    2 The neurological consultation
    3 An overview over nervous system and muscles Technical investigations in neurology
    4 Strength and sensation
    5 Motor control
    6 Brainstem and cranial nerves
    7 Autonomic nervous system, hypothalamus and pituitary gland
    8 The higher cerebral functions
    9 The visual system
    10 Cerebral meninges and the cerebrospinal fluid system
    11 The cerebrovascular system
    12 Diseases of the muscle and neuromuscular junction
    13 Disorders of the motor neurons, nerve roots and peripheral nerves
    14 Neurological pain syndromes
    15 Diseases of the spinal cord
    16 Disorders of the cranial nerves
    17 Cerebral infarction and cerebral haemorrhage
    18 Epilepsy and other paroxysmal disorders
    19 Altered consciousness
    20 Traumatic head and brain injuries
    21 Headache and facial pain
    22 Neurological tumours and neurological complications of malignant conditions
    23 Infections of the central nervous system and meninges
    24 Multiple sclerosis and related disorders
    25 Spinocerebellar disorders
    26 Diseases of the basal ganglia
    27 Dementia
    28 Neurological abnormalities in children
    29 Neurological complications of non-neurological disorders and as adverse effects of therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Joel E. Morgan and Joseph H. Ricker.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2018
  • Digital
    Abdulsalam Al-Qahtani, Hassan Haidar, Aisha Larem, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the state of the art in otolaryngology, discussing all the newly advances in the subspecialties of head and neck, plastics, otology, laryngology, rhinology and pediatrics, and also addressing topics like allergy, sleep medicine, trauma, and the fundamentals of systemic diseases that frequently manifest in the head and neck region. The book is divided into 9 sections, presenting the recent literature concerning all the subspecialties in otolaryngology and providing the information necessary for readers to gain an understanding of the field of otolaryngology. Each chapter includes definitions, key points and take-home messages, to aid learning. Throughout the book, tips and key features are highlighted with boxes, tables and figures, which the reader can refer back to for quick revision. Above all, the book enables medical students, residents and junior specialists in the field of ENT to develop their learning and surgical skills.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Waguih William IsHak.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Sexual Medicine
    The History of Modern Sexual Medicine
    Surveys of Sexual Behavior and Sexual Disorders
    The Human Sexual Response Cycle
    Facilitators and Barriers in Sexual History Taking
    Biopsychosocial Evaluation of Sexual Dysfunctions
    Biopsychosocial Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions
    Evaluation of Male Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder
    Treatment of Male Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder
    Evaluation of Female Sexual Interest/Arousal Disorder
    Treatment of Female Sexual Interest/Arousal Disorder
    Evaluation of Erectile Disorder
    Treatment of Erectile Disorder
    Evaluation of Female Orgasmic Disorder
    Treatment of Female Orgasmic Disorder
    Evaluation of Delayed Ejaculation
    Treatment of Delayed Ejaculation
    Evaluation of Premature Ejaculation
    Treatment of Premature Ejaculation
    Evaluation of Genito-Pelvic Pain/Penetration Disorder
    Treatment of Genito-Pelvic Pain/Penetration Disorder
    Evaluation and Treatment of Sexual Disorders due to Medical Conditions
    Evaluation and Treatment of Substance/Medication-Induced Sexual Dysfunction
    Evaluation and Treatment of Hypersexual Disorder and Other Sexual Dysfunctions
    Myths About Sexual Health
    Sex and Pharmacological Sexual Enhancement
    Sex and Natural Sexual Enhancement: Sexual Techniques, Aphrodisiac Foods, and Nutraceuticals
    Sex and Sexual Orientation
    Sex and the Heart
    Sex and Cancer
    Sex and Chronic Physical Illness
    Sex and Chronic Psychiatric Illness
    Sexual Emergencies
    Sex and Quality of Life
    Alternative Medicine Approaches in Sexual Medicine
    Future Directions in Sexual Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Wesley E. Sowers, Hunter L. McQuistion, Jules M. Ranz, Jacqueline Maus Feldman, Patrick S. Runnels, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of the AACP's (American Association for Community Psychiatry) Textbook of Community Psychiatry is a welcome update of this notable work that comprehensively presents the state of the art in this field. Along with continuously evolving scientific advances and principles of clinical care, community psychiatry must respond to shifts in public policy as well as economic climate. The past decade has witnessed significant political and social changes, including climate change, immigration levels, technological advancement, the influence of social media and the rise of political unrest. This new edition reflects these wider changes, incorporating new chapters and enhancing previous ones. It remains the standard text for certification of those working in healthcare and social welfare systems design and delivery of services. Readers will gain knowledge of: Basic pillars of the field Evidence based interventions Telepsychiatry and technological aids Trauma informed services Integrated health systems Social determinants of health Structural discrimination.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Part I: Introduction and Background
    Introduction: Community Psychiatry on the Move
    How the Book Is Organized
    Part I: Introduction and Background
    Part II: The Basics: Central Pillars of Community Psychiatry
    Part III: Core Competencies for Community Psychiatrists
    Part IV: Effective and Established Interventions
    Part V: Creating Healthy Communities
    Part VI: Supportive Services for Community Living
    Part VII: Special Populations
    Part VIII: The Development and Administration of Services
    Part IX: Shaping the Future Tolerance, Humility, and Forgiveness
    Characteristics of a Mature Recovery
    Resiliency and Recovery
    Universal Aspects of Recovery
    The Value of the Recovery Paradigm
    Developing Person-Centered, Recovery-Oriented Services
    Implementation and System Transformation
    Evidence, Quality, and Recovery-Oriented Services
    References
    Population Health, Prevention, and Community Psychiatry
    Introduction
    Population Mental Health
    Social Determinants of Mental Health
    Mental Illness Prevention
    Mental Health Promotion
    Supporting a Shift Toward Population Health
    Training Culture and Identity
    Reimbursement
    Conclusion: Relevance to Community Psychiatry
    References
    Exercising Effective Leadership
    Introduction
    The Case for Psychiatric Leadership in Community Behavioral Health
    What Is Leadership?
    Personal Attributes and Skills of Effective Leaders
    Transactional Versus Transformational Leadership
    Leadership Development and Training
    Conclusion: Transforming Leadership in Community Psychiatry
    References
    Advocacy in Evolution: The Push and Pull of Psychiatrists
    Who Advocates?
    Methods of Advocacy Points of Impact: Advocacy in History
    Advocacy at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century
    Recovery
    Empowerment
    Treatment and Treatment Resources
    Involuntary/Coercive Treatment
    Housing
    Employment
    Peer Support
    Advocacy Trends of the Last Decade
    Conclusion
    Historical Appendix
    References
    Comprehensive Integrated Systems of Care
    Introduction
    Person-Centered Design of Integrated Systems
    Begin with the Basics
    Service Design Fundamentals
    Basic Service Elements
    How Do We Start the Planning Process and Move Forward
  • Digital
    edited by Shane Y. Morita, Charles M. Balch, V. Suzanne Klimberg, Timothy M. Pawlik, Mitchell C. Posner, Kenneth K. Tanabe.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessHemOnc
    AccessSurgery
  • Digital
    Jean-Louis Vincent, Frederick A. Moore, Rinaldo Bellomo, John J. Marini.
    Summary: "Bridging the gap between medical and surgical specialties in critical care, Textbook of Critical Care, 8th Edition, offers a practical, multidisciplinary approach to the effective management of adult and pediatric patients in the ICU. An outstanding editorial team, led by world-renowned intensivist Dr. Jean-Louis Vincent, assisted by Dr. Frederick A. Moore and new editors Drs. Rinaldo Bellomo and John J. Marini, provides the evidence-based guidance you need to overcome a full range of practice challenges. A full-color art program, relevant basic science and key summary points in every chapter, and expert contributing authors from all over the world make this an indispensable resource for every member of the critical care team."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Common problems
    Common approaches for organ support, diagnosis, and monitoring
    Central nervous system
    Pulmonary
    Cardiovascular
    Gastrointestinal
    Renal
    Infectious diseases
    Hematology
    Obstetrics
    Endocrine
    Pharmacology and toxicology
    Surgery/trauma
    Ethical and end-of-life issues
    Organization and management
    Online chapters.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    edited by Dinesh Bhugra, Kamaldeep Bhui.
    Summary: "Cultural psychiatry deals with the impact of culture on causation, perpetuation and treatment of patients suffering with mental illness. The role of culture in mental illness is increasingly being recognised, and the misconceptions that can occur as a result of cultural differences can lead to misdiagnoses, under or over-diagnosis. This second edition of the Textbook of Cultural Psychiatry has been completely updated with additional new chapters on globalisation and mental health, social media and tele-psychiatry. Written by world-leading experts in the field, this new edition provides a framework for the provision of mental health care in an increasingly globalised world. The first edition of the Textbook of Cultural Psychiatry was commended in the BMA Book Awards in 2008 and was the recipient of the 2012 Creative Scholarship Award from the Society for the Study of Psychiatry and Culture"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Ximena Wortsman, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a pedagogical guide to dermatologic ultrasound. As in any imaging field, dermatologic ultrasound is dynamic, and the area expands with the release of new technology. This textbook is a mix of the essential knowledge necessary to start and a detailed update to the dermatologic ultrasound field. This book is divided into three sections: The Requisites, Ultrasound Features of Common Dermatologic Conditions, and Practicalities. The first section details the basic information needed in dermatologic ultrasound, including technical recommendations and dermatologic concepts. The second covers major dermatologic conditions and their ultrasound presentation, including benign and malignant skin tumors, pediatric conditions, nail entities, inflammatory conditions, infections and infestations, and aesthetics. The final section covers tips for reporting and interventional dermatologic ultrasound procedures.Chapters present substantial clinical, ultrasonographic, and histologic correlation, including algorithms to help discriminate different conditions. The book additionally includes 150 self-assessment questions (CME), multiple key points, a plethora of state-of-the-art images with probes that go from 18 to 70 MHz, and ultrasound videos. This is a must guide for physicians, residents, and students in radiology, dermatology, plastic surgery, and any professional who wants to brush up on the dermatologic ultrasound field.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Richard I.G. Holt, Clive S. Cockram, Allan Flyvbjerg, Barry J. Goldstein.
    Contents:
    Diabetes in its Historical and Social Context. The History of Diabetes Mellitus / Robert B Tattersall
    Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes / Ambady Ramachandran, Chamukuttan Snehalatha, Arun Nanditha
    Epidemiology of Type 1 Diabetes / Lars C Stene, Jaakko Tuomilehto
    Epidemiology of Type 2 Diabetes / Ronald CW Ma, Peter CY Tong
    The Global Burden of Diabetes / Mohammed K Ali, Karla I Galaviz, Mary Beth Weber, KM Venkat Narayan
    Normal Physiology. Islet Function and Insulin Secretion / Peter M Jones, Shanta J Persaud
    Glucagon in Islet and Metabolic Regulation / Darleen Sandoval, Jenny Tong, David D' Alessio
    Mechanism of Insulin Action / Morris F White
    Control of Weight: How Do We Get Fat? / Arianne N Sweeting, Ian D Caterson
    Pathogenesis of Diabetes. Autoimmune Type 1 Diabetes / Shehab Alshiekh, Helena Elding Larsson, Sten-A Ivarsson, Ake Lernmark
    Other Disorders with Type 1 Phenotype / Alice PS Kong, Elaine YK Chow, Juliana CN Chan
    Abnormalities of Insulin Secretion and [beta]-Cell Defects in Type 2 Diabetes / Stefano Del Prato, Cristina Bianchi, Giuseppe Daniele
    Insulin Resistance in Type 2 Diabetes / Michael Roden, Kitt Petersen, Gerald Shulman
    Genetic Architecture of Type 2 Diabetes / Rashmi B Prasad, Leif Groop
    Metabolic Disturbances in Diabetes / Adrian Vella, Robert A Rizza
    Obesity and Diabetes / Hans Hauner
    The Microbiome and Diabetes / Amanda J Cox, Nicholas P West, Allan W Cripps
    Other Types of Diabetes. Monogenic Causes of Diabetes / Shivani Misra, Andrew T Hattersley
    Drug-Induced Diabetes / Charles D Ponte, Devra K Dang
    Endocrine Disorders that Cause Diabetes / Rachel E Jennings, Neil A Hanley
    Pancreatic Diseases and Diabetes / Ranjit Unnikrishnan, Viswanathan Mohan
    Managing the Patient with Diabetes. Clinical Presentations of Diabetes / Ee Lin Lim, Roy Taylor
    The Aims of Diabetes Care / Katharine D Barnard, Richard IG Holt
    Educating the Person with Diabetes / Ingrid Willaing, Michael Vallis
    Lifestyle Issues: Diet / Nicola Guess
    Lifestyle Issues: Exercise / Mimi Z Chen, Robert C Andrews
    Monitoring Diabetes / Andrew Farmer
    Drug Therapy: Special Considerations in Diabetes / Bernard MY Cheung, Ronald CW Ma
    Treatment of Diabetes. Insulin and Insulin Treatment / Stephen Gough, Parth Narendran
    New Technologies for Glucose Monitoring and Insulin Administration / David L Horwitz, David C Klonoff
    Oral Glucose-Lowering Agents / Clifford J Bailey, Andrew J Krentz
    Non-Insulin Parenteral Therapies / Tina Vilsbøll, Mikkel Christensen, Tina Jorsal, Filip K Knop
    How to Use Type 2 Diabetes Treatments in Clinical Practice: Combination Therapies / Silvio E Inzucchi, David R Matthews
    In-Hospital Treatment and Surgery in People with Diabetes / Ketan Dhatariya, June James
    Hypoglycemia in Diabetes / Philip E Cryer, Ana María Arbeláez
    Acute Metabolic Complications of Diabetes: Diabetic Ketoacidosis and the Hyperosmolar Hyperglycemic State / Niels Møller
    Microvascular Complications in Diabetes. Pathogenesis of Microvascular Complications / Allan Flyvbjerg
    Diabetic Retinopathy / Toke Bek
    Diabetic Nephropathy / Sally M Marshall, Allan Flyvbjerg
    Diabetic Peripheral and Autonomic Neuropathy / Dan Ziegler
    Macrovascular Complications in Diabetes. Pathogenesis of Macrovascular Complications in Diabetes / Stephen P Gray, Elyse Di Marco, Riccardo Candido, Mark E Cooper, Karin AM Jandeleit-Dahm
    Cardiovascular Risk Factors: Hypertension / Peter M Nilsson
    Diabetic Dyslipidemia and Risk of Cardiovascular Disease / Adie Viljoen, Supriya Joshi, Anthony S Wierzbicki
    Ischemic Heart Disease in Diabetes / Christoph H Saely, Kourosh Vathie, Heinz Drexel
    Congestive Heart Failure / Anna Norhammar, Isabelle Johansson, Inga S Thrainsdottir, Lars Rydén
    Cerebrovascular Disease / Colum F Amory, Jesse Weinberger
    Peripheral Vascular Disease / Henrik H Sillesen
    Other Complications of Diabetes. Foot Problems in People with Diabetes / Andrew JM Boulton
    Sexual Function in Men and Women with Diabetes / David Price
    Gastrointestinal Manifestations of Diabetes / Adil E Bharucha, Michael Camilleri
    Diabetes and Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease / Shivakumar Chitturi, Geoffrey C Farrell
    The Skin in Diabetes / Graham R Sharpe, Paul D Yesudian
    Bone and Rheumatic Disorders in Diabetes / Andrew Grey, Nicola Dalbeth
    Diabetes and Cancer: Evidence for Risk, Methodology and Implications / Ellena Badrick, Andrew G Renehan
    Diabetes and Infections / Clive S Cockram, Bonnie CK Wong
    Psychosocial Aspects of Diabetes. Psychological Factors and Diabetes Mellitus / Frans Pouwer, Jane Speight
    Psychiatric Disorders and Diabetes / Richard IG Holt, Leslie Citrome
    Social Aspects of Diabetes / Brian M Frier, Mark WJ Strachan
    Diabetes in Special Groups. Diabetes in Childhood / Shideh Majidi, Christine M Chan, Marian Rewers
    Adolescence and Emerging Adulthood: Diabetes in Transition / Rebecca K Snelgrove, Dayna E McGill, Lori MB Laffel
    Diabetes in Pregnancy / Tim Cundy
    Diabetes in Old Age / Ahmed H Abdelhafiz, Alan J Sinclair
    Diabetes at the End of Life / June James, Jean MacLeod, Robert Gregory
    Delivery and Organization of Diabetes Care. The Role of the Multidisciplinary Team Across Primary and Secondary Care / Samuel I Seidu, Kamlesh Khunti, Melanie J Davies
    Models of Diabetes Care Across Different Resource Settings / Naomi S Levitt, Sam Surka, Andrew Farmer, Bob Mash
    Future Directions. Future Drug Treatments for Type 1 Diabetes / Jennifer L Sherr, Eda Cengiz, Michelle A Van Name, Stuart A Weinzimer, William V Tamborlane
    Future Drug Treatments for Type 2 Diabetes / Clifford J Bailey
    Stem Cell Therapy in Diabetes / Angelo Avogaro, Gian Paolo Fadini
    Islet Transplantation / Angela Koh, Peter E Senior, AM James Shapiro
    Gene Therapy for Diabetes / Virginia Haurigot, Veronica Jimenez, Fatima Bosch
    Future Models of Diabetes Care / Sanjeev N Mehta, Robert A Gabbay.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Armando Sarti, F. Luca Lorini, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this illustrated book equips practitioners with all the information that they will require in order to perform echocardiography appropriately and to interpret findings correctly. After clear exposition of fundamentals of the examination technique via both the transthoracic and the transesophageal approach, the functional anatomy of all normal and pathologic thoracic structures as observed on echocardiography is presented in detail. A wide range of basic and advanced applications of echocardiography in the emergency, perioperative, and intensive care settings are then described. A final supplementary section considers further applications of ultrasound in the ICU, such as in patients with respiratory failure, trauma, or venous thrombosis. This edition has been extensively revised and updated and includes entirely new chapters on various techniques and applications. It will be a tremendous aid to current best practice for all intensivists, emergency physicians, and anesthesiologists who intend to use echocardiography and ultrasound for diagnosis and guidance of optimal management in the critically ill.

    Contents:
    I ULTRASOUND AND USE OF THE ECHO MACHINE
    1 EssentialPhysics of Ultrasound and Use of the Ultrasound Machine
    II STANDARD ECHOCARDIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION
    2 Ultrasound Morphology of the Heart: Transthoracic Examination
    3 Transthoracic Echocardiography in the ICU: The Patient Who Is Difficult To Study
    4 Ultrasound Morphology of the Heart: Transesophageal Examination
    5 Three-DimensionaL Echocardiography
    6 Speckle Tracing for Left and right ventricles
    III ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONAL ECHO-ANATOMY
    7 The Left Ventricle. Frequent Imaging in ICU Patients
    8 The Right Ventricle and Pulmonary Artery. Frequent Imaging in ICU Patients
    9 Left and Right Atria. Frequent Imaging in ICU Patients
    10 Pericardium and Pericardial Diseases
    11 The Aorta. Frequent Imaging in ICU Patients
    12 Inferior and Superior Venae Cavae. Frequent Imaging in ICU Patients
    13 Ischemia and Myocardial infarction
    14 The Cardiomyopathies
    15 Cor Pulmonale and Pulmonary Hypertension
    16 Mitral Valve
    17 The Aortic Valve
    18 Tricuspid and Pulmonary Valves
    19 Endocarditis
    20 Prosthetic Valve Evaluation
    21 Cardiac Tumors and Masses
    22 Congenital Septal Abnormalities in the Adult Patient
    23 Essential Pediatric Echocardiography
    IV ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY IN THE IC AND OR: BASIC AND ADVANCED APPLICATIONS
    24 Echocardiographic History, Echocardiographic Monitoring, and Goal-Directed, Focus- Oriented, and Comprehensive Examination
    25 Intraoperative Echocardiography in Cardiac Surgery
    26 General Hemodynamic Assessment
    27 Contrast Echocardiography in the ICU and OR
    28 Echo-Guided Therapy for Myocardial Ischemia
    29 Hypovolemia and Fluid Responsiveness
    30 ARDS, ALI, Mechanical Ventilation, and Weaning
    31 Hypotension
    32 Suspicion of Pulmonary Embolism
    33 Suspicion of Acute Aortic Diseases
    34 Chest Pain
    35 Acute Dyspnea
    36 Unexplained Hypoxemia
    37 Sepsis and Septic Shock
    38 Chest Trauma
    39 Acute Atrial Fibrillation and Other Arrhythmias
    40 Ultrasound Practice for ICU Nurses
    41 Multiorgan Donor and Transplant Patients
    42 New-Onset Cardiac Murmur in the Unstable Patient.-43 ICU Echocardiography and Noninvasive Hemodynamic Monitoring
    44 Ventricle- Arterial coupling
    45 Non-cardiac Surgery: Perioperative Echocardiography and Lung
    46 Perioperative echocardiography for Aortic Procedures
    47 Obstetric Echocardiography
    V ULTRASOUND IN THE ICU: OTHER APPLICATIONS
    48 Echocardiography and Advanced Life Support
    49 Central and Peripheral Vein Cannulation
    50 Essential Ultrasonography for Venous Thrombosis
    51 Lung and Pleural Ultrasonography in Emergency and Intensive Care
    52 Ultrasound and the Morbidly-Obese Patient
    53 Focused Assessment with Sonography for Trauma
    54 Renal Ultrasound and Echo-Color Doppler Techniques in Kidney Failure
    55 Ultrasound for Percutaneous Tracheostomy
    56 Transcranial Doppler Ultrasonography in Emergency and Intensive Care
    57 Ultrasonography of the Optic Nerve
    58 Muscle Ultrasound for the ICU patient
    59 Fever of unknown origin and Ultrasound
    60 US-guided Regional Analgesia in the ICU.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Eduardo A. Nillni, editor.
    Summary: This textbook presents for the first time a comprehensive body of the latest knowledge in the field of neuropeptides and their action on energy balance. It contains a detailed and comprehensive account of the specific hypothalamic peptides in regards to their roles in energy balance, food intake control and co-morbidities, to better understand the patho-physiology of obesity. The textbook includes an examination the history of the evolution of human society from a thin to the obese phenotype and, within that context, how modern society habits and industrial food production did not respect the evolutionary trait resulting in changes in the energy balance set point. It provides a novel conceptualization of the problem of obesity when considering the biochemistry of peptide hormones and entertaining novel ideas on multiple approaches to the problems of energy balance, as well as demonstrates and explains why alterations in pro-hormone processing are paramount to understand metabolic disease. This text is excellent material for teaching graduate and medical school courses, as well as a valuable resource for researchers in biochemistry, cell, and molecular biology, neuroscientists, physician endocrinologists, and nutritionists.

    Contents:
    1. The Evolution from Lean to Obese State and the Influence of Modern Human Society
    2. Neuropeptides Controlling Our Behavior
    3. Transcriptional Regulation of Hypothalamic Energy Balance Genes
    4. Brain Inflammation and Endoplasmic Reticulum Stress
    5. The Cell Biology of Neuropeptide Hormones
    6. Nutrient Sensors Regulating Peptides
    7. Gatrointestinal Hormones Controlling Energy Homeostasis and Their Potential Role in Obesity
    8. The Complexity of Adipose Tissue
    9. Adipokines, Inflammation and Insulin Resistance in Obesity
    10. The Thyroid Hormone Axis: Its Roles in Body Weight Regulation, Obesity and Weight Loss
    11. Obesity and Stress: The Melanocortin Connection
    12. Obesity and the Growth Hormone Axis
    13. Brain, Environment, Hormone-Based in of Appetite, Ingestive Behavior, and Body Weight.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert E. Rakel, David P. Rakel.
    Summary: This ninth edition of the Textbook of Family Medicine, edited by Drs. Robert E. Rakel and David P. Rakel, remains your #1 choice for complete guidance on the principles of family medicine, primary care in the community, and all aspects of clinical practice. Ideal for both residents and practicing physicians, this medical reference book includes evidence-based, practical information to optimize patient care and prepare you for the ABFM exam. A clean, quick-reference layout makes it easy for you to put information to work immediately in your practice.

    Contents:
    Family physician
    Patient-centered medical home
    Psychosocial influences on health
    Care of the elderly patient
    Care of the dying patient
    Care of the self
    Preventive health care
    Behavioral change and patient empowerment
    Interpreting the medical literature : applying evidence-based medicine in practice
    Information technology
    Clinical problem solving
    Integrative medicine
    Establishing rapport
    Interpreting laboratory tests
    Infectious diseases
    Pulmonary medicine
    Ophthalmology
    Otorhinolaryngology
    Allergy
    Obstetrics
    Care of the newborn
    Growth and development
    Behavioral problems in children and adolescents
    Child abuse
    Gynecology
    Contraception
    Cardiovascular disease
    Common office procedures
    Sports medicine
    Common issues in orthopedics
    Neck and back pain
    Rheumatology and musculoskeletal problems
    Dermatology
    Diabetes mellitus
    Endocrinology
    Obesity
    Nutrition and family medicine
    Gastroenterology
    Hematology
    Urinary tract disorders
    Neurology
    Human sexuality
    Clinical genomics
    Crisis intervention, trauma, and disasters
    Difficult encounters : patients with personality disorders
    Anxiety and depression
    Delirium and dementia
    Alcohol use disorders
    Nicotine addiction
    Substance use disorders.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Irwin Goldstein, Noel N. Kim, Anita H. Clayton, Andrew T. Goldstein, Sheryl A. Kingsberg.
    Contents:
    History of the international society for the study of women's sexual health / Sue W. Goldstein
    Sexual medicine education and training / Sharon J. Parish and Johannes Bitzer
    Nosology and epidemiology of hypoactive sexual desire disorder / Leonard R. Derogatis
    Central nervous system anatomy and neurochemistry of sexual desire / James G. Pfaus and Sherri L. Jones
    Psychological management of hypoactive sexual desire disorder / Sheryl A. Kingsberg and Stanley Althof
    Pathophysiology and medical management of hypoactive sexual desire disorder / Anita H. Clayton and Linda Vignozzi
    Nosology and epidemiology of arousal disorders in women / Leonard R. Derogatis
    Anatomy and physiology of arousal / Kwangsung Park and Noel N. Kim
    Psychological management of arousal disorders / Isbelia Segnini and Tuuli M. Kukkonen
    Pathophysiology and medical management of female genital arousal disorder / Irwin Goldstein
    Pathophysiology and medical management of persistent genital arousal disorder / Barry R. Komisaruk and Irwin Goldstein
    Nosology and epidemiology of female orgasm disorder / Leonard R. Derogatis
    Peripheral and central neural bases of orgasm / Emmanuele A. Jannini, Nan Wise, Eleni Frangos, Barry R. Komisaruk
    Psychological management of orgasm disorders / Sara Nasserzadeh
    Musculoskeletal management of female orgasm disorder / Karen Brandon
    Pathophysiology and medical management of female orgasm disorder / Irwin Goldstein and Barry Komisaruk
    Pathophysiology and medical management of female orgasmic illness syndrome / Irwin Goldstein and Barry R. Komisaruk
    Nosology and epidemiology of dyspareunia and vulvodynia / Tami S. Rowen and Andrew T. Goldstein
    Anatomy and physiology of sexual pain / Melissa A. Farmer
    Psychological management of provoked vestibulodynia / Caroline F. Pukall and Sophie Bergeron
    Musculoskeletal management of pelvic and sexual pain disorders / Sara K. Sauder, Fiona McMahon, and Amy Stein
    Medical management of dyspareunia and vulvovaginal pain / Andrew T. Goldstein and Susan Kellogg Spadt
    Future developments and research / James A. Simon.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Suayib Yalcin, Philip A. Philip, editors.
    Summary: This textbook discusses core principles and practices in gastrointestinal oncology and covers a wide range of practice areas such as pathology and radiologic images, epidemiology, genetics, staging, multidisciplinary management of specific gastrointestinal cancer, and pathology for each primary tumor site. The comprehensive coverage makes Textbook of Gastrointestinal Oncology a useful resource for the practitioner wishing to gain a greater understanding of the principles of managing malignant gastrointestinal disease, as well as medical oncology fellows, surgeons, radiation oncologists, gastroenterologists and fellows, and residents.

    Contents:
    Global Epidemiology of Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Pathological Evaluation, Classification, and Staging of Colorectal Cancers
    Esophageal and Gastroesophageal Junction Tumors
    Gastric Cancer
    Small Bowel and Appendix Cancers
    Adjuvant Therapy for Colorectal Cancer
    Metastatic Colorectal Cancer
    Treatment of Rectal Cancer
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Anal canal
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Gallbladder Cancer: Current and Emerging Therapies
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Gallbladder Cancer: Current and Emerging Therapies
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Resectable and Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
    Treatment of Advanced Pancreas Carcinoma
    Gastroeneteropancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors
    Gastrointestinal Cancers in Children
    Gastrointestinal Lymphomas
    Palliative Care in the Patient with Gastrointestinal Malignancies
    Gastrointestinal Cancers and Thrombosis
    Nutrition and Cachexia in Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Management of Peritoneal Malignancies
    Advances in Radiation Therapy for Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Imaging in Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Immunological Treatment in Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Novel Targeted Treatment in Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Improving Clinical Trial Design in Gastrointestinal Oncology
    Gastrointestinal Cancer Prevention: Diet, Lifestyle, and Therapeutic Prevention
    The Expanding Role of Endoscopy in Tissue Acquisition and Therapeutic Interventions for Gastrointestinal and Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Screening for Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Hereditary Gastrointestinal Cancer for the Medical Oncologist
    Molecular Diagnostics and Genomic Profiling in Individualized Therapies of Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Preserving Fertility in Patients with Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Pregnancy and Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Vaccination in Patients with a Gastrointestinal Cancer
    Symptom Management in Gastrointestinal Cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Anne-Emanuelle Birn, MA, ScD, Professor of Critical Development Studies and Global Health, University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada, Yogan Pillay, PhD, Deputy Director-General: HIV/AIDS, TB and Maternal, Child and Women's Health, National Department of Health, Pretoria, South Africa, Timothy H. Holtz, MD, MPH, FACP, FACPM, Adjunct Associate Professor of Global Health, Rollins School of Public Health, Emory University, Atlanta, United States.
    Summary: "H1N1. Diabetes. Ebola. Zika. Each of these health problems is rooted in a confluence of social, political, economic, and biomedical factors that together inform our understanding of global health. The imperative for those who study global health is to understand these factors individually and, especially, synergistically. Fully revised and updated, this fourth edition of Oxford's Textbook of Global Health offers a critical examination of the array of societal factors that shape health within and across countries, including how health inequities create consequences that must be addressed by public health, international aid, and social and economic policymaking"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Hans-Robert Metelmann, Thomas von Woedtke, Klaus-Dieter Weltmann, Steffen Emmert, editors.
    Summary: This textbook addresses the growing international need for a practical manual that teaches physicians how to apply cold atmospheric pressure plasma (CAP) in the day-to-day provision of patient healthcare. The book introduces readers to the concept of CAP, how it works, and how safe it is, before describing several diseases and other medical indications for its application. The book subsequently provides guidelines for daily clinical practice, e.g. for treating chronic wounds, decontaminating infected skin lesions, and rendering multi-resistant bacteria inert, as well as a detailed overview of plasma devices. In closing, it addresses organizational aspects, which are essential to cultivating and maintaining quality standards in the application of cold medical plasma. This textbook offers a unique educational resource and provides relevant information on plasma medicine as an emerging multidisciplinary discipline. Practitioners will appreciate this integrated, comprehensive guide, which is also suitable for advanced students of medicine and dentistry, and for nurses serving on plasma-assisted medical teams.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    I: Introduction
    1: From Leap Innovation to Integrated Medical Care
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 To Diagnose Problem Pathologies
    1.2.1 Chronic and Infected Wounds
    1.2.2 Chronic Wounds, Not Infected
    1.2.3 Acute Wounds at Risk of Infection and Worsening
    1.2.4 Non-Healing Wounds by Other Reasons
    1.2.5 Infected Skin
    1.3 To Apply Clinical Plasma Research
    1.3.1 Mode of Action
    1.3.1.1 Chronic Wounds
    1.3.1.2 Acute Wounds
    1.3.2 Approved Medical Devices
    1.3.3 Evidence-Based Medicine 1.4 To Identify Wounds at Risk
    1.4.1 Normal Healing Capability of Acute Wounds
    1.4.2 Wound Healing Capability and Age
    1.4.3 Wound Healing Capability and Gender
    1.4.4 Wound Healing Capability and Concomitant Steroid Therapy
    1.4.5 Wound Healing Capability and Cancer
    1.5 To Act in Concert with the Patient
    1.6 To Evaluate Treatment
    1.6.1 Chronic and Infected Wounds
    1.6.2 Non-Healing Wounds, Not Infected
    1.6.3 Acute Wounds at Risk of Infection and Worsening
    1.6.4 Non-Healing Wounds by Other Reasons
    1.6.5 Infected Skin
    1.7 Conclusion
    References II: Concept
    2: Cold Physical Plasma: A Short Introduction
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 A Brief History of Cold Plasmas
    2.3 How to Generate a Cold Plasma?
    2.4 Principal Composition of a Cold Plasma
    2.4.1 Radiation
    2.4.2 Electrical Fields
    2.4.3 Reactive Species
    2.4.3.1 In the Gas Phase
    2.4.3.2 In the Liquid Phase
    2.4.3.3 In the Solid Phase
    2.5 Applications of Cold Plasmas
    Conclusion
    Literature
    Further Reading
    3: How Does Cold Plasma Work in Medicine?
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Plasma Components and Source Concepts 3.3 How Does Cold Plasma Work in Medicine: Conclusions Drawn from in Vitro Studies
    3.3.1 The Role of Plasma-Derived Electric Fields in Vitro
    3.3.2 Role of Plasma-Derived Thermal Energy (Heat) in Vitro
    3.3.3 Role of Plasma-Derived Ultraviolet Radiation In Vitro
    3.3.4 Role of Plasma-Derived ROS in Vitro
    3.4 How Does Cold Plasma Work in Medicine: Conclusions Drawn from in Vivo and Tissue-Based Studies
    3.4.1 The Role of Plasma-Derived Electric Fields in Vivo
    3.4.2 The Role of Plasma-Derived Thermal Energy (Heat) in Vivo 3.4.3 The Role of Plasma-Derived UV Radiation in Vivo
    3.4.4 The Role of Plasma-Derived ROS in Vivo
    Conclusion
    References
    Suggested Reading
    Mechanisms of Physico-Chemical and Biomedical Mechanisms of Plasmas
    Principles of the Best-Characterized Medical Plasma Jet
    Preclinical and Clinical Effects of a Plasma Jet in Dermatology
    4: Landmarks to Differentiate Between Reliable and Questionable Devices for Application in Plasma Medicine
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 General Classification of Devices for Plasma Medicine
    4.3 Basic Characterization of CAP Devices
    Approved CAP Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alaa El-Ghobashy, Thomas Ind, Jan Persson, Javier F. Magrina, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ali Alikhan, Jean-Marie Lachapelle, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: Hand eczema is a major complaint worldwide and a frequent occupational disorder. This book provides a comprehensive and detailed overview of the classification, etiology, diagnosis, prevention, and therapy of hand eczema. It is innovative, up to date, and practical. The links with particular occupations are explained, the various diagnostic tests are presented, and the role of different topical and systemic treatments is clearly described. The authors are world leaders in the field. The Textbook of Hand Eczema reflects a new era in hand dermatitis and will be invaluable for all who deal with the condition in their clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Margaret S. Brandwein.
    Contents:
    Sinonasal Tract
    Anatomy and Histology
    Sinonasal Tract, Nonneoplastic
    Sinonasal Tract, Benign
    Sinonasal Malignancies
    Nasopharynx and skull base.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    William W. Hope, William S. Cobb, Gina L. Adrales, editors.
    Contents:
    Biology of hernia formation
    Epidemiology/Importance of hernia research
    Evaluating evidence and outcomes in Hernia repair
    Inguinal hernia
    Epidemiology of inguinal hernia
    Diagnostic options for inguinal hernia repair
    Watchful waiting in inguinal hernia repair
    Mesh options for inguinal hernia repair
    Anesthetic considerations for inguinal hernia repair
    Overview of hernia techniques
    Shouldice technique
    Tissue based repairs
    Lichtenstein repair
    Open posterior approaches
    Laparoscopic repair (TEP)
    Laparoscopic repair (TAPP)
    Emerging technology: Robotic inguinal hernia repair
    Emerging technology: SILS inguinal hernia repair
    Overview of chronic groin pain
    Preventive strategies for chronic groin pain
    Diagnostic evaluations for chronic groin pain
    Pain mapping for chronic groin pain
    Non-surgical options for management of chronic groin pain
    Surgical options for management of chronic groin pain
    Emergency and Atypical Hernias: Management of Incarcerated/Strangulated inguinal Hernias
    Emergency and Atypical Hernias: Management of Femoral/Obturator hernias
    Incisional and ventral hernias
    Introduction/Epidemiology
    Hernia prevention/Techniques for laparotomy closure
    The use of prophylactic mesh in laparotomy closure and ostomy creation
    Preoperative prepration/Enhanced recovery protocols for incisional/ventral hernias
    Mesh options for incisional/ventral hernias
    Overview of Techniques in incisional and ventral hernias
    Laparoscopic approaches to incisional/ventral hernias
    Open approaches: Onlay techniques
    Open approaches: Retrorectus/TAR techniques
    Open approaches: Anterior component separation techniques
    Open approaches: Minimally invasive techniques for component separation
    Open approaches: Alternative methods for component separation
    Emerging technology: Robotic IPOM
    Emerging technology: Robotic retromuscular repair
    Emerging technology: SILS lap VHR
    Controversies in incisional/ventral hernia: Laparoscopic closure of hernia defects
    Controversies in incisional/ventral hernia: Mesh choices in contaminated cases
    Umbilical hernia repair
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: Management of incarcerated/strangulated hernias
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: Aytpical henrias: Subxiphoid/Suprapubic/Lumbar/Flank hernias
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: Management of diastasis Recti
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: Management Dehiscence/Evisciration
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: Abdominal compartment syndrome and management of the open abdomen
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: Parastomal hernia repair
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: Management of mesh infections and enterocutaneous fistulas
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: Use of preoperative progressive pneumoperitoneum in complex abdominal wall hernias
    Complex and atypical incisional/ventral hernia: The use of Botox for chemical component separation
    Athletic pubalgia
    Overview of problem/epidemiology
    Diagnostic evaluations
    Non-surgical treatment options in Athletic pubalgia
    Surgical treatment options in Athletic pubalgia.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Harsh K. Trivedi, Steven S. Sharfstein.
    Summary: "When it was originally published in 2009, the Textbook of Hospital Psychiatry was the first comprehensive guide to hit the market in more than a decade. This updated edition includes new material in each of the 30 chapters, with a focus on treatment, staffing, and quality of care changes, and includes new, forward-looking chapters on consumer and family perspectives, collaborative care, measurement-based care, safety, and more. Providers and policymakers agree that integrating behavioral treatments into regular courses of patient care helps address post-discharge needs, including safe housing, reliable transportation, and nutrition. Behavioral wellness is currently benefitting from increased public attention, but disparities in access continue. There is a significant need for dedicated psychiatric hospitals and dedicated units in general hospitals to meet America's mental health needs. Progress is happening, but many familiar challenges remain. Inadequate healthcare coverage and reimbursement for services has left both patients and medical providers desperate for reform. Staffing shortages are worsening as practitioners in the baby boomer generation retire and those roles go unfilled by new graduates. Despite these challenges, psychiatric hospitals continue to evolve and discover new solutions to provide transformative care for patients. This updated textbook contains valuable knowledge and novel insights for clinicians regarding treatment, staffing, and care, and features new chapters on family involvement and safety, federal and local financing, and information on collaborative care and LEAN. Forward-looking chapters focus on the integration of treatment across settings and providers and examine new strategies such as telemedicine to extend the reach of clinicians. Together, and with expert guidance, readers of this must-have resource will find a roadmap for clinical, administrative, and financial steps to help providers take advantage of these unprecedented times to develop services and advance hospital psychiatry in the United States"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Kewal K. Jain.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume captures the latest scientific evidence, technological advances, treatments and impact of biotechnology in hyperbaric oxygen therapy. Divided into three distinct sections, the book begins with basic aspects that include history, equipment, safety and diagnostic approaches; this is followed by clinical applications for hyperbaric oxygen therapy in various modalities; the last section provides an overview of hyperbaric medicine as a specialty with best practices from around the world. Integration of multidisciplinary approaches to complex disorders are also covered. Updated and significantly expanded from previous editions, Textbook of Hyperbaric Medicine, 6th Edition will continue to be the definitive guide to this burgeoning field for students, trainees, physicians and specialists. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Aspects
    Chapter 1. The History of Hyperbaric Medicine
    Chapter 2. Physical, Physiological, and Biochemical Aspects of Hyperbaric Oxygenation
    Chapter 3. Effects of Diving and High Pressure on the Human Body
    Chapter 4. Physical Exercise under Hyperbaric Conditions
    Chapter 5. Hypoxia
    Chapter 6. Oxygen Toxicity
    Chapter 7. Hyperbaric Chambers: Equipment, Technique, and Safety
    Chapter 8. Indications, Contraindications, and Complications of HBO Therapy
    Chapter 9. Drug Interactions with Hyperbaric Oxygenation
    Chapter 10. Neurophysiologic SPECT Brain Function Imaging and Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy
    Part II. Clinical Applications
    Chapter 11. Decompression Sickness
    Chapter 12. Cerebral Air Embolism
    Chapter 13. Carbon Monoxide and Other Tissue Poisons
    Chapter 14. HBO Therapy in Infections
    Chapter 15. Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy and Chronic Lyme Disease: The Controversy and the Evidence
    Chapter 16. HBO Therapy in Wound Healing, Plastic Surgery, and Dermatology
    Chapter 17. HBO Therapy in the Management of Radionecrosis
    Chapter 18. The Use of HBO in Treating Neurological Disorders
    Chapter 19. Role of Hyperbaric Oxygenation in the Management of Stroke
    Chapter 20. HBO Therapy in Global Cerebral Ischemia/Anoxia and Coma
    Chapter 21. HBO Therapy in Neurosurgery
    Chapter 22. Oxygen Treatment for Multiple Sclerosis Patients
    Chapter 23. HBO in the Management of Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 24. HBO Therapy in Miscellaneous Neurological Disorders
    Chapter 25. HBO Therapy in Cardiovascular Diseases
    Chapter 26. HBO Therapy in Hematology and Immunology
    Chapter 27. HBO Therapy in Gastroenterology
    Chapter 28. HBO and Endocrinology
    Chapter 29. HBO and Pulmonary Disorders
    Chapter 30. Hyperbaric Oxygenation in Traumatology and Orthopedics
    Chapter 31. HBO Therapy in Otolaryngology
    Chapter 32. HBO Therapy and Ophthalmology
    Chapter 33.Hyperbaric Oxygenation in Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Chapter 34. Use of Hyperbaric Oxygenation (HBO2) in Neonatal Patients
    Chapter 35. Hyperbaric Oxygenation in Geriatrics
    Chapter 36. HBO as an Adjuvant in Rehabilitation and Sports Medicine
    Chapter 37. Nursing and Hyperbaric Medicine
    Chapter 38. Role of HBO in Enhancing Cancer Radiosensitivity
    Chapter 39. HBO Therapy and Organ Transplants
    Chapter 40. Hyperbaric Oxygen Pretreatment and Preconditioning
    Chapter 41. Anesthesia in the Hyperbaric Environment
    Chapter 42. Hyperbaric Oxygen in Resuscitation
    Chapter 43. HBO in Military Medicine
    Part III. Hyperbaric Medicine as a Specialty
    Chapter 44. Training and Practice of Hyperbaric Medicine
    Chapter 45. Research in Hyperbaric Medicine
    Chapter 46. Personalized Hyperbaric Medicine
    Chapter 47. The Future of Hyperbaric Medicine
    Chapter 48. Ethical Issues, Standards, and Quality Control in the Practice of Hyperbaric Medicine
    Chapter 49. Hyperbaric Medicine in Europe
    Chapter 50. Hyperbaric Medicine in the United States
    Chapter 51. Hyperbaric Medicine in Latin America.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Patrizia Burra, editor.
    Summary: Liver transplantations require a complex and varied, multidisciplinary approach involving not only hepatologists and surgeons but also pathologists, psychologists, professional educators, nurses and, in the case of young patients, also pediatricians and development experts. This textbook provides an overview of the management problems involved in liver transplantation for acute and chronic liver disease, pediatric liver transplantation and the psychosocial aspects of liver transplantation. A closing chapter, focusing on the developments and future prospects in liver transplantation, outlines the potential offered by donors after cardiac death, cell therapies and organogenesis. The multidisciplinary approach is also maintained in the selection of authors, all experts actively engaged in the various disciplines involved in liver transplantations. This aspect, together with its precise and didactic descriptions of all phases of liver transplantation for chronic and acute diseases from managing waiting lists to post-transplant complications make the book a valuable tool for fellows, trainees, and specialists in the field seeking accurate framework for liver transplantation in its many facets.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Liver transplantation for chronic liver diseases: Epidemiology of chronic liver diseases. Indications to liver transplantation (chronic liver diseases, tumours, genetic disorders, ACLF). Referral to the liver transplant center . Evaluation of the recipient. Management of the patient on the waiting list, scoring systems and priority. Organ allocation systems in Europe, U.S. and Asia. Surgical aspects of liver transplantation. Living-related liver transplantation. Critical care of the liver transplant recipient. Surgical complications after liver transplantation (vascular, biliary). Rejection and immunosuppressive regimens. Role of histopathology. Infections in the liver transplant recipient. Metabolic complications after liver transplantation. Renal dysfunction after liver transplantation. Recurrence of the primary liver disease (HBV, HCV, Alcohol, Cholestatic/Autoimmune diseases). De novo tumours after liver transplantation. Graft and patient survival
    Part 2. Liver transplantation for acute liver failure: Epidemiology of acute liver failure. Prognostic scores and timing to liver transplantation. Pre-transplant management. Outcomes after liver transplantation, graft and patient survival
    Part 3. Paediatric liver transplantation: Epidemiology of paediatric liver diseases. Indications to liver transplantation. Outcomes after liver transplantation in the paediatric population. Part 4. Psycho-social aspects of liver transplantation. Psychiatric and psychological evaluation of the potential liver transplant candidate. Fertility, sexual function and pregnancy after liver transplantation. Adherence and quality of life. Transition to adult care. The role of transplant coordinator, nurse and professional educator
    Part 5. Developments and future prospective in liver transplantation: Donor after cardiac death. Cell therapies and transplantation. Organogenesis. Tolerance in liver transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Francisco E. Martins, Sanjay B. Kulkarni, Tobias S. Köhler, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a guide to reconstructive surgery of genitourethral problems in male patients. The first section covers all aspects of urethral reconstruction, including the functional anatomy of the urethra, etiology, epidemiology, and demographic differences in urethral pathology. The second section focuses on surgical reconstruction of penile and scrotal anomalies and dysfunctions. Textbook of Male Genitourethral Reconstruction aims to aid the management of male genitourethral reconstruction patients by reviewing the recent advancements in technology and surgical technique. This book is relevant to urologists, plastic and reconstructive surgeons, medical students, and health care professionals working within urology and plastic surgery.

    Contents:
    N of Buried Penis
    Complex Scrotal Repair and Testicular Prosthetics
    Penile Enlargement Surgery: Fact or Fiction?
    Penile Self-Injections for Girth Augmentation: Treatment of Complications
    Penile Transplantation
    The Last Frontier in Penile Reconstruction
    PART III: Urinary Incontinence and Neurourology. Surgical Treatment of Male Stress Urinary Incontinence: An Overview
    Treatment of Male Stress Urinary Incontinence: Advance Sling
    Treatment of Male Stress Urinary Incontinence: Virtue Quadratic Sling
    Treatment of Male Stress Urinary Incontinence: ATOMS System
    Treatment of Male Stress Urinary Incontinence: Artificial Urinary Sphincter
    Surgical Reconstruction of Lower Urinary Tract in the Adult Spinal Cord Injured Male
    PART IV:Gender-Affirming Surgery. Urethral Reconstruction in Female-to-Male Gender-Affirming Surgery
    Penile Reconstruction after Trauma and in Gender Dysphoria
    Urological Complications of Gender-Affirming Surgery
    Penile Prosthesis Implantation in Transgender Males nts
    Surgical Reconstruction of Ischemic Necrosis of Bulbar Urethra
    Use of Fasciocutaneous and Myocutaneous Flaps in Complex Urethral Reconstruction
    Use of Bowel for Urethral Reconstruction
    Perineal Urethrostomy: A Surgical Pearl in Failed Urethral Reconstruction
    Urinary Diversion: The Last Resort in Urethral Reconstruction
    Robot-Assisted Reconstruction of the Lower Urinary Tract
    Impact of Urethral Reconstruction on Sexual Function
    Tissue
    Engineering in Urethral Reconstruction
    The Role of Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy in Urologic Reconstruction
    PART II: Penile and Scrotal Reconstruction. Penile, Scrotal and Perineal Anatomy for the Reconstructive Surgeon
    Modern Non-Surgical Strategies for Peyronies Disease
    Modern Strategies for Plication in Peyronies Disease
    Modern Strategies for Grafting in Peyronies Disease
    Modern Strategies for Treatment of Peyronies Disease with Penile Prosthesis
    Modern Strategies for the Surgical Treatment of Priapism
    Surgical Treatment of Erectile Dysfunction: An Overview and Historical Perspective
    Penile Prosthesis Implantation: Penoscrotal Approach
    Penile Prosthesis Implantation: Infrapubic Approach
    Penile Prosthesis Implantation in Complex, Previously Failed Settings
    Prevention of Prosthetic Infection: Penile Implants and AUS
    Non-infectious Penile Implant Complications and Avoidance
    Dual Implantation of Inflatable Penile Prosthesis and Artificial Urinary Sphincter or Male Sling: Benefits and Risks
    Vascular (Arterial and Venous) Surgery for Erection Dysfunction
    Circumcision: Avoidance and Treatment of Complications
    Microsurgery of Male Infertility
    Surgical Reconstruction of Penile Fractures: Impact on Voiding and Sexual Function
    Surgical Reconstruction of Penile and Scrotal Gunshot Injuries and Traumatic Avulsions in Civil and Military Conflicts
    Organ-preserving Surgical Treatment of Penile Cancer and Glans Lichen Sclerosus
    Surgical Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Erwin Loh, Paul W. Long, Peter Spurgeon, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Paul Summergrad, David A. Silbersweig, Philip R. Muskin, John Querques.
    Summary: "The Textbook of Medical Psychiatry focuses on medical disorders that can directly cause or affect the clinical presentation and course of psychiatric disorders. Clinicians who work primarily in psychiatric settings, as well as those who practice in medical settings but who have patients with co-occurring medical and psychiatric illnesses or symptoms, can benefit from a careful consideration of the medical causes of psychiatric illnesses. The editors, authorities in the field, have taken great care both in selecting the book's contributors, who are content and clinical experts, and in structuring the book for maximum learning and usefulness. The first section presents a review of approaches to diagnosis, including medical, neurological, imaging, and laboratory examination and testing. The second section provides a tour of medical disorders that can cause psychiatric symptoms or disorders, organized by medical disease category. The third section adopts the same format as the second, offering a review of psychiatric disorders that can be caused or exacerbated by medical disorders, organized by psychiatric disorder types. The final section contains chapters on conditions that fall at the boundary between medicine and psychiatry. Even veteran clinicians may find it challenging to diagnose and treat patients who have co-occurring medical and psychiatric disorders or symptoms. The comprehensive knowledge base and clinical wisdom contained in the Textbook of Medical Psychiatry makes it the go-to resource for evaluating and managing these difficult cases"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    An Internist's Approach to the Neuropsychiatric Patient / Joseph Rencic, M.D., Deeb Salem, M.D.
    The Neurological Examination for Neuropsychiatric Assessment / Sheldon Benjamin, M.D., Margo D. Lauterbach, M.D.
    The Bedside Cognitive Examination in Medical Psychiatry / Sean P. Glass, M.D.
    Neuroimaging, Electroencephalography, and Lumbar Puncture in Medical Psychiatry / Daniel Talmasov, M.D., Joshua P. Klein, M.D.
    Toxicological Exposures and Nutritional Deficiencies in the Psychiatric Patient / Mira Zein, M.D., M.P.H., Sharmin Khan, M.D., Jaswinder Legha, M.D., M.P.H., Lloyd Wasserman, M.D.
    Cardiovascular Disease / Peter A. Shapiro, M.D.
    Endocrine Disorders and Their Psychiatric Manifestations / Jane P. Gagliardi M.D., M.H.S., FACP, DFAPA
    Inflammatory Diseases and Their Psychiatric Manifestations / Rolando L. Gonzalez, M.D., Charles B. Nemeroff, M.D., Ph.D.
    Infectious Diseases and Their Psychiatric Manifestations / Oliver Freudenreich, M.D., Kevin M. Donnelly-Boylen, M.D., Rajesh T. Gandhi, M.D.
    Gastroenterological Disease in Patients With Psychiatric Disorders / Ash Nadkarni, M.D., David A. Silbersweig, M.D.
    Renal Disease in Patients With Psychiatric Illness / Lily Chan, M.D., J. Michael Bostwick, M.D.
    Neurological Conditions and Their Psychiatric Manifestations / Barry S. Fogel, M.D., Gaston C. Baslet, M.D., Laura T. Safar, M.D., Geoffrey S. Raynor, M.D., David A. Silbersweig, M.D.
    Neurocognitive Disorders / Flannery Merideth, M.D., Ipsit V. Vahia, M.D., Dilip V. Jeste, M.D.
    Neurodevelopmental Disorders / Aaron Hauptman, M.D., Sheldon Benjamin, M.D.
    Cancer : Psychiatric Care of the Oncology Patient / Carlos G. Fernandez-Robles, M.D., Sean P. Glass, M.D.
    Dermatology : Psychiatric Considerations in the Medical Setting. / Katherine Taylor, M.D., Janna Gordon-Elliott, M.D., Philip R. Muskin, M.D., M.A.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology : Women's Mental Health and Reproductive Psychiatry / Marcela Almeida, M.D., Kara Brown, M.D., Leena Mittal, M.D., Margo Nathan, M.D., Hadine Joffe, M.D., M.Sc.
    Mood Disorders Due to Medical Illnesses / Sivan Mauer, M.D., M.S.
    John Querques, M.D., Paul Summergrad, M.D.,
    Psychotic Disorders Due to Medical Illnesses / Hannah E. Brown, M.D., Shibani Mukerji, M.D., Ph.D., Oliver Freudenreich, M.D.
    Anxiety and Related Disorders : Manifestations in the General Medical Setting / Charles Hebert, M.D., David Banayan, M.D., Fernando Espi-Forcen, M.D., Ph.D., Kathryn Perticone, A.P.N., Sameera Guttikonda, M.D., Mark Pollack, M.D.
    Catatonia in the Medically Ill Patient / Scott R. Beach, M.D., Gregory L. Fricchione, M.D.
    Substance Use Disorders in the Medical Setting / Samata R. Sharma, M.D., Saria El Haddad, M.D., Joji Suzuki, M.D.
    Chronic Pain. / Robert M. McCarron, D.O., Samir J. Sheth, M.D., Charles De Mesa, D.O. M.P.H., Michelle Burke Parish, Ph.D., M.A.
    Insomnia / Karl Doghramji, M.D.
    Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders / Anna L. Dickerman, M.D., Philip R. Muskin, M.D., M.A.
  • Digital
    Natarajan Balaji.
    Summary: This textbook addresses the growing need for a manual that teaches when and how to perform nasal tip rhinoplasty through an "Open-Approach". Practitioners will value the comprehensive coverage of the topic. The actual surgical steps involved in the various techniques form the main body of the work, while a wealth of intra-operative photographs facilitate the learning experience. The views expressed are solely those of the author, based on his personal experience. He makes no claims to the content being exhaustive or the only possible approach and has extensively referenced various experts in the field who have contributed to this topic. This book represents the author's view of how to approach nasal tip deformities, and how to arrive at an algorithm in putting together various surgical techniques in a "sequence" to achieve meaningful results. The book also explores the clinical correlation, which is just as or arguably even more important in nasal tip surgery. The main chapters will focus on the suture, grafting, non-suture and non-grafting techniques in nasal tip reconstruction. Drawing on the author's surgical experience, gathered in the course of over 1700 open tip surgeries over 23 years, the book fills a lacuna in teaching and training and will be of interest to all trainees and consultant surgeons seeking concise information on nasal tip surgery.

    Contents:
    CHAPTER 1
    Introduction to Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 2
    Surgical Anatomy of the Nasal Tip
    CHAPTER 3
    Aetiology, Pathology and Pathogenesis of Nasal Tip Deformities
    CHAPTER 4
    Assessment of the Nasal Tip
    CHAPTER 5
    Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    Consultation Process
    CHAPTER 6
    Surgical Principles in Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 7
    Open (External) Approach
    Incision and flap elevation
    CHAPTER 8
    Suture techniques in Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 9
    Grafting techniques in Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 10
    Non suture and Non grafting techniques in Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 11
    Management of Nasal Septum. A "Step-Ladder" approach
    CHAPTER 12
    Controlling the Nasal Dorsum
    CHAPTER 13
    Alar Base Surgery
    CHAPTER 14
    Cleft Lip Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 15
    Closing the Skin Flap in Open Approach Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 16
    Postoperative care and Complications after nasal tip rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 17- Nasal Valve Surgery - A "new" Concept
    CHAPTER 18
    Surgical Algorythms in Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 19 - Case Studies in Nasal Tip Rhinoplasty
    CHAPTER 20
    Ethics considerations in Rhinoplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph E. Pizzorno and Michael T. Murray.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ClinicalKey Nursing
  • Digital
    edited by Ajay K. Singh, Gordon H. Williams.
    Summary: "Textbook of Nephro-Endocrinology, Second Edition, continues to be the definitive translational reference in the field of nephro-endocrinology, investigating both the endocrine functions of the kidneys and how the kidney acts as a target for hormones from other organ systems. It offers researchers and clinicians expert analyses of nephro-endocrine research and translation into the treatment of diseases such as anemia, chronic kidney disease (CKD), rickets, osteoporosis, and hypoparathyroidism. Changes to this edition include new chapters focused on hypercalcemia/hypocalcemia and the interaction of dialysis, chronic renal disease, and endocrine diseases. All chapters have been updated to include more preclinical data and more tables and schema that help translate this data into clinical recommendations. The section on hormones and renal insufficiency discusses insulin/diabetes, growth hormone, sex steroids, thyroid hormone, acid-base disturbances, and pregnancy"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Physiology and regulation of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system
    The renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system and the kidney
    The renin-angiotensin system and the heart
    Renin-angiotensin blockade : therapeutic agents
    Vasopressin in the kidney--historical aspects
    Molecular biology and gene regulation
    Vasopressin antagonists in physiology and disease
    Diabetes insipidus and syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone
    The cardiac natriuretic peptide system : linking the heart and kidney in cardiorenal homeostasis and therapeutics
    Aldosterone's mechanism of action : genomic and nongenomic signaling
    Erythropoietin : an historical overview of physiology, molecular biology, and gene regulation
    Erythropoiesis : the roles of erythropoietin and iron
    Development of recombinant erythropoietin and erythropoietin analogs
    Insulin resistance and the metabolic syndrome in chronic renal disease
    Growth hormone
    Sexual dysfunction in men and women with chronic kidney disease
    Metabolic acidosis of chronic kidney disease
    Pregnancy and the kidney
    Vitamin D : molecular biology and gene regulation
    Clinical syndromes of vitamin d and phosphate dysregulation
    Molecular biology of renin and regulation of its gene
    Vitamin d and the kidney : introduction and historical perspective
    Extrahematopoietic actions of erythropoietin
    Regulation of aldosterone production
    Aldosterone and its cardiovascular effects
    Aldosterone : history and introduction
    Thyroid status in chronic renal failure patients
    Aldosterone/mineralocorticoid receptors and their renal effects : molecular biology and gene regulation
    The history of the renin-angiotensin system
    Molecular biology of parathyroid hormone
    Endocrine regulation of phosphate homeostasis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Hemanshu Prabhakar, Zulfiqar Ali, editors.
    Summary: This two-volume book offers a comprehensive guide to anesthetic management and critical care management in neurosurgical and neurological patients. This first volume focuses on neuroanesthesia. The book begins with basic information on neuroanesthesia, extensively discussing the anatomy of the brain and spine, physiology and relevant pharmacology. Special considerations for pregnant, pediatric and geriatric patients are covered in separate chapters. Each neurosurgical condition is discussed in a standard format relevant for neurosurgical patients, and each chapter, prepared by experts in the field, includes ample illustrations and flowcharts. Information is also provided on the latest evidence-based approaches, robotic surgery and gene therapy. The book offers a valuable resource for all residents, fellows and trainees in the fields of neuroanesthesia and anesthesia; it will also benefit practitioners and consultants. .

    Contents:
    Section I
    Fundamentals of neuroanesthesia.- Section II
    Pre-anesthetic evaluation.- Section III
    Neuromonitoring.- Section IV
    Anesthesia for neurosurgery.- Section V
    Co-existing problems.- Section VI
    Special considerations.- Section VII
    Allied considerations.- Section VIII
    Transfusion practice.- Section IX
    Near misses.- Section X
    Pain management.- Section XI
    Special topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hemanshu Prabhakar, Zulfiqar Ali, editors.
    Summary: This two-volume book offers a comprehensive guide to anesthetic management and critical care management in neurosurgical and neurological patients. This second volume focuses on neurocritical care. The book begins with basic information on the principles of neurocritical care. Management of various neurological problems such as myasthenia gravis, Guillain-Barré syndrome, epilepsy, stroke and many more are discussed in detail. Subsequent sections address nursing care, physiotherapy and psychological care, issues related to brain death and organ donation, and common complications observed in neurological patients during their ICS stays. Each complication is discussed in detail, guiding readers in their clinical practice. In turn, the book's closing chapters cover e.g. the role of hypothermia and evidence-based practice. The book offers a valuable resource for all residents, fellows and trainees in the fields of neurointensive care and critical care; it will also benefit intensivists and neurocritical care experts. .

    Contents:
    Section I
    Fundamentals of neurocritical care
    Section II
    Pharmacological considerations
    Section III
    Critical care management
    Section IV
    Neuromonitoring
    Section V
    Systemic care
    Section VI
    Supportive care
    Section VII
    Pain management
    Section VIII
    Ethical considerations
    Section IX
    Near misses in critical care
    Section X
    Recent advances.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Helena Knotkova, Dirk Rasche.
    Summary: Textbook of Neuromodulation encompasses the basic principles, methods and current clinical applications of invasive and non-invasive neuromodulation. Neurophysiological systems are reviewed along with the basic principles of neuroplasticity that constitutes the rationale for neuromodulation in human medicine. The overview of the neuromodulatory techniques is provided with special regard to safety and specific patient populations. Comprehensive and authored by leaders in the field, this resource presents the clinical potential, significance and practical applications of this innovative treatment approach.

    Contents:
    Principles of Neuromodulation
    Methods and Technologies for Low-Intensity Transcranial Electrical Stimulation: Waveforms, Terminology, and Historical Notes
    Peripheral Nerve Stimulation
    Spinal Cord Stimulation
    Dorsal Root Ganglion Stimulation: A Target for Neuromodulation Therapies
    Deep Brain Stimulation
    Motor Cortex Stimulation
    Physiological Basis of Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
    Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation: Protocols and Physiological Mechanisms of Action
    Customization of Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation for Susceptible Populations Including at the Extremes of Age, Obesity, and Stroke
    Cranial Electrical Stimulation
    The Mechanisms and Actions of Motor Imagery Within the Clinical Setting
    Neuroprosthesis and Sensory-Motor Training
    Clinical Applications of Neuromodulation in Psychiatry
    Applications of Neuromodulation in Pain Management
    Applications of Neuromodulation in Neurology and Neurorehabilitation
    Neuromodulation for Addiction
    Enhancement of Sensory and Cognitive Functions in Healthy Subjects
    Conclusive Overview.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kaveri Chakrabarty, A.S. Chakrabarty.
    Summary: This textbook offers a concise, yet comprehensive account of human nutrition, food and nutrition-related health problems, based on the curricula of top universities around the globe. Nutrition is a multidisciplinary science, and as such, the book discusses various aspects of physiology, biochemistry, pathology, immunology, medicine, food science, and other fields related to nutrition, it focuses on the role of nutrition in the maintenance of health. The various chapters explore highly relevant issues, such as, addiction-related health problems, lifestyle-related disorders, social health problems and poor-maintenance of food hygiene and food safety. It also addresses the role of nutritional therapies for mental disorders, and includes an integrated perspective on cognition, oxidative stress and nutritional interventions in aging. Other topics include, the role of gut microbiota on human health, nutraceuticals as therapeutic agents and ketogenic diets. It also highlights malnutrition (protein energy malnutrition, starvation, malabsorption syndrome, eating disorders and overnutrition/obesity) and adipose tissue as an active endocrine organ. Moreover, it examines key concepts concerning the role of vitamins in the citric acid cycle (gluconeogenesis, ketogenesis, oxidative deamination and transamination) and precursors of coenzymes, as well as calorigenic hormones, appetite-stimulating/appetite-inhibiting hormones, anabolic and catabolic hormones affecting protein metabolism, and lipogenetic/lipolytic hormones.

    Contents:
    1. An Integrated View of Human Nutrition and Health
    2. Macronutrients
    3. Enzymes
    4. Micronutrients
    5. Dietary Fibers
    6. Food Hypersensitivity
    7. Food Groups, Balanced Diet and Food Composition
    8. Nutritional Deficiencies and Disorders
    9. Eating Disorders
    10. Nutritional therapies, Exercise and Diet for Mental Disorders
    11. Lifestyle-Related Diseases and Disorders
    12. Addiction-Related Health Problems
    13. Nutritional Management of Diseases
    14. Miscellaneous Health Problems
    15. An Integrated View of Cognition, Brain Functions, Oxidative Stress and Nutritional Interventions in Aging
    16. Poor Maintenance of Food Hygiene and Food Safety
    17. Potable Water. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stephen C. Kaufman, Douglas R. Lazzaro, editors.
    Summary: Arranged by ocular anatomy and subspecialty, with a detailed index permitting the reader to locate a discussion involving a specific type of ocular injury, this text covers ocular trauma in the pediatric and adult patient with medical and surgical treatment options, as well as potential complications. The Textbook of Ocular Trauma: Evaluation and Treatment provides a practical reference and educational resource for ophthalmologists, ophthalmology residents, emergency room physicians and residents, and pediatric physicians and residents, with basic and advanced instruction in the evaluation and management of eye and surrounding tissue trauma. This text includes multiple case reports with high quality color photographs after each section, as well as detailed medical illustrations of trauma cases and their treatment. Case studies include both common and unusual types of ocular and surrounding tissue trauma, which provide practical guidance in the evaluation and treatment of eye injuries.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Ocular Trauma Patient Encounter
    Chapter 2. Corneal Trauma
    Chapter 3. Trauma to the Anterior Chamber and Lens
    Chapter 4. Post-Refractive Surgery Trauma
    Chapter 5. Glaucoma Considerations
    Chapter 6. Eyelids
    Chapter 7. The Lacrimal System
    Chapter 8. Enucleation
    Chapter 9. Orbit
    Chapter 10. Retina and Posterior Segment Injuries
    Chapter 11. Sympathetic Ophthalmia
    Chapter 12. Optic Nerve, Visual Pathways and Oculomotor System
    Chapter 13. Pediatric Ocular Trauma
    Chapter 14. European Perspective of Ocular Trauma Management: Diagnostic and Therapeutic Considerations Based on Our Experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Rakesh Garg, Sushma Bhatnagar, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all essential evidence on perioperative care and anesthetic concerns for cancer surgeries, including the evaluation and assessment of patients' schedule for cancer surgeries, perioperative anesthetic management of various cancers, perioperative analgesia for cancer surgeries, and issues related to inoperable cancers. It reviews anesthetic considerations of all cancer types as there is a wide variation in anesthetic requirements in this subset of patients. Cancer surgeries are on the rise worldwide and healthcare facilities with cancer as a core specialty are emerging quickly around the globe. As cancer is on rise and efficient surgical management is available, more and more patients are being treated surgically. However, cancer surgeries are complicated, have varied concerns and these are not covered sufficiently in presently available textbooks of anesthesiology. This book fulfills the growing need for complete and comprehensive textbook of onco-anesthesia and fills the gap in the current texts that do not exclusively cover anesthesia for cancer surgeries. This textbook serves as a comprehensive but quick guide for trainee residents/fellows and practicing anesthesiologists, clinicians and surgeons.

    Contents:
    Overview of cancer
    Drugs, fluid and cancers
    Perioperative care in cancer patients
    Preoperative assessment of cancer patients
    Airway management of cancer patients
    Anesthesia for lung cancers
    Anesthesia for esophageal cancers
    Anesthesia for gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary cancers
    Anesthesia for endocrine cancers
    Anesthesia for thyroid surgeries
    Anesthesia for head and neck cancers
    Anesthesia for airway surgeries
    Anesthesia for oto-rhino-larnygology cancers
    Anesthesia for brain and spine tumors
    Anesthesia for cardiac tumors
    Anesthesia for bone tumors and soft tissue tumors
    Anesthesia for gynecological and urogenital cancers
    Anesthesia for mediastinal tumors
    Anesthesia for pediatric cancers
    Anesthesia for Interventional procedures in cancer patients
    Anesthesia for onco-surgeries with HIPEC
    Intraoperative analgesia in cancer surgeries
    Postoperative analgesic techniques in cancer surgeries
    Persistent post-surgical pain
    Phantom pain after cancer surgery
    Critical care of cancer patients
    Anesthesia for palliative surgeries
    Palliative care for advanced cancers
    Whole lung lavage
    Anesthesia for radiation therapy procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Teresa K. Woodruff, Divya K. Shah, Wendy S. Vitek, editors.
    Summary: Bringing together more than a decade of dedicated investigation and clinical work, this unique textbook is a unified, comprehensive source for oncofertility research and medical practice that is both authoritative and up-to-date. It will serve as the primary oncofertility reference for the various medical disciplines that must be coordinated to provide care for young cancer patients. Moreover, it contains case studies that are prismatic for new entrants into the field. The book is organized around the major themes of the discipline and includes current research, clinical practice, emerging technologies and didactic questions and is divided into six thematic sections: Fertility implications in both oncologic and non-oncologic settings Options for fertility preservation, both male and female Care of the oncofertility patient, including contraception and pregnancy considerations Oncofertility in clinical practice, from setting up a new program to genetic counseling and communication Ethical and legal considerations Advances in the basic science of oncofertility In each chapter, bulleted key learning points and review study questions bookend the text. Six additional sections, comprised exclusively of clinical case studies illustrating the management of both oncologic and non-oncologic conditions, add to the pedagogical value of the text. Timely and utilizing the best current evidence, Textbook of Oncofertility Research and Practice: A Multidisciplinary Approach will be an invaluable resource for students, residents, fellows and professionals in reproductive endocrinology, pediatric endocrinology, adult and pediatric oncology, adult and pediatric urology, breast surgery, radiation oncology and allied professions where iatrogenic treatments or genetic conditions result in infertility. .

    Contents:
    Part I: Fertility Implications in Oncologic and Non-Oncologic Settings
    Fertility Risk with Cancer Therapy
    Childhood Cancer: Fertility and Psychosocial Implications
    Cancer Genetics: Risks and Mechanisms of Cancer in Women with a Hereditary Predisposition to Epithelial Ovarian Cancer
    Fertility Preservation in Patients with Disorders (Differences) of Sex Development
    Fertility Preservation in Patients with Gender Dysphoria
    Part II: Options for Preserving Fertility
    Embryo and Oocyte Banking
    Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation and Transplantation
    Surgical and Pharmacologic Fertility Preservation: The Role of Ovarian Transposition and Medical Suppression
    Fertility Preservation Options for Female Pediatric and Adolescent Oncology Patients
    Optimal Technique for Laparoscopic Oophorectomy for Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation in Pediatric Girl
    Fertility Preservation in Adult Male Cancer Patients
    Part III: Care of the Opatient
    Assessing Ovarian Reserve
    Contraception and Menstrual Suppression for Adolescent and Young Adult Oncology Patients
    Female Sexual Function in Childhood, Adolescent, and Young Adult Cancer Survivors
    Pregnancy Considerations in Patients with Cancer and Cancer Survivors
    Assessing Testicular Reserve in the Male Oncology Patient
    Male Fertility Preservation: Current Options and Advances in Research
    Male Sexuality
    Part IV: Oncofertility in Clinical Practice
    Setting Up an Oncofertility Program
    Building a Pediatric Oncofertility Practice
    The Fertility Preservation (FP)
    Genetic Counselors: Bridging the Oncofertility Information Gap
    Psychosocial Impact of Cancer-Related Infertility
    Oncofertility Consults in the REI Setting
    The Birds and the Bees and the Bank: Talking with Families About Future Fertility Amidst a Cancer Diagnosis
    Patient and Family Tools to Aid in Education and Decision-Making About Oncofertility
    Establishing Insurance Coverage for Iatrogenic Infertility
    Part V: Ethical and Legal Considerations in Oncofertility
    Legal Issues in Oncofertility Treatment
    Adoption in the Cancer Setting
    Common Ethical Issues in Oncofertility
    The Importance of Disclosure for Sexual and Gender Minorities in Oncofertility Cases
    Ethics of Posthumous Reproduction
    Part VI: Basic Science Advances in Oncofertility
    Fertility Preservation and Restoration in Pediatric Males
    Uterus Transplantation
    Protecting and Extending Fertility for Females of Wild and Endangered Mammals
    Part VII: Case Studies: Egg Banking
    Cervical Cancer
    Large Tumors: Conservative Surgery, Ovarian Transposition, Oocyte and Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation, a Combined Approach
    Oocyte Cryopreservation in the Setting of Cervical Cancer
    Alternative Stimulation Protocols
    Oncofertility in the Premenopausal Breast Cancer Patient
    Oncofertility Case Study: Breast Cancer in a 33 Year Old Woman
    Fertility Preservation: Convergence of Newly Diagnosed Breast Cancer, Desired Fertility and Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Fertility Preservation for a Transgender
    Fertility Preservation in an Adolescent with an Ovo-Testicular Disorder of Sexual Development
    Case Presentation: Adoption in the Cancer Setting
    Part VIII: Case Studies: Embryo Banking
    In Vitro Activation Following Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation: A Case of Patient with POI
    Fertility Preservation in Young Women with Breast Cancer : A Case Study
    Childhood Cancer: Secondary Malignancy and Fertility Implications
    Fertility Preservation at an Advanced Reproductive Age: When Hope and Reality Collide
    Part IX: Case Studies: Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation
    Case Presentation: Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation and Subsequent Transplantation in the Setting of Lymphoma
    Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation in a Rare Case of a Pregnant Woman with Acute Leukemia
    Part X: -Case Studies: Adult Male Fertility Preservation
    Case Presentation: Sperm Banking in Patient Diagnosed with Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Management of Male Infertility Secondary to Chemotherapeutic Agents During Childhood Cancer Treatment
    Part XI: Case Studies: Pediatric Male Fertility Preservation
    Assessing and Supporting Adolescent Boys Having Fertility Preservation
    Fertility Preservation Approaches to Patients with Leukemic Involvement of the Testes
    Testicular Tissue Cryopreservation Prior to Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplant: Two Case Studies Illustrating Family Decision-Making
    Adolescent Testicular Sperm Retrieval
    Spontaneous Conception in a Breast Cancer Woman Carrying a BRCA2 Mutation: When Two Children is Not Enough
    Part XII: Case Studies: Pediatric Female Fertility Preservation
    Fertility Preservation in a Pre-Menarchal Girl
    A Clinical Case of Fertility Preservation in an Adolescent with Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Case Study of Post-Pubertal Adolescent Female Undergoing Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation and Oophoropexy Prior to Gonadotoxic Therapy
    Fertility Preservation in a Female Adolescent with a Hemoglobinopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Roderick Duncan MacLeod, Lieve Van den Block, editors.
    Summary: Textbook of Palliative Care is a comprehensive, clinically relevant and state-of-the art book, aimed at advancing palliative care as a science, a clinical practice and as an art. Palliative care has been part of healthcare for over fifty years but we still find ourselves having to explain its nature and practice to colleagues and to the public in general. Healthcare education and training has been slow to recognize the vital importance of ensuring that all practitioners have a good understanding of what is involved in the care of people with serious or advanced illnesses and their families. However, the science of palliative care is advancing and our understanding concerning many aspects of palliative care is developing rapidly. The book is divided into separate sections for ease of use. Over 100 chapters written by experts in their given fields provide up-to-date information on a wide range of topics of relevance to those providing care towards the end of life no matter what the disease may be. We present a global perspective on contemporary and classic issues in palliative care with authors from a wide range of disciplines involved in this essential aspect of care. The Textbook includes sections addressing aspects such as symptom management and care provision, organization of care in different settings, care in specific disease groups, palliative care emergencies, ethics, public health approaches and research in palliative care. This Textbook will be of value to practitioners in all disciplines and professions where the care of people approaching death is important, specialists as well as non-specialists, in any setting where people with serious advanced illnesses are residing. It is also an important resource for researchers, policy-and decision-makers at national or regional levels. Neither the science nor the art of palliative care will stand still so we aim to keep this Textbook updated as the authors find new evidence and approaches to care.

    Contents:
    Approach and Nature of Palliative Care
    Quality of Life
    Global Aspects of Palliative Care
    Challenges and Future Directions of Palliative Care
    Organization of Palliative Care in Different Parts of the World
    Policies on Palliative Care in Different Parts of the World
    Palliative Care, Towards a New Definition
    Physical, Psychological/Psychiatric, Social and Spiritual Problems and Symptoms
    Pain and Pain Management
    Palliative Management of Breathlessness
    Fatigue
    Edema and Lymphedema
    Gastrointestinal Symptoms: Constipation, Diarrhea, and Intestinal Obstruction
    Gastrointestinal Symptoms: Nausea and Vomiting
    Cachexia/Anorexia and Feeding Difficulties
    Mouth
    Skin Symptoms
    Swallowing Difficulties
    Sleep Difficulties
    Psychological Symptoms
    Delirium and Palliative Care
    Neurological Symptoms
    Genitourinary Symptoms
    End-of-life Symptoms
    Gastroparesis and Cancer-Related Gastroparesis
    Advance Care Planning in Palliative Care
    Prognostication in Palliative Care
    Spirituality in Palliative Care
    Access to Palliative Care
    Integrated Palliative Care: Clinical, Organizational, and Health System Perspectives
    Family Focused Care Span
    Grief and Bereavement
    Rehabilitation in Palliative Care
    Dietetics and Nutrition in Palliative Care
    Mouth Care
    Creative Art Making in Palliative Care
    Music Engagement and Therapeutic Music
    Sexuality and Intimacy
    Interprofessional Practice in Palliative Care
    Generalists and Specialist Palliative Care
    Nursing and Palliative Care
    Self-Care and Palliative Care
    End of Life Care
    Self-management in Palliative Care
    Education and Palliative Care, Overview
    Palliative Care in Rural Settings
    Home Care, Primary Care
    Palliative Care in Residential Settings
    Hospital Care
    Palliative Care in the Intensive Care Unit (ICU)
    Volunteers in Palliative Care
    Palliative Care and Cancer
    Palliative Care and Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Palliative Care and Stroke
    Palliative Care in Heart Failure
    Palliative care of Respiratory Disease in Primary Care
    Palliative Care and Liver Diseases
    Palliative Care in Kidney Disease
    Palliative Care and Endocrine Diseases
    Palliative Care in Chronic Illness and Multimorbidity
    Palliative care in dementia
    Dealing with a Wound in Palliative Care
    Pressure Area Management in Palliative care
    End of Life Health Care Experiences of Indigenous People and Ethnic Minorities; the example of Canada
    Palliative Care, Frailty and Older People
    Palliative Care of Pediatric Populations
    Palliative Care and Intellectual Disability
    Palliative Care of Indigenous Peoples and Peoples of Different Ethnicity
    Hypercalcemia of Malignancy
    Thromboembolism and bleeding
    Spinal Cord Compression
    Superior Vena Cava Obstruction
    Acute Cancer Pain Syndromes in Palliative Care Emergencies
    Acute Dyspnoea
    Neutropenic Sepsis
    Seizures
    Tumor Lysis Syndrome
    Suicide and Attempted Suicide
    Transfer to a Preferred Place of Death
    Challenging Family Dynamics
    Delirium as a Palliative Care Emergency
    Distinguishing and Managing Severe Psychological and Psychiatric Distress
    End-Of-Life Decisions
    Sedation and Terminal Sedation
    Nutrition and Hydration in Palliative Care
    Ethics of home-coming
    Request for Assisted Suicide
    Public Health and Epidemiological Research in Palliative Care
    Development and Evaluation of Complex Interventions in Palliative Care
    Mixed Method Research in Palliative Care
    Ethics in Palliative Care Research
    Evidence based Practice in Palliative Care
    New Public Health Approaches to End of Life Care
    A public health approach to integrate palliative care into a country's health care system: guidance as provided by the WHO
    Measuring Cost-Effectiveness in Palliative Care
    Financial Aspects of Inpatient Palliative Care
    Financial Aspects of Outpatient Palliative Care
    Serious Illness and Out-of-Pocket Spending.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2019- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Kjetil Søreide, Stefan Stättner, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a practically applicable resource for understanding the surgical oncology management of pancreatic cancer. It discusses relevant aspects of anatomy and pathophysiology along with the latest diagnostic techniques. Insightful descriptions are then provided detailing how to perform critical surgical procedures when treating these patients. Relevant perioperative management strategies and emerging themes in cancer biology critical to understanding and treating the disease are also described. The need for cross-discipline collaboration to facilitate and enhance innovation within the discipline is reinforced throughout the text. Each chapter presents the relevant current clinical standards along with areas of controversy in both research and clinical practice within "pearls and pitfalls" sections. Textbook of Pancreatic Cancer: Principles and Practice of Surgical Oncology is a detailed work covering the basic material important to trainees as well as advanced curriculum for established specialists in the field from a multi-disciplinary perspective. Therefore, it is crucial resource for all practicing and trainee professionals who encounter these patients in their day-to-day clinical practice. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword from ESSO
    Foreword from the President of IHPBA
    Foreword from the President of the AHPBA
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Pancreatic Cancer Disease Burden
    Chapter 1: Risk Factors for Pancreatic Cancer
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Age, Gender and Race
    1.3 Pancreatitis (Acute, Chronic and Hereditary)
    1.3.1 Chronic Pancreatitis
    1.3.2 Acute Pancreatitis
    1.3.3 Hereditary Pancreatitis
    1.4 Tobacco Smoking
    1.5 Alcohol Consumption
    1.6 Body Mass Index and Obesity
    1.7 Diabetes Mellitus
    1.8 Dietary Patterns 1.9 Poor Oral Hygiene
    1.10 ABO Blood Group
    1.11 Potential Risk Factors
    1.12 Study Design and Ongoing Epidemiological Projects
    1.13 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 2: Epidemiology of Pancreatic Cancer
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Worldwide Incidence
    2.3 Trends in Incidence
    2.3.1 Data from The Netherlands
    2.3.2 Data from Austria
    2.3.3 Data from Canada
    2.3.4 Data from Puerto Rico
    2.3.5 Data from the USA
    2.4 Worldwide Mortality
    2.4.1 Data from The Netherlands
    2.4.2 Data from Austria
    2.4.3 Data from Canada
    2.4.4 Data from Puerto Rico 2.4.5 Data from the USA
    2.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Hereditary Syndromes and Pancreatic Cancer
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Hereditary Tumour Predisposition Syndromes
    3.2.1 Peutz-Jeghers Syndrome
    3.2.2 Familial Atypical Multiple Mole Melanoma and Pancreatic Cancer Syndrome (FAMMM)
    3.2.3 Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer Syndrome
    3.2.4 PALB2 Gene Mutations
    3.2.5 ATM Gene Mutations
    3.2.6 Lynch Syndrome
    3.3 Hereditary Pancreatitis
    3.4 Other Tumour Predisposition Syndromes
    3.4.1 Li Fraumeni Syndrome
    3.4.2 Familial Adenomatous Polyposis 3.4.3 Germline Mutations in Other Cancer Genes
    3.5 Testing and Tools
    3.6 Surveillance/Screening Recommendations
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Familial Pancreatic Cancer
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Familial Pancreatic Cancer
    4.3 Pancreatic Cancer Susceptibility Genes in Patients with Familial Pancreatic Cancer
    4.3.1 ATM
    4.3.2 BRCA1, BRCA2, PALB2
    4.3.3 CDKN2A
    4.3.4 Hereditary Pancreatitis Genes
    4.3.5 Other Inherited Syndromes
    4.4 Pancreatic Cancer Susceptibility Genes in Patients with Sporadic PDAC 4.5 Pancreatic Cancer Susceptibility Genes in Patients with Pancreatic Cancer Precursor Lesions
    4.6 Screening for Patients with Pathogenic Germline Variants
    4.7 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Education, Training and Quality of Care
    Chapter 5: Education and Training in Pancreatic Surgery
    5.1 Structure of Training Pathways
    5.1.1 North-American Training Programmes
    5.1.2 European Training Programmes
    5.1.3 Australasian Programmes
    5.1.4 Effect of Training Programmes on Clinical Outcomes
    5.1.5 Workforce Prediction
    5.2 Standards of Training
    5.2.1 Period of Training
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Stefano Guandalini, Anil Dhawan, editors.
    Summary: The latest edition of this textbook provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of pediatric gastroenterology, hepatology, and nutrition. The textbook begins with a section on gastroenterology and nutrition that presents the overall scope of issues encountered in children suffering from disorders of the gastrointestinal tract, pancreas, and/or presenting nutritional issues, as well as current and future prospects on the use of prebiotics, probiotics, and postbiotics. The second section is centered around hepatology, reviewing congenital and acquired disorders of the biliary tract and liver, as well as analyzing available diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and future perspectives. Written by experts in the field, Textbook of Pediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition: A Comprehensive Guide, Second Edition is an indispensable resource for students, trainees, and clinicians, sure to distinguish itself as the definitive reference on this topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Concezio Di Rocco, Dachling Pang, James T. Rutka.
    Summary: This book documents the state of the art in pediatric neurosurgery with the intention of providing a comprehensive guide to the management of the full range of pediatric neurosurgical disorders that will aid in the delivery of optimal care. Detailed practical instruction, taking into account recent advances, is provided on the neurosurgical treatment of congenital brain malformations, cerebrovascular diseases, head injuries and spinal trauma, infections, functional disorders, congenital and developmental spinal disorders, and brain and spinal tumors. Pearls and pitfalls are highlighted, and attention drawn to the most useful tips and tricks. Information is also included on relevant related topics, including the principles of neuroimaging, the physiological responses of newborns, infants, and children to neurosurgical trauma, preoperative evaluation, anesthesiology and intensive care, and other forms of therapy. The authors are renowned experts in the field, and the text is supported by a wealth of high-quality images. Handbook of Pediatric Neurosurgery will be of value for neurosurgeons of all levels of experience, as well as for pediatricians, neuroradiologists, neuropathologists, and neuro-oncologists.

    Contents:
    1. Generalities:Â Embryology of CNS.-Neurologic development and objective neurological examination of the infant and the child
    Principles of neuroimaging.-Neurologic development and objective neurological examination of  the infant and the child
    Physiological responses of the newborn, infant and child to neurosurgical trauma.-Preoperative evaluation, anesthesiological and intensive care management.-Pediatric chemotherapy.-Pediatric radiotherapy.-2. Congenital brain malformation and acquired disorders:Â Encephaloceles, meningoceles, dermal sinuses
    Chiari malformations (types II, III, IV) .-Craniopagus
    Physiology and abnormalities of CSF dynamics (including infantile benign hydrocephalus and benign intracranial hypertension) .-Hydrocephalus: Clinical presentation according to age and etiology.-Pathological changes induced by the hydrocephalus/ compensative changes.-Hydrocephalus: Neuroimaging.-Fetal hydrocephalus and its treatment in utero.-Posthemorrhagic hydrocephalus.-Postinfective hydrocephalus.-Multiloculated hydrocephalus.-Aqueductal stenosis and hydrcephalus.-X-linked, metabolic hydrocephalus.-Hydrocephalus associated to MM.-Hydrocephalus associated to tumors.-Medical treatment of hydrocephalus.-Surgical treatment of hydrocephalus based on CSF shunt devices.-In-depth view: Functional chracteristics of CSF shunt devices (pros and cons) .-In-depth view: How to perform a V-P CSF shunt.-In-depth view: How to perform a V-A CSF shunt.-In-depth view: How to perform a lumbo-peritoneal CSF shunt.-In-depth view: How to perform a pleural, glad bladder shunt.-In-depth view: How to perform a subgaleal shunt.-In-depth view: External CSF shunts.-Infective, mechanical and functional complications in the surgical treatment of hydrocephalus.-Late complications following surgical treatment of hydrocephalus.-Endoscopic treatment of hydrocephalus.-In-depth view: How to perform an endoscopic third-ventricle cisternostomy.-In-depth view: How to perform an endoscopic plexectomy.-Complications following endoscopic treatment of hydrocephalus.-Arachnoid cysts.-Dandy-Walker malformations/variants.-Cortical dysplasia.-Neurocutaneous syndromes.-Neurofibromatosis.-SturgeWeber.-Tuberous sclerosis.-HippelLindau.-Hemimegalencephaly.-Cerebrocutaneous melanosis
    Encephalo cutaneous lipomatosis.-3. Cerebrovascular diseases:Â Vein of Galen aneurysmal malformations.-Artero-venous malformations.-Venous angiomas and cavernomas.-Cerebral aneurysms.-Moya-moya disease.-4. Congenital malformations of the skull and its coverings:Â Craniosynostoses: Management Issues and Evolution in concepts.-Craniosynostoses: Genetic base, genes, chromosomes and resulting syndromes.-Craniosynostoses: Lessons learned from animal models.-Sagittal synostoses.-Coronal (uni and bilateral) synostoses.-Metopic synostoses.-Lambdoid synostoses.-Non syndromic plurisutural synostoses (oxycephaly, Mercedes) .-Syndromic synostoses.-Secondary synostoses (Metabolic, Iatrogenic, osteopetrosis, etc) .-In-depth view: ICP in craniosynostosis.-In-depth view: Neuropsychological evaluation in craniosynostosis.-In-depth view: Psycho-Sociological repercussions of craniosynostosis.-In-depth view: Deformational plagiocephaly.-In-depth view: Management of craniosynostosis: Evaluation of results.-In-depth view: Blood sparing and anesthesiological issues in craniosynostosis.-In-depth view: Osteogenic distraction.-In-depth view: Endoscopy assisted techniques.-In-depth view: Spring assisted distraction.-In-depth view: Bone splitting and materials.-Scalp agenesis. .-Â 5. Head Injuries:Â Birth related head traumas.-Accidental head traumas.-Non-accidental head injuries.-Cranial decompression.-Outcomes, principles of rehabilitation.-6. Infections: Meningitis: neurosurgical implications
    Encephalitis.-Empyemas and brain abscesses.-Parasitic infestations, fungal and TB.-Â 7. Neoplasms:Â Genetic basis and classification of cerebral neoplasms.-Familial syndromes.-Congenital and infantile tumors.-Cerebral gliomas.-Thalamic gliomas.-Optic pathways gliomas.-Pituitary adenomas.-Craniopharyngiomas and Rathke cysts.-Pineal region tumors.-Brainstem tumors.-Cerebellar astrocytomas.-Medulloblastomas
    Ependymomas.-Meningiomas
    Skull base tumors.-Skull tumors
    -8. Functional disorders:Â Epilepsy: genetic forms and sporadic forms.-Medical intractable epilepsy: preoperative evaluation.-Catastrophic epilepsy and hemispherectomy.-Temporal lobe epilepsy surgery.-Extra-temporal epilepsy surgery.-Palliative surgical techniques (VNS, Callosotomy) .-Neuromodulation.-Spasticity.-Movement disorders.-9. Congenital and developmental spinal disorders:Â Genetic basis of neural tube defects.-Classification of spinal dysraphic malformations according to embryogenesis: Gastrulation defects and Split cord malformation.-Primary neurulation defects: 1 Open neural tube defects.-Primary neurulation defects : 2 Limited dorsal myeloschisi (LDM) .Dermoid and dermal sinus tracts.-Secondary neurulation defects -1: Thickened filum terminale; Retained medullary cord.-Secondary neurulation defects -2: Terminal myelocystocoele.-Mixed primary and secondary neurulation defects: spinal cord lipomas.-Antenatal management of spinal dysraphysm-1: Imaging and diagnosis of antenatal spinal and spinal cord malformations.-Antenatal management of spinal dysraphysm-2: Antenatal surgery of myelominingocoele.-Caudal agenesis and associated spinal cord malformations.-Spinal cord and vertebral arteriovenous malformation and fistula.-Intraspinal cysts including syringomyelia unrelated to Chiari Malformation.-Scoliosis and other congenital vertebral anomalies. Â 10. Craniovertebral Junction Anomalies: Embryology, classification, and surgical management of bony malformations of the craniovertebral junction.-Chiari I Malformation and associated syringomyelia.-Anterior surgical approaches to the craniovertebral junction and upper cervical spine. Â 11. Spine and spinal cord neoplasms: Intramedullary tumours
    Extramedullary tumours.-Vertebral tumours. Â 12. Spinal trauma: Spine and spinal cord injuries in children: General aspects including Pure ligamentous injuries in children.-Spinal cord injury without radiographic abnormality (SCIWORA) .-Atlantooccipital dislocation (AOD) in children.-Atlantoaxial rotatory fixation (AARF) in children.-Outcome and principles of spinal cord rehabilitation in children. Â 13. Infectious diseases of the spine:Â Tuberculosis of the spine.-Bacterial, fungal, and other non-tuberculous infections of the spine, including intraspinal abscesses.-Juvenile disc diseases of the spine including infectious and non-infectious acute discitis.-14. Intraoperative Neurophysiology Monitoring:Â Intraoperative neurophysiology monitoring for surgery of the brain.-Intraoperative neurophysiology monitoring for surgery of the spine and spinal cord.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2019-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Concezio Di Rocco, Dachling Pang, James T. Rutka, editors.
    Springer Nature Living Reference.
    Summary: This book documents the state of the art in pediatric neurosurgery with the intention of providing a comprehensive guide to the management of the full range of pediatric neurosurgical disorders that will aid in the delivery of optimal care. Detailed practical instruction, taking into account recent advances, is provided on the neurosurgical treatment of congenital brain malformations, cerebrovascular diseases, head injuries and spinal trauma, infections, functional disorders, congenital and developmental spinal disorders, and brain and spinal tumors. Pearls and pitfalls are highlighted, and attention drawn to the most useful tips and tricks. Information is also included on relevant related topics, including the principles of neuroimaging, the physiological responses of newborns, infants, and children to neurosurgical trauma, preoperative evaluation, anesthesiology and intensive care, and other forms of therapy. The authors are renowned experts in the field, and the text is supported by a wealth of high-quality images. Handbook of Pediatric Neurosurgery will be of value for neurosurgeons of all levels of experience, as well as for pediatricians, neuroradiologists, neuropathologists, and neuro-oncologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ross E. Petty, Ronald M. Laxer, Carol B. Lindsley, Lucy Wedderburn.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Ross E. Petty, Ronald M. Laxer, Carol B. Lindsley, Lucy R. Wedderburn, Elizabeth D. Mellins and Robert C. Fuhlbrigge.
    Contents:
    Structure and function
    Genetics and pediatric rheumatic diseases
    Mechanistic investigation of pediatric rheumatic diseases
    Inflammation and its mediators
    Adaptive immunity and autoimmunity
    Understanding clinical investigations
    Clinical outcome measures in pediatric rheumatic diseases
    Pain and its assessment
    Imaging in pediatric rheumatic diseases
    Laboratory investigations
    Principles in the management of patients with rheumatic disease
    Global issues in pediatric rheumatology
    Therapeutics : nonbiologics
    Therapeutics : biologics and small molecules
    Nonmedical therapies in pediatric rheumatic diseases
    Juvenile idiopathic arthritis : classification and basic concepts
    Systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Polyarticular juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Oligoarticular juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Enthesitis-related arthritis
    Psoriatic juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Uveitis in juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Systemic lupus erythematosus, mixed connective tissue disease, and undifferentiated connective tissue disease
    Antiphospholipid syndrome
    Neonatal lupus erythematosus
    Juvenile dermatomyositis and other inflammatory muscle diseases
    Juvenile systemic sclerosis
    Localized scleroderma and eosinophilic fasciitis
    Sjögren syndrome and immunoglobulin-G disease
    Raynaud phenomenon and vasomotor syndromes
    Inflammatory central nervous system disorders
    Vasculitis and its classification
    Immune complex small-vessel vasculitis : IGA vasculitis (Henoch-Schönlein) and hypersensitivity vasculitis
    Polyarteritis nodosa
    Kawasaki disease
    Antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody associated vasculitis
    Takayasu arteritis and other vasculitides
    Behçet disease
    Periodic fever syndromes and other inherited autoinflammatory diseases
    Autoinflammatory bone diseases
    Pediatric sarcoidosis
    Macrophage activation syndrome
    Primary immunodeficiencies and rheumatic diseases
    Infectious arthritis and osteomyelitis
    Lyme disease
    Reactive arthritis
    Skeletal malignancies and related disorders
    The impact of rheumatic diseases and their treatment on bone strength development in childhood
    Skeletal dysplasias
    Noninflammatory musculoskeletal pain
    Musculoskeletal manifestations of inflammatory bowel disease
    Musculoskeletal manifestations of systemic disease
    Pain amplification syndromes
    Primary disorders of connective tissue.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    by Kewal K. Jain.
    Summary: This book is for personalized medicine as a prescription of specific treatments and therapeutics best suited for an individual and considersgenetic as well as environmental factors that influence responses to therapy. Best approaches are described for integration of all available technologies for optimizing the therapy of individual patients. This comprehensive third edition covers the latest advances in personalized medicine and several chapters are devoted to various specialties, particulary cancer which is the largest area of application. The book discusses the development of personalized medicine and various playersin it such as companies, academic institutions, the government, and the public as the consumer of healthcare. Additionally, the roles of bioinformatics, electronic health records, and digital technologies for personalized medicine are discussed. Textbook of Personalized Medicine, 3rd Edition serves as a convenient source of information for students at many levels and in a wide range of fields, including physicians, scientists, and decision makers in the biopharmaceutical and healthcare industries.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Brian L. Strom, Stephen E. Kimmel, Sean Hennessy.
    Summary: "It was a remarkable 32 years ago that the first edition of Strom's Pharmacoepidemiology was published. The preface to that book stated that pharmacoepidemiology was a new field with a new generation of pharmacoepidemiologists arising to join the field's few pioneers. Over the ensuing 32 years, the field indeed has grown and no longer deserves to be called "new." Many of those "new generation" scientists (including two of the editors of this book) are now "middle-aged" pharmacoepidemiologists. Despite its relatively brief academic life, a short history of pharmacoepidemiology and review of its current state will set the stage for the purpose of this textbook. Pharmacoepidemiology originally arose from the union of the fields of clinical pharmacology and epidemiology. Pharmacoepidemiology studies the use of and the effects of medical products in large numbers of people and applies the methods of epidemiology to the content area of clinical pharmacology. This field represents the science underlying postmarketing medical product surveillance, studies of the effects of medical products (i.e., drugs, biologicals, devices) performed after a product has been approved for use. In recent years, pharmacoepidemiology has expanded to include many other types of studies, as well"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What is Pharmacoepidemiology? / Brian L. Strom
    Study Designs Available for Pharmacoepidemiologic Studies / Brian L. Strom
    Sample Size Considerations for Pharmacoepidemiologic Studies / Brian L. Strom
    Basic Principles of Clinical Pharmacology Relevant to Pharmacoepidemiologic Studies / Jeffrey S. Barrett
    When Should One Perform Pharmacoepidemiologic Studies? / Brian L. Strom
    Views from Academia, Industry, Regulatory Agencies, and the Legal System / Joshua J Gagne, Jerry Avorn, Nicolle M Gatto,Jingping Mo, Gerald J. Dal Pan, June Raine, Shinobu Uzu, Aaron S. Kesselheim, Kerstin N. Vokinger
    Postmarketing Spontaneous Pharmacovigilance Reporting Systems /
    Gerald J. Dal Pan, Marie Lindquist, and Kate Gelperin
    Overview of Electronic Databases in Pharmacoepidemiology / Brian L. Strom
    Encounter Databases / Tobi Gerhard, Yola Moride, Anton Pottegard, Nicole Pratt
    Electronic Health Record Databases / Daniel Horton, Harshvinder Bhullar, Francesca Cunningham, Janet Sultana B. Pharm (Hons.), and Gialuca Trifiro
    Primary Data Collection for Pharmacoepidemiology / Priscilla Velentgas
    How Should One Perform Pharmacoepidemiologic Studies? Choosing Among the Available Alternatives / Brian L. Strom
    Validity of Drug and Diagnosis Data in Pharmacoepidemiology / Mary Elizabeth Ritchey, Suzanne L West, and George Maldonado
    Assessing Causality from Case Reports / Bernard Begaud, and the late Judith K. Jones
    Molecular Pharmacoepidemiology / Christine Y Lu and Stephen E. Kimmel
    Bioethical Issues in Pharmacoepidemiologic Research / Laura E Bothwell, Annika Richterich, and Jeremy Greene
    The Use of Randomized Controlled Trials in Pharmacoepidemiology /
    Robert Reynolds, Samuel M. Lesko, Allen A. Mitchell
    Pharmacoeconomics: Economic Evaluation of Pharmaceuticals / Kevin A. Schulman
    Patient Engagement and Patient Reported Outcomes / Esi Morgan
    The Use of Meta-analysis in Pharmacoepidemiology / Jesse A. Berlin, Vrenda J Crowe, H Amy Xia, and Stephen JW Evans
    Studies of Medication Adherence / Julie Lauffenburger, Trisha Acri, and Robert Gross
    Advanced Approaches to Controlling Confounding in Pharmacoepidemiologic Studies / Sebastian Schneeweiss and Samy Suissa
    Special Applications of Pharmacoepidemiology / David Lee, Björn Wettermark, Christine Y. Lu, Stephen B. Soumerai, Robert T. Chen, Sharon-Lise T. Normand, Art Sedrakyan, Danica Marinac-Dabic, Daniel B. Horton, Sonia Hernandez-Diaz, Tamar Lasky, Krista F. Huybrechts, Claudia Manzo, Emil Cochino, Hanna M. Seidling, David W. Bates, Bennett Levitan,
    Rachel DiSantostefano, Scott Evans
    The Future of Pharmacoepidemiology / Brian L. Strom, Stephen E. Kimmel, and Sean Hennessy.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    Mark H. Swartz.
    Summary: Derive the maximum diagnostic information from interviewing and examining patients with Textbook of Physical Diagnosis. Employing a compassionate, humanistic approach, Dr. Swartz explores how cultural differences can influence communication, diet, family relationships, and health practices and beliefs, and demonstrates that your interpersonal awareness is just as essential in physical diagnosis as your level of technical skill. This medical reference book features numerous high-quality color images, an easy-to-use design, and detailed descriptions of exam techniq.

    Contents:
    The interviewer's questions
    The patient's responses
    Understanding complementary and alternative medicine
    Putting the history together
    Deconstructing racism and bias in clinical medicine
    The physical examination
    Assessment of nutritional status
    The skin
    The head and neck
    The eye
    The ear and nose
    The oral cavity and pharynx
    The chest
    The heart
    The peripheral vascular system
    The breast
    The abdomen
    Male genitalia and hernias
    Female genitalia
    The musculoskeletal system
    The nervous system
    Putting the examination together
    The pregnant patient
    The pediatric patient
    The geriatric patient
    The acutely ill or injured patient
    Precision, accuracy, and critical thinking in clincal assessment
    The clinical record
    The focused history and physical examination
    Clinical ethics and professionalism.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    editor in chief, Karoon Agrawal; volume editor, Surajit Bhattacharya; section editors, Rajesh Powar, Alok Sharma, Gautam Biswas
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Karoon Agrawal; editors, Vinita Puri, Kuldeep Singh, Sunil M. Keswani.
  • Digital
    edited by Karoon Agrawal, Kuldeep Sing, Lokesh Kumar, Anil K. Garg, Rakesh Kalra, K. Ramachandran.
  • Digital
    Michele Maruccia, Giuseppe Giudice, editors.
    Summary: Filling a gap in the present inventory of Plastic Surgery Textbooks, this compact, practice-oriented study guide delivers comprehensive, clear and up-to-date information on all the basics of plastic surgery in clinical practice. Methodological rigor, together with a lean style and layout were chosen; boxes and teaching objectives are included to help memorize fundamentals. Starting from basics such as the physiology and pathology of skin and wound healing, suture techniques, dressings and dermal substitutes, grafts, flaps and microsurgical techniques, the textbook then tackles topics including malformations, skin cancer, and traumas like burns and wounds. The respective contributions were written by American, British, Italian, German, Korean and Taiwanese teaching experts in the field. Over 250 full color illustrations, line drawings, and videos support the main text: accordingly, this textbook will appeal to advanced, upper-undergraduate students and residents preparing for plastic and reconstructive surgery in-training.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1.Plastic Surgery: From Myth to Reality
    2.The skin
    3.Wound healing: physiology and pathology
    4.Suture Techniques
    5.Dressing and Dermal Substitute
    6.Grafts
    7.Flaps
    8.Microsurgery
    9.Malformations: (Head and Neck, Hand, External genitalia)
    10.Trauma (Wounds, Burns)
    11.Cancer ( Skin Cancer, Melanoma, Sarcoma)
    12.Maxillo Facial Surgery
    13.Hand Surgery
    14.Breast Surgery
    15.Abdominal Wall Surgery
    16.Lower Limb Surgery
    17.Lymphedema
    18.Nerve Surgery
    19.Regenerative Surgery
    20.Aesthetic Medicine and Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hans-Christoph Pape, Joseph Borrelli Jr., Ernest E. Moore, Roman Pfeifer, Philip F. Stahel, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is a fully updated and revised third edition of a highly successful practical guide to the care of the polytrauma patient. Broadening its readership to students, this new edition comprehensively describes the clinical course of multiple and severe injuries, from the accident scene to rehabilitation. It provides essential practical information on the care of patients both with blunt and penetrating trauma to multiple body regions, and discusses the management of truncal injuries (head, chest, abdomen) as well as fractures of the extremities, pelvis and spine. Further, the book highlights associated injuries that may alter decisions concerning patients with polytrauma. This new, revised edition takes full account of recent developments, including the increasing economic pressure on health care systems, prehospital treatment, changes in trauma systems and related education, and the improved survival of polytrauma patients. Also covering improved monitoring options along with issues in late patient outcomes and rehabilitation this work will greatly assist students, emergency personnel, trauma surgeons, orthopaedic traumatologists, and anesthesiologists.

    Contents:
    I Introduction: 1 Impact of Trauma on Society
    2: Economic Aspects of Trauma Care
    3: Evidence-Based Trauma Care - the role of COTS
    II ACUTE PERIOD (1 to 3 hours) / Prehospital Phase and Trauma Bay
    4: Rescue Strategies and Trauma System
    5: Preclinical Maganement
    6: Initial Assessment and Diagnistics
    7: Volume and Blood Management
    8: Emergency Interventions
    III PRIMARY PERIOD (First 72 hours) / Clinical Phase
    PATHOPHYSIOLOGY, Ch 9: Coagulopathy
    PATHOPHYSIOLOGY, Ch 10: Inflammation and Immunosupression
    PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Ch 11: Remote Organ Injury
    PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Ch 12: Polytrauma Scoring
    CERTAIN INJURIES Ch 13: Head Injuries
    CERTAIN INJURIES Ch 14: Injury of the Face
    CERTAIN INJURIES, Ch 15: Chest Trauma
    CERTAIN INJURIES, Ch 16: Abdominal Injuries
    CERTAIN INJURIES, Ch 17: Penetrating Thorax and Abdominal Trauma
    CERTAIN INJURIES Ch 18: Management of the Pelvic Ring
    CERTAI INJURIES, Ch 19: Spine Fractures
    CERTAININJURIES, Ch 20: Spinal Cord Injuries
    CERTAIN INJURIES, Ch 21: Urological Injuries in Polytrauma
    CERTAIN INJURIES, Ch 22: Gynecological Injuries /Pragnant Patient in Polytrauma
    CERTAIN INJURIES, Ch 23: Vascular Injuries
    CERTAIN INJURIES, Ch 24: Compartment Syndrom
    SURGICAL MANAGEMENT, Ch 25: Damage Control in Abdomen and Thorax
    SURGICAL MANAGEMENT, Ch 26: Fracture Management / DCO
    SURGICAL MANAGEMENT, Ch 27: Managled Extremity
    SURGICAL MANAGEMENT, Ch 28: Elderly Patient with Polytrauma
    SURGICAL MANAGEMENT Ch 29: Polytrauma in Children
    SURGICAL MANAGEMENT Ch 30: Management of Traumatic Bone Defects
    SURGICAL MANAGEMENT Ch 31: Acute Soft Tissues and Bone Infections
    III SECONDARY PERIOD (3 to 8 days)
    ICU MANAGEMENT CH 32: DIC
    ICU MANAGEMENT CH 33: Polytrauma and Sepsis
    ICU MANAGEMENT CH 34: Polytrauma and Multiple Organ Failure
    ICU MANAGEMENT Ch 35: General Management in the Elderly on ICU
    ICU MANAGEMENT Ch 36: Clearing Patients for Surgery
    ICU MANAGEMENT Ch 37: Complications
    IV TERTIARY PERIOD (after 8 days) / Rehabilitation
    Rehabilitation Ch 38 : Rehabilitation Strategies in Polytrauma
    Rehabilitation Ch 39 : Outcome Scores
    Rehabilitation Ch 40: Treatment of Acute and Chronic Osteomyelitis
    Rehabilitation Ch 41: Management of Malunions and Nonunions in Patients with Multiple Injuries
    Rehabilitation Ch 42: Reconstructive Strategies for Skeletal Complications
    Rehabilitation Ch 43: Soft Tissue Coverage
    Rehabilitation Ch 44: Treatment of Heterotopic Ossification
    Rehabilitation Ch 45: Psychological Squelae After Severe Trauma
    Rehabilitation Ch 46: General Outcome and Quality of Life.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by David Buckley, Paola Pasquali.
    Summary: This textbook provides a comprehensive, practical guide to the identification of a range of common dermatological conditions encountered within primary care. It features a problem-based approach to the topics and conditions covered. Clinical photographs, diagrams and pertinent tables along with clear learning objectives, clinical pearls and pitfalls in each chapter facilitate understanding in the diagnosis and management of a range of common dermatological conditions. Textbook of Primary Care Dermatology empowers the reader to develop their understanding of how to deal with a range of common skin, hair and nail problems. It is ideal for training and practising primary care physicians seeking a quick reference guide to use in their clinical practice and the trainee dermatologist seeking a primer on the topic. It is also suitable for other members of the primary care team including nurses, pharmacists, physician associates and clinical assistants, and it is very useful for hospital-based doctors and nurses in other disciplines who want a quick, practical reference to common dermatological problems.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Investigations and treatment
    History taking and examination
    Structure and function of the skin
    Terminology in dermatology
    Acne
    Roaccutane
    Rosacea
    Papulo-pustular rashes on the face
    The red face
    Polycystic ovarian syndrome
    Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Atopic eczema in children
    Eczema and dermatitis in adults
    Lichen planus
    Urticaria
    Allergic skin disorders
    Psoriasis
    Seborrhoeic dermatitis
    Generalized rashes
    Regional dermatology
    Leg ulcers
    Wound care
    Red leg
    Blistering eruptions
    Bacterial infections
    Fungal and yeast infections of skin, hair and nails
    Viral infections
    Paracetic and protozoal infections
    Warts
    Cryosurgery
    Cryosurgery for warts
    Nurse lead cryosurgery clinic
    Cuteneous surgery
    Local anaesthetics for skin surgery
    Hair loss and excessive hair growth
    Nail problems
    Lesion recognition
    Pigmented lesions
    Non pigmented lesions
    Congenital Nevi (moles) in Newborns and Children
    Skin cancer and pre cancer
    Dermoscopy for the General Practitioner
    Photobiology (the sun and the skin)
    Disorders of pigmentation
    Ethnic dermatology (skin of colour)
    Pregnancy rashes
    Paediatric dermatology
    Childhood exanthems (rashes with a fever)
    Rashes in the elderly
    Genodermatoses ( hereditary skin diseases)
    Skin in systemic disease
    Skin and the mind
    Hyperhydrosis (excessive sweating)
    Cutaneous vasculitis
    Emergency dermatology
    Pruritis
    Emollients
    Topical steroids
    Topical calcinuera inhibitors
    Pharmacist and skin disease
    Nurse and skin disease
    Patient information leaflets
    Useful websites, courses, bibliography and patient support groups.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marco O. Bertelli, Shoumitro (Shoumi) Deb, Kerim Munir, Angela Hassiotis, Luis Salvador-Carulla, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a state of the art of the knowledge on the prevalence, risk and etiological factors, clinical features, assessment procedures and tools, diagnostic criteria, treatment, and prognosis of the psychiatric disorders encountered in people with intellectual disability (ID) and low-functioning autism spectrum disorder (ASD). ID and ASD represent two meta-syndromic groups of several different conditions, each with particular cognitive and communication features. People with ID/ASD display an increased prevalence of a variety of psychiatric disorders, including psychotic disorders, mood disorders, anxiety and stress-related disorders, somatoform disorders, and obsessive-compulsive disorder, as well behavioral syndromes, personality disorders, and disorders due to psychoactive substance use. This book will enable readers to understand the specificities of psychiatric disorders in the context of ID/ASD. It explains clearly how diagnostic criteria and assessment procedures for psychiatric disorders that were created for the general population have to be modified for use with ID/ASD. Above all, it will enable clinicians to overcome difficulties in diagnosis and to deliver more effective care that meets the particular needs of patients with ID/ASD.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Introduction (Bertelli, M.)
    Chapter 2 Intellectual Developmental Disorders (Munir, K.)
    Chapter 3 Epidemiology of Intellectual Disability (Maulik, P.)
    Chapter 4 Vulnerability (Banks, R.)
    Chapter 5 Borderline Intellectual Functioning (Hassiotis, A.)
    Chapter 6 Problem Behaviours (Deb, S., Unwin, G., Cooper, S., Rojahn, J.)
    Chapter 7 Behavioural Phenotypes (Munir, K.)
    Chapter 8 Psychopathology and Phenomenology (Jung, R.)
    Chapter 9 Diagnostic Issues (Moss, S.)
    Chapter 10 Psychiatric Assessment (Moss, S.)
    Chapter 11 Prevalence of Psychiatric Disorders (General) (Cooper, S.)
    Chapter 12 Aetiology and Pathogenesis (Korb, L., Hassiotis, A., Sheehan, R.)
    Chapter 13 Treatment and Intervention (Deb, S.)
    Chapter 14 Non pharmacological Interventions (Didden, R., Leoni, M., Cavagnola, R., Sigafoos, J.)
    Chapter 15 Outcome Measures (Bianco, A.)
    Chapter 16 Other Developmental Disorders and IDD (Bertelli, M.)
    Chapter 17 Specific Developmental Disorders (Munir, K., Bachman, C., Mengheri, L.)
    Chapter 18 Behavioural and Emotional Disorders with Onset Usually Occurring in Childhood and Adolescence (Munir, K.)
    Chapter 19 Psychotic Disorders (Hassiotis, A.)
    Chapter 20 Mood Disorders (Hurley, A., Levitas, A.)
    Chapter 21 Anxiety and Stress-related Disorders (Tass, M., Cooray, S.)
    Chapter 22 Somatoform Disorders (Bertelli, M.)
    Chapter 23 Obsessive-compulsive Disorder (Jarrett, B.)
    Chapter 24 Behavioural Syndromes Associated with Physiological Disturbances and Physical Factors (Gravestock, S.)
    Chapter 25 Nonorganic sleep disorders (Rossi, M., Scuticchio, D., Bianco, A., Merli, M., Bertelli, M.)
    Chapter 26 Nonorganic Sexual Dysfunction (Scuticchio, D., Rossi, M., Bianco, A., Merli, M., Bertelli, M.)
    Chapter 27 Dementia in People with Intellectual Disabilities (Deb, S., Strydom, A., Hithersay, R., Gomiero, T., De Vreese, L., Janicki, M., Jokinen, N., Service, K.)
    Chapter 28 Other Disorders Due to Brain Damage and Dysfunction and to Physical Disease (Seidel, M.)
    Chapter 29 Mental and Behavioural Disorders Due to Psychoactive Substance Use (Bertelli, M.)
    Chapter 30 Personality Disorders (Cooray, S.)
    Chapter 31 Co-occurrence and Differential Diagnosis (Bertelli, M.)
    Chapter 32 ID & Sensory Impairment / Multiple Disability (Fellinger, J.)
    Chapter 33 Training (Weber, G.)
    Chapter 34 Mental Health Services (McCarthy, J., Chaplin, E.)
    Chapter 35 Health costs (Romeo, R., Boadu, J., McNamara, R.)
    Chapter 36 Residential Services and Community Living (Beadle-Brown, J.)
    Chapter 37 Work and Occupation (Francescutti, C.)
    Chapter 38 Cultural Issues (Allen-Leigh, B., Lazcano-Ponce, E., Katz, G.)
    Chapter 39 Spiritual Issues (Fellinger, J.)
    Chapter 40 Forensic Issues (Chaplin, E., McCarthy, J.)
    Chapter 41 Human Rights (Banks, R.).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Alan F. Schatzberg, Charles B. Nemeroff.
    Summary: "The American Psychiatric Association Publishing Textbook of Psychopharmacology is an indispensable and comprehensive resource for clinicians and trainees who prescribe psychotropic medications. Updated to reflect the new DSM-5 classification, this revised Fifth Edition maintains the user-friendly structure of its predecessors while offering in-depth coverage of the latest research in pharmacological principles, classes of drugs, and psychiatric disorders. Introductory chapters provide a theoretical grounding in clinical applications, with topics ranging from neurotransmitters to brain imaging in psychopharmacology. The bulk of the book is devoted to various classes of drugs, including antidepressants, anxiolytics, antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, and other agents, with each class divided into chapters on specific drugs -- either new or revised to include the latest findings and trends. Finally, the section on psychopharmacological treatment addresses evidence-based principles of clinical care for the full spectrum of mental disorders and conditions -- from depression to chronic pain -- as well as for specific populations and circumstances -- from children and adolescents to psychiatric emergencies -- offering information on topics such as medication selection, combination and maintenance dosing regimens, monitoring and management of side effects, and strategies for optimizing treatment response. The book's beneficial features are many: * The section on principles of pharmacology has been revised and reorganized to incorporate recent discoveries from the fields of neurobiology, genetics, brain imaging, and epidemiology.* History and discovery, structure--activity relationships, pharmacological profiles, pharmacokinetics and disposition, mechanisms of action, indications and efficacy, side effects and toxicology, and drug--drug interactions are addressed for each agent. This consistent structure places the desired information at the clinician's fingertips and facilitates study for trainees.* Coverage of drugs approved since the last edition is thorough, encompassing new antidepressants (e.g., vortioxetine), new antipsychotics (e.g., cariprazine), and agents on the clinical horizon (e.g., ketamine).* More than 180 tables and graphs present critically important data in an accessible way. A work of uncommon scientific rigor and clinical utility, The American Psychiatric Association Publishing Textbook of Psychopharmacology provides state-of-the-art information on both the principles and the practice of psychopharmacological treatment of psychiatric disorders."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Principles of pharmacology. Basic principles of molecular biology and genomics
    Neurotransmitters and receptors in psychiatric disorders
    Genetics and genomics
    Psychoneuroendocrinology
    Brain–immune system interactions
    Principles of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
    Brain imaging in psychopharmacology
    Part II: Classes of psychiatric treatments: antidepressants and anxiolytics. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors
    Tricyclic and tetracyclic drugs
    Fluoxetine
    Sertraline
    Paroxetine
    Fluvoxamine
    Citalopram and escitalopram
    Trazodone and nefazodone
    Vortioxetine
    Mirtazapine
    Bupropion
    Venlafaxine and desvenlafaxine
    Duloxetine, milnacipran, and levomilnacipran
    Ketamine
    Benzodiazepines
    Buspirone
    Antipsychotics. Classic antipsychotic medications
    Clozapine
    Olanzapine
    Quetiapine
    Risperidone and paliperidone
    Aripiprazole and brexpiprazole
    Ziprasidone
    Asenapine
    Iloperidone
    Lurasidone
    Cariprazine
    Drugs to treat extrapyramidal side effects
    Drugs for treatment of bipolar disorder. Lithium
    Valproate
    Carbamazepine, oxcarbazepine, and licarbazepine
    Gabapentin and pregabalin
    Lamotrigine
    Topiramate
    Other agents. Agents for cognitive disorders
    Sedative-hypnotics
    Psychostimulants and wakefulness-promoting agents
    Electroconvulsive therapy and other neuromodulation therapies
    Part III: Psychopharmacological treatment. Treatment of depression
    Treatment of bipolar disorder
    Treatment of anxiety and related disorders
    Treatment of schizophrenia
    Treatment of substance-related disorders
    Treatment of personality disorders
    Treatment of eating disorders
    Treatment of insomnia
    Treatment of chronic pain
    Treatment of child and adolescent disorders
    Treatment during late life
    Psychopharmacology during pregnancy and lactation
    Treatment of psychiatric emergencies
    Treatment of agitation and aggression in the elderly
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2017
  • Digital
    Michael A. DeVita, Ken Hillman, Rinaldo Bellomo, editors ; Mandy Odell, Daryl A. Jones, Bradford D. Winters, Geoffrey K. Lighthall, associate editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Yacov Reisman, Lior Lowenstein, Francesca Tripodi, editors.
    Summary: This textbook aims to provide the reader with knowledge and skills on rare sexual medicine conditions. The aim is to increase awareness in healthcare providers so they improve their ability to support their patients suffering from debilitating symptoms - characterized by sexual dysfunction, somatic symptoms, and psychological disorders that persist for an extended period. The available knowledge from the medical literature and clinical experience is summarized, outlining possible pathophysiological mechanisms, and clinical management, including biological-psychological-social contributing factors according to expert opinion, are described. Written by experts in the field, this publication will be a unique scientific collection of multidisciplinary practical and clear information for urologists, gynaecologists, psychiatrists, endocrinologists, neurologists, dermatologists, primary health care professionals and psychologists. The didactical approach will be useful for professionals, residents, and students.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction (Y. Reisman, F. Tripodi, L. Lowenstein)
    Chapter 2: The bio-psycho-social approach in sexual medicine disorders (F. Tripodi & Y. Reisman)
    Chapter 3: Penile Dysmorphic Disorder (PDD) (J. Yianni, D. Veale)
    Chapter 4: Persistent Genital Arousal Disorder/Genitopelvic Dysesthesia (C. Pukall, B. Komisaruk, I. Goldstein)
    Chapter 5: Post-SSRI Sexual Dysfunction (PSSD) (Y. Reisman, J.G. Pfaus, & L. Lowenstein)
    Chapter 6: Post-Finasteride Syndrome (M.C. Fierro, F.A. Yafi, Y. Reisman)
    Chapter 7: Orgasmic Anhedonia (Heruti RJ, Kamin R, Bitzer J.)
    Chapter 8: Headache associated with sexual activity (E. Colonnello, M. Toscano, T.B. Jannini, E.A. Jannini)
    Chapter 9: Post-Orgasmic Illness Syndrome (POIS) (Y. Reisman & F. Tripodi).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Subramani Mani, Jörn-Hendrik Weitkamp.
    Summary: Written by physicians and scientists with expertise in this evolving area, Textbook of SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19 provides a coherent, readable, and clinically relevant review of the biology, epidemiology, pathophysiology, immunology, clinical features, current treatment, and prevention strategies for the SARS-CoV-2 virus. Using both a systemic and topic-based approach, it summarizes and clarifies the extensive literature published on SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19, includes a comprehensive bibliography, and provides answers to clinical questions at the point of care from multiple specialty perspectives.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19
    SARS-CoV-2: Structure, Pathogenesis, and Diagnosis
    Immunology of COVID-19
    COVID-19: Natural History and Spectrum of Disease
    Pulmonary Manifestations of COVID-19
    COVID-19 and the Cardiovascular System
    Neurological Manifestations of COVID-19
    Oral Cavity and COVID-19: Clinical Manifestations, Pathology, and Dental Profession
    Gastrointestinal Manifestations of COVID-19
    Kidney Manifestations of COVID-19
    Ophthalmic Manifestations of COVID-19
    Psychiatric Manifestations of COVID-19
    Impact of Maternal SARS-CoV-2 Infection on the Fetus and Newborn
    COVID-19 in Children and Adolescents
    COVID-19: Emergency Medicine Perspectives
    Therapeutics for COVID-19
    Novel Therapeutic Targets for SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19
    Vaccine Basics and the Development and Rollout of COVID-19 Vaccines.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Ian A. Trail [and three others], editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides the most up-to-date information on shoulder surgery along with practical approaches for patient evaluation and treatments options. The book is divided into key sections, providing coverage on Soft Tissue Disorders of the Shoulder, Arthritis of the Shoulder, The Paediatric Shoulder and other miscellaneous topics relevant to treating this area. Its strong clinical focus will help residents and medical students to manage patients in a practical way, based on the most recent scientific evidence and the most effective surgical and non-surgical techniques. Thus, it will become a valuable reference and resource for young doctors and students looking to increase their professional skills and knowledge when treating shoulder injuries and disorders in clinical practice. .

    Contents:
    1. Sternoclavicular joint injuries
    2. Clavicular fractures
    3. ACJ injuries
    4. Glenoid-scapular fractures
    5. Proximal humeral fractures
    6. Outcome assessment following shoulder trauma
    7. Rehabilitation following shoulder trauma
    8. Gleno-humeral instability
    9. Pathology of the rotator cuff including impingement
    10. Calcifying tendonitis
    11. Pathology of the biceps tendon
    12. The stiff shoulder
    13. Muscle ruptures around the shoulder
    14. Design of the polyethylene glenoid
    15. Design of humeral stems
    16. Results of the anatomic shoulder replacement
    17. Complications in anatomic shoulder replacement
    18. Design principles of the reverse prosthesis
    19. Results of the reverse implant
    20. Complications of the reverse implant
    21. Bone augmentation in shoulder arthroplasty
    22. Polyethylene augments in total shoulder replacement
    23. Metal augments
    24. Convertible stems
    25. Management of complications of shoulder arthroplasty
    26. Revision techniques in total shoulder arthroplasty
    27. Stemless total shoulder replacement
    28. Patient specific instrumentation
    29. Rehabilitation after shoulder arthroplasty
    30. Paediatric trauma around the shoulder
    31. Brachial plexus / neuromuscular problems around the shoulder
    32. Paediatric sports injuries including paediatric instability
    33. Nerve problems around the shoulder
    34. Tumours and related conditions
    35. Sepsis of the shoulder
    36. Clinical evaluation
    37. Radiological evaluation
    38. Evaluation of shoulder conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Axel Pressler, Josef Niebauer, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides a comprehensive, yet practically orientated overview of classic and novel sports cardiology topics, based on current evidence, guidelines, recommendations and expert experience. Numerous publications have provided guidance to these issues, but it has become increasingly difficult for both students and doctors to obtain a thorough, but practicable overview for optimal clinical care of athletes and patients. This book is intended as an educational work, filling the large gaps that are still present in the current educational guidelines for medical students and cardiology trainees. Textbook of Sports and Exercise Cardiology differs from other sports cardiology books by focusing on clear, practical recommendations based on the latest evidence, primarily targeting those who seek professional background information and education that can easily be transferred into everyday care.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Sports Cardiology in Young Competitive Athletes
    1: Definition of Athletes and Classification of Sports
    1.1 Definition of Athletes
    1.2 Classification of Sports
    1.2.1 Mitchell Classification of Sports
    1.2.2 Cardiovascular Classification of Sports
    Review
    Questions
    Answers
    References
    2: The Cardiologist as Part of the Athlete Medical Team
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 How Does the Cardiologist Get Started in Caring for Athletes (Sports Cardiology)?
    2.3 How to Interact with Team Medical Staff 2.4 Brief History of Sports Cardiology
    2.5 Knowledge Base Required to Practice Sports Cardiology: Core Competencies
    Review
    Questions
    Answers
    References
    3: Athlete's Heart: Basic Physiology and Adaptation to Exercise
    3.1 Historical Perspective
    3.2 Cardiovascular Response to Exercise and Functional Changes in an Athlete's Heart
    3.3 Electrical Changes
    3.3.1 Physiologic Findings in Athletes
    3.3.2 Increased QRS Voltage for LVH and/or RVH
    3.3.3 Incomplete Right Bundle Branch Block
    3.3.4 Early Repolarization and ST Segment Elevation 3.3.5 Sinus Bradycardia, Sinus Arrhythmia and Ectopic Atrial Rhythm
    3.3.6 Low Grade AV Block
    3.3.7 Borderline and Pathologic ECG Findings in Athletes
    3.4 Structural Changes
    3.4.1 General Aspects
    3.4.2 Specific Aspects of Left Ventricular Remodelling
    Review
    Questions
    Answers
    References
    4: Impact of Sporting Disciplines and Body Size on the Athlete's Heart
    4.1 Impact of Sporting Disciplines on the Athlete's Heart
    4.2 Historical Background (The "Morganroth Hypothesis")
    4.3 Impact on the Left Ventricle
    4.4 Impact on the Right Ventricle 4.5 Impact on the Atria
    4.6 Impact on the Aorta
    4.7 Body Size and the Need to "Normalise", "Index" or "Scale": Historical Background
    4.8 Which Scaling Processes Have Been Used with "Athlete's Heart" Data?
    4.9 Which Scaling Variables Are Used with "Athlete's Heart" Data?
    4.10 Take Home Messages and Guidance for Future Research
    Review
    Questions
    Answers
    References
    5: Sudden Cardiac Death in Athletes: Incidence, Causes and Prevention Strategies
    5.1 Epidemiology
    5.1.1 Prevalence
    5.1.2 Incidence
    5.1.2.1 Numerator
    5.1.2.2 Denominator 5.2 Conditions Associated with Sudden Cardiac Death
    5.3 Prevention
    5.3.1 Primary Prevention in Young Athletes
    5.3.2 Primary Prevention in Older Athletes
    5.3.3 Secondary Prevention of SCD
    Review
    Questions
    Answers
    References
    6: Medical Evaluation of Athletes: Medical History and Physical Examination
    6.1 Personal History/Symptoms
    6.2 Syncope/Near-Syncope
    6.3 Exertional Chest Pain/Discomfort
    6.4 Dyspnea and/or Reduced Exercise Capacity
    6.5 Palpitations
    6.6 Family History
    6.7 Physical Examination
    6.8 Heart Sounds
    6.9 Heart Murmurs
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Brainin, Wolf-Dieter Heiss.
    Summary: Concise and informative, this guide is for doctors preparing to specialise in stroke care and strokologists looking for rapid but in-depth scientific guidance on stroke management. This third edition is fully revised to ensure that medical professionals are completely up-to-date in this fast-moving field. Its practical and problem-based approach covers all important issues of prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of cerebrovascular diseases, and reviews epidemiology and risk assessment. This new edition features expanded sections on topics of stroke unit management, thrombolysis, neurointerventions, cognitive impairment, secondary prevention and rehabilitation, and includes new chapters on neurointensive care and small vessel disease. Comprehensive in its coverage, the textbook includes acute assessment, imaging and emergency interventions. The authors are renowned experts in their field and have been working together in a teaching faculty for the European Master in Stroke Medicine Programme, which is supported by the European Stroke Organisation and the World Stroke Organisation.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Marc Remacle, Hans Edmund Eckel, editors.
    Summary: This fully revised and expanded second edition provides a comprehensive, up-to-date overview of the fundamentals of contemporary larynx and trachea surgery, presenting the state of the art in European laryngology. The book includes the most recent developments in surgery, such as robotic surgery, as well as novel materials such as the CO2 waveguide, and describes the technical aspects of the various procedures in detail to allow readers to implement them. It particularly focuses on issues like the treatment of papilloma, the transoral surgery of T3-T4 larynx cancer and scarring of the vocal fold. The contributors are experts in the field, mainly from the European Laryngological Society and European Head & Neck Society, but also from America and Asia. This textbook is a valuable resource for ENT trainees and those superspecializing in laryngology, as well as for experienced laryngologists and head & neck surgeons. .

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Physiology of larynx
    Assessment of Voice and respiratory function
    Fundamental of laryngeal surgery: approaches, instrumentation and basic microlaryngoscopic techniques
    Microphonosurgery using cold steel
    Laser-Assisted phonosurgery
    Laryngeal Framework Surgery
    Scar of the vocal fold
    Voice feminization
    Exercice induced laryngeal obstruction EILO
    Office-based procedures
    Laryngeal surgery in children
    Laryngeal papillomatosis
    Laryngeal trauma
    Glottic airway stenosis
    Subglottic and tracheal stenosis.-Tracheotomy
    Neurolaryngology
    Spasmodic dysphonia
    Therapeutic options
    Nerve reconstruction
    Preoperative assesment of laryngeal cancer
    HPV and laryngeal cancer.-Transoral approach for early cancers
    Transoral approach for extended cancers (T3-T4).-Open partial surgery for laryngeal cancers
    Total laryngectomy
    Principles of salvage laryngeal surgery
    Management of Tracheal Tumours
    Reconstruction of the laryngeal and pharyngeal defects
    Voice restoration
    Robotic surgery Da Vinci
    Robotic surgery flex system
    Surgery for Swallowing disorders
    Preoperative and postoperative speech therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Francis H. Shen, Dino Samartzis, Richard G. Fessler.
    Contents:
    Cervical spine anatomy
    Approaches to the upper cervical spine
    Anterior surgical approach to the cervical spine
    Posterior surgical approach to the cervical spine
    Anterior approaches and surgical considerations for pathology of the cervicothoracic junction
    Developmental and congenital disorders of the cervical spine
    Biomechanics of the cervical spine
    Evaluation of the cervical spine
    Radiographic and computed tomography evaluation of the cervical spine
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the cervical spine
    Neurophysiologic monitoring of the cervical spine
    Cervical degenerative disk disease
    Cervical radiculopathy
    Cervical spondylotic myelopathy
    Cervical deformity and treatment algorithms
    Ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
    Occipitocervical and upper cervical spine fractures
    Subaxial cervical spine injuries
    Spinal cord injuries and syndromes
    Traumatic arterial injuries : diagnosis and management
    Stingers and transient paresis
    Primary tumors of the spinal cord
    Primary bony tumors of the cervical spine
    Metastatic disease of the cervical spine
    Infections of the cervical spine
    Tuberculosis of the cervical spine
    Rheumatoid arthritis of the cervical spine
    Ankylosing spondylitis of the cervical spine
    Syringomyelia
    Anterior cervical diskectomy and fusion
    Anterior cervical corpectomy and fusion and hybrid techniques
    Cervical disk arthroplasty
    Anterior cervical foraminotomy
    Laminectomy and fusion
    Cervical laminoplasty
    Posterior cervical endoscopic laminoforaminotomy
    Osteotomies of the cervical spine
    Occipitocervical fixation
    C1 lateral mass and C2 pedicle screw fixation
    C1-C2 transarticular screws
    C2 translaminar screw fixation
    Cervical pedicle screws
    Lateral mass screws
    Interspinous wiring
    Minimally invasive techniques in the cervical spine
    Image-guided navigation for cervical spine surgery
    Biologics for intervertebral disk regeneration and repair
    Biologics for spinal fusion
    Intervertebral disk transplantation
    Vascular injuries
    Spinal cord and nerve injuries in the cervical spine
    Tracheoesophageal injuries
    Dural tear
    Wound complications
    Adjacent segment disease
    Nonunions and implant failures of the cervical spine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Luigi P. Badano, Roberto M. Lang, Denisa Muraru, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan M. Silver, Thomas W. McAllister, David B. Arciniegas.
    Contents:
    Part I: Epidemiology and pathophysiology
    Part II: Assessment
    Part III: Neuropsychiatric aspects of traumatic brain injury
    Cognition
    Emotion
    Behavior
    Somatic
    Part IV: Speical populations and issues
    Mild brain injury
    Other populations
    Part V: Treatment.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2019
  • Digital
    Rhian M. Touyz, Christian Delles, editors.
    Summary: This textbook focuses on the vascular biology and physiology that underlie vascular disorders in clinical medicine. Vascular biomedicine is a rapidly growing field as new molecular mechanisms of vascular health and disease are unraveled. Many of the major cardiovascular diseases including coronary artery disease, heart failure, stroke and vascular dementia are diseases of the vasculature. In addition vascular injury underpins conditions like kidney failure and cardiovascular complications of diabetes. This field is truly multidisciplinary involving scientists in many domains such as molecular and vascular biology, cardiovascular physiology and pharmacology and immunology and inflammation. Clinically, specialists across multiple disciplines are involved in the management of patients with vascular disorders, including cardiologists, nephrologists, endocrinologists, neurologists and vascular surgeons. This book covers a wide range of topics and provides an overview of the discipline of vascular biomedicine without aiming at in-depth reviews, but rather offering up-to-date knowledge organized in concise and structured chapters, with key points and pertinent references. The structure of the content provides an integrative and translational approach from basic science (e.g. stem cells) to clinical medicine (e.g. cardiovascular disease). The content of this book is targeted to those who are new in the field of vascular biology and vascular medicine and is ideal for medical students, graduate and postgraduate students, clinical fellows and academic clinicians with an interest in the vascular biology and physiology of cardiovascular disease and related pathologies. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    by A.J. Rhodes and C.E. van Rooyen.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L112 .R47 1953
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Lucy A. Hutner, Lisa A. Catapano, Sarah M. Nagle-Yang, Katherine E. Williams, Lauren M. Osborne.
    Summary: "More women (47.6%) receive mental health services compared with men (34.8%). Women are twice as likely as men to develop major depressive disorder. Furthermore, 10%-15% of women experience depression during the perinatal period, which makes depression one of the most common complications of childbirth (Gaynes et al. 2005). These statistics illustrate that psychiatric disorders in women are common during the reproductive years and that the hormonal fluctuations associated with the reproductive life cycle contribute to the etiology of mental illness in women. Medical practitioners in all fields will encounter female patients with mental illness across the lifespan, particularly major depressive and anxiety disorders. Consequently, there is a great imperative for high-quality educational materials that increase the competency of providers. This outstanding work is divided into two parts. Part I provides a comprehensive overview of the reproductive life cycle and covers mental health concerns across the lifespan, including the relationship between gynecological and sexual health and mental health as well as infertility, the premenstrual period, and perimenopause. Part II is devoted to the perinatal period and offers a conceptual framework for a clinical approach to the pregnant and postpartum patient, followed by evidence-based reviews of the management of psychiatric disorders (by diagnostic category), as well as covering stress in pregnancy, infant mental health, and legal/forensic issues. Critical summaries of the epidemiology, risk factors, screening methods, and clinical features are presented. This book must be required reading for all faculty and trainees who will care for women"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Reproductive Life Cycle / Alexis Lighten Wesley, Mira Zein, Melisa Olgun, Lisa A. Catapano
    Gynecological Conditions and Mental Health / Brittney Bastow, Pooja Lakshmin
    Female Sexual Dysfunctions and Reproductive Psychiatry / Erika Kelley, Brittney Bastow, Pooja Lakshmin, Sheryl A. Kingsberg
    Contraception Implications for Mental Health / Lulu Zhao
    Infertility and Perinatal Loss / Neha S. Hudepohl, Jessica L. Coker, Sharvari P. Shivanekar, Madhavi-Latha Nagalla, Soudabeh Givrad, Lindsay R. Standeven, Courtney Erdly, Premala Jones, Katherine E. Williams
    Premenstrual Mood Syndromes / Erin Murphy Barzilay, Katherine Unverferth, Laura Obler
    Perimenopause / Nicole Leistikow, Milena H. Smith, Katherine E. Williams, C. Neill Epperson
    A Clinical Approach to Psychiatric Diagnosis and Treatment During Pregnancy / Elizabeth M. Fitelson, Lauren M. Osborne, Jennifer L. Payne
    A Clinical Approach to Psychiatric Diagnosis and Treatment in the Postpartum Period / Alyson Gorun, Mira Zein, Melisa Olgun, Lisa A. Catapano
    A Treatment Approach to Psychiatric Emergencies in the Perinatal Period / Jovana Martinovic, Pooja Lakshmin, Mira Zein, Melisa Olgun, Lucy A. Hutner
    Stress in Pregnancy : Impacts on Mother and Child / Lea Takács, Vanessa Babineau, Catherine Monk
    Infant Mental Health and the Parent-Infant Relationship : Essentials, Assessment, and Treatment / Soudabeh Givrad, Jennifer J. Paul, Christine Wittmann, Mireya Nadal-Vicens, Celeste St. John-Larkin
    Depressive Disorders / Lauren M. Osborne, Catherine Birndorf
    Integrative Approaches to Perinatal Depression / Madeleine A. Becker, M. Camille Hoffman, Nina T. Ballone, Ripal Shah
    Bipolar Disorder and Related Disorders / Sarah M. Nagle-Yang, Sarah A. DeBrunner, Andrea Favini, Andrew M. Novick, Caitlin Hasser, Chandni Prakash, Margo Nathan
    Postpartum Psychosis / Caitlin Hasser, Jovana Martinovic, Pooja Lakshmin, Mira Zein, Melisa Olgun, Lucy A. Hutner, Sarah M. Nagle-Yang, Lauren M. Osborne
    Schizophrenia and Related Disorders / Sarah M. Nagle-Yang, Susan Hatters Friedman, Caitlin Hasser, Ashley Mulvihill, Andrew M. Novick, Allyce K. Jones, Eric Reed, Surya Sabhapathy
    Trauma and Reproductive Health / Priya Gopalan, Elizabeth Albertini, Priyanka Amin, Maureen Curley, Jody Glance, Saira Kalia, Neeta Shenai
    Anxiety Disorders and Insomnia in the Perinatal Period / Lucy A. Hutner, Joanna V. MacLean, Gioia M. Guerrieri, D.O., Melisa Olgun, Julia Frew
    Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder / Neha S. Hudepohl, Nicole Leistikow, Mimi Levine, Lauren M. Osborne
    Substance Use Disorders / Julia Frew, Lauren Augello, Marley Doyle, Constance Guille, Susan Karabell, Lulu Zhao
    Eating Disorders / Robin Valpey, Jyoti Sachdeva, Joy E. Moel
    Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder / Lucy A. Hutner, Jaina Amin, Jeanne Coulehan, Madhumathi Rao, Melisa Olgun, Mimi Levine
    Forensic Issues in Perinatal Psychiatry / Susan Hatters Friedman, Aimee Kaempf, Jacqueline Landess, Sarah M. Kauffman.
  • Digital
    edited by Xin-Hua Feng, Pinglong Xu, Xia Lin.
    Contents:
    Regulation of TGF-beta receptors / Erine H. Budi, Jian Xu, and Rik Derynck
    2 Determining TGF-beta receptor levels in the cell membrane / Long Zhang ... [et al.]
    Posttranslational modifications of TGF-beta receptors / Xiaohua Yan and Ye-Guang Chen
    Production, isolation, and structural analysis of ligands and receptors of the TGF-beta superfamily / Tao Huang and Andrew P. Hinck
    Phosphorylation of Smads by intracellular kinases / Fang Liu and Isao Matsuura
    Analysis of Smad phosphatase activity in vitro / Tao Shen, Lan Qin, and Xia Lin
    Three-dimensional mammary epithelial cell morphogenesis model for analysis of TGFbeta signaling / Juliet Rashidian and Kunxin Luo
    TGF-beta signaling in stem cell regulation / Wenlin Li, Wanguo Wei, and Sheng Ding
    Analysis of epithelial-mesenchymal transition induced by transforming growth factor beta / Ulrich Valcourt ... [et al.]
    In vitro Th differentiation protocol / Takashi Sekiya and Akihiko Yoshimura
    Interrogating TGF-beta function and regulation in endothelial cells / J. A. Maring ... [et al.]
    Isolation and manipulation of adipogenic cells to assess TGF-beta superfamily functions / Maria Namwanje, Juan C. Bournat, and Chester W. Brown
    Imaging TGF-beta signaling in mouse models of cancer metastasis / Yibin Kang
    Generation and characterization of Smad7 conditional knockout mice / Yi Pan and Yan Chen
    Monitoring Smad activity in vivo using the Xenopus model system / Marco Montagner, Graziano Martello, and Stefano Piccolo
    Animal cap assay for TGF-beta signaling / Chenbei Chang
    Detection of Smad signaling in Zebrafish embryos / Xingfeng Liu, Qiang Wang, and Anming Meng
    Role of TGF-beta signaling in coupling bone remodeling / Janet L. Crane, Lingling Xian, and Xu Cao
    Studying the functions of TGF-beta signaling in the ovary / Chao Yu, Jian-Jie Zhou, and Heng-Yu Fan
    Quantitative real-time PCR analysis of MicroRNAs and their precursors regulated by TGF-beta signaling / Hara Kang and Akiko Hata
    TGF-beta-regulated MicroRNAs and their function in cancer biology / Pengyuan Yang ... [et al.]
    Epigenomic regulation of Smad1 signaling during cellular senescence induced by Ras activation / Atsushi Kaneda ... [et al.]
    Role of ubiquitination to Determine non-Smad signaling responses / Shyam Kumar Gudey and Marene Landström
    Genome-wide RNAi screening to dissect the TGF-beta signal transduction pathway / Xiaochu Chen and Lan Xu
    Measuring TGF-beta ligand dynamics in culture medium / Zipei Feng , Zhike Zi , and Xuedong Liu.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Douglas Stone & Sheila Heen.
    Summary: Drawing on ten years of working with businesses, nonprofits, governments, and families, the authors combine the latest insights from neuroscience and psychology with practical advice to explain how to turn feedback into productive listening and learning. "The bestselling authors of the classic Difficult Conversations teach us how to turn evaluations, advice, criticisms, and coaching into productive listening and learning We swim in an ocean of feedback. Bosses, colleagues, customers-but also family, friends, and in-laws-they all have "suggestions" for our performance, parenting, or appearance. We know that feedback is essential for healthy relationships and professional development-but we dread it and often dismiss it. That's because receiving feedback sits at the junction of two conflicting human desires. We do want to learn and grow. And we also want to be accepted just as we are right now. Thanks for the Feedback is the first book to address this tension head on. It explains why getting feedback is so crucial yet so challenging, and offers a powerful framework to help us take on life's blizzard of off-hand comments, annual evaluations, and unsolicited advice with curiosity and grace. The business world spends billions of dollars and millions of hours each year teaching people how to give feedback more effectively. Stone and Heen argue that we've got it backwards and show us why the smart money is on educating receivers- in the workplace and in personal relationships as well. Coauthors of the international bestseller Difficult Conversations, Stone and Heen have spent the last ten years working with businesses, nonprofits, governments, and families to determine what helps us learn and what gets in our way. With humor and clarity, they blend the latest insights from neuroscience and psychology with practical, hard-headed advice. The book is destined to become a classic in the world of leadership, organizational behavior, and education"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The feedback challenge. Three triggers
    Truth triggers. Separate appreciation, coaching, and evaluation
    First understand
    See your blind spots
    Relationship triggers. Don't switchtrack
    Identify the relationship system
    Identity triggers. Learn how wiring and temperament affect your story
    Dismantle distortions
    Cultivate a growth identity
    Feedback in conversation. How good do I have to be?
    Navigate the conversation
    Get going
    Pull together.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    [edited by] Arun C. Gulani.
    Contents:
    Pterygium : history and overview / Arun C. Gulani and Parth G. Patel
    Classic signs, symptoms, classification, and differential diagnosis of pterygium / Sotiria Palioura and Eduardo Alfonso
    Current concepts in treatments of pterygium : an evidence-based review / Nathan Rock, Ming Wang, Nancy Argano, and Ilan Cohen
    Evolution of the medical and surgical treatments for pterygium / Ahmed A. Abdelghany and Jorge L. Alio
    Ocular surface and tear film management in pterygium surgery / Alanna S. Nattis, Henry D. Perry, and Eric D. Donnenfeld
    Amniotic membrane and umbilical cord as platform technology to promote regenerative healing / Anny M.S. Cheng and Scheffer C.G. Tseng
    Conjunctival autograft for primary and recurrent pterygium : past, present, and future / Minas T. Coroneo
    Amniotic graft surgery in ocular surface pathologies besides pterygium / Arun C. Gulani
    Mitomycin C, glues, sealants, and ancillaries in pterygium surgery / Arun C. Gulani, and Sonal Tuli
    Nonsurgical management of irregular astigmatism associated with pterygium / Melissa Barnett, Thomas P. Arnold, Nathan Schramm, Andrew Morgenstein, Christine Sindt, and Tracy Schroeder Swartz
    Stem cell applications in pterygium / Abhinav Loomba and Virender Singh Sangwan
    Surgical approach to isolated and associated presentations of pterygium / Alan N. Carlson
    Complications of pterygium surgery / Dhivya Ashok Kumar, Soosan Jacob, Ashvin Agarwal, and Amar Agarwal
    Complex pterygium surgery and complication management to cosmetic endpoints / Arun C. Gulani and Aaishwariya A. Gulani
    Pterygium and pinguecula surgery : next-day cosmetic outcomes / Arun C. Gulani and Aaishwariya A. Gulani
    Kerato-refractive and premium cataract surgery with pterygium / Arun C. Gulani.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Al Rundio, PhD, DNP,RN, APRN, NEA-BC, FNAP, FAAN.
    Summary: Updated to include details about key legislation that affects budgeting, The Nurse Manager's Guide to Budgeting and Finance, 3rd Edition, provides practical tools, tips, and strategies for running a unit that were not taught in nursing school. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Front cover
    Back cover
    Endorsements
    Title page
    Copyright page
    Dedication
    Acknowledgments
    About the author
    Table of contents
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Budgeting for the nurse manager
    Chapter 2. Healthcare reimbursement
    Chapter 3. Budget types
    Chapter 4. Budget development
    Chapter 5. Operating budgets
    Chapter 6. Capital budgets
    Chapter 7. Budget variances
    Chapter 8. Budget reports
    Chapter 9. Healthcare reform and the Affordable Care Act
    Chapter 10. Governing boards of healthcare organizations and specialty nursing organizations
    Chapter 11. Improving quality and safety to increase reimbursement
    Chapter 12. Conclusions
    Index.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2021
  • Print
    Virginia Braun and Victoria Clarke.
    Summary: "Developed and adapted by the authors of this book, thematic analysis (TA) is one of the most popular qualitative data analytic techniques in psychology and the social and health sciences. Building on the success of Braun & Clarke's 2006 paper first outlining their approach which has over 100,000 citations on Google Scholar - this book is the definitive guide to TA and your support system throughout your TA journeys. It addresses the common questions surrounding TA as well as developments in the field, offering a highly accessible and practical discussion of doing TA situated within a clear understanding of the wider terrain of qualitative research."-- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Venturing forth! Doing reflexive thematic analysis
    1 It's almost time to depart: Getting ready for your thematic analysis adventure
    2 Taking an initial lay of the land: Introducing our worked example dataset and doing familiarisation
    3 Exploring this world in detail: Doing coding
    4 Finding, losing, then finding your way again: Developing your themes
    5 Arriving home and telling a story about your adventure: Writing your thematic analysis report
    Section 2: Going deeper for tip-top reflexive thematic analysis: Theory, interpretation, and quality matters
    6 A not-so-scary theory chapter: Conceptually locating reflexive thematic analysis
    7 So what? The importance of interpretation in reflexive thematic analysis
    8 One big happy family? Understanding similarities and differences between reflexive TA and its methodological siblings and cousins
    9 Getting your own house in order: Understanding what makes good reflexive thematic analysis to ensure quality
    Fare-well!
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Nilmini Wickramasinghe, Jonathan L. Schaffer, editors.
    Summary: "This unifying volume offers a clear theoretical framework for the research shaping the emerging direction of informatics in health care. Contributors ground the reader in the basics of informatics methodology and design, including creating salient research questions, and explore the human dimensions of informatics in studies detailing how patients perceive, respond to, and use health data. Real-world examples bridge the theoretical and the practical as knowledge management-based solutions are applied to pervasive issues in information technologies and service delivery. Together, these articles illustrate the scope of health possibilities for informatics, from patient care management to hospital administration, from improving patient satisfaction to expanding the parameters of practice. Highlights of the coverage: · Design science research opportunities in health care · IS/IT governance in health care: an integrative model · Persuasive technologies and behavior modification through technology: design of a mobile application for behavior change · The development of a hospital secure messaging and communication platform: a conceptualization · The development of intelligent patient-centric systems for health care · An investigation on integrating Eastern and Western medicine with informatics Interest in Theories to Inform Superior Health Informatics Research and Practice cuts across academia and the healthcare industry. Its audience includes healthcare professionals, physicians and other clinicians, practicing informaticians, hospital administrators, IT departments, managers, and management consultants, as well as scholars, researchers, and students in health informatics and public health"--Back cover.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Cazeaux, P.; Hess, Robert J.; Tarnier, S.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O123 .C38h 1885
    1
  • Digital
    Ganji Seeta Rama Raju, L.V.K.S. Bhaskar, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the importance of understanding gastric and colon cancer metabolism in guiding diagnosis and drug discovery. It summarizes the correlation between adiponectin and matrix metalloproteinase with colorectal cancer. The book also evaluates the divergent role of hypoxia-inducible factor 1 in colorectal cancer growth and metastasis. After discussing the role of genetic polymorphisms in alcohol metabolizing enzymes and EPHX1 with the onset of colorectal cancer, it reviews the molecular mechanisms of chemoresistance in gastric cancer and novel therapeutic strategies to reverse the chemoresistance of tumors. In addition, the book explores the theranostic role of nanoparticles and therapeutic potential of phytochemicals with regard to colorectal cancer. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable guide for oncologists, academic researchers, pharmaceuticals practitioners, and students who are involved in research and treatment of cancer. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Therapeutic role of Phytochemicals in Colorectal cancer
    Chapter 2. Adiponectin Signaling In Colorectal Cancer
    Chapter 3. Role of Matrix Metalloproteinases in Colorectal Cancer
    Chapter 4. The Role of Hypoxia-Inducible Factor 1- Alpha in Colorectal Cancer
    Chapter 5. Mechanisms and pathways of metabolic reprogramming of colorectal cancer
    Chapter 6. Targeting metabolic reprogramming of colorectal cancer
    Chapter 7. Understanding colorectal cancer: the basics
    Chapter 8. Molecular signaling pathways involved in gastric cancer chemoresistance
    Chapter 9. Meta-analysis reveals no significant association of EPHX1 Tyr113His and His139Arg polymorphisms with the colorectal cancer risk
    Chapter 10. Meta-analysis of genetic variants in alcohol metabolizing enzymes and their association with colorectal cancer risk
    Chapter 11. Gut microbiota as signatures in non-communicable diseases and mucosal immunity
    Chapter 12. Immunotherapy for Colon Cancer: Recent Perspectives
    Chapter 13. Nanotechnology Applications in Gastric cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yukihito Higashi, Toyoaki Murohara, editors.
    Summary: The book discusses recent findings and current perspectives on therapeutic angiogenesis. Studies have shown that therapies such as cell implantation and transfer of gene encoding for angiogenic growth factors are effective in improving symptoms in patients with critical limb ischemia, who previously had no treatment option other than amputation. The book discusses these therapies and presents data collected in clinical studies over the past decade. Despite significant advances in therapeutic angiogenesis since the first clinical studies in the early 21st century, it has been largely ignored in the literature. This comprehensive book fills that gap, making it a valuable resource for both researchers and practitioners alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel Lafontaine and Audrey Dubé, Department of Biology, Université de Sherbrooke, Sherbrooke, QC, Canada.
    Contents:
    Identification of regulatory RNA in bacterial genomes by genome-scale mapping of transcription start sites
    Screening inhibitory potential of anti-HIV RT RNA aptamers
    Design and evaluation of clinically relevant SOFA-HDV ribozymes targeting HIV RNA
    Directing RNase P-mediated cleavage of target mRNAs by engineered external guide sequences in cultured cells
    Design and analysis of hammerhead ribozyme activity against an artificial gene target
    Knockdown strategies for the study of proprotein convertases and proliferation in prostate cancer cells
    Use of tumor-targeting trans-splicing ribozyme for cancer treatment
    Characterization of hairpin ribozyme reactions
    Finding instances of riboswitches and ribozymes by homology search of structured RNA with infernal
    Structure-based virtual screening for the identification of RNA- binding ligands
    Probing riboswitch binding sites with molecular docking, focused libraries, and in-line probing assays
    Discovery of small molecule modifiers of micrornas for the treatment of HCV infection
    Bacterial flavin mononucleotide riboswitches as targets for flavin analogs
    Construction and application of riboswitch-based sensors that detect metabolites within bacterial cells
    Screening assays to identify artificial glmS ribozyme activators
    Analysis of riboswitch structure and ligand binding using small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS)
    Use of SHAPE to select 2AP substitution sites for RNA-ligand interactions and dynamics studies
    Cell internalization SELEX: In vitro selection for molecules that internalize into cells
    DNA electronic switches based on analyte-responsive aptamers.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kiron Varghese, Srilakshmi Adhyapak.
    Contents:
    Overview of the indications for embolizations
    Materials used for embolization
    Bronchial artery embolization for massive hemoptysis
    Renal artery embolization for bleeding, hemangiomas, renal cell carcinoma
    Splenic artery embolization for non-surgical splenectomy
    Embolization of arterio-venous malformations
    Uterine artery embolization for intractable menorrhagia.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Evangelos Kalaitzakis, Peter Vilmann, Manoop S. Bhutani, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of therapeutic EUS with an equal focus on technical descriptions with ample endoscopic images/video clips by world experts and the scientific evidence behind the described techniques. The book provides an overview of the field in a structured manner, starting with general topics on equipment and service development and extending to the fields of EUS-guided drainage, anti-tumor therapies, and other specific EUS-guided interventional treatments. Therapeutic Endoscopic Ultrasound is a key resource for endoscopists, gastroenterologists, surgeons, and GI oncologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nikolaos Labrou, editor.
    Summary: This edited work presents studies that clarify several aspects of the development and application of therapeutic enzymes. Therapeutic enzymes exhibit fascinating features and opportunities, and represent a significant and promising subcategory of modern biopharmaceuticals for the treatment of several severe diseases. Research and drug developments efforts and the advancements in biotechnology over the past twenty years have greatly assisted the introduction of efficient and safe enzyme-based therapies for a range of both rare and common disorders. The introduction and regulatory approval of twenty different recombinant enzymes has enabled effective enzyme-replacement therapy. This book covers mainly three areas of recombinant therapeutic enzymes and their clinical and pharmaceutical technology: (i) overview of the production process and biochemical characterization of therapeutic enzymes, (ii) focuses upon the engineering strategies and delivery methods of therapeutic enzymes, (iii) clinical applications of selected therapeutic enzymes, including aspects on their mechanisms of action and information on safety, immunogenicity issues and various adverse events of the enzymes used for therapy. The topic of this book is particularly relevant to academics, researchers and students undertaking advanced undergraduate/postgraduate programs in the biopharmaceutical/biotechnology area who wish to gain a comprehensive understanding of enzyme-based therapeutic molecules.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to therapeutic enzymes
    Chapter 2. Upstream processing technologies
    Chapter 3. Downstream processing technologies
    Chapter 4. Enzyme Manufacturing Process and Quality Control Evaluations
    Chapter 5. Regulatory guidance in the production of therapeutic enzymes
    Chapter 6. Biophysical methods for the characterization of Enzyme Therapeutics Bertrand Raynal Patrick England
    Chapter 7. Clinical Development of a therapeutic enzyme
    Chapter 8. Chemical modifications of therapeutic proteins
    Chapter 9. Formulation of therapeutic enzymes
    Chapter 10. Engineering of therapeutic enzymes for improving activity
    Chapter 11. Engineering of therapeutic enzymes for improving stability
    Chapter 12. Design and engineering of deimmunized therapeutic enzymes
    Chapter 13. Nanoparticles for delivery of therapeutic enzymes
    Chapter 14. Targeted delivery of therapeutic enzymes
    Chapter 15. Oral and inhalable enzyme therapies
    Chapter 16. Regulatory issues
    Chapter 17. Enzyme replacement therapies
    Chapter 18. Pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics issues of enzyme replacement therapy
    Chapter 19. Enzyme therapy for lysosomal storage disorders
    Chapter 20. Enzyme therapy for myocardial infarction
    Chapter 21. Enzyme therapy for chronic gout
    Chapter 22. Enzyme therapy for tumor lysis syndrome
    Chapter 23. Enzyme therapy for collagen-based disorders
    Chapter 24. Enzyme therapy for severe combined immunodeficiency disease
    Chapter 25. Enzyme therapy for detoxification of methotrexate
    Chapter 26. Enzyme therapy vitreomacular adhesion
    Chapter 27. L-Asparaginase as anticancer agent
    Chapter 28. Pancreatic enzyme replacement therapy
    Chapter 29. Enzymes in metabolic anticancer therapy
    Chapter 30. L-Arginase for L-Arg depletion therapy in cancer
    Chapter 31. Methionine L-lyase for L-Met depletion therapy in cancer
    Chapter 32. Enzyme therapy for celiac sprue
    Chapter 33. Acid ceramidase
    Chapter 34. Lysoso mal acid lipase
    Chapter 35. Alkaline phosphatase and hypophosphatasia
    Chapter 36. Enzybiotics: Antibiotic enzymes as drugs and therapeutics
    Chapter 37. Anti-inflammatory enzymes
    Chapter 38. Phenylalanine ammonia lyase for the treatment of phenylketonuria
    Chapter 39. Clinical applications of Hyaluronidase
    Chapter 40. Superoxide dismutase and oxidative stress modulation
    Chapter 41. Organophosphate hydrolases as catalytic bioscavengers
    Chapter 42. Novel therapeutic proteases
    Chapter 43. Genome-editing enzymes
    Chapter 44. Gene therapy for enzyme deficiency: current status and future prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hoon Jai Chun, Suk-Kyun Yang, Myung-Gyu Choi, editors.
    Summary: This atlas, featuring a wealth of high-quality images, offers a comprehensive overview of therapeutic gastrointestinal endoscopy for upper and lower gastrointestinal diseases. Both established and new therapeutic techniques using advanced endoscopic devices are extensively covered. The concise text accompanying the endoscopic photographs and illustrations will enable readers to understand the details of each procedure. Special tips of practical value are highlighted and potential pitfalls, identified. The authors are experts in the field who have a great store of knowledge on a wide variety of therapeutic endoscopic procedures. Gastrointestinal endoscopy is the principal tool for the investigation and treatment of most diseases of the gastrointestinal tract. This book will provide the clear guidance that practitioners require in order to perform therapeutic gastrointestinal endoscopy optimally; it will prove indispensable for all gastrointestinal endoscopists.

    Contents:
    1. Endoscopic treatment for esophageal varices
    2. Endoscopic treatment for gastric varices
    3. Endoscopic treatment for nonvariceal upper GI bleeding
    4. Endoscopic treatment for lower GI bleeding
    5. Endoscopic mucosal resection for upper GI neoplasia
    6. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for esophageal neoplasia
    7. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for gastric neoplasia
    8. Colonoscopic polypectomy
    9. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for colorectal neoplasia
    10. Ablation therapy for gastrointestinal neoplasia
    11. Endoscopic treatment for Achalasia
    12. Endoscopic dilation of esophageal strictures
    13. Stent placement for malignant esophageal obstruction
    14. Endoscopic dilation and stenting for pyloric strictures
    15. Endoscopic dilation and stenting for colorectal stricture
    16. Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy
    17. Enteral tube placement
    18. Endoscopic treatment of gastrointestinal leaks
    19. Removal of gastrointestinal foreign bodies
    20. Therapeutic small bowel endoscopy
    21. Therapeutic endoscopic ultrasonography.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hoon Jai Chun, Suk-Kyun Yang, Myung-Gyu Choi, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this atlas has been extensively revised to provide an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of therapeutic gastrointestinal endoscopy for upper and lower gastrointestinal diseases. The coverage ranges from basic but highly effective procedures like cold snare polypectomy and variceal ligation to sophisticated procedures such as peroral endoscopic myotomy and endoscopic submucosal dissection. New instruments, for example over-the-scope clips and various stents, are introduced in the relevant chapters. Furthermore, several chapters have been added to cover cutting-edge technologies for endoscopic treatment of complex conditions, including refractory gastroesophageal reflux disease and duodenal neoplasia. Many pictures have been exchanged for newer ones, most of them high-definition endoscopy photos, and schematic illustrations are used to ensure clear understanding of complex therapeutic procedures. As in the first edition, special tips of practical value are highlighted and potential pitfalls are identified, but in addition instructive cases have been added at the end of chapters. The second edition of Therapeutic Gastrointestinal Endoscopy will be an essential resource for all therapeutic endoscopists.

    Contents:
    1. Endoscopic treatment for esophageal varices
    2. Endoscopic treatment for gastric varices
    3. Endoscopic treatment for nonvariceal upper GI bleeding
    4. Endoscopic treatment for lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    5. Removal of gastrointestinal foreign bodies
    6. Endoscopic mucosal resection for upper GI neoplasia
    7. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for esophageal neoplasia
    8. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for gastric neoplasia
    9. Endoscopic management of non-ampullary duodenal neoplasia
    10. Colonoscopic polypectomy
    11. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for colorectal neoplasia
    12. Ablation therapy for gastrointestinal neoplasia
    13. Endoscopic treatment of GI subepithelial tumors
    14. Endoscopic dilation of esophageal strictures
    15. Stent placement for malignant esophageal obstruction
    16. Endoscopic management for pyloric stricture : dilation, stenting, and pyloromyotomy (G-POEM)
    17. Endoscopic treatment for Achalasia
    18. Endoscopic dilation and stenting for colorectal stricture
    19. Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy
    20. Endoscopic treatment for gastrointestinal perforation and leakage
    21. Therapeutic small bowel endoscopy
    22. EUS-guided sampling for subepithelial tumors
    23. Endoscopic treatment of refractory gastroesophageal reflux disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jun Chen, Jiang Wang, Ling Wei, John H. Zhang, editors.
    Summary: The blood-brain-barrier prevented harmful materials entering the brain and in the meantime is a barricade to therapeutic drug delivery. Intranasal drug delivery to circumvent blood-brain-barrier was developed in the past, to take advantages of a secret passage from the olfactory epithelium into the brain-bypassing the tight junctions that encapsulated the brain from blood circulation. This timely publication of Therapeutic Intranasal Delivery for Stroke and Neurological Disorders presented some of the latest advances in intranasal delivery research, including transnasal hypothermia induction, stem cell intranasal transplantation, intranasal drug delivery in ischemic and hemorrhagic models, intranasal peptides delivery, intranasal tPA application in adults and children. Editors Jun Chen, Jian Wang, Ling Wei and John Zhang are professors from University of Pittsburgh, Johns Hopkins University, Emory University and Loma Linda University in USA.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Transnasal Induction of Therapeutic Hypothermia for Neuroprotection
    Hypoxia-Primed Stem Cell Transplantation in Stroke
    Therapeutic potential of intranasal drug delivery in preclinical studies of ischemic stroke and intracerebral hemorrhage
    Intranasal Drug Delivery after Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    Intranasal Treatment in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    Intranasal Delivery of Therapeutic Peptides for Treatment of Ischemic Brain Injury
    Intranasal delivering method in the treatment of ischemic stroke
    Intranasal Delivery of Drugs for Ischemic Stroke Treatment: Targeting IL-17A
    Intranasal tPA application for axonal remodeling in rodent stroke and traumatic brain injury models
    Therapeutic Intranasal Delivery for Alzheimer's disease
    Combination therapy of intranasal IGF-1 and hypothermia
    Intranasal Medication Delivery in Children for Brain Disorders
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Michael H. Davidson, Peter P. Toth, Kevin C. Maki.
    Summary: The second edition of this important book provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of clinical lipidology. Brand new chapters focus on recent advances in the field including novel biomarkers and the microbiome, genomics of cardiovascular risks, PCSK9 inhibitors, imaging technologies, and epidemiology of atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. The book describes new guidelines, novel therapeutic agents, and changes in the understanding of specific lipoproteins and subclasses with regard to their relationships to cardiovascular disease risk. The second edition contains more than thirty chapters covering such topics as the history of lipidology, lipoprotein metabolism and vascular biology, disorders of lipid metabolism, lifestyle/dietary and pharmacologic management for dyslipidemia, the management of dyslipidemia in certain subgroups (e.g., women, children, older patients) and lipid testing, as well as an examination of other biomarkers and testing procedures related to atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease. The second edition of Therapeutic Lipidology is an essential resource for physicians, medical students, residents, fellows, and allied health professionals in lipidology, cardiology, endocrinology, pharmacotherapy, and health promotion and disease prevention.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    William E. Prentice, PhD, PT, ATC, FNATA ; with case studies and lab activities contributed by, William Quillen, PT, DPT, PhD, FACSM, Frank Underwood, PhD, MPT, ECS.
    Summary: "Therapeutic Modalities in Rehabilitation is a theoretically based but practically orientated guide to the use of therapeutic modalities for practicing clinicians and their students. It clearly presents the basis for use of each different type of modality and allows clinicians to make their own decision as to which will be the most effective in a given situation. Present in full color, the text describes various concepts, principles, and theories that are supported by scientific research, factual evidence, and experience of the authors in dealing with various conditions."

    Contents:
    Part 1. Foundations of therapeutic modalities. The basic science of therapeutic modalities
    Using therapeutic modalities to affect the healing process
    The role of therapeutic modalities in wound healing
    Managing pain with therapeutic modalities
    Part 2. Electrical energy modalities. Basic principles of electricity and electrical stimulating currents
    Iontophoresis
    Biofeedback
    Principles of electrophysiologic evaluation and testing
    Part 3. Thermal energy modalities. Cryotherapy and thermotherapy
    Part 4. Sound energy modalities. Therapeutic ultrasound
    Extracorporeal shockwave therapy
    Part 5. Electromagnetic energy modalities. Shortwave and microwave diathermy
    Light therapy
    Part 6. Mechanical energy modalities. Spinal traction
    Intermittent pneumatic compression devices
    Therapeutic massage
    Vibration therapy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    [edited by] William E. Prentice ; with case studies and lab activities contributed by William S. Quillen, Frank Underwood.
    Summary: "The sixth edition of Therapeutic Modalities in Rehabilitation will attempt to present the basic science and the current best available evidence from systematic reviews for each different type of modality and allow the clinician to make his or her own decision as to which will be most effective in a given situation to achieve optimal patient outcomes. Some recommended protocols developed through the experiences of the contributing authors will be presented"-- Preface

    Contents:
    The Basic Science of Therapeutic Modalities
    Using Therapeutic Modalities to Affect the Healing Process
    The Role of Therapeutic Modalities in Wound Healing
    Managing Pain with Therapeutic Modalities
    Basic Principles of Electricity and Electrical Stimulating Currents
    Iontophoresis
    Biofeedback
    Principles of Electrophysiologic Evaluation and Testing
    Cryotherapy and Thermotherapy
    Therapeutic Ultrasound
    Extracorporeal Shock Wave Therapy
    Shortwave and Microwave Diathermy
    Photobiomodulation Therapy
    Spinal Traction
    Intermittent Pneumatic Compression Devices
    Therapeutic Massage and Soft Tissue Mobilization
    Vibration Therapy
    Appendix A: Location of Motor Points
    Appendix B: Units of Measure
    Answers to Self-Test Questions.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
  • Digital
    Richard P. Baum, editor.
    Summary: The recent revolution in molecular biology offers exciting new opportunities for targeted radionuclide therapy. The selective irradiation of tumor cells through molecular biological mechanisms is now permitting the radiopharmaceutical control of tumors that are unresectable and unresponsive to either chemotherapy or conventional radiotherapy. In this up-to-date, comprehensive book, world-renowned experts discuss the basic principles of radionuclide therapy, explore in detail the available treatments, explain the regulatory requirements, and examine likely future developments. The full range of clinical applications is considered, including thyroid cancer, hematological malignancies, brain tumors, liver cancer, bone and joint disease, and neuroendocrine tumors. The combination of theoretical background and practical information will provide the reader with all the knowledge required to administer radionuclide therapy safely and effectively in the individual patient. Careful attention is also paid to the important role of the therapeutic nuclear physician in delivering the effective coordination of a diverse multidisciplinary team that is essential to the safe provision of treatment.

    Contents:
    PART I: Basic Principles (11 chapters)
    PART II: Clinical Applications: Brain and Nasopharyngeal Tumors (4 chapters).-Thyroid Cancer (11 chapters)
    Benign Thyroid Diseases (2 chapters)
    Primary and Metastatic Liver Cancer (5 chapters)
    Bone and Joint Disease (5 chapters)
    Hematological Malignancies (8 chapters)
    Endocrine Tumors (2 chapters)
    Radioimmunotherapy (7 chapters)
    Intravascular/Intracavitary/Interstitial and Epidemal RadionuclideTherapy (5 chapters)
    PART III: Radiation Biology and Dosimetry (11 chapters)
    PART IV: Radiation Planning and Perspectives of Radionuclide Therapy (10 chapters)
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew E. Nixon.
    Contents:
    Design of phage-displayed cystine-stabilized mini-protein libraries for proteinaceous binder engineering / Hung-Ju Chang and An-Suei Yang
    Construction of a filamentous phage display peptide library / Annette Fagerlund, Astrid Hilde Myrset, and Mari Ann Kulseth
    Engineering bioactive peptide-based therapeutic molecules / Jong Sang Ryu [and three others]
    T7 lytic phage-displayed peptide libraries : construction and diversity characterization / Lauren R.H. Krumpe and Toshiyuki Mori
    Affinity selection using filamentous phage display / Mari Ann Kulseth, Annette Fagerlund, and Astrid Hilde Myrset
    Bioprospecting open reading frames for peptide effectors / Ling Xiong and Charles Scott
    Identification of ideal peptides for heterovalent ligands / Ajay Shrivastava [and three others]
    Substrate phage display for protease substrate sequence characterization : bovine factor Xa as a model system / Hung-Ju Hsu and An-Suei Yang
    Engineering peptide therapeutics using MIMETIBODY [trademark] technology / Kristen Picha [and three others]
    Evaluation of peptides as protease inhibitors and stimulators / Hannu Koistinen [and four others]
    Assessment of antimicrobial (host defense) peptides as anti-cancer agents / Susan Douglas, David W. Hoskin, and Ashley L. Hilchie
    Peptide labelling strategies for imaging agents / Tuulia Huhtal [and three others]
    Peptide optimization and conjugation strategies in the development of molecularly targeted magnetic resonance imaging contrast agents / Andrew F. Kolodziej [and four others]
    Evaluation of prenylated peptides for use in cellular imaging and biochemical analysis / Joshua D. Ochocki [and five others]
    Ultraviolet absorption spectroscopy of peptides / Mangala R. Liyanage [and three others]
    Fluorescence spectroscopy of peptides / Mangala R. Liyanage [and three others]
    Circular dichroism of peptides / Kunal Bakshi [and three others]
    Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy of peptides / Kunal Bakshi [and three others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Fahmida Khatoon Zahid Balouch, editor.
    Summary: This book compiles updated research about the implications of therapeutic proteins in various human diseases. The initial chapters of the book provide basic information on the therapeutic proteins and discuss techniques for their formulation, production, and analytic approaches for their characterization. The subsequent chapters shed light on therapies based on therapeutic proteins against metabolic disorders, neurological disorders, cancer, autoimmune disorders, and infectious diseases. Importantly, it presents the factors influencing the immunogenicity of therapeutic proteins, including, genetic factors, disease type, and origin of therapeutic protein, dose frequency, administration route, and treatment duration. The book also reviews the strategies for reducing immunogenicity associated with therapeutic proteins, including PEGylation, site specific mutagenesis, exon shuffling, and humanizing of monoclonal antibodies. Further, it presents strategies for improving the typical drawback associated with protein therapeutics including instability and limited penetration through biological barriers. This book covers various computational methods that are commonly used for designing therapeutic proteins and in silico method for predicting and improving in vivo efficacy of the therapeutic molecules. Lastly, the book highlights the recent advances in developing nanosized delivery systems to improve safety and efficacy of protein therapeutics. This book caters to students and researchers of medicinal chemistry, pharmaceutical sciences and therapeutics. It is also useful to clinicians working with therapeutic proteins.

    Contents:
    Proteins drug targeting and its therapeutics
    Interferons
    Epidermal growth factor (egf) in wound repair
    Therapeutic protein against autoimmune disorders: Intracellular and extracellular properties
    Prions as Therapeutic proteins and their Prospect as Drug Delivery Agent
    INTERLEUKIN - 2
    Bioinformatics resources, tools, and strategies in designing therapeutic proteins
    Therapeutic proteins used in human pancreatic disease
    Therapeutic role of soybean-derived lunasin peptide in colon cancer treatment: A recent updates from literature
    Therapeutic peptides in skin and hair disorders. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    edited by Kirill A. Afonin, Morgan Chandler.
    Summary: This collection of research articles and reviews covers the latest work in the design, delivery, dynamic abilities, and immune stimulation of RNA nanoparticles which have driven the utilization of their immunomodulatory properties. The unknown immune properties of nucleic acid nanoparticles have been a major hurdle in their adaptation until the works herein began assessing their structure-activity relationships. This collection chronologically follows the path of investigating the recognition of design components to implementing them into nucleic acid nanostructures. RNA nanotechnology is an emerging platform for therapeutics with increasing clinical relevance as this approach becomes more widely used and approved for the treatment of various diseases. The latest research aims to take advantage of RNA's modular nature for the design of nanostructures which can interact with their environments to communicate programmed messages with intracellular pathways. In doing so, nanoparticles can be used to elicit or elude responses by the immune system as desired in conjunction with their therapeutic applications.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2021
  • Digital
    Thomas Platz, editor.
    Contents:
    Neurophysiology of rTMS
    Brain imaging ? network effects of rTMS
    Basic principles of rTMS in motor recovery after stroke
    Clinical applications of rTMS in motor rehabilitaton after stroke
    rTMS in dysphagia after stroke
    Basic principles of rTMS in aphasia treatment after stroke
    Therapeutic applications of rTMS for aphasia after stroke
    rTMS in visual neglect after stroke
    Clinical applications of rTMS in Parkinson?s disease
    rTMS in the treatment of neuropathic pain
    Therapeutic applications of rTMS for tinnitus
    General concepts of therapeutic rTMS in neurology.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Eyal Lederman DO, PHD, director, Centre for Professional Development in Manual and Physical Therapies ; Senior Lecturer, University College London (UCL), London, UK.
    Contents:
    Introduction to therapeutic and functional stretching
    Functional and dysfunctional ROM
    Causes of ROM loss and therapeutic potential of rehabilitation
    Adaptation in ROM loss and recovery
    Specificity in ROM rehabilitation
    The overloading condition for recovery
    Exposure and scheduling the ROM challenge
    Rehabilitating the active ROM : neuromuscular rehabilitation
    Pain management and ROM-desensitization
    Stretch tolerance model
    Psychological and behavioral considerations in ROM rehabilitation
    Towards a functional approach
    Demonstration of functional approach in ROM rehabilitation
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Chi Hin Cho.
    Summary: "This unique book deals with both inflammation and cancer in a single source of publication. They are seldom grouped together although it has been known that both diseases are closely associated, particularly in the gastrointestinal tract and liver. As the book touches on two such major areas of diseases in humans, it should be of interest to a wider audience of researchers and readers. It is noted that the book combines the effort of both basic scientists and clinicians from different countries with extensive experiences in molecular biology and clinical practice to unveil the most updated picture of the pathogenesis and therapeutic strategies in the treatment of inflammation and cancer in the digestive tract. In this regard, potential pathogenic modulators and also therapeutic options are widely discussed. These types of information would definitely broaden our knowledge in better understanding these diseases."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    General introduction of inflammation and cancer in the digestive tract
    Inflammation and therapeutics in the digestive tract
    Carcinogenesis and therapeutic targets in the gastrointestinal tract
    Autophagy and microRNAs as the therapeutic targets in gastrointestinal cancers.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Jean-Michel Escoffre, Ayache Bouakaz, editors
    Contents:
    Part I
    High Intensity Focused Ultrasound Ablation of Pathological Tissue
    Chapter 1. HIFU Tissue Ablation: Concept & Devices G. Ter Haar
    Chapter 2. Prostate Focused Ultrasound Therapy J.Y. Chapelon, O. Rouvière, S. Crouzet, A. Gelet
    Chapter 3. MRI-guided HIFU Methods for the Ablation of Liver and Renal Cancers B.D. de Senneville, C. Moonen, M. Ries
    Chapter 4. Magnetic Resonance-guided High Intensity Focused Ultrasound Ablation of Breast Cancer
    F.M. Knuttel, M.A.A.J. van den Bosch
    Chapter 5. HIFU for Palliative Treatment of Pancreatic Cancer
    T.D. Khokhlova, J.H. Hwang
    Chapter 6. MR-guided Transcranial Focused Ultrasound
    J.F. Aubry, M. Tanter
    Chapter 7. Focused Ultrasound & Lithotripsy
    T. Ikeda, S. Yoshizawa, N. Koizumi, M. Mitsuishi, Y. Matsumoto
    Chapter 8. Heat-based Tumor Ablation: Role of the Immune Response F. Wu
    Part II
    Drug and Gene Delivery using Bubble-assisted Ultrasound
    Chapter 9. Droplets, Bubbles and Ultrasound Interactions O. Shpak, M. Verweij, N. de Jong, M. Versluis
    Chapter 10. Sonoporation: Concept and Mechanisms A. Bouakaz, A. Zeghimi, A.A. Doinikov
    Chapter 11. Design of Microbubbles for Gene/Drug Delivery T. Bettinger, F. Tranquart
    Chapter 12. Co-administration of Microbubbles and Drugs in Ultrasound-assisted Drug Delivery: Comparison with Drug-carrying Particles R. Suzuki, A.L. Klibanov
    Chapter 13. Drug-loaded Perfluorocarbon Nanodroplets for Ultrasound-mediated Drug delivery N. Rapoport
    Chapter 14. Bubble-assisted Ultrasound: Application in Immunotherapy and Vaccination J.M. Escoffre, R. Deckers, C. Bos, C. Moonen
    Chapter 15. Sonoporation: Application for Cancer Therapy
    J. Qin, T.Y. Wang, J.K. Willmann
    Chapter 16. Microbubble-assisted Ultrasound for Drug Delivery in the Brain and Central Nervous System A. Burgess, K. Hynynen
    Chapter 17. Microbubbles & Ultrasoun: Therapeutic Applications in Diabetic Nephropathy W.J. Cao, P.N. Matkar, H.H. Chen, A. Mofid, H. Leong-Poi
    Chapter 18. Drug and Gene Delivery using Sonoporation for Cardiovascular Disease J. Castle, S.B. Feinstein
    Chapter 19. Sonothrombolysis K.B. Bader, G. Bouchoux, C.K. Holland
    Part III- Other Ultrasound Therapy
    Chapter 20. Ultrasound-mediated Polymeric Micelle Drug Delivery H. Xia, Y. Zhao, R. Tong
    Chapter 21. Stimulation of Bone Repair with Ultrasound
    F. Padilla, R. Puts, L. Vico, A. Guignadon, K. Raum
    Chapter 22. Sonodynamic Therapy: Concept, Mechanism & Application to Cancer Treatment A.P. McHale, J.F. Callan, N. Nomikou, C. Fowley, B. Callen.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Tarek E-Bialy, Eiji Tanaka, Dror Aizenbud, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the potential of low-intensity pulsed ultrasound, or LIPUS, to introduce a new era in dentistry by revolutionizing the approach to dental treatment and providing a cure for pathologic conditions long considered untreatable. Readers will find information on all aspects of LIPUS, from its mode of action and biologic mechanisms to the full range of emerging clinical applications. The role of LIPUS in promoting dental tissue repair and regeneration and in tissue engineering is fully explained in a series of chapters focusing on stimulation of cell metabolism in the dentocraniofacial region, bone healing, periodontal regeneration, the temporomandibular joint, pulp cell differentiation, the salivary glands, and orthodontics. The past two decades have witnessed numerous discoveries that have enhanced the scope for use of therapeutic ultrasound in dentistry. In summarizing the latest knowledge in this exciting field, the book will be of interest to dental surgeons, orthodontists, periodontists, and other practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Beatriz Caiuby Labate, Clancy Cavnar, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a series of perspectives on the therapeutic potential of the ritual and clinical use of the Amazonian hallucinogenic brew ayahuasca in the treatment and management of various diseases and ailments, especially its role in psychological well-being and substance dependence. Biomedical and anthropological data on the use of ayahuasca for treating depression, PTSD, and substance dependence in different settings, such as indigenous contexts, neo-shamanic rituals, contemporary therapeutic circles, and in ayahuasca religions, in both South and North America, are presented and critiqued. Though multiple anecdotal reports on the therapeutic use of ayahuasca exist, there has been no systematic and dense reflection on the topic thus far. The book brings the therapeutic use of ayahuasca to a new level of public examination and academic debate. The texts in this volume stimulate discussion on methodological, ethical, and political aspects of research and will enhance the development of this emergent field of studies.

    Contents:
    Therapeutic Applications of Ayahuasca and Other Sacred Medicines / Michael J. Winkelman
    The Therapeutic Potentials of Ayahuasca in the Treatment of Depression / Fernanda Palhano-Fontes, Joao C. Alchieri, Joao Paulo M. Oliveira, Bruno Lobao Soares [and 3 others]
    Ayahuasca as a Candidate Therapy for PTSD / Jessica L. Nielson and Julie D. Megler
    Moments of Insight, Healing, and Transformation: A Cognitive Phenomenological Analysis / Benny Shanon
    Healing with Ayahuasca: Notes on Therapeutic Rituals and Effects in European Patients Treating Their Diseases / Janine Tatjana Schmid
    Ayahuasca and the Treatment of Drug Addiction / José Carlos Bouso and Jordi Riba
    Hypotheses Regarding Ayahuasca's Potential Mechanisms of Action in the Treatment of Addiction / James I. Prickett and Mitchell B. Liester
    Therapist and Patient Perspectives on Ayahuasca-Assisted Treatment for Substance Dependence / Anja Loizaga-Velder and Armando Loizaga Pazzi
    Effect of Santo Daime Membership on Substance Dependence / Beatriz Caiuby Labate, Rafael Guimarães dos Santos, Rick Strassman, Brian T. Anderson and Suely Mizumoto
    Experience of Treatment with Ayahuasca for Drug Addiction in the Brazilian Amazon / Xavier Fernández and Josep María Fábregas
    Assessment of the Psychotherapeutic Effects of Ritual Ayahuasca Use on Drug Dependency: A Pilot Study / Xavier Fernández, Rafael Guimarães dos Santos, Marta Cutchet, Sabela Fondevila [and 5 others]
    Healing with Yagé: An Interview with Taita Juan Bautista Agreda Chindoy / Brian T. Anderson, Beatriz Caiuby Labate and Celina M. De Leon
    Postscript--Psychedelics in Unlocking the Unconscious: From Cancer to Addiction / Gabor Maté.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Enqiang Linghu, editor.
    Summary: This book elaborates on a whole new understanding of digestive endoscopy, the core of which is to treat quite a number of diseases using minimally invasive methods. Currently, the tunnel technique has been applied in the treatment of digestive early stage carcinomas, esophageal achalasia and submucosal tumors originating from muscularis propria. And this promising technique would surely be more widely used in the future. The main contents of this book include the history of the digestive endoscopic tunnel technique, the practical anatomy involved, operation steps, indications and contraindications, complications and possible future exploration fields. This book is well suited for doctors and surgeons performing digestive endoscopic therapies.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Prevention and Treatment of Tunnel Infection
    3 Preoperative Preparation
    4 Anesthesia management and monitoring during digestive endoscopic tunnelling
    5 Establishment of standard submucosal tunnel
    6 Endoscopic Submucosal Tunnel Dissection
    7 Peroral endsoscopic myotomy
    8 Gastric Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (G-POEM)
    9 Diverticulum Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (D-POEM)
    10 Submucosal tunneling endoscopic resection
    11 Application of Digestive Endoscopic Tunneling Technique in Mediastinal and Abdominal Cavity
    12 Future Disease-Centered Principles of Endoscopic Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    JoEllen Patterson, James L. Griffith, Todd M. Edwards.
    Summary: "Now in a revised and updated third edition, this noted practitioner guide and text incorporates the latest knowledge about psychopharmacology and collaborative care. Therapists and counselors learn when and how to make medication referrals and how to address patients' questions about drug benefits, side effects, safety, and more. Organized around frequently encountered mental health disorders, the book explains how medications work (including what they can and cannot accomplish). Strategies for collaborating successfully with patients, their family members, and prescribers are discussed in detail. Written for optimal practical utility, the text features case examples, sample referral letters, checklists, and a glossary. Subject Areas/Key Words: MSW programs, textbooks, mental health and social work professionals, medication assessments, handbook for nonprescribers, reference book, non-MDs, masters-level classes, psychotherapists, psychiatric drugs, psychotropics, referring clients, referrals Audience: Practitioners, graduate students, and instructors in clinical psychology, social work, counseling, and psychiatric nursing"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    How the brain works : a basic sketch
    How psychotropic drugs work
    Depression
    Bipolar disorder
    Anxiety disorders
    Schizophrenia and other psychoses
    Cognitive disorders
    Alcoholism and substance abuse
    Physical health and illness
    Special populations
    The therapeutic relationship
    Effective referrals
    Sharing care
    Strengthening bonds.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jashin J. Wu, MD, Los Angeles, CA, USA, Steven R. Feldman, MD, PhD, Departments of Dermatology, Pathology, and Public Health Sciences, Wake Forest School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, NC, USA, Mark G. Lebwohl, MD, Department of Dermatology, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, NY, USA.
    Contents:
    1. Overview of psoriasis / Michael Kelly-Sell and Johann E. Gudjonsson
    2. Ultraviolet B phototherapy / Sandra Pena, Dane Hill, and Steven J. Feldman
    3. Psoralen-ultraviolet light A therapy / Lauren M. Madigan and Henry W. Lim
    4. Methotrexate / Vidhi V. Shah, Elaine J. Lin, Shivani P. Reddy, and Jashin J. Wu
    5. Acitretin / Elaine J. Lin, Vidhi V. Shah, Shivani P. Reddy, and Jashin J. Wu
    6. Cyclosporine / Vidhi V. Shah, Shivani P. Reddy, Elaine J. Lin, and Jashin J. Wu
    7. Apremilast / Amit Om, Dane Hill, and Steven R. Feldman
    8. Etanercept / Shivani P. Reddy, Vidhi V. Shah, Elaine J. Lin, and Jashin J. Wu
    9. Infliximab / Catherine Ni, Shivani P. Reddy, and Jashin J. Wu
    10. Adalimnumab / Shivani P. Reddy, Elaine J. Lin, Vidhi V. Shah, and Jashin J. Wu
    11. Ustekinumab / John K. Nia and Mark G. Lebwohl
    12. Secukinumab / Elaine J. Lin, Shivani P. Reddy, Vidhi V. Shah and Jashin J. Wu
    13. Ixekizumab / Shivani P. Reddy, Vidhi V. Shah and Jashin J. Wu
    14. Biosimilars / Shivani P. Reddy, Catherine Ni, and Jashin J. Wu
    15. Combination therapies for psoriasis / Anjali S. Vekaria and Mark G. Lebwohl
    16. Investigational therapies for psoriasis / Peter W. Hashim and Mark G. Lebwohl.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Joyce M.C. Teng, Ann L. Marqueling, Latanya T. Benjamin, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview of Dermatologic Care in Children
    Management of Skin Disorders of the Newborn
    Atopic Dermatitis and Eczematous Eruptions
    Psoriasis and Other Papulosquamous Skin Disorders
    Hereditary Disorders of Cornification
    Hereditary Disorders of the Dermis
    Disorders of Hair and Nail
    Disorders of the Sebaceous and Sweat Gland
    Cutaneous Tumor and Tumor Syndromes
    Histiocytosis and Malignancy
    Disorders of Pigmentation
    Vascular Disorders and Anomalies
    Genodermatoses and Basement Membrane Zone Diseases
    Infectious Diseases
    Viral Disease and Exanthems of the Skin
    Bites and Infestations
    Hypersensitivity Syndromes
    Photosensitivity and Photoreaction
    Collagen Vascular Diseases
    Inborn Metabolic Disorders and Endocrine Disorders
    Cutaneous Manifestations of Systemic Disease
    Cutaneous Manifestations of Psychologic Disorders and Management
    Pearls for Pediatric Dermatologic Procedures
    Light-Based Procedures in Pediatric Dermatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Therapy in practice series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Stephen G. Reich, Stewart A. Factor, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Byong-Hyon Han.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1: Why Social Medicine?
    1.1: The Rise of Social Medicine
    1.2: Human-being: Homo medicus
    1.3: History of Drug
    Chapter 2: What is a Social Medicine?
    2.1: Concept of Social Medicine
    2.2: Development of Social Medicine
    2.3: Differentiation of Social Medicine
    Chapter 3: Therapy of Social Medicine
    3.1: Concept & Scope for Therapy of Social Medicine
    3.2: Classification for Therapy of Social Medicine
    Chapter 4: Pharmaco-gelotology
    4.1: Introduction
    4.2: Laughter Theory
    4.3: Laughter Therapy
    Chapter 5: Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Scott F. M. Duncan, Christopher W. Flowers.
    Summary: Presenting over 100 rehabilitation protocols for the hand and upper extremity in an easy-to-use, step-by-step format, this practical reference provides surgeons and therapists alike with a go-to source for the therapy technique or strategy appropriate for their patients. Covering injuries from the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand and fingers, each protocol includes bullet-pointed steps in daily or weekly increments following the injury or surgery and are inherently adaptable to the specific surgical intervention or rehabilitation requirement. Procedures following arthroplasty, extensor and flexor tendon injuries, fractures and dislocations, ligament and soft tissue injures, and nerve compression syndromes are among the many and multifaceted therapies presented. This book will be an invaluable resource for the orthopedic surgeon, hand surgeon, physical therapist, occupational therapist, hand therapist and any active clinician treating injuries to the hand and upper extremity.

    Contents:
    Part I: Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Part II: Shoulder Sports Injuries
    Part III: Shoulder Trauma
    Part IV: Elbow Nerve Injuries
    Part V: Elbow Sports Injuries
    Part VI: Elbow Trauma
    Part VII: Wrist Bone Injuries
    Part VIII: Wrist Ligament/Soft Tissue Injuries
    Part IX: Wrist Nerve Injuries
    Part X: Wrist Tendon Injuries
    Part XI: Hand/Finger Bone Injuries
    Part XII: Hand/Finger Nerve Injuries
    Part XIII: Hand/Finger Soft Tissue/Ligament Injuries
    Part XIV: Hand/Finger Tendon Injuries. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Tommy Orange.
    Summary: "Not since Sherman Alexie's The Lone Ranger and Tonto Fistfight in Heaven and Louise Erdrich's Love Medicine has such a powerful and urgent Native American voice exploded onto the landscape of contemporary fiction. Tommy Orange's There There introduces a brilliant new author at the start of a major career. 'We all came to the powwow for different reasons. The messy, dangling threads of our lives got pulled into a braid--tied to the back of everything we'd been doing all along to get us here. There will be death and playing dead, there will be screams and unbearable silences, forever-silences, and a kind of time-travel, at the moment the gunshots start, when we look around and see ourselves as we are, in our regalia, and something in our blood will recoil then boil hot enough to burn through time and place and memory. We'll go back to where we came from, when we were people running from bullets at the end of that old world. The tragedy of it all will be unspeakable, that we've been fighting for decades to be recognized as a present-tense people, modern and relevant, only to die in the grass wearing feathers.' Jacquie Red Feather is newly sober and trying to make it back to the family she left behind in shame in Oakland. Dene Oxendene is pulling his life together after his uncle's death and has come to work the powwow and to honor his uncle's memory. Edwin Frank has come to find his true father. Bobby Big Medicine has come to drum the Grand Entry. Opal Viola Victoria Bear Shield has come to watch her nephew Orvil Red Feather; Orvil has taught himself Indian dance through YouTube videos, and he has come to the Big Oakland Powwow to dance in public for the very first time. Tony Loneman is a young Native American boy whose future seems destined to be as bleak as his past, and he has come to the Powwow with darker intentions--intentions that will destroy the lives of everyone in his path. Fierce, angry, funny, groundbreaking--Tommy Orange's first novel is a wondrous and shattering portrait of an America few of us have ever seen. There There is a multi-generational, relentlessly paced story about violence and recovery, hope and loss, identity and power, dislocation and communion, and the beauty and despair woven into the history of a nation and its people. A glorious, unforgettable debut"-- Publisher's description.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3615.R32 T48 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Jujjavarapu Satya Eswari, Swasti Dhagat, Ramkrishna Sen.
    Summary: Thermophiles and hyperthermophiles exhibit great biotechnological potential, as they can be utilized in processes which require higher temperatures. This book comprehensively deals with all the aspects of thermophiles, starting from the source of these organisms to their latest applications. In addition it presents a compilation of all compounds produced by various thermophilic microorganisms. Due to their application in everyday life, the demands of enzymes that can work at higher temperature have been increasing. In order to keep pace with the increasing demand the industries have to search novel thermophiles producing their product of interest. Hence, this book will be of value for industries working on various biochemical products produced by these thermophiles as well as for scientists and research scholars working on microbiology and products derived from microorganisms.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Heat stable enzymes from thermophilic microorganisms: biochemical properties and commercial application potential
    Proteins and amino acids from thermophilic microorganisms: current research trends and applications
    Platform chemicals by thermophiles
    Biosurfactants, bioemulsifiers and biopolymers from thermophilic microorganisms
    Applications of thermophiles.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    contributors, J.C. Bolomey ... [et al.] ; edited by M.H. Seegenschmiedt, P. Fessenden, and C.C. Vernon ; foreword by L.W. Brady and H.-P. Heilmann.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Biology, physiology, physics
    v. 2 Clinical applications.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC271.T5 T44
    2
  • Print
    volume editor, Andrej A. Romanovsky.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Subhash Chandra Parija, Vikram Kate, editors.
    Summary: This book on Thesis Writing for Master's and Ph.D. program focuses on the difficulties students encounter with regard to choosing a guide; selecting an appropriate research title considering the available resources; conducting research; and ways to overcome the hardships they face while researching, writing and preparing their dissertation for submission. Thesis writing is an essential skill that medical and other postgraduates are expected to learn during their academic career as a mandatory partial requirement in order to receive the Master's degree. However, at the majority of medical schools, writing a thesis is largely based on self-learning, which adds to the burden on students due to the tremendous amount of time spent learning the writing skills in addition to their exhausting clinical and academic work. Due to the difficulties faced during the early grooming years and lack of adequate guidance, acquiring writing skills continues to be a daunting task for most students. This book addresses these difficulties and deficiencies and provides comprehensive guidance, from selecting the research title to publishing in a scientific journal.

    Contents:
    Deciding on the topic/area of research/approval
    Conduct of research and analysis
    Structuring the material and writing the thesis
    Editing the thesis
    Publishing and presenting the research work
    Thesis for master's degree / specialty and sub-specialty courses in medicine / doctor of philosophy course
    Statistical/English language/plagiarism software.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Naseem Ahmad, Mohammad Faisal, editors.
    Summary: Plant biotechnology is a most interesting branch for academicians and researchers in recent past. Now days, it becomes a very useful tool in agriculture and medicine and is regarded as a popular area of research especially in biological sciences because it makes an integral use of biochemistry, molecular biology and engineering sciences in order to achieve technological application of cultured tissues, cell and microbes. Plant tissue culture (PTC) refers to a technique of cultivation of plant cells and other parts on artificial nutrient medium in controlled environment under aseptic conditions. PTC requires various nutrients, pH, carbon source, gelling agent, temperature, photoperiod, humidity etc. and most importantly the judicious use of plant growth regulators. Various natural, adenine and phenyl urea derivatives are employed for the induction and proliferation of different types of explants. Several phenyl urea derivatives were evaluated and it was observed that thidiazuron (n-phenyl-N"-1,2,3- thidiazol-5-ulurea) was found to be the most active among the plant growth regulators. Thidiazuron (TDZ) was initially developed as a cotton defoliant and showed high cytokinin like activity. In some examples, its activity was 100 times more than BA in tobacco callus assay and produces more number of shoots in cultures than Zeatin and 2iP. TDZ also showed major breakthrough in tissue culture of various recalcitrant legumes and woody species. For the last two decades, number of laboratories has been working on TDZ with different aspect and number of publications has come out. To the best of our knowledge, there is no comprehensive edited volume on this particular topic. Hence th, e edited volume is a deed to consolidate the scattered information on role of TDZ in plant tissue culture and genetic manipulations that would hopefully prove informative to various researches. Thidiazuron: From Urea Derivative to Plant Growth Regulator compiles various aspects of TDZ in Plant Tissue Culture with profitable implications. The book will provides basic material for academicians and researchers who want to initiate work in this fascinating area of research. The book will contain 26 chapters compiled by International dignitaries and thus giving a holistic view to the edited volume.

    Contents:
    1. Thidiazuron: Modulator of Morphogenesis in Vitro
    2. TDZ
    Mode of Action, Use and Potential in Agriculture
    3. TDZ-Induced Morphogenesis Pathways in Woody Plant Culture
    4. Thidiazuron in Micropropagation of Aroid Plants
    5. Use of TDZ for Micropropagation of Some Mediterranean Crop Species
    6. Thidiazuron in Micropropagation of Small Fruits
    7. TDZ in Cereal Gametic Embryogenesis
    8. Preconditioning of Nodal Explants in Thidiazuron Supplemented Liquid Media Improves Shoot Multiplication in Pterocarpus Marsupium (Roxb)
    9. Application of Thidiazuron in the Micropropagation of Fagaceae
    10. In Vitro Morphogenesis of Woody Plants Using Thidiazuron
    11. Thidiazuron Influenced Morphogenesis in Some Medicinal Plants
    12. In vitro Morphogenesis of Some Himalayan Flora using TDZ
    A Potential Plant Growth Regulator
    13. Thidiazuron Induced Protocorm-Like Bodies in Orchid: Progress and Prospects
    14. Thidiazuron (TDZ): A Callus Minimizer for In Vitro Plant Production
    15. The Applications of TDZ in Medicinal Plant Tissue Culture
    16. Factors Affecting Thidiazuron-Induced Direct Somatic Embryogenesis of PHALAENOPSIS Aphrodite
    17. TDZ Induced Diverse In vitro Responses in Some Economically Important Plants
    18. Regulation of Morphogenesis and Improvement in shoot Multiplication in Vitex Species Using Thidiazuron
    19. TDZ-Induced Regeneration in Stevia rebaudiana Bertoni: An Important Natural Sweetener
    20. Shoot Organogenesis of Aloe Plants with Emphasis on TDZ
    21. Morphogenic Potential of Different Explants of Broccoli (Brassica oleracea L. var. italica): important "nutrient rich" Vegetable, using Thidiazuron.
    22. Thidiazuron: A Potent Phytohormone for in Vitro Regeneration
    23. TDZ-Induced Plant Regeneration in Jatropha curcas: a promisingBiofuel Plant
    24. Role of Thidiazuron in Modulation of Shoot Multiplication Rate in Micropropagation of Rauvolfia Species
    25. Effect of TDZ on Various Plant Cultures
    26. Role of Thidiazuron in Tissue Culture of Orchids
    27. Thidiazuron as an Elicitorin The Production of Secondary Metabolite
    28. Thidiazuron: An Effective Plant Growth Regulator on In Vitro Cloning of Slow Growing Economic Rattan Palms in Southern Western Ghats for Eco-Restoration and Consistent Utilisation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group. The ebook package is also called Thieme Clinical Collections.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: An online journal and ebook service of the Thieme Publishing Group.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Manoj Gurung, MD, Academic Hospitalist, Kent Hospital; Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine, Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Rhode Island, USA, Yayra Musabek, MD, Academic Hospitalist, Kent Hospital; Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine, Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Rhode Island, USA.
    Summary: "Thieme Review for the USMLE: A WIN for Step 2 and 3 CK by Manoj Gurung and Yayra Musabek fills a void in the available board prep materials, offering the perfect one-stop reader-friendly resource for acing these exams-truly All What Is Needed (A WIN). Allopathic and osteopathic medical students preparing for the USMLE® Step 2 and Step 3 CK or COMLEX-USA Level 2-CE and Level 3 will benefit from this must have study guide"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Mohamed M. Elawdy, Dara B. Oken.
    Summary: "The first all-in-one CS review book: Addresses all three exam components: ICE, CIS, and SEP. ICE section provides systematic organization and consistency in its coverage of Medical History Taking, Physical Examination, and Patient Note. SEP section includes word-level concepts (syllables and stress), sound-level concepts (consonants and vowels), and grammar concepts CS for IMGs is a comprehensive resource designed to help IMGs pass the Step 2 CS exam on the first attempt. Practice intensive tools: Role-plays and model videos with standardized patients (SPs). SEP pronunciation and grammar explanations, exercises, and videos. Flowcharts, checklists and self-assessments Easy to replicate approach to target differential diagnosis The text and accompanying audio and videos provide an unparalleled study prep tailored to the CS that will lead to a higher score on this vital exam. Mohamed M. Elawdy, MD, MSc (Urology), is Specialist (A) in Urology, Sohar Hospital, Ministry of Health, Oman and Urology and Nephrology Center, Mansoura, Egypt; International Fellow, Thomas Jefferson University Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA. Dara B. Oken, MEd, is a Pronunciation Modification Trainer, Articulation LLC and an Adult ELL Teacher , at Minneapolis Adult Education, Minneapolis Center for Adult Learning, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. This ground-breaking resource reflects their combined expertise preparing IMGs for the CS exam. As such, it's the only resource needed for USMLE CS prep!"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Basics, Component 1, Integrated Clinical Encounter
    The Basics, Component 2, Communication and Interpersonal Skills
    English Proficiency
    Chest (Cardiology and Respiratory)
    Abdomen (Gastroenterology and Urology)
    Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Pediatrics
    Musculoskeletal System
    Psychiatry
    Neurology
    Miscellaneous
    Mini-Cases.
  • Digital
    Andrew S. Garner, Robert A. Saul.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: pt. 1 Advances in Developmental Science
    ch. 1 Life Course Science and the Proverbial Black Box
    ch. 2 Defining Adversity and Toxic Stress
    ch. 3 Epigenetics
    ch. 4 Developmental Neuroscience
    ch. 5 Thinking Developmentally
    pt. 2 Translating Developmental Science Into Practice and Policy
    ch. 6 The Biological Needs of Young Children
    ch. 7 Supporting Parents and Caregivers
    ch. 8 The Role of Communities
    ch. 9 The Role of Pediatric Care
    ch. 10 Implications for Pediatric Advocacy and Public Policy.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Print
    Richard A. Goldsby and Mary Catherine Bateson.
    Summary: "Thinking Race argues that racism results from a misguided blending of biological facts with pernicious socially constructed ideas. This book aims to help readers accept the reality of human difference while understanding human unity"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Generations of migration
    2. The notion and nature of race
    3. Human diversity
    4. Race and medicine
    5. Race and ability
    6. Seeking solutions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.615 .G63 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Gerard Gianoli, Philippa Thomson, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide a deeper understanding of Third Mobile Window Syndrome and its various forms beyond just Superior Canal Dehiscence. It will illuminate the various presentations of Third Mobile Window Syndrome, provide the means for diagnosis, and elucidate treatments. The disorder Superior Semicircular Canal Dehiscence Syndrome was discovered in 1995 by Dr Lloyd Minor at The John Hopkins University School of Medicine in Baltimore. Though he published his findings in 1998, there remains no book wholly devoted to the topic. For this reason, many neurotologists and otorhinolaryngologists still misunderstand this condition and its presentation. Structured in six parts, the first part will be important in providing a context, and drawing together all of the learning that has been acquired since 1998, as well as explaining the complexities of the condition. The second and third parts will set out to detail all the aspects that are necessary for diagnosing a patient and then deciding on the best form of treatment, surgical or otherwise. Part four covers special situations, including bilateral SCDS and the pediatric patient. In part five, Philippa Thomson, a patient herself, will describe the patient perspective of symptoms and the complicated journey of identifying a diagnosis and securing expert care. Finally, part six covers future research. Third Mobile Window Syndrome of the Inner Ear: Superior Semicircular Canal Dehiscence and Associated Disorders will provide clinicians involved in the treatment of inner ear disorders, balance dysfunction, and dizziness with the expertise they need to assist patients with Third Mobile Window Syndrome. It will also supply useful information to neurotologists/otologists, otolaryngologists, and neurologists. Researchers in the field of inner ear disorders will also find this to be a valuable text. .

    Contents:
    History of third mobile window syndrome
    Etiology
    Pathophysiology
    The Otologic Mimicker: Vestibular and Auditory Symptoms
    The cognitive/psychological effects
    Other kinds of dehiscences
    Perilymphatic Fistula
    Diagnosis
    Vestibular Symptoms & Magnitude of Disease
    Taking the patient history (interview questions)
    Diagnostics
    Imaging
    Treatment
    Medical therapy
    Visual manifestations & treatment
    Surgical Intervention, Revision Surgery and Surgical Complications
    Special situations
    Bilateral SCDS
    Future Research
    From The Patient Perspective
    Patients experiences
    Patient Stories
    Mismanagement of patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    James M. Goldfarb, editor.
    Summary: The first IVF conceived birth in 1978 resulted in a significant growth of third party reproductive options which continue to raise ethical, legal, and psychological questions. Third party reproduction procedures can involve as many as five people: sperm donor, egg donor, gestational carrier, and intended parents. Third-Party Reproduction: A Comprehensive Guide utilizes experts in the field to address the medical, psychological, ethical and legal aspects of sperm donation, egg donation, embryo donation, and the use of gestational carriers. In addition, there are chapters on the medical and ethical aspects of posthumous reproduction, religious aspects of third party reproduction, and how to avoid pitfalls of third party reproduction. Aimed at physicians, trainees, psychologists, nurses, and social workers whose practices may include patients considering third party reproduction, the intent of this book is to provide a comprehensive and practical overview of the many aspects of third party reproduction to help all those involved to better understand them. Patients considering third party reproduction may also find value in this book.

    Contents:
    Medical Implications of Oocyte Donation
    Oocyte Donation: Legal Aspects
    Oocyte Donation: Psychological Aspects
    Oocyte Donation: Ethical Aspects
    Gestational Carrier: Medical Aspects
    Surrogacy and Gestational Carrier Arrangements: Legal Aspects
    Use of Gestational Carriers: Psychological Aspects
    The Ethics of Hiring a Gestational Carrier
    Embryo Donation: Medical Aspects
    Embryo Donation: Legal Aspects
    Embryo Donation: Psychological Aspects
    Embryo Donation: Ethical Issues
    Donor Insemination
    Sperm Donation: Legal Aspects
    Sperm Donation: Psychological Aspects
    Sperm Donation: Ethical Aspects
    Medical Aspects of Posthumous Reproduction
    Ethical Implications of Posthumous Reproduction
    Hagar's Child:? Theology, Ethics, and the Third Party in Emerging Reproductive Technology
    Choosing Egg Donors and Gestational Carriers: Avoiding the Pitfalls.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Markus Heilig.
    Summary: "The past twenty-five years have witnessed a revolution in the science of addiction, yet we still rely upon sorely outdated methods of treatment. Expensive new programs for managing addiction are also flourishing, but since they are not based in science, they offer little benefit to people who cannot afford to lose money or faith in their recovery. Clarifying the cutting-edge science of addiction for practitioners and general readers, The Thirteenth Step pairs stories of real patients with explanations of key concepts relating to their illness. A police chief who disappears on the job illustrates the process through which a drug can trigger the brain circuits mediating relapse. One person's effort to find a burrito shack in a foreign city illuminates the reward prediction error signaled by the brain chemical dopamine. With these examples and more, this volume paints a vivid, relatable portrait of drug seeking, escalation, and other aspects of addiction and suggests science-based treatments that promise to improve troubling relapse rates. Merging science and human experience, The Thirteenth Step offers compassionate, valuable answers to anyone who hopes for a better handle on a pernicious and confounding disease."--Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Us and them
    A grocery store that closed
    An entity in its own right
    A chronic, relapsing disorder
    Man or machine?
    Histories, brains, and behaviors
    The pursuit of happiness
    The dark side of addiction
    Rash actions
    Turning on a red light
    Getting the cue
    A strained mind
    Fathers and sons
    Molecular culprits
    Trick or treatment
    Please behave
    Pills for addiction ills
    Pray if you wish, but please take your meds first
    The journey ahead.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Print
    Juno Dawson ; illustrations by Spike Gerrell ; introduction by David Levithan.
    Summary: "There's a long-running joke that, after coming out as a lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or intersex person, you should receive a membership card and instruction manual. This is that instruction manual. You're welcome. Inside this revised and updated edition, you'll find the answers to all the questions you ever wanted to ask: from sex to politics, hooking up to stereotypes, coming out and more. This candid, funny, and uncensored exploration of sexuality and what it's like to grow up LGBTQIA+ also includes real stories from people across the gender and sexual spectrums, not to mention hilarious illustrations"--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Welcome to the members' club
    The name game
    You can't mistake our biology
    Stereotypes are poo
    The fear
    Haterz gon' hate
    Coming out
    Where to meet people like you
    The ins and outs of gay sex
    Nesting
    Hats
    A guide to recognizing your gay saints
    Build a bridge : guidance for parents and carers of LGBTQ+ youth
    The cheat sheet
    Helpful numbers and websites and stuff.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ76.26 .D39 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Jeroen Hendrikse.
    Summary: Although many things can go wrong in the brain, this book also shows that our brain is strong. It highlights the key findings that can be seen on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and computed tomography (CT) scans, including those related to normal brain aging and common diseases such as brain infarcts, fractures of the skull as well as fractures and tumors of the vertebral column. It offers insights into brain MRI and CT scans, enabling readers to interpret the key findings.

    Contents:
    CT and MRI scans : the basic principles
    CT and MRI scans : different types of images
    The anatomy of the human brain
    White spots
    Shrinking brain
    Silent infarcts
    Previous microbleeds
    More room around the blood vessels
    Cerebral infarction
    Intracranial haemorrhages
    Blockage of a blood vessel carrying blood from the brain
    Blocked paranasal sinuses
    Multiple Sclerosis
    Bulging intervertebral discs
    Spinal stenosis
    Blood vessels of the neck
    The intracranial blood vessels
    Ruptured aneurysm
    Skull fractures
    Post-accident haematoma
    Vertebral fracture
    Encephalitis
    The causes of epilepsy
    Non-aggressive brain tumours
    Aggressive brain tumours
    Metastatic brain tumours
    Metastatic spinal tumours
    Too much cerebrospinal fluid
    Dementia and Alzheimer's disease
    Arteriovenous malformation
    Tumours arising from the Meninges
    Co-occurring multiple cerebral infarcts
    Vestibular schwannoma
    Pituitary adenomas
    Otitis : inflammation of the ear
    The eyes and the optic nerve
    The cerebellum
    The brain, age 0 to age 100
    The post-operative brain
    Many things remain unknown
    Erratum to : This is our brain
    Afterword : My own brain.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen J. Forman, Robert S. Negrin, Joseph H. Antin, Frederick R. Appelbaum.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Robert L. Nussbaum, Roderick R. McInnes, Huntington F. Willard.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the human genome
    The human genome: gene structure and function
    Human genetic diversity: mutation and polymorphism
    Principles of clinical cytogenetics and genome analysis
    The chromosomal and genomic basis of disease: disorders of the autosomes and sex chromosomes
    Patterns of single-gene inheritance
    Complex inheritance of common multifactorial disorders
    Genetic variation in populations
    Identifying the genetic basis for human disease
    The molecular basis of genetic disease : general principles and lessons from the hemoglobinopathies
    The molecular, biochemical, and cellular basis of genetic disease
    The treatment of genetic disease
    Developmental genetics and birth defects
    Cancer genetics and genomics
    Risk assessment and genetic counseling
    Prenatal diagnosis and screening
    Application of genomics to medicine and personalized health care
    Ethical and social issues in genetics and genomics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Print
    [translated from the Swedish by Victor Braxton].
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Surgical technique and a clinical study on 79 patients.
    Access via Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. 1965; 353
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    v. 1, 1965.
    SHELVED AS A PERIODICAL UNDER: Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. Supplementum ; 353.
  • Digital
    edited by Jo-Anne O. Shepard ; associate editors: Gerald F. Abbott, Jeanne B. Ackman, Subba R. Digumarthy, Matthew D. Gilman, Amita Sharma, Carol C. Wu.
    Contents:
    Radiographic technique (fluoroscopy, digital radiography, CT, dual energy CT, dose reduction strategies) / Mannudeep K. Kalra and Alexi Otrakji
    Normal anatomy and radiographic signs / Melissa Price
    Thoracic MRI : technique and approach to diagnosis (anatomic definition, diffuse disease, masses benign and malignant, except congenital) / Jeanne B. Ackman
    Pet/ct/, pet/mri : technique, pitfalls and findings / Bojan Kovacina
    The mediastinum (anatomic definition, diffuse disease, masses benign and malignant, except congenital) / Lan Qian (Lancia) Guo and Jeanne B. Ackman
    The airways (small and large airways) / Brett Carter
    The pleura, diaphragm, and chest wall / Lan Qian (Lancia) Guo and Jeanne B. Ackman
    Congenital thoracic malformations / Justin Stowell and Christopher M. Walker
    Thoracic lines and tubes / Matthew Gilman
    Acute thoracic conditions in the intensive care unit / Susan E. Gutschow and Christopher M. Walker
    Pulmonary embolism & pulmonary vascular diseases / Shaunagh McDermott
    The post-operative chest (expected and unexpected findings) / Bojan Kovacina
    Thoracic trauma / Efren Flores and Jeanne B. Ackman
    Community acquired infections (findings and complications, including endemic fungal, viral and bacterial infections) / John Nance
    Pulmonary disease in the immunocompromised patient / Hristina Natcheva
    Mycobacterial infections (TBC and atypical infections) / Thomas Keimig, Jo Anne Shepard and Gerald Abbott
    Approach to diffuse lung disease : anatomic basis and HRCT / Amita Sharma
    Diffuse lung diseases (interstitial pneumonias, smoking related/ inhalational/occupational) / Jonathan H. Chung
    Pneumoconioses / Victorine Muse
    Obstructive lung diseases / Carol C. Wu, Brett Carter and Jo Anne Shepard
    Pulmonary tumors and lymphoproliferative disorders / Mylene Truong, Carol C. Wu, Brett Carter and Bradley S. Sabloff
    Solitary pulmonary nodule & pulmonary nodule management / Milena Petranovic
    Lung cancer screening / Shaunagh McDermott
    Staging of lung cancer (imaging and surgical evaluation) / Bojan Kovacina
    Interventional techniques / Florian J. Fintelmann, Jo Anne Shepard and Amita Sharma.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Print
    Amr M. Ajlan, Alexandre Semionov.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC941 .A55 2016
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Stephen B. Hobbs, MD, Assistant Proffessor, Department of Radiology, Division of Cardiovascular and Thoracic Radiology, Medical Director, Radiology Informatics and Information Technology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, Christian W. Cox, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Radiology, Division of Thoracic Radiology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Summary: Prepare for the thoracic imaging component of the new radiology Core Exam with Thoracic Imaging: A Core Review! Excel on your boards with this review book, written specifically for the new exam format. Study with all the books in the Core Review Series to ace every area of the Core Exam!

    Contents:
    Basics of imaging
    Normal anatomy
    Terms and signs
    Intensive care unit radiographs
    Pulmonary pathology
    Diseases of the pleura, chest wall, and diaphragm
    Mediastinal disease
    Vascular disease
    Lung cancer
    Trauma
    Congenital disease
    Postoperative thorax.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen B. Hobbs, Christian W. Cox.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Ashish Chawla, editor.
    Summary: This book covers the imaging of thoracic structures with a focus on evaluation of the lungs. Pulmonary conditions are the most common global cause of mortality and morbidity, with lung cancer and tuberculosis being prevalent diseases in the developed and developing world, respectively. In the last few years there have been rapid changes in the imaging interpretation of lung diseases, particularly imaging of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. However, updated literature is not available yet. Filling this gap, the book provides radiologists with up-to-date, handy information on reading chest scans. This book uses standard terms and lexicons to describe the imaging findings. It consists of 14 chapters, and includes more than 1200 illustrations covering both commonly and rarely encountered conditions. The first chapter discusses imaging patterns and signs in thoracic imaging, while the chapter on interstitial lung diseases describes the hallmarks that are useful in the diagnostic pathway of these diseases. This chapter also incorporates the latest diagnostic categories of UIP based on CT patterns, and provides pictorial examples. Written by experts in the field, the book highlights imaging features and relevant clinical findings that may help in reaching diagnosis, and wherever possible, it presents the imaging features in tables for ease of memorizing.

    Contents:
    Patterns and signs in thoracic imaging
    Imaging of large and small airways
    Imaging of cystic lung diseases
    Imaging of pulmonary nodules
    Imaging of thoracic malignancies
    Imaging of thoracic infections
    Imaging of pulmonary infections
    Imaging of ICU patients
    Imaging of the mediastinum
    Imaging of pulmonary artery
    Imaging of the aorta
    Imaging of the esophagus
    Imaging of chest wall and pleura
    Imaging of interstitial lung diseases
    Imaging of miscellaneous diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    W. Richard Webb, Charles B. Higgins.
    Summary: "Written by two of the world's most respected specialists in the field, Thoracic Imaging: Pulmonary and Cardiovascular Radiology, Third Edition brings you completely up to date with all you need to know for optimal imaging of the heart and lungs. This comprehensive title provides practical, authoritative guidance for the radiologic assessment and diagnosis of both congenital and acquired cardiovascular and pulmonary diseases. A must-have reference for more than ten years, Thoracic Imaging is your one-stop source for current, accurate coverage of pulmonary infections, diffuse lung diseases, mediastinal masses, coronary artery CT, myocardial disease, pericardial disease, CT of ischemic heart disease, and much more. Key Features: Today's most comprehensive text-reference in the field, written by pulmonary imaging expert W. Richard Webb, MD and cardiac imaging expert Charles B. Higgins, MD. More than 2700 high-quality images, many in full color, help you visualize key aspects of chest imaging. A new chapter on MR and CT in in Atrial and Ventricular Arrhythmias brings you up to date on the latest imaging techniques. Updated images and content throughout, including expanded coverage of PET/CT. Now with the print edition, enjoy the bundled interactive eBook edition, which can be downloaded to your tablet and smartphone or accessed online and includes features like: Complete content with enhanced navigation, Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that pull results from content in the book, your notes, and even the web. Cross-linked pages, references, and more for easy navigation. Highlighting tool for easier reference of key content throughout the text. Ability to take and share notes with friends and colleagues. Quick reference tabbing to save your favorite content for future use --Provided by publisher. "... Your one-stop source for current, accurate coverage of pulmonary infections, diffuse lung diseases, mediastinal masses, coronary artery CT, myocardial disease, pericardial disease, CT of ischemic heart disease, and much more."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section one: the basics. Lobar anatomy airspace consolidation, the silhouette sign, and atelectasis
    The normal mediastinum
    The pulmonary hila
    Section two: neoplasms masses and focal lung abnormalities. Lung cancer and bronchopulmonary neoplasms
    Metastatic tumor
    Lymphoma and lymphoproliferative disease
    The mediastinum: mediastinal masses
    Congenital lung abnormalities and pulmonary vascular malformations
    Solitary and multiple nodules masses, cavities, and cysts
    Section three: diffuse and multifocal lung diseases. Plain film and computed tomographic assessment of diffuse lung disease
    Pulmonary edema, the acute respiratory distress syndrome, and radiology in the intensive care unit
    Pulmonary infections
    The idiopathic interstitial pneumonias
    Collagen vascular diseases
    Sarcoidosis
    Allergic lung diseases: hypersensitivity pneumonitis and eosinophilic lung disease
    Iatrogneic lung diseases: drug-induced lung disease and radiation pneumonitis
    Pneumoconioses
    Pulmonary vasculitis and diffuse alveolar hemorrhage
    L diffuse lung disease associated with lipid: exogenous pneumonia and alveolar proteinosis
    Diffuse lung diseases associated with calcification
    Section four: airway abnormalities. The trachea
    Airway disease: bronchiectasis, chronic bronchitis, and bronchiolitis
    Section five: COPD, emphysema, and cystic lung diseases. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and emphysema
    Diffuse cystic lung diseases
    Section six: Pleural abnormalities. The pleura and pleural disease
    Section seven: great arteries. Pulmonary thromboembolic disease
    Pulmonary hypertension
    CT and MRI of the thoracic aorta
    Section eight: radiography of heart disease. Radiography of acquired heart disease. Radiography of congenital heart disease
    Section nine: acquired non-ischemic heart disease. Valvular heart disease
    Myocardial diseases
    Pericardial diseases
    Cardiac and paracardiac masses
    Section ten: congenital heart disease. Magnetic resonance imaging of congenital heart disease
    Section eleven: ischemic heart disease. Magnetic resonance imaging of ischemic heart disease computed tomography of coronary arteries and ischemic heart disease
    Section twelve: cardiac arrhythmias. Atrial and ventricular arrhythmias
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Karl A. Illig, Robert W. Thompson, Julie Ann Freischlag, Dean M. Donahue, Sheldon E. Jordan, Ying Wei Lum, Hugh A. Gelabert, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised edition is an essential reference for physicians involved in the diagnosis, referral and treatment of the thoracic outlet syndrome (TOS). TOS is made up of a constellation of problems resulting from pathology at the thoracic outlet in the neck. Busy specialty practice sees multiple affected patients in every clinic, but TOS can often be difficult to diagnosis. Thoracic Outlet Syndrome explores all possible ancillary care issues surrounding this complex condition, including rehabilitation, disability, natural history and medicolegal issues, and aims to stimulate research, discussion and a sense of community between professionals involved in this area. Vascular and thoracic surgeons, neurosurgeons, neurologists, psychiatrists and psychologists, physical therapists, occupational medicine specialists and pain specialists will find this book a must read for successful treatment, referral and diagnosis of TOS in clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Iacopo Carbone, Michele Anzidei.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of all major pathologic conditions involving the lung and mediastinum and the related diagnostic procedures. Oncologic and non-oncologic conditions are reviewed and described in detail, featuring, besides normal anatomy, also high quality images from several modalities (including X-ray, CT, MR and PET), as well as b/w and color illustrations and line drawings. Complications associated with surgical and oncological treatments are also presented in detail with extensive imaging examples. The book provides a thorough coverage of the topic of thoracic imaging, yet considering a concise and synthetic approach essential to optimal learning. The book will be a useful reference guide for the everyday clinical practice of young radiologists, residents and medical students.

    Contents:
    Thoracic anatomy
    Glossary
    Lung nodules
    Lung cancer staging
    Mediastinal masses
    Imaging of the lung after surgercy, radiation therapy and chemotherapy
    Pneumonia and bronchiolitis
    Interstitial lung disease
    Pleural pathology
    Chest x-ray interpretation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Claudiu E. Nistor, Steven Tsui, Kaan Kırali, Adrian Ciuche, Giuseppe Aresu, Gregor J. Kocher.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the anatomy and the surgical techniques required in thoracic and cardiothoracic surgery. It discusses the advantages and disadvantages of certain surgical procedures in relation to the lymphatic system, thyroid gland, chest wall and parathyroid glands, as well as pulmonary endarterectomy. Further, it addresses intraoperative and postoperative complications, and explores newer fields like microthymectomy, microlobectomy, and pain management for thoracic surgery patients. Providing an update on the latest advances in thoracic surgery, it appeals to general, thoracic, cardiothoracic, and cardiovascular surgeons. It also offers trainees insights into the foundation of the techniques and the relevant anatomy. .

    Contents:
    General Aspects of Thoracic Surgery
    Surgical approaches and investigation techniques to the mediastinal lymph nodes
    Surgical Techniques for Chest Wall Diseases
    Minimally invasive left pulmonary resections techniques
    Chest Tube
    Approaches and surgical techniques for mediastinal infectious diseases
    General Aspects in the Pathology of the Diaphragm
    Approaches and surgical techniques for retrocostoxiphoid hernias
    Anesthesia in lung transplantation
    Thoracic traumas - general aspects
    Approaches and surgical techniques for chest wall trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Douglas J. Mathisen, Christopher R. Morse ; illustrations by Body Scientific International, LLC., Anne Rains.
    Summary: Take your surgical skills to the next level with Thoracic Surgery: Transplantation, Tracheal Resections, Mediastinal Tumors, Extended Thoracic Resections, a volume in the Master Techniques in Surgery Series! This thoracic surgery reference provides the richly illustrated, step-by-step guidance you need to perfect a full range of thoracic surgery techniques, avoid and manage complications, and achieve optimal outcomes. Key features: see exactly how to perform the full range of procedures, both open and minimally invasive, for lung transplantation, thoracic outlet syndrome, pectus repair, diaphr.

    Contents:
    Part I: Endoscopy
    Rigid/flexible bronchoscopy / Douglas J. Mathiesen
    Airway stenting / Aaron M. Cheng, Douglas E. Wood
    Part II: Lung resection: General principles
    Endobronchial and endoscopic ultrasound staging in lung cancer / Jordan Krazakov, Moishe Liberman
    Mediastinoscopy: Current role in thoracic surgery and management of complications / Tibor Krajc, Michael Rolf Mueller
    Transcervical extended mediastinal lymphadenectomy (TEMLA) for staging of nonsmall cell lung cancer / (NSCLC) / Martin Zieliński [and others]
    Mediastinal node dissection right/left (VATS/Open) / Hiroshi Date
    Robotic lymph node dissection / Franca M.A. Melfi, Olivia Fanucchi, Alfredo Mussi
    Techniques/complications of thoracotomy / Dan J. Raz
    Part III: Lung resection: Lobectomy
    Right upper lobe: Open / Walter Weder, Ilhan Inci
    Right upper lobe: VATS / Michael J. Weyant
    Open middle lobectomy / Gunda Leschber
    Right middle lobe: VATS / Michael J. Weyant
    Right lower lobe: Open / Ralph A. Schmid, Gregor J. Kocher
    Right lower lobe: VATS / Michael J. Weyant
    Open left upper lobectomy / N. Golan, Thomas K. Waddell
    Left upper lobe: VATS / Michael Lanuti
    Left lower lobectomy: Open / David Tom Cooke
    VATS lower left lobectomy / Daniel G. Nicastri, Oskar Kizhner, Todd S. Weiser
    Precision cautery laser excision / Tae H. Song, Christopher R. Morse
    Robotic approach to lobectomy / Benjamin Wei, Robert James Cerfolio
    Part IV: Lung resection: Segmentectomy
    Right upper lobe (Anterior, posterior, apical) / Laureano Molins [and others]
    VATS right upper lobe (RUL) segmentectomy / Andrew J. Kaufman, Raja M. Flores
    Superior and basilar right lower lobe segmentectomies / Gaetano Rocco
    Video-assisted thoracoscopic right superior and basilar segmentectomy / M. Blair Marshall, Dominic Emerson
    Left upper lobe segmental resection: Lingula and superior division--Open approach / N. Golan, Thomas K. Waddell
    Left upper lobectomy: VATS / Robert E. Merritt
    Left lower lobe segmentectomy (superior and basilar): Open techniques / Sean C. Grondin, Colin Schieman
    Left lower lobe segments--VATS / Hugh G. Auchincloss, Christopher R. Morse
    Part V: Lung resection: Superior sulcus resection
    Anterior approach to lung cancers invading the thoracic inlet / Olaf Mercier, Elie Fadel, Philippe Dartevelle
    Superior sulcus resection-posterior approach / Cameron D. Wright
    Thoracic en bloc spondylectomy / Claudio E. Tatsui, Laurence D. Rhines, Garrett L. Walsh
    Part VI: Lung resection: EPP
    Extrapleural pneumonectomy / Valerie W. Rusch
    Pleurectomy and pneumonectomy / Andrew J. Kaufman, Raja M. Flores
    Part VII: Lung resection: Broncoplastic procedures/vascular reconstructions
    Upper right sleeve lobectomy / John D. Mitchell
    Right middle lobe sleeve resection / Mara B. Antonoff, Bryan F. Meyers
    Right lower and middle lobe sleeve lobectomy / Douglas J. Mathieson
    Left upper sleeve lobectomy / Federico Venuta [and others]
    Left lower lobe sleeve resection / Paula A. Ugalde [and others]
    Right and left mainstem bronchial sleeve resections / Smita Sihag, Douglas J. Mathieson
    Pulmonary artery sleeve resection and lobectomy / Antonio D'Andrilli, Federico Venuta, Erino A. Rendina
    VATS sleeve lobectomy / Robert J. McKenna Jr
    Part VIII: Lung resection: Carinal resection
    Neocarina / John C. Wain
    Right carinal sleeve pneumonectomy: Transsternal approach / John C. Wain
    Right carinal sleeve pneumonectomy: Transthoracic / Michael Lanuti
    Carinal right upper lobectomy / Harald C. Ott, Douglas J. Mathieson
    Left carinal resection / Cameron D. Wright
    Carinal resection: Pneumonectomy stump recurrence / Eric H. Twerdahl, Douglas J. Mathieson
    Part IX: Management complications
    Transsternal repair of postpneumonectomy bronchopleural fistual / Olaf Mercier, Marc de Perrot, Shaf Keshavjee
    Transthoracic repair bronchopleural fistula / Francis C. Nichols
    Muscle flaps for general thoracic surgeons / Mark S. Allen
    Omental flap / Bryan M. Burt, Joseph B. Shrager
    Persistent air leaks/pleural spaces / Douglas J. Mathieson, Christopher R. Morse.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Douglas J. Mathisen, MD, Christopher R. Morse, MD ; illustrations by Body Scientific International, LLC., Anne Rains, Arains Illustration, Inc.
    Summary: Take your surgical skills to the next level with Thoracic surgery: transplantation, tracheal resections, mediastinal tumors, extended thoracic resections, a volume in the Master techniques in surgery series! This thoracic surgery reference provides the richly illustrated, step-by-step guidance you need to perfect a full range of thoracic surgery techniques, avoid and manage complications, and achieve optimal outcomes.

    Contents:
    Lung transplantation/chronic lung disease
    Chest wall/pleural space/diaphragm: TOS
    Chest wall/pleural apace/diaphragm: pectus repair
    Chest wall/pleural space/diaphragm: chest wall
    Chest wall/pleural space/diaphragm: diaphragm
    Chest wall/pleural space/diaphragm: pleural space
    Mediastinal tumors: thymus
    Mediastinal tumors: neurogenic
    Trachea
    Vascular procedures.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015
  • Digital
    Joseph M. Galante, Raul Coimbra, editors.
    Summary: This volume is a "how-to guide" to treating thoracic trauma and emergencies for acute care surgeons. It highlights the diagnosis and management of thoracic disease and injuries, and each chapter includes algorithms that lead readers through the process of identifying and treating many common and some uncommon thoracic pathologies. The international team of authors provides readers with a unique and diverse approach to the operative and non-operative challenges encountered by ACS surgeons. The large number of figures offers readers insights into what they can expect to see when caring for these patients. The editors understand that the management of adults and children differ and have included a specific chapter on pediatrics. Given the broad audience and diverse settings in which the text can be used, the authors also provide details of care in limited-resource environments. The volume is a valuable tool for professionals interested in thoracic surgery and acute care surgery
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Francis C. Wells, Aman S. Coonar.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition of this book provides a comprehensive overview of both common and rarely performed thoracic surgical techniques. Techniques covered include thymectomy, left and right lower lobectomy, rib resection for empyema, median sternotomy and lung biopsies. Emphasis is focused on the practical steps necessary to successfully and reliably perform the techniques covered, while acknowledgement is also given to individual variations in how these techniques are performed. Thoracic Surgical Techniques provides a detailed clinical illustrative guide for successfully performing a range of procedures reliably. Its large number of detailed illustrations and concise technical descriptions provides an invaluable resource for all practising and trainee thoracic surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    WHO classification of tumours editorial board.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.C5 T46 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Francesco Feletti, Bruna Malta, Andrea Aliverti, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Philippe Astoul, GianFranco Tassi, Jean-Marie Tschopp, editors.
    Summary: The incidence of pleural disease is increasing, and it is now accepted that best practice requires the incorporation of thoracoscopy into the work-up. However, surgeons cannot meet the rising demand for thoracoscopy by means of video-assisted thoracoscopic surgery (VATS), and waiting lists for endoscopic pleural procedures are consequently lengthening. Against this background, there is an increasing need for medical thoracoscopy performed by pulmonologists, which may be video assisted and has the advantage of being very cost-effective. This book is a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to thoracoscopy for pulmonologists that documents the considerable progress in endoscopic telescopes and instrumentation. Clear practical guidance is provided on technique, and diagnostic, therapeutic, and interventional applications of thoracoscopy are all carefully examined with the aid of high-quality illustrations. Although medical thoracoscopy is much less invasive than VATS and thoracotomy, complications can occur in a small number of cases; these are discussed and advice on prevention is provided. The concluding section examines the future of the field, covering developments such as 'mini' thoracoscopy, autofluorescence thoracoscopy, and flexi-rigid thoracoscopy.

    Contents:
    Part I. The Pleura and Thoracoscopy Technique
    Part II. Thoracoscopy for the Beginners
    Part III. Interventional Thoracoscopy
    Part IV. Advanced Thoracoscopy
    Part V. Complications of Thoracoscopy and Management
    Part VI. Future in the Field of Thoracoscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nicola Sverzellati, Mario Silva, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the differences, in terms of neoplastic dissemination pathways, between various types of thoracic cancers. It presents and discusses a comprehensive schematic overview of tumors of the lung parenchyma, of the mediastinum, of the pleura, and of the chest wall. For each tumor, it details the local spread and the lymphatic and vascular dissemination, and it describes the challenging staging of lung tumors with mutations. Illustrations and artwork enrich the content and help readers to understand and visualize tumor spread. The book is of great interest to professionals involved in the study, diagnosis and treatment of thoracic pathologies, as well as to residents in radiology, oncology and pulmonology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Mechanisms of tumour dissemination in thoracic neoplasms
    Chapter 2: Radiological Signs of Tumour Dissemination
    Chapter 3: NSCLC: common types
    Chapter 4: NSCLC: rare types
    Chapter 5: Pulmonary neuroendocrine tumours
    Chapter 6: Tumours of the thymus
    Chapter 7: Other Mediastinal tumours
    Chapter 8: Tumours od the Pleura
    Chapter 9: Tumours of the chest wall.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Jeff Hawkins ; with a foreword by Richard Dawkins.
    Summary: "For all we hear of neuroscience's great advances, the field has generated more questions than answers. We know that the brain combines sensory input from all over your body into a single perception, but not how. We think brains "compute" in some sense, but we can't say what those computations are. We believe that the brain is organized as a hierarchy, with different pieces all working collaboratively to make a single model of the world. But we can explain neither how those pieces are differentiated, nor how they collaborate. Neuroscientist and computer engineer Jeff Hawkins argues that it's so hard to answer questions about the brain because our basic picture of how the brain works is wrong. In A Thousand Brains, Hawkins takes a radically new approach to the brain, with stunning implications. Hawkins' proposal, called the Thousand Brains Theory of Intelligence, is that your brain is organized into thousands upon thousands of individually computing units, called cortical columns. These columns all process information from the outside world in the same way, and each builds a complete model of the world. But because every column has different connections to the rest of the body, each has a unique frame of reference. Your brain sorts out all those models by conducting a vote. The fundamental job of the brain, therefore, is not to build a single thought, but to manage the thousands of individual thoughts it has every moment. With this powerful new framework, Hawkins is able to reassess some of neuroscience's most stubborn problems, like why pain needs to be painful to be useful, how we can understand that our perspective of a thing changes as we move around it, and why we might be conscious but individual pieces of our body aren't. And once you understand how the brain works, it is a lot easier to make one yourself. Hawkins is, above all, an engineer, and A Thousand Brains outlines how a new understanding of intelligence could lead to truly intelligent AI. Hawkins explores how we might create machines that can learn on their own, why we need not fear superintelligent systems, and how human and machine intelligence may someday merge. Combining cutting-edge theoretical neuroscience with an ambitious program for tomorrow's digital minds, A Thousand Brains heralds a revolution in the study of intelligence. It is a big-think book, in every sense of the word"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    A new understanding the brain. Older brain, new brain ; Vernon Mountcastle's big idea ; A model of the world in your head ; The brain reveals its secrets ; Maps in the brain ; Concepts, language, and high-level thinking ; The thousand brains theory of intelligence
    Machine intelligence. Why there is no "I" in AI ; When machines are conscious ; The future of machine intelligence ; The existential risks of machine intelligence
    Human intelligence. False beliefs ; The existential risks of human intelligence ; Merging brains and machines ; Estate planning for humanity ; Genes versus knowledge
    Final thoughts.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP376 .H2944 2021
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Müller-Reichart, Gaia Pigino.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. FIB-SEM of mouse nervous tissue: Fast and slow sample preparation / Anna M. Steyer, Andreas Schertel, Christos Nardis, Wiebke Möbius
    Chapter 2. Expedited large-volume 3-D SEM workflows for comparative microanatomical imaging / Gerald John Shami, Delfine Cheng, Filip Braet
    Chapter 3. Serial-section electron microscopy using automated tape-collecting ultramicrotome (ATUM) / Valentina Baena, Richard Lee Schalek, Jeff William Lichtman, Mark Terasaki
    Chapter 4. Serial block face-scanning electron microscopy for volume electron microscopy / Saskia Lippens, Anna Kremer, Peter Borghgraef, Christopher J. Guérin
    Chapter 5. Combining serial block face and focused ion beam scanning electron microscopy for 3D studies of rare events / Christopher J. Guérin, Anna Kremer, Peter Borghgraef, Andy Y. Shih, Saskia Lippens
    Chapter 6. Yeast membraneless compartments revealed by correlative light microscopy and electron tomography / Guendalina Marini, Gaia Pigino
    Chapter 7. In situ analysis of male meiosis in C. elegans / Gunar Fabig, Anna Schwarz, Cynthia Striese, Michael Laue, Thomas Müller-Reichert
    Chapter 8. Software for automated acquisition of electron tomography tilt series / Guenter P. Resch
    Chapter 9. In situ cryo-electron tomography and subtomogram averaging of intraflagellar transport trains / Mareike A. Jordan, Gaia Pigino
    Chapter 10. CryoSTEM tomography in biology / Sharon G. Wolf, Michael Elbaum - Chapter 11. Subtomogram averaging from cryo-electron tomograms / Kendra E. Leigh, Paula P. Navarro, Stefano Scaramuzza, Wenbo Chen, Yingi Zhang, Daniel Castaño-Díez, Misha Kudryashev
    Chapter 12. Computational methods for stitching, alignment, and artifact correction of serial section data / Stephan Saalfeld
    Chapter 13. Content-aware image restoration for electron microscopy / Tim-Oliver Buchholz, Alexander Krull, Réza Shahidi, Gaia Pigino, Gáspár Jékely, Florian Jug.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Fabio Bagnoli, Rino Rappuoli, editors.
    Summary: "This edited volume discusses the application of very diverse human organotypic models in major areas of biomedical research. The authors lay a main focus on infectious diseases, cancer, allergies, as well as drug/vaccine discovery and toxicology studies. Representing a valid alternative to laboratory animals, these models are relevant for most areas of translational research. As the contemporary research shows, many human tissues can today be cultivated in vitro and used for several research objectives. This book provides an unprecedented overview of recent developments in an exciting field of research methodology. It is a reference guide for scientists in both academia and industry. Readers can update their knowledge and get hands-on recommendations on how to set up an organotypic model in their lab."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Part I. Three dimensional human organotypic models for studying infectious diseases. Three dimensional human organotypic models for studying skin pathogens / Elena Boero, Malgorzata Ewa Mnich, Andrea Guido Oreste Manetti, Elisabetta Soldaini, Luca Grimaldi and Fabio Bagnoli
    Human organotypic respiratory models / Mattias Svensson and Puran Chen
    Human gastrointestinal organoid models for studying microbial disease and cancer / Jayati Chakrabarti, Martha B. Dua-Awereh, Loryn Holokai and Yana Zavros
    Human organotypic models for anti-infective research / Astrid Hendriks, Ana Rita Cruz, Elisabetta Soldaini, Andrea Guido Oreste Manetti and Fabio Bagnoli
    Part II. Three dimensional human organotypic models for studying non-infectious diseases. Progress on reconstructed human skin models for allergy research and identifying contact sensitizers / Charlotte Rodrigues Neves and Susan GIbbs
    Cancer explant models / Christian T. Stackhouse, George Yancey Gillespie and Christopher D. Willey
    Organotypic models of lung cancer / Anna Pomerenke
    Pancreatic cancer organotypic models / Abigail Coetzee, Richard Grose and Hemant Kocher
    Breast organotypic cancer models / Pilar Carranza-Rosales, Nancy Elena Guzmán-Delgado, Irma Edith Carranza-Torres, Ezequiel Viveros-Valdez and Javier Morán-Martinez
    Preclinical organotypic models for the assessment of novel cancer therapeutics and treatment / Carol Ward, James Meehan, Mark Gray, Ian H. Kunkler, Simon P. Langdon, Alan Murray and David Argyle
    Overview and comparison of intestinal organotypic models, intestinal cells, and intestinal explants used for toxicity studies / Marc Maresca, Philippe Pinton, El Hassan Ajandouz, Sandrine Menard, Laurent Ferrier and Isabelle P. Oswald
    Correction to: Human organotypic models for anti-infective research / Astrid Hendriks, Ana Rita Cruz, Elisabetta Soldaini, Andrea Guido Oreste Manetti and Fabio Bagnoli.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carlos Jerjes-Sánchez.
    Contents:
    1. Mechanisms of thrombosis
    2. Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of fibrinolytic agents
    3. Thrombolytic therapy: evidence-based results from multicenter control trials
    4.Patients for thrombolysis
    5. Anticoagulation as adjunctive treatment and one-hour alteplase infusion
    6. Current guidelines and recommendations for thrombolysis use in pulmonary embolism
    7. Thrombolysis in pulmonary embolism
    8. Thrombolysis in special situations
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Gerald Soff, editor.
    Summary: In this book, leaders in the field explore our current understanding of thrombosis and hemostasis in cancer and address key questions on the subject. Among the topics discussed are the mechanisms that cancers use to activate the coagulation system, and those by means of which an activated coagulation system can lead to more aggressive cancer growth. Clinical chapters examine the role of thrombosis prophylaxis and treatment, central line-associated thrombosis, and cancer-associated hemorrhage. Subsequent chapters deal with the management of chemotherapy-induced thrombocytopenia, anticoagulation in the presence of brain metastases, and other unique challenges in the interaction of thrombosis and hemostasis in cancer. It has been 150 years since Armand Trousseau first described the well-known association between cancer and an increased risk of thrombosis, which may be considered the first paraneoplastic syndrome ever identified. More recently, numerous studies have indicated that activation of the coagulation system by cancer not only increases the likelihood of thrombosis, but is also associated with a more aggressive cancer phenotype. By familiarizing readers with the latest developments in this complex and challenging field, the book offers a valuable resource for scientists and clinicians alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC262 .S644 2019
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Thomas Boehm, Yousuke Takahama, editors.
    Summary: The thymus is an evolutionarily ancient primary lymphoid organ common to all vertebrates in which T cell development takes place. Failing thymus function is associated with immunodeficiency and/or autoimmunity. In this volume, leading experts provide a comprehensive overview of recent advances in thymopoiesis research. The chapters cover the development of the thymic epithelial microenvironment, address the formation of a diverse and self-tolerant repertoire of T cell receptors as the basis for cellular immunity, discuss the mechanisms by which progenitor cells colonize the thymus and detail the molecular basis for T lineage decisions. The reviews illustrate the important role of the multifaceted process of thymopoiesis for adaptive immunity.

    Contents:
    Development and Function of Cortical Thymic Epithelial Cells
    Mechanisms of Thymus Medulla Development And Function
    Self-peptides in TCR Repertoire Selection and Peripheral T Cell Function
    Central Tolerance Induction
    Trafficking to the Thymus
    The CD4/CD8 Lineages: Central Decisions and Peripheral Modifications for T Lymphocytes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Geraldo A. Passos, editor.
    Summary: This volume focuses on challenging field in biomedicine that is the genetic control of central immune tolerance. It covers the thymus development, their cellular components and their respective function, the peculiar gene expression profiling (transcriptome) found in the medullary thymic epithelial cells (mTECs) that are implicated in the self-representation in the thymus, the Autoimmune regulator (Aire) gene, the mutations in this gene and manifestation of autoimmune diseases, and the role of cell-cell interactions within the thymus with implications in the negative selection (elimination) of nascent autoreactive T cells in preventing aggressive autoimmunity. The thymus gland is a lymphoid organ implicated in the maturation, differentiation and selection of T cells. This organ is gained more and more attention in different biomedical research labs worldwide due to its function that is associated with the control of immune homeostasis in the body, establishing the central immune tolerance and preventing the onset of autoimmune diseases.

    Contents:
    1. History of the thymus: From a vestigial organ to the programming of immunological self-tolerance
    2. Thymus Ontogeny and Development
    3. The Ins and Outs of Thymic Epithelial Cell Differentiation and Function
    4. T-Cell Development: From T-Lineage Specification to Intrathymic Maturation
    5. Intrathymic cell migration: implications in thymocyte development and T-cell repertoire formation
    6. Thymic crosstalk: an overview of the complex cellular interactions that control the establishment of T-cell tolerance
    7. The Autoimmune Regulator (AIRE) gene, the master activator of self-antigen expression in the thymus
    8. Aire Mutations and Autoimmune Diseases
    9. The thymus as a mirror of the body's gene expression
    10. Functional genomics of the infant human thymus: Aire and minipuberty
    11. Thymus transcriptome of TGF-β superfamily
    12. Development of thymic regulatory T lymphocytes
    13. Adding insult to injury: improving the regenerative capacity of the aged thymus following clinically induced damage
    14. Thymus rejuvenation after autologous hematopoietic stem cell transplantation in patients with autoimmune diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Livio Luzi, editor.
    Summary: This book will provide readers with up-to-date information on thyroid diseases, obesity and metabolic syndrome. The innovative element is the presentation and exploration of possible connections linking thyroid diseases and metabolism dysfunction. Starting from the classification and diagnosis of thyroid diseases, obesity and metabolic syndrome, techniques to study and treat each of the mentioned diseases are given in an easy-to-use way. This volume will be a useful tool for endocrinologists, diabetologists, dieticians, and any professionals involved in the treatment of thyroid diseases.

    Contents:
    PART I THYROID: Thyroid gland: anatomy and physiology
    Classification of thyroid diseases
    Iodine deficiency and thyroid dysfunction
    Techniques to study thyroid function and morphology
    Medical and surgical treatment
    PART II OBESITY and METABOLIC SYNDROME: Obesity and metabolic syndrome: the new pandemic
    Classification and diagnosis
    Medical and surgical treatment
    Techniques to study metabolism
    PART III THYROID, METABOLISM and OBESITY: Link between thyroid dysfunction and metabolic syndrome
    Muscle tissue and hypothyroidism
    Thyroid function and effects on cardiovascular system
    Obesity, adipokines and thyroid dysfunction
    Adipokines and thyroid malignancies
    Link between thyroid tumors and metabolism
    PART IV CLINICAL CASES.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Giorgio Iervasi, Alessandro Pingitore, A. Martin Gerdes, Salman Razvi, editors.
    Summary: In recent years, several scientific papers have highlighted the role of the thyroid system in cardioprotection, and several clinical studies - including multicenter studies - have identified the role of thyroid hormones (TH) in the development and progression of cardiovascular disease, making an update of TH and heart relationship both necessary and timely. This second edition of Thyroid and Heart failure provides a careful and updated review of the experimental, clinical and epidemiological results in the field of TH and heart failure, with a particular focus on the translational - bench to bedside - significance of the obtained results. It discusses topics such as the molecular, structural, functional, cellular and histological cardiac changes; the reversibility of these changes with TH replacement therapy; the systemic effects - kidney, hormonal pathways systems, brain, muscle, etc - of altered TH metabolism in HF, as well as the clinical and prognostic implications. The section devoted to the potential therapeutic treatments has been expanded. Thanks to its translational approach to this highly complex subject, the book will be of interest to a broad readership, including cardiologists, endocrinologists and internists. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword: Thyroid and the Heart: A Roadmap
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Heart and Thyroid: Historical and Basic Aspects
    1: Thyroid and the Heart: A Historical Perspective
    1.1 Heart Thyrotoxicosis
    1.2 Myxedema Heart
    References
    2: Physiological Role of Thyroid Hormone in the Developing and Mature Heart
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Membrane Transport
    2.3 Metabolism
    2.4 Effect of Thyroid Hormone in Heart Development
    2.5 Effect of Thyroid Hormone in the Mature Heart
    2.6 Conclusions
    References 3: Thyroid Hormone Signaling Mechanisms in the Heart and Vasculature
    3.1 TH Signaling Through Nuclear TRs
    3.2 TR Isoforms
    3.3 Cellular Localization of TRs
    3.4 Posttranslational Modification of TRs
    3.5 Genes Regulated by THs
    3.5.1 Cardiomyocyte Calcium Transients and Contractility
    3.5.2 Transverse-Tubules
    3.5.3 Metabolism and Mitochondria
    3.6 TH Signaling Through Cytosolic TRs
    3.7 Vascular Responses to TH
    3.7.1 Angiogenesis and Vascular Remodeling
    3.8 TH Effects Independent of TRs
    3.8.1 TH Activation of Ion Channels
    3.9 Conclusions 5: Diastolic and Systolic Dysfunction of the Heart and Thyroid Hormone Abnormalities
    5.1 Mechanism of Action of Thyroid Hormone on Myocardium
    5.2 Hyperthyroidism and Cardiac Dysfunction
    5.3 Effects of Overt Hypothyroidism on Cardiac Function
    5.4 Action of Subclinical Hypothyroidism
    5.4.1 Cardiac Function at Rest and During Exercise in Subclinical Hypothyroidism
    5.4.2 Peripheral Vascular Abnormalities in Subclinical Hypothyroidism
    5.5 Action of Low T3 Syndrome
    5.6 Beneficial Effects of Thyroid Hormone Treatment
    References Part III: Thyroid System in CV Diseases in Experimental Models
    6: TH Metabolism in Ischemia/Reperfusion Models
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Overview of Thyroid Hormones and Receptors
    6.3 Thyroid Hormone Metabolism
    6.3.1 Deiodination Pathways
    6.3.2 Alternative Pathways
    6.4 Effect of TH Dysfunction on CVD and Vice Versa
    6.5 Cardioprotection by TH in Ischemia: A Lesson From Experimental Models
    6.6 Conclusions
    References
    7: Thyroid Hormone Deiodinative Pathways in the Normal and Failing Heart
    7.1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Markus Luster, Leonidas H. Duntas, Leonard Wartofsky, editors.
    Summary: This book is an up-to-date and comprehensive guide to all the common thyroid disorders that may be seen by internists, endocrinologists, nuclear medicine physicians, and endocrine surgeons. While the fundamentals of thyroid hormone function and regulation in health and disease are well covered, the primary focus is on the clinical approach to thyroid disease, with detailed coverage of both initial diagnosis and management and the role of imaging. Because most endocrine diseases are chronic and lifelong, special emphasis is placed on long-term management and the common pitfalls that may be encountered by the clinician. The editors are internationally acknowledged leaders in the field of thyroid disease and have gathered an outstanding team of authors, all of whom are also highly expert in their respective areas, but who, equally importantly, write in a clear and lucid style. The numerous isotope scan and ultrasonographic images ensure that the book will serve as a valuable reference atlas to which the physician will return again and again. .

    Contents:
    Part I: Introductory Section - Part II. Basis of Thyroid Disease - Part III. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Approaches - Part IV. Hypothyroidism - Part V. Hyperthyroidism - Part VI. Thyroiditis - Part VII. Thyroid Neoplasia - Part VIII. Thyroid Cancer - Part IX. Miscellaneous Topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Giorgio Grani, David S. Cooper, Cosimo Durante.
    Summary: Now in its second edition utilizing brand new clinical case material, this popular, user-friendly text presents the diagnosis and treatment of thyroid cancer and related clinical issues, providing clinicians in endocrinology and oncology with the best real-world strategies to properly manage the various manifestations of thyroid cancer that they may encounter. Each chapter is a case report that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and therapy, as well as the case outcome, literature review, clinical pearls and pitfalls, and bibliography. All recommendations are based on evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and recent literature. Written by experts in the field, these cases illustrate treatment for both low- and high-risk differentiated thyroid cancer, including surgical approaches, radioiodine therapy, and novel chemotherapies and targeted therapies, as well as postoperative follow-up and special issues. Additional cases demonstrate the management of medullary thyroid cancer and anaplastic thyroid cancer. Topics new to the second edition include information on management of small thyroid cancers with "active surveillance" (without surgery), new chemotherapeutic approaches to advanced thyroid cancer, and new information on a lesion that is no longer considered to be thyroid cancer (Neoplastic Follicular Thyroid Neoplasm with Papillary-Like Features [NIFTP]), as well as material on external beam radiotherapy and new approaches to the management of anaplastic thyroid cancer. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, this second edition of Thyroid Cancer: A Case-Based Approach will be an excellent resource for clinical endocrinologists and oncologists, endocrine fellows, residents and students alike
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Shunichi Yamashita, Gerry Thomas.
    Summary: Thyroid Cancer and Nuclear Accidents: Long-Term Aftereffects of Chernobyl and Fukushima discusses the radiobiological effects of the release of radioiodine from two nuclear power plant accidents and appropriate interpretation of the results of thyroid ultrasound examination. The book pulls together expert opinion on radiation related thyroid cancer in an understandable manner, even for non thyroidologists. The book explains what has been learned from both accidents in relation to prevention of thyroid cancer following nuclear power plant accidents. The book encompasses topics such as risk estimations of thyroid cancer following nuclear accidents and clinical aspects after those specific situations. Additionally, it discusses in detail the reports from Fukushima related to thyroid cancer in the population. This book is a valuable resource for oncologists and biomedical researchers with interest in nuclear accidents and cancer cases.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Lessons from Chernobyl: an Examination of Radiation Risks, Based on International Consensus and Evidence Related to Thyroid Cancer, 30 Years after
    Section 2. Thyroid Cancer: The Reality of Chernobyl
    Section 3. Thyroid Cancer: Questions for Fukushima
    Section 4. From Chernobyl to Fukushima
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Mahmoud F. Sakr.
    Summary: This volume presents and analyses the ongoing arguments, controversies, challenges and debates on thyroid disease with a view to clarifying some uncertainties, and to making suggestions that will help resolve others. Issues such as thyroid disease during pregnancy, Hashimotos disease, Hurthle cell lesions, solitary thyroid nodules, retrosternal goiter, thyroid cancer, recurrent thyroid disease, thyroidectomy techniques, post-thyroidectomy hypocalcemia, and thyroid auto-transplantation are thoroughly explored. Richly illustrated, the book offers an invaluable tool for all specialists and trainees entrusted with the care of patients suffering from thyroid disease.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Thyroid Disease During Pregnancy
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Physiological Changes During Pregnancy
    1.3 Thyroid Function Tests in Pregnancy
    1.3.1 How Do Thyroid Function Tests Change During Pregnancy?
    1.3.2 What Is the Normal Range for TSH in Each Trimester?
    1.3.3 Recommendations [8]
    1.4 Screening for Maternal Thyroid Dysfunction
    1.4.1 Introduction
    1.4.2 Screening for Thyroid Dysfunction
    1.4.3 Efficacy of Case Finding
    1.4.4 Thyroid Screening in Pregnancy: Current Practice and Cost-Effectiveness 1.4.5 Recommendations
    1.4.6 Conclusion
    1.5 Iodine Deficiency During Pregnancy
    1.5.1 Requirement of Iodine During Pregnancy and Lactation
    1.5.1.1 Increase in T4 Requirements
    1.5.1.2 Transfer of T4 and Iodide from Mother to Fetus
    1.5.1.3 Increased Renal Clearance of Iodide
    1.5.1.4 Level of Urinary I2 Indicating Optimal I2 Nutrition During Pregnancy and Lactation
    1.5.2 Requirement of Iodine in Neonates
    1.5.2.1 Level of Urinary I2 Indicating Optimal I2 Nutrition in Neonates
    1.5.3 Conclusion
    1.5.4 Recommendations [8]
    1.6 Hyperthyroidism in Pregnancy 1.6.1 Definitions
    1.6.2 Causes of Thyrotoxicosis
    1.6.3 Diagnosis of Hyperthyroidism in Pregnancy
    1.6.4 Risks of Hyperthyroidism During Pregnancy on Fetal and Maternal Health
    1.6.5 Treatment of Hyperthyroidism During Pregnancy
    1.6.5.1 Caveats and Goals of Antithyroid Drug Treatment
    1.6.6 Treatment of Hyperthyroidism During the Post-partum Period
    1.6.7 Recommendations [116, 135, 137, 138]
    1.7 Hypothyroidism in Pregnancy
    1.7.1 Iodine Deprivation and Goiter Formation
    1.7.2 Overt or Subclinical Hypothyroidism?
    1.7.3 Isolated Hypothyroxinemia 1.7.4 Incidence of Hypothyroidism During Pregnancy
    1.7.5 Risks of Hypothyroidism on Fetal and Maternal Health
    1.7.6 Treatment of Hypothyroidism During Pregnancy
    1.7.6.1 Effectiveness of Levothyroxine Treatment
    1.7.6.2 Caveats of Levothyroxine (LT4) Treatment During Pregnancy
    1.7.7 Treatment of Hypothyroidism During the Post-partum Period
    1.7.8 Recommendations [8, 197]
    1.8 Autoimmune Thyroiditis in Pregnancy
    1.8.1 Incidence
    1.8.2 Risks on Fetal and Maternal Health
    1.8.3 Treatment
    1.8.4 Recommendations [8] 1.9 Infertility and Miscarriage: Impact of Thyroid Dysfunction
    1.9.1 Introduction
    1.9.2 Autoimmunity and Reproductive Failure
    1.9.3 Impact of TAI on Infertility
    1.9.4 Impact of TAI on Miscarriage
    1.9.4.1 Classical Studies
    1.9.4.2 Assisted Reproductive Techniques (ARTs) and Miscarriage
    1.9.4.3 Effect of Thyroxine Administration on Miscarriage in Women with Positive Thyroid Abs
    1.9.5 Conclusions
    1.10 Post-partum Thyroiditis
    1.10.1 Definition
    1.10.2 Incidence
    1.10.3 Clinical Evaluation and Treatment
    1.10.4 Recommendations [8]
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Paolo Vitti, Laszlo Hegedüs.
    Summary: This book presents the latest advances in knowledge of the pathogenesis of thyroid diseases and describes the state of the art in their diagnosis and treatment, including newly emerging management approaches. After an opening section that addresses thyroid physiology and laboratory evaluation, each of the major thyroid diseases and their subtypes is discussed, covering goiter and thyroid nodule, thyroiditis, hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism and thyrotoxicosis, and thyroid carcinoma. Other conditions that affect thyroid function or induce thyroid dysfunction are also considered, e.g., pregnancy, non-thyroidal disorders, and medication use. The book is designed to assist practitioners to achieve optimal outcomes in clinical routine by providing clear guidance on clinical examination, the use of diagnostic tests, first- and second-line therapies, and follow-up. Chapter have been written by recognized experts in the field.

    Contents:
    Part I Thyroid physiology and laboratory evaluation of the thyroid: Regulation of thyroid function, synthesis and function of thyroid hormones
    Tests of thyroid function
    Thyroid autoantibodies
    Thyroid imaging
    Part II Goiter and thyroid nodule: Non-toxic goiter
    Thyroid nodule
    Part III Thyroiditis: Hashimoto's thyroiditis
    Post-partum thyroiditis and silent thyroiditis
    Acute and sub-acute thyroiditis
    Part IV Hypothyroidism: Classification and etiopathogenesis
    Congenital hypothyroidism
    Primary hypothyroidism
    Central hypothyroidism
    Diagnosis and treatment of hypothyroidism
    Part V Hyperthyroidism and thyrotoxicosis: Graves' disease
    Graves' ophthalmopathy
    Treatment of Graves' disease
    Toxic adenoma and multinodular toxic goiter
    Other forms of thyrotoxicosis
    Part VI Thyroid carcinoma: Pathogenesis of thyroid carcinoma
    Differentiated thyroid carcinoma of follicular origin
    Medullary carcinoma
    Anaplastic and other forms of thyroid carcinoma
    New (medical) treatment for thyroid carcinoma
    Part VII Other conditions influencing thyroid function or inducing thyroid dysfunction: Thyroid physiology and thyroid diseases in pregnancy
    Non-thyroidal illness
    Drugs and other substances interfering with thyroid function and inducing thyroid diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gianni Bona, Filippo De Luca, Alice Monzani, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the entire spectrum of thyroid diseases in childhood, focusing on the recent advances that have been achieved, from progress in basic science research through to novel or improved approaches to diagnosis and treatment. Introductory chapters discuss thyroid embryogenesis and the role of thyroid hormones in fetal development. The two contrasting forms of thyroid dysfunction, hypo- and hyperthyroidism, are then considered in depth, with particular attention to the molecular causes of congenital hypothyroidism. Among the other topics addressed are autoimmune thyroiditis, thyroid nodules, and pediatric neoplasms. The book concludes with an overview of promising therapeutic approaches, such as stem cell therapy. Each topic is treated by an eminent expert in the field, ensuring consistently high quality. Thyroid Diseases in Childhood will be an important source of information for endocrinologists, pediatricians, oncologists, and gynecologists, as well as other professionals interested in this topic.

    Contents:
    Thyroid embryogenesis
    Thyroid hormones in fetal development
    Etiology of congenital hypothyroidism
    Neonatal screening for congenital hypothyroidism: what it has taught us about thyroid and brain
    Laboratory aspects in neonatal screening of congenital hypothyroidism
    Epidemiology of congenital hypothyroidism
    Congenital hypothyroidism due to PAX8 mutations
    Transient neonatal hypothyroidism
    Central Hypothyroidism
    Syndromes of resistance to thyroid hormone action
    Management of congenital hypothyroidism
    Neurodevelopmental outcomes in children with congenital hypothyroidism
    Iodine deficiency from pregnancy to childhood
    Thyroid enlargement from newborn to adolescent
    Thyroid nodules and carcinoma
    Autoimmune thyroiditis
    Subclinical hypothyroidism
    Hyperthyroidism
    Generation of functional thyroid from embryonic stem cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Fereidoun Azizi, Fahimeh Ramezani Tehrani, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of various thyroid disorders in pregnancy. Merging clinical evidence with their own professional experience, international experts in the field report on novel research and share insights on a broad range of topics, from addressing the normal physiology of the thyroid in pregnancy, to the safe treatment of disorders during pregnancy. Given its scope, the book is chiefly intended for internists, obstetricians, gynecologists, endocrinologists and related sub-specialists; however, it will also benefit general physicians.

    Contents:
    Thyroid function in pregnancy
    Iodine Nutrition in Pregnancy
    Screening of thyroid Function
    Preconception Counseling
    Abnormalities of Maternal Thyroid Function
    Autoimmune Thyroid Disease and Pregnancy,. Nodular Thyroid Disease in pregnancy
    Postpartum Thyroid Disease
    Thyroid and Infertility
    Thyroid Disorders & Contraception.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Syed Khalid Imam, Shamim I. Ahmad, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book provides core understanding and clinical knowledge to all those involved in managing thyroid disorders. The authors examine the basic thyroid glandular functions which are essential in understanding the pathophysiology and clinical aspects of this disease. The chapters present recent trends, technologies and advancements in the management of thyroid diseases to help readers keep abreast of modern thyroid disease management. Some special and important issues such as pregnancy and thyroid diseases, psychiatric disorders and thyroid, and subclinical thyroid dysfunctions are also included. Thyroid Disorders - Basic Science and Clinical Practice is aimed at physicians, endocrinologists, endocrine surgeons and general surgeons with special interest in thyroid management, as well as dieticians, researchers and medical students at all levels.

    Contents:
    Fundamental concepts
    Throid dysfunction and clinical application
    Pregnancy and throid dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Raymond S. Douglas, Allison N. McCoy, Shivani Gupta.
    Summary: This book offers ophthalmologists and medical practitioners a concise, data-driven review of the information that is most relevant in guiding the diagnosis and management of thyroid eye disease (TED). Particular attention is devoted to research and clinical trials that have advanced the field in recent years. Progress in our understanding of the pathogenesis of TED is described, and the heterogeneous natural history of TED is discussed to facilitate preemptive interventions. Advances in diagnostic evaluation, including autoantibody assessment, are reviewed with regard to their clinical utility. The diagnostic features of euthyroid TED are also carefully covered since these patients often represent a diagnostic dilemma. All relevant aspects of treatment are addressed including the role of radioactive iodine, long-term medical therapy, and surgical thyroidectomy. The impact of these treatment modalities on eye disease are discussed. Management of active TED is reviewed according to the severity of disease and in the light of recent findings and the introduction of novel agents. The discussion encompasses the role of steroids and other agents, the use of novel biologics, the medical and surgical treatment of optic neuropathy, and minimally invasive, customized reconstructive surgery. Numerous supporting images are included, and helpful checklists will aid the practitioner in treatment decision making.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kennichi Kakudo, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to thyroid fine needle aspiration (FNA) cytology. Borderline/precursor tumors, which were introduced in the 4th edition of the WHO classification of thyroid tumors, are also incorporated. In this second edition, prominent international experts discuss the different approaches to thyroid FNA cytology employed in various countries such as Australia, Canada, China, Korea, Portugal, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey, Ukraine, the USA, UK, Italy and Japan. The book not only covers key principles of thyroid cytopathology but also addresses technical aspects such as procedural complications, liquid-based cytology, immunocytochemistry, staining procedures, and potential pitfalls. Case-based descriptions and clinical findings, radiologic imaging, cytology, and histopathologic diagnosis - all complemented by a wealth of detailed photographs - will help reader understand and overcome many common dilemmas in daily practice. As such, the book represents an indispensable reference work for all cytopathologists, especially those practicing thyroid cytopathology. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hossein Gharib, editor.
    Summary: Utilizing the most current evidence, this practical book is the first publication of its kind to focus exclusively on the clinical and laboratory evaluation and therapy of thyroid nodules, including advances in evaluation and controversies in management. Opening with chapters presenting the epidemiology, history, laboratory and clinical evaluation of thyroid nodules, the use of radioactive isotope ultrasound and CT scanning in diagnosis is then described. The interpretation of thyroid cytology following fine needle aspiration (FNA) biopsies and the use of molecular markers are discussed in detail, as is the controversial use of thyroxine therapy. Following a presentation of the common and minimally invasive surgical approaches to thyroid nodules, chapters on multinodal goiters, incidentalomas and thyroid nodules in children round out the presentation. Written and edited by leading US and international thyroidologists, Thyroid Nodules is a useful, state-of-the-art text for endocrinologists, surgeons, and primary care physicians.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Thyroid Nodules
    History and Examination for Thyroid Nodules
    Laboratory Evaluation for Thyroid Nodules
    Nuclear Medicine in Evaluation and Therapy of Nodular Thyroid
    Imaging for Thyroid Nodules
    Fine Needle Aspiration for Thyroid Nodules
    Description and Classification of Thyroid Cytology
    Molecular Markers and Thyroid Nodule Evaluation
    Thyroxine Therapy for Thyroid Nodules
    Multinodular Goiter
    Thyroid Incidentalomas
    Surgery for Thyroid Nodules
    Minimally-Invasive Treatments for Thyroid Nodules
    Thyroid Nodules in Children.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Alexander N. Sencha and Yury N. Patrunov.
    Summary: This book is a wide-ranging and up-to-date guide to the use of ultrasound for imaging of the thyroid that will meet the needs of novices while providing more experienced professionals with advanced information. All of the techniques employed in modern thyroid ultrasound are covered, from conventional grayscale and Doppler imaging to elastography and contrast-enhanced ultrasound, with a focus on practical aspects and with detailed analysis of their diagnostic value and limitations. The characteristic ultrasound findings of the normal thyroid and a wide range of thyroid diseases and disorders are described with the aid of hundreds of high-quality images. Diffuse changes and thyroid lesions are discussed in depth, paying close attention to aspects of importance for early detection and differential diagnosis. In this context the authors summarize their personal experiences in the use of qualitative parameters of compression elastography and quantitative data of shear-wave elastography. In addition, a practical approach to the risk stratification of thyroid nodules is proposed. The book concludes with a resumé of the main challenges and pitfalls in thyroid ultrasound.

    Contents:
    1. Current State of the Problem of Thyroid Diseases
    2. Principles and Technology of Thyroid Ultrasound
    3. Ultrasound Image of the Normal Thyroid Gland
    4. Congenital Thyroid Anomalies and Thyroid Diseases in Children
    5. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Diffuse Thyroid Diseases
    6. Ultrasound Diagnosis in Thyroid Lesions
    7. Ultrasound of the Parathyroid Glands and Neck Masses
    8. Neck Ultrasound after Thyroid Surgery
    9. Thyroid Disorders and Female Reproductive System Diseases. The Thyroid Gland and Pregnancy
    10. Ultrasound of Neck Lymph Nodes
    11. Ultrasound-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration Biopsy
    12. Main Challenges and Pitfalls in Thyroid Ultrasound
    13. Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, S. Uchiyama, P. Amarenco, K. Minematsu, K.S.L. Wong.
    Contents:
    History of transient ischemic attack definition / Mohr, J.P.
    The concept of acute cerebrovascular syndrome / Uchiyama, S.
    Transient ischemic attack as a medical emergency / Okada, Y.
    TIA clinic : a major advance in management of transient ischemic attacks / Lavalle, P.; Amarenco, P.
    Risk scores for transient ischemic attack / Wolf, M.E.; Held, V.E.; Hennerici, M.G.
    Epidemiology of transient ischemic attack / Kokubo, Y.
    Symptoms of transient ischemic attack / Kim, J.S.
    Guidelines for management of patients with transient ischemic attack / Uehara, T.; Minematsu, K.
    Radiological examinations of transient ischemic attack / Tung, C.E.; Olivot, J.M.; Albers, G.W.
    Neurosonological examinations of transient ischemic attack / Sharma, V.K.; Wong, K.S.L.
    Stroke subtypes and interventional studies for transient ischemic attack / Lavalle, P.; Amarenco, P.
    Antithrombotic therapy in transient ischemic attack patients / Held, V.E.; Wolf, M.E.; Hennerici, M.G.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    John T. Riehl.
    Summary: "Tibial Plateau Fractures has been written to provide a single text that covers every aspect of treatment of these complex fractures with a focus on practical clinical knowledge. Modern treatment strategies have been clearly defined based on recent literature and cutting-edge fixation techniques. Case examples and high yield points are highlighted at the end of every chapter in order to help the reader come away with the most crucial aspects of care as determined by the surgeon experts who have authored each chapter. Reduction techniques for percutaneous and open surgical treatment of these fractures has been emphasized. Additionally, an entire chapter has been devoted to soft tissue injuries that occur in conjunction with tibial plateau fractures. This is an important distinction from other books, chapters, and journal articles, on the subject, as soft tissue injuries are often overlooked in prior works with a focus on the bony injury only. Untreated soft tissue injuries can be a source of long-term disability and poor outcomes in these multifaceted injuries. This book intends to help the reader identify all aspects of care in the treatment of tibial plateau fractures and help the surgeon to achieve the best possible outcome." -- from preface.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Nader Rifai, Rossa W.K. Chiu, Ian Young, Carey-Ann D. Burnham, Carl T. Wittwer.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    by Basant Pradhan, Narsimha R. Pinninti, Shanaya Rathod.
    Summary: TIMBER psychotherapy is a novel, translational and biomarker informed, mindfulness-based cognitive behavioral therapy approach that addresses some of the current treatment gaps for PTSD, depression and traumatic psychosis. This treatment manual offers practitioners and patients alike a step-by-step guide to TIMBER (acronym for Trauma Interventions using Mindfulness Based Extinction and Reconsolidation of memories) psychotherapy, and has been divided into four parts: Understanding Complex Trauma and Traumatic Psychosis; Methodology and Application; Training Professionals; and Policy Implications & Future Research Directions. In addition to a strong rationale and evidence base for the TIMBER approach, the book also provides case examples accompanied by videos (available separately). Its special features include reproducible client handouts, assessment tools, and a list of resources for training to use TIMBER.

    Contents:
    Part-I: Understanding Complex Trauma and Traumatic Psychosis: Complex traumatic memories and spectrum of their manifestation
    Traumatic experiences and memories
    TIMBER as a novel psychotherapy for PTSD, traumatic psychosis and related conditions
    Part-II: Methodology and Applications of TIMBER: Notes on the Assessment Tools used in TIMBER
    The Nuts and Bolts of TIMBER Psychotherapy & Case Based Illustrations,
    Part-III: Training the Professionals, Policy Implications, Directions for Future Research and Concluding Statements: Cultural considerations in application of TIMBER
    Therapist training on TIMBER and policy implications
    Adapting TIMBER to clients in specific settings
    Concluding Remarks & Resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kai Siedenburg [and 4 others], editors.
    Summary: The Present, Past, and Future of Timbre Research Kai Siedenburg, Charalampos Saitis, and Stephen McAdams The Perceptual Representation of Timbre Stephen McAdams Timbre Recognition and Sound Source Identification Trevor R. Agus, Clara Suied, and Daniel Pressnitzer Memory for Timbre Kai Siedenburg and Daniel Müllensiefen The Semantics of Timbre Charalampos Saitis and Stefan Weinzierl Neural Correlates of Timbre Processing Vinoo Alluri and Sudarsana Reddy Kadiri Voice Processing and Voice-Identity Recognition Samuel Robert Mathias and Katharina von Kriegstein Timbre as a Structuring Force in Music Stephen McAdams Timbre, Sound Quality, and Sound Design Guillaume Lemaitre and Patrick Susini Timbre Perception with Cochlear Implants Jeremy Marozeau and Wiebke Lamping Audio Content Descriptors of Timbre Marcelo Caetano, Charalampos Saitis, and Kai Siedenburg Modulation Representations for Speech and Music Mounya Elhilali Timbre from Sound Synthesis and High-level Control Perspectives Sølvi Ystad, Mitsuko Aramaki, and Richard Kronland-Martinet Kai Siedenburg is Marie Sklodowska-Curie Individual Postdoctoral Fellow in the Department of Medical Physics and Acoustics at the Carl von Ossietzky Universität Oldenburg, Germany Charalampos Saitis is Lecturer and Humboldt Research Fellow in the Audio Communication Group at Technische Universität Berlin, Germany Stephen McAdams is Professor and Canada Research Chair in Music Perception and Cognition in the Department of Music Research at McGill University, Montreal, Canada Arthur N. Popper is Professor Emeritus and research professor in the Department of Biology at the University of Maryland, College Park Richard R. Fay is Distinguished Research Professor of Psychology at Loyola University, Chicago.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acoustical Society of America; Series Preface; Springer Handbook of Auditory Research; Preface 1992; Volume Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: The Present, Past, and Future of Timbre Research; 1.1 Timbre As a Research Field; 1.1.1 Inter-Disciplinary Perspectives; 1.1.2 Defining a Complex Auditory Parameter; 1.2 Milestones in Timbre Research; 1.2.1 Fourier and Helmholtz; 1.2.2 Timbre Spaces; 1.2.3 Verbal Attributes; 1.2.4 Recognition of Sound Sources and Events; 1.2.5 High-Dimensional Acoustic and Neuromimetic Representations; 1.2.6 Neural Correlates of Timbre Processing 1.3 Structure and Content of Volume1.3.1 Roadmap of Chapters; 1.3.2 Future Perspectives; References; Part I: Principal Perceptual Processes;
    Chapter 2: The Perceptual Representation of Timbre; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Timbre Discrimination; 2.3 Multidimensional Conceptions of Timbre; 2.3.1 Multidimensional Scaling Models; 2.3.2 Timbre Spaces; 2.3.3 Acoustic Correlates of Timbre Space Dimensions; 2.4 Spectromorphological Conceptions of Timbre; 2.4.1 The Auditory Image Model; 2.4.2 Multiresolution Spectrotemporal Models; 2.5 Sound Source Perception; 2.5.1 Sound Source Geometry 2.5.2 Sound Source Materials2.5.3 Actions on Vibrating Objects; 2.6 Interaction with Other Auditory Attributes; 2.6.1 Timbre and Pitch; 2.6.2 Timbre and Playing Effort (Dynamics); 2.7 Summary and Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Timbre Recognition and Sound Source Identification;
    Chapter 4: Memory for Timbre; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Auditory Memory Concepts; 4.2.1 Stores and Processes; 4.2.2 Granularity of Auditory Memory; 4.2.3 Capacity Limits in Short-Term Memory; 4.3 Factors in Short-Term Recognition; 4.3.1 Memory Capacity and Similarity; 4.3.2 Sequential Chunking 4.4 Active Maintenance and Imagery of Timbre4.4.1 Maintenance in Working Memory; 4.4.2 Mental Imagery of Timbre; 4.5 Interference Effects in Memory for Timbre; 4.5.1 Interference in Short-Term Memory; 4.5.2 Timbre and Long-Term Melodic Memory; 4.5.3 Timbre and Verbal Memory; 4.6 Familiarity and Voice Superiority; 4.6.1 Familiarity in Short-Term Recognition; 4.6.2 Voice Superiority; 4.7 Summary and Future Perspectives; 4.7.1 Principles of Memory for Timbre; 4.7.1.1 Integration: Timbre Information as Integrated Representations in Memory 4.7.1.2 Grouping: Memory for Timbre Sequences is Affected by Grouping Cues4.7.1.3 Familiarity: Better Memory Performance and Processing Accuracy; 4.7.1.4 Perceptual Simulation: Active Memory Rehearsal and Timbre Imagery; 4.7.1.5 Matching: Timbre Recognition via Similarity-Based Matching; 4.7.2 Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 5: The Semantics of Timbre;
    Chapter 6: Neural Correlates of Timbre Processing; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 Levels of Abstraction; 6.1.2 Hierarchical Processing; 6.1.3 Types of Stimuli; 6.1.4 Measurement Modalities and Modeling Approaches of Brain Activity
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gustavo Malinger, Ana Monteagudo, Gianluigi Pilu, Dario Paladini, Ilan E. Timor-Tritsch.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessObGyn
  • Digital
    edited by Berthold Langguth, Tobias Kleinjung, Dirk De Ridder, Winfried Schlee, Sven Vanneste.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Winfried Schlee, Berthold Langguth, Tobias Kleinjung, Sven Vanneste, Dirk De Ridder.
    Contents:
    1. Modifiable lifestyle-related risk factors for tinnitus in the general population: an overview of smoking, alcohol, body mass index and caffeine intake / Roshni Biswas
    2. Using a Visual Analog Scale (VAS) to measure tinnitus-related distress and loudness: Investigating correlations using the Mini-TQ questionnaire results of participants from the TrackYourTinnitus platform / Albi Dode, Muntazir Mehdi, Rüdiger Pryss, Winfried Schlee and Thomas Probst
    3. The spatial percept of tinnitus is associated with hearing asymmetry: subgroup comparisons / Eleni Genitsaridi, Niklas Edvall, Derek James Hoare, Christopher R. Cederroth and Deborah Ann Hall
    4. Advancing tinnitus research and researcher training: a case study review and future perspectives / Derek James Hoare and Winfried Schlee
    5. Investigation of the effect of HD-tDCS on tinnitus in a large patient cohort. / Laure Jacquemin
    6. Data driven identification of tinnitus subtypes: a latent class analysis of a large sample / Berthold Langguth
    7. Effects of Ecological Momentary Assessment (EMA) induced monitoring on tinnitus experience: a multiple-baseline single-case experiment / Matheus P C G Lourenco
    8. Smartphone based Ecological Momentary Assessment of Tinnitus / Muntazir Mehdi
    9. Gender differentiates effects of acoustic stimulation in Tinnitus patients / Marta Partyka
    10. Reflections on a 5-Year Mobile Crowdsensing Ride for Tinnitus Research from a Technical Viewpoint / Rudiger Pryss
    11. Investigating the variability of Minimum Masking Levels for tinnitus subtyping / Jose L. Santacruz
    12. Cluster analysis of neural oscillatory correlates of hyperacusis in chronic tinnitus / Martin Schecklmann
    13. Unification of treatments and Interventions for Tinnitus patients
    the UNITI project / Winfried Schlee
    14. Electrophysiological evaluation of high and low frequency transcranial random noise stimulation over the auditory cortex / Stefan Schoisswohl
    15. Time-Lagged Cross-Correlation of Tinnitus Symptoms Using Ecological Momentary Assessment / Jorge Simoes
    16. Effectiveness of bimodal auditory and electrical stimulation' treatment in patients with tinnitus: A pilot study / Shikha Spencer
    17. Multidisciplinary tinnitus research: challenges and future directions / Eleni Genitsaridi
    18. Application of Latent Growth Curve Modeling to Predict Individual Trajectories during Neurofeedback Treatment for Tinnitus / Constanze Riha.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Winfried Schlee, Berthold Langguth, Tobias Kleinjung, Sven Vanneste, Dirk De Ridder.
    Summary: Tinnitus - An Interdisciplinary Approach Towards Individualized Treatment: Towards Understanding the Complexity of Tinnitus, Volume 262, the latest release in the Progress in Brain Research series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on current topics such as Cochlear implantation for patients with tinnitus - a systematic review, Event Related Potentials to Assess the Tinnitus complaint during drug treatment, The difference in post-stimulus suppression between residual inhibition and forward masking, Sleep, sleep apnea and tinnitus, A Bayesian brain in imbalance: medial, lateral and descending pathways in tinnitus and pain, Tinnitus features according to caffeine consumption, and much more.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Print
    [edited by] Suzanne H Kimball, Marc Fagelson.
    Summary: "Tinnitus affects nearly one in 10 people around the world and tinnitus-related disabilities are considered among the most common chronic conditions reported. Historically, many patients with these conditions have been ignored, misunderstood, or misguided by medical, audiological, and/or online communities. Tinnitus and Sound Sensitivity Casebook by renowned audiologists and educators Suzanne H. Kimball and Marc Fagelson provides evidence-based strategies for clinical management of patients with tinnitus as well as sound intolerance disorders, based on a diverse array of case studies drawn from clinics"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Internet-Based Tinnitus Intervention / Eldre Beukes
    Chiari Malformation with Tinnitus and Hyperacusis / Suzanne H. Kimball
    Tinnitus Treatment Following Acoustic Neuroma and Meniere's Disease : A Single Case Study / Ann Perreau and Richard S. Tyler
    A Case of Pulsatile Tinnitus with Predictable Pattern of Occurrence / Catherine M. Edmonds
    Otosclerosis with Tinnitus / Lauren Mann
    Tinnitus Following Concussion / Lauren Mann
    Tinnitus in a Case of Meniere's Disease / Lauren Mann
    A Case of a Normal Hearing with Tinnitus / Wan Syafira Ishak
    Functional Audiogenic Seizure / David M. Baguley
    Postconcussive Tinnitus and Hyperacusis / Aniruddha K. Deshpande and Diana Callesano
    Tonic Tensor Tympanic Syndrome / Erin Benear
    Tinnitus Secondary to Barotrauma / Trevor Courouleau
    Acoustic Shock Disorder / Marc Fagelson
    Acoustic Shock / Don McFerran
    Pulsatile Tinnitus / Jamie Myers and Rebecca Jimenez
    Hyperacusis and Military Noise Exposure / LaGuinn P. Sherlock
    Diplacusis or the Affected Audiologist / Marc Fagelson
    Tinnitus and Misophonia in an Adolescent Patient / Suzanne H. Kimball
    Severe Hyperacusis and Tinnitus / Erin Benear and Isabella Hillerby
    Tinnitus and Hyponatremia / Christopher Kuykendall and Suzanne H. Kimball
    "Ellie" : Psychological Management of Tinnitus in the Context of Pediatric
    OCD / Myles S. Rizvi
    Psychogenic Tinnitus and Dizziness / Suzanne H. Kimball and Christi Barbee
    Tinnitus and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder / Aniruddha K. Deshpande, Colleen A. O'Brien, and Jason H. Thomas
    Poor Outcome in Misophonia Intervention despite Evidence-Based
    Intervention Strategies / Michael Hoffman, Jenna M. Pellicori, and Tammy Riegner
    LM ("Lisa") : Coping Skills Development for Misophonia / Jennifer Jo Brout
    A Case of Early Adolescent Misophonia / Ana Rabasco
    Superhero Treatment for Sound Sensitivity / Melissa Karp
    Normal Hearing / Marc Fagelson and Suzanne H. Kimball
    Tinnitus and CoVID-19 / Suzanne H. Kimball and Marc Fagelson.
  • Digital
    editors, J. Stephan Stapczynski, O. John Ma, Donald M. Yealy, Garth D. Meckler, David M. Cline.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Prehospital care
    section 2. Disaster management
    section 3. Resuscitation
    section 4. Resuscitative procedures
    section 5. Analgesia, anesthesia, and procedural sedation
    section 6. Wound management
    section 7. Cardiovascular disease
    section 8. Pulmonary emergencies
    section 9. Gastrointestinal disorders
    section 10. Renal and genitourinary disorders
    section 11. Obstetrics and gynecology
    section 12. Pediatrics
    section 13. Infectious diseases
    section 14. Neurology
    section 15. Toxicology
    section 16. Environmental injuries
    section 17. Endocrine disorders
    section 18. Hematologic and oncologic disorders
    section 19. Eyes, ears, nose, throat, and oral disorders
    section 20. Dermantology
    section 21. Trauma
    section 22. Injuries to bones and joints
    section 23. Musculoskeletal disorders
    section 24. Psychosocial disorders
    section 25. Abuse and assault
    section 26. Special situations.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessEmergency Medicine
  • Digital
    Judith E. Tintinalli, editor-in-chief ; J. Stephan Stapczynski, O. John Ma, Donald M. Yealy, Garth D. Meckler, David M. Cline, editors.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Rita K. Cydulka, David M. Cline, O. John Ma, Michael T. Fitch, Scott Joing, Vincent J. Wang.
  • Digital
    Joshua S. Dines, Roger van Riet, Christopher L. Camp, Teruhisa Mihata, editors.
    Summary: Bringing together the top elbow surgeons from around the world, this contemporary, up-to-date text presents surgical tips and techniques for the most common elbow procedures. Because authorship will be limited to leaders in the field, the emphasis will be on practical tips and techniques that can readily be implemented in the clinical and surgical environment. This text covers approximately 50 of the most common elbow surgical procedures, which are further subdivided into the following five categories: Trauma, Degenerative, Arthroscopy, Sports, and Neurologic. The focus of each chapter is on describing the precise clinical and surgical techniques used by the experts in each of these areas. Each chapter highlights a specific procedure and benefits from a consistent chapter approach: Description, Principles, Indications, Contraindications, Procedural Steps, Handling Difficulties, and Bailout and Salvage options. Given the international representation of the editors and authors, Tips and Techniques in Elbow Surgery will appeal to a very wide audience and will be of benefit to any surgeon who treats elbow injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Daniel S. Horwitz, Michael Suk, Teresa K. Swenson, editors.
    Summary: This pocket-sized, user-friendly text provides a simple guide for the treatment of common orthopedic fractures of the upper extremity, focusing on techniques, tips and tricks. It utilizes a case-based structure with great attention given to the specific steps required to obtain excellent outcomes while also pointing out pitfalls and ways to salvage intraoperative complications. The chapters are presented anatomically from shoulder to fingertips, beginning with clavicle fractures, acromioclavicular and sternoclavicular joint injuries and scapula fractures. The various types of fracture to the humerus, elbow, radius and ulna follow, with concluding chapters covering fractures and dislocations of the wrist and hand. Throughout the book, a consistent chapter format is followed, comprised of an introduction, clinical presentation and diagnosis, relevant radiology, management strategies, outcomes, and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Incorporating the most recent implants and operative techniques, Tips and Tricks for Problem Fractures, Volume I will be a timely and handy resource for orthopedic surgeons, fellows, residents and students.

    Contents:
    Clavicle Fracture: Open Reduction Internal Fixation
    Acromioclavicular and Sternoclavicular Joint Injuries
    Proximal Humerus Fractures
    Humeral Shaft Fractures
    Distal Humerus Fractures
    Olecranon Fractures
    Radial Head Fractures
    Monteggia and Monteggia Variant Fractures
    Fractures of the Distal Radius
    Scaphoid Fractures
    Lunate and Perilunate Dislocations: Tips and Tricks for Problem Fractures
    Metacarpal Fractures: Tips and Tricks
    Phalanx Fractures: Tips and Tricks.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John C. Watkinson, David M. Scott-Coombes, editors ; Neil Sharma, Michael J. Stechman, Shahzada K. Ahemd, associate editors.
    Summary: Endocrine surgery is a highly specialised field due to the technical nature of the procedures and associated risks. Despite this, endocrine operations sometimes fall to the general surgeon to deploy. Tips and Tricks in Endocrine Surgery aims to provide a concise summary of all aspects of endocrine surgery, taking into account the latest evidence and current expert opinion. The book comprises five sections covering the major endocrine organs and systems, each chapter focuses on one endocrine disorder and provides guidelines on the techniques, considerations and aspects of surgical care specific to each procedure. This book is an invaluable quick-reference resource that will appeal to higher surgical trainees in general surgery, endocrine surgery, ENT surgery and neurosurgery. Core surgical trainees preparing for examinations and consultants wishing to refresh their knowledge of the surgical management of endocrine disorders will also find this book useful.

    Contents:
    1. Adrenal and Paraganglionoma: Presentation, Assessment and Diagnosis
    2. Cushings Disease and Syndrome
    3. Management of Conns Syndrome
    4. Phaeochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    5. Adrenocortical Carcinoma and Open Adrenalectomy
    6. Adrenal Metastasectomy
    7. Minimally Invasive Adrenal Surgery
    8. Diagnosis and Pre-Operative Assessment (Algorithms) for Pancreatic NETs
    9. Localisation of Pancreatic and Gastrointestinal NETs
    10. Surgery for Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Neoplasms (pNEN)
    11. Gastrointestinal Neuroendocrine Tumour (NET) Surgery
    12. Assessment of Goitre
    13. Surgery for Benign Thyroid Disease
    14. Management of the Indeterminate Thyroid Nodule
    15. Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    16. Medullary Thyroid Cancer
    17. Anaplastic Thyroid Cancer
    18. Thyroidectomy Technique
    19. Surgery for Thyrotoxicosis
    20. Retrosternal Goitre
    21. Lymph Node Surgery for Thyroid Cancer
    22. Complications in Thyroid Surgery and How to Avoid Them
    23. Revision Thyroid Surgery
    24. Extended Surgery for Extra-Thyroidal Disease Invasion
    25. Managing the Airway in Thyroid Surgery
    26. Voice Change following Thyroid and Parathyroid Surgery
    27. Post-Operative Management of Thyroid Cancer
    28. Recent Advances in Thyroid Surgery
    29. Outcomes and Audit in Thyroid Surgery
    30. Consent and Litigation in Thyroid Surgery
    31. Assessment of Hyperparathyroidism
    32. Parathyroidectomy: Indications for Surgery and Localisation
    33. Surgery for Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    34. Minimally Invasive Parathyroidectomy
    35. Re-Operative Parathyroid Surgery
    36. Renal Hyperparathyroidism
    37. Presentation and Biochemical Assessment of Pituitary Disease
    38. Localisation and Imaging of Pituitary Tumours
    39. Diagnostic Work-Up and Non-Surgical Management of Pituitary Disease
    40. Hypophysectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Seth R. Thaller, Zubin J. Panthaki, editors.
    Summary: The book covers the most innovative, contemporary, and common plastic surgery procedures, and aims to improve both reconstructive and aesthetic surgical results while decreasing the incidence of complications. In doing so, patient satisfaction, quality of care, and safety are enhanced. The text provides a wealth of knowledge seeking to enhance results, reduce morbidity, and ensure patient satisfaction. The book consists of five parts, running the gamut of Aesthetic Surgery, Reconstructive Procedures, Pediatric and Craniomaxillofacial Surgery, Adjunctive Procedures, and finally Hand and Upper Extremity. Written by experts in the field, each chapter describes tips and tricks through clear technical details, medical illustrations and, in some chapters, detailed videos. Tips and Tricks in Plastic Surgery serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, professionals and practitioners, as well as medical students on rotation.

    Contents:
    Breast Reduction
    Mastopexy and Augmentation Mammoplasty
    Osteotomies in Rhinoplasty
    Facial Porous Polyethylene Implants
    Treatment of Facial Aging minimally Invasive Surgical Procedures
    Treatment of Facial Aging, Non-surgical fillers, Neurotoxins, Fat Transfers
    Rhytidectomy
    Blepharoplasty
    Body Conturing: New Technology and Technique for Contouring the Lower Torso
    Suction-Assisted Lipectomy and Brazilian Butt Lift
    Gynecomastia: Evaluation and Surgical Tips and Tricks
    Labiaplasty and Aesthetic Vulvovaginal Surgery
    Post-Oncologic Breast Reconstruction: Autologous, Alloplastic
    Eyelid Reconstruction
    Nose Reconstruction
    Lip and Cheek Reconstruction
    Ear Reconstruction: Congenital, Microtia, Otoplasty
    Scalp Reconstruction
    Thoracic and Abdominal Wall Reconstruction: Sternal Wounds, Component Separation
    Migrain / Headache Surgery
    Lower Extremity Reconstruction: Local Flaps, Free Tissue Transfers
    Pressure Injuries / Pressure Sores
    Facial Paralysis
    Comprehensive Management of Head and Neck Burn Injuries: From Resurfacing to Reconstruction
    Transgender Surgery: Feminization And Masculinization
    Vascular Anomalies
    Cleft Lip and Palate
    Craniofacial Surgery: Craniosynostosis and Craniofacial Syndromes
    Orthognathic Surgery
    Facial Fat Grafting
    Facial Trauma
    Lasers and Aesthetic Devices: Skin Resurfacing, Tattoo Removal, and Body Contouring
    Pediatric Tissue Expansion
    Supermicrosurgical Lymphaticovenular Anastomosis
    Skin Tumors
    Fractures and Dislocations
    Tendon Injuries
    Upper Extremity Nerve Injuries and Compression Syndromes
    Tendon Transfers
    Congenital Hand Differences
    Dupuytren Disease
    Thumb Reconstruction
    Tumors
    Soft Tissue Coverage for the Hand and Upper Extremity
    Brachial Plexus Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Dakshesh Parikh, Pala B. Rajesh. editors.
    Contents:
    Thoracic incisions and access
    Common thoracic operations
    Infection: Empyema Thoracis, Bronchiectasis, Pulmonary TB, Lung abscess, Hydatid disease etc
    Lung Malformations
    Thoracic Oncology
    Thoracic wall resection and reconstruction
    Thoracic wall Deformity
    Mediastinal pathologies
    Foreign bodies both bronchus and oesophagus
    Oesophageal diseases
    Diaphragm
    Thoracic inlet disorders
    Thoracic Trauma
    Miscellaneous conditions: Namely Hyperhidrosis, Infiltrative lung disease, Pulmonary Haemorrage, chylothorax, Cystic fibrosis
    Tracheal surgery
    Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Narine Sarvazyan, editor.
    Summary: Tissue engineering and regenerative medicine is a new, interdisciplinary branch of science that combines knowledge from numerous scientific fields including biology, biochemistry, physics, chemistry, applied engineering, and medicine. It aims to restore damaged parts of the human body by rebuilding them in vitro using individual building blocks of biological tissues such as cells and the extracellular matrix that surrounds them. The authors hope to spark students interest in this exciting new field of science as well as give them a basic knowledge of its terminology. This book is based on a hands-on practical course in tissue engineering conducted by the Fulbright US Scholar recipient, Dr. Narine Sarvazyan (George Washington University, Washington USA). It provides an overview of the core topics of the tissue engineering field, including stem cell differentiation, the role of extracellular matrix and attachment proteins, scaffolds, and culturing of engineered tissues. Each chapter is accompanied by hands-on demonstrations and self-check questions. The text is easily readable for students of all backgrounds and the described protocols can be conducted using common lab equipment. This textbook is also useful for developing undergraduate and graduate courses that teach basic methods and approaches in this promising and rapidly developing field.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Introduction
    Suggested Course Outline
    Preface
    References
    Contents
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    1: Reference Search, Image and Data Analysis
    1.1 Literature Search
    1.2 Reference Management Software
    1.3 Literature Access
    1.4 Video Journals
    1.5 Image Analysis
    1.6 Statistical Analysis
    1.7 Understanding the Key Difference Between SD and SEM
    1.8 Implications of the Above Statistics for Students' Experimental Design
    Self-Check Questions
    References and Further Reading
    2: Organ Structure and Vascularization 2.1 Main Organs and Their Function
    2.2 Organ Transplantation
    2.3 Tissue Ultrastructure
    2.4 Vasculature and Its Role
    2.5 Organ Cannulation
    2.6 Sources of Animal Organs
    Self-Check Questions
    References and Further Reading
    3: Extracellular Matrix and Adhesion Molecules
    3.1 The Content and Role of ECM
    3.2 Cell Adhesion Proteins
    3.3 Main Classes of CAMs
    3.4 Attachment Glycoproteins
    3.5 Macromolecular Protein Fibers
    3.6 Use of Adhesion Molecules in Tissue Engineering and Cell Culturing
    Self-Check Questions
    References and Further Reading 4: Isolating Cells from Tissue
    4.1 Cell Theory
    4.2 Basic Cell Structure
    4.3 Main Cell Types
    4.4 Why Cells Need to Be Isolated
    4.5 Centrifugation
    4.6 Counting Cells
    Self-Check Questions
    References and Further Reading
    5: Functional Assays and Toxicity Screening
    5.1 Assessment of Cell Viability
    5.2 The Most Commonly Used Assays to Evaluate Overall Cell Viability: DAPI, Ethidium Bromide
    5.3 Controls and Linear Range
    5.4 Functional Assays
    Self-Check Questions
    References and Further Reading
    6: Culturing Cells in 2D and 3D
    6.1 Cell Culture 6.2 Cell Culture Media
    6.3 Osmolarity
    6.4 Sterile Environment
    6.5 Temperature
    6.6 Concept of pH
    6.7 Cell Culture Incubator
    6.8 Cell Storage, Defrosting, and Passaging
    6.9 3D Cultures
    Self-Check Questions
    References and Further Reading
    7: Imaging, Staining, and Markers
    7.1 Visible Light
    7.2 Fluorescence
    7.3 Basics Light Microscope Types
    7.4 Microscopes Used for Cell Culture
    7.5 Fluorescent Microscopes
    7.6 Confocal Microscopy
    7.7 Electron Microscopes
    7.8 Histology
    7.9 Dye Aliquoting
    7.10 How to Observe Stained Samples 7.11 Choosing the Dyes
    Self-Check Questions
    References and Further Reading
    8: Stem Cells and the Basics of Immunology
    8.1 Concept of Stem Cell Potency
    8.2 Embryonic Versus Adult Stem Cells
    8.3 Stem Cells in Tissue Engineering
    8.4 Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs)
    8.5 Basic Protocols for Maintenance and Growing Stem Cell Colonies
    8.6 How to Differentiate Stem Cells into Tissue-Specific Phenotypes
    8.7 Basic Immunology of Graft Rejection
    8.8 Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells
    8.9 Immunohistochemistry/Immunostaining
    8.10 Choice of Antibodies
    Self-Check Questions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Phuc Van Pham, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Contributors; Physico-Mechanical Properties of HA/TCP Pellets and Their Three-Dimensional Biological Evaluation In Vitro; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Materials; 2.2 Pellet Fabrication; 2.3 Diametral Tensile Strength (DTS) Testing; 2.4 Density Testing; 2.5 Pellet Sterilization; 2.6 Evaluation of Cell Toxicity; 2.7 Cell Attachment Assay; 2.8 Field-Emission Scanning Electron Microscopy with Energy-Dispersive X-Ray Spectroscopy (FESEM-EDX) Analysis for Surface of ...; 2.9 Statistical Analysis; 3 Results; 3.1 Pellet Structure and Morphology 3.2 Cell Toxicity Assay3.3 Osteoblast Proliferation and Attachment Assay; 3.4 FESEM-EDX Analysis of the Pellets ́Surface; 4 Discussion; 5 Conclusion; References; The Robust Potential of Mesenchymal Stem Cell-Loaded Constructs for Hard Tissue Regeneration After Cancer Removal; 1 Introduction; 2 Various Strategies Employed in TE for Hard Tissue Replacement; 2.1 Cell-Free Scaffolds Strategy; 2.2 Bioactive-Loaded Scaffolds Strategy; 2.3 Cell-Based Scaffold Strategy; 3 Requirements of Hard Tissue-Engineered Scaffolds; 3.1 Biocompatibility; 3.2 Biodegradability 3.3 Porosity, Pore Size, and Level of Pore Interconnectivity3.4 Surface Chemistry; 3.5 Mechanical Properties; 3.6 Osteoimmunomodulation; 4 Effective Parameters in the Reciprocal Cell-Scaffold Interaction; 4.1 Cell-Mediated Remodeling of Scaffolds; 4.2 Influence of Scaffold on Cellular Behaviors; 5 Cell-Loading Approaches; 6 Cell-Loaded Constructs in Clinical and Preclinical Settings; 7 Concluding Remarks; References; In Vitro Production of Cartilage Tissue from Rabbit Bone Marrow-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells and Polycaprolactone Scaffold; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials-Methods 2.1 Fabrication of Biodegradable Scaffolds2.2 Isolation and Characterization of Rabbit Bone Marrow-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells (BMMSCs); 2.3 Production of BMMSCs Expressing Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP-BMMSCs); 2.4 Seeding BMMSCs onto PCL Scaffolds; 2.5 Cell Proliferation Assay; 2.6 In Vitro Cartilage Formation; 2.7 Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM); 2.8 Gene Expression Evaluation; 2.9 Statistical Analysis; 3 Results; 3.1 Polycaprolactone Scaffold Preparation; 3.2 Successful Isolation of Rabbit Bone Marrow-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells; 3.3 BMMSCs Were Successfully Transfected with GFP 3.4 BMMSCs Could Adhere and Proliferate on PCL Scaffolds and Collagen-Coated PCL Scaffolds3.5 BMMSCs Were Differentiated into Chondrocytes in the Scaffold; 4 Discussion; 5 Conclusion; References; Stem Cell Therapy for Tendon Regeneration: Current Status and Future Directions; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Tendon Injuries and Healing; 2 Application of Stem Cells, GFs, and Transcription Factors in Tendon Injury Therapies; 2.1 Stem Cells; 2.1.1 Other Important Cell Sources for Tendon Healing; 2.2 GFs in Tendon Development and Healing; 2.2.1 Effects of Different GFs on Tendon Healing
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Anwarul Hasan.
    Summary: A comprehensive overview of the latest achievements, trends, and the current state of the art of this important and rapidly expanding field. Clearly and logically structured, the first part of the book explores the fundamentals of tissue engineering, providing a separate chapter on each of the basic topics, including biomaterials stem cells, biosensors and bioreactors. The second part then follows a more applied approach, discussing various applications of tissue engineering, such as the replacement or repairing of skins, cartilages, livers and blood vessels, to trachea, lungs and cardiac tissues, to musculoskeletal tissue engineering used for bones and ligaments as well as pancreas, kidney and neural tissue engineering for the brain. The book concludes with a look at future technological advances. An invaluable reading for entrants to the field in biomedical engineering as well as expert researchers and developers in industry.

    Contents:
    Fundamentals. Introduction to Tissue Engineering / Rami Mhanna, Anwarul Hasan
    Biomaterials in Tissue Engineering / Samad Ahadian, Rahaf Rahal, Javier Ramón-Azcón, Raquel Obregón, Anwarul Hasan
    Harnessing the Potential of Stem Cells from Different Sources for Tissue Engineering / Divya Murali, Kunal G Kshirsagar, Anwarul Hasan, Arghya Paul
    Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells in Scaffold-Based Tissue Engineering / Deepti Rana, Minal Thacker, Maria Leena, Murugan Ramalingam
    Biosensors for Optimal Tissue Engineering: Recent Developments and Shaping the Future / Jihane Abouzeid, Ghinwa Darwish, Pierre Karam
    Bioreactors in Tissue Engineering / Raquel Obregón, Javier Ramón-Azcón, Samad Ahadian
    Applications. Tissue-Engineered Human Skin Equivalents and Their Applications in Wound Healing / Lara Yildirimer, Divia Hobson, Zhi Yuan (William) Lin, Wenguo Cui, Xin Zhao
    Articular Cartilage Tissue Engineering / Jiayin Fu, Pengfei He, Dong-An Wang
    Liver Tissue Engineering / Jessica L Sparks
    Development of Tissue-Engineered Blood Vessels / Haiyan Li
    Front Matter
    Engineering Trachea and Larynx / Marta B Evangelista, Sait Ciftci, Peter Milad, Emmanuel Martinod, Agnes Dupret-Bories, Christian Debry, Nihal E Vrana
    Pulmonary Tissue Engineering / Patrick A Link, Rebecca L Heise
    Cardiac Tissue Engineering / Eun Jung Lee, Pamela Hitscherich
    Approaches and Recent Advances in Heart Valve Tissue Engineering / Anna Mallone, Benedikt Weber, Simon P Hoerstrup
    Musculoskeletal Tissue Engineering: Tendon, Ligament, and Skeletal Muscle Replacement and Repair / Jorge A Uquillas, Settimio Pacelli, Shuichiro Kobayashi, Sebastián Uquillas
    Bone Tissue Engineering: State of the Art, Challenges, and Prospects / Jan O Gordeladze, Håvard J Haugen, Ståle P Lyngstadaas, Janne E Reseland
    Tissue Engineering of the Pancreas / Masayuki Shimoda
    Tissue Engineering of Renal Tissue (Kidney) / Raquel Rodrigues-Díez, Valentina Benedetti, Giuseppe Remuzzi, Christodoulos Xinaris
    Design and Engineering of Neural Tissues / Muhammad N Hasan, Umut A Gurkan
    Neural-Tissue Engineering Interventions for Traumatic Brain Injury / Tala El Tal, Rayan El Sibai, Stefania Mondello, Firas Kobeissy
    Bionics in Tissue Engineering / Thanh D Nguyen, Brian P Timko
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Riitta Seppänen-Kaijansinkko.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough, up-to-date description of the scientific basis and concepts of tissue engineering in the oral and maxillofacial region. The opening chapters present an introduction to tissue engineering, describe the roles of biomaterials and stem cells, discuss the use of growth factors, and examine potential adverse reactions. The challenges of soft and hard tissue engineering for oral and maxillofacial reconstruction are then considered in detail. It is explained what has been achieved to date, and potential future perspectives are explored. The importance and the verification of adequate vascularization are discussed, and a further focus is the use of 3D printing, both in the planning and production of scaffolds and in the bioprinting of cells and biomaterials. Information is also included on safety, efficacy, and regulatory aspects. Tissue Engineering in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery will be of interest to all researchers and practitioners who wish to learn more about the potential of tissue engineering to revolutionize practice in oral and maxillofacial surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Tissue Engineering
    Biomaterials for cranio-maxillo-facial bone engineering
    Cells
    Physical stimulation in tissue engineering
    Growth factors
    Tissue Engineering of Composite Soft Tissue Grafts for Craniomaxillofacial Reconstruction
    Hard tissue engineering
    Vascularization in Oral and Maxillofacial Tissue Engineering
    3-D Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
    Safety, Efficacy and Regulation of Mesenchymal Stromal/Stem Cells
    Future perspectives
    with special emphasis on extracellular vesicles.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Celeste M. Nelson.
    Contents:
    Probing regional mechanical properties of embryonic tissue using microindentation and optical coherence tomography / Benjamen A. Filas, Gang Xu, and Larry A. Taber
    Hemodynamic flow visualization of early embryonic great vessels using [mu]PIV / Selda Goktas, Chia-Yuan Chen, William J. Kowalski, and Kerem Pekkan
    Using correlative light and electron microscopy to study Zebrafish vascular morphogenesis / Jacky G. Goetz, Fabien Monduc, Yannick Schwab, and Julien Vermot
    Micro/nano-computed tomography technology for quantitative dynamic, multi-scale imaging of morphogenesis / Chelsea L. Gregg, Andrew K. Recknagel, and Jonathan T. Butcher
    Imaging the dorsal-ventral axis of live and fixed Drosophila melanogaster embryos / Sophia N. Carrell and Gregory T. Reeves
    Light sheet-based imaging and analysis of early embryogenesis in the fruit fly / Khaled Khairy [and three others]
    Quantitative image analysis of cell behavior and molecular dynamics during tissue morphogenesis / Chun Yin Bosco Leung and Rodrigo Fernandez-Gonzalez
    A multiplex fluorescent in situ hybridization protocol for clonal analysis of Drosophila oogenesis / Lily S. Cheung and Stanislav Shvartsman
    Active cell and ECM movements during development / Anastasiia Aleksandrova [and three others]
    3D culture assays of murine mammary branching morphogenesis and epithelial invasion / Kim-Vy Nguyen-Ngoc [and five others]
    Culture of mouse embryonic foregut explants / Felicia Chen and Wellington V. Cardoso
    Investigating human vascular tube morphogenesis and maturation using endothelial cell-pericyte co-cultures and a doxycycline- inducible genetic system in 3D extracellular matrices / Stephanie L.K. Bowers [and three others]
    Three-dimensional traction force microscopy of engineered epithelial tissues / Alexandra S. Piotrowski [and three others]
    Probing cell mechanics with subcellular laser dissection of actomyosin networks in the early developing Drosophila embryo / M. Rauzi and P.-F. Lenne
    UV laser ablation to measure cell and tissue-generated forces in the Zebrafish embryo in vivo and ex vivo / Michael Smutny [and four others]
    Measurement of intercellular cohesion by tissue surface tensiometry / Ramsey A. Foty
    Quail-chick chimeras and eye development / Sinu Jasrapuria Agrawal and Peter Y. Lwigale
    Studying epithelial morphogenesis in Dictyostelium / Daniel J. Dickinson, W. James Nelson, and William I. Weis
    Primary cell cultures of regenerating Holothurian tissues / Samir A. Bello, Ricardo J. Abreu-Irizarry, and José́ E. Garcı́a-Arrarás
    Large-scale parameter studies of cell-based models of tissue morphogenesis using CompuCell3D or VirtualLeaf / Margriet M. Palm and Roeland M.H. Merks
    Simulating tissue morphogenesis and signaling / Dagmar Iber [and four others]
    Elasticity-based targeted growth models of morphogenesis / Patrick W. Alford.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joana Vieira Silva, Maria João Freitas, Margarida Fardilha, editors.
    Summary: Signal transduction comprises the intracellular biochemical signals which induce the appropriate cell response to an external stimulus. The players in signal transduction are diverse, from small molecules as first messengers, to proteins, receptors, transcription factors, among many others. The different signaling pathways and the crosstalk between them originates the unique signaling profile of every cell type in the human body. The cell signaling specificity depends on several aspects including protein composition, subcellular localization and complexes and gene promoters. This textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the specific signaling pathways on a variety of human tissues. This information can be of great value for health science researchers, professionals and students to understand key pathways for tissue-specific functions in the plethora of signals, signals receptors, transducers and effectors. Chapter 3 and 15 are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Tissue-specific cell signaling: introduction
    Beyond the brain signaling
    Cell signaling within pituitary, the master gland of the endocrine system
    Cell signaling within endocrine glands: thyroid, parathyroids and adrenal glands
    Signaling pathways governing activation of innate immune cells
    Cell activation and signaling in lymphocytes
    Signaling pathways involved in kidney and urinary tract physiology and pathology
    More than androgens: hormonal and paracrine signaling in prostate development and homeostasis
    Testicular signaling: team work in sperm production
    Sperm signaling specificity: from sperm maturation until oocyte recognition
    Hormone signaling pathways in the postnatal mammary gland
    Oogenesis signaling: from development to environmental plasticity and aging
    Key signaling pathways in the cardiovascular system
    Growth factor signaling in the maintenance of adult lung homeostasis
    The signaling pathways involved in the regulation of skeletal muscle plasticity
    Adipocyte-specific signaling.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jagadeesh Bayry, INSERM Unité 1138, Paris, France.
    Contents:
    Assaying NF-[kappa]B activation and signaling from TNF receptors
    Dissecting DR3 signaling
    Modulation of fc[epsilon]RI-dependent mast cell response by OX40L
    Analyzing the signaling capabilities of soluble and membrane TWEAK
    Regulation of human dendritic cell functions by natural anti-cd40 antibodies
    [Beta]-actin in the signaling of transmembrane TNF-[alpha]-mediated cytotoxicity
    Investigating the protective role of death receptor 3 (DR3) in renal injury using an organ culture model
    Analysis of TNF-[alpha]-mediated cerebral pericyte remodeling
    CD137 in chronic graft-versus-host disease
    In vitro investigation of the roles of the proinflammatory cytokines tumor necrosis factor-[alpha] and interleukin-1 in murine osteoclastogenesis
    Evasion of TNF-[alpha]-mediated apoptosis by hepatitis C virus
    TNF-[alpha] modulates TLR2-dependent responses during mycobacterial infection
    Experimental applications of TNF-reporter mice with far-red fluorescent label
    A solid-phase assay for studying direct binding of progranulin to TNFR and progranulin antagonism of TNF/TNFR interactions
    Compartment-specific flow cytometry for the analysis of TNF-mediated recruitment and activation of glomerular leukocytes in murine kidneys
    Determination of soluble tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 produced by alternative splicing
    Effective expression and purification of bioactive recombinant soluble LIGHT
    One of the TNF superfamily members: Bifunctional protein, TNFR2-Fc-IL-1ra.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David Clark.
    Summary: Palliative medicine was first recognised as a specialist field in 1987. One hundred years earlier, London based doctor William Munk published a treatise on 'easeful death' that mapped out the principles of practical, spiritual, and medical support at the end of life. In the intervening years a major process of development took place which led to innovative services, new approaches to the study and relief of pain and other symptoms, a growing interest in 'holistic' care, and a desire to gain more recognition for care at the end of life. This book traces the history of palliative medicine, from its nineteenth-century origins, to its modern practice around the world. It takes in the changing meaning of 'euthanasia', assesses the role of religious and philanthropic organisations in the creation of homes for the dying, and explores how twentieth-century doctors created a special focus on end of life care. 'To comfort always' traces the rise of clinical studies, academic programmes and international collaborations to promote palliative care. 0It examines the continuing need to support development with evidence, and assesses the dilemmas of unequal access to services and pain relieving drugs, as well as the periodic accusations of creeping medicalization within the field. This is the first history of its kind, and the breadth of information it encompasses makes it an essential resource for those interested in the long-term achievements of palliative medicine as well as the challenges that remain.

    Contents:
    Nineteenth century doctors and care of the dying
    Homes for the terminally ill : 1885-1945
    Interest and disinterest in mid-twentieth century
    Cicely Saunders and her early associates : a kaleidoscope of effects
    Defining the clinical realm
    Specialty recognition and global development
    Palliative medicine : historical record and challenges that remain.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Sarah Cuschieri
    Summary: This book prepares and guides individuals who are about to embark (or already have embarked) on a health/medical PhD journey, with a specific focus on Public Health. Based on the author's experience as a recently graduated Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) student, readers benefit from the knowledge imparted and lessons learned, including an analysis of the different aspects of a Public Health doctoral degree, and practical tips and guidance on how to go about this journey from the initial phase of choosing a research niche up until the oral examination (also called defence). All throughout the book, the author shares examples from her own journey to show that in spite of sacrifices and hurdles along the way, hard work, perseverance, and supportive resources can help see you through, eventually, to a hopefully positive outcome at the end. Using an informal style, the author provides a step-wise guide, from chapter to chapter, on the various essential aspects that need to be considered, including: The initial steps towards a PhD Proposal, permissions and funding The fieldwork The art of data analysis The hurdles along the way - a personal experience What comes after the completion of a PhD? Intended to be a compact go-to guide for students throughout their PhD journey, both from an academic and personal perspective, To Do or Not to Do a PhD? engages readers who are about to enroll in or who already have started a PhD, especially in public health, epidemiology, and health/medical fields of study. The brief also would appeal to postgraduate and undergraduate students who are interested in learning about how to write a research proposal, draft a scientific paper for publication in a journal, or prepare a thesis.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Author
    Chapter 1: What Is a PhD? Am I Ready for This Commitment?
    Why Should I Read for a PhD?
    What Am I Getting Myself into?
    What Types of PhDs Are Out There?
    Chapter 2: The Initial Steps Towards a PhD
    Getting a PhD in the United States
    US Entry Requirements
    Student Visas
    The US PhD Programme
    Getting a PhD in the United Kingdom
    UK Entry Requirements
    The UK PhD Application
    Getting a PhD in Europe
    Entry Requirements
    Chapter 3: Proposal, Permissions and Funding
    The Proposal The Background, Aim and Objectives
    The Study Design (Methodology)
    Expected Outcomes
    Permissions
    Funding
    Funding of the University's Tuition Fees
    Funding for Your Research Project
    Chapter 4: The Fieldwork
    Defining the Population
    Preparation for the Health Survey
    Questionnaire
    Health Examination
    Recruitment of Fieldworkers
    Pilot Study
    Setting Up Your Fieldwork
    Laboratory Fieldwork
    References
    Chapter 5: The Art of Data Analysis
    Parametric or Non-parametric?
    Descriptive Analysis
    Analytic Studies
    Reference Chapter 6: Putting Pen to Paper to Publication
    Structuring a Scientific Paper
    Targeting the Most Appropriate Journal
    References
    Chapter 7: Writing the Thesis
    Thesis vs. Research Manuscripts
    The Structure of a Thesis
    Reference
    Chapter 8: The Hurdles Along the Way: A Personal Experience
    Chapter 9: Getting Ready for the Oral Defence
    Preparing for the Big Day
    Preparing for Your Examiners
    After the Oral Defence
    Chapter 10: What Comes After the Completion of a PhD?
    Academia
    Public and Private Sectors
    Personal Experience
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Byron C. Calhoun, Tammi Lewis, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Abuse of Tobacco and Substances
    Physiology of Nicotine
    Physiology of EtOH and Opiate Receptors
    Women's Specific Issues
    Health Effects
    Pregnancy Effects
    Tobacco Cessation
    Addictions Counseling
    Therapeutic Substitution
    Appendix: Protocols and Guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gonghuan Yang, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers the science and policy issues relevant to one of the major public health issues in China. It pulls together the prevalence pattern of tobacco use in different population and burden of the myriad of tobacco-related diseases. The book pays more attention to review the successes and failures of tobacco control policies in China, including the protect peoples from second-hand smoke, comprehensive banning tobacco advertisement promotion and sponsor, regulation of the contents of tobacco products and low tar cigarettes, warn about the dangers of tobacco, support for smokers to quit, and increasing tobacco taxation and price, as well as monitor and assessment on tobacco use and implement of prevention policy under the international background of tobacco control. The book analyse and explain the influence factors, especially interference from tobacco industry with public management theory frame for promoting tobacco control policies and looks at lessons learnt to help set health policy for reducing the burden of tobacco-related diseases. It is a helpful reference for experts in public health and epidemiologists in tobacco control, advocators and policy maker.

    Contents:
    Introduction : China and the negotiation of WHO FCTC / Gonghuan Yang
    Tobacco epidemic and health risk in the Chinese population / Gonghuan Yang
    Action subject and surroundings of tobacco control and anti tobacco control in China / Gonghuan Yang
    International assistance and tobacco control in China / Gonghuan Yang
    Tobacco control mass sommunication in China / Chunhui Wang and Jie Yang
    Public interest litigation and tobacco control in China / Jinron Huang
    Monitoring tobacco ese and implementation of tobacco control policies in China / Xia Wan, Jason Hsia, and Gonghuan Yang
    Protecting China from secondhand tobacco smoke / Quan Gan
    Support for smokers to quit / Gonghuan Yang
    Tobacco product regulation and tobacco industry interference / Hanbing Guo
    Health warnings of cigarette package in China / Yiqun Wu and Gonghuan Yang
    Comprehensive ban on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship / Pinpin Zheng, Lin Xiao, Fan Wang, and Gonghuan Yang
    Tobacco tax and tobacco economy in China / Rong Zheng
    Conclusions and recommendations / Gonghuan Yang.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Robert Loddenkemper, Michael Kreuter.
    Contents:
    History of tobacco production and use / Hanafin, J., Clancy, l.
    Global tobacco epidemic / Mackay, J., Schluger, N.
    The tobacco epidemic and the commercial sector : tobacco industry strategies to increase profits and prevent regulation / Weishaar, H.
    Chemistry and primary toxicity of tobacco and tobacco smoke / Wiebel, F.J.
    Nicotine dependence / Zaveri, N., Rollema, H., Swan, G.E.
    The psychology of the smoker / Gilbert, D.G., Pergadia, M.L.
    Respiratory disorders related to smoking tobacco / Murray, J.F., Buist, A.S.
    Cardiovascular and other (except respiratory) disorders related to smoking tobacco / Barnoya, J., Monzon, J.C.
    Health effects of passive smoking in children / Bush, A.
    Health effects of passive smoking in adults / Kabir, Z., Clancy, L.
    Economics of tobacco use and control / Townsend, J.
    Legislation and smoking prevention / Latif, E., Warner, V.
    The WHO framework convention on tobacco control / Poetschke-Langer, M., Schotte, K., Zilagyi, T.
    Youth and tobacco / Bauer, C., Kreuter, M.
    Impact of media, movies and TV on tobacco use in the youth / Sargent, J.D., Hanewinkel, R.
    Social determinants of cigarette smoking / Upson, D.
    Smoking and mental health problems / Caill-Garnier, S., Baker, A.L, Todd, J., Turner, A., Dayas, C.
    Patterns and predictors of smoking cessation / Ditre, J.W., Zale, E.L., Brandon, T.H.
    Examining the role of the health care professional in controlling the tobacco epidemic : individual, organizational and institutional responsibilities / Leone, F.T., Evers-Casey, S.
    Pharmacotherapy : nicotine replacement therapy and other drugs in smoking cessation (including vaccination) / Tonnesen, P.
    Smokeless tobacco : health hazards or less harm? / Bolinder, G., Gilljam, H. (stockholm)
    Waterpipe tobacco smoking : a less harmful alternative? / Jawad, M.
    Electronic cigarettes : the issues behind the moral quandary / Vardavas, C.I., Agaku, I.T.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Nikolai V. Ivanov, Nicolas Sierro, Manuel C. Peitsch, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the history of tobacco genomics, from its "discovery" by Europeans to next-generation omics approaches in plant science. The authors primarily focus on the allotetraploid common tobacco plant (N. tabacum); however, separate chapters are dedicated to closely related Nicotiana species, such as N. benthamiana and N. attenuata, for which substantial progress in omics data analysis has been already achieved. While genetic maps, transcriptomes, and physical maps of BAC libraries have significantly enhanced our understanding of the tobacco plant, the genome of tobacco and related Nicotiana species has opened a new era in modern tobacco research. This book addresses current and future industrial and research applications as well as central challenges in tobacco science, including diseases, low variability of cultivars, the genomes large size, polyploidy, and gene duplication.

    Contents:
    Background and History of Tobacco
    Biodiversity of tobacco
    Genetics of tobacco
    The genome and transcriptome of tobacco and its ancestors
    SGN Tobacco resources and Nicotiana metabolic databases
    Leaf curing: a key step for tobacco chemistry
    Repetitive DNA dynamics and polyploidization in the genus Nicotiana (Solanaceae)
    Interspecific introgression in Nicotiana species
    Nicotine biosynthesis, transpssort, and regulation in tobacco: insights into the evolution of a metabolic pathway.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ming D. Li.
    Summary: This book provides the most recent knowledge on almost all key aspects of the health impact of tobacco smoking. Its 21 chapters focus on both preclinical and clinical studies. The contents are broad, covering the epidemiology of tobacco smoking; genetic epidemiology; identification of susceptibility genomic regions, genes, and pathways as determined by both human and animal studies; evolutionary relations among the different nAChR subunit genes that are so important to the nicotine response; smoking-related diseases; E-cigarettes; and smoking cessation. Furthermore, each chapter includes a detailed and comprehensive list of key references. For both clinical and basic researchers, this book is a valuable resource on nicotine dependence and other addictions.

    Contents:
    The Prevalence of Smoking and Its Associated Diseases
    Addiction Genetics: Basic Concepts and Techniques
    Estimation of Genetic and Environmental Contributions to Smoking Addiction
    Identified Susceptibility Loci for Nicotine Addiction Based on Genome-Wide Linkage Analyses
    Involvement of Variants in Gene Clusters CHRNA5/A3/B4 on Chromosome 15 to Smoking Behaviors and Lung Cancer
    Contribution of Variants in CHRNB3/A6 Gene Cluster on Chromosome 8 to Smoking Dependence
    Genetic Contribution of Variants in GABAergic Signaling to Nicotine Dependence
    Contribution of Variants in DRD2/ANKK1 on Chromosome 11 with Smoking and Other Addictions
    Significant Contribution of Variants in Serotonin Transporter and Receptor Genes to Smoking Dependence
    Converging Findings from Linkage and Association Analyses on Susceptibility Genes for Smoking Addiction
    Contribution of Gene-Gene and Gene-Environmental Interactions to Tobacco Smoking
    Identification of Biological Pathways Associated with Smoking Initiation/Progression, Nicotine Dependence, and Smoking Cessation
    Neuroproteomics and Its Applications in Research on Nicotine and Other Drugs of Abuse
    Regulatory Roles of MicroRNAs in Addictions and Other Psychiatric Diseases
    Tobacco Smoking, Food Intake, and Weight Control
    Nicotine Modulates Innate Immune Pathways via Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor
    DNA Methylation Analysis Reveals a Strong Connection between Tobacco Smoking and Cancer Pathogenesis
    Evolutionary Relations of Genes Encoding Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Subunits
    Management, Pharmacotherapies, and Precision Medicine for Smoking Cessation
    Background and Biology of and Health Concerns about Electronic Cigarettes
    Grand Challenges and Opportunities for Psychiatry, Including Nicotine Addiction Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vivek H. Murthy, MD.
    Summary: "In Together, the former Surgeon General addresses the overlooked epidemic of loneliness as the underpinning to the current crisis in mental wellness and offers solutions to create connection and stresses the importance of community to counteract the forces driving us to depression and isolation"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I. Making sense of loneliness
    Under our noses
    The evolution of loneliness
    Cultures of connection
    Why now?
    Unmasking loneliness
    Section II. Building a more connected life
    Relating inside out
    Circling connection
    A family of families.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ProQuest Ebook Central
    2020 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    OverDrive
    2020 Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Mahmoud F. Sakr.
    Summary: The book offers in a single resource the whole coverage of different diseases and lesions, congenital or acquired, of the tongue, along with a complete spectrum of surgical techniques that can be used to achieve the best functional and aesthetic results. In addition to tongue embryology, surgical anatomy, histology and physiology, the book explores the differential diagnosis of congenital anomalies of the tongue and lingual lesions, as well as the most recent advances in surgical management (resection, reconstruction and surgical management of the neck in patients with tongue cancer). The volume includes unique chapters about tongue replantation and tongue allo-transplantation. Richly illustrated, this book provides an indispensable source of knowledge to all specialists and trainees entrusted with the care of patients suffering from tongue lesions.

    Contents:
    Preface. Embryology of the Tongue. - Surgical Anatomy of the Tongue
    Histology of the Tongue
    Physiology of the Tongue
    Congenital Anomalies
    Tongue Trauma
    Tongue Piercing
    Tongue Discoloration
    Inflammation (Glossitis)
    Tongue Fissures
    Swellings of the Tongue
    Tumors of the tongue
    Ulcers of the Tongue
    Glossectomy
    Reconstruction after Glossectomy
    Surgical Management of the Neck
    Tongue Replantation
    Tongue Transplantation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Alpdogan Kantarci, Leslie Will, Stephen Yen.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Biology and metabolism of alveolar bone
    Section 2. Mechanical properties of dentoalveolar structures
    Section 3. Orthodontic tooth movement
    Section 4. Methods to facilitate orthodontic tooth movement.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Andrew Eder, Maurice Faigenblum, editors.
    Summary: This book, now in an extensively revised third edition, is a superbly illustrated and authoritative reference on tooth wear and its management. Tooth wear is becoming an increasing problem as people are living longer and keeping their teeth for longer, with recent UK surveys showing that at least 75% of adults and more than 50% of children now have some form of identifiable tooth wear. This latest edition addresses this growing challenge by describing practical clinical techniques that will aid identification of the aetiological factors responsible for erosion, attrition and abrasion and by offering guidance in the planning and delivery of appropriate patient care. Readers will find helpful information on difficulties encountered in the diagnosis and prevention of tooth wear, problems associated with controlling the process and strategies for providing management solutions. Alongside thorough updates of the original chapters, this new expanded edition includes several entirely new chapters from highly regarded clinicians and researchers from the UK and Europe. This essential clinical guide will meet the needs of dental professionals and dental students alike.

    Contents:
    FM: Foreword
    Tooth wear: Editors introduction
    Part 1: Introduction to tooth wear
    1. An overview of tooth wear
    2. Tooth wear and population oral health
    3. Risk factors in tooth wear
    4. Saliva and tooth wear
    5. Feeding and eating disorders: behaviours that adversely impact oral health
    6. Physiology of erosive tooth wear and relationship with dentine hypersensitivity
    7. Association between tooth wear and dental sleep disorders; an overview
    8. Dento-legal considerations in the management of patients with tooth wear
    Part 2: Management of tooth wear
    9. A pragmatic philosophy of tooth wear management
    10. Treatment planning for patients with tooth wear
    11. Occlusion and splint therapy
    12. Tooth wear in the child and adolescent
    13. Surgical crown lengthening in the management of tooth wear,-14. Orthodontic therapy in the management of tooth wear
    15. Adhesive restorations
    16. Fixed prosthodontics
    17. Removable prosthodontics
    18. Dental implants in the management of tooth wear
    19. Prevention, maintenance and dealing with failures
    BM: Tooth wear: future considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rocky C. Saenz.
    Summary: The highest-yield, most complete gastrointestinal radiology exam prep and learning tool available today! Top 3 Differentials in Gastrointestinal Imaging: A Case Review by renowned radiologist Rocky C. Saenz and esteemed colleagues is one in a series of radiology case books mirroring the highly acclaimed O'Brien classic,Top 3 Differentials in Radiology. The book is organized into five abdominal imaging sections covering hepatobiliary, pancreas and spleen, gastrointestinal (GI) tract, mesentery and vascular, and abdominal wall. Each case is formatted as a two-page unit.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Hepatobiliary
    Part 2. Pancreas and Spleen
    Part 3. Gastrointestinal Tract
    Part 4. Mesentery and Vascular
    Part 5. Abdominal Wall and Soft Tissues.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jasjeet Bindra, Robert D. Boutin.
    Summary: "Top 3 Differentials in Musculoskeletal Imaging: A Case Review by Jasjeet Bindra, Robert D. Boutin, and expert contributors is one in a series of radiology case books mirroring the format of the highly acclaimed O'Brien classic, Top 3 Differentials in Radiology: A Case Review. The book is organized in 10 parts: trauma, bone tumors, upper extremity, lower extremity, arthropathies, infection, soft tissue tumors, metabolic musculoskeletal conditions, spine, and pediatric/developmental musculoskeletal conditions"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Trauma
    Bone tumors
    Upper extremity
    Lower extremity
    Arthropathy
    Infection
    Soft tissue tumors
    Metabolic musculoskeletal conditions
    Spine
    Pediatric or developmental musculoskeletal conditions.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    William T. O'Brien.
    Contents:
    Congenital and developmental
    Attenuation and signal abnormality
    Masses and masslike lesions
    Vasculature and cerebrospinal fluid spaces
    Calvarium and skull base
    Temporal bone
    Sinonasal
    Maxillofacial
    Neck (including spaces)
    Orbits.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Ely A. Wolin.
    Contents:
    Neuro
    Thyroid and parathyroid
    Cardiac
    Lung
    Hepatobiliary
    Gastrointestinal
    Genitourinary
    Bone
    Infection and inflammation
    Fluorine-18 Fluorodeoxyglucose Positron-Emission Tomography
    Tumor (not PET)
    Quality control.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Rebecca Stein-Wexler.
    Contents:
    Chest, cardiac, and airway imaging
    Gastrointestinal imaging
    Genitourinary imaging
    Musculoskeletal imaging
    Head and neck imaging
    Brain and spine imaging.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    [edited by] William T. O'Brien, Sr.
    Contents:
    Chest and cardiac imaging / John P. Lichtenberger III
    Gastrointestinal imaging / Rocky Saenz
    Genitourinary imaging / Rocky Saenz
    Musculoskeletal imaging / Jasjeet Bindra
    Head and neck imaging / William T. O'Brien, Sr
    Brain and spine imaging / Paul M. Sherman
    Pediatric imaging / Rebecca Stein-Wexler
    Ultrasound imaging / Charles A. Tujo
    Fetal imaging / Erika Rubesova
    Vascular and interventional radiology / David D. Gover
    Nuclear medicine / Ely A. Wolin
    Breast imaging / Robert A. Jesinger
    Roentgen classics / Grant E. Lattin, Jr.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    David D. Gover.
    Contents:
    Pre-procedure
    Procedural cases
    Aunt Minnies' because, sometimes, "it is what it is!"
    IR anatomy
    Post-procedure.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Danya Reich, Corinna Eleni Psomadakis, Bobby Buka.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ilya Kister, José Biller
    Summary: "In arriving at a clinical diagnosis, think of the five most common findings (either historical, physical findings, or laboratory) found in a given disorder. If at least three of these five are not present in a given patient, the diagnosis is likely to be wrong. - C. Miller Fisher. Building on this precept from the great 20th-century neurologist C. Miller Fisher, Drs. Ilya Kister and José Biller have identified the five most common findings for the 'top 100' most common and important neurologic syndromes and disorders. The unique format of Top 100 Diagnoses in Neurology includes synopses that tie together the core disease features, illustrations and study questions for each entry, making this book an excellent tool for building a firm knowledge base in neurology and a quick reference for clinicians - neurologists and general practitioners alike. Covers the five core features of 100 of the most important neurologic syndromes and disorders, including polyneuropathies, neurologic vision disorders, movement disorders, epilepsy syndromes, multiple sclerosis, autism spectrum disorder, cerebral palsy, opioid overdose, brain tumors, and much more. Icons are used to identify neurologic emergencies and specify disease prevalence (common, rare, very rare). Includes brief introductions to each section that provide an essential clinical context for each area. Features helpful learning tools for each entry, including illustrations of key concepts, mnemonics, clinical pearls; and carefully chosen study questions to encourage further study and test your knowledge. Each entry contains free online references. Helps you quickly refresh your knowledge of specific disorders and ascertain whether your patients' diagnoses satisfy Fisher's "three-of-five" rule"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Peripheral Nervous System and the Innervation of the Upper Extremities
    Innervation of the Legs
    Polyneuropathies
    Disorders of the Neuromuscular Junction
    Disorders of the Skeletal Muscle
    Disorders of the Spinal Cord
    Disorders of the Brainstem and Cranial Nerves
    Neurologic Disorders of Vision
    Movement Disorders
    Disorders of Consciousness and Higher Cognitive Functions
    Cerebrovascular Disorders
    Epilepsy
    Nonepileptic Paroxysmal Neurologic Disorders
    Headache Disorders
    Infections of the Central Nervous System
    Immune-Mediated Disorders of the Central Nervous System
    Miscellaneous Section : Neurodevelopmental Disorders, Neurotoxicology, Neurooncology
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Alan F. Weissman.
    Summary: Top Score for the Radiology Boards: Q & A for the Core and Certifying Exams is the ideal diagnostic radiology board prep resource. Written by radiologist Alan Weissman, with contributions from dozens of leading experts at renowned institutions, Top Score has a simple ambition: to improve your test scores. The book covers all exam categories, including non-interpretive skills (NIS), physics, safety, breast, cardiac, diagnostic radiology, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, interventional, musculoskeletal, neuroradiology, nuclear, pediatrics, thoracic, ultrasound/reproductive/endocrinology, vascular, and general radiology. Chapters are composed of four types of test cases of varying focus and complexity, each on a two-page spread. Essentials starts with a patient presentation, followed by board-type multiple-choice questions. Details begins with a case presentation, followed by 10 rapid-fire questions, enabling brisk, high-volume learning. Image Rich presents multiple images that require accurate identification, enabling accelerated, high-volume image assessment practice. More Challenging follows the same format as Essentials but adds a higher degree of difficulty. Key highlights High-quality, board-type Q&A with detailed answer explanations High yield "Top Tips" for each case Special radiology artifacts section Image Rich and Details sections aid in rapid and lasting topic mastery Comprehensive review, covering all sections tested by the American Board of Radiology Written by experienced, expert question writers NIS chapter emphasizes proficiency in vital practice-related skills This quintessential home-study guide will help radiology residents and fellows prep for and ace both the certifying and core exams.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Print
    edited by I. Ronald Shenker.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RJ550 .T66
    1
  • Digital
    Pramod C. Rath, Ramesh Sharma, S. Prasad, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a collection of articles on various aspects of current research on aging. These include model systems, cellular, biochemical and molecular aspects of experimental aging research, as well as selected intervention studies on age-related diseases. Aging is a global challenge to human society. Children are always in a hurry to become adults, while adults produce offspring and add to the gene pool. However, after adulthood or the attainment of reproductive maturity, all physiological parameters of the living organism start to undergo the aging process. Old age sets in slowly but surely, and usually continues for a prolonged period. If vigor and vitality are the main advantages of adulthood, old age offers the rewards of experience and maturity. Biologists ask questions such as: Why do we age? How do we become old? Is it possible to slow down, postpone or even prevent aging? In turn, medical experts ask: What are the diseases associated with old age? Are there medicines that can help affected elderly patients? In fact both groups are asking themselves how can we add more health to old age. Healthy aging is the dream of every individual. But to achieve this, it is fundamental that we first understand the cellular, biochemical and molecular basis of the aging process in mammalian cells, tissues and intact living organisms, which can serve as experimental model systems in Biomedical Gerontology. Once the biology of aging is understood at the genetic and molecular levels, interventional approaches to aging and its associated diseases may be easier to plan and implement at the preclinical level.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bronner, Felix; Farach-Carson, Mary C.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1-, 2004-
  • Digital
    Renato Anghinah, Wellingson Paiva, Linamara Rizzo Battistella and Robson Amorim, editors.
    Summary: Traumatic brain injury (TBI) refers to nondegenerative, noncongenital damage to the brain from an external mechanical force, which can lead to permanent or temporary impairment of cognitive, physical, and psychosocial functions, with an associated diminished or altered state of consciousness. Despite this broad definition, it is estimated that more than 1.500.000 people suffer TBI annually in US, with 20% afflicted with moderate or severe forms. Additionally, a high percentage of these patients are unable to return to their daily routine (approximately 50%). In this context, both motor and cognitive rehabilitation are extremely important for these individuals. The aim of cognitive and motor rehabilitation is to recover an individual's ability to process, interpret and respond to environmental inputs, as well as to create strategies and procedures to compensate for lost functions that are necessary in familial, social, educational and occupational settings. The purpose of this book is to review the basic concepts related to TBI, including mechanisms of injury, acute and post-acute care, severity levels, the most common findings in mild, moderate and severe TBI survivors, and the most frequent cognitive and motor impairments following TBI, as well as to discuss the strategies used to support post-TBI patients. The most important rehabilitation techniques, both from cognitive and motor perspectives, are addressed. Finally, information regarding work and community re-entry and familial and psychological support are discussed in detail. Topics in Cognitive Rehabilitation in the TBI Post-Hospital Phase is intended as a reference guide for all professionals who have contact with or are related to patients suffering from TBI. Any professionals who work with or are related to patients suffering from TBI will find here a broad and comprehensive overview of TBI, addressing all essential issues, from acute care to rehabilitation strategies, follow up and re-socialization.

    Contents:
    Spontaneous Recovery Mechanisms-Brain Reorganization
    Respiratory Rehabilitation
    Posttraumatic hydrocephalus: Relevance, Mechanisms, Treatment and Outcome
    Challenges and Complications of Immobility
    Motor Rehabilitation Program and Robotics
    Extra-piramidal Syndromes After Traumatic Brain Injury
    Post-Traumatic Epilepsy
    Traumatic Brain Injury and Electroencephalogram Findings
    Mild Traumatic Brain Injury and Post-Concussion Syndrome
    Traumatic Brain Injury in the National Football League
    Traumatic Brain Injury in Fighting Sports
    Neuropsychiatric Symptoms of Post-Concussion Syndrome (PCS) and Chronic Traumatic Encephalopathy (CTE)
    Functional Neuroimage
    Neuropsychological Rehabilitation after Traumatic Brain Injury
    "Come Back to Community and Work after Traumatic Brain Injury".
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Hohmann, Stefan.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Topics in current genetics to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Denise Drozd.
    Summary: Chelicerates do not possess dedicated antennae like the Mandibulata but have evolved their second sets of appendages into the eponymous chelicerae. In scorpions, pectines are specialized comb-like structures, located on the ninth body segment, used for examining the substrate for chemo- and mechanosensory signals. The comb teeth, or pegs, are truncated beveled structures facing the substrate for probing, and are studded with numerous sensory receptors. Afferents from the pectines project into a distinct neuropil of the central nervous system, located behind the fourth walking leg neuropils. Denise Drozd analyzes afferents of single pegs in Mesobuthus eupeus by backfilling, combined with immunohistological labeling of neuropil regions. Her results suggest a topographic representation of the chemosensory fibers within the pectine neuropil instead of the typical chemotopic representation. Contents The Nervous System of Scorpions Structural Analysis of the Posterior Pectine Neuropil Projection Areas of Chemosensory Afferents Target Groups Lecturers and students in the fields of neurobiology, morphology, and zoology The Author Denise Drozd is a PhD candidate of Prof. Dr. Harald Wolf at the Institute of Neurobiology at Ulm University, Germany.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgement; Contents; Table of Figures; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Chemo- and mechanoreception in arthropods; 1.1.1 Chemosensitive structures in arthropods; 1.1.2 Mechanosensitive structures in arthropods; 1.2 Processing of sensory information in the arthropod nervous system; 1.3 Sensory structures in arachnids; 1.4 Mechano- and chemoreceptors in arachnids; 1.4.1 Sensory appendages in scorpions
    the pectines; 1.4.2 The nervous system of scorpions and the pectine neuropil; 1.5 Goal of this thesis; 2 Material and methods; 2.1 Animals
    Mesobuthus eupeus 2.2 Backfill of afferents fibers2.3 Dissection, embedding and sectioning; 2.4 Immunohistochemistry and mounting; 2.5 Microscopy and image analysis; 3 Results; 3.1 Establishment of methods; 3.2 Structural analysis of the posterior pectine neuropil and associated tracts; 3.3 Projection areas of sensory afferents; 4 Discussion; 4.1 Discussion of methods; 4.2 Analysis of the architecture of the posterior pectine neuropil; 4.2.1 The structure of the disc-like area; 4.2.2 The structure of the cap-like area and the large lobulus area; 4.2.3 Somatotopic innervation of the pectine neuropil 5 Conclusion5.1 Outlook; References; Appendix; A 1 Chemicals; A 2 Solutions; A 3 Tools and equipment
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Walter Siquini, editor ; in collaboration with Raffaella Ridolfo, Pierpaolo Stortoni, Emilio Feliciotti.
    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Position of the patient
    2 Steps shared by Total and Subtotal Gastrectomy
    3 Total Gastrectomy
    4 Manual Subtotal Gastrectomy.- 5 Stapled Subtotal Gastrectomy
    6 Proximal Gastrectomy
    7 Total and Subtotal D2 Laparoscopic Gastrectomy.- 8 Lymphadenectomy
    9 Special Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] David N. Herndon.
    Summary: "Recent advances in research have resulted in tremendous changes in burn management. Stay fully up to date with the new edition of Total Burn Care, by leading authority Dr. David N. Herndon. Detailed procedural guidelines and video clips walk you through every step of the process, from resuscitation through reconstruction and rehabilitation. Everyone on the burn care team, including general and plastic surgeons, intensivists, anesthestists, and nurses, will benefit from this integrated, multidisciplinary guide to safe and effective burn management"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    A brief history of acute burn care management
    Teamwork for total burn care : burn centers and multidisciplinary burn teams
    Epidemiological, demographic and outcome characteristics of burns
    Prevention of burn injuries
    Burn management in disasters and humanitarian crises
    Care of outpatient burns
    Prehospital management, transportation, and emergency care
    Pathophysiology of burn shock and burn edema
    Burn resuscitation
    Evaluation of the burn wound : management decisions
    Treatment of infection in burn patients
    Operative wound management
    Anesthesia for burned patients
    The skin bank
    Skin substitutes and 'the next level'
    The pathophysiology of inhalation injury
    Diagnosis and treatment of inhalation injury
    Respiratory care
    The systemic inflammatory response syndrome
    Host defense antibacterial effector cells influenced by massive burns
    Biomarkers in burn patient care
    Hematology, hemostasis, thromboprophylaxis, and transfusion medicine in burn patients
    Significance of the hormonal, adrenal, and sympathetic responses to burn injury
    The hepatic response to thermal injury
    Importance of mineral and bone metabolism after burn
    Micronutrient homeostasis
    Hypophosphatemia
    Nutritional needs and support for the burned patient
    Modulation of the hypermetabolic response after burn injury
    Etiology and prevention of multisystem organ failure
    Acute renal failure in association with thermal injury
    Critical care in the severely burned : organ support and management of complications
    Burn nursing
    Care of the burned pregnant patient
    Special considerations of age : the pediatric burned patient
    Care of geriatric patients
    Surgical management of complications of burn injury
    Electrical injuries
    Cold-induced injury : frostbite
    Chemical burns
    Radiation injuries and vesicant burns
    Exfoliative diseases of the integument and soft tissue necrotizing infections
    Burn injuries of the eye
    The burn problem : a pathologist's perspective
    Molecular and cellular basis of hypertrophic scarring
    Pathophysiology of the burn scar
    Burn rehabilitation along the continuum of care
    Musculoskeletal changes secondary to thermal burns
    Reconstruction of bodily deformities in burn patients : an overview
    Reconstruction of the head and neck after burns
    Management of postburn alopecia
    Trunk deformity reconstruction
    Management of contractural deformities involving the shoulder (axilla), elbow, hip, and knee joints in burned patients
    Acute and reconstructive care of the burned hand
    Management of burn injuries of the perineum
    Reconstruction of burn deformities of the lower extremity
    Electrical injury : reconstructive problems
    The role of alternative wound substitutes in major burn wounds and burn scar resurfacing
    Aesthetic reconstruction in burn patients
    Laser for burn scar treatment
    The ethical dimension of burn care
    Intentional burn injuries
    Functional sequelae and disability assessment
    Management of pain and other discomforts in burned patients
    Psychiatric disorders associated with burn injury
    Psychosocial recovery and reintegration of patients with burn injuries
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Alfredo Hoyos
    Summary: "Total Definer: An Atlas of Advanced Body Sculpting by internationally-renowned aesthetic plastic surgeon Alfredo Hoyos is a visually stunning atlas that presents groundbreaking and advanced surgical, fat grafting, liposuction, and body sculpting techniques. Readers will learn how to perform High Definition (HD) and Dynamic Definition (HD2) Liposculptures."-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Artnatomy
    Basics
    Safety
    Corporal Photography
    Patient-Centered Care
    Surgery General Aspects
    Chest
    Abdomen
    Posterior Torso
    Arms
    Gluteal Region
    Lower Limb
    Excisional Body Sculpting
    Secondary Procedures
    Technologies for HD
    Masterpieces
  • Digital
    Kalliopi Lampropoulou-Adamidou, George Hartofilakidis.
    Contents:
    1. Late close reduction in patients with CHD
    2. Previous osteotomies
    3. High dislocations with no previous treatment.
    4. Pre-operative evaluation of CHD with 3D CT scan
    5. Idiopathic osteoarthritis
    6. Inflammatory arthritis
    7. Avascular necrosis
    8. Re-cementing revisions
    9. Completed cases
    10. Miscellaneous
    11. Key messages and lessons learned
    12. Relative publications.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Sam Oussedik, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to total knee arthroplasty (TKA) that will assist in achieving excellent outcomes based on a sound understanding and technique. After an introductory section on the native knee that covers the anatomy, physiology, biomechanics, and patterns of disease, all aspects of primary knee arthroplasty are discussed in detail. Individual chapters are devoted to topics such as acute pain management, the role of technological aids, prosthetic kinematics, alignment targets, unicompartmental arthroplasty, patellar resurfacing, outcome measures, and cost-effectiveness. An extensive section explains the causes and management of potential complications, including aseptic failure, infections, and periprosthetic fracture. The surgical techniques appropriate for revision knee arthroplasty are described separately, and guidelines on how to deal with bone loss, instability, and extensor mechanism failure are provided. The authors are all respected experts from the United Kingdom, United States, Australia and Europe.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Richard D. Scott.
    Summary: "An invaluable guide for orthopaedic surgeons at all levels of experience, Total Knee Arthroplasty, 3rd Edition, takes a practical, authoritative approach to this widely performed procedure. Dr. Richard Scott, co-designer of the Total Knee System, walks you step by step through a wide range of surgical scenarios, offering consistent, readable coverage of the techniques you need to know. A user-friendly index, hundreds of detailed, full-color illustrations and photographs, and bulleted summaries make information easy to find and put to use in practice."
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Theofilos Karachalios, editor.
    Contents:
    1. A brief history of total knee arthroplasty
    2. Kinematics of the natural and replaced knee
    3. Long term survival of total knee arthroplasty. Lessons learned from the clinical outcome of old designs
    4. Long term survival of total knee arthroplasty. Lessons learned from the clinical outcome of old designs. Second generation of implants and the total condylar TKA
    5. Total knee arthroplasty. Evaluating outcomes
    6. The long term outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of age and diagnosis
    7. Long term outcome of primary total knee arthroplasty. The effect of body weight and level of activity
    8. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of the severity of deformity
    9. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of surgeon training and experience
    10. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of limp alignment, implant placement and stability as controlled by surgical technique
    11. Long term results of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of surgical approach
    12. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of posterior stabilized designs
    13. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect posterior cruciate retaining design
    14. Rationale and long term outcome to rotating platform total knee replacement
    15. Mid to long term clinical outcome of medial pivot designs
    16. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of implant fixation (cementless)
    17. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty: the effect of polyethylene
    18. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty. Condylar constrained prostheses
    19. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty rotating hinge designs
    20. Clinical outcome of total knee megaprosthesis replacement for bone tumors
    21. Long term clinical outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of patella resurfacing
    22. Infected total knee arthroplasty. Basic science, mangement, and outcome
    23. Short and mid term outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of rahabilitation
    24. Mid and long term functional outcome of total knee arthroplasty
    25. Long term outcome of total knee arthroplasty. The effect of navigation
    26. Quality of life and patient satisfaction after total knee arthroplasty using contemporary designs
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Anthony P. Sclafani.
    Summary: "Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery has developed as a specialty in recognition of the highly focused attention necessary to fully comprehend and master the intricate anatomic and physiologic relationships of the structures located between the thoracic inlet and the foramen magnum. Our specialty originally developed out of a need to manage the intricacies of this area of the body, but as the depth of our knowledge grew subspecialties within the discipline branched off, and often it may seem that we are a collection of otologists, neurotologists, head and neck oncologists, laryngologists, pediatric otolaryngologists, rhinologists, facial plastic surgeons, and general otolaryngologists. This text should serve as a concise yet practical review and reference textbook for anyone interested in the full scope of otolaryngology-head and neck surgery"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Mark Lazenby.
    Summary: Nurses are positioned on healthcare's front line, intimately connected to individuals, families, and communities. How can they leverage this position to work for the common good? In Toward ward a Better World, Mark Lazenby, a philosopher and a nurse, presents a plan of action. He argues that nurses advance the good society when they fulfill fundamental obligations. Promoting equality, peace and respect, providing assistance and safety, and safeguarding the health of our planet are among these obligations. By acting upon them, nurses become a force for social change in their communities. But through the collective power of more than 20 million nurses worldwide, nurses become a global force for making the world a better place--in the present and for the future.

    Contents:
    Nursing and the Good Society ; Part I: Nursing is a Moral Profession
    Nursing and Our Common Humanity
    Nursing and Obligation ; Part II: The Obligations of Nursing
    Equality
    Assistance
    Peace
    Safety
    Respect ; Part II: Nursing Beyond Boundaries
    Nursing is Always Local
    The Social Significance of Nursing.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Travis N. Rieder.
    Summary: This thought-provoking treatise argues that current human fertility rates are fueling a public health crisis that is at once local and global. Its analysis and data summarize the ecological costs of having children, presenting ethical dilemmas for prospective parents in an era of competition for scarce resources, huge disparities of wealth and poverty, and unsustainable practices putting irreparable stress on the planet. Questions of individual responsibility and integrity as well as personal moral and procreative issues are examined carefully against larger and more long-range concerns. The author's assertion that even modest efforts toward reducing global fertility rates would help curb carbon emissions, slow rising global temperatures, and forestall large-scale climate disaster is well reasoned and more than plausible. Among the topics covered: · The multiplier effect: food, water, energy, and climate. · The role of population in mitigating climate change. · The carbon legacy of procreation. · Obligations to our possible children. · Rights, what is right, and the right to do wrong. · The moral burden to have small families. Toward a Small Family Ethic sounds a clarion call for bioethics students and working bioethicists. This brief, thought-rich volume steers readers toward challenges that need to be met, and consequences that will need to be addressed if they are not.

    Contents:
    Global Population Crisis
    The Collective Action Problem
    Duties to Possible Children
    Duty Not to (Contribute to) Harm
    Duties of Justice
    Duties of Rescue
    Demandingness, Integrity and Morality
    Duty and Intimacy
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    O.S. Miettinen.
    Summary: Scientific medicine in Miettinen's conception of it is very different from the two ideas about it that came to eminence in the 20th century. To him, medicine is scientific to the extent that it has a rational theoretical framework and a knowledge-base from medical science. He delineates the nature of that theoretical framework and of the research to develop the requisite knowledge for application in such a framework. The knowledge ultimately needed is about diagnostic, etiognostic, and prognostic probabilities, and it necessarily is to be codified in the form of probability functions, embedded in practice-guiding expert systems.

    Contents:
    The daunting needs for knowledge
    The necessary forms of the knowledge
    The knowledge according to its source
    Needed innovations of the knowledge culture
    Original research for scientific diagnosis
    Original research for scientific etiognosis
    Original research for scientific prognosis
    Derivative research for scientific gnosis
    From gnostic research to gnostic knowledge.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Martine Derzelle.
    Summary: A rigorous and groundbreaking study. Martine Derzelle is the first researcher to approach hypochondria as a relational pathology. Martine Derzelle is the first researcher to approach hypochondria as a relational pathology. The author tackles a subject that has puzzled care professionals for decades: hypochondria. Martine Derzelle confronts all specialists (psychotherapists, psychiatrists, doctors, psychosomaticians) with the paradox of this pathology and the theoretical void on which the approach to those patients who express a suffering of various kinds has stood for more than a century. In the first part, the author highlights the lack of theoretical elaboration on hypochondria in the existent literature; in the second part, on the basis of clinical examples, she analyzes the nature of the disease, and then offers a completely innovative theoretical elaboration. Finally, in the third part, she proposes a new and specific approach to treating this pathology at both the theoretical and clinical levels within the framework of psychoanalysis and implementing key concepts from relational psychosomatics.

    Contents:
    Questions
    Problems
    Problem Definition
    Negative Reports or 'a Certain Discourse Used in a Certain Way'
    From Biological Body to Metaphorical Body
    A New Starting Point
    Hypochondria, Projective Parenthesis
    A Different Relation to Oneself and to the Other Person
    Towards a Psychosomatic Conception of Hypochondria.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sirpa Sarlio.
    Summary: This clear-sighted volume synthesizes wide-ranging knowledge of human food consumption, food production systems, and sustainability to offer methods of improving the impact of food choices on people and the environment. The comprehensive coverage addresses myriad challenges and paradoxes (e.g., health-conscious food choices that put greater stress on the planet, hunger amidst plenty) associated with the production of sustainable, nutritious food. Direct and complex links between local and global issues are highlighted in innovative approaches to transforming food production from the farm to the table and from the policy desk to the real world. Chapters identify, examine, and offer realistic recommendations for achieving critical goals, among them: Supporting healthy people and communities within planetary boundaries Reduction and prevention of food waste Combining health and sustainability on the plate "Serving sustainable and healthy food to consumers and decision makers": from commitment to action. Investing in healthier and more sustainable production. Ensuring a healthy sustainable diet is a goal of all public policies. Towards Healthy and Sustainable Diets is geared toward professionals and policymakers dealing with food, nutrition, and environmental topics seeking new perspectives on longstanding issues in these interrelated areas. It also makes a suitable reference for students studying and conducting research in these areas.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sanjeev Kelkar, Shubhangi Muley, Prakash Ambardekar.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Cheryl Dellasega.
    Summary: Nursing has a not-so-secret problem. The profession is prone to--some would say thrives on--workplace conflict, incivility, bullying, and meanness. And while nurses observe and experience this conflict daily, too few have been trained in its resolution. Toxic Nursing aims to change that with strategies, tools, and techniques to help nurse leaders, managers, and administrators defuse conflict, turn around toxic situations, and create positive, healthy work environments. Written by Cheryl Dellasega--author of the groundbreaking books Surviving Ophelia and Mean Girls Grown Up--Toxic Nursing explores the reasons behind toxic behavior and its impact on not just the workplace but patient safety.

    Contents:
    Incivility
    The newbie : mistreatment of new nurses
    The know-it-all/criticism queen
    Gossip and trash talk
    Cliques, campaigns, and high-school drama
    Competition and credit
    Nurse managers as the problem
    Men in white
    Better than you
    Generations at work
    Competent and caring leaders?
    Social media, electronic communication, and professionalism
    Politics and CYA
    Patients as victims
    On the battlefield : nurses under attack
    Toxic culture/environment
    Conclusion
    Is your management style causing conflict?
    Conflict case scenario
    Organizational cynicism self-assessment
    When it's time to seek outside counsel
    Compassion fatigue.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Jean L. Wright, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to breast toxicity. Adjuvant radiation remains standard for a majority of women who undergo breast-conserving surgery for breast cancer, and indications for post-mastectomy and regional lymph node irradiation have also broadened with recent publications. At the same time, locoregional recurrence has declined and survival has improved in recent decades. In the current era of excellent breast cancer outcomes, then, considering the balance between toxicity and outcomes becomes paramount. Several recent editorials recommend considering toxicity against the potential benefit of adjuvant radiation in tailoring radiation decisions for individual patients. Thus, a clear understanding of the potential toxicities of adjuvant radiation for breast cancer is critical to optimizing outcomes in modern breast cancer management. Here, authors have collected recent data focused on toxicity of treatment that provide an opportunity for improving this optimization. Chapters cover both acute and late toxicity of radiation for breast cancer, including tailored risk assessment for each of these potential toxicities, considerations for including risk of toxicity in management decisions, and toxicity management strategies. This is an ideal guide for radiation oncologists, residents, and oncologists seeking to optimize care for their patients. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    José M. Fuentes, editor.
    Summary: Comprehensive overview of different aspects of autophagy as it relates to neurodegenerative diseases. The pathogenesis of the main neurodegenerative disorders includes either the accumulation of altered or misfolded proteins or exposure to several toxics. Autophagy constitute one of the two principal cellular pathways implicate in the clearance of these material and can serve as a neuroprotective mechanism. Topics include: the role of autophagy in the brain, the role of autophagy in the principal neurodegenerative disorders, and the mechanism by which different molecules cause neurotoxicity and the role autophagy plays.

    Contents:
    Regulation of Autophagy In Health And Disease
    Role of Chaperone-Mediated Autophagy in Ageing and Neurodegeneration
    Interaction Between Mitochondria And Autophagy
    Dual role of autophagy in neurodegenerative diseases: The case of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Autophagy pathways in Huntington?s disease
    Control of Autophagy in Parkinson's Disease
    Autophagy in Alzheimer's disease: a cleaning service out-of-order?
    Autophagy as a neuroprotective mechanism against 3-nitropropionic acid-induced cell death
    Paraquat: Molecular Mechanisms of Neurotoxicity and its Relation with Autophagy
    Agrochemicals-induced Dopaminergic Neurotoxicity: Role of Mitochondria-mediated oxidative stress and Protein Clearance Mechanisms
    Molecular And Neurochemical Mechanisms Dopamine Oxidation To O-Quinones In Parkinson ́S Disease Pathogenesis
    Exploring the Role of Autophagy in the Pathogenesis of Rotenone-Induced Toxicity.- Autophagic pathology and calcium deregulation in neurodegeneration. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Contents:
    Acetone
    Acrolein
    Acrylamide
    Acrylonitrile
    Aldrin/Dieldrin
    Aluminum
    Americium
    Ammonia
    Aniline
    Antimony
    Arsenic
    Asbestos
    Atrazine
    1,3-Butadiene
    2,3-Benzofuran
    2-Butanone
    2-Butoxyethanol
    Barium
    Benzene
    Benzidine
    Beryllium
    Bis(2-chloroethyl) Ether
    Bis(chloromethyl) Ether
    Blister Agents HN-1HN-2HN-3 Nitrogen Mustards
    Blister Agents: Lewisite (L), Mustard-Lewisite Mixture (HL)
    Blister Agents: Sulfur Mustard Agent H/HD, Sulfur Mustard Agent HT
    Boron
    Bromodichloromethane
    Bromoform & Dibromochloromethane
    Bromomethane
    1-Bromopropane
    Cadmium
    Calcium Hypochlorite/Sodium Hypochlorite
    Carbon Disulfide
    Carbonyl Sulfide
    Carbon Monoxide
    Carbon Tetrachloride
    Cesium
    Chlordane
    Chlorfenvinphos
    Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins (CDDs)
    Chlorine
    Chlorine Dioxide & Chlorite
    Chlorobenzene
    Chlorodibenzofurans (CDFs)
    Chloroethane
    Chloroform
    Chloromethane
    Chlorophenols
    Chlorpyrifos
    Chromium
    Cobalt
    Copper
    Creosote
    Cresols
    Crotonaldehyde
    Cyanide
    1,1-Dichloroethane
    1,1-Dichloroethene
    1,2 Dibromoethane
    1,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane
    1,2-Dichloroethane
    1,2-Dichloroethene
    2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid
    1,2-Dichloropropane
    1,2-Diphenylhydrazine
    1,3 Dichloropropenes
    1,3 Dinitrobenzene & 1,3,5 Trinitrobenzene
    1,4-Dioxane
    2,4- & 2,6-Dinitrotoluene
    Dinitrotoluenes --3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
    DDT, DDE, DDD
    DEET (N,N-diethyl-meta-toluamide)
    Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate (DEHP)
    Di-n-butyl Phthalate
    Di-n-octylphthalate (DNOP)
    Diazinon
    Diborane
    Dichlorobenzenes
    Dichlorvos
    Diethyl phthalate
    Diisopropyl Methylphosphonate (DIMP)
    Dinitrocresols
    Dinitrophenols
    Disulfoton
    Endosulfan
    Endrin
    Endrin/Endrin aldehyde
    Ethion
    Ethylbenzene
    Ethylene Dibromide
    Ethylene Glycol and Propylene Glycol
    Ethylene Oxide
    Fluorine, Hydrogen Fluoride, and Fluorides
    Formaldehyde
    Fuel Oils / Kerosene
    Gasoline, Automotive
    Glutaraldehyde
    Glyphosate
    Guthion
    2-Hexanone
    Heptachlor/Heptachlor Epoxide
    Hexachlorobenzene
    Hexachlorobutadiene
    Hexachlorocyclohexane (HCH)
    Hexachlorocyclopentadiene (HCCPD)
    Hexachloroethane
    Hexamethylene Diisocyanate (HDI)
    HMX (Octogen)
    Hydraulic Fluids
    Hydrazines
    Hydrogen Chloride
    Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN)
    Hydrogen Fluoride (HF)
    Hydrogen Peroxide
    Hydrogen Sulfide
    n-Hexane
    Iodine
    Ionizing Radiation
    Isophorone
    Jet Fuels JP-4 and JP-7
    Jet Fuels JP-5 and JP-8
    Jet Fuels (JP5/8/JetA)
    Lead
    4,4'-Methylenebis(2-Chloroaniline)(MBOCA)
    4,4'-Methylenedianiline
    Malathion
    Manganese
    Mercury
    Methoxychlor
    Methyl Isocyanate
    Methyl Mercaptan
    Methyl Parathion
    Methyl tert-Butyl Ether (MTBE)
    Methylene Chloride
    Methylenediphenyl Diisocyanate
    Mirex & Chlordecone
    n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine
    n-Nitrosodimethylamine
    n-Nitrosodiphenylamine
    Naphthalene, 1-Methylnapthalene, 2-Methylnapthalen
    Molybdenum
    Nerve Agents (GA, GB, GD, VX)
    Nickel
    Nitrate and Nitrite
    Nitrobenzene
    Nitrogen Oxides
    Nitrophenols
    Otto Fuel II and its Components
    Parathion
    Pentachlorophenol
    Perchlorates
    Perfluoroalkyls
    Phenol
    Phosgene
    Phosgene Oxime
    Phosphate Ester Flame Retardants
    Phosphine
    Plutonium
    Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBBs)
    Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDEs)
    Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
    Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
    Propylene Glycol
    Pyrethrins-and-Pyrethroids
    Pyridine
    Radium
    Radon
    RDX (Cyclonite)
    Selenium
    Selenium Hexafluoride
    Silica
    Silver
    Sodium Hydroxide
    S,S,S-Tributyl Phosphorotrithioate (Tribufos)
    Stoddard Solvent
    Strontium
    Styrene
    Sulfur Dioxide
    Sulfur Mustard
    Sulfur Trioxide & Sulfuric Acid
    Synthetic Vitreous Fibers
    1,1,1-Trichloroethane
    1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
    1,1,2-Trichloroethane
    1,2,3 Trichloropropane
    1,3,5 Trinitrobenzene & 1,3 Dinitrobenzene
    2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT)
    Tetrachloroethylene (PERC)
    Tetryl
    Thallium
    Thorium
    Tin and Compounds
    Titanium Tetrachloride
    Toluene
    Toluene Diisocyanate
    Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH)
    Toxaphene
    Trichlorobenzenes
    Trichloroethylene (TCE)
    Tungsten
    Unidentified Chemical
    Uranium and Compounds
    Used Mineral-based Crankcase Oil
    Vanadium and Compounds
    Vinyl Acetate
    Vinyl Chloride
    White Phosphorus
    Xylenes
    Zinc.
    Digital Access ATSDR 2001-
    Access via ATSDR - Toxic substances portal
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Call number varies. Search for Toxicological profile to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Irving Sunshine, section editor.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RB37 .C182
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Philip Wexler.
    Summary: Toxicology in the Middle Ages and Renaissance provides an authoritative and fascinating exploration into the use of toxins and poisons in the Middle Ages and Renaissance. Part of the History of Toxicology and Environmental Health series, this volume is a follow-up, chronologically, to the first two volumes which explored toxicology in antiquity. The book approximately covers the 1100s through the 1600s, delving into different aspects of toxicology, such as the contributions of scientific scholars of the time, sensational poisoners and poisoning cases, as well as myths. Historical figures, such as the Borgias and Catherine de Medici are discussed. Toxicologists, students, medical researchers, and those interested in the history of science will find insightful and relevant material in this volume. Provides the historical background for understanding modern toxicologyIllustrates the ways previous civilizations learned to distinguish safe from hazardous substances, how to avoid them, and how to use them against enemies. Explores the way famous historical figures used toxins.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Louis M. Weiss and Kami Kim.
    Summary: This book reflects the significant advances in the field in the last 5 years, including new information on the genomics, epigenomics and proteomics of T. gondii as well as a new understanding of the population biology and genetic diversity of this organism.

    Contents:
    1. The history and life cycle of Toxoplasma gondii / J.P. Dubey
    2. The ultrastructure of Toxoplasma gondii / David J.P. Ferguson, Jean-Francois Dubremetz
    3. Molecular epidemiology and population structure of Toxoplasma gondii / Marie-Laure Darde, Daniel Ajzenberg, Chunlei Su
    4. Human Toxoplasma infection / Rima McLeod [and three others]
    5. Ocular disease due to Toxoplasma gondii / Emily Su, Andrea Honda, Paul Latkany
    6. Toxoplasmosis in wild and domestic animals / David S. Lindsay, J.P. Dubey
    7. Toxoplasma animal models and therapeutics / Carsten G.K. Luder, Utz Reichard, Uwe Gross
    8. Biochemistry and metabolism of Toxoplasma gondii : carbohydrates, lipids and nucleotides / Isabelle Coppens, Takashi Asai, Stanislas Tomavo
    9. The apicoplast and mitochondrion of Toxoplasma gondii / Frank Seeber, Jean E. Feagin, Marilyn Parsons
    10. Calcium storage and homeostasis in Toxoplasma gondii / Silvia N.J. Moreno, Lucas Borges Pereira, Douglas A. Pace
    11. The Toxoplasma gondii parasitophorous vacuole membrane : a multifunctional organelle in the infected cell / Anthony P. Sinai
    12. Toxoplasma secretory proteins and their roles in cell invasion and intracellular survival / Maryse Lebrun, Vern B. Carruthers, Marie-France Cesbron-Delauw
    13. The Toxoplasma cytoskeleton : structures, proteins and processes / Naomi Morrissette, Marc-Jan Gubbels
    14. Interactions between Toxoplasma effectors and host immune responses / Barbara A. Butcher [and three others]
    15. Bradyzoite development / Laura J. Knoll, Tadakimi Tomita, Louis M. Weiss
    16. Development and application of classical genetics in Toxoplasma gondii / James W. Ajioka, L. David Sibley
    17. Genetic manipulation of Toxoplasma gondii / Damien Jacot [and four others]
    18. Epigenetic and genetic factors that regulate gene expression in Toxoplasma gondii / William J. Sullivan, Jr. [and three others]
    19. ToxoDB : an integrated functional genomic resource for Toxoplasma and other sarcocystidae / Omar S. Harb, David S. Roos on behalf of the Eupathdb Group
    20. Comparative aspects of nucleotide and amino acid metabolism in Toxoplasma gondii and other apicomplexa / Kshitiz Chaudhary, Barbara A. Fox, David J. Bzik
    21. Toxoplasma gondii chemical biology / Matthew Bogyo, Gary Ward
    22. Proteomics of Toxoplasma gondii / Jonathan M. Wastling, Dong Xia
    23. Cerebral toxoplasmosis : pathogenesis, host resistance and behavioural consequences / Yasuhiro Suzuki [and five others]
    24. Innate immunity to Toxoplasma gondii / Dana G. Mordue, Christopher A. Hunter
    25. Adaptive immunity and genetics of the host immune response / Craig W. Roberts [and five others]
    26. Vaccination against toxoplasmosis : current status and future prospects / Craig W. Roberts [and three others].
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Print
    [Letizia Vaccari, recopiladora].
    Contents:
    Tomo I. 1904-1914
    Tomo II. 1915-1923
    Tomo III. 1923-1930
    Tomo IV. 1931-1936
    Tomo V. 1937-1946
    Tomo VII. 1954-1957
    Tomo VIII. 1960-1965
    Tomo IX. 1965-1967.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R481.V4 T7
    8
  • Digital
    edited by Jerome O. Nriagu and Eric P. Skaar.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Jerome O. Nriagu and Eric P. Skaar
    Is metal uptake related to ecological niche in the vertebrate host? / Joseph Lemire, Trevor F. Moraes, Vahis Fa Andisi, and Anthony B. Schryvers
    Competition for metals among microbes and their host / Michaell A. Bachman and Jeffrey N. Weiser
    The fate of intracellular metal ions in microbes / Slade A. Loutet, Anson C.K. Chan, Marek J. Kobylarz, Meghan M. Verstraete, Stephanie Pfaffen, Bin Ye, Angel L. Arrieta, and Michael E.P. Murphy
    Common mechanisms of bacterial metal homeostasis / James A. Imlay
    Intervention strategies for metal deficiency and overload / Fudi Wang and Lihong Zhang
    Trace metals in host-microbe interactions : the microbe perspective / Jennifer S. Cavet, Robert D. Perry, Sascha Brunke, K. Heran Darwin, Carol A. Fierke, James A. Imlay, Michael E.P. Murphy, Anthony B. Schryvers, Dennis J. Thiele, and Jeffrey N. Weiser
    Metal homeostasis during development, maturation, and aging : impact on infectious diseases / Inga Wessels
    Impact of metals on immune response and tolerance, and modulation of metal metabolism during infection / Günter Weiss
    Metal-based antiparasitic therapeutics / Maribel Navarro and Gonzalo Visbal
    Impact of lifestyle on metal exposure, homeostasis, and associated diseases / George V. Dedoussis
    Obesity, trace metals, and infection / Jerome O. Nriagu
    Metals in host-microbe interaction : the host perspective / Dieter Rehder, Robert E. Black, Julia Bornhorst, Rodney R. Dietert, Victor J. DiRita, Maribel Navarro, Robert D. Perry, Lothar Rink, Eric P. Skaar, Miguel C.P. Soares, Dennis J. Thiele, Fudi Wang, Günter Weiss, and Inga Wessels
    Selenium and mercury : their interactions and roles in living organisms / Tamara Garcia-Barrera
    New technologies using trace metals of concern / Jozef M. Pacyna, Kyrre Sundseth, and Elisabeth G. Pacyna
    The promise of nanometals : reducing infection and increasing biocompatibility / Mian Wang, Wenwen Liu, and Thomas J. Webster
    Metals in the environment as risk factors for infectious diseases : gaps and opportunities / M. Leigh Ackland, Julia Bornhorst, George V. Dedoussis, Rodney R. Dietert, Jerome O. Nriagu, Jozef M. Pacyna, and John M. Pettifor
    Emerging strategies in metalloproteomics / Peter-Leon Hagedoorn
    Measuring metals in complex biological systems / Andreas Matusch, Ana-Maria Oros-Peusquens, and J. Sabine Becker
    Methods and technologies for studying metals in biological systems / Wolfgang Maret, Joseph A. Caruso, Christopher H. Contag, David P. Giedroc, Peter-Leon Hagedoorn, Andreas Matusch, Eric P. Skaar, and Richard B. Thompson.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Print
    Hemphill, Delbert D.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA565.A1 T75
    8
  • Digital
    Terence Pires de Farias, editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eckart Klemm, Andreas Nowak, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to the complications encountered in tracheotomy procedures. Chapters cover the entire treatment journey, from indication and performance of all types of tracheotomies to the occlusion of the stoma. A tracheotomy can often have serious complications and the management and prevention of these complications are discussed in detail. Practical anatomy, anesthesia for airway management, and surgical and endoscopic treatment of diseases related to tracheotomies are also covered. This book is aimed at a multidisciplinary audience and is relevant to ENT specialists, head and neck surgeons, chest surgeons, anesthesiologists, intensivists, emergency doctors, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, pediatric surgeons, pediatric intensivists, pulmonologists, speech therapists, respiratory therapists, and nurses.

    Contents:
    1. Tracheotomy when and where?
    2. Advantages and disadvantages of tracheotomy, contraindications of percutaneous dilatation tracheostomies
    3. Anatomy and topography in relation to tracheostomy
    4. Histomorphology of Tracheal Barriers of Tracheotomy Patients
    5. Methods of percutaneous dilated tracheostomy
    6. Methods of surgical tracheostomy
    7. The pediatric tracheostomy
    8. The coniotomy, a life-saving emergency measure
    9. Tracheostomy closure: execution, errors, dangers and complications
    10. Complications of the tracheostomy and strategies to prevent it
    11. Iatrogenic tracheal injuries
    therapeutic options
    12. Surgical treatment of laryngotracheal stenosis
    13. Endoluminal splinting of the trachea
    14. Tracheostomy in patients with increased intracranial pressure
    15. Jet ventilation in the difficult airway
    16. Anesthetic and respiratory medical specialties in percutaneous dilatative trachacheostomies
    17. The way to the deanery
    18. Special aspects of skin and mucous membrane care after tracheostomies
    19. Tracheostomy tubes and cannula care
    20. History of tracheostomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Jane L. Stevens Crawshaw, Irena Benyovsky Latin, Kathleen Vongsathorn.
    Summary: Tracing Hospital Boundaries' explores, for the first time, how the forces of both integration and segregation shaped hospitals and their communities between the eleventh and twentieth centuries in Europe, North America and Africa. Within this broad comparative context it also shines a light on a number of case studies from Southeastern Europe. The eleven chapters show how people's access to, and experience of, healthcare institutions was affected by social, cultural and economic, as well as medical, dynamics. These same factors intersected with developing healthcare technologies to shape hospital design and location, as well as internal policies and practices. The volume produces a new history of the hospital in which boundaries - both physical and symbolic - are frequently contested and redrawn.
    Digital Access 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: This report is the first of its kind to measure health service coverage and financial protection to assess countries' progress towards universal health coverage. It shows that at least 400 million people do not have access to one or more essential health services and 6% of people in low- and middle-income countries are tipped into or pushed further into extreme poverty because of health spending.--Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    Glossary
    Executive summary
    Chapter 1. Bringing UHC into focus
    Defining UHC
    Tracking UHC
    The main UHC monitoring challenges
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2. Coverage of health interventions
    Global health service coverage indicators
    Towards a list of comprehensive UHC tracer indicators
    Conclusion
    Chapter 3. Monitoring financial protection
    OOP in the broader funding context
    National measures of financial protection
    Ensuring the poor are not left behind
    Positive trends in financial protection
    Going forward
    References
    Chapter 4. Looking back, moving forward
    Looking back
    Moving forward
    References
    Annex 1. Coverage indicators
    Annex 2. Financial protection indicators.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA412 .B647 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Yves C. Vanlandewijck, Walter R. Thompson.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the paralympic movement / Walter R. Thompson
    Biomechanics and ergonomics / Helco van Keeken, Sonja de Groot, Riemer Vegter, Lucas van der Woude
    Physiology / Claudio Perret, Thomas Abel
    Paralympic sports medicine / Cheri A. Blauwet, Jan Lexell, Wayne Derman
    The psychology of paralympians and mental preparation / Jeffrey J. Martin
    Sociology of sport and coaching / P. David Howe
    Research needs for the development of evidence-based systems of classification for physical, vision, and intellectual impairments / Sean M. Tweedy, David Mann, Yves C. Vanlandewijck
    Sport and technology / Osnat Fliess-Douer, Barry Mason, Larry Katz, Chi-hung Raymond So
    Contribution of sport science to performance : wheelchair rugby / Yves C. Vanlandewijck
    Contribution of sports science to performance : swimming / Brendan Burkett
    Contribution of sport science to performance : Nordic skiing / Vesa Linnamo, Walter Rapp, Stefan J. Lindinger.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Nader Francis, Abe Fingerhut, Roberto Bergamaschi, Roger Motson, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Learning environment and setting up a training unit in Minimal Access Surgery
    2. Training curriculum in Minimal Access Surgery
    3. Simulation and Training in Minimal Access Surgery
    4. Training basic laparoscopic skills
    5. Training for trainers in Endoscopy (colonoscopy)
    6. Teaching advanced laparoscopic skills in colorectal surgery
    7. Teaching advanced laparoscopic skills in surgery for morbid obesity
    8. Teaching advanced laparoscopic skills in urological surgery
    9. Training for new thechniques and robotic surgery in Minimal Access Surgery
    10. Teletraining in Minimal Access Surgery
    11. Assessment and Acreditation in Minimal Access Surgery
    12. Training the trainer in laparoscopic surgery
    13. The Human Factor in Minimal Access Surgical Training: How conscientious, well trained Surgeons make mistakes.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    par L. Testut, professeur d'anatomie à la Faculté de Médecine de Lyon ; avec la collaboration pour l'histologie et l'embryologie de mm. G. Ferré, professeur agrégé à la Faculté de Médecine de Bordeaux, et L. Vialleton, chef des travaux histologiques à la Faculté de Médecine de Lyon.
    Contents:
    t. 1. Ostéologie. Arthrologie. Myologie
    t. 2. Angéilogie. Système nerveux central
    t. 3. Système nerveux périphérique. Organes des sens
    t. 4. Appareil de la digestion. Appareil de la respiration et de la phonation. Appareil uro-génital. Embryologie.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital/Print
    Tillaux, P.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E531 .T57 1879
    2
  • Digital/Print
    par MM. J. Babinski, Gilbert Ballet, P. Blocq, E. Boix, H. Dutil, H. Grenet, Hallion, H. Lamy, Ch. Laubry, H. Meige, Rogues de Fursac, A. Souques ; avec figures dans le texte.
    Digital Access Google Books [1899]-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L41 .T76 1905
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Grasset, J.; Rimbaud, Louis.
    Contents:
    [t.] 1. Fonctions de réception, absorption, circulation, elaboration et élimination de la matière: trophobiologie (Deuxième édition revue et autmentée par le docteur Rimbaud. 1915. [8], 1,059 p. incl. XXXIII tables, 1 diagr.)
    2. Fonctions de défense contre la maladie: antixénisme (1911. [6], 1,010 p. 2 fold. tables)
    3. Fonctions de réception, élaboration et émission de l'énergie, neurobiologie: fonctions de reproduction: ontogénie et phylogénie, hérédité (1912. [6], 1,176 p. incl. 37 ill, XXXII tables).
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J113 .G76
    3
  • Print
    publié sous la direction du J. Senèque, par J.P. Binet ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M32 .S47
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Gérard, Ernest.
    Digital Access Google Books 1903-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J53 .G35 1907
    1
  • Digital/Print
    par F. Viault [et] F. Jolyet.
    Digital Access Google Books 1889-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F34 .V62 1894
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Clerc, F.-F.
    Digital Access Google Books 1866-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N32 .C62 1866
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Rédigées, et précédées de l'anatomie et de la physiologie de la peau par E. Gaucher.
    Contents:
    Contents
    t. 1, fasc. 1. Anatomie et physiologie. Pathologie générale. fasc. 2. Dermatoses inflammatoires communes.
    Digital Access Google Books 1881-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    T71 .H64
    1
  • Digital/Print
    par R. Leriche.
    Contents:
    t.
    1. Fractures articulaires.
    Digital Access Google Books 1917-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M156 .L61
    1
  • Print
    stef m. shuster.
    Summary: "Stef shuster traces the development of trans medicine since the 1950s to modern medicine to show how providers create and use scientific and medical evidence to "treat" a gender identity. But, why do medical providers have authority over gender? And, what might the consequences of how providers make decisions in trans medicine teach us about medicine in general? Using historical documents, interviews with physicians and therapists, and observations of health conferences, Trans Medicine offers a rare opportunity to understand how providers make decisions given widespread uncertainty while facing challenges to their expertise. In the process of negotiating these challenges in the "treatment" of gender, providers have acquired authority not only in this medical area, but over gender itself"-- Provided by publisher. Emerging in the mid-twentieth century, yet shrouded in social stigma, transgender medicine is now a rapidly growing medical field. In Trans Medicine, stef m. shuster explores its development and how it is being used to "treat" gender identity today. From genital reconstructions to hormone injections, shuster shows that the practice of trans medicine charts new medical ground, often compelling medical professionals to plan treatments without large-scale clinical trials to back them up. Relying on cultural norms and gut instincts to inform their treatment plans, shuster shows how medical providers' lack of clinical experience and scientific research can undermine their ability to interact with patients, craft treatment plans, and make medical decisions. As providers navigate the developing knowledge surrounding the medical care of trans folk, Trans Medicine offers a rare opportunity to understand how providers make decisions, and how they ultimately acquired authority not only over clinical outcomes, but over gender itself--back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I. Historical contexts of trans medicine, 1950s-1970s : 1. Creating worthy patients, 1950-1970
    2. Legitimacy wars between physicians and therapists
    Part II. Contemporary trans medicine : 3. Making it up: evidence in contemporary trans medicine
    4. Medical uncertainty: working with trans patients
    5. Uncertain expertise in trans medicine
    Conclusion: Rethinking the treatment of gender.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    RA564.9.T73 .S48 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Sam Atallah, editor.
    Summary: This book captures cornerstone developments in a new body of knowledge and provides an expert resource on a "hot topic" in rectal surgery. Transanal minimally invasive surgery (TAMIS) was designed for local excision of select rectal neoplasms, however soon it became realized that the TAMIS technique could be used for applications beyond local excision, most notably for transanal total mesorectal excision (taTME). This new operative technique has revolutionized our approach to the distal rectum by allowing for improved access, especially in obese male patients with an android pelvis, and by minimizing abdominal wall access trauma. The endpoints of improved oncologic resection, as defined by mesorectal envelope completeness, negative circumferential resection margins, and negative distal margin, are assessed. This book details controversies, pitfalls, and future directions of taTME and TAMIS. Chapters are authored by those on the forefront of innovation with TAMIS and taTME, and each is considered an authority on the topic. Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery (TAMIS) and Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision (taTME) is a must-have reference for surgeons who are performing this operation and fellows in training who want to completely understand the various nuances of TAMIS and taTME.

    Contents:
    Historical Perspectives and Rationale for Development
    TAMIS: Indications and Contraindications
    An Algorithm for Local Excision for Early Stage Rectal Cancer
    Complete Clinical Response in Rectal Cancer after Neoadjuvant Therapy-Organ-Preservation Strategies and the Role of Surgery
    Salvage Surgery after TAMIS Excision of Early Stage Rectal Cancer
    Organ Preservation and Palliative Options for Rectal Cancer
    Operative Equipment and Insufflator Options
    Operating Theater Setup and Perioperative Considerations
    Surgical Technique for Local Excision of Rectal Neoplasia
    Pyramidal Excision for Early Rectal Cancer and Special Closure Techniques
    Closure versus Non-Closure after Excision
    Operative and Peri-Operative Outcomes
    Functional Outcomes after Local Excision of Rectal Neoplasia
    Oncologic Outcomes for Local Excision of Rectal Neoplasia
    Applications Beyond Local Excision
    The Evolution of Robotic TAMIS
    Transanal Robotic Surgery and Future Directions
    TAMIS: Current Controversies and Challenges
    Indications for Malignant Neoplasia of the Rectum
    Indications for Benign Disease of the Rectum
    Operating Theatre Setup & Two-Team Coordination
    Single-Team taTME
    Transanal Access Platform Options & Instrument Innovations
    Intra-Operative Decision Making: Converting to taTME, When and for Whom?
    Key Aspects of the Abdominal Dissection
    Zen and the Art of the Pursestring
    An Overview of Operative Steps and Surgical Technique
    Strategies for Ultra Low-Lying Rectal Cancer
    Critical Anatomical Landmarks in Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision (taTME)
    Urethral Injury: The New Challenge for taTME
    How to Avoid Urethral Injury in Males
    A Roadmap to the Pelvic Autonomic Nerves During Transanal Dissection
    Operative Vectors, Anatomic distortion, and the Inherent Effect of CO2 Dissection
    Total Hindgut Mesenteric Mobilization for taTME
    The Role for Perfusion Angiography
    Perioperative Preparation and Post-Operative Care Considerations
    Intra-Operative Morbidity TaTME
    Functional Outcomes to Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery (TAMIS) and Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision (taTME)
    Oncologic Outcomes
    TaTME for Radical Exenteration
    taTME for Abdominoperineal Resection
    Hartmann's Reversal by a Combined Transanal-Transabdominal Approach
    Pure NOTES Transanal taTME
    Totally Robotic taTME
    Experiences and Challenges to Date
    Next Generation Robots for taTME
    Video-Based Training Apps and Deferred Live Surgery
    Navigation for Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision
    Current Controversies and Challenges
    Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision: The Next Ten Years.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Moustafa Kardjadj, Adama Diallo, Renaud Lancelot.
    Summary: This book primarily focuses on the African Sahel region, shedding new light on the epidemiology, socio-economics, clinical manifestations and control approaches of transboundary animal diseases (TADs) in this specific region. In addition to the description of TADs in Sahelian Africa and connected regions, several issues regarding the burden of TADs, the role of national/regional/international veterinary organizations in the surveillance process, animal mobility, one health and TADs in the dromedary are discussed. The book contains 22 chapters and is structured in three parts, i- general features and commonalities, ii- viral diseases, iii- bacterial diseases. Each chapter was written by a group of experts specialized in the topic. This work will be of general interest to researchers, veterinarians, veterinary public health officers, and students engaged in the surveillance and control of animal infectious diseases, included those of zoonotic nature and that are prevalent in the Sahel.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    General features and commonalities
    Chapter 01 : The Sahelian region: characteristics and challenges (Moustafa Kardjadj, Algeria)
    Chapter 02: The burden of transboundary animal diseases (Jonathan Rushton, Bruce Mieghan, UK)
    Chapter 03 : TADs and global changes (Matthew Baylis, UK)
    Chapter 04 : TADs and animal mobility (Mark Rweyemamu, South Africa)
    Chapter 05 : TADs surveillance and control (including national vet services, regional approach, regional and international organizations, GF-TADs) (Karim Tounkara, Mali)
    Chapter 06 : One Health
    Opportunities and challenges (Esther Schelling, Switzerland; Mahamat Fayiz Abakar, Chad)
    Chapter 07 : TADs in dromedary (Bernard Faye, France)
    Part 2
    Viral diseases
    Chapter 08 : Rabies (Jakob Zinsstag, Monique Lechenne, Switzerland)
    Chapter 09 : Rift Valley fever and vectors of RVFV (Renaud Lancelot, France)
    Chapter 10: Other mosquito-borne diseases (WNF ...) (Assane Gueye Fall, Senegal)
    Chapter 11: Ebola and other haemorrhagic fevers (Matthieu Bourgarel, France)
    Chapter 12: Foot-and-mouth disease (Tesfaalem T. Sebhatu, USA)
    Chapter 13: Peste des petits ruminants (Adama Diallo, France)
    Chapter 14: Lumpy skin disease and vectors of LSDV (Esayas Gelaye, Ethiopia)
    Chapter 15: Sheep and goat pox (Khalil Zro, Morocco)
    Chapter 16: African horse sickness and vectors of AHSV (Javier Castillo-Olivares, Spain)
    Chapter 17: Bluetongue and vectors of BTV (Alessio Lorusso, Italy)
    Chapter 18: African swine fever (Emmanuel Couacy-Hyman, Cote Divoire)
    Chapter 19: Avian influenza (Clement Meseko, Nigeria)
    Chapter 20: Newcastle disease (Giovani Cattoli, Italy)
    Part 3
    Bacterial diseases
    Chapter 21: Brucellosis (Jacques Godfroid, Norway)
    Chapter 22: Tuberculosis (Lilian Akudo Okeke, Nigeria)
    Chapter 23: Contagious bovine pleuropneumonia (William Amanfu, Ghana)
    Chapter 24: Contagious caprine pleuropneumonia (François Thiaucourt, Lucia Manso Silvan, France)
    Chapter 25: Heartwater and Amblyomma variegatum (Hassane Adakal, Niger).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Jacques Ganoulis, Jean Fried.
    Summary: Attending water security is an important challenge and a major systemic risk humanity faces in the years to come. This is due to population increase, over-consumption of water, especially in agriculture, climate change and various forms of water pollution. The issue becomes more complicated in transboundary water catchments that cover almost half of the world's land surface, with about 60% of global river flow and 40% of the world's population. Also, in many parts of the planet, like Saharan Africa, population depends on groundwater resources located in transboundary aquifer systems. These facts illustrate the importance of the book's subject, which is the governance of transboundary waters, both surface and groundwater. The book is written by two distinguished scientists, who, having worked in various international institutions, like UNESCO, GEF, UNEP and at the European Commission, have both an extended expertise on how to bridge the gap between science and political decision-making, which is the main factor for an effective governance of water resources. What is new in the book is the integrated analysis of transboundary governance of both surface water and groundwater, as it occurs in reality. In current literature, groundwater is still often missing for the benefit of surface water or, on the contrary, it is treated separately from surface water. The most important feature of the book is to distinguish between the real and a "good" or an effective transboundary water governance and to provide practical tools, methodologies and examples for its implementation in the field. Published timely during 2018, the book will contribute to address successfully practical problems of governance of transboundary waters that represent a very important part of our precious fresh water resources.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Main Aspects of Transboundary Waters
    Chapter 1 Hydrology of internationally shared rivers and lakes
    Chapter 2 Hydrogeological characteristics of transboundary aquifers
    Chapter 3: Potential water conflicts and cooperation across political borders
    Part 2 Definition and Needs of an Effective Transboundary Water Governance
    Chapter 4 Water governance definitions and recent challenges
    Chapter 5 Transboundary water governance: analytical framework
    Chapter 6 Integrating technical, legal and institutional instruments
    Part 3 Transboundary Water Governance in Practice
    Chapter 7 Assessment and communication of benefits for promoting international cooperation
    Chapter 8 Global, regional and local legal and regulatory instruments: case studies
    Chapter 9 The role of international joint institutions: examples of application
    Part 4 Developing a Shared Vision
    Chapter 10 Negotiation, conflict resolution, communication and public participation
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editor Venerino Poletti.
    Summary: This book presents both theoretical and practical aspects of transbronchial cryobiopsy, a new diagnostic technique for the detection of diffuse parenchymal lung disease that is attracting great interest in the scientific community. In the context of a multidisciplinary discussion, comprising radiologic-pathologic correlations, the authors examine the technical and safety issues – such as equipment, endoscopic setting, anesthesiologic approaches and bleeding control – on one hand, and the diagnostic yield and clinical meaning on the other. The volume offers several case studies – including idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, granulomatous disorders, interstitial pneumonias, rare lung disseminated tumors– that illustrate the high diagnostic yield and safety of this innovative technique. The book appeals to a wide readership, including residents, pulmonologists with expertise in diffuse parenchymal lung diseases, interventional pulmonologists, thoracic radiologists, pathologists, anesthesiologists, internists and rheumatologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Catherine M. Otto, Bernard D Prendergast, Simon Redwood.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Arturo Giordano, Giuseppe Biondi-Zoccai, Giacomo Frati, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive information on transcatheter aortic valve implantation (TAVI), which was introduced for the treatment of aortic valve disease less than two decades ago. It explains how TAVI has delivered satisfactory results even in high and intermediate risk patients and outlines how it continues to evolve, thus requiring awareness of state of the art approaches to indication, risk stratification, device choice, procedure, and follow-up. In addition, it reports on the complex and multidisciplinary approach needed to maximize the efficacy, safety, and appropriateness of TAVI, providing detailed clinical, interventional and surgical perspectives focusing on the development of this cardiovascular intervention. Starting with the history of TAVI, addressing the interventional anatomy of aortic valve disease, and reporting on the expert authors' day-to-day experiences, this highly informative book offers an essential update for all cardiologists and surgeons interested in transcatheter aortic valve implantation, as well as any clinician, decision-maker and stakeholder involved in patient selection, procedural management, and follow-up.

    Contents:
    I
    Pathophysiological and translational perspectives
    1 History of transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    2 Interventional anatomy of aortic valve disease
    3 Pathophysiology of aortic
    4 Pathophysiology of aortic regurigation
    5 Pathophysiology of degenerated bioprosthesis
    6 Role of inflammation in native and prosthetic aortic valve disease
    7 Predictive computational models of transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    8 Hemodynamic issues with transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    9 Risk scores for aortic valve
    II Clinical perspectives
    10 Role of rest and stress echocardiography in transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    11 Role of computed tomography in transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    12 Role of magnetic resonance imaging in transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    13 Concomitant coronary artery disease and aortic stenosis
    14 Comparison of transcatheter aortic valve implantation to medical therapy in prohibitive risk patients
    15 Clinical and imaging follow-up after transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    16 Biomarkers before, during and after transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    17 Prognostic impact of aortic regurgitation and paravalvular leak
    18 Leaflet motion abnormalities
    19 Gender-related differences in transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    20 Implementation issues for transcatheter aortic valve implantation: cost-effectiveness, wait-times and volume-outcome balance
    III Interventional perspectives
    21 Transfemoral access management for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    22 Challenging anathomy for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    23 Abbott Vascular program for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    24 Boston Scientific program for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    25 Edwards program for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    26 JenaValve program for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    27 Medtronic program for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    28 Self-expanding vs balloon-expandable devices for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    29 Individualized device choice for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    30 Predilation for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    31 Postdilation for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    32 Embolic protection devices for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    33 Antithrombotic therapy during and after transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    34 Contrast induced nephropathy and transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    35 Conduction disorders and permanent pacemaker requirement after transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    36 Systolic dysfunction and hemodynamic support in patients candidate for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    37 Radiation exposure in transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    38 Procedure efficiency in transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    39 Predictors of success for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    40 Learning curve, procedural volumes and relationship with clinical outcomes for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    41 Aortic valvuloplasty as bridge vs destination therapy
    IV Surgical perspectives
    42 Role of the heart team in decision making for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    43 Alternative accesses for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    44 Comparison of transcatheter aortic valve implantation to surgery in intermediate risk patients
    45 New approaches for aortic valve disease: from transcatheter aortic valve implantation to sutureless aortic valves
    46 Hybrid procedures for aortic valve disease: transapical aortic valve implantation through lower left anterior mini-thoracotomy vs Edwards Intuity valve implantation through upper right anterior mini-thoracotomy
    V Future perspectives
    47 Medical treatment for aortic valve disease
    48 Transcatheter aortic valve implantation for pure aortic regurgitation
    49 New-generation devices for transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    50 Bioresorbable valve for transcatheter aortic valve implantation: tomorrow's world from preclinical to clinical
    51 Focus on transcatheter aortic valve implantation in low risk patients
    52 Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    A. Claire Watkins, Anuj Gupta, Bartley P. Griffith.
    Summary: This concise manual describes in detail how to perform a transcatheter aortic valve replacement (TAVR) procedure and provides cardiac surgeons and cardiologists with the foundation necessary to begin practicing TAVR. It includes background on the landmark data establishing the field of TAVR, instructions in the pre- and post-operative management of TAVR patients, and technical descriptions of the newest and most common devices and how to use them. Written by leaders in the field, it offers an unbiased, academic review and describes the experience of colleagues who have learned through trial and error. The Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement Manual is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in cardiology, cardiac surgery, thoracic surgery, and vascular surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ron Waksman, Toby Rogers.
    Summary: "The mitral valve, also known as the bicuspid or atrioventricular valve, plays a major role in controlling the transfer of blood from the left atrium to the left ventricle. There are two main types of mitral valve disease that can lead to mitral regurgitation: degenerative, in which the leaflets or the sub-valvular apparatus are deformed, and functional, in which cardiomyopathic dilatation of the ventricle or atrium results in malcoaptation of otherwise structurally normal leaflets. In reality, mitral regurgitation is often caused by a combination of both degenerative and functional processes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Title Page
    Copyright Page
    Contents
    List of Contributors
    Introduction-The Mitral Book
    Chapter 1 The Pathology of Mitral Valve Disease
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 General Anatomy of the Mitral Valve
    1.2.1 Mitral Annulus
    1.2.2 Leaflets
    1.2.3 Chordae Tendineae and Papillary Muscles
    1.2.4 Papillary Muscles and Left Ventricle
    1.3 Pathology of Mitral Valve
    1.3.1 Mitral Valve Stenosis
    1.3.2 Aging Changes and Mitral Annulus Calcification (MAC)
    1.3.3 Acute Mitral Regurgitation
    1.3.4 Chronic Mitral Regurgitation
    1.3.5 Degenerative MR
    Myxomatous Degeneration of the Mitral Valve
    1.3.6 Functional MR
    References
    Chapter 2 The Importance of Minimally Invasive Approaches for Mitral Valve Repair
    2.1 Introduction to Minimally Invasive Mitral Valve Surgery
    2.2 The Importance of MICS MVS
    2.3 Patient Selection
    2.4 Surgical Setup-Fibrillating Heart MVS
    2.5 Alternatives for Cannulation
    2.6 Alternatives to Myocardial Protection
    2.7 Mitral Valve Repair
    2.8 Outcomes
    2.9 Initiating Minimally Invasive Mitral Valve Repair Program
    2.10 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3 When to Intervene-Should Surgical Guidelines Apply to Transcatheter Techniques in Treating Mitral Regurgitation?
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Primary MR
    3.2.1 Current Guideline Recommendations
    3.2.2 Transcatheter Therapies-New Guideline Applications?
    3.3 Secondary MR
    3.3.1 Current Guideline Recommendations
    3.4 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4 Transcatheter Mitral Valve Therapies: A Three-Dimensional Echocardiographic View
    4.1 Introduction
    4.1.1 Mitral Valve Anatomy
    4.1.2 Mitral Valve Structure and Function
    4.1.3 Mitral Regurgitation Severity
    4.1.4 Diagnosis of MR Severity: Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area Method
    4.1.5 Diagnosis of MR Severity: Vena Contracta Method. 4.1.6 Primary and Secondary MR
    4.1.7 Mitral Regurgitation and Cardiovascular Death and Morbidity
    4.1.8 Screening for MitraClip Suitability
    4.1.9 MitraClip Procedure Guidance
    4.1.10 Transseptal Puncture
    4.1.11 MitraClip Delivery Guidance
    4.1.12 Adequacy of MitraClip Implantation Assessment
    4.1.13 Other Technologies
    4.2 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5 CMR Assessment of Mitral Regurgitation
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Pulse Sequences Used in CMR
    5.2.1 Cine Imaging
    5.2.2 Phase Contrast Imaging
    5.3 Assessment of MR Severity
    5.3.1 Qualitative Assessment
    5.3.2 Quantitative Assessment
    5.3.3 Technical Considerations for the Quantitative Assessment of MR by CMR
    5.4 Identification of MR Etiology
    5.4.1 Primary MR
    5.4.2 Secondary MR
    5.5 The Role of CMR Assessment of MR in Clinical Practice
    5.6 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 6 CT Planning for TMVR and Predicting LVOT Obstruction
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 History of Imaging for Mitral Valve Disease
    6.2.1 TAVR CT Planning
    6.2.2 Surgical and Transcatheter Mitral Interventions
    6.3 Concept of Aortic and Mitral Valve Technology Development
    6.4 Basics of CT Imaging Acquisition
    6.5 Definition of Mitral Valve and TMVR device Landing Zone
    6.6 Definition of LVOT
    6.7 CT Methods for Neo-LVOT prediction modeling
    6.8 CT Validation of Neo-LVOT Prediction Modeling Post-TMVR
    6.9 Correlation Between Pre- and Post-TMVR CT Neo-LVOT Prediction Modeling
    6.10 What Else Has CT Planning for TMVR Taught Us?
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter 7 General Principles and State-of-the-Art Echocardiographic Evaluation of the Mitral Valve
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Mechanism and Etiology of Chronic MR
    7.2.1 Transthoracic Echocardiography
    7.2.2.1 Color Flow Doppler
    7.2.2 Qualitative Assessment
    7.2.2.1 Color Flow Doppler. 7.3 Continuous Wave (CW) Density Jet
    7.3.1 Semi-Quantitative Assessment
    7.3.1.1 VC Width
    7.4 Pulmonary Vein Flow/Mitral Inflow
    7.4.1 Quantitative Assessment
    7.5 Selection of Best Candidates for Interventions of the Mitral Valve
    7.5.1 Echocardiographic Criteria of COAPT (Cardiovascular Outcomes Assessment of the MitraClip Percutaneous Therapy for Heart Failure Patients with Functional Mitral Regurgitation) Trial
    References
    Chapter 8 Intraprocedural Echocardiography for MitraClip
    8.1 Introduction
    8.2 Pre-Procedure Evaluation
    8.3 Importance of the Baseline Study - TEE
    8.4 The Transseptal Puncture
    8.5 Guiding MitraClip System to Mitral Valve
    8.6 Intraprocedural Guidance of Clip within Mitral Valve and Leaflets
    8.7 Post-Clip-Deployment Assessment of Mitral Valve Function
    8.8 Assessment of Complications and Iatrogenic ASD
    References
    Chapter 9 Intraprocedural Echocardiography for Transcatheter Mitral Valve Replacement
    9.1 Introduction
    9.2 Baseline Mitral Valve Assessment
    9.3 Access to the Left Atrium, Left Ventricle, and Mitral Valve
    9.4 Predeployment and Deployment Monitoring
    9.5 Postdeployment Evaluation
    References
    Chapter 10 Transcatheter Repair: MitraClip for Degenerative Mitral Regurgitation
    10.1 Surgery for Degenerative Mitral Regurgitation
    10.2 Evidence Base for MitraClip
    10.3 Challenges for the MitraClip Procedure
    10.4 Evaluation of MitraClip for Less than Prohibitive-Risk DMR Patients
    10.5 Future Directions for MitraClip and Alternative Approaches for Leaflet Repair
    10.6 Summary
    References
    Chapter 11 MitraClip™ for Secondary Mitral Regurgitation
    11.1 Introduction
    11.2 European and US Clinical Practice Guidelines
    11.3 The MitraClip System
    11.4 MitraClip Preprocedural Planning
    11.5 Surgical Outcomes Data. 11.6 The COAPT and MITRA-FR Trials
    11.7 Summary and Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 12 The Edwards PASCAL Transcatheter Valve Repair System
    12.1 Introduction
    12.2 The Edwards PASCAL™ Transcatheter Valve Repair System
    12.3 Implantation Procedure
    12.4 Compassionate-Use and Early Feasibility Data
    12.5 Future Developments
    References
    Chapter 13 The Development of a Novel Percutaneous Treatment for Secondary Mitral Regurgitation-The Carillon® Mitral Contour System®
    13.1 Introduction
    13.2 REDUCE-FMR
    13.3 The CARILLON Trial
    13.4 Summary
    References
    Chapter 14 A Fully Percutaneous Mitral Ring: The Cardioband System
    14.1 Introduction
    14.2 Mitral Annulus Anatomy
    14.3 Pathophysiological Role of the Mitral Annulus in Mitral Regurgitation
    14.3.1 Mitral Annulus in FMR
    14.3.2 Mitral Annulus in DMR
    14.4 Surgical Annuloplasty in Mitral Regurgitation
    14.5 The Cardioband System: Description of the Device
    14.6 Procedural Planning
    14.7 Clinical Studies
    14.8 Possible Complications Related to the Implantation of Cardioband
    14.9 Recurrence of Mitral Regurgitation Following Cardioband Implantation
    14.10 Cardioband in Combination with Other Devices
    14.11 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 15 Transcatheter Mitral Cerclage Annuloplasty
    15.1 Introduction
    15.2 Cerclage Anatomy and Function
    15.3 Limitations of Coronary Sinus Annuloplasty
    15.4 Cerclage Annuloplasty Device
    15.5 The Cerclage Procedure
    15.6 Preclinical Experiments
    15.7 Initial Human Experience
    15.8 Future Directions
    15.9 Summary
    Competing Interests
    References
    Chapter 16 The Transapical Off-Pump Mitral Valve Repair with the NeoChord Implantation (TOP-MINI)
    16.1 Introduction
    16.2 Technology
    16.3 Patient Selection
    16.4 Procedure
    16.5 Echocardiographic Guidance
    16.6 Examples. 16.6.1 Ideal Anatomy
    16.6.2 Acceptable Anatomy
    16.6.3 Challenging Anatomy
    16.6.4 Data
    16.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 17 AltaValve™-A Transcatheter Mitral Valve Regurgitation Treatment Technology
    17.1 Clinical Need
    17.2 Device Description
    17.2.1 Principle of Operation
    17.2.2 Device Construction
    17.2.2.1 Stent
    17.2.2.2 Stent Cap
    17.2.2.3 Tissue Valve
    17.2.2.4 Fabric Skirts and Sutures
    17.2.3 Delivery Systems
    17.3 Anatomical Imaging and Sizing
    17.4 Preclinical and Clinical Experience
    17.4.1 Animal Studies
    17.5 Human Clinical Experience
    17.6 Summary
    References
    Chapter 18 The ARTO Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair System
    18.1 Device Description
    18.2 Procedural Details
    18.3 Clinical Experience with the ARTO System
    18.4 Unique Features of the ARTO System
    References
    Chapter 19 Transcatheter Mitral Annuloplasty: The Millipede Device
    19.1 Background
    19.2 The Millipede Device
    19.3 Millipede Implantation Procedure
    19.4 Surgical Millipede Implants
    19.5 Millipede Clinical Results
    19.6 Clinical Implications
    19.7 Summary
    Author Disclosures
    References
    Chapter 20 Transapical and Transseptal Access for Transcatheter Mitral Valve Replacement: Techniques and Devices
    20.1 Introduction
    20.2 Transapical Approach
    20.2.1 Technique
    20.2.2 Devices in Active Clinical Trial Phase
    20.2.2.1 Tendyne
    20.2.2.2 Intrepid
    20.2.2.3 CardiAQ
    20.2.2.4 TIARA
    20.2.2.5 HighLife
    20.3 Transseptal Approach
    20.3.1 Technique
    20.3.2 Devices in Active Clinical Trial Phase
    20.3.2.1 Sapien M3
    20.3.2.2 EVOQUE
    20.3.2.3 Caisson
    20.4 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 21 Mitral Valve-in-Valve and Valve-in-Ring Therapies
    21.1 Overview
    21.2 Evidence
    21.3 Procedure Planning
    21.4 Procedure.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Grzegorz Smolka, Wojciech Wojakowski, Michal Tendera, editors.
    Summary: Representing the first book to offer complete coverage of all related topics, this title provides up-to-date guidance on exactly why, when, and how to perform transcatheter paravalvular leak closure. An international panel of leading experts in the field address the entire spectrum of associated problems, from relevant anatomy, to imaging methods, to implantation techniques, to a comprehensive presentation of clinical data. Specific topics covered in this book include the mechanisms of artificial valve dehiscence, with a focus on local anatomical conditions; data on conservative and surgical treatment; qualification for paravalvular leak closure; multimodality imaging techniques; a step-by-step description of access, device selection and implantation; practical tips and tricks for troubleshooting; and the latest clinical data on transcatheter paravalvular leak closure. The book facilitates the application of contemporary knowledge in clinical cardiology, cardiac surgery, imaging and interventional cardiology in the management of patients with this challenging clinical problem.

    Contents:
    1. Surgical Aspects of Paravalvular Leak
    2. The Role of Imaging in Paravalvular Leak Assessment
    3. Transcatheter Paravalvular Leak Closure
    History, Available Devices
    4. Occlutech® Paravalvular Leak Device (pld)
    5. Echo-Guiding During Transcatheter Paravalvular leak Closure
    6. Fusion Imaging for Paravalvular Leak Closure
    7. Transcatheter Closure of Paravalvular Leaks
    Procedural Aspects
    8. Mitral Paravalvaular Leak Closure:the Apical Approach
    9. Paravalvular Leakage After Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation
    European Experience
    10. Transcatheter Management of Tavi-Associated Paravalvular Leak
    us Experience
    11. Complications of Paravalvular Leak Closure
    12. Summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marcin Zielinski, Ramón Rami-Porta, editors.
    Summary: Use of the transcervical approach in thoracic surgery has advanced significantly during the past 60 years, owing primarily to advances in technology. Nevertheless, the possibilities of this approach have never been compiled in a systematic way. This book aims to rectify the situation by describing, in a structured way, all the thoracic procedures that can be performed using the transcervical approach. Indications and contraindications, surgical techniques, complications, and results are all covered, based on the authors' experience and published reports. The contents encompass diverse surgical endoscopic procedures for diagnosis and staging, use of the transcervical approach for surgery to the thymus and mediastinum, lungs and bronchi, trachea, and esophagus, and miscellaneous items including the role of robotic surgery.

    Contents:
    Scalene Fat Pad Biopsy
    Mediastinoscopy
    Extended Cervical Mediastinoscopy
    Remediastinoscopy
    Cervical Mediastino-Thoracoscopy
    Cervical Incision Thoracic Endoscopic Surgery (CITES)
    Cervical Video-Assisted Thoracoscopic Surgery (C-VATS)
    Mediastinoscopic Ultrasonography (MUS) as a Surgical Adjuvant in Lung Cancer Staging
    Video-Assisted Mediastinoscopic Lymphadenectomy (VAMLA)
    Transcervical Extended Mediastinal Lymphadenectomy (TEMLA): The Standard Procedure and Its Variations
    Transcervical Thymectomy and Extended Thymectomy with Bilateral Opening of the Mediastinal Pleura
    Technique of the Transcervical-Subxiphoid-Videothoracoscopic Maximal Thymectomy
    Rethymectomy in the Treatment of Refractory Myasthenia Gravis: Operative Technique Through the Transcervical Approach
    Transcervical Resection of Mediastinal Tumors
    Miscellaneous Indications of the Transcervical Approach to the Mediastinum
    Transcervical Right and Left Upper Pulmonary Lobectomies
    Transcervical Approach of the Main Bronchus
    Tracheal Resection
    Oesophageal Procedures
    Transcervical Robotic Access in Thoracic Surgery: Feasibility and Alternatives
    Future Perspectives of the Use of the Transcervical Approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    André Brunoni, Michael Nitsche, Colleen Loo, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction and mechanisms of action
    1. Historical aspects of transcranial electric stimulation
    2. The new modalities of transcranial electric stimulation: tACS, tRNS, and other approaches
    3. Physiology of transcranial direct and alternating current stimulation
    4. Computer-based models of tDCS and tACS
    5. Animal studies in the field of transcranial electric stimulation
    6. Cortical inhibition and excitation in neuropsychiatric disorders using transcranial magnetic stimulation
    7. Neurocognitive effects of tDCS in the healthy brain
    8. Transcranial direct current stimulation in social and emotion research
    9. Multimodal association of tDCS with electroencephalography
    10. tDCS and magnetic resonance imaging
    11. Target engagement with transcranial current stimulation
    12. Cerebellar and spinal tDCS
    Part II. Applications of tDCS in neuropsychiatric disorders
    13. Mood disorders
    14. Schizophrenia
    15. OCD, anxiety disorders, and PTSD
    16. Neurodegenerative cognitive disorders
    17. Impulsivity and substance-use disorders
    18. Epilepsy
    19. Pain syndromes
    20. Stroke
    21. Transcranial direct current stimulation in disorders of consciousness
    Part III. The clinical use of tDCS
    22. Safety and tolerability
    23. Home-based tDCS: design, feasibility and safety considerations
    24. Ethical aspects of tDCS use in neuropsychiatry and the risk of misuse
    25. Regulatory aspects
    26. Clinical research and methodological aspects for tDCS research
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    André R. Brunoni, Michael A. Nitsche, Colleen K. Loo, editors.
    Summary: The 2nd edition of this book incorporates the tremendous clinical advances that have occurred in the field of transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) over the past 5 years. Since the 1st edition was published, the clinical use of tDCS has moved from its infancy, and is now in a thrilling new phase with numerous possibilities as well as challenges. tDCS is a technique that excels in terms of safety and tolerability, and within a few years, novel technological developments will allow its use at home. At the same time, large, phase III trials have been exploring the clinical efficacy of tDCS, the results of which have been published in leading journals such as the New England Journal of Medicine and JAMA Psychiatry. This 2nd edition summarizes the state of the art of the field. Written by leading experts in the field, the book is divided into 5 parts: Introduction and Mechanisms of Action; Research Methods; tDCS in the life cycle; Applications of tDCS in neuropsychiatric disorders (further divided into Psychiatry and Neurology); and The clinical use of tDCS. It also includes several new chapters, covering topics such as precision stimulation of tDCS; combination of tDCS with different neuroimaging modalities; and use of tDCS in new clinical conditions. Moreover, all chapters have been rewritten and updated. This book is of interest to psychiatrists, neurologists and neuroscientists new to the field as well as those with a background in tDCS who want to increase their understanding of particular psychiatric conditions.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction and mechanisms of action
    Chapter 1. Historical aspects of transcranial electric stimulation
    Chapter 2. Basic mechanisms of transcranial alternating current and random noise stimulation
    Chapter 3. Physiology of transcranial direct and alternating current stimulation
    Chapter 4. Animal Models of tES: Methods, Techniques and Safety
    Chapter 5. Animal Studies on the Mechanisms of Low-Intensity Transcranial Electric Stimulation
    Part II. Research Methods
    Chapter 6. TMS-evoked EEG Response in Neuropsychiatric Disorders
    Chapter 7. Multimodal Association of tDCS with Electroencephalography
    Chapter 8. tDCS and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Chapter 9. tDCS and Functional Connectivity
    Chapter 10. The value of neuroimaging for treating depression with brain stimulation
    Chapter 11. Target Engagement with Transcranial Current Stimulation
    Chapter 12. Cerebellar and Spinal tDCS
    Chapter 13. Precision targeting of neural networks with tDCS informed by brain mapping
    Chapter 14. Clinical research and methodological aspects for tDCS research
    Part III. TDCS in the life cycle
    Chapter 15. tDCS in Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
    Chapter 16. Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation in the perinatal period
    Chapter 17. Modulating Cognition in Healthy Young Adults with tDCS
    Chapter 18. tDCS in exercise, sport performance and recovery process
    Chapter 19. Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation in Social and Emotion Research
    Chapter 20. Neurodegenerative cognitive disorders
    Part IV. Applications of tDCS in neuropsychiatric disorders
    Chapter 21. Mood disorders: clinical results
    Chapter 22. Effect of transcranial direct current stimulation on hallucinations in patients with Schizophrenia
    Chapter 23. Schizophrenia: Negative Symptoms
    Chapter 24. OCD, Anxiety Disorders, and PTSD
    Chapter 25. Cognitive functions in substance-related and addictive disorders
    Chapter 26. Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation in Substance Use Disorders
    Chapter 27. Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Chapter 28. Cognitive effects of transcranial direct current stimulation in clinical trials
    Chapter 29. Epilepsy
    Chapter 30. Pain syndromes
    Chapter 31. Transcranial direct current stimulation for the treatment of tinnitus
    Chapter 32. Transcranial direct current stimulation in disorders of consciousness
    Chapter 33. TDCS in the Context of Rehabilitation
    Part V. The clinical use of tDCS
    Chapter 34. Safety and tolerability
    Chapter 35. Home-based tDCS: applications and approaches, design, feasibility and safety
    Chapter 36. Ethical Aspects of tDCS Use in Neuropsychiatry and the Risk of Misuse
    Chapter 37. tDCS-Pharmacotherapy interactions
    Chapter 38. Combination of tDCS with Psychotherapy and Neurobehavioral Interventions: Systematic Review and Mechanistic Principles for Future Clinical Trials
    Chapter 39. Regulatory aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alexander Rotenberg, Jared Cooney Horvath, Alvaro Pascual-Leone.
    Contents:
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) device and foundational techniques / Alexander Rotenberg, Jared Cooney Horvath, and Alvaro Pascual-Leone
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) safety considerations and recommendations / Umer Najib and Jared Cooney Horvath
    Neuronavigation for transcranial magnetic stimulation / Roch Comeau
    Reaching deep brain structures : the h-coils / Yiftach Roth and Abraham Zangen
    Single-pulse transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) protocols and outcome measures / Faranak Farzan
    Paired-pulse transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) protocols / Andrew Vahabzadeh-Hagh
    Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) protocols / Lindsay Oberman
    Offline and online "Virtual Lesion" protocols / Shirley Fecteau and Mark Eldaief
    State-dependent transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) protocols / Juha Silvanto and Zaira Cattaneo
    Combination of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) with functional magnetic resonance imaging / Joan A. Camprodon and Mark A. Halko
    Electroencephalography during transcranial magnetic stimulation : current modus operandi / Marine Vernet and Gregor Thut
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) clinical applications : therapeutics / Jared Cooney Horvath, Umer Najib, and Daniel Press
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) clinical applications : diagnostics / Josep Valls-Sole
    Review of current clinical practice in the treatment of major depression / Mark A. Demitrack and David G. Brock
    Protocol for depression treatment utilizing h-coil deep brain stimulation / Yiftach Roth and Abraham Zangen
    Navigated transcranial magnetic stimulation : principles and protocol for mapping the motor cortex / Jari Karhu, Henri Hannula, Jarmo Laine, and Jarmo Ruohonen
    Speech mapping with transcranial magnetic stimulation / Phiroz E. Tarapore.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Etsuko Miyamoto-Sato [and four others].
    Contents:
    Detecting protein-protein interactions/complex components using mass spectrometry coupled techniques / Zhibin Ning ... [et al.]
    Analysis of transcription factor networks using IVV method / Hiroyuki Ohashi ... [et al.]
    Next-generation sequencing coupled with a cell-free display technology for reliable interactome of translational factors / Etsuko Miyamoto-Sato
    Chromatin immunoprecipitation protocol for mammalian cells / Makiko Komata ... [et al.]
    Detecting protein-DNA interactions using a modified yeast one-hybrid system / Kazuhisa Ota, Shu-Ying Feng,and Takashi Ito
    RNA sequencing : from sample preparation to analysis / Sho Maekawa ... [et al.]
    Detecting expressed genes using CAGE / Mitsuyoshi Murata ... [et al.]
    Tutorial to identify nonlinear associations in gene expression time series data / André Fujitaand Satoru Miyano
    Inference of TFRNs (2) / Hideo Matsuda
    Identification of the minimal connected network of transcription factors by transcriptomic and genomic data integration / Ahmed Essaghir
    Modeling and simulation using CellDesigner / Yukiko Matsuoka ... [et al.]
    Human genome network platform : a resource for TFRN analysis / Norikazu Monma, Takashi Gojobori,and Kazuho Ikeo
    Identification of transcription factors activated in thymic epithelial cells during embryonic thymus development / Taishin Akiyama ... [et al.]
    Analysis of NFATc1-centered transcription factor regulatory networks in osteoclast formation / Masahiro Shinohara and Hiroshi Takayanagi
    Transcriptional regulation in adipogenesis through PPARγ-dependent and -independent mechanisms by prostaglandins / Ko Fujimori and Yoshihiro Urade
    Analysis of TFRNs associated with steroid hormone- related cancers / Kazuhiro Ikeda, Kuniko Horie-Inoue,and Satoshi Inoue
    Repositioning monocyte TFRN into fibroblasts / Takahiro Suzuki, Jay W. Shin, and Harukazu Suzuki.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Wilfried Ellmeier, Ichiro Taniuchi, editors.
    Summary: Insights into the regulation of immune cell lineage differentiation and specification as well as into the control of lineage integrity, stability and plasticity are of fundamental importance to understanding innate and adaptive immune responses. In this volume, leading experts provide an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of recent advances in the transcriptional control mechanisms and transcription factor networks that regulate these processes in a variety of different immune cell lineages. The chapters cover the regulation of T versus B cell lineage choice, discuss early B cell development and pre-B cell leukemia prevention, address transcriptional control mechanisms during Th differentiation, in regulatory T cells and iNKT cells, detail genomic switches in helper cell fate choice and plasticity, and highlight the role of the BTB-zinc finger family of transcription factors in T cells. Moreover, the chapters discuss transcriptional networks in DCs, NK cells and in innate lymphoid cells. Together, the reviews illustrate key transcriptional control mechanisms that regulate the development and function of immune cells and demonstrate the impressive advances made over the last decade.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jiaqian Wu, Editor ; Honor editor, Dong Kim.
    Contents:
    The Analyses of Global Gene Expression and Transcription Factor Regulation
    Global Approaches to Alternative Splicing and its Regulation
    Recent Advances and Open Questions
    Long Non-coding RNAs: Critical Regulators for Cell Lineage Commitment in the Central Nervous System
    Gene expression models of signaling pathways
    From Gene Expression to Disease Phenotypes: Network-Based Approaches to Study Complex Human Diseases
    Introduction to Isoform Sequencing using Pacific Biosciences Technology (Iso-Seq)
    Systematic and Integrative Analysis of Gene Expression to Identify Feature Genes Underlying Human Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Priscilla Limbo Sagar.
    Contents:
    Nursing education and transcultural nursing / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Integrating transcultural nursing in education : academia and staff development / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Transcultural nursing in modules : academic and staff development settings / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Transcultural nursing as a separate course in nursing programs / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Integrating TCN concepts in the national council licensing examination / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Introductory nursing courses / Priscilla L. Sagar & Ann D. Corcoran
    Nursing skills / Priscilla L. Sagar & Teresa V. Hurley
    Health history and physical assessment / Drew Y. Sagar & Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in child-bearing courses / Priscilla L. Sagar & Debra A. Hrelic
    TCN concepts in child-rearing courses / Priscilla L. Sagar
    An orthodox Jewish child with asthma : an unfolding case scenario / Barbara J. Joslyn
    TCN concepts in adult health courses / Priscilla L. Sagar & Drew Y. Sagar
    TCN concepts in older adult courses / Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in mental health and psychiatric nursing courses / Drew Y. Sagar & Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in pharmacology / Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in nutrition courses / Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in nursing research courses / Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in community health nursing courses / Priscilla L. Sagar, Nancy Spear Owen, & Elizabeth Simon
    Professional nursing transition course / Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in simulation / Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in undergraduate nursing programs / Priscilla L. Sagar & Julie Coon
    TCN concepts in graduate nursing programs / Priscilla L. Sagar
    TCN concepts in faculty orientation and mentoring / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Staff orientation and professional development / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Continuing competence for nursing / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Preparing policies and procedure guidelines / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Preparing for credentialing / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Recruitment and retention of foreign educated nurses / Priscilla L. Sagar
    Then, now, and beyond: quo vadis, TCN? / Priscilla L. Sagar, Caroline Camuñas & Sheila O'Shea Melli.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    written by Lydia Morris [and 5 others].
    Summary: Transdiagnostic Group Therapy Training and Implementation provides clinicians with a user-friendly roadmap for delivering a brief, transdiagnostic group therapy that can be used for patients suffering from stress, depression, anxiety, and a range of other related mental health problems. This is supplemented by over an hour of training videos hosted on the book's companion website, visually demonstrating how to effectively implement the therapy. The book introduces the empirical research that has led to a greater emphasis on transdiagnostic treatment approaches, and details how to implement each phase of the therapy, supported by clinical examples to make practical application easier.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Devon E. Hinton, Baland Jalal.
    Summary: "Multiplex Therapy as adapted for Muslim groups seeks to fill this gap by providing an accessible CBT treatment manual tailored primarily (but not exclusively) for Muslims living in the Western world (i.e., North America, Europe as well as Australia), including immigrants and refugees, and other subgroups such as African Americans and second, third and fourth generation American and European Muslims. The treatment manual is unique in that it takes into account the religious, spiritual, social, and cultural dimensions of individuals with a Muslim religious and/or cultural background. That is, the therapy frames treatment elements-that include mindfulness, loving-kindness meditation, attentional shifting, emotion regulation, yoga-like stretching, psychoeducation, anger management, and addressing catastrophic cognitions, pathological worry, and sleep-related problems (including sleep paralysis and nightmares)-in terms of well-known Islamic terms and concepts"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Education about anxious-depressive distress and the treatment and introduction of emotion regulation techniques
    Applied tretching and the toe-to-head muscle relaxation with visualization
    Review of toe-to-head muscle relaxation with visualization and the introduction of the dysphoria (anxiety/depression) protocol, education about anxious-depressive distress and teaching the bad memory protocol (emotion regulation toolbox)
    Education about anxious-depressive distress, modifying catastrophic cognitions, and teaching emotional distancing
    Interoception exposure I : head rotation
    Interoception exposure II : hyperventilation
    Worry and distress
    Anger and anger protocol, and education about breathing and its use for relaxation
    Somatic complaints and sleep disturbance
    Cultural syndromes and ethnophysiology related to distress.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Kok-Yang Tan, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses in depth the transdisciplinary integration of different components of care in colorectal surgery. Pertinent background information on the complexities of current management in colorectal surgery is first provided, followed by discussion of the role of design thinking in care integration. Subsequent chapters focus on a range of issues associated with surgical and perioperative care in patients undergoing colorectal surgery, with emphasis on how the multiple facets of care can be integrated through a transdisciplinary approach. Each chapter provides helpful take-home messages in bullet point form and numerous informative figures and tables are also included. The authors are surgeons, physicians, anesthetists, oncologists, nurses, and allied health professionals with extensive experience in the field.

    Contents:
    Complexity of Current Healthcare and Transdisciplinary Care
    Design Thinking in Care Integration
    Integrative Care for Elderly Patients
    Integrative Perioperative Nutrition
    Transdisciplinary Nursing
    Enhanced Recovery
    Integrative Pharmacology
    Transdisciplinary Prehabilitation and Rehabilitation
    Transdisciplinary Cancer Management
    Marrying Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Treatment for Colorectal Cancer
    Multimodal Approach to Familial Colorectal Cancer
    Transdisciplinary Incontinence Management
    Transdisciplinary Constipation Management
    Innovations in Perianal Care and Surgery
    Transdisciplinary Stoma Care
    Healing and Psychosocial Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Pierre C. Wong, Wanda C. Miller-Hance.
    Summary: Transesophageal echocardiography (TEE) has played an instrumental role among the many advances in the field of congenital heart disease (CHD) that have resulted in successful and continually improving clinical outcomes, today enabling most affected infants and children to live well into adulthood. Ongoing evolution of the technology (including three-dimensional TEE) promises to maintain this imaging approach at the forefront of clinical practice. Competent performance of TEE in the patient with CHD, however, requires a number of essential technical and cognitive skills, in addition to a solid understanding of the broad spectrum of congenital pathology. Thus, the important need for a comprehensive reference on the subject to assist specialists who care for these patients. Transesophageal Echocardiography for Congenital Heart Disease represents a unique work, the only textbook of its kind that focuses specifically upon the applications of TEE in CHD. In each chapter, the contributorshighly regarded specialists and leaders in the fieldprovide practical and instructive information on the many different aspects of CHD evaluation by TEE. The textbook is extensively supplemented with over 700 figures/illustrations and more than 400 high quality videos (available online). This reference will prove an invaluable resource for those who use TEE in the care of both children and adults with CHD, whether they be cardiologists, surgeons, anesthesiologists, intensivists, sonographers, or trainees wishing to obtain basic knowledge or advance their understanding of the field.

    Contents:
    Science of Ultrasound and Echocardiography
    Instrumentation
    Indications and Guidelines for Performance of Transesophageal Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease and Pediatric Acquired Heart Disease
    Structural Evaluation of the Heart by Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Functional Evaluation of the Heart by Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Systemic and Pulmonary Venous Anomalies
    Atrial Abnormalities and Atrial Septal Defects
    Atrioventricular Septal Defects and Atrioventricular Valve Anomalies
    Ventricular Septal Defects
    Evaluation of the Single Ventricle
    Outflow Tract Anomalies
    Evaluation of Conotruncal Abnormalities
    Great Artery and Other Vascular Abnormalities
    Congenital Coronary Artery Anomalies
    Intraoperative and Postoperative Transesophageal Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease
    Additional Applications of Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Applications of Transesophageal Echocardiography in the Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory
    Transesophageal Echocardiography in Adults with Congenital Heart Disease
    Transesophageal Three-Dimensional Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease
    Clinical Applications of Three-Dimensional Transesophageal Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pierre C. Wong, Wanda C. Miller-Hance, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised textbook reviews the use of transesophageal echocardiography (TEE) in pediatric and young adult patients with cardiac disease. It reviews how TEE has made a vital contribution to these patients' successful and continually improving clinical outcomes, enabling them to live well into adulthood. The book details the evolving technology and applications of TEE (including three-dimensional TEE), describing how this imaging approach remains at the forefront of clinical practice for pediatric patients and those with congenital heart disease (CHD). Transesophageal Echocardiography for Pediatric and Congenital Heart Disease represents a unique contribution as the only contemporary text to focus exclusively on the clinical application of TEE in children and all patients with CHD. Written by numerous prominent specialists in the field, it presents a comprehensive, modern and integrated review of the subject. Specific chapter topics include the physics and instrumentation of TEE, structural and functional evaluation, and specialized aspects of the examination, with emphasis on the technical considerations pertinent to both pediatric and adult patients with a variety of congenital and acquired cardiovascular pathologies. Consequently, it serves as a comprehensive reference for the TEE evaluation of CHD, utilizing the segmental approach to diagnosis and discussing the TEE evaluation of the many anomalies encompassing the CHD spectrum. In addition, numerous other relevant topics are discussed, including application of TEE for perioperative and interventional settings. The book is richly illustrated, with many chapters supplemented by illustrative case studies and accompanying videos. A specific section with multiple-choice questions and answers is provided at the end of each chapter to reinforce key concepts. This textbook therefore provides an invaluable and indispensable resource for all trainees and practitioners using TEE in the management of CHD and pediatric patients.

    Contents:
    Science of Ultrasound and Echocardiography
    Instrumentation for Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Indications and Guidelines for Performance of Transesophageal Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease and Pediatric Acquired Heart Disease
    Structural Evaluation of the Heart by Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Evaluation of complex cardiac malpositions, dextrocardia, heterotaxy
    Functional Evaluation of the Heart by Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Systemic and Pulmonary Venous Anomalies
    Atrial Abnormalities
    Atrial Septal Defects
    Atrioventricular Septal Defects and Atrioventricular Valve Anomalies
    Ventricular Septal Defects
    Evaluation of the Single Ventricle
    Outflow Tract Anomalies
    Evaluation of Conotruncal Abnormalities
    Transposition complexes: corrected and congenitally corrected
    Great Artery and Other Vascular Abnormalities
    Congenital Coronary Artery Anomalies
    Intraoperative and Postoperative Transesophageal Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease
    Transesophageal echocardiography for noncongenital heart disease in pediatric patients
    Additional Applications of Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Applications of Transesophageal Echocardiography in the Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory
    Applications of TEE in the critical care/emergency care setting
    Transesophageal Echocardiography in Adults with Congenital Heart Disease
    Transesophageal Three-Dimensional Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease
    Clinical Applications of Three-Dimensional Transesophageal Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lina Normandin, Karin Ensink, Alan Weiner, Otto F. Kernberg.
    Summary: "Transference-Focused Psychotherapy for Adolescents With Severe Personality Disorders is a manual for clinicians who wish to learn an effective psychodynamic treatment for young people with personality disorders (PDs). Despite converging evidence that PDs emerge in childhood and are clearly evident in adolescence, research on effective treatments has been limited. The editors have therefore created a book that details treatment models with strong theoretical foundations and examines systematic interventions designed to explore and resolve the conflicts and behaviors, common to PDs, that impede normal adolescent development. The book begins with an overview of psychopathology and normal adolescent development from a psychodynamic perspective. The next section offers therapeutic approaches, including a discussion of the major goals and strategies of TFP-A, the clinical evaluation and assessment process, establishment of the treatment framework and collaboration with parents, and finally, the techniques and tactics of TFP-A. The last section of the book reviews the phases of treatment and discusses the strengths and competencies a therapist must have to successfully conduct transference-based therapy. Authored by experts in the field (including Dr. Kernberg, a pioneer in object relations), Transference-Focused Psychotherapy for Adolescents (TFP-A) with Severe Personality Disorders teaches clinicians how to conduct TFP-A, with the ultimate goal of resolving the intrapsychic restrictions that interfere with normal adolescent development"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Personality disorders at adolesence : phenomenology, development, and construct validity
    Psychodynamic conceptualization of personality, development, and personality disorders in adolescence
    Major goal and strategies
    Clinical evaluation and assessment process
    Establishing the treatment frame and parent collaboration
    Techniques of TFP-A
    Tactics of TFP-A
    Phases of treatment.
  • Digital
    Koichi Sairyo, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the latest devices and techniques in transforaminal full-endoscopic lumbar discectomy (TELD). This minimally invasive procedure can be used to treat various spinal conditions, such as herniated nucleus pulposus, discogenic pain, foraminal stenosis, lateral recess stenosis, and infection. The book offers an overview of TELD, and discusses discectomy, thermal annulplasty (TA) and other trending topics. It also explores the history and anatomy of transforaminal full-endoscopic lumbar surgery, complications, TELD techniques, and TELD and TA for athletes. As such the book provides a much-needed foundation for the further development of this increasingly widespread procedure. Transforaminal Full-Endoscopic Lumbar Surgery Under the Local Anesthesia is a valuable resource for orthopedic surgeons, clinical residents and medical students, alike.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Overview
    1 History of transforaminal full-endoscopic lumbar surgery
    2 Anatomy for full-endoscopic discectomy (FED) via transforaminal approach
    3 Standard procedure of the transforaminal approach and how to perform local anesthesia (Inside-out method)
    4 Complications
    Part 2 Discectomy
    5 Inside out technique of the transforaminal full-endoscopic lumbar discectomy (TELD)
    6 Outside-in direct fragmentectomy of the TELD after foraminoplasty
    7 TELD for high school athletes
    8 Transforaminal approach for L5-s level
    Part 3 Decompression for spinal canal stenosis
    9 Full-endoscopic foraminoplasty for foraminal stenosis
    10 Full-endoscopic lateral recess decompression
    Part 4 Thermal Annulplasty (Full-endo TA)
    11 Indication and high intensity zone (HIZ)
    12 Full-endoscopic Thermal Annuloplasty for athletes
    Part 5 Others
    13 Full-endoscopic trans-Kambin's triangle lumbar interbody fusion (Fullendo-KLIF)
    14 Full-endoscopic debridement for infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alexandra C.H. Nowakowski, J.E. Sumerau, and Nik M. Lampe.
    Summary: This book utilizes collaborative autoethnography to examine transformations in health and aging among queer, trans, and intersex people in society. To this end, the authors each utilize their lived experiences as queer, trans, and/or intersex people to discuss inequalities and norms in U.S. healthcare. Further, they elaborate upon some ways U.S. healthcare systems may become more inclusive of queer, trans, and intersex populations over time. In so doing, they utilize the autoethnographic cases to illustrate and describe the complexities of sex, gender, and sexualities in health and aging as well as the ways such intricacies facilitate societal inequalities in health and aging.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    You're rubber, I'm glue : navigating changing meanings of safe sex with cystic fibrosis
    Rejecting simplicity in favor of embracing the complexity of multifaceted health and aging
    Making sense of healthy embodiment after realization of intersex status.
  • Digital
    Korydon H. Smith, Pavani Kalluri Ram, editors.
    Summary: This contributed volume motivates and educates across fields about the major challenges in global health and the interdisciplinary strategies for solving them. Once the purview of public health, medicine, and nursing, global health is now an interdisciplinary endeavor that relies on expertise from anthropology to urban planning, economics to political science, geography to engineering. Scholars and practitioners in the health sciences are seeking knowledge from a wider array of fields while, simultaneously, students across majors have a growing interest in humanitarian issues and are pursuing knowledge and skills for impacting well-being across geographic and disciplinary borders. Using a highly practical approach and illustrative case studies, each chapter of this edited volume frames a particular problem and illustrates how interdisciplinary problem-solving can address the greatest challenges in global health today. In doing so, each chapter spurs critical and creative thinking about emergent and future problems. Topics explored among the chapters include: Transforming health and well-being for refugees and their communities Governing to deliver safe and affordable water The global crisis of antimicrobial resistance Low-tech, high-impact interventions to prevent neonatal mortality Communicating taboo health subjects Alternative housing delivery for slum upgrades Transforming Global Health: Interdisciplinary Challenges, Perspectives, and Strategies is a vital and timely compendium for any reader invested in improving global health equity. It will find an audience with researchers, practitioners, policymakers, and program implementers, as well as undergraduate and graduate students and faculty in the fields of global health, public health, and the health sciences.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Informing, Inspiring, and Mobilizing New Talent to Address Global Health Inequity
    Preface
    Introduction: The Audacity to Achieve Global Health Equity
    The "DNA" of This Book
    Additional Context
    Many Challenges Ahead
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Governing to Deliver Safe and Affordable Water: Perspectives from Urban Planning and Public Policy
    Introduction
    Governing the Water Commons: A Framework for Analysis
    Conflicts in Water Decisions
    Governance Arrangements/Typologies Polycentric Governance in Water Delivery
    Conclusion
    References
    Further Reading
    Chapter 2: Measuring the Lifetime Environment in LMICs: Perspectives from Epidemiology, Environmental Health, and Anthropology
    So Many Exposures!
    The Exposome Explained
    Measuring the Exposome
    Do We Need Exposome Science in LMICs?
    The Challenge of Putting It All Together
    The Challenge of Translation
    The Challenge of Research Conduct and Data Analysis
    The Challenge of Ethics
    The Role of Students in Measuring Lifetime Environments
    References Chapter 3: Transforming Well-Being for Refugees and Their Communities: Perspectives from Medicine, Nursing, Education, and Social Work
    Introduction
    Forcibly Displaced Populations
    History and Policies of Migration and Displacement
    Refugee Resettlement in the U.S.
    Forced Migration, Health, and Resilience
    Making Places: The Journey from Displacement to Emplacement
    Displaced: "In" But Not "Of"
    Emplaced: Leaving Our Imprints
    A Case Study: Buffalo, NY, the City of Good Neighbors
    Conclusion
    References Chapter 4: Interactive Systems in Nutrition: Perspectives from Epidemiology, Veterinary Science, Nutrition, Anthropology, and Community Health
    Introduction
    Malnutrition and Stunting: A Global Problem
    Current Approaches and Challenges of Nutritional Interventions
    Body: Health and Well-Being
    Food: Food System, Decision-Making, and Food Security
    Land: Land Use, Resource Allocation, and Agricultural Food Production
    Multilevel Systems: Household, Community, National/Global
    Livestock Ownership: Considering Land, Food, and Body
    What Is Livestock? Challenges Facing Livestock Production and Cultivation
    Land and Resources: A Network of Decisions Surrounding Livestock
    Climate Change and Livestock
    Livestock and the Body: Health and Well-Being
    Water Insecurity: Considering Land, Food, and the Body
    Global Importance of Water
    Water and Land: Disparity and Conflict
    Water and Food: Decisions at the Household Level
    Water and the Body: Health and Well-Being
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Integrating Traditional and Modern Medical Practices: Perspectives from the History of Science and Medicine
    Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Melanie J. Norton, Nathan Rupp.
    Summary: Transforming Medical Library Staff for the Twenty-First Century focuses on how the medical library can redeploy its staff to support these new services through actively engaging and empowering them in the process. It shares best practices in developing and motivating staff to accept and welcome the changing priorities of medical libraries.

    Contents:
    The changing environment of medical libraries / Nathan Rupp and Melanie J. Norton
    Empowering staff / Teresa Knott
    Skilling up / Amy Blevins, Ryan Harris, and Elizabeth Kiscaden
    Creating the nimble organization / Jean Shipman and MJ (Mary Joan) Tooey
    Communication / Heather Holmes, Shannon D. Jones, Ana Reeves
    Managing change in a union environment / Elaine R. Martin
    Knowing and understanding the staff / Dixie Jones
    Working at the speed of scale / Michael Brewer and Gerald Perry
    Solo librarians / Meredith Solomon and Meghan Muir
    Staff recruitment, retention, and reward / Shannon D. Jones.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Mary Nord Cook.
    Contents:
    Introduction and background
    Parenting approaches for challenging kids; Teen and mastery of psychosocial skills; Teen: overview of format and operations
    Outcome data for PACK and MaPS teen intensive outpatient program
    PACK-Teen treatement protocol
    MaPS-Teen treatment protocol
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Dianne E. McCallister and Ted Hamilton.
    Summary: This unique, step-by-step guide offers a comprehensive exploration of burnout and physician wellbeing, a vital issue that steadily has become widely discussed in the professional and mainstream press. More than twenty chapter authors contribute to this multidimensional volume, including physicians, psychologists, researchers, healthcare administrators, chaplains, professional coaches, and counselors. Section one of the book establishes context, provides a brief overview of the phenomenon of physician burnout, establishes its validity, and makes a case for the reason it has emerged as a critical issue in American healthcare. Section two provides a rationale for healthcare institutions (hospitals, physician groups, medical associations) to make a commitment to physician wholeness, while section three then starts the process of delineating a step-by-step curriculum to address the dilemma, providing additional detail and personal experience direct from the frontlines of combatting burnout. Section four focuses on developing and sustaining a healthy professional culture that is aligned with the mission of the organization, and section five addresses the spiritual component of physician wholeness, Section six concludes the book with two personal essays that poignantly express the nature of two common experiences affecting physicians that require uncommon insight, patience, courage. Transforming the Heart of Practice is a major contribution to the literature and will serve as an invaluable resource for anyone concerned with addressing this crisis in American healthcare.

    Contents:
    What is The Problem?
    Physician Wellbeing in Changing Times: An Overview
    Research on Physician Burnout and Wellbeing: A Solutions-Oriented Perspective
    Why Should We Care?
    What is Our Physician Culture Now and What Does It Need to Be?
    Preventing Burnout Through Physician Integration: An Organizational Approach to Physicians That Can Improve Physicians Personal Work Life Integration
    Physician Accountability and Medicus Integra©
    Respect
    Trust
    How to Get Started?
    A Single Step and a Thousand Miles
    Physicians, Heal One Another: A Letter to Health Care Administrators
    How Doctors Are Wired
    Organizational Opportunities to Enhance Physician Learning
    What Models Have Worked in Other Places?
    Physician Wellbeing as A Matter of Mission: What We Have Learned at Adventist Health and Through the Coalition for Physician Wellbeing
    Forming a Physician Culture of Mission and Wellbeing
    Providers Mission Fit and Alignment
    New Physician Assimilation: The Role of Mentoring
    Shining a LIGHT to Wellbeing
    Collegiality and Physician Wellbeing
    Counseling, Coaching, and Consulting
    What About the Spiritual Dimension?
    Physicians and Spirituality
    Physician Wellbeing from the Perspective of Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism
    Spirituality and Physician Wellbeing in Multi-faith Contexts
    Mindful Living: Harnessing the Power of the Moment
    A Philosophical Rationale for a Bio-Psycho-Social-Spiritual Approach to Wellbeing
    "Remember Who You Are"
    The Journey Home: A Perspective on Integrity Through the Writings of Parker J. Palmer
    How do Particular Aspects of Life Affect Physician Wellbeing?
    Living 24/6 in a 24/7 World
    The Physician Family
    The Servant Physician
    The Physician Mother
    The Hurting Physician and Family.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    William T. Choctaw.
    Contents:
    Change is Inevitable
    The Power of Common Ground
    Relentless Pursuit of Zero Harm
    The Patient Experience
    Physician Champions
    Hospital Champions
    Lean Six Sigma.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Nicole P. Juffermans, Timothy S. Walsh, editors.
    Summary: In the last decade, there have been several clinical trials that have studied red blood cell transfusion triggers in various Intensive Care Unit patient populations. Moreover, critically ill patients often suffer from coagulopathy. Recent studies have addressed the effectiveness of fresh frozen plasma and platelets to prevent or treat bleeding. This book offers a comprehensive summary of transfusion triggers for red blood cells in specific ICU patient populations and specific conditions with the aim to personalize transfusion strategy. In addition, it discusses evidence for triggers for plasma and platelets and outlines the most common adverse effects of blood transfusion in the ICU, underlining the need for a careful assessment of its risks and benefits. Transfusion in the Intensive Care Unit is a practical handbook that can be used in everyday practice to guide transfusion and thus will serve as a valuable resource for physicians, fellows and residents working in Intensive Care, Anesthesiology, and Cardiac Surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Causes of Anemia in Critically Ill Patients
    Red Blood Cell Transfusion Trigger in Sepsis
    Red Blood Cell Transfusion Trigger in Cardiac Disease
    Red Blood Cell Transfusion Trigger in Cardiac Surgery.- Red Blood Cell Transfusion Trigger in Brain Injury.- Red Blood Cell Transfusion in the Elderly
    ScvO2 as an Alternative Transfusion Trigger.- Alternatives to Red Blood Cell Transfusion.- Blood Sparing Alternatives in the Intensive Care Unit.- Massive Transfusion in Trauma
    Transfusion in Gastrointestinal Bleeding.- Platelet Transfusion Trigger in the Intensive Care Unit.- FFP Transfusion in Intensive Care Medicine.- Transfusion-Related Acute Lung Injury
    Transfusion-Associated Circulatory Overload.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Theresa Nester, editor.
    Summary: This clinical casebook covers transfusion medicine theory and its practical implications for the obstetrical hemorrhage patient through the presentation of cases on actively bleeding patients. Each case features a unique clinical scenario involving a bleeding patient and outlines different aspects of safe and effective transfusion support. The cases contain current evidence on the latest topics in the field, such as the use of antifibrinolytic agents and coagulation factor concentrates in the setting of massive obstetrical hemorrhage. In addition to the actively bleeding patient, the casebook includes other important management topics, including the role of plasma exchange in thrombotic microangiopathies during pregnancy; treatment of hyperhemolysis in a patient with hemoglobinopathy; and recommended management of patients with red cell antibodies found on prenatal testing. Other immunohematology topics such as post-natal management of an RhD negative woman for the prevention of hemolytic disease of the newborn due to anti-Rh(D) are included. Written by transfusion medicine, coagulation, obstetrical, and anesthesiology experts, Transfusion Management of the Obstetrical Patient: A Clinical Casebook is a concise yet comprehensive resource for anesthesiologists, obstetricians, pathologists, hematologists, and other practitioners who treat obstetrical hemorrhage patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Jeffrey McCullough.
    Contents:
    History
    The blood supply
    Recruitment of blood donors
    Blood donor medical assessment and blood collection
    Blood donor medical assessment and blood collection
    Patient blood management
    Production of components by apheresis
    Laboratory testing of donated blood
    Blood groups
    Laboratory detection of blood groups and provision of red cells
    Clinical uses of blood components
    Transfusion therapy in specific clinical situations
    Techniques of blood transfusion
    Complications of transfusion
    Transfusion-transmitted diseases
    The HLA system in transfusion medicine and transplantation
    Hematopoietic growth factors in transfusion medicine
    Cellular engineering for the production of new blood components
    Therapeutic apheresis
    Quality programs in blood banking and transfusion medicine.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey McCullough.
    Contents:
    History / Jeffrey McCullough
    The Blood Supply / Jeffrey McCullough
    Recruitment of Blood Donors / Thomas Watkins
    Blood Donor Medical Assessment and Blood Collection / Gary Bachawoski
    Preparation, Storage, and Characteristics of Blood Components and Plasma Derivatives / Alesia Kaplan
    Production of Components by Apheresis / Tomas Gniadek
    Laboratory Testing of Donated Blood / Nancy van Buren
    Blood Groups / Sarah Ilstrup
    Laboratory Detection of Blood Groups and Provision of Red Cells / Ulrike Koenigbaur
    Clinical Uses of Blood Components / Vincent LaRoche
    Transfusion Therapy in Specific Clinical Situations / James Stubbs
    Pediatric Transfusion Medicine / Stephanie Kinney
    Patient Blood Management / Jeffrey McCullough
    Pathogen Reduced Blood Products / Jeffrey McCullough
    Techniques of Blood Transfusion / Randy Covin
    Complications of Transfusion / Scott Koepsell
    Transfusion-Transmitted Diseases / Jeffrey McCullough
    The HLA System in Transfusion Medicine and Transplantation / Yoon Choo
    Cellular Engineering for the Production of Blood Components / David Stroncek, David McKenna
    Therapeutic Apheresis / Ram Reddy
    Quality Programs in Blood Banking and Transfusion Medicine / Kristin Mascotti.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Huy P. Pham, Lance A. Williams III.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title page
    Copyright page
    Dedication
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Preface
    Acknowledgment
    Laboratory Reference Ranges
    Chapter 1 - Pretest
    Answers and brief explanations
    Chapter 2 - Statistics and General Principles of Laboratory Management
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 3 - Quality Assurance and Regulatory Issues
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 4 - Blood Donation and Collection
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 5 - Blood Component Preparation and Storage
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 6 - Blood Group Antigens and Antibodies
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 7 - Pretransfusion Testing
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 8 - Adult Transfusion-Principles and Practice
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 9 - Patient Blood Management
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 10 - Perinatal, Neonatal, and Pediatric Transfusion-Principles and Practice
    Acknowledgements
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 11 - Infectious Complications of Blood Transfusion
    Acknowledgments
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 12 - Noninfectious Risks of Transfusion
    Well-documented Indications
    Recommended Indications
    Nonindications
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 13 - Hemostasis and Thrombosis-Laboratory Diagnosis and Treatment
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 14 - Therapeutic and Donor Apheresis
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 15 - Special Clinical Scenarios in Transfusion Medicine and Hemostasis
    Suggested reading
    Chapter 16 - Clinical Histocompatibility Testing
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 17 - Cellular Therapy
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 18 - Human Tissue Banking and Hospital-Based Surgical Tissue Management
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 19 - Pathology Informatics
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 20 - Practical and Advanced Calculations in Transfusion Medicine, Apheresis, and Hemostasis
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 21 - Data Interpretation in Laboratory Medicine
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 22 - Posttest
    Answers and brief explanations
    Index
    Back Cover
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Beth H. Shaz, Christopher D. Hillyer, Morayma Reyes Gil.
    Summary: "Transfusion Medicine and Hemostasis: Clinical and Laboratory Aspects, Third Edition, is the only pocket-sized, quick reference for pathology and transfusion medicine residents and fellows. It covers all topics in transfusion medicine and clinical and laboratory-based coagulation. Chapters are organized by multiple hierarchical headings and are supplemented with up to 10 suggested reading citations. This single handbook covers all the topics required to meet the goals of a major program in transfusion medicine and clinical coagulation. Changes to this edition include the latest AABB standards and new chapters focused on a wider range of specific populations requiring blood and related products. Coverage includes essential updates on peripheral blood and bone marrow hematopoietic progenitor cells, as well as cord blood banking and regenerative medicine. The authors also examine advances in therapeutic apheresis and new cellular therapies"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Blood banking and transfusion medicine. Blood banking
    Donation process
    Component manufacturing
    Donor testing
    Transfusion medicine
    Testing; antigens
    Blood products
    Product modifications
    Specific clinical settings
    Transfusion reactions
    Therapeutic apheresis and phlebotomy
    Cellular therapy and tissue banking
    Part II: Hemostasis clinical coagulation. Neonatal thrombocytopenia
    Inherited platelet function disorders
    Immune thrombocytopenia
    Immune medicated coagulopathies
    Congenital bleeding disorders
    Acquired bleeding disorders
    Laboratory testing of coagulation
    Screening tests
    Laboratory assessment of coagulation disorders
    Tests for hypercoagulable state
    Laboratory support of anticoagulation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Brian Castillo, Amitava Dasgupta, Kimberly Klein, Hlaing Tint, Amer Wahed.
    Summary: Transfusion Medicine for Pathologists: A Comprehensive Review for Board Preparation, Certification, and Clinical Practice is a concise study guide designed to complement standard textbooks in the field of clinical pathology. Pathology residents and fellows of transfusion medicine will find this book useful for preparation for exams. This is a valuable time-saver for busy residents looking for a focused and compact study guide. It also serves as an excellent source of review for medical students on transfusion medicine and practicing pathologists who cross-cover transfusion medicine in their clinical practice.Incorporates key words at the end of each chapter for quick review before an examIncludes concise and easy-to-digest chapters ranging from Donor Selection and Testing, to Blood Bank Testing, Transfusion Reactions, Apheresis, Hemotherapy, Special Transfusion Situations, and moreFocuses on key topics to study for board examinations, saving time during busy residency programs
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Karen Quillen.
    Summary: "Transfusion Medicine in the Hot Seat is a useful text for pathology trainees and an educational resource for pathologists who cover transfusion medicine. The text is divided into three sections: antibodies, blood components, and complications. Each section presents numerous short cases that illustrate real-world transfusion scenarios, with 26 cases total. The short-case format makes the information easily accessible and can serve as the basis for a transfusion medicine curriculum in clinical pathology."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Hemanshu Prabhakar, Monica S Tandon, Indu Kapoor, Charu Mahajan, editors.
    Summary: Fluid management is the basis of all clinical management in neurosurgical patients. This is a complete book on transfusion practice in clinical neurosciences. It covers in detail the fluids and blood transfusion practice, also discussing the role of total parenteral nutrition in relation to neurologic patients. The importance of fluid management clinically can be seen as on one hand it plays a significant role in maintaining the hydration of the patient and on the other provides sufficient relaxation to the brain to facilitate surgery. The use of hyperosmolar therapy is unique to the practice of clinical neurosciences. Certain fluid types such as those containing glucose are detrimental to the brain. Likewise, large fluid shifts and blood loss are often observed during neurosurgical procedures. It is relevant to understand the physiology of blood and blood transfusion. This book covers all of these topics in their true relevance. It also provides an evidence-based practice of fluid administration for all neurologic patients including, pediatric and geriatric. The proposed book will be useful for trainees and clinicians in any field of clinical neurosciences. It would be very useful for residents and fellows pursuing their courses in neuroanesthesia, neurocritical care, neurosurgery, emergency medicine, anesthesia, and critical care. Fellows, Resident doctors, postgraduates, and even undergraduates would be benefited from this book. The book would be a ready-reckoner and useful during the clinical practice of physicians from varied specialties.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Alex S. Keuroghlian, Jennifer Potter, Sari L. Reisner.
    Summary: "This book covers topics such as the history and background of transgender and gender-diverse health care, gender identity, primary, preventive, and specialty care, and community-building, advocacy, and partnership"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: History and background. A history of transgender and gender diverse health care: from medical mistreatment to gender-affirmative health care
    Gender identity: terminology, demographics, and epidemiology
    Health disparities
    Harnessing information technology to improve clinical care
    Part II: Gender identity emergence and affirmation in adults. Gender identity emergence and affirmation in adults
    Behavioral health considerations for transgender and gender diverse people
    Gender-affirming hormone therapy for adults
    Nonmedical, nonsurgical gender affirmation
    Surgical gender affirmation
    Case studies in gender emergence and affirmation
    Part III: Primary, preventive, and specialty care. Basic principles of trauma-informed and gender-affirming care
    Obtaining a gender-affirming sexual history
    Performing a trauma-informed physical examination
    Recognizing and addressing intimate partner violence
    Eating disorders, body image, and body positivity
    Screening and prevention of HIV and sexually transmitted infections
    Treatment of HIV and sexually transmitted infections
    Screening for cancer and cardiovascular
    Reproductive health, obstetric care, and family building
    Case studies in transgender and gender diverse primary care
    Part IV: Transgender and gender diverse populations. Transgender and gender diverse people who are black, indigenous, and people of color
    Health needs and service delivery models for transgender communities in low- and middle-income countries
    Transgender and gender diverse people and incarceration
    Caring for transgender and gender diverse veterans
    Affirming care for people with intersex traits
    Part V: Community-building, advocacy, and partnership. Community engagement and outreach
    Advocacy for transgender and gender diverse patients.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    Sarah Boslaugh.
    Summary: Transgender individuals face unique challenges when it comes to their physical, psychological, and social health and well-being. This accessible reference investigates these concerns in depth, offering readers insights into topics such as discrimination and access to health care. Confronts a topic that has historically been ignored by researchers and public health officials Examines key issues that affect transgender individuals, such as discrimination and access to health services Offers illuminating case studies that use engaging real-world scenarios to highlight key ideas and debates discussed in the book Provides a Directory of Resources to guide readers to reliable sources of additional information.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Overview
    What does it mean to be transgender?
    A brief history of transgender people
    Transitioning
    Physical health
    Mental health
    part 2. Controversies and issues
    Discrimination against transgender people
    Access to health and social services and public facilities
    Transgender athletes: who competes against whom?
    Normative gender dichotomies and alternatives
    Parenting and family issues
    Research issues
    part 3. Scenarios
    Case studies.
  • Digital
    Leonid Poretsky, Wylie C. Hembree, editors.
    Summary: Although transgender persons have been present in various societies throughout human history, it is only during the last several years that they have become widely acknowledged in our society and their right to quality medical care has been established. In the United States, endocrinologists have been providing hormonal therapy for transgender individuals for decades; however, until recently, there has been only limited literature on this subject, and non-endocrine aspects of medical care for transgender individual have not been well addressed in the endocrine literature. The goal of this volume is not only to address the latest in hormonal therapy for transgender individuals (including pediatric and geriatric age groups), but also to familiarize the reader with other aspects of transgender care, including primary and surgical care, fertility preservation, and the management of HIV infection. In addition to medical issues, psychological, social, ethical and legal issues pertinent to transgender individuals add to the complexities of successful treatment of these patients. A final chapter includes extensive additional resources for both transgender patients and providers. Thus, an endocrinologist providing care to a transgender person will be able to use this single resource to address most of the patient's needs. While Transgender Medicine is intended primarily for endocrinologists, this book will be also useful to primary care physicians, surgeons providing gender-confirming procedures, mental health professionals participating in the care of transgender persons, and medical residents and students.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yasunori Sasakura, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively describes the transgenesis techniques and applied experimental methods in ascidians including enthusiastically developed original devices in addition to concrete examples of developmental biology studies. Ascidians have been one of the most important model animals in developmental biology for studying molecular and cellular processes underlying formation of the chordate body plan. Transgenic techniques such as microinjection, electropolation, cis-element analysis and application, and TALENs and CRISPR/Cas9 have been developed in ascidians for more than 20 years, and now many applied methods, some of which are unique in ascidians, have been accumulated. Those extensive technological innovations, such as cell isolation, cell labeling, germ-line transformation, marker transgenic lines, and the experimental systems for studying notochord formation and nervous system, are exceptional particularly in marine invertebrates. This book is useful for ascidian researchers to quickly access the techniques in which they are interested as well as to compare each technology to become familiar with specialized tips, and for biologists of other organisms to learn the unique techniques and ingenious attempts specific to ascidians. Providing detailed and easily understandable descriptions of techniques, the book will inspire ascidian specialists to improve their techniques, encourage anyone wanting to begin studying ascidians, and enable readers to immediately apply the techniques to the organisms they research.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    A.J. Larner.
    Contents:
    History of TGA
    Clinical features, diagnostic criteria, and possible variants of TGA
    Differential diagnosis of TGA
    Investigation and management of TGA
    Prognosis of TGA
    Epidemiology of TGA
    Aetiopathogenesis of TGA.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    A.J. Larner.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition provides a comprehensive overview of transient global amnesia (TGA). First, it deals with the history of TGA before moving on to clinical and diagnostic features and differential diagnosis. Subsequent chapters then discuss the investigation and predisposing and precipitating factors for TGA before attempting to synthesise these many strands in order to formulate ideas about the pathogenesis of TGA. Each of the chapters is devoted to a practical and structured overview of the particular topic, with use of case studies to illustrate the material. Based in part on the author’s experience of TGA cases over 20 years and in part on a review of the published literature, this book will hopefully enlighten clinicians from a broad range of medical backgrounds on the clinical features, investigation, and pathogenesis of TGA. Transient Global Amnesia is aimed at any clinician with an interest in, or who encounters patients with, acute amnesia: neurologists, general physicians, old age psychiatrists, geriatricians, clinical neuropsychologists, and primary care physicians, as well as other professions allied to medicine with similar interests, such as members of memory assessment teams.

    Contents:
    History of TGA
    Beginnings: Fisher and Adams' first accounts of TGA
    "Prehistory" of TGA
    After Fisher and Adams
    A note on nomenclature
    A note on methodology
    Summary and recommendations
    References
    Clinical features, diagnostic criteria, and possible variants of TGA
    Clinical features of TGA
    TGA archetype
    Accompanying neurological symptoms
    Time of onset: diurnal
    Attack duration
    Prognosis, recurrence
    Diagnostic criteria of TGA
    Essential features and inclusion/exclusion boundaries
    Hodges and Warlow’s diagnostic criteria
    TGA subtypes?
    Possible variant forms of TG
    Transient topographical amnesia (TTA)
    Transient partial verbal amnesia (TPVA)
    Transient semantic amnesia
    Transient procedural amnesia
    Transient retrograde amnesia
    Summary and recommendations
    References
    Differential diagnosis of TGA
    Transient ischaemic attack (TIA)
    Other forms of cerebrovascular disease
    Other vascular pathologies, including angiography
    Cardiac disorders
    Transient epileptic amnesia (TEA)
    Interrelation of TGA and TEA
    Transient psychological amnesia (TPA)
    Other symptomatic causes of transient amnesia
    Migraine
    Adverse drug effect
    Hypoglycaemia
    Traumatic brain (closed head) injury
    Alcohol-induced amnesia; Korsakoff syndrome
    Fatigue amnesia
    Other causes of acute cerebral disorder
    Acute confusional state/delirium/toxic-metabolic encephalopathy
    Cerebral haemorrhage
    Acute brain infection (encephalitis)
    Summary and recommendations
    References
    Investigation and management of TGA
    Neuropsychology
    Neuropsychological deficits during TGA: memory
    “Working memory”
    Anterograde memory
    Retrograde memory
    Semantic memory
    Implicit memory
    Spatial memory
    Neuropsychological deficits during TGA: other, non-memory, cognitive domains
    Language
    Visuoperceptual, visuospatial skills
    Executive function
    Neuropsychological deficits after TGA
    Neuroimaging: structural and functional
    Structural neuroimaging
    Computed tomography (CT)
    Magnetic resonance (MR) imaging
    Functional neuroimaging
    Single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT)
    Positron emission tomography (PET)
    Functional MRI (fMRI)
    MR spectroscopy (MRS)
    CT perfusion (CTP) imaging
    Neurophysiology Electroencephalography (EEG)
    EEG during TGA
    Magnetoencephalography (MEG)
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS)
    Other investigations
    Blood tests
    Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF)
    Sonography
    Arterial
    Venous; internal jugular vein valve incompetence
    Management
    Driving
    Summary and recommendation
    References
    Prognosis of TGA
    Recovery and persisting cognitive deficit
    Recurrence
    Annual recurrence rate
    Recurrent TG
    Future risk
    Cognitive decline: dementia and mild cognitive impairment (MCI)
    Cognitive decline: progressive aphasia
    Stroke
    Epilepsy
    Summary and recommendations
    References
    Epidemiology of TGA (1): Possible predisposing factors
    Incidence
    Time of onset: seasonal
    Place of onset: geographical distribution
    Patient age
    Patient gender
    Patient ethnicity
    Patient social class
    Family history of TGA
    Migraine
    Patient personality traits and psychological factors
    Vascular risk factors and stroke
    Structural brain lesions, including brain tumours
    Brain infections
    Summary and recommendations
    References
    Epidemiology of TGA (2): Possible precipitating factors
    Emotional stress
    Physical effort
    Water contact or temperature change
    Sexual activity
    Pain
    Medical procedures
    Other possible precipitating factors
    Summary and recommendations
    References
    Aetiopathogenesis of TGA
    Cerebrovascular changes
    Arterial
    Venous
    Epilepsy
    Migraine
    Genetics
    Psychiatry
    Formulation: neural network models and hypothesis
    The future?
    Summary
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gary K.K. Lau, Sarah T. Pendlebury, Peter M. Rothwell.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Section 1 Epidemiology, Risk Factors, Pathophysiology, and Causes of Transient Ischemic Attacks and Stroke
    1. Epidemiology
    2. Risk Factors
    3. Genetics
    4. Anatomy and Physiology
    5. Pathophysiology of Acute Cerebral Ischemia
    6. Causes of Transient Ischemic Attack and Ischemic Stroke
    7. Causes of Spontaneous Intracranial Hemorrhage
    Section 2 Clinical Features, Diagnosis, and Investigation
    8. Clinical Features and Differential Diagnosis of a Transient Ischemic Attack
    9. The Clinical Features and Differential Diagnosis of Acute Stroke
    10. Brain Imaging in Transient Ischemic Attack and Minor Stroke
    11. Brain Imaging in Major Acute Stroke
    12. Vascular Imaging in Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke
    13. Non-Radiological Investigations for Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke
    Section 3 Prognosis of Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke
    14. Methods of Determining Prognosis Note continued: 15. Short-Term Prognosis after Transient Ischemic Attack and Minor Stroke
    16. Short-Term Prognosis after Major Stroke
    17. Long-Term Prognosis after Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke
    Section 4 Treatment of Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke
    18. Methods of Assessing Treatments
    19. Acute Treatment of Transient Ischemic Attack and Minor Stroke
    20. Acute Treatment of Major Stroke: General Principles
    21. Specific Treatments for Major Acute Ischemic Stroke
    22. Specific Treatment of Acute Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    23. Recovery and Rehabilitation after Stroke
    Section 5 Secondary Prevention
    24. Medical Therapies
    25. Carotid Endarterectomy
    26. Carotid Stenting and Other Interventions
    27. Selection of Patients for Carotid Intervention
    28. Intervention for Asymptomatic Carotid Stenosis
    Section 6 Miscellaneous Disorders
    29. Cerebral Venous Thrombosis
    30. Spontaneous Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Note continued: 31. Vascular Cognitive Impairment: Epidemiology, Definitions, Stroke-Associated Dementia, and Delirium
    32. Vascular Cognitive Impairment: Investigation and Treatment.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Yizheng Wang, editor.
    Summary: "This book discusses the latest findings on the physiological and pathological functions of transient receptor potential canonical/classical (TRPC) proteins in the brain. In addition to reviewing the functions of TRPCs in brain development and neuron transmission, it mainly covers the potential roles of TRPCs in brain disorders. TRPC proteins belong to the TRP channel superfamily, which has around 30 members. Just like TRP channels, TRPCs are non-selectively permeable to cations, with a selectivity of calcium over sodium that varies among different members. The TRPC subfamily consists of six members, grouped on the basis of the similarities in gene sequence and protein structure in mammalians. What sets TRPCs apart from other subfamilies in TRPs is that their activation, stimulated by a membrane receptor-phospholipid C (PLC) cascade, contributes to the slow and sustained elevation of intracellular free calcium. Calcium ions, one of the most important types of second messengers, mediate a variety of physiological functions in the brain, including progenitor cell proliferation, dendritic formation, synaptic transmission and neuronal survival. All TRPCs except TRPC7 have been found in various regions of the brain, including the cerebrum, cerebellum, forebrain and hippocampus. This book provides students and investigators with comprehensive information on the regulation, function and potential of TRPCs and brain diseases in order to attract more attention to this field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    TRP channel classification / Hongyu Li
    TRPC channel structure and properties / Shengjie Feng
    TRPC channel downstream signaling cascades / Zhuohao He
    TRPC channels in health and disease / Yilin Tai, Shenglian Yang, Yong Liu, Wei Shao
    TRPC channels and programmed cell death / Jian Zhou, Yichang Jia
    TRPC channels and stroke / Junbo Huang
    TRPC channels and Alzheimer's disease / Rui Lu, Qian He, Junfeng Wang
    TRPC channels and Parkinson's disease / Pramod Sukumaran, Yuyang Sun, Anne Schaar, Senthil Selvaraj, Brij B. Singh
    TRPC channels and neuron development, plasticity, and activities / Yilin Tai, Yichang Jia
    TRPC channels and brain inflammation / Yoshito Mizoguchi, Akira Monji
    TRPC channels and epilepsy / Fang Zheng
    TRPC channels and mental disorders / Karina Griesi-Oliveira, Angela May Suzuki, Alysson Renato Muotri
    TRPC channels and cell proliferation / Cheng Zhan, Yu Shi
    TRPC channels and glioma / Shanshan Li, Xia Ding.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Vivien Chan, Jennifer Derenne, editors.
    Summary: This book is a collaborative effort between child and adolescent psychiatrists and adult psychiatrists, aiming to be the first resource on transitioning pediatric psychiatric patient to adult psychiatric care. Written by experts in this emerging field, the book begins by discussing the developmental presentation of many common mental health diagnoses and topics, with each chapter containing clinically-relevant features that receiving providers should consider when continuing mental health treatment from the child and adolescent system. Chapters will cover a wide range of challenges that are unique to transition-age youth. Unique developmental needs, special populations, and DSM diagnoses such as anxiety, mood, trauma, and personality disorders are discussed. Each chapter will begin with clinical pearls before delving into the specifics. Transition-Age Youth Mental Health Care is an excellent resource for all mental health professionals who may transition a late teen or early adult patient to adult psychiatric care. Child and adolescent psychiatrists, adult psychiatrists, psychologists, college mental health professionals, school administrators, social workers, and therapists will find the content practical and relevant.

    Contents:
    Transition-age youth
    Tips for child and adolescent psychiatry providers
    15 going on 26: Tips for working with transitional youth
    Developing a physician workforce to bridge the gap between pediatric and adult psychiatric care
    Anxiety disorders
    Mood disorders
    Trauma and post-traumatic stress in transitional age youth
    ADHD & learning disorders
    Eating disorders among transition age youth
    First episode & early psychosis in transition age youth
    Transition age youth with autism spectrum disorder
    Substance use disorders
    Disruptive, impulse-control and conduct disorders
    Emerging personality structures in transitional age youth
    Obsessive-compulsive and related disorders in transitional age youth
    Dilemmas in disability
    Diversity and culture
    Sexual and gender minorities in transitional age youth
    Supporting connections: A focus on the mental health needs and best practices for youth in out-of-home care transitioning to adulthood
    Reproductive health and pregnancy in transitional age youth
    What's next after high school: exploring options options through identification of individual strengths and needs
    Medical leave of absence
    Digital media use in transitional age youth: challenges and opportunities.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hadley M. Wood, Dan Wood, editors.
    Contents:
    1. The transition process: initial assessment and development of a treatment plan
    2. Approach to the myelodysplasia patient
    3. Approach to the exstrophy patient
    4. Approach to the adult hypospadias patient
    5. Sexual function and pregnancy in the female myelodyspasia patient
    6. Revision genitoplasty, sexual function, fertility, and pelvic organ prolapse in exstrophy and the management of pregnancy
    7. Issues in the long-term management of adolescents and adults with DSD: management of gonads, genital reconstruction, and late presentation of the undiagnosed DSD
    8. The adult hypospadias patient: technical challenges in adulthood
    9. Urinary tract infections in the reconstructed bladder: evaluation and treatment options
    10. Troubleshooting continent catheterizable channels
    11. Augmentation cytosplasty: risks for malignancy and suggestions for follow-up evaluations
    12. BPH and pelvic organ prolapse in patients with neurogenic bladder
    13. Posterior urethral valves in adolescents: clinical problems, management, and follow-up
    14. Renal transplantation in patients with lower urinary tract dysfunction
    15. Management of calculi in patients with congenital neuropathic bladder
    16. Vesicoureteral reflux and the adult
    17. Adult survivors of pediatric genitourinary tumors
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Cecily L. Betz, Imelda T. Coyne, editors.
    Contents:
    Dedication by Cecily Betz and Imelda Coyne Foreword by Cecily Betz and Imelda Coyne
    Chapter 1. Introduction/OverviewCecily Betz and Imelda Coyne
    Chapter 2. Empowering young persons during the transition to adulthood (examples from Congenital Heart Disease, Belgium)Mariela Acuna Mora, Ewa-Lena Bratt, Carina Sparud-Lundin & Philip Moon
    Chapter 3. Determinants of quality of healthcare for adolescents and young adults within different cultures. DR. NABEEL ALYATEEM
    Chapter 4. Evidence base for nurses roles in the transitional care for young people with long term care. (drawing on a systematic review and examples from UK). Fiona Campbell
    Chapter 5. Analysis of self-management and transition measures for nursing practice in transition. Kathleen J. Sawin
    Chapter 6. On Your Own Feet: How to improve transitional care and young people's self-management. A practical framework for nurses (programme in Netherlands). AnneLoes van Staa, Dr. Jane Sattoe
    Chapter 7. Nurses' role in developing and monitoring for transition related outcomes Bethany Coyne
    Chapter 8. Benchmarks for transition as an initiative to improve transitional care services (examples from UK) Susie Aldiss
    Chapter 9. Transition in Cystic Fibrosis: an international experience Dr Susan Madge & Daniel Office
    Chapter 10. Adaptation of a Broad-Based Youth Transition Programme: A Nurse-Led Cystic Fibrosis Transition Initiative Anna M. Gravelle
    Chapter 11. Nurse-led effort in developing, implementing and evaluating health care transition and promoting developmentally appropriate health care in young people with bleeding disorders Prof. Deborah Christie & Prof Kate Khair
    Chapter 12. Transitional care for young adults with chronic endocrine disorders (not diabetes) Andrew Dwyer
    Chapter 13. Conclusion Cecily Betz and Imelda Coyne
    Chapter 14. Tools for Practice; research instruments that might be considered (i.e. readiness assessment; QoL measures; and so forth) Cecily Betz and Imelda Coyne.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Michel Polak, Philippe Touraine.
    Summary: Pediatricians face many questions and challenges during patients' transition from childhood to adulthood. Chronic diseases justify long-term medical, psychological, educational, and social management. The establishment of networks with adult endocrinologists is, therefore, very important to achieving optimal conditions for a successful transition period. In this book, leading experts discuss major public health issues such as diabetes and obesity. They also review genetic diseases, including Turner syndrome and congenital adrenal hyperplasia. All clinical cases are presented in a focused way to highlight any issues which might be discussed by the doctor with patients and family. Psychological approaches are debated as are proposals for defining specific tools to encourage autonomy during this life period. This book is a valuable tool and will be helpful in answering many questions for endocrinologists, adult and pediatric, dedicated to the long-term management of patients with chronic diseases.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Cynthia D. Brown, Erin Crowley, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses an unmet need in the care of adolescents and young adults with lung disease. The increasing survival of young adults with childhood-onset pulmonary conditions is a testament to major advances in treatments and health care delivery. With the increase in survival of children with chronic respiratory conditions, there is a need for formalized transition programs to integrate adolescents and young adults into the adult model of care. This book helps fill gaps in knowledge to best achieve that initiative. This book takes a comprehensive approach to transition care in pulmonary medicine by satisfying the following objectives: 1) Understand the barriers and developmental challenges in the transition from pediatric to adult care for patients with chronic childhood-onset pulmonary disease; 2) Learn about successful evidence based transition models in pulmonary disease populations, focusing on key process and outcome measures for success; and 3) Develop knowledge to design, implement, and measure a transition program based on evidence and expert opinion. In the first section, the book outlines general principles of transition care that are applicable to all patients regardless of underlying disease process and describe best practices for performing necessary research in transition care. In the second section, the book explores psychosocial factors known to play a role in affecting transition outcomes, including parental support, psychological development, and socioeconomic factors. In the final section, transition outcomes and best practices in specific respiratory diseases are outlined. With a focus on populations with chronic pulmonary disease, this book highlights the challenges and barriers of transition, reviews model systems to understand the essential components of a transition program, and provides evidence-based information to navigate these barriers and achieve successful outcomes during transition to adulthood. This is an ideal guide for pediatric and adult pulmonary providers caring for patients who are transition age, as well as multidisciplinary care team members who work with these providers in care models on transition projects to improve the transition process. .

    Contents:
    Section 1: General Principles of Transition Care
    Chapter 1. Development of Health Care Transition Policy and Concepts
    Chapter 2. Transition Research: Approaches to Measurement and Outcomes
    Chapter 3. Training Trainees: Creating a Better Workforce to Support Transition Care
    Section 2: Psychosocial Considerations in Transition
    Chapter 4. Development and Psychosocial Challenges for Self-Management and Maintaining Adherence to Chronic Therapies
    Chapter 5. Parents in Transition: Moving from Providing to Supporting Roles
    Chapter 6. Using a Socio-Ecological Framework to Guide Transition
    Section 3: Best Practice Recommendations and Transition Outcomes in Specific Pulmonary Conditions
    Chapter 7. Providing Care for a Changing CF Population
    Chapter 8. Transition Care for Adolescents and Young Adults with Neuromuscular Disease and Chronic Pulmonary Care Needs
    Chapter 9. Establishing a Medical Home for Asthma and Other Obstructive Lung Diseases
    Chapter 10. Pulmonary Hypertension: Transition Challenges in the Current Therapeutic Era.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sarah K. Lyons, Marisa E. Hilliard, editors.
    Summary: This unique handbook provides pediatric and adult endocrinologists and multidisciplinary clinical care providers a guide to transition from pediatric to adult care and an understanding of developmental and psychosocial issues of young adulthood and how they relate to healthcare and disease self-management. The handbook is divided into two parts. Part one describes transition interventions and novel strategies that can be integrated into routine care and gives practical considerations for transition processes from both the pediatric and adult perspectives, with applications across multiple endocrine conditions. Part two focuses on transition issues specific to common endocrine conditions – type 1 and type 2 diabetes, Turner syndrome, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, endocrine sequelae of childhood cancer, and transgender care – with condition-specific developmental and psychosocial issues, treatment and screening recommendations, healthcare process considerations, transition care guidelines, and key resources for more information. By highlighting medical, psychosocial, and healthcare delivery concerns relevant to transition to adult care, this book provides a practical, patient-centered overview of the essential information to supporting optimal adult care transition across a number of endocrine conditions. Timely and practical, Transitioning from Pediatric to Adult Care in Endocrinology: A Clinical Handbook is an excellent resource for pediatric and adult endocrinologists, behavioral healthcare providers, allied health professionals, primary care providers, and all clinical staff working with young people with endocrine conditions as they transition from children to adults.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dan Wood, Alun Williams, Martin A. Koyle, Andrew D. Baird, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the complexities of medical care through adolescence and into adulthood. The principles of transition, the management of patients and parents, and developmentally appropriate adolescent health care are discussed and evaluated. The academic importance of understanding long-term outcomes of treatments and diseases that began in childhood is also covered. This book aims to help readers build a multidisciplinary transition team and details the barriers encountered in this process and the ways to overcome them.

    Contents:
    Introduction: what do patients worry about?
    History of adolescent care in urology
    Adolescence: an overview
    Metrics and guidelines
    Information transfer
    Managing the patients
    The importance of the specialist nurse role as part of the lifelong care of congenital conditions
    Barriers to transition
    Developmentally appropriate adolescent health care : an essential prerequisite for positive transition experiences
    Quality and safety in transitional urologic care
    Building the multidisciplinary transition team
    Political concerns in transitioning medical care
    Taking a service forward: the adolescent and adult care of major congenital anomalies - the move from adolescent to lifelong care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Janet L. Leonard.
    Summary: This book focuses on explaining the distribution of sexual systems (simultaneous hermaphroditism, sequential hermaphroditism, environmental sex determination, dioecy, androdioecy, etc.) among taxa, which remains a major challenge in evolutionary biology. Although significant advances have been made for angiosperms, there is not yet a theory that predicts the sexual system for the majority of animal taxa, and other taxa of plants also remain poorly understood. The problem, particularly for animals, is that sexual systems can be very conservative, with whole phyla and classes being characterized by a single sexual system; for example essentially the whole phylum Platyhelminthes is simultaneously hermaphroditic, whereas the Insecta (Hexapoda) and the Tetrapoda among the vertebrates, are exclusively dioecious. Sex allocation theory on the other hand, suggests that sexual systems should be highly responsive to evolution, changing with population density, life span, patterns of resource availability, etc. The book provides an overview of the topic and then presents a series of chapters, each dealing with a taxon with substantial lability in sexual system in order to identify the factors associated with changes in sexual system in each case. By doing so, the authors reveal factors that have not been considered in formal theory but seem to have a major impact on transitions between sexual systems. This book appeals to a wide readership in fields from zoology and evolutionary biology to botany.

    Contents:
    1. The Evolution of Sexual Systems in Animals
    2. The Evolution of Sexual Systems in Animals
    3. Evolutionary Transitions Between Combined and Separate Sexes
    4. The Evolution of Uniparental Reproduction in Rhabditina Nematodes: Phylogenetic patterns, Developmental Causes, and Surprising Consequences
    5. Polychaete Worms on the Brink Between Hermaphroditism and Separate Sexes
    6. Sex Determining Mechanisms in Bivalves
    7. Transitions in Sexual and Reproductive Strategies Among the Caenogastropoda
    8. Hermaphrodites, Dwarf Males, and Females: Evolutionary Transitions of Sexual Systems in Barnacles
    9. Life History Constraints Facilitate the Evolution of Androdiocy and Male Dwarfing
    10. Sexual Systems in Shrimps (infraorder Caridea Dana, 1852), with Special Reference to the Historical Origin and Adaptive Value of Protandric Simultaneous Hermaphroditism
    11. Environmental and Genetic Sex Determining Mechanisms in Fishes
    12. Causes and Consequences of Evolutionary Transitions in the Level of Phenotypic Plasticity of Reptilian Sex Determination.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Laressa Bethishou, Jessica Wooster, Phung C. On.
    Summary: "This text provide complex clinical cases which will incorporate specific elements of patient care which mimic real-world practice. Unlike many pharmacotherapy cases, these cases can be used by pharmacy instructors to prompt discussion, illicit critical thinking and to illustrate the specific needs of various patient populations and health conditions during transitions of care across health care settings"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Applying the Pharmacist Patient Care Process to Care Transitions / Laressa Bethishou, Phung C. On, Jessica Wooster
    Medication Reconciliation Best Practices / Phung C. On
    Transitions of Care at Hospital Discharge / Laressa Bethishou, Kristen Herzik
    Transitions of Care in the Outpatient Setting / Jessica Wooster
    The Importance of Addressing Financial Barriers / Jessica Wooster, Laressa Bethishou
    Communication and Health Literacy / Roxane L. Took
    ¿Hablas espanol? : Language Discordance in Transitions of Care / Danielle M. Candelario, Khyati Patel
    Addressing Patient Nonadherence / Amulya Uppala
    Trucking Along : Medication Adherence with Provider Issues / Takova D. Wallace-Gay, Rachel A. Bratteli
    Cultural Considerations during Care Transitions / Elizabeth Haftel, Phung C. On
    Hyperglycemic Crisis : Diabetic Ketoacidosis in Type 1 Diabetes / Kimberly Won, Jelena Lewis, Laressa Bethishou
    Microvascular Complications of Diabetes : Peripheral Neuropathy / Nikhil A. Sangave, Phung C. On
    Macrovascular Complications of Diabetes : Acute Kidney Injury / Rebecca L. Dunn, Jessica Wooster, Winter J. Smith
    Acute Coronary Syndromes : Non-ST Elevated Myocardial Infarction / Erika Felix-Getzik, Phung C. On
    Heart Failure with Reduced Ejection Fraction / Elizabeth A. Cook, Jessica Wooster
    Atrial Fibrillation and Stroke Prevention / Laura Tsu, Laressa Bethishou
    Optimizing Asthma Therapy Through the Continuum of Care / Luma Munjy, Laressa Bethishou, Jeffrey Gonzales
    Managing Pneumonia in Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease / Rupal Mansukhani
    Care Considerations in the Elderly / Tianrui Yang, Jessica Wooster
    Patients Experiencing Homelessness / Phung C. On, Nikhil A. Sangave
    Multimodal Pain Management Strategies / Justin P. Reinert, Don Branam, Laressa Bethishou
    Complexities of Managing Psychotherapy / Brittany L. Parmentier, Jessica Wooster.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey Laurence, Mary Van Beusekom.
    Contents:
    Epigenetic regulation of open chromatin in pluripotent stem cells / H. Kobayashi, M. Lowe and N. Kikyo
    RNA epigenetics (epitranscriptomics) / N. Liu and T. Pan
    The nucleosome remodeling and deactylase complex in development and disease / J. Basta and M. Rauchman
    Epigenetics and muscle dysfunction in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease / E. Barreiro
    Clinical epigenetics of lung cancer / S.M. Langevin and K.T. Kelsey
    Epigenetics in cardiovascular disease / S. Aslibekyan, S.A. Claas and D.K. Arnett
    Epigenetics and arterial hypertension : evidences and perspectives / S. Friso, C.A. Carvjal, F. Pizzolo, C.E. Fardella and O. Olivieri
    Epigenetics in chronic pain / G. Bai, K. Ren and R. Dubner
    Epigenomics of alzheimer's disease / D.A. Bennett, L. Yu, J. Yang, H.-U. Klein and P.L. De Jager
    Prospective epigenetic paradigms and models for cellular senescence and epithelial-mesenchymal transition in organismal development and aging / S. Kishi, P.E. Bayliss and J. Hanai.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Marisa L. Conte.
    Contents:
    Libraries supporting the translational science spectrum : an introduction / by Kristi L. Holmes
    Bioinformatics projects with the Clinical and Translational Sciences Institute : building success step by step / by Pamela L. Shaw
    Librarian involvement in tranSMART : a translational biomedical research platform / by Marci D. Brandenburg
    Librarian integration in a working group of the REDCap International Consortium / by Jennifer A. Lyon, Fatima M. Mncube-Barnes, Brenda L. Minor
    Tailoring support for a community fellows research program / by William Olmstadt, Mychal A. Vorhees, Robert J. Engeszer
    Partners in research : connecting with the community / by Kate Sayor, Molly White, Celeste Choate, Dorene Markel
    Developing an educational role in a clinical and translational science institute / by Diana Nelson Louden
    Expanding research networks / by Judith E. Smith, Leena N. Lalwani
    Librarians' roles in translating research expertise through VIVO / by Valrie I. Minson, Michele R. Tennant, Hannah F. Norton
    Connecting researchers : an intersection of game development and clinical research personnel / by Christina N. Kalinger, Jean P. Shipman, Roger A. Altizer
    Librarians partner with translational scientists : Life after My Research Assistant (MyRA) / by Jean P. Shipman
    The role of the Library in Public Access Policy compliance / by Emily S. Mazure, Patricia L. Thibodeau
    Taking flight to disseminate translational research : a partnership between the UMass Center for Clinical and Translational Science and the Library's Institutional Repository / by Lisa A. Palmer, Sally A. Gore
    Capitalizing on serendipity : parlaying a citation report into a publishing and evaluation support program / by Cathy C. Sarli, Kristi L. Holmes, Amy M. Suiter
    Research impact assessment / by Karen E. Gutzman
    Web design, evaluation and bibliometrics, oh my! From local CTSA work to national involvement / by Elizabeth C. Whipple
    Assessing impact through publications : metrics that tell a story / by Alisa Surkis.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Russell Weiner, Marian Kelley, editors.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Fit-For-Purpose Validation
    Biomarkers in Drug Discovery and Development: Pre-Analytical and Analytical Considerations
    Biomarker Discovery
    Application of Quantitative Biomeasures in Early Drug Discovery
    Biomarkers in discovery and preclinical phase during drug development
    Incorporating clinical biomarkers into clinical trials
    Perspectives on Tissue Biobanking for Personalized Medicine
    The role of commercial biomarker assay kits in preclinical and clinical trials kits
    Quantification of protein biomarkers using liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry
    LC/MS methods for small Molecule biomarkers
    Cell-based Assays
    New Technologies for Cellular Analysis
    Flow cytometry methods for the Clinical Development of Immunomodulatory Biologics
    Key mass spectrometry techniques used in clinical biomarker research
    Clinical Genomic Biomarker Assay Development: Technologies and Issues
    Implementation of Immunohistochemistry assays for clinical trial sample analyses
    Strategic Approach to Outsourcing Clinical Biomarker Assays through CRO Relationships
    In situ hybridization (ISH) in Clinical Biomarker Development. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shobha N. Bhattachar, John S. Morrison, Daniel R. Mudra, David M. Bender, editors.
    Summary: Tackling translational medicine with a focus on the drug discovery development-interface, this book integrates approaches and tactics from multiple disciplines, rather than just the pharmaceutical aspect of the field. The authors of each chapter address the paradox between the molecular understanding of diseases, drug discovery, and drug development. Laying out the detailed trends from various fields, different chapters are dedicated to target engagement, toxicological safety assessments, and the compelling relationship of optimizing early clinical studies with design strategies. The book also highlights the importance of balancing the three pillars: sufficient efficacy, acceptable safety and appropriate pharmacokinetics, all of which are crucial to successful efforts in discovery and development. With discussions regarding the combined approaches of molecular research, personalized medicine, pre-clinical and clinical development, as well as targeted therapies--this compendium is a flexible fit, perfect for professionals in the pharmaceutical industry and related academic fields.

    Contents:
    Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Part I: Discovery, Development and Commercialization of Drug Candidates: Overview and Issues;
    Chapter 1: Pharmaceutical Industry Performance; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Definitions; 1.1.2 Unmet Need; 1.1.3 NMEs and the Degree of Innovation; 1.2 Drug Discovery and Development Overview; 1.2.1 Learn and Confirm Cycle; 1.2.2 Process to Identify Safe and Effective Medicines; 1.3 How Medicines Work; 1.4 Drug Discovery Strategies: How Medicines Are Discovered; 1.5 Mechanistic Paradox and Precision Medicine; 1.6 Opportunities; References.
    Chapter 2: New Product Planning and the Drug Discovery-Development Interface2.1 Overview and Introduction; 2.2 Understanding the Disease State; 2.3 Customer Needs; 2.4 Does Science Matter?; 2.5 The SWOT Team or How to Look Critically at Your Program; 2.6 Those Pesky Competitors; 2.7 How to Have an RandD and Marketing Marriage Made in Heaven; 2.8 Should RandD and Marketing Collaborate Early or Late? Yes!; 2.9 RandD and Marketing Are Allies, Not Enemies; References; Part II: Druggable Targets, Discovery Technologies and Generation of Lead Molecules.
    Chapter 3: Target Engagement Measures in Preclinical Drug Discovery: Theory, Methods, and Case Studies3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Basic Concepts; 3.3 Target Engagement in Vivo; Box 1. Derivation of Eq. (3.5) for Irreversible Inhibitors; 3.4 Application to In Vivo Experimental Design; 3.4.1 Compound Delivery via Pump as a Means to Facilitate Target Validation; 3.4.2 Designing an Osmotic Pump Study; 3.4.3 Approaches to Measuring Target Engagement In Vivo; 3.4.4 The Relationship of TE to Pharmacodynamics; 3.4.5 Case Studies in Using TE. 3.4.5.1 Application of TE in a Program Exploring Insulin-Degrading Enzyme as a Potential Target for Insulin Sensitization [70]3.4.5.2 Use of TE to Establish Clinical Candidate Performance Characteristics for Aggrecanase Inhibitors as Disease-Modifying ... ; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: In Silico ADME Techniques Used in Early-Phase Drug Discovery; 4.1 Structure-Based In Silico Models; 4.1.1 Molecular Docking; 4.1.2 Molecular Dynamics; 4.2 Ligand-Based In Silico Models and Tools; 4.2.1 Quantitative Structure-Property Relationship (QSPR) Models; 4.2.1.1 Data Set Selection and Curation. 4.2.1.2 Training Set Selection4.2.1.3 Molecular Descriptors; 4.2.1.4 QSPR Model Training/Building; 4.2.1.5 QSPR Model Evaluation; 4.2.1.6 Interpretation of Model Prediction; 4.2.2 ADME QSPR Models Used at Eli Lilly and Company; 4.2.3 Prospective Validation of ADME QSPR Models at Eli Lilly and Company; 4.2.4 Trends Between Calculated Physicochemical Properties and ADME Parameters; 4.2.5 Pharmacophore Modeling; 4.2.6 Site of Metabolism Prediction; 4.2.7 SPR/STR Knowledge Extraction Using Matched Molecular Pair Analysis; 4.3 Integrated and Iterative Use of Models in Early Drug Discovery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Beth Ann Fiedler, editor.
    Summary: This first-of-its-kind volume traces rarely explored links between public policy, the state of the environment, and key issues in public health, with recommendations for addressing longstanding intractable problems. Experts across diverse professions use their wide knowledge and experience to discuss hunger and food sustainability, land use, chronic and communicable diseases, child mortality, and global water quality. Interventions described are varied as well, from green technology breakthroughs to regulatory accountability, innovative urban planning and community policing programs. Chapters build and expand on each other's themes inspiring deeper understanding and critical thinking that further prompts readers to develop practical solutions leading to improvements in planetary and population health outcomes. Included in the coverage: · The challenge of implementing macroeconomic policy in an increasingly microeconomic world · Green aid flows: trends and opportunities for developing countries · Planning healthy communities: abating preventable chronic diseases · Foundations of community health: planning access to public facilities · International changes in environmental conditions and their personal health consequences Translating National Policy to Improve Environmental Conditions Impacting Public Health is developed for educators, students, and policymakers to generate awareness and review options to help create change in their communities. Federal agencies such as the Department of Health and Human Services, the National Institutes of Health, the EPA, and Housing and Urban Development will also find it salient.

    Contents:
    Overview of Indicators Affecting Public Health
    Home and Community Infrastructure: Energy-Efficient Housing
    Planning Healthy Communities: Abating Preventable Chronic Diseases (Childhood Obesity)
    Restoring Urban Ecosystems
    Healthy Modes of Transportation
    Resource Sharing When Designing Space for the Aging, Youth, Families
    Urban Health Access
    Sustainable Business Ventures
    Rethinking the Benefits of National Parks: Eliminating Man-made Barriers
    Making Water in the Desert (Israel).-National Perspectives on the Individual Value of Land Ownership.-National Environmental Regulation and Comparative Health Policy Literature.-Child Mortality in Pakistan: A Healthcare or Social/Environmental Issue?
    The War on Poverty and Associated Diseases
    Personal Gardens of Eden
    Environmentally Responsible Health Practices: Green Health.-Health in European Cities
    Immigration Impact in Turkey.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Harold J. Cook.
    Summary: "During the first period of globalization medical ideas and practices originating in China became entangled in the medical activities of other places, sometimes at long distances. They produced effects through processes of alteration once known as translation, meaning movement in place, status, and meaning."--Back cover.
    Digital Access Brill 2020
  • Digital
    Kathleen M. White, Sharon Dudley-Brown, Mary F. Terhaar, editors.
    Summary: "Designed as both a text for the DNP curriculum and a practical resource for seasoned health professionals, this acclaimed book demonstrates the importance of an interprofessional approach to translating evidence into nursing and healthcare practice in both clinical and nonclinical environments. The third edition reflects the continuing evolution of translation frameworks by expanding the Methods and Process section and providing updated exemplars illustrating actual translation work in population health, specialty practice, and the healthcare delivery system. It incorporates important new information about legal and ethical issues, the institutional review process for quality improvement and research, and teamwork and building teams for translation. Additionally, an unfolding case study on translation is threaded throughout the text"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Evidence-based practice / Kathleen M. White
    The science of translation and major frameworks / Kathleen M. White
    Change theories for translation / Kathleen M. White
    Translation of evidence for improving clinical outcomes / Julie Stanik-Hutt
    Translation of evidence for improving safety and quality / Kathleen M. White
    Translation of evidence for leadership / Mary F. Terhaar
    Translation of evidence for health policy / Kathleen M. White
    Methods for translation / Mary F. Terhaar
    Project management for translation / Mary F. Terhaar, Rachael Crickman, and Deborah S. Finnell
    Ethical responsibilities of translation of evidence and evaluation of outcomes / Mary F. Terhaar
    Data management and evaluation of translation / Martha Sylvia
    Dissemination of evidence / Sharon Dudley-Brown
    Education : an enabler of translation / Mary F. Terhaar and Marisa L. Wilson
    Information technology : a foundation for translation / Marisa L. Wilson
    Interprofessional collaboration and teamwork for translation / Kathleen M. White
    Creating a culture that promotes translation / Joyce P. Williams and Sharon Dudley-Brown
    Best practices in translation : challenges and barriers in translation / Sharon Dudley-Brown
    Legal issues in translation / Sharon Dudley-Brown
    Population health exemplars / Mary F. Terhaar
    Specialty practice exemplars / Mary F. Terhaar
    Health care system exemplars / Mary F. Terhaar.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Ying Xia, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Acupuncture: A therapeutic modality, but not a placebo
    Acupuncture Styles in Current Practice
    Acupuncture Treatment for chronic fatigue syndrome
    Acupuncture Cardiovascular Regulation: Translational, Clinical Studies and Underlying Mechanisms
    Electroacupuncture Inhibition of Hypertension is Slow Onset and Long-Lasting
    Acupuncture treatment for pain: Clinical and laboratory research
    Effect of acupuncture on Parkinsons disease
    Aung Vital Energetic Alignment: The Answer to Post-Concussion Syndrome and Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
    Acupuncture in Oncology
    Electrotherapy-An Old Technique for A New Use
    Factors Influencing Acupuncture Research
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Michael J. Birrer, Lorenzo Ceppi.
    Contents:
    Origins of epithelial ovarian cancer / L. Dubeau and J. Texeira
    Ovarian cancer genomics / L. Ceppi and M.J. Birrer
    Epigenetics / J.T. Pepin, H. Cardenas, K.P. Nephew and D. Matei
    Timing of cytoreductive surgery in the treatment of advanced epithelial ovarian carcinoma / C.M. St. Clair, F. Khoury-Collado and D.S. Chi
    Angiogenesis / A.A. Secord and S. Siamakpour-Reihani
    Homologous recombination and BRCA genes in ovarian cancer / J.F. Liu and P.A. Konstantinopoulos
    Molecular basis of PARP inhibition and future opportunities in ovarian cancer therapy / B.L. Collins, A.N. Gonzalez, A. Hanbury, L. Ceppi and R.T. Penson
    Ovarian cancer / L.P. Martin and R. J. Schilder
    Novel chemotherapy tools / D.S. Dizon
    Updates on rare epithelial ovarian carcinoma / J. Bergstrom, I.-M. Shih and A.N. Fader
    Endometrial cancer genomics / M.E. Urick and D.W. Bell
    Sentinel lymph node mapping procedures in endometrial cancer / D.M. Boruta II
    The role of radiation in uterine cancer / A.L. Russo
    Novel therapies for advanced cervical cancer / K.S. Tewari
    New therapies in vulvar cancer / M.H.M. Oonk and A.G.J. van der Zee
    Fertility and cancer / M.E. Sabatini.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Qing Yan.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Concept and basic tools
    Introduction: Translational bioinformatics and personalized medicine
    Systems and dynamical medicine: The roles of translational bioinformatics
    Translational bioinformatics support for "Omics" studies: Methods and resources
    Data integration, data mining, and decision support in biomedical informatics
    Part 2: Applications in basic sciences
    Applying translational bioinformatics for biomarker discovery
    Biomarkers from systems biology and "Omics" studies: Applications and examples
    Understanding dynamical diseases: Translational bioinformatics approaches
    Part 3: Applications in clinical and translational sciences
    Translational bioinformatics methods for drug discovery and development
    Translational bioinformatics and systems biology for understanding inflammation
    Cardiovascular diseases and diabetes: Translational bioinformatics and systems biology methods
    Translational bioinformatics and systems biology for cancer precision medicine
    Aging and age-associated diseases: Translational bioinformatics and systems biology methods
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Bairong Shen, Haixu Tang, Xiaoqian Jiang, editors.
    Summary: "This book introduces readers to essential methods and applications in translational biomedical informatics, which include biomedical big data, cloud computing and algorithms for understanding omics data, imaging data, electronic health records and public health data. The storage, retrieval, mining and knowledge discovery of biomedical big data will be among the key challenges for future translational research. The paradigm for precision medicine and healthcare needs to integratively analyze not only the data at the same level -- e.g. different omics data at the molecular level -- but also data from different levels -- the molecular, cellular, tissue, clinical and public health level. This book discusses the following major aspects: the structure of cross-level data; clinical patient information and its shareability; and standardization and privacy. It offers a valuable guide for all biologists, biomedical informaticians and clinicians with an interest in Precision Medicine Informatics"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    NGS for sequence variants / Shaolei Teng
    RNA bioinformatics for precision medicine / Jiajia Chen, Bairong Shen
    Exploring human diseases and biological mechanisms by protein structure prediction and modeling / Juexin Wang, Joseph Luttrell IV, Ning Zhang, Saad Khan, NianQing Shi, Michael X. Wang [and others]
    Computational methods in mass spectrometry-based proteomics / Sujun Li, Haixu Tang
    Informatics for metabolomics / Kanthida Kusonmano, Wanwipa Vongsangnak, Pramote Chumnanpuen
    Metagenomics and single-cell omics data analysis for human microbiome research / Maozhen Han, Pengshuo Yang, Hao Zhou, Hongjun Li, Kang Ning
    Text mining for precision medicine: bringing structure to EHRs and biomedical literature to understand genes and health / Michael Simmons, Ayush Singhal, Zhiyong Lu
    Medical imaging informatics / William Hsu Ph.D, Suzie El-Saden, Ricky K. Taira
    LIMS and clinical data management / Yalan Chen, Yuxin Lin, Xuye Yuan, Bairong Shen
    Biobanks and their clinical application and informatics challenges / Lan Yang, Yalan Chen, Chunjiang Yu, Bairong Shen
    XML, ontologies, and their clinical applications / Chunjiang Yu, Bairong Shen
    Bayesian computation methods for inferring regulatory network models using biomedical data / Tianhai Tian
    Network-based biomedical data analysis / Yuxin Lin, Xuye Yuan, Bairong Shen.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by John H. Sampson.
    Contents:
    An introduction to immunotherapy in the treatment of brain tumors / J.M. Komisarow and J.H. Sampson
    Immune constitution of patients with brain tumors / J. Berry-Candelario, S.H. Farber and P.E. Fecci
    The role of regulatory t cells and indolamine-2,3-dioxygenase in brain tumor immunosuppresion / M. Dey, A.L. Chang, J. Miska, J. Qiao and M.S. Lesniak
    The role of myeloid-derived suppressor cells in immunosuppresion in brain tumors / K. Gabrusiewicz, N.A. Colwell, and A.B. Heimberger
    Tumor-specific mutations in gliomas and their implications for immunotherapy / C.J. Pirozzi, A.B. Carpenter, T. Hennika, O.J. Becher and H. Yan
    Preclinical immunotherapeutic animal models fo brain tumors / V. Chandramohan, L. Sanchez-Perez, Y. He, C.J. Pirozzi, K.L. Congdon and D.D. Bigner
    Imaging studies in immunotherapy / R.Y. Huang and D.A. Reardon
    Immunotherapy clinical trials in neuro-oncology / S. Khagi and G. Vlahovic
    Peptide-specific vaccines / P. Roth and M. Weller
    Immunotoxin therapy for brain tumors / V. Chandramohan, J.H. Sampson, I.H. Pastan and D.D. Bigner
    Checkpoint blockade immunotherapy for glioblastoma / K.A. Riccione, P. Gedeon, L. Sanchez-Perez and J.H. Sampson
    Dendritic cell therapy for brain tumors / R.G. Everson, J.P. Antonios, A.M. Tucker and L.M. Liau
    Adoptive immunotherapy against brain tumors / C. Flores, D. Mitchell and P.A. Wells
    Chimeric antigen receptor therapy of brain tumors / L. Sanchez-Perez, C.M. Suryadevara, B.D. Choi and L.A. Johnson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Bairong Shen, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the translational informatics applied to most aspects of virus infection, including tracking of virus origin, detection and prevention of infection, drug discovery, and vaccine design as well as smart city-level monitoring and controlling of the virus epidemic by government. It covers the informatics for data mining and modelling at molecular, tissue/organ, individual, and population levels. The informatics for immunological mechanisms and the personalized prediction and treatment of infected patients are also summarized. The perspectives on the application of artificial intelligence to the prevention of virus outbreaks are also given. This book will be helpful to readers who are interested in prevention of virus infection, biomedical informatics, and artificial intelligence in medicine and healthcare.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Databases, Knowledgebases and Software Tools for Virus Informatics
    Chapter 2. Detection and Prevention of Virus Infection
    Chapter 3. Bioinformatics for the Origin and Evolution of Viruses
    Chapter 4. In silico Drug Discovery for Treatment of Virus Diseases
    Chapter 5. Vaccines and Immunoinformatics for Vaccine Design
    Chapter 6. Predicting the Disease Severity of Virus Infection
    Chapter 7. Modeling the Virus Infection at the Population Level
    Chapter 8. Health-Based Geographic Information Systems for Mapping and Risk Modeling of Infectious Diseases and COVID-19 to Support Spatial Decision-Making
    Chapter 9. 5G, Big data and AI for Smart City and Prevention of Virus Infection.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Philip R.O. Payne, Peter J. Embi, editors.
    Contents:
    Pt. I. The rationale for translational informatics
    An introduction to translational informatics and the future of knowledge-driven healthcare
    A prototype of translational informatics in action
    pt. II. Foundations of translational informatics
    Personalized medicine
    Leveraging electronic health records for phenotyping
    Mining the bibliome
    pt. III. Applications of translational informatics
    Driving clinical and translational research using biomedical informatics
    Using big data
    In silico hypothesis discovery
    Patient engagement and consumerism
    pt. IV. The future of translational informatics and knowledge-driven healthcare
    Future directions for translational informatics.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Bairong Shen, editor.
    Summary: "This book is about the transformation of the biomedical information to smart healthcare, the chapters are designed to discuss the health associated factors such as genetics, lifestyle, nutrition and environmental factors. The interactions of these factors and the informatics for the analyses of their effects on health are also covered. The era of aging is approaching and the P4 (predictive, preventive, personalized and participatory) medicine paradigm is becoming practical and reality. According to the Kondratiev's long wave theory, IT (information technology) and health will be the next technological revolution for the new economic cycle. This book is written for biomedical informatics scientists, clinicians, health practitioners and researchers, etc."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Informatics for precision medicine and healthcare / Jiajia Chen, Yuxin Lin, Bairong Shen
    Genetic test, risk prediction, and counseling / Maggie Haitian Wang, Haoyi Weng
    Newborn screening in the era of precision medicine / Lan Yang, Jiajia Chen, Bairong Shen
    Trace elements and healthcare: a bioinformatics perspective / Yan Zhang
    Tongue image analysis and its mobile app development for health diagnosis / Ratchadaporn Kanawong, Tayo Obafemi-Ajayi, Dahai Liu, Meng Zhang, Dong Xu, Ye Duan
    Physical exercise prescription in metabolic chronic disease / Laura Stefani, Giorgio Galanti
    Informatics for nutritional genetics and genomics / Yuan Gao, Jiajia Chen
    Interactions between genetics, lifestyle, and environmental factors for healthcare / Yuxin Lin, Jiajia Chen, Bairong Shen
    Cohort research in mics and preventive medicine / Yi Shen, Sheng Zhang, Jie Zhou, Jiajia Chen.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Trevor W. Robbins, Barbara J. Sahakian, editors.
    Contents:
    Translational mouse models of autism; Advancing towards pharmacological therapeutics
    Translatable and back-translatable measurement of impulsivity and compulsivity; convergent and divergent processes
    Translational models of gambling-related decision-making
    Translational research on nicotine dependence
    The need for treatment-responsive translatable biomarkers in alcoholism research
    On the road to translation for PTSD treatment: theoretical and practical considerations of the use of human models of conditioned fear for drug development
    Translational approaches targeting reconsolidation
    Translational assessment of reward and motivational deficits in psychiatric disorders
    Affective biases in humans and animals. Robinson
    Locomotor profiling from the rodents to the clinic and back again
    Animal models of sensori-motor gating in schizophrenia: Are they still relevant?
    Attention and the cholinergic system: relevance to schizophrenia
    Attentional-set-shifting across species
    Relating Translational Neuroimaging and Amperometric Endpoints: Utility for Neuropsychiatric Drug Discovery
    Cognitive translation using the rodent touchscreen test approach
    The Paired Associates Learning (PAL) Test: 30 years of CANTAB Translational Neuroscience From Laboratory to Bedside in Dementia Research
    E xperimental medicine in psychiatry new approaches in schizophrenia, depression and cognition.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Georgios P.D. Argyropoulos.
    Summary: This edited volume provides the first presentation of the state-of-the-art in the application of modern Neuroscience research in predicting, preventing and alleviating the negative sequelae of neurodevelopmental, acquired, or neurodegenerative conditions on speech and language. It brings together contributions from several leading experts in a markedly broad range of disciplines, including Speech and Language Therapy, Neuropsychology and Neurology, but also Neurosurgery, Neuroimaging and Neurostimulation, as well as Engineering and Genetics.

    Contents:
    1. Translational Neuroscience of Speech and Language Disorders: State of the Art. -2. Translational Neuroscience of Aphasia and Adult Language Rehabilitation. -3. Treatment and intervention approaches for the improvement of language abilities in neurodegenerative diseases
    4. Neural and Genetic Mechanisms of Dyslexia
    5. The role of memory systems in neurodevelopmental disorders of language
    6. Transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) and Language/Speech: Can patients benefit from a combined therapeutic approach?
    7. Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation in Aphasia Rehabilitation
    8. The Cerebellum: A Therapeutic Target in Treating Speech and Language Disorders
    9. Navigated rTMS for Mapping the Language Network in Preoperative Settings: Current Status and Future Prospects
    10. Presurgical Language fMRI in Epilepsy: An Introduction
    11. Lesion-symptom mapping in speech and language disorders: a translational perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, A. Alonso, M.G. Hennerici, S. Meairs.
    Contents:
    Principles of cerebral ultrasound contrast imaging / Powers, J., Averkiou, M.
    Physical principles of microbubbles for ultrasound imaging and therapy / Stride, E.
    Ultrasound bio-effects and safety considerations / Ter Haar, G.
    Intima-media thickness of carotid arteries / Touboul, P.-J.
    Functional TCD : regulation of cerebral hemodynamics, cerebrovascular autoregulation, vasomotor reactivity, neurovascular coupling / Wolf, M.E.
    Intracranial perfusion imaging with ultrasound / Meairs, S., Kern, R.
    Parenchymal imaging in movement disorders / Fernandes, R.C.L., Berg, D.
    Sonothrombolysis / Meairs, S.
    Non-invasive transcranial brain ablation with high-intensity focused ultrasound / Jenne, J.W.
    Ultrasound-induced blood-brain barrier opening for drug delivery / Alonso, A.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Jukka H. Meurman, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first to be devoted to translational research - which aims to expedite the transfer of knowledge gained in the lab to clinical practice - within the field of oral health. It is examined how basic sciences and basic research are providing new methods and materials that will enable clinicians to treat patients more effectively. Readers will gain a translational perspective on a variety of oral conditions and related systemic diseases. Individual chapters are devoted to such topics as dental biomaterials, implants, and tissue engineering. The importance of evidence-based research and the roles and comparative value of preclinical and clinical trials are also highlighted. Knowledge of translational and clinical research is essential in understanding how new inventions and developments are being accomplished, and what regulations and guidelines need to be taken into account when planning studies, and not forgetting the ethical aspects of any research. Translational Oral Health Research is the first book to be devoted entirely to the subject, and it will be of interest to both researchers and practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Christoph W. Michalski, Jonas Rosendahl, Patrick Michl, Jörg Kleeff, editors.
    Summary: This book incorporates a multi-disciplinary approach to present how research results can be translated into clinical trials. The first part begins with a chapter on variants of pancreatic cancer, precursor lesions and groups of people at risk to developing the disease. There is a particular focus on intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasia as a large-scale clinical challenge in pancreatology. The next two parts focus on diagnosis, biomarkers and stratification that emphasize how various approaches to biomarker development are important as both prognostic and predictive tools. The final part consists of personalized treatment approaches that include preclinical models of pancreatic cancer and stromal, epigenetic and metabolism targeting as promising approaches to be translated into early phase clinical trials. Chapters within this part also deal with approaches that are close to being implemented in clinical practice or are already being tested in (early) clinical trials, such as those that targeting the immune systems and strategies to overcome immunotherapy resistance; phase 1 clinical trials and translational approaches in surgical treatment. Written by experts in their fields, Translational Pancreatic Cancer Research provides an outlook towards future directions by integrating information both from basic and clinical research and though demonstrating pathways to better understanding pancreatic cancer and current approaches to translating these into clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Subtypes of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Surveillance and Intervention in IPMN
    Novel Biomarkers of Invasive IPMN
    Challenges and Opportunities for Early Pancreatic Cancer Detection: Role for protein biomarkers
    Metabolic Biomarkers of Pancreatic Cancer
    Blood-Based Circulating RNAs as Preventive, Diagnostic, Prognostic and Drugable Biomarkers for Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma
    Circulating tumor DNA as a novel biomarker for pancreatic cancer
    PDAC Subtypes/Stratification
    Circulating Tumor Cells as Biomarkers in Pancreatic Cancer
    Personalized Models of Human PDAC
    Therapeutic Targeting of Stromal Components
    Epigenetic Targeting
    Targeting Metabolism
    Targeting the Immune System in Pancreatic Cancer
    Phase I Trials in Pancreatic Cancer
    Translational Approaches in Surgical Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony Atala, Julie G. Allickson.
    Contents:
    The landscape of cell tissues and organs / Mahendra Rao
    Landscape of cell banking / Heather C. Hatcher, Anthony Atala and Julie G. Allickson
    Cell banking: process development and cell preservation / Salem Akel
    Clinical development of placental mesenchymal stromal cells / Robert J. Hariri and Steven Fischkoff
    Translation of regenerative medicine products into the clinic in the United States: FDA perspective / Mark H. Lee, Patrick Au, John Hyde, Carmen Gacchina Johnson, Mohammad Heidaran, Safa Karandish, Lynne Boxer, Michael Mendicino, Diana Yoon, Lori Tull, Judith Arcidiacono, Brent McCright, David S. Kaplan, Donald Fink, Charles N. Durfor, Richard McFarland and Celia Witten
    Newborn stem cell banking business models / Thomas Moore, Matthew P. Brown, John R. Chapman, Jesse Kramer, Robert P. Pfotenhauer and Heather L. Brown
    Cell therapy landscape: autologous and allogeneic approaches / Nafees N. Malik and Matthew B. Durdy
    Stem cells and cell therapy: autologous cell manufacturing / Ronnda L. Bartel
    Overview: challenges of process development for cellular therapy / Robert Perry
    Tissue engineering: propagation and potency evaluation / Ivan N. Rich
    Biomaterials in preclinical approaches for engineering skeletal tissues / Márcia T. Rodrigues, Pedro P. Carvalho, Manuela E. Gomes and Rui L. Reis
    Biomaterials in regenerative medicine: considerations in early process development / Alexander M. Tatara, Anthony Ratcliffe, Mark E.K. Wong, F. Kurtis Kasper and Antonios G. Mikos
    Biomaterials in regenerative medicine: challenges in technology transfer from science to process development / Prafulla Chandra, James J. Yoo and Sang Jin Lee
    Paracrine regulation from tissue engineered constructs / Or Gadish and Elazer R. Edelman
    Creating commercial value from biomaterials / Glenn D. Prestwich and Brenda K. Mann
    Manufacturing of regenerative medicine products / Tom Spencer and Deepak Jain
    Regulatory aspects / Joyce L. Frey-Vasconcells
    Global design for clinical trials / Yoshito Ikada
    Biomarkers / Ralf Huss
    Translational animal models for regenerative medicine research / John G. Sharp
    Translational imaging for regenerative medicine / Sneha S. Kelkar and Aaron M. Mohs
    Skin and skin appendage regeneration / Krzysztof Kobielak, Eve Kandyba and Yvonne Leung
    Clinical aspects of regenerative medicine: tendon, ligament, and joint / Steven Sampson, Angie Botto-van Bemden and Danielle Aufiero
    Bone regeneration / Suzanne Stewart, Stephanie J. Bryant, Jaimo Ahn and Kurt D. Hankenson
    Regenerative medicine therapies using adipose-derived stem cells / Jolene E. Valentin, Albert D. Donnenberg, Kacey G. Marra and J. Peter Rubin
    Transplantation of myogenic cells in duchenne muscular dystrophy patients: clinical findings / Daniel Skuk and Jacques P. Tremblay
    Regeneration of the vascular system / Etai Sapoznik, Guoguang Niu, Masashi Nomi, Zhan Wang and Shay Soker
    Hematopoiesis in regenerative medicine / Graça Almeida-Porada and Christopher D. Porada
    The application and future of neural stem cells in regenerative medicine / Shreyasi Das, Brian Tobe, Paul A. Jain, Walter Niles, Alicia Winquist, Lina Mastrangelo and Evan Y. Snyder
    Central nervous system / Anup Tuladhar, Nikolaos Mitrousis, Tobias Führmann and Molly S. Shoichet
    In situ tissue engineering bone regeneration in jaw reconstruction / Robert E. Marx
    Regenerative medicine for diseases of the respiratory system / Mei Ling Lim, Philipp Jungebluth and Paolo Macchiarini
    Renal system / Joao Paulo Zambon, Prafulla Chandra, Anthony Atala and James J. Yoo
    Translational regenerative medicine
    hepatic systems / Abritee Dhal, Dipen Vyas, Emma C. Moran, Daniel B. Deegan, Shay Soker and Pedro M. Baptista
    Advances in neo-innervation of the gut / Khalil N. Bitar, Shreya Raghavan, Sita Somara, Elie Zakhem and Stephen Rego
    Genitourinary system / Mehran Abolbashari, Anthony Atala and James J. Yoo
    Clinical aspects of regenerative medicine: immune system / Erszebet Szilagyi, Premenand Sundivakkam, Tamara Nunez, Kavitha Premenand, Norma Kenyon and Amelia Bartholomew
    Development of appropriate imaging methods to trace cell fate, engraftment, and cell survival / Jesse V. Jokerst and Sanjiv S. Gambhir
    Gap analysis to target therapies / Adrian P. Gee
    Funding for the translation of regenerative medicines / Neil J. Littman, Elona Baum and Alan O. Trounson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Erika Ruiz-Garcia, Horacio Astudillo-de la Vega, editors.
    Summary: "This book presents concise chapters written by internationally respected experts on various important aspects of translational cancer genomics, offering a comprehensive overview of the onco-omics applications in the new era of cancer personal genomics research field. Being a complex disease that affects millions of people worldwide, cancer research has assumed great significance. Translational cancer research transforms scientific discoveries in the laboratory into clinical application to reduce incidence of cancer, morbidity and mortality. In the other hand, personalized medicine in cancer is the concept that selection of a treatment should be tailored according to the individual patient's specific genomic characteristics, including mutations, chromosomal aberrations, protein interactions, and even more, considering the immune system, the metabolism and in the near future the microbiome, all areas nowadays related in the prognosis and treatment of cancer patients. These contributions are either critical reviews or clinical and basic research reports. The topics discussed here include evidence-based medicine and provides useful information on translational cancer research to clinicians and biomedical scientists in order to offer another vision of cancer origin beyond the traditional causes or the oncogenic maintenance concept proposed by the oncogene addiction theory"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Pharmaco-geno-proteo-metabolomics and translational research in cancer / Edith A. Fernández-Figueroa, Saul Lino-Silva, Jorge E. Peña-Velasco, Claudia Rangel-Escareño
    Next generation sequencing (NGS): a revolutionary technology in pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine in cancer / Stefania Morganti, Paolo Tarantino, Emanuela Ferraro, Paolo D’Amico, Bruno Achutti Duso, Giuseppe Curigliano
    Pharmaco-epigenomics: on the road of translation medicine / César López-Camarillo, Dolores Gallardo-Rincón, María Elizbeth Álvarez-Sánchez, Laurence A. Marchat
    Design and implementing pharmacogenomics study in cancer / María Luisa Romero Lagunes, Francisco Emilio Vera Badillo
    Onco-omics approaches and applications in clinical trials for cancer patients / Juan-Manuel Hernandez-Martinez, Roberto Sánchez-Reyes, J. G. De la Garza-Salazar, Oscar Arrieta
    Issues and ethical considerations in pharmaco-oncogenomics / Gilberto Morgan
    Pharma-oncogenomics in the era of personal genomics: a quick guide to online resources and tools / Rohan P. Joshi, David F. Steiner, Eric Q. Konnick, Carlos J. Suarez
    Immuno-oncology in the era of personalized medicine / William R. Gwin III, Mary L. Disis, Erika Ruiz-Garcia
    CAR-T cell and personalized medicine / Marlid Cruz-Ramos, Jesús García-Foncillas
    Oncobiome at the forefront of a novel molecular mechanism to understand the microbiome and cancer / H. Astudillo-de la Vega, O. Alonso-Luna, J. Ali-Pérez, C. López-Camarillo, E. Ruiz-Garcia
    Nutrition, cancer and personalized medicine / Jóse Ali Flores-Pérez, Fabiola de la Rosa Oliva, Yacab Argenes, Abelardo Meneses-Garcia.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Colleen G. Le Prell, Edward Lobarinas, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Perspectives on Auditory Translation Research
    Current Issues in Clinical and Translational Research in the Hearing Sciences, Audiology, and Otolaryngology
    Auditory Processing Disorder: Biological Basis and Treatment Efficacy
    Sudden Sensorineural Hearing Loss
    Development of Drugs for Noise-Induced Hearing Loss
    Cisplatin-Induced Hearing Loss
    Past, Present, and Future Pharmacological Therapies for Tinnitus
    Developing a Molecular Therapeutic for Hearing Loss
    Photons in the Ear
    Clinical and Translational Research: Challenges to the Field
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Dong-Young Noh, Wonshik Han, Masakazu Toi, editors.
    Summary: This book describes recent advances in translational research in breast cancer and presents emerging applications of this research that promise to have meaningful impacts on diagnosis and treatment. It introduces ideas and materials derived from the clinic that have been brought to "the bench" for basic research, as well as findings that have been applied back to "the bedside". Detailed attention is devoted to breast cancer biology and cell signaling pathways and to cancer stem cell and tumor heterogeneity in breast cancer. Various patient-derived research models are discussed, and a further focus is the role of biomarkers in precision medicine for breast cancer patients. Next-generation clinical research receives detailed attention, addressing the increasingly important role of big data in breast cancer research and a wide range of other emerging developments. An entire section is also devoted to the management of women with high-risk breast cancer. Translational Research in Breast Cancer will help clinicians and scientists to optimize their collaboration in order to achieve the common goal of conquering breast cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Erwei Song, Hai Hu, editors.
    Contents:
    Chap. 1 The Dawning of Translational Breast Cancer: from Bench to Bedside
    Chap. 2 Biomarker Studies in Early Detection and Prognosis of Breast Cancer
    Chap. 3 The Preventive Intervention of Hereditary Breast Cancer
    Chap. 4 Predicting and Overcoming Chemotherapeutic Resistance for Breast Cancer
    Chap. 5 Studies on DNA Damage Repair and Precision Radiotherapy for Breast Cancer
    Chap. 6 Targeted Therapies against Growth Factor Signaling in Breast Cancer
    Chap. 7 Targeting Stemness: Implications for Precision Medicine in Breast Cancer
    Chap. 8 Disrupting Tumor Angiogenesis and ?the Hunger Games? for Breast Cancer
    Chap. 9 Key Factors in Breast Cancer Dissemination and Establishment at the Bone: Past, Present and Future Perspectives
    Chap. 10 Perspectives of Reprogramming Breast Cancer Metabolism
    Chap. 11 Metabolic Changes during Cancer Cachexia Pathogenesis
    Chap. 12 Cell Cycle Regulation in Treatment of Breast Cancer
    Chap. 13 BRCA Gene Mutations and Poly (ADP-ribose) Polymerase Inhibitors in Triple-negative Breast Cancer
    Chap. 14 Targeting the Epigenome as a Novel Therapeutic Approach for Breast Cancer
    Chap. 15 Progress in Vaccine Therapies for Breast Cancer
    Chap. 16 Tumor Associated Macrophages as Therapeutic Targets for Breast Cancer
    Chap 17 New Approaches in CAR-T Cell Immunotherapy for Breast Cancer
    Chap 18 Immune Checkpoint Blockade in Breast Cancer Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Shin'ichi Takeda, Yuko Miyagoe-Suzuki, Madoka Mori-Yoshimura, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Fukuyama congenital muscular dystrophy: clinical aspects
    2. α-dystroglycanopathy
    3. Myotonic dystrophy
    4. Molecular pathogenesis and therapeutic strategy in GNE myopathy
    5. Targeting the Type I TGF-β receptor for treating caveolin-3-deficient autosomal dominant limb-girdle muscular dystrophy type 1C and muscle wasting disorders
    6. Translational research in nucleic acid therapies for muscular dystrophies
    7. Toward regenerative medicine for muscular dystrophies: lessons from regeneration processes
    8. Stem cell-based therapy for Duchenne muscular dystrophy
    9. Therapeutic apprach of iPS cell technology for testing muscular dystrophy
    10. Clinical aspects of GNE myopathy and translational medicine
    11. Patient registries for international harmonized clinical development
    12. Muscular dystropy clinical trial network in Japan
    13. Translational research on DMD in Japan: from mice to exploratory investigator-initiated clinical trial in human.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Chao Ma, Yuguang Huang, editors.
    Contents:
    Assessment of Itch and Pain in Animal Models and Human Subjects
    Allergic Contact Dermatitis: A Model of Inflammatory Itch and Pain in Human and Mouse
    Modulation of c-nociceptive Activities by Inputs from Myelinated Fibers
    New Mechanism of Bone Cancer Pain: Tumor Tissue-Derived Endogenous Formaldehyde Induced Bone Cancer Pain via TRPV1 Activation
    Neuropathic Pain: Sensory Nerve Injury or Motor Nerve Injury
    Peripheral Nociceptors as Immune Sensors in the Development of Pain and Itch
    Mas-related G protein-coupled Receptors Offer Potential New Targets for Pain Therapy
    Pain Modulation and Transition from Acute to Chronic Pain
    Advances in the Study and Treatment of Neuropathic Pain
    Integrated, team-based Chronic Pain Management: Bridges from Theory and Research to High Quality Patient care.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Luciano Alves Favorito, editor.
    Summary: Translational research is of great importance for clinical practice. Therefore, this book provides comprehensive information on an important gap in pediatric urology: the description of basic concepts that allow a better understanding of urinary and genital anomalies. The content encompasses personal experience and research topics developed at Rio de Janeiro State Universitys Urogenital Research Unit over the past 25 years. Throughout the chapters, the main aspects of embryology and fetal anatomy as applied to the various congenital malformations that most often affect newborns and children are described. Neural tube defects and Prune Belly Syndrome, two rare but highly relevant conditions that alter the structure of the urinary and genital system, are discussed in detail. In addition, the diagnosis and treatment of genital anomalies are addressed. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for a wide audience including urologists, pediatricians, pediatric surgeons, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Basic Embryology of Urogenital System
    Basic Anatomy of the Urinary Tract
    Basic Anatomy of the Male Genital Tract
    Basic Anatomy of the Female Genital Tract
    Testicular Migration
    Basic Research Applied to Undencended Testis
    Basic Research Applied to Testicular Torsion
    Methods of Basic Research Applied to Urinary and Genital Systems During the Human Fetal Period
    Basic Research Applied to Hypospadias
    Basic Research Applied to Renal Anomalies
    Basic Research Applied to Ureteral Anomalies
    Basic Research Applied to Bladder Anomalies
    Basic Research Applied to Female Reproductive Tract
    Neural Tube Defects and Genitourinary System
    Prune Belly Syndrome and Genitourinary System.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Andrew J. Krentz, Christian Weyer and Marcus Hompes.
    Summary: This book reviews techniques for assessing insulin action, insulin secretion and body composition, with reference to new drugs, in phase 1 & 2 studies. Adds to understanding of drug effects and non-drug treatment strategies in obesity and type 2 diabetes.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Review of Clinical Investigative Methods Chapter 1: Quantifying Insulin Action in Humans Chapter 2: Assessment of Islet Alpha- and Beta-Cell Function Chapter 3: Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Assessment of Novel and Biosimilar Insulins Chapter 4: Measurement of Energy Expenditure Chapter 5: QUANTIFYING APPETITE AND SATIETY Chapter 6: Non-invasive quantitative magnetic resonance imaging and spectroscopic biomarkers in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and other cardiometabolic diseases associated with ectopic fat deposition Chapter 7: Structural and Functional Imaging of Muscle, Heart, Endocrine Pancreas and Kidneys in Cardiometabolic Drug Development Chapter 8: Positron emission tomography and computed tomography measurement of brown fat thermal activation: key tool for developing novel pharmacotherapeutics for obesity and diabetes Chapter 9: Isotopic Tracers for the Measurement of Metabolic Flux Rates Chapter 10: Role of Tissue Biopsy in Drug Development for NonAlcoholic Fatty Liver Disease and Other Metabolic Disorders Chapter 11: Utility of Invasive and Non-invasive Cardiovascular Research Methodologies in Drug Development for Diabetes, Obesity and NAFLD/NASH Chapter 12: Omics: Potential role in early phase drug development Part 2: Preclinical Drug Development and Transitioning to Clinical Studies Chapter 13: Peptide Drug Design for Diabetes & Related Metabolic Diseases Chapter 14: ANIMAL MODELS OF TYPE 2 DIABETES, OBESITY AND NONALCOHOLIC STEATOHEPATITIS
    CLINICAL TRANSLATABILITY AND APPLICABILITY IN PRECLINICAL DRUG DEVELOPMENT Chapter 15: Drug Development for Diabetes Mellitus: Beyond Hemoglobin A1c Chapter 16: Emerging Circulating Biomarkers For The Diagnosis And Assessment Of Treatment Responses In Patients With Hepatic Fat Accumulation, Nash And Liver Fibrosis Chapter 17: Quantitative Approaches in Translational Cardiometabolic Research: An Overview Chapter 18: Transitioning from Preclinical to Clinical Drug Development Chapter 19: Regulatory Considerations for Early Study and Clinical Development of Drugs for Diabetes, Obesity, NonAlcoholic Steatohepatitis (NASH) and other Cardiometabolic Disorders Chapter 20: Early Phase Metabolic Research with Reference to Special Populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Andrew J. Krentz, Lutz Heinemann, Marcu Hompesch, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to aid the selection of the most appropriate techniques for use in early phase (1 and 2) clinical studies of new drugs for diabetes, obesity, and related cardiometabolic disease. Clinical research methods for assessing the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of new diabetes drugs, e.g. the euglycaemic clamp technique, have become well-established in proof-of-mechanism studies; however, selection of the best techniques is by no means straightforward. This book will aid the understanding of the need for new pharmacotherapies for type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, and obesity and the molecular targets of drugs currently in development. Emerging technologies including the omics disciplines are considered together with practical and ethical issues of early phase clinical trials in subjects with cardiometabolic disorders. Translational Research Methods for Diabetes, Obesity and Cardiometabolic Drug Development will be of interest to biomedical scientists, pharmacologists, academics involved in metabolic research and clinicians practicing in these specialties.

    Contents:
    1. Review of physiology/pathophysiology
    2. Methods for assessing insulin action in humans
    3. Assessment of insulin secretion
    4. Measurement of ectopic fat in liver and muscle using magnetic resonance spectroscopy
    5. Isotopic tracers for the measurement of metabolic flux
    6. Measuring food intake in clinical drug development
    7. Measurement of energy expenditure
    8. Assessment of body composition
    9. Assessment of cardiovascular safety of new diabetes drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yoram Vodovotz, Gary An.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1.1. Interesting times: the translational dilemma and the need for translational systems biology of inflammation
    Ch. 2.1. A brief history of the philosophical basis of the scientific endeavor: how we know what we know, and how to know more
    Ch. 2.2. A brief history of biomedical research up to the molecular biology revolution
    Ch. 2.3. Biomedical research since the molecular revolution: an embarrassment of riches
    Ch. 2.4. Randomized clinical trials: a bridge too far?
    Ch. 2.5. Complexity in biomedical research: mysticism versus methods
    Ch. 2.6. Human nature, politics, and translational inertia
    Ch. 3.1. Towards translational systems biology of inflammation
    Ch. 3.2. Dynamic knowledge representation and the power of model making
    Ch. 3.3. A roadmap for a rational future: a systematic path for the design and implementation of new therapeutics
    Ch. 4.1. From data to knowledge in translational systems biology: an overview of computational approaches across the scientific cycle
    Ch. 4.2. Data-driven and statistical models: everything old is new again
    Ch. 4.3. Mechanistic modeling of critical illness using equations
    Ch. 4.4. Agent-based modeling and translational systems biology: an evolution in parallel
    Ch. 4.5. Getting science to scale: accelerating the development of translational computational models
    Ch. 5.1. What is old is new again: the scientific cycle in the twenty-first century and beyond
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Michael D. Waters, Claude L. Hughes.
    Contents:
    Introduction: The Case for Concern about Mutation and Cancer Susceptibility during Critical Windows of Development and the Opportunity to Translate Toxicology into a Therapeutic Discipline. What Stressors Cause Cancer and When? / Claude L Hughes, Michael D Waters
    What Mutagenic Events Contribute to Human Cancer and Genetic Disease? / Michael D Waters
    Developmental Origins of Cancer / Suryanarayana V Vulimiri, John M Rogers
    The Mechanistic Basis of Cancer Prevention / Bernard W Stewart
    Exposures that Could Alter the Risk of Cancer Occurrence, and Impact Its Indolent or Aggressive Behavior and Progression Over Time. Diet Factors in Cancer Risk / Lynnette R Ferguson
    Voluntary Exposures: Natural Herbals, Supplements, and Substances of Abuse - What Evidence Distinguishes Therapeutic from Adverse Responses? / Eli P Crapper, Kylie Wasser, Katelyn J Foster, Warren G Foster
    Voluntary Exposures: Pharmaceutical Chemicals in Prescription and Over-the-Counter Drugs - Passing the Testing Gauntlet / Ronald D Snyder
    Children's and Adult Involuntary and Occupational Exposures and Cancer / Annamaria Colacci, Monica Vaccari
    Gene-Environment Interactions. Ethnicity, Geographic Location, and Cancer / Fengyu Zhang
    Dietary/Supplemental Interventions and Personal Dietary Preferences for Cancer: Translational Toxicology Therapeutic Portfolio for Cancer Risk Reduction / Sandeep Kaur, Elaine Trujillo, Harold Seifried
    Social Determinants of Health and the Environmental Exposures: A Promising Partnership / Lauren Fordyce, David Berrigan, Shobha Srinivasan
    Categorical and Pleiotropic Nonmutagenic Modes of Action of Toxicants: Causality. Bisphenol A and Nongenotoxic Drivers of Cancer / Natalie R Gassman, Samuel H Wilson
    Toxicoepigenetics and Effects on Life Course Disease Susceptibility / Luke Montrose, Jaclyn M Goodrich, Dana C Dolinoy
    Tumor-Promoting/Associated Inflammation and the Microenvironment: A State of the Science and New Horizons / William H Bisson, Amedeo Amedei, Lorenzo Memeo, Stefano Forte, Dean W Felsher
    Metabolic Dysregulation in Environmental Carcinogenesis and Toxicology / R Brooks Robey
    Biomarkers for Detecting Premalignant Effects and Responses to Protective Therapies during Critical Windows of Development. Circulating Molecular and Cellular Biomarkers in Cancer / Ilaria Chiodi, A Ivana Scovassi, Chiara Mondello
    Global Profiling Platforms and Data Integration to Inform Systems Biology and Translational Toxicology / Barbara A Wetmore
    Developing a Translational Toxicology Therapeutic Portfolio for Cancer Risk Reduction / Rebecca Johnson, David Kerr
    Ethical Considerations in Developing Strategies for Protecting Fetuses, Neonates, Children, and Adolescents from Exposures to Hazardous Environmental Agents / David B Resnik, Melissa J Mills.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Hugo Miguel Baptista Carreira dos Santos, editor.
    Summary: Translational Urinomics provides an overview of urine analysis using proteomics, metabolomics, transcriptomics or any combination thereof for the diagnosis and prognosis of diseases related to the urinary system and the kidneys. The text approaches urine biomarkers from a new perspective, incorporating up-to-date studies of mass-spectrometry-based biomarker discovery as well as the latest advances in personalized medicine. The integration of technology-driven techniques, such as OMICS also provides a unique opportunity for improved diagnostics accuracy of urinary-related diseases. For nephrologists and urologists looking for new approaches to well-known problems, this edited volume serves as a valuable guide.

    Contents:
    1. Sample Preparation for High-Throughput Urine Proteomics Using 96-Well Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Membranes
    2. Kidney diseases: the age of molecular markers
    3. Urinary Extracellular Vesicles Magic particles for biomarker discovery
    4. Cardiac troponin T: the impact of posttranslational modifications on analytical immunoreactivity in blood up to the excretion in urine
    5. Research Progress of Urine Biomarkers in the Diagnosis, Treatment, and Prognosis of Bladder Cancer
    6. Urinary markers of podocyte dysfunction in chronic glomerulonephritis
    7. On Research and Translation of Urinary Biomarkers
    8. A Mechanistic-Based and Non-Invasive Approach to Quantify the Capability of Kidney to Detoxify Cysteine-Disulfides
    9. Diagnosis of Fluorosis by analysis of fluoride content in body fluids using ion selective electrode method
    10. Dioctophimosis: a Parasitic Zoonosis of Public Health Importance.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Aldo C. Stamm ; associate editor, João Mangussi-Gomes.
    Summary: "Transnasal endoscopic skull base and brain surgery have undergone major technical advances in recent years. The accumulation of experience and exciting technological innovations - including high-definition cameras, more ergonomic and precise surgical instruments, as well as new hemostatic agents - have enabled safer and more efficacious treatment of lesions affecting highly complex and delicate regions. This fully revised and updated second edition builds on the acclaimed first edition, focusing on the correlation between endoscopic skull base anatomy and state-of-the-art clinical applications. Among these are the transplanum/transtuberculum, transcribrifom, transclival, and craniocervical junction surgical approaches"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Section I. Principles of Transnasal Endoscopic Skull Base and Brain Surgery
    Section II. Management of the Paranasal Sinuses in Transnasal Endoscopic Skull Base and Brain Surgery
    Section III. Transnasal Endoscopic Approach to the Orbit and Optic Nerve
    Section IV. Transnasal Endoscopic Transcribriform Approach
    Section V. Transnasal Endoscopic Transplanum/Transtuberculum Approach
    Section VI.Transnasal Endoscopic Sellar and Parasellar Approaches
    Section VII. Transnasal Endoscopic Transclival Surgery
    Section VIII. Transnasal Endoscopic Transmaxillary/Transpterygoid/Infratemporal Fossa Approaches
    Section IX. Transnasal Endoscopic Approach to the Petrous Apex and Meckel's Cave
    Section X. Transnasal Endoscopic Surgery for Sinus and Skull Base Malignancies
    Section XI. Transnasal Endoscopic Craniocervical Junction Surgery
    Section XII. Transnasal Endoscopic Skull Base and Brain Surgery in Children
    Section XIII. Ventral Skull Base Cerebrospinal Fluid Leaks and Meningo/Encephaloceles
    Section XIV. Complications in Transnasal Endoscopic Skull Base and Brain Surgery.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Manuel Bernal-Sprekelsen, Isabel Vilaseca.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Russell, Jonathon O.; Inabnet III, William B.; Tufano, Ralph P.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Claudio Vicini, Paul T. Hoff, Filippo Montevecchi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Patient Work-Up
    2. Tongue Pathophysiology in OSAS Patients: A Surgically Oriented Perspective
    3. History-Taking and Clinical Examination
    4. Sleep Studies
    5. Imaging
    6. Drug Induced Sedation Endoscopy (DISE)
    7. Patient Selection
    Part II: Surgery.
    8. Transoral Robotic Surgery as Single Level Surgery for Treatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    9. TORS in a Multilevel Procedure
    10. Alternative Procedures
    11. Robotic Setting
    12. Surgical Anatomy in Trans-oral Robotic Procedure: Basic Fundamentals
    13. Trans Oral Robotic Surgery for Obstructive Sleep Apnea Syndrome: An Anesthetists Point of View
    14. Technique: How We do It
    Part III: Post-Operative Concerns
    15. Post-Operative Management of Trans-Oral Robotic Surgery for Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    16. Expected Outcomes
    17. Complication Management
    18. Short- and Long-term Dysphagia
    19. Failures Management
    Part IV: TORS for OSAS in Geographic Perspective: How to Run a Program in Different Countries
    20. The North American Experience
    21. The South American Experience
    22.The European Experience
    23. The Middle East Experience
    24. The Far Eastern Experience
    25. The Australian Experience
    Part V: Research and Future Perspectives
    26. Research and Future Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Lesley A. Sharp.
    Summary: " In The Transplant Imaginary, author Lesley Sharp explores the extraordinarily surgically successful realm of organ transplantation, which is plagued worldwide by the scarcity of donated human parts, a quandary that generates ongoing debates over the marketing of organs as patients die waiting for replacements. These widespread anxieties within and beyond medicine over organ scarcity inspire seemingly futuristic trajectories in other fields. Especially prominent, longstanding, and promising domains include xenotransplantation, or efforts to cull fleshy organs from animals for human use, and bioengineering, a field peopled with "tinkerers" intent on designing implantable mechanical devices, where the heart is of special interest. Scarcity, suffering, and sacrifice are pervasive and, seemingly, inescapable themes that frame the transplant imaginary. Xenotransplant experts and bioengineers at work in labs in five Anglophone countries share a marked determination to eliminate scarcity and human suffering, certain that their efforts might one day altogether eliminate any need for parts of human origin. A premise that drives Sharp's compelling ethnographic project is that high-stakes experimentation inspires moral thinking, informing scientists' determination to redirect the surgical trajectory of transplantation and, ultimately, alter the integrity of the human form. "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Moral Neutrality in Experimental Science
    1. The Reconfigured Body of the Transplant Imaginary
    2. Hybrid Bodies and Animal Science: The Promises of Interspecies Proximity
    3. Artificial Life: Perfecting the Mechanical Heart
    4. Temporality and Social Desire in Anticipatory Science
    Conclusion: The Moral Parameters of Virtuous Science
    Notes
    References
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD120.7 .S492 2014
    1
  • Digital
    editors: Per Ljungman, David Snydman, Michael Boeckh.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to transplant infections
    Part II. Risks and epidemiology of infections after transplantation
    Part III. Specific sites of infection
    Part IV. Bacterial infections
    Part V. Viral infections
    Part VI. Fungal infections
    Part VII. Other infections
    Part VIII. Infection Control
    Part IX. Immune reconstitution strategies for prevention and treatment of infections
    Part X. Hot topics
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    American Nurses Association, International Transplant Nursing Society.
    Contents:
    Contributors
    Overview of content
    Scope of Transplant Nursing Practice
    Standards of transplant nursing practice
    Standards of practice for transplant nursing
    Standards of professional performance for transplant nursing
    Glossary
    References and bibliography
    Appendix A : Transplant Nursing : Scope and standards of practice (2009).
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Paula C. Zimbrean, Yelizaveta Sher, Catherine Crone, Andrea F. DiMartini, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the challenges clinicians face when working with patients facing complicated medical diagnosis for which transplantation is considered. Written by experts in transplant psychiatry, each chapter approaches a common psychiatric challenge faced by transplant candidates and recipients. Chapters meticulously share clinical expertise that provides a framework for future discussions without neglecting the fact that each transplant patient is unique in the complexity of their medical diagnosis. Additionally, the book examines comorbidities in which few specialists have received training, including transplant-related posttraumatic stress disorder, post-transplant cognitive impairment, the collaboration between mental health and transplant clinicians, postoperative seizures, and a wide range of other complicated topics. Transplant Psychiatry is an excellent case-based guide to mental healthcare delivery for all clinicians who may work with transplant patients, including psychiatrists, transplant surgeons, internal medicine specialists, hematologists, transplant social workers and transplant coordinators.

    Contents:
    Patients journey through organ transplantation
    Mood disorders: depressive disorders
    Mood disorders: bipolar disorder spectrum
    The suicidal patient
    Psychotic disorders
    Anxiety disorders: generalized anxiety disorder
    Anxiety disorders: panic disorder
    Anxiety disorders: pre and post-transplant posttraumatic stress disorder
    Personality disorders
    Eating disorders
    Sexual identity disorders
    Delirium
    Neurocognitive disorders in the pre-transplant setting
    Intellectual disability
    Post-operative seizures
    Post-transplant persistent cognitive impairment
    Alcohol
    Opioids
    Cocaine and stimulants
    Cannabinoids
    Nicotine
    Gambling
    Relationship patient-clinicians
    Collaboration between transplant medical team and outside mental health services
    Inter-center collaborations
    The multiple roles of transplant psychiatrist
    When the psychiatrist and the transplant team disagree
    Impact of the transplantation process upon the caregiver
    Challenges with adherence with medical care
    Return to work
    Existential issues in transplantation
    Psychological adaptation post transplantation
    The choice of not pursuing organ transplantation
    Psychiatric impact of steroid treatment
    Immunosuppressants and side effects
    Children
    Psychiatric disease and decision to donate
    Donor-recipient relationship
    Unrelated and/or undirected donation
    Multiple organ donors
    Miscellaneous
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ghaneh Fananapazir, Ramit Lamba, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ronald W. Busuttil, Goran B. Klintmalm.
    Summary: Drs. Busuttil and Klintmalm present Transplantation of the Liver, 3rd Edition, which has been thoroughly revised to offer you the latest protocols, surgical approaches, and techniques used in this challenging procedure. Encompassing today's expert knowledge in the field, this medical reference book is an ideal single source for authoritative, up-to-date guidance on every imaginable aspect of liver transplantation. Understand today's full range of transplantation techniques with complete step-by-step descriptions of each, and access the background information and management options for each hepatic disease entity. Take advantage of detailed discussions of everything from pathophysiology and patient and donor selection, to transplantation anesthesia and operative procedures; immunosuppression; postoperative care; and ethical issues.

    Contents:
    The history of liver transplantation
    Surgical anatomy of the liver
    Molecular and cellular basis of liver failure
    Influence of transplantation on liver surgery
    Organ allocation : the U.S. model
    Organ allocation : the European models
    Donation after cardiac or brain death : regulatory and ethical principles
    Current indications, contraindications, delisting criteria, and timing for transplantation
    Transplantation for hepatitis A and B
    Natural history of hepatitis C
    Transplantation for hepatitis C
    Transplantation for fulminant hepatic failure
    Transplantation for primary biliary cirrhosis
    Transplantation for sclerosing cholangitis
    Transplantation for autoimmune hepatitis
    Transplantation for primary hepatic malignancy
    Transplantation for cholangiocarcinoma
    Transplantation for metastases
    Transplantation for hematological disorders
    Transplantation for Budd-Chiari syndrome
    Transplantation for alcoholic liver disease
    Transplantation for nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
    Unusual indications for transplantation
    General criteria for transplantation in children
    Transplantation for cholestatic liver disease in children
    Transplantation for biliary atresia in children
    Transplantation for metabolic disease in children
    Transplantation for hepatic malignancy in children
    Ethical decisions in transplantation
    Psychiatric assessment of liver transplant candidates
    Pretransplantation evaluation : cardiac
    Pretransplantation evaluation : renal
    Pretransplantation evaluation : infectious disease
    Role of the clinical nurse coordinator
    Radiological evaluation in transplantation
    Monitoring and care
    Nutritional aspects of transplantation in adults
    Management of portal hypertensive hemorrhage
    Portopulmonary hypertension and hepatopulmonary syndrome
    Donor selection and management
    Extended criteria donors
    Donation after cardiac death
    The donor operation
    Principles of liver preservation
    Recipient hepatectomy and grafting
    Anesthesia for liver transplantation
    Imaging techniques for partial grafting
    Living donor transplantation in children
    Living donor transplantation : evaluation and selection in adults
    Adult living donor right hepatectomy and recipient operation
    Adult living donor left hepatectomy and recipient operation
    Split liver transplantation for pediatric and adult recipients
    Split liver transplantation for two adult recipients
    Biliary and vascular reconstruction in living donor transplantation
    Small-for-size syndrome
    Minimally invasive living donor hepatectomy
    Dual grafts for transplantation
    Outcomes of living donor transplantation : the Western perspective
    Outcomes of living donor transplantation : the Eastern perspective
    Ethics in living donor transplantation
    Arterial reconstruction : pitfalls
    Portal vein thrombosis and other venous anomalies
    Combined liver-kidney transplantation
    Retransplantation
    Clinical management of necrotic liver before and after transplantation
    Intestinal and multivisceral transplantation
    Transplantation : situs inversus and polysplenia syndrome
    Auxiliary transplantation
    Postoperative intensive care management in adults
    Postoperative intensive care management in children
    Postoperative management beyond the intensive care unit : adults
    Postoperative care of pediatric transplant recipients
    Transition of pediatric patients to adulthood
    Renal failure in adults
    Graft failure
    Technical problems : biliary
    Arterial complications after transplantation
    Infections after transplantation
    Recurrent hepatitis C after transplantation
    Late complications and recurrence of disease after transplantation
    Neuropsychiatric complications
    Neurological complications
    Role of the posttransplant clinical nurse coordinator
    Histopathology of liver transplantation
    Pathology of nonneoplastic disease after transplantation
    Transplant-related malignancies
    Rejection after transplantation
    Leukocyte chimerism: meaning and consequences
    ABO, tissue typing, and crossmatch incompatibility
    Graft-versus-host disease
    Induction and maintenance of immunosuppression
    Special considerations for immunosuppression in children
    Treatment of acute and chronic rejection
    Novel immunosuppression in patients with hepatic malignancies
    Novel immunosuppressive drugs
    Immunosuppressive biologic agents
    Long-term toxicity of immunosuppressive therapy
    Outcome predictors in transplantation
    U.S. trends in transplantation
    Long-term functional recovery and quality of life
    Survival and quality of life in children
    Genetic and genomic potential in liver transplantation
    Liver and hepatocyte xenotransplantation
    Stem cells and liver regeneration
    Ischemia-reperfusion injury in liver transplantation
    Extracorporeal perfusion for resuscitation of marginal grafts
    Current clinical status of extracorporeal devices.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Gabriel C. Oniscu, John L.R. Forsythe, Elizabeth A. Pomfret, editors.
    Summary: This book describes transplantation surgery techniques, the rationale behind the technique, the possible complications and ways to deal with them. Each chapter is written by an internationally known author, with explanatory text and medical illustrations.

    Contents:
    Insertion of Central Venous Catheters for Haemodealysis
    Creation of Endogenous Arteriovenous Fistulae and Arteriovenous Communication by using Endogenous and Sythetic Grafts
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Abdominal Multi-Organ Retrieval from Heart Beating Cadaveric Donor
    Abdominal Multi-Organ Retrieval from Non Heart Beating Cadaveric Donor
    Thoracic Multi-Organ Retrieval from Heart and Non-Heart Beating Cadaveric Donor
    Organ Preservation
    Heart Transplantation
    Lung Transplantation
    Kidney Transplantation
    Pancreas Transplantation
    Interventional Radiological Techniques in Kidney and Pancreas Transplantation
    Liver Transplantation
    Small Bowel Transplantation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Nadey Hakim, Mehmet Haberal, Daniel Maluf, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Contents
    1: Organ Transplantation: A Historical Perspective
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Early History of Organ Transplantation
    1.3 The Science of Immunology
    1.4 The Beginning of the Modern Era of Kidney Transplantation
    1.5 Renal Transplantation Between Identical Twins
    1.6 Developments in Transplant Immunology
    1.7 Towards Success in the Clinic
    1.8 Other Early Immunosuppression Strategies: Anti-Lymphocyte Antibody Therapy
    1.9 Histocompatibility Antigens, the Development of Tissue Typing, and the Advent of Organ Sharing 1.10 Advances in Organ Preservation
    1.11 Early Attempts at Heart Transplantation
    1.12 Brain Death
    1.13 The First Attempts at Lung and Heart-Lung Transplantation
    1.14 Early Attempts at Transplantation of the Liver
    1.15 Early Attempts at Pancreas Transplantation
    1.16 Modern Immuno suppression: Calcineurin Inhibitors
    1.17 The Modern Era of Organ Transplantation
    1.18 New Plastic Transplants
    1.19 Xenotransplantation and Future Directions
    1.20 Conclusion
    1.21 Questions
    References 2: Tissue Typing, Crossmatching and the Allocation of Deceased Donor Kidney Transplants
    2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Tissue Typing
    2.1.1.1 Serological Tissue Typing
    2.1.2 Molecular Tissue Typing
    2.2 Epitopes
    2.2.1 Crossmatching
    2.2.1.1 The CDC Crossmatch
    2.2.1.2 The Flow Crossmatch
    2.2.1.3 The Virtual Crossmatch
    2.2.1.4 Clinical Uses of Crossmatching
    Assessing the Degree of HLA Sensitisation: Panel Reactive Antibodies
    Determining the Immunological Risk of a Transplant Pairing
    2.2.1.5 Cellular Crossmatching 2.2.2 Allocation of Deceased Donor Kidneys for Transplantation
    2.2.2.1 Principles of Allocation: Equity and Fairness Versus Utility
    2.3 Utility
    2.3.1 Longevity Matching
    2.3.1.1 Facilitating "Young to Young" and Avoiding "Young to Old"
    2.3.1.2 Facilitating "Old to Old"
    2.3.1.3 Kidney Donor Profile Index (KDPI) and Estimated Post-Transplant Survival (EPTS)
    2.3.2 HLA Matching
    2.4 Equity and Fairness
    2.4.1 Waiting Time
    2.4.2 Sensitisation
    2.4.3 Prior Living Kidney Donors
    2.4.4 Blood Group
    2.5 Medical Urgency and Needs
    2.5.1 Inadequate Dialysis 2.5.2 Paediatric Bonus
    2.5.3 Changes to the Kidney Allocation System (KAS) in the United States
    References
    3: The Immunobiology of Transplant Rejection and Acceptance
    3.1 Introduction
    3.1.1 Immune Response to Transplanted Tissue
    3.2 The Innate Immune System
    3.3 Role of Innate Immune System in Allograft Rejection
    3.4 The Adaptive Immune System
    3.4.1 Cells of the Adaptive Immune System
    3.4.1.1 T Cells
    3.4.1.2 Helper T Cells
    3.4.1.3 Type 1 Helper Cells
    3.4.1.4 Type 2 Helper Cells
    3.4.1.5 Cytotoxic T Cells
    3.4.1.6 T Regulatory Cells
    3.4.2 Role of Tregs in Experimental Allograft Tolerance.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Gerhard F. Ecker, Rasmus P. Clausen, and Harald H. Sitte.
    Contents:
    Insights into transporter classifications: an outline of transporters as drug targets / Michael Viereck, Anna Gaulton, and Daniela Digles
    New trends in antidepressant drug research / Benny Bang-Andersen, Klaus P. Bøgesø, Jan Kehler, and Connie Sánchez
    The molecular basis of the interaction between drugs and neurotransmitter transporters / Harald H. Sitte, Thomas Stockner, and Michael Freissmuth
    γ-aminobutyric acid and glycine neurotransmitter transporters / Petrine Wellendorph, Julie Jacobsen, Jonas Skovgaard-Petersen, Andreas Jurik, Stine B. Vogensen, Gerhard Ecker, Arne Schousboe, Povl Krogsgaard-Larsen, and Rasmus P. Clausen
    ABC transporters: from targets to antitargets and back / Gerhard F. Ecker
    ABC transporters involved in cholestasis / Frans J.C. Cuperus, Julien Gautherot, Emina Halilbasic, Thierry Claudel, and Michael Trauner
    Recent advances in structural modeling of ABC transporters / Dennis Haake, Peter Chiba, and Gerhard F. Ecker
    PET imaging of ABC transporters at the blood-brain barrier / Oliver Langer
    The systems biology of transporters: targeting the regulatory system for transporters (FXR/RXR)
    ANO1 as a novel drug target / Anke Bill and Larry Alex Gaither
    Ligand discovery for the nutrient transporters ASCT2 and LAT-1 from homology modeling and virtual screening / Claire Colas and Avner Schlessinger
    Organic anion transporting polypeptides as drug targets / Eleni Kotsampasakou and Gerhard F. Ecker.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Aaron M. Fischman, Rahul S. Patel, Robert A. Lookstein, editors.
    Summary: This book provides how-to recommendations and detailed guides for using transradial access in interventional radiology. A relatively new and growing technique, transradial access is most commonly found within interventional cardiology. This book approaches those cardiac uses of transradial access while extending its use to other body sites and disease states. The book details the interventional radiologist's transition to using transradial access across a broad spectrum of clinical applications, allowing them to better introduce it into their practice and to their patients. The text is divided into three sections: overview, clinical applications, and novel applications and techniques. The first section covers the history of transradial access, the initial patient assessment, and how to prepare for a procedure. The second section is divided into different diseases and interventional situations where transradial access could be considered, including subclavian artery stenosis and endovascular neurosurgery. The third section includes coverage of how to perform the latest techniques and projections for future procedures. This guide provides a manual of operations to assist in the setup of the practice, from office visit to procedure room to recovery across a variety of service lines and patient populations. Key take home points and equipment summaries accompany each chapter, allowing the user to easily navigate the book to accelerate his or her practice. This is an ideal guide for interventional radiologists. .

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Overview
    History
    Physical Exam and Assessment
    Nursing Assessment
    Procedure Suite Set-Up
    Recovery Room Implications
    SECTION II: Clinical Applications
    Renal and Mesenteric Artery Disease
    Interventional Oncology
    Peripheral Arterial Disease (Aorto-Iliac)
    Subclavian Artery Stenosis
    Pelvic Embolization
    Hemodialysis Access Interventions
    Carotid and Vertebral Interventions
    Endovascular Neurosurgery
    Acute Hemorrhage and Trauma
    SECTION III: Novel Applications and Techniques
    Ulnar Artery Access
    Distal Radial Artery Access
    Bariatric Embolization
    Infrainguinal Endovascular Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yujie Zhou, Ferdinand Kiemeneij, Shigeru Saito, Wei Liu, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Edward R. Laws, Jr., Aaron A. Cohen-Gadol, Theodore H. Schwartz, Jason P. Sheehan, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Simona Odella.
    Summary: This book describes the anatomy and biomechanics of the trapeziometacarpal joint and explains the pathogenesis and treatment of trapeziometacarpal joint osteoarthritis, also known as rhizarthrosis. The discussion of treatment sets out both conservative and surgical approaches, clearly explaining the indications for the various options, as well as their advantages and disadvantages. The trapeziometacarpal joint is a phylogenetically recent articulation that permits the pinching movements of the index finger and thumb so important in daily activities. Degenerative disease involving the trapeziometacarpal joint is an important disabling condition that affects predominantly females over 50 years old. Although a number of treatments are now available, there is no single gold standard. Conservative treatments can control pain yet are unable to halt progression of the articular aging, while none of the surgical solutions employed when conservative treatments prove insufficient can be considered perfect. For example, use of a spacer can restore strength but does not always completely alleviate pain while arthroplasty eradicates pain within a few weeks but cannot restore strength. In thoroughly reviewing the available treatments, this book will enable the practitioner to select the best option for the individual patient.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the trapeziometacarpal joint
    Physical and radiological evaluation
    Etiopathology
    Non-surgical treatment
    Portals in the arthoscopy of the wrist and of the small joints
    Trapeziometacarpal joint arthrosis : arthroscopic treatment
    Surgical approaches and techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Cea, Leopoldo,.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Análisis de la sangre.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J145 .C38 1940
    1
  • Print
    Pérez Fontana, Velarde.
    Contents:
    v. 1., fasc.
    1. Echinococcus granulosus.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L242 .P43 1944
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Ernest E. Moore, David V. Feliciano, Kenneth L. Mattox.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2017
  • Digital
    editors, David V. Feliciano, Kenneth L. Mattox, Ernest E. Moore.
    Summary: "Unparalleled in its breadth and depth of expertly crafted content, Trauma takes you through the full range of injuries you are likely to encounter. With a full-color atlas of anatomic drawings and surgical approaches, this trusted classic provides thorough coverage of kinematics and the mechanisms of trauma injury, the epidemiology of trauma, injury prevention, the basics of trauma systems, triage, and transport, and more. It then reviews generalized approaches to the trauma patient, from pre-hospital care and managing shock, to emergency department thoracotomy and the management of infections; delivers a clear, organ-by-organ survey of treatment protocols; and shows how to handle specific challenges in trauma--including alcohol and drug abuse, and combat-related wounds--in addition to post-traumatic complications such as multiple organ failure."--From the publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2021
  • Digital
    Kristen L. Eckstrand, Jennifer Potter, editors.
    Summary: This book has two goals: to educate healthcare professionals about the effect of identity-based adversity on the health of their LGBT patients, and to outline how providers can use the clinical encounter to promote LGBT patients' resilience in the face of adversity and thereby facilitate recovery. Toward this end, it addresses trauma in LGBT populations; factors that contribute to resilience both across the lifespan and in specific groups; and strategies for promoting resilience in clinical practice. Each chapter includes a case scenario with discussion questions and practice points that highlight critical clinical best practices. The editors and contributors are respected experts on the health of LGBT people, and the book will be a "first of its kind" resource for all clinicians who wish to become better educated about, and provide high quality healthcare to, their LGBT patients.

    Contents:
    PART 1: OVERVIEW OF TRAUMA IN LGBT POPULATIONS
    1. Intersection of Trauma and Identity
    2. Medical Intervention and LGBT People: A Brief History
    3. Conceptualizing Trauma in Clinical Settings: Iatrogenic Harm and Bias
    4. Impact of Stress and Strain on Current LGBT Health Disparities
    PART 2: RESILIENCE ACROSS THE LIFESPAN
    5. The Role of Resilience and Resilience Characteristics in Health Promotion
    6. Childhood and Adolescence
    7. Resilience Across the Lifespan: Adulthood
    8. Older Adults
    PART 3: RESILIENCE IN SPECIFIC POPULATIONS
    9. Transgender and Gender Nonconforming Individuals
    10. Understanding Trauma and Supporting Resilience with LGBTQ People of Color
    11. LGBT Forced Migrants
    12. Lesbian and Bisexual Women
    13. Institutionalization and Incarceration of LGBT Individuals
    PART 4: RESILIENCE PROMOTION IN CLINICAL PRACTICE
    14. An Overview of Trauma-Informed Care
    15. Screening and Assessment of Trauma in Clinical Populations
    16. Patients and their Bodies: The Physical Exam
    17. Motivational Interviewing for LGBT Patients
    18. Promoting Healthy LGBT Interpersonal Relationships
    19.Community Responses to Trauma
    20. Resilience Development among LGBT Health Practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Sam D. Hutchings.
    Contents:
    1. Treating the Critically Injured Military Patient / Sam D. Hutchings
    2. Evolution and Organisation of Trauma Services / C. Andrew Eynon
    3. Pre-hospital Management of the Critically Injured Patient / Paul S. C. Rees
    4. The Trauma Team and Initial Management of the Critically Injured Patient / Simon J. Mercer
    5. Haemodynamic Resuscitation Following Traumatic Haemorrhagic Shock: An Overview / William R. O. Davies and Sam D. Hutchings
    6. Haemodynamic Optimisation of the Critically Injured Patient / William R. O. Davies and Sam D. Hutchings
    7. Blood Product and Fluid Therapy in the Critically Injured Patient / William R. O. Davies and Sam D. Hutchings
    8v Management of the Patient with Trauma Induced Coagulopathy / Sam D. Hutchings and Catherine M. Doran
    9. Thoracic Trauma and Management of Ventilation in the Critically Injured Patient / Michael C. Reade
    10. Management of Blast Related Injuries / Emrys Kirkman and Michael C. Reade
    11. Managing Severe Traumatic Brain Injury Outside of the Neurosciences Critical Care Unit / George Evetts and Sam D. Hutchings
    12. Management of the Critically Ill Burns Patient / Anthony D. Holley
    13. General Surgical Problems in the Critically Injured Patient / David N. Naumann and Mark Midwinter
    14. Orthopaedic Problems in the Critically Injured Patient / Edward Spurrier and Sarah A. Stapley
    15. Imaging the Critically Injured Patient / David A. T. Gay and Jonathan Crighton
    16. Management of Sedation, Analgesia and Delirium in Critically Injured Patients / Stephen Lewis and Kate Prior
    17. Nutrition in the Critically Injured Patient / Stephanie R. Strachan and Karen Friend
    18. Venous Thromboembolism in Critically Injured Patients / Ian Ewington
    19. Aeromedical Evacuation and Transfer of the Critically Injured Patient / Ian Ewington.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Meryam Schouler-Ocak, editor
    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Relevance of Trauma in Immigrants
    Cross-cultural Communication with Traumatised Immigrants
    Cross-cultural Competence in Handling with Traumatised Immigrants
    Clinical Diagnostic of Traumatised Immigrants
    Treatment Process of Traumatized immigrant Children and Adolescent
    Trauma-centered Therapy with EMDR
    Refugees and Asylum Seeker and Trauma
    Expert Opinion of Traumatised Immigrants
    Injured Helper
    Immigrants in an Outpatient Clinic for Traumatised Immigrants
    Cross-cultural Psychotherapy with Immigrants from Operational Zone
    Therapy Concept for Traumatised Refugees in Denmark
    Rethinking Trauma as a Global Challenge.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eduardo Büchele Rodrigues, Carsten Helmut Meyer, Eduardo Tomazoni, editors.
    Summary: This atlas presents common and rare traumatic conditions of the retina and related intraocular tissues (choroidal rupture, commotio retinae, intraocular foreign body). It also covers intraocular tumors and congenital conditions such as myelinated retinal nerve fibers. Including numerous high-quality figures using various modalities, the book reviews the basic management principles in a reader-friendly style to help readers gain a better understanding of the diseases discussed. Trauma and Miscellaneous Disorders in Retina is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas. This series provides comprehensive information on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, ocular inflammatory disease, retinal degeneration, retinal surgery, macular disorders, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma.

    Contents:
    Posterior segment trauma and choroidal folds
    Choroidal rupture
    Commotio retinae
    Valsalva retinopathy
    Purtscher's retinopathy
    Subhyaloid hemorrhage, traumatic macular hole and electric burn
    Retained intraocular foreign body
    Traumatic optic pit maculopathy
    Optic nerve avulsion and hemorrhagic choroidal detachment
    Congenital optic disc pit
    Melanocytoma of optic nerve
    Optic disc drusen
    Retinal diseases in pregnancy
    Cancer therapy-associated retinopathy
    Myelinated retinal nerve fibers
    Synchisis scintillans and asteroid hyalosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nick G. Lasanianos, Nikolaos K. Kanakaris, Peter V. Giannoudis, editors.
    Summary: Reporting on classification systems which are currently utilised in the clinical setting, this illustrated guide is an essential resource for all young clinicians and researchers of Trauma and Orthopaedics. Each chapter of the different anatomical sites and pathologies is designed to assist the decision making of the readers regarding treatment strategy as well as informed consent of their patients. Trauma and Orthopaedic Classifications: A Comprehensive Overview includes classifications relevant to both Elective Orthopaedic Practice and Orthopaedic Trauma. Clear graphic illustrations accompany the description of all different classification schemes in a comprehensive manner, together with a structured presentation of existing clinical evidence. Surgeons in training right through to senior surgeons and academic clinicians will find this book to be a key reference to formulate the right decisions in their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Upper limb trauma
    Upper limb pathology
    Spine trauma
    Spine orthopaedic pathology
    Lower limb trauma
    Lower limb pathology
    General trauma
    Orthopaedic pathology ? Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Evelyn J. Bromet, Elie G. Karam, Karestan C. Koenen, Dan J. Stein.
    Summary: "PTSD is a chronic, under-detected and under-treated psychiatric consequence of trauma that is often linked to new-onset medical and psychological conditions, impaired quality of life and long-term disability across the globe. This book is the first systematic analysis of the rates, risk factors, consequences and global burden of trauma and PTSD across a variety of wealthy and underdeveloped settings. An analysis of a global survey conducted by the World Health Organization and featuring findings from over 70,000 participants around the world, this text demonstrates a unique perspective on the prevalence of exposure to trauma and PTSD and the impact it has on population health. The findings inside this text underscore the urgent need for policymakers and healthcare providers to prioritize interventions aimed at reducing the burden of trauma, PTSD and its consequences"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Jeffrey S. Young.
    Summary: Managing a trauma center involves complex clinical care, long nights and days, administrative work, self-examination, critical review of patient care and significant regulatory requirements. Performance improvement is the key element of trauma center effectiveness. No trauma center provides flawless care, thus all centers have opportunities to improve. A competent performance improvement program is critical to trauma center outcomes. This book provides key information on all aspects of trauma PI program management. In some ways, PI is an art more than a science, so the more interaction program leaders have with strong PI programs, the more they can learn about how to improve their processes. The book outlines the generally accepted processes for identification of opportunities for improvement, which are the key component of performance improvement. This includes: rounding with care teams, contemporaneous chart review, audit filters, and voluntary submissions to the trauma program for review. This book explains how to triage opportunities for improvement, analyze them, form corrective actions, and finally achieve loop closure. The book covers the roles of the personnel in the PI program, what is required to dissect the opportunity to determine action plans, how to document the entire process, and how to keep track of opportunities for improvement to ensure that your program is progressively improving care. The final sections of the book deal with specific opportunities for improvement, action plans, and loop closure through the use of case studies. The book serves as a follow-up to Dr. Jeffrey Young's recently published book Trauma Centers, which serves as a quick guide to the key components of trauma center administration, management, and patient care.

    Contents:
    What is PI? (and what it is not)
    Philosophy of PI
    PI Techniques and Tools
    Program personnel and regulatory requirements
    Program setup
    Trauma registries and other data sources
    Event identification
    Levels of review
    Documentation of PI process and meeting minutes
    Loop closure
    Types of issues
    Complex opportunities for improvement and difficult loop closure
    Inspection of PI process by reviewers
    Performance Improvement Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jeffrey S. Young.
    Summary: This book is a quick guide to the key components of trauma center administration, management, and patient care. This book provides essential information for hospitals working toward trauma center designation, and for established trauma centers who want to improve their performance. This book provides trauma center personnel with a comprehensive overview of trauma center administrative structure, basic clinical operations, performance improvement and site visit preparation and examines the most common critical injuries seen by trauma centers to demonstrate how a properly functioning center addresses multiple priorities in critically ill patients. This book provides critical information for hospitals looking toward becoming a trauma center and established trauma centers that wants to improve their performance.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2.Trauma Center Structure
    3.Trauma Center Leadership
    4. Trauma Center Operations
    5.Treatment of Injured Patients
    6.Fundamentals of Performance Improvement
    7. Performance Improvement Processes
    8.Guideline Creation and Implementation
    9. Benchmarking and Optimization of Care
    10. Your American College of Surgeons or State Trauma Center Site Visit
    11.Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Osvaldo Chiara, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an overview of acute care surgery around the world, focusing on the four main branches of this novel subdiscipline: trauma, general emergencies, critical care, and rescue surgery. The book's primary goal is to provide a general view of acute care surgery, while addressing the most important issues in depth. The content is divided into three parts, the first of which is dedicated to the general organization of trauma centers, including the composition of modern trauma teams. Protocols of activation and action for the trauma team, as well as damage control procedures both in the emergency room and in the surgical theatre, are described. The book also addresses the development of a trauma registry, together with the quality assessment process that can be applied. In turn, the second part describes the principal protocols for making diagnoses, with special attention to circumstances such as unstable hemodynamics, neurological deterioration, normal vital signs, and penetrating injuries. The book subsequently deals with the most important aspects of trauma to the abdomen, chest, and pelvis, with notes on both surgical and intensive care issues. Practical descriptions of how to treat principal injuries to various organs are also provided. Finally, the third part of the book is dedicated to the most frequent general surgical emergencies and rescue surgical approaches, and includes information on diagnostic support with point of care ultrasound and endoscopic advanced techniques. Presenting cutting-edge strategies, this book will be of interest to professionals involved in surgical and intensive care for emergency conditions, such as colonic perforations, obstructions, acute pancreatitis, biliary tree stones, and caustic injuries.

    Contents:
    1 The tale of two cities: the development of trauma and acute care surgery
    2 Organization and training in trauma and acute care surgery in Italy
    3 The development of a regional trauma registry
    4 Quality assessment in acute care surgery
    5 Diagnostic protocols in trauma care
    6 Damage control surgery. An Update
    7 Damage control resuscitation and massive transfusion
    8 REBOA in exanguinating torso haemorrhage
    9 Definitive Care of abdominal solid organ injuries
    10 Trauma to the chest: the role of trauma surgeon
    11 Abdomino-pelvic trauma
    12 The open abdomen: indications and techniques
    13 Entero-atmospheric fistula: a challenge of acute care surgery
    14 Operative endoscopy in acute care surgery
    15 Point of Care Ultrasounds in acute care surgery
    16 Large bowel emergencies
    17 Biliary emergencies
    18 Step-up approach in acute pancreatitis
    19 Source control in abdominal sepsis
    20 Laparoscopy in acute care surgery
    21 Caustic injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Adonis Nasr... [et al.], editors.
    Summary: The Golden Hour is a well-established concept in emergency medicine, related to the critical period of one hour after an injury, accident or trauma. This term implies that the mortality rates increase substantially if efficient care is not provided within 60 minutes after the trauma. This book is intended as a practical manual in Trauma Care within the context of the golden hour, addressing all trauma types and all body parts. Readers will find essential decision-making algorithms and protocols with commentary for traumas, along with easily accessible information on how to treat patients in a very practical and handy fashion. Furthermore, the content is presented in a didactic way suitable for a wide audience, from medical students who want to learn about the basics of trauma care to experienced surgeons seeking a comprehensive guide to trauma-related interventions. The book combines contributions from experts at two renowned Trauma Centers, the Hospital do Trabalhador at Curitiba, Brazil, and the Ryder Trauma Center in Miami, USA. Therefore, considering the different local environments and resources, the book provides distinct perspectives for several injuries, presenting the state of the art in Trauma Care. The diversity of perspectives in this book contributes to a global health care approach suitable for trauma-related events from developed countries to remote areas. The Trauma Golden Hour - A Practical Guide celebrates the Centennial Anniversary of the Federal University of Parana (Brazil), the 25th Anniversary of the Ryder Trauma Center (USA) and the 20th Anniversary of the Hospital do Trabalhador (Brazil).

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    1: A Brief History of Trauma; 1.1 The Evolution of Trauma; 1.2 The Historical Foundations of Trauma Care; 1.3 History and Development of Trauma Care Systems; References;
    2: Trauma Epidemiology; References;
    3: Critical Care in Trauma; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 ICU Structures; 3.3 Basics of ICU Care; 3.3.1 Ventilatory Support; 3.3.2 When to Intubate; 3.3.3 How to Intubate; 3.3.4 Weaning and Extubation; 3.3.5 Principles and Goals of Sedation; 3.3.6 Prevention of Pneumonia 3.3.7 Deep Vein Thrombosis Pulmonary Embolism Prophylaxis and ManagementBibliography;
    4: Injury Severity Scoring; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Injury Scores; 4.2.1 Anatomic-Based Scores; 4.2.2 Physiologic-Based Scores; 4.2.3 Combined Scores; References;
    5: Trauma Systems, Trauma Registries, and Prehospital Triage; 5.1 Trauma Systems; 5.2 Trauma Registries; 5.3 Prehospital Triage; 5.4 Special Considerations; Bibliography;
    6: Initial Trauma Care; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Preparation; 6.3 Primary Evaluation and Management; 6.4 Airway with C-Spine Protection 6.5 Breathing and Ventilation6.6 Circulation with Hemorrhage Control; 6.7 Disability: Neurological Status; 6.8 Exposure and Environmental Control; References;
    7: Airway Management; 7.1 Conclusion; Bibliography;
    8: Management of Shock; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Hemorrhagic Shock; 8.3 Neurogenic Shock; 8.4 Septic Shock; 8.5 Cardiogenic Shock; 8.6 Obstructive Shock (Hypertensive Pneumothorax); 8.7 Algorithm; 8.8 Conclusion; Bibliography;
    9: Resuscitative Thoracotomy in Emergency Department; 9.1 Introduction; References;
    10: Traumatic Brain Injury; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Conclusion
    17: Pulmonary Trauma17.1 Clinical Evaluation; 17.2 Thoracic Lesions; 17.3 Pain; 17.4 Pneumothorax; 17.5 Hemothorax; 17.6 Pulmonary Contusion; 17.6.1 Rib Fractures; 17.7 Associated Injuries; 17.8 Conclusion; Bibliography;
    18: Great Vessels and Cardiac Trauma; 18.1 Introduction; Bibliography;
    19: Esophageal Trauma; 19.1 Conclusion; Bibliography;
    20: Diaphragmatic Trauma; 20.1 Introduction; 20.2 Types of Trauma; 20.3 Symptoms; 20.4 Diagnosis; 20.5 Nonoperative Treatment; 20.6 Operative Treatment; 20.7 Complications; 20.8 Conclusion; References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hunter B. Moore, Matthew D. Neal, Ernest E. Moore, editors.
    Contents:
    Historical Perspective of Trauma Induced Coagulopathy
    Epidemiology of Hemorrhage-related Mortality
    Cell-Mediated Hemostasis
    Thrombin-Antithrombin System
    Physiology of Hemostasis: Plasmin-antiplasmin system
    Thrombin Formation
    Platelets
    Fibrinogen
    Defining and Assessing the Endotheliopathy of Trauma and its Implications on Trauma Induced Coagulopathy and Trauma Related Outcomes
    Protein C
    Fibrinolysis Dysregulation following Trauma
    Complement System
    Neutrophils, Inflammation and Innate Immunity in Trauma-Induced Coagulopathy
    Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
    Grading Clinical Coagulopathy and Predicting Massive Transfusion
    Prothrombin and Partial Thromboplastin Time
    Fibrinogen Assays
    Rotational Thromboelastometry (ROTEM®)
    Thromboelastography (TEG® 5000 and TEG® 6s Hemostasis Analyzers with TEG Manager® Software)
    Red Blood Cell Transfusions
    Plasma Transfusion
    Cryoprecipitate/ Fibrinogen Concentrate Transfusions
    Platelet Transfusion
    Whole Blood for the Resuscitation of Massively Bleeding Civilian Patients
    Adjunct Factor Replacement
    Anti-fibrinolytics
    Ratio Driven Massive Transfusion Protocols
    Goal-Directed Massive Transfusion Management
    Pre-Hospital Resuscitation
    Venous Thromboembolism after Trauma
    Fibrinolysis Shutdown and Venous Thromboembolism
    Congenital and Acquired Hypercoagulable States
    Pediatrics
    Traumatic Brain Injury-Induced Coagulopathy
    Blunt Solid Organ Injury: A Call for Timely Chemoprophylaxis in the Setting of Early Hypercoagulability
    Pregnancy
    Liver Failure
    Pulmonary Coagulation in the Pathogenesis of Trauma-Associated Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Management of Chronically Anticoagulated Patients
    Randomized Controlled Trials: Informing Clinical Practice for Traumatically Injured Patients
    The Quantra® System and SEER Sonorheometry
    Dried Plasma for Trauma Resuscitation
    Synthetic Blood Substitutes
    Flow-Based Coagulation and Fibrinolysis Assays
    Animal Models of Coagulopathy
    Applications of Viscoelastic Hemostatic Assays at the Site of Care: Considerations and Implications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mary E. Coughlin, MS, NNP, RNC-E.
    Contents:
    Trauma and the NICU experience
    Core measures for age-appropriate care
    Trauma-informed, age-appropriate care in the NICU
    Summary : the need for standardization of trauma-informed age-appropriate care in the NICU
    Guidelines for the healing environment
    Guidelines for pain and stress prevention, assessment, management, and family
    Guidelines for protected sleep
    Guidelines for activities of daily living
    Guidelines for family collaborative care
    Meeting the needs of the neonatal clinician
    Self-care guidelines for the neonatal clinician.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Megan R. Gerber, editor.
    Summary: Interpersonal trauma is ubiquitous and its impact on health has long been understood. Recently, however, the critical importance of this issue has been magnified in the public eye. A burgeoning literature has demonstrated the impact of traumatic experiences on mental and physical health, and many potential interventions have been proposed. This volume serves as a detailed, practical guide to trauma-informed care. Chapters provide guidance to both healthcare providers and organizations on strategies for adopting, implementing and sustaining principles of trauma-informed care. The first section maps out the scope of the problem and defines specific types of interpersonal trauma. The authors then turn to discussion of adaptations to care for special populations, including sexual and gender minority persons, immigrants, male survivors and Veterans as these groups often require more nuanced approaches. Caring for trauma-exposed patients can place a strain on clinicians, and approaches for fostering resilience and promoting wellness among staff are presented next. Finally, the book covers concrete trauma-informed clinical strategies in adult and pediatric primary care, and women's health/maternity care settings. Using a case-based approach, the expert authors provide real-world front line examples of the impact trauma-informed clinical approaches have on patients' quality of life, sense of comfort, and trust. Case examples are discussed along with evidence based approaches that demonstrate improved health outcomes. Written by experts in the field, Trauma-Informed Healthcare Approaches is the definitive resource for improving quality care for patients who have experienced trauma. .

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction and the Scope of the Problem
    Trauma: A Pervasive Adverse Health Exposure
    Trauma and the Medical Patient
    Section II: Special Populations
    Men / Men of Color
    Immigrants and Cultural Competency
    LGBTQ Persons
    Section III: Helping Providers
    Vicarious Traumatization and the PCP
    Fostering Resilience and Self Care
    Section IV: Clinical Strategies
    Adult Primary Care
    Gynecology/Women's Health
    Family Practice / Pediatric Care
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Trauma management to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    editors, Andrew B. Peitzman, Donald M. Yealy, Timothy C. Fabian, C. William Schwab, Francis X. Guyette, Mark J. Seamon, Brian S. Zuckerbraun.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    S. Di Saverio, G. Tugnoli, F. Catena, L. Ansaloni, N. Naidoo, editors ; foreword by Zsolt J. Balogh.
    Summary: Trauma surgery has increasingly become a specialized field inspired by different principles and philosophy. A good trauma surgeon is a surgeon who knows how to perform abdominal vascular, thoracic, urologic, gynecologic, and orthopaedic procedures and is able to repair multiple traumatic injuries in the best sequence possible. In this first volume, practical, up-to-date guidance is provided on the optimal critical care and ICU management of trauma patients. In addition, individual chapters focus on specific injuries in orthopaedic trauma (and especially spinal trauma) and neurotrauma, with the aim of providing a fresh view of the surgical approach and practical suggestions for improving the skills of treating surgeons. Educational issues and the organization of a trauma center are also covered. The volume will be a handy pocket guide for trainee surgeons and any surgeon, physician, or nurse who treats trauma patients. It will be particularly relevant for emergency department physicians, critical care and ICU doctors, orthopaedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, and professionals responsible for trauma care and decision making, programs of trauma education, or organization of a trauma center.

    Contents:
    1. Training, Education, and Decision-Making in Trauma Surgery / Hee Soo Jung and Lena M. Napolitano
    2. Management of the Polytrauma Patient / David J.J. Muckart and Noel Naidoo
    3. Damage Control Resuscitation / Juan Carlos Duchesne, Bruno Monteiro Pereira, and Gustavo Pereira Fraga
    4. Principles and Philosophy of Damage Control Surgery / Fredric M. Pieracci and Ernest E. Moore
    5. Surgical Treatment of Pelvic Fractures / Raffaele Pascarella, Luigi Rizzi, Claudio Castelli, and Rocco Politano
    6. Surgery of the Cervical Spine Trauma / Federico De Iure and Luca Amendola
    7. Surgery of the Thoracolumbar Spine Trauma / Ralf H. Gahr and Mathias Spalteholz
    8. Trauma Surgery of the Extremities / Ralf H. Gahr and Matthias Spalteholz
    9. Minimally Invasive Approach and Endovascular Techniques for Vascular Trauma / Joseph J. DuBose, Megan Brenner, and Thomas M. Scalea
    10. Interventional Techniques for Hemorrhage Control in Trauma / Robert Short, Alan Murdock, Phillip Orons, and Andrew B. Peitzman
    11. Management of Penetrating Neck Injuries / Patrizio Petrone, Juan M. Verde, and Juan A. Asensio
    12. Acute Traumatic Brain Injuries and Their Management / Michael M. Krausz, Itamar Ashkenazi, and Jean F. Soustiel
    13. Establishing a Trauma Service / David J.J. Muckart and Noel Naidoo
    14. Multiple Organ Failure in Trauma Patients / Francesco Del Corso, Carlo Coniglio, Aimone Giugni, Francesca Mengoli, Francesco Boni, Ilaria Turriziani, Gregorio Tugnoli, Salomone Di Saverio, and Giovanni Gordini
    15. Infections in Trauma Patients / Massimo Sartelli and Cristian Tranà.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by S. Di Saverio, G. Tugnoli, F. Catena, L. Ansaloni, N. Naidoo.
    Summary: Trauma surgery has increasingly become a specialized field inspired by different principles and philosophy. A good trauma surgeon is a surgeon who knows how to perform abdominal, vascular, thoracic, urologic, gynecologic, and orthopaedic procedures and is able to repair multiple traumatic injuries in the best sequence possible. In this second volume the focus is exclusively on thoracic and abdominal trauma, with coverage of injuries to all regions. The surgical techniques employed in managing such trauma are carefully described with the aid of high-quality illustrations. Exploratory surgery (via either laparotomy or laparoscopy), damage control surgery, and definitive surgery are all fully covered, and attention is drawn to important technical tips and tricks. The volume will be a handy pocket guide for trainee surgeons who are beginning to deal with severe multiple trauma patients, as well as for all general or specialty surgeons and professionals (including scrub nurses and theatre staff) who are involved in trauma care and wish to keep abreast of developments in this complex field.

    Contents:
    1. Trauma Laparotomy / Gustavo Pereira Fraga and Sandro Rizoli
    2. Laparoscopy for Trauma: When, What, How? / Selman Uranues and Abe Fingerhut
    3. Thoracic Damage Control / Dennis Y. Kim and Raul Coimbra
    4. Vascular Damage Control / Kenji Inaba and Demetrios Demetriades
    5. Pelvic Damage Control / Stefania Cimbanassi and Osvaldo Chiara
    6. Surgical Treatment of Thoracic Trauma: Lung / Peter Fagenholz and George Velmahos 7. Surgical Treatment of Thoracic Trauma: Mediastinum / Sergio Nicola Forti Parri and Maurizio Boaron
    8. Surgical Treatment of Liver and Biliary Tree Trauma / Walter L. Biffl and Carlton C. Barnett Jr.
    9. Surgical Treatment of Spleen Trauma / Salomone Di Saverio, Eleonora Giorgini, Andrea Biscardi, Andrea Sibilio, Silvia Villani, Noel Naidoo, Fausto Catena, and Gregorio Tugnoli
    10. Surgical Treatment of Duodenal Trauma / Cino Bendinelli and Osamu Yoshino
    11. Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic Trauma / Ari K. Leppäniemi
    12. Surgical Treatment of Gastric Injury / Francesco Buccoliero and Paolo Ruscelli
    13. Traumatic Small Bowel and Mesentery Injuries (SBMI) / Giorgio Rossi, Salomone Di Saverio, Antonio Tarasconi, and Fausto Catena
    14. Surgical Management of Traumatic Colon and Rectal Injuries / Rahul J. Anand and Rao R. Ivatury
    15. Surgical Treatment of Kidney and Urinary Tract Trauma / Vassilis J. Siomos, David Sehrt, and Fernando J. Kim
    16. Gynecological and Obstetric Injuries / Korhan Taviloglu
    17. Major Retroperitoneal Vascular Trauma / Pieter H. Lubbert, Li C. Hsee, and Ian D. Civil
    18. Abdominal Compartment Syndrome and Open Abdomen for Trauma / Stefano M. Calderale, Sergio Ribaldi, Gregorio Tugnoli, Eleonora Giorgini, and Salomone Di Saverio
    19. Abdominal Wall Reconstruction and Biological Prosthesis / Roberto Manfredi, Federico Coccolini, Stefano Magnone, Paolo Bertoli, Dario Piazzalunga, and Luca Ansaloni
    20. Penetrating Trauma of the Chest / Franklin L. Wright and Thomas J. Esposito
    21. Operative Management of Penetrating Trauma of the Abdomen / Noel Naidoo, David J.J. Muckart, T.E. Madiba, and Salomone Di Saverio
    22. Selective Nonoperative Management of Penetrating Trauma of the Abdomen / Pradeep H. Navsaria and Andrew J. Nicol.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lawrence M. Gillman, Sandy Widder, Michael Blaivas, Dimitrios Karakitsos, editors.
    Summary: This is the first book exploring the unique dynamics created by a multidisciplinary trauma team and how crisis management strategies can improve teamwork and communication and, potentially, improve patient resuscitation outcomes. Crisis resource management (CRM) is integral to the way that we manage ourselves, team members, and patients during emergency situations. It is essentially the ability to translate knowledge of what needs to be done into effective actions during a crisis situation. Building on the revolutionary American College of Surgeons Advanced Trauma Life Support (ATLS®) course, Trauma Team Dynamics illustrates the integration of the principles of CRM to team dynamics throughout the resuscitation ? from the scene, through pre-hospital care and transport, to the trauma bay, and finally to definitive care and beyond. The editors and contributors are international experts in trauma, critical care, emergency medicine, nursing, respiratory therapy, and pre-hospital care and include NASA- and United States military-affiliated experts. Trauma Team Dynamics is intended for use as both a day-to-day clinical resource and a reference text, and includes self-assessment questions as well as guidance on CRM curriculum design and implementation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Tsao, Jack W.
    Contents:
    1: Overview of Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI)
    2: Neuroradiological Imaging of Traumatic Brain Injury
    3: Neuropsychological Assessment of mTBI in Adults
    4: Management of Moderate and Severe TBI
    5: Sports Concussion
    6: Blast-Related Concussion
    7: Sleep/Wake Disturbances in Mild Traumatic Brain Injury Patients
    8: Vestibular Consequences of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury (mTBI)
    9: Post-Traumatic Headache
    10: Epileptic and Non-Epileptic Seizures after Traumatic Brain Injury
    11: Post-Traumatic Hypopituitarism: Neuroendocrine Dysfunction and Treatment
    12: Visual Disturbances and Mild Traumatic Brain Injury (mTBI)
    13: Mild TBI and Co-Occurring PTSD Symptoms in Service Member Populations
    14: Behavioral and Psychiatric Comorbidities of TBI
    15: Chronic Effects of TBI in a Military Population
    16: Rehabilitation Following TBI
    17: Interventions to Improve Cognitive Functioning after Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI)
    18: Mild Traumatic Brain Injury (mTBI) Affects the Family, Not Just the Injured Individual
    19: Pediatric Concussion Diagnosis, Management, and Rehabilitation
    20: Chronic Traumatic Encephalopathy
    21: Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI): Current Diagnostic and Therapeutic Challenges
    Appendix: TBI Diagnostic Coding Practices and Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jordan Grafman, Andres M. Salazar.
    Summary: The Handbook of Clinical Neurology volume on traumatic brain injury (TBI) provides the reader with an updated review of emerging approaches to traumatic brain injury (TBI) research, clinical management and rehabilitation of the traumatic brain injury patient. Chapters in this volume range from epidemiology and pathological mechanisms of injury, and neuroprotection to long-term outcomes with a strong emphasis on current neurobiological approaches to describing the consequences and mechanisms of recovery from TBI. The book presents contemporary investigations on blast injury and chronic traumatic encephalopathy, making this state-of-the-art volume a must have for clinicians and researchers concerned with the clinical management, or investigation, of TBI.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    editors, David X. Cifu, Blessen C. Eapen.
    Contents:
    Traumatic brain injury rehabilitation medicine / David X. Cifu & Blessen C. Eapen
    Epidemiology of traumatic brain injury / Jud C. Janak, Mary Jo Pugh & Jean A. Langlois Orman
    Traumatic brain injury diagnosis classification and evaluation / Yevgeny Zadov & Nikole Zadov
    Nonoperative management of acute traumatic brain injury / Ajit B. Pai
    Complications of traumatic brain injury / John Dennis Alfonso, Blessen C. Eapen & David X. Cifu
    Sensory and system deficits following brain injury / Neera Kapoor, John-Ross Rizzo, Derrick Allred & Carlos A. Jaramillo
    Neuropharmacology in the medical management of acute traumatic brain injury / Emerald Lin, Neil N. Jasey, Christine Greiss & Peter Yonclas
    Traumatic brain injury rehabilitation / Michael Yochelson & Amy Murphy
    Imaging evaluation of traumatic brain injury / David F. Tate, Matthew W. Reid & Gerald E. York
    Prognosis in traumatic brain injury / Heidi N. Fusco & Jaime M. Levine
    Sports concussions / Daniel L. Santa Maria & Joshua Goodwin
    Pediatric traumatic brain injury / Udayan Kulkarni & Charles Dillard
    Disorders of consciousness / Brian D Greenwald & Min Jeong Park
    Return to school and return to work after traumatic brain injury / Paul Wehman, Pamela Targett, Charles Dillard & Priya Chandan
    Serum 'central nervous system specific' protein biomarkers of traumatic brain injury / Teresa M. Evans & William E. Haskins
    Emerging therapies in traumatic brain injury / Diana S. Busingye, Renée J. Turner & Robert Vink
    Complementary and alternative medicine in traumatic brain injury / Elizabeth Jayne Halmai & Rebecca N. Tapia.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    Rebecca L. Slayton, Elizabeth A. Palmer.
    Summary: This book is a clinical guide to the prevention and management of traumatic dental injuries, including crown and root fractures and luxation injuries, in children of all ages. Readers will find clear descriptions of the challenges posed by the pediatric population, the evaluation of injuries, diagnosis, management, and follow-up. Whenever available, evidence-based guidelines are used to inform clinicians of the most appropriate care for each type of injury. A holistic approach is adopted, taking into account the child's developmental stage and ability to tolerate the proposed treatment. When indicated, more advanced forms of behavior guidance are discussed to enable the delivery of safe and effective care that will allow the best outcome to be achieved. Often, traumatic dental injuries result in sequelae that compromise the health of the developing permanent teeth. These sequelae and appropriate treatment options are described along with innovative approaches designed to preserve bone and maximize future treatment possibilities. The book will be a valuable asset for both pediatric and general dentists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    1: Introduction: Epidemiology of Traumatic Dental Injuries; 1.1 Pediatric Trauma; 1.2 Trauma Management Education; 1.3 Incidence of TDIs; 1.3.1 Birth to 5 Years; 1.3.2 Age 6-12 Years; 1.3.3 Age 13-18 years; 1.4 Risk Factors; 1.4.1 Sports; 1.4.2 Overjet; 1.4.3 Bicycles; 1.4.4 Automobile; 1.4.5 Violence; 1.4.6 Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD); 1.4.7 Tongue Piercing; 1.4.8 Chronic Health Conditions or Physical Limitations; 1.4.8.1 Epilepsy; 1.4.8.2 Cerebral Palsy; 1.4.8.3 Intellectual Disability; 1.4.9 Iatrogenic Injuries 1.4.9.1 Prolonged Intubation of Neonate1.4.9.2 Intubation During General Anesthesia; 1.5 Treatment and Timing; 1.6 Guidelines; References;
    2: Unique Challenges in the Pediatric Population; 2.1 Behavior Guidance; 2.2 Behavior Guidance Considerations; 2.2.1 Tell-Show-Do; 2.2.2 Positive Reinforcement; 2.2.3 Distraction; 2.2.4 Voice Control; 2.2.5 Escape; 2.2.6 Parent Presence; 2.2.7 Deferred Treatment; 2.2.8 Nitrous Oxide; 2.3 Advanced Behavior Guidance Techniques; 2.3.1 Protective Stabilization; 2.3.2 Minimal Sedation; 2.3.3 Moderate Sedation; 2.3.4 General Anesthesia 2.4 Consent2.5 Communication; 2.6 Parental Presence; 2.7 Growth and Development Considerations; 2.8 Child Abuse; References;
    3: Physical Examination and Diagnosis; 3.1 Initial Assessment; 3.2 Patient/Family Interview; 3.3 Medical History; 3.4 Neurologic Evaluation; 3.5 Extraoral/Intraoral Examination; 3.5.1 Extraoral Examination; 3.5.2 Intraoral Examination; 3.6 Radiographic Evaluation; 3.7 Dental Office Preparation; References;
    4: Primary Tooth Crown and Root Fractures; 4.1 Uncomplicated Crown Fracture; 4.1.1 Treatment Recommendations; 4.1.2 Prognosis; 4.1.3 Sequelae 4.1.4 Behavior Management4.2 Complicated Crown Fracture; 4.2.1 Treatment Recommendations; 4.2.2 Follow-Up; 4.2.3 Prognosis; 4.2.4 Sequelae; 4.2.5 Behavior Management; 4.3 Crown/Root Fracture; 4.3.1 Treatment Recommendations; 4.3.2 Follow-Up; 4.3.3 Prognosis; 4.3.4 Sequelae; 4.3.5 Behavior Management; 4.4 Root Fracture; 4.4.1 Treatment Recommendations; 4.4.2 Follow-Up; 4.4.3 Prognosis; 4.4.4 Sequelae; 4.4.5 Behavior Management; 4.5 Fractures of the Alveolar Process; 4.5.1 Treatment Recommendations; 4.5.2 Follow-Up; 4.5.3 Prognosis; 4.5.4 Sequelae 4.5.5 Behavior Management4.6 Patient Instructions; References;
    5: Primary Tooth Luxation Injuries; 5.1 Concussion and Subluxation; 5.1.1 Treatment Recommendations; 5.1.2 Follow-Up; 5.1.3 Prognosis; 5.1.4 Sequelae; 5.1.5 Behavior Guidance; 5.2 Lateral Luxation; 5.2.1 Treatment Recommendations; 5.2.2 Follow-Up; 5.2.3 Prognosis; 5.2.4 Sequelae; 5.2.5 Behavior Guidance; 5.3 Extrusive Luxation; 5.3.1 Treatment Recommendations; 5.3.2 Follow-Up; 5.3.3 Prognosis; 5.3.4 Sequelae; 5.3.5 Behavior Guidance; 5.4 Intrusive Luxation; 5.4.1 Treatment Recommendations; 5.4.2 Follow-Up
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Carlo Faletti (a cura di) ; in collaborazione con Paola De Petro [and others].
    Contents:
    Parte I Arto superiore: Clavicola
    Spalla
    Omero: Diafisi
    Avambraccio: Diafisi radiale e ulnare
    Polso
    Mano
    Parte II Bacino e femore prossimale: Anello Pelvico
    Acetabolo
    Femore: Regione prossimale
    Parte III Arto inferiore: Femore: Diafisi
    Ginocchio
    Gamba: Diafisi tibiale e peroneale
    Caviglia
    Piede
    Parte IV : Peculiarità pediatriche: Inquadramento clinico-radiologico delle fratture pediatriche
    Lesioni ossee traumatiche specifiche
    Lesioni ossee non accidentali
    Fratture del bacino
    Fratture del gomito
    Fratture delle ossa lunghe degli arti nel bambino. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Professor Gert Krischak.
    Summary: "Treatment of traumatic injuries is increasing in importance for physical therapists active in hospitals and private practice. In addition to the bone, joint, and soft tissue injuries incurred in sports, physical therapists are seeing more and more traumas associated with aging and with high-speed accidents. This great variety of injury types increases the complexity of treatment. Moreover, in recent years there has been a growing demand for the most complete restoration possible of both physical and psychological function. This is the principal objective of aftercare. Accordingly, this book focuses on a comprehensive presentation of individual injuries and their effect on function, as well as the guidelines and potential results of physical therapy treatment. It is addressed to students, practitioners, and teachers of physical therapy who must master and apply an understanding of the whole range of injuries, their consequences, and their treatment. "--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Wound healing and wound treatment
    Physical and chemical injuries
    Surgical infections
    Soft tissue injuries
    Fractures
    Treatment of bone injuries
    Phlebothrombosis and embolism
    Complications of fracture healing and treatment
    Joint injuries
    Skull injuries
    Spinal injuries
    Thoracic injuries
    Abdominal injuries
    Pelvic injuries
    Injuries to the lower extremities
    Injuries to the upper extremities
    Multiple trauma.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christopher A. Sanford, Associate Professor, Family Medicine, Associate Professor, Global Health, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA, Paul S. Pottinger, Associate Professor, Infectious Diseases Medicine, Associate Director, Infectious Diseases Fellowship Program, Director, Antimicrobial Stewardship Program, University of Washington, Seatte, WA, USA, Elaine C. Jong, Medical Director, University of Washington Campus Health Services, Director Emeritus, University of Washington, Travel and Tropical Medicine Clinic, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA, USA.
    Summary: Prevent, evaluate, and manage diseases that can be acquired in tropical environments and foreign countries with The Travel and Tropical Medicine Manual. Equips medical providers with the knowledge they need to offer effective aid, covering key topics in pre- and post-travel medicine, caring for immigrants and refugees, and working in low-resource settings. It's also the perfect source for travelers seeking quick, easy access to the latest travel medicine information.

    Contents:
    Section 1. PRE-TRAVEL ADVICE. Chp. 1. Approach to travel medicine and contents of a personal travel medicine kit
    Chp. 2. Urban medicine: threats to travelers to cities in low-income nations
    Chp. 3. Emerging infectious diseases and the international traveler
    Chp. 4. Jet health
    Chp. 5. Immunizations for travelers
    Chp. 6. Malaria prevention
    Chp. 7. Water disinfection
    Chp. 8. Traveler's diarrhea: prevention and self-treatment
    Chp. 0. Disequilibrium: jet lag, motion sickness, cold exposure, and heat illness
    Section 2. ADVICE FOR SPECIAL TRAVELERS. Chp. 10. High altitude travel
    Chp. 11. Dive medicine
    Chp. 12. Travel advice for pediatric travelers
    Chp. 13. Students traveling abroad
    Chp. 14. Advice for women travelers
    Chp. 15. Immunocompromised traveler
    Chp. 16. Travel with chronic medical conditions
    Chp. 17. Travel and mental health
    Chp. 18. Pre-travel assessment and advice for expatriates and volunteers
    Chp. 19. Health screening for immigrants, refugees, and international adoptees
    Section 3. FEVER. Chp. 20 Travel-acquired illnesses associated with fever
    Chp. 21. Malaria diagnosis and treatment
    Chp. 22. Viral hepatitis in travelers and immigrants
    Chp. 23. Leptospirosis
    Chp. 24. Lyme disease
    Chp. 25. Tuberculosis in travelers and immigrants
    Chp. 26. Chagas Disease
    Chp. 27. Human African Trypanosomiasis (sleeping sickness)
    Chp. 28. Ebola Virus disease and hemorrhagic fevers
    Chp. 29. Antibiotic-resistant bacteria in returning travelers
    Chp. 30. Role of point-of-care testing in travel medicine
    Section 4. DIARRHEA. Chp. 31. Approach to diarrhea in returned travelers
    Chp. 32. Amebiasis, Giardiasis, and other intestinal protozoan infections
    Chp. 33. Food poisoning: toxic syndromes
    Chp. 34. Fish and shellfish poisoning: toxic syndromes
    Section 5. DERMATOLOGY. Chp. 35. Approach to tropical dermatology
    Chp. 36. Acute skin reactions and bacterial infections
    Chp. 37. Ectoparasites, cutaneous parasites, and cnidarian envenomation
    Chp. 38. Fungal skin infections
    Chp. 39. Leishmaniasis
    Chp. 40. Leprosy (Hansen's Disease)
    Section 6. SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED DISEASES. Chp. 41. Sexually transmitted infections and foreign travel
    Chp. 42. Gonococcal and chlamydial genital infections and pelvic inflammatory disease
    Chp. 43. Syphilis
    Chp. 44. Genital ulcer disease
    Section 7. HELMINTHS. Chp. 45. Common intestinal roundworms
    Chp. 46. Cestodes: intestinal and extraintestinal tapeworm: infections, including echinococcosis and cysticercosis
    Chp. 47. Filarial infections
    Chp. 48. Trematodes
    Chp. 49. Eosinophilic patient with suspected parasitic infection
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jay S. Keystone, Phyllis E Kozarsky, Bradley A. Connor, Hans D. Nothdurft, Marc Mendelson, Karin Leder.
    Summary: "Today's travel medicine includes not only tourism and business travelers, but also incorporates volunteerism, medical care, migration, ecotourism, and more. Travel Medicine, 4th Edition, reflects all of these changes in the field while keeping you up to date with new vaccines and newly proposed regimens, pre-travel advice and post-travel screening, and all travel-related illnesses - for a one-stop, authoritative reference on all aspects of travel medicine"--Publisher's description"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Practice of travel medicine. Introduction to travel medicine
    Epidemiology: morbidity and mortality in travelers
    Starting, organizing and marketing a travel clinic
    Pre-travel consultation
    Section 2: The pre-travel consultation. Water disinfection for international travelers
    Insect protection
    Pre-travel considerations for non-vaccine-preventable travel infections
    Travel medicine kits
    Section 3: Immunization. Principles of immunization
    Routine adult vaccines
    Routine travel vaccines: hepatitis A and B, typhoid
    Recommended/required travel vaccines
    Pediatric travel vaccinations
    Section 4: Malaria. Malaria: epidemiology and risk to the traveler
    Malaria chemoprophylaxis
    Self-diagnosis and self-treatment of malaria by the traveler
    Approach to patient with malaria
    Section 5: Travelers' diarrhea. Epidemiology of travelers' diarrhea
    Prevention of travelers' diarrhea
    Clinical presentation and management of travelers' diarrhea
    Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms in the ill-returning traveler
    Section 6: Travelers with special needs. The pregnant and breastfeeding traveler
    The pediatric and adolescent traveler
    The older traveler
    The physically challenged traveller
    The traveler with pre-existing disease
    The immunocompromised traveller
    The traveler with HIV
    The business traveler
    The VIP traveler: mission-oriented travel medicine
    Health aspects of international adoption
    Visiting friends and relatives
    Section 7: Travelers with special itineraries. Expatriates: corporate, missionary and volunteer
    The migrant traveler
    Humanitarian aid workers
    The deployed military: medical readiness and travel-related health issues
    Expedition medicine
    Ecotourism
    Medical tourism
    Cruise ship travel
    Mass gatherings
    Section 8: Environmental aspects of travel medicine. High-altitude medicine
    Diving medicine
    Extremes of temperature and hydration
    Jet lag
    Motion sickness
    The aircraft cabin environment
    Section 9: Health problems while traveling. Bites, stings, and envenoming injuries
    Seafood poisining
    Injuries and injury prevention
    Mental health issues of travelers
    Travelers' thrombosis
    Healthcare abroad
    Personal security and crime avoidance
    Section 10: Post-travel. Post-travel screening
    Fever in returned travelers
    Skin diseases
    Eosinophilia
    Respiratory infections
    Appendix. Sources of travel medicine information.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Print
    Fisher, Ronald Aylmer; Pearson, Karl.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    HQ750.A1 E87
    4
  • Digital
    edited by Vladimir Hachinski.
    Summary: This is the first comprehensive and authoritative book to cover the basis for the joint prevention of stroke and the management, delay, or prevention of some dementias. It engages with the concept of cerebrovascular disease as asymptomatic, and provides overwhelming evidence that major dementias involve a vascular component, ranging from 60 percent in frontotemporal dementia to 80 percent in Alzheimer's disease--doubling the chances of silent brain pathology manifesting as dementia. Beginning with a review of the basics, describing typical patients and presentations, and providing clear guidelines in diagnoses, management, and prevention, this vital guide is invaluable for physicians dealing with cognitive impairments, including family physicians, psychiatrists, internists, geriatricians, and neurologists, worldwide. This book provides a new, coherent, and promising approach, filling the gap between what is known and what is applied, offering a great opportunity for appropriate interventions and treatments that make a difference. Improving outcomes, beginning now--back cover.

    Contents:
    Basics / Mahmoud Reza Azarpazhooh and Vladimir Hachinski
    Diagnosis of potentially preventable dementias / Jose G. Merino and Clinton B. Wright
    The brain at risk stage / Mahmoud Reza Azarpazhooh and Vladimir Hachinski
    The patient with cognitive impairment / Krister Hakansson, Miia Kivipelto and Tiia Ngandu
    Cognitive decline in transient ischemic attacks or minor strokes / Antonia Nucera, Mahmoud Reza Azarpazhooh and Vladimir Hachinski
    The stroke patient and cognition / Michael Brainin and Yvonne Teuschi
    Reversible dementias / Lawrence S. Honig
    Prevention of dementia / J. David Spence.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Justine W. Welsh, Scott E. Hadland, editors.
    Summary: Clinicians are now facing new substance use-related challenges such as the opioid crisis, a changing political landscape regarding marijuana, and the emergence of new delivery devices such as e-cigarettes. Unfortunately, it is more critical than ever that clinicians caring for adolescents have a proficiency in treating substance use. This book is a comprehensive clinical guide that discusses the prevalence of substance use among adolescents and young adults, as well as prevention strategies, available screening methods, practical treatment applications and their outcomes. Using a multidisciplinary approach with inclusion of authors from diverse clinical backgrounds, this definitive guide provides the best practices for treating adolescent substance use disorders from medical, behavioral, and social standpoints. Supplemented with case examples and written by experts in the field, Treating Adolescent Substance Use appeals to all clinicians that treat adolescent patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    [edited by] Hans Steiner, with Rebecca Hall.
    Contents:
    General principles / Hans Steiner, Rebecca Hall, Julia Huemer
    Disruptive behavior disorders / Whitney Daniels, Michael Kelly, Kathleen Ares, Katie Kaszynski, Niranjan Karnik
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) / Michael Kelly
    Learning and executive cognitive functions / Ahmed Khan, Brianna Bendixsen, Lynne Baldwin, Diana Barrett, Richard Abbey.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ503 .T74 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by the Commission Chairs of the Annenberg Foundation Trust at Sunnylands' Adolescent Mental Health Initiative, Dwight L. Evans, Edna B. Foa, Raquel E. Gur, Herbert Hendin, Charles P. O'Brien, Martin E.P. Seligman, B. Timothy Walsh.
    Contents:
    Part I. Depression and bipolar disorder
    Part II. Schizophrenia
    Part III. Anxiety disorders
    Part IV. Eating disorders
    Part V. Substance use disorders
    Part VI. Youth suicide and suicide attempts
    Part VII. Beyond disorder
    Part VIII. Other behavioral disorders
    Part IX. Conclusions, recommendations, priorities.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Jonathan Tarbox, Taira Lanagan Bermudez.
    Summary: Treating Feeding Challenges in Autism: Turning the Tables on Mealtime distills existing research on feeding disorders treatment into the very best, most effective and most practical strategies for practitioners to implement with their clients who have autism and other developmental and behavioral disorders. The book focuses on the few but highly effective feeding treatment procedures that work in the large percentage of cases. The book describes each procedure in practical, how-to language, with the goal of explaining how to implement them in the real-life settings in which practitioners actually work. The book includes a large variety of sample datasheets, intervention plans and graphs of sample data to serve as practical examples to guide clinicians through the process of selecting, implementing, analyzing and troubleshooting feeding interventions.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Medical and behavioral origins of feeding problems
    Preparing for meals
    Treatment components: positive reinforcement and escape extinction
    Treatment components: antecedent variables
    Common treatment packages
    Treatment management
    Caregiver training and follow-up
    Troubleshooting.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Ann M. Steffen, Larry W. Thompson, Dolores Gallagher-Thompson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC537.5 G355 2021
    1
  • Print
    Ann M. Steffen, Leah P. Dick-Siskin, Ann Choryan Bilbrey, Larry W. Thompson, Dolores Gallagher-Thompson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC537.5 .G3553 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Ulla K.E. Hedner.
    Contents:
    Classical bleeding disease
    My encounter with hemophilia
    The first years at novo nordisk
    The development of recombinant FVIIa
    The futher use and development of rFVIIa
    Legal issues regarding the use of rFVIIa in hemophilia patients with inhibitors
    Treatment with rFVIIa in Malmö --Mechanism of action and dosage
    The continued development of rFVIIa during the 2000s
    Three different descriptions of how rFVIIa was developed
    Some final remarks.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    W. Curt LaFrance Jr. and Jeffery Wincze.
    Summary: The primary aim of this book is to equip physicians, psychologists, therapists, nurses, and other practitioners with a validated, step-by-step treatment for psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (NES) that can improve the lives of patients with this disabling disorder.

    Contents:
    Introductory Information for Therapists
    Introductory Session: Understanding Seizures
    Session 1: Making the Decision to Begin the Process of Taking Control
    Session 2: Getting Support
    Session 3: Deciding About Your Drug Therapy
    Session 4: Learning to Observe Your Triggers
    Session 5: Channeling Negative Emotions Into Productive Outlets
    Session 6: Relaxation Training: Experiencing the Sensation of the Brain Changing Itself
    Session 7: Identifying Your Pre-Seizure Aura
    Session 8: Dealing With External Life Stresses
    Session 9: Dealing With Internal Issues and Conflicts
    Session 10: Enhancing Personal Wellness
    Session 11: Other Symptoms Associated With Seizures
    Taking Control: An Ongoing Process
    Prognosis (Patient Outcomes)
    When the Patient has a Seizure in the Office Setting
    Workbook Appendices.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    Angela Golden.
    Summary: The latest information from the CDC demonstrates that 70% of Americans can be classified as having pre-obesity or obesity. This chronic disease is considered the cause of many other chronic diseases such as hypertension, dyslipidemia, diabetes, and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, to name but a few of the 236 obesity associated disorders. Additionally, obesity is considered to be the cause of fourteen different types of cancers. Based on the number of people affected and the consequences of the disease, it is imperative that it is studied and treated by primary care providers. Few training programs for physicians, NPs or PAs are covering the basics of treating obesity. These fundamentals include pathophysiology, assessment of the disease, and the foundational components of treatment with eating plans, physical activity and behavioral interventions, then the supporting components of anti-obesity medications, devices and surgery. As a result, few of those currently in primary care practice have received any education in the evidence-based treatment of obesity. This book provides the reader with the education to understand the disease, the patients experience, and full evidence-based treatment. It also provides the opportunity to understand how to incorporate the treatment into primary care. Written by a leading expert in the field, Treating Obesity in Primary Care offers all clinicians providing primary care services the information needed to effectively treat the chronic disease of obesity.

    Contents:
    Section One: Understanding the disease
    bias and issue
    pathophysiology
    obesity related complecations
    Section Two: building a treatment plan
    chronic disease model for obesity
    evidence based guidelines
    eating planc
    Pphysical activity
    behavior interventions
    medications
    procedures and surgery
    Section Three: Putting it all together in clinic
    billing
    putting it all together in primary care
    example in clinic.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Riccardo Dalle Grave, Massimiliano Sartirana, Marwan El Ghoch, Simona Calugi.
    Summary: This book describes a novel therapy for obesity that associates the traditional procedures of weight-loss lifestyle modification with specific, individualized cognitive behavioral procedures to address some obstacles that have been indicated by recent research to influence weight loss and maintenance. The Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Obesity (CBT-OB) can be used to treat all classes of obesity, including patients with severe comorbidities and disability associated with obesity, who are not usually included in traditional weight-loss lifestyle modification treatments. The book describes the treatment program in detail, and with numerous clinical vignettes. It also discusses involving significant others in the change process and adapting the CBT-OB for patients with severe obesity, binge-eating disorder, medical and psychiatric comorbidity, and treated with weight-loss drugs or bariatric surgery. Lastly, a chapter is dedicated to the use of digital technology with CBT-OB in order to help patients monitor their food intake and physical activity and to addressing obstacles in real time. Thanks to the description of how to apply the latest, evidence-based CBT-OB to real world settings, this volume is a valuable useful tool for all specialists - endocrinologists, nutritionists, dietitians, psychologists, psychiatrists - who deal with obesity and eating disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, John F. Kelly, Sarah E. Wakeman.
    Summary: This book addresses opioids and opioid use disorders from epidemiological, clinical, and public health perspectives. It covers detailed information on the nature of opioids, their effects on the human body and brain, prevention, and treatment of opioid addiction. Unlike other texts, the first section of this volume builds a strong historical, neurobiological, and phenomenological foundation for a deep understanding of the topic and the patient. The second section addresses the most challenging issues clinicians face, including pharmacological and psychosocial treatments, harm reduction approaches, alternative approaches to pain management for the non-specialist, and prescribing guidelines. Treating Opioid Addiction is a valuable resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, addiction medicine physicians, primary care physicians, drug addiction counselors, students, trainees, scholars, and public health officials interested in the effects and impact of opioids in the clinical and epidemiological context. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    1: Killing More than Pain: Etiology and Remedy for an Opioid Crisis; Introduction; Context: Origin and Growth in the Use of Opioids; Poppies, Pain, and Panacea; Killing More Than Pain: The Double-Edged Sword of Opioids; Conceptual Models for Understanding Drug Epidemics; Epidemiology of Opioid Misuse, Opioid Use Disorder, and Overdose Deaths; Addressing Opioid Misuse, Disorders, and Overdose Deaths; Reducing Supply and Accessibility to Opioids; Demand Reduction: Prevention, Treatment, and Recovery Support Services; Harm Reduction Strategies Conclusions and Future DirectionsReferences;
    2: Epidemiology: Opioid Use and Related Disorders; Overview of the Medical Complications of Opioid Use and the Opioid Overdose Epidemic; Drivers of the Opioid Overdose Epidemic; Opioid Prescribing; Nonmedical Pharmaceutical Opioid Use; Heroin Use; Opioid Use Disorders; Illicitly Manufactured Fentanyl Use; Social, Political, and Economic Factors; Individual-Level Risk and Protective Factors for Opioid Overdose; Opioid Dose, Potency, Duration of Action, Tolerance, and Route of Administration; Polysubstance Use and Polypharmacy; Benzodiazepines AlcoholStimulants; Underlying Psychiatric and Medical Comorbidities; Treatment Medications; Conclusions and Implications for Prevention; References;
    3: Neurobiology of Addiction: A Disorder of Choice; Introduction; Changes in Salience Detection; Key Systems; Neurobiological Changes; Behavioral Effects; Changes in Stress Signaling; Key Systems; Neurobiological Changes; Behavioral Effects; Changes in Cognition and Control; Key Systems; Neurobiological Changes; Behavioral Effects; Neurobiology of Opioid Addiction; Opioid-Related Neuroadaptations; Opioid Effects on Salience Detection Opioid Effects on Stress SystemsOpioid Effects on Cognition and Control Systems; Conclusion: Toward a Framework for Recovery; References;
    4: Terminology and Conceptualization of Opioid Use Disorder and Implications for Treatment; Conceptualization of Opioid Addiction; Conceptualization of Opioid Use that Risks Health Consequences; Terminology for Opioid Use that Risks Health Consequences; Terminology for Opioid Use Disorder; Implications of Terminology for Treatment; Conclusions; References;
    5: Medication for the Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder; Introduction; Treatment of Withdrawal Maintenance TreatmentAgonist Therapy; Buprenorphine; Obtaining the DEA Buprenorphine Waiver; Clinical Use of Buprenorphine; Methadone; Methadone Induction; Antagonist Therapy; Naltrexone; Diversion Control; Non-pharmacological Treatment; Treatment of Opioid Overdose; Additional Considerations; Acute Pain; Concurrent OUD and Other Mental Illness; Integrating Medication Treatment into a Comprehensive Recovery Program for OUD; References;
    6: Psychosocial Approaches in the Treatment of Opioid Use Disorders; Introduction; Settings Where Psychosocial OUD Approaches May Be Delivered
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Francesco Soria, Paolo Gontero, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to bring together the current research and discussions surrounding bladder cancer management. New technologies and therapeutic agents have become increasingly effective at treating urothelial bladder cancer and have created a range of opportunities to change the ways in which the disease is treated. Chapters cover the changes in adjuvant treatment, confocal laser endomicroscopy, and the roles of oncologists, pathologists, and radiotherapists in managing bladder cancer. Treating Urothelial Bladder Cancer is particularly relevant to urologists, oncologists, and radiotherapists, but is also applicable to practitioners, geriatricians, and public health managers due to its multidisciplinary approach to bladder cancer management.

    Contents:
    Bladder cancer diagnosis
    Non-muscle invasive bladder cancer
    Muscle invasive bladder cancer
    A view on the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Hutchison, Joseph Chrisman.
    Digital Access Google Books 1870-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F36 .H97 1904
    1
  • Digital/Print
    tr. from the French by a physician.
    Digital Access Google Books [1859]-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L311 .C56e 1859
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Playfair, W. S.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O124 .P72 1876 Eng.ed.
    2
  • Digital
    Steven R. Feldman, Abigail Cline, Adrian Pona, Sree S. Kolli, editors.
    Summary: Patient adherence to a given treatment plan directly correlates to the quality of disease outcome. In looking at the how and why behind patient adherence and non-adherence to a treatment regimen, understanding realistic expectations of a patient can provide a beneficial guide towards providing optimal healthcare. Treatment Adherence in Dermatology offers insight and strategies for understanding and promoting treatment adherence with a focus on dermatological conditions, specifically psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, and acne. Reasons for non-adherence are investigated particularly in populations such as children and patients with multiple co-morbidities. The proposed text provides patient and physician-centered strategies alongside technological advancements to promote adherence. Written for the practicing dermatologist, this title will find audience with primary care physicians, students, residents, and other practicing doctors alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Reasons for Nonadherence
    Chapter 2. Strategy to Monitor Adherence
    Chapter 3. Strategies to Improve Adherence
    Chapter 4. Psychological Techniques to Promote Adherence
    Chapter 5. Adherence in Pediatric Populations
    Chapter 6. Adherence in Patients with Comorbidities
    Chapter 7. Adherence in Psoriasis
    Chapter 8. Adherence in Atopic Dermatitis
    Chapter 9. Adherence in Acne
    Chapter 10. Technological Advancements to Promote Adherence.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Gardner and Dani McVety.
    Summary: "Treatment and Care of the Geriatric Veterinary Patient offers veterinarians a complete guide to treating and managing geriatric canine and feline patients. Offers practical guidance on managing all aspects of veterinary care in geriatric pets. Takes a holistic approach to managing the geriatric patient, from common diseases and quality of life to hospice, euthanasia, client communications, and business management. Focuses on dogs and cats, with a chapter covering common exotic animals. Provides clinically oriented advice for ensuring quality of life for older pets. Includes access to a companion website with client education handouts"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Alexander Mersel, editor.
    Summary: This book equips the reader with a sound understanding of the treatment of neglected and vulnerable patients in the dental office. It offers a comprehensive multidisciplinary approach to atraumatic carious treatment, minimal intervention dentistry, TMJ affections and nutritional consequences. Maintaining proper oral health includes managing of oral hygiene, healthy diet and seeking for a treatment when needed. Untreated dental disease can have a significant adverse impact on the health, wellbeing and quality of life. This book helps practitioners to understand and address the needs of dental neglected adults and children, and guide them through prevention procedures, diagnostics and treatment planning. Important techniques like physiologic impression for removable denture, single crown impression, digital planning and prosthodontic bridges are explained, and socio-demographic and economic changes in Oral Health are discussed. The comprehensive coverage of the topic and the evidence based references make this book a must have for dental practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Oral Health: Ethical and Clinical Concerns
    Chapter 2: Prevention for Vulnerable Patients: Atraumatic Carious Treatment and Mild-To-Moderate Periodontal Therapy
    Chapter 3: Dental Neglect
    Chapter 4: The Vulnerable Patients Group: The Global Oral Health Concept
    Chapter 5: The TMJ Troubles and Their Nutritional Consequences
    Chapter 6: Prevention Strategy - A Practical Protocol for Elderly Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gail Steketee, Randy O. Frost.
    Summary: The relationship people have with their possessions ranges from purely utilitarian to intensely emotional. For most people, their personal possessions provide them with a sense of security, comfort, and pleasure. However, if someone loses the ability to distinguish useful or important possessions from those that make life overly complicated, the objects can become a prison. For people who suffer from Hoarding Disorder (HD), the process of getting rid of unneeded objects is not easy. For them, possessions never "feel" unneeded and trying to get rid of them is an excruciating emotional ordeal.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Hoarding Disorder
    Evidence-based treatment for Hoarding Disorder
    Assessing hoarding
    Case formulation
    Enhancing motivation
    Planning treatment
    Reducing acquiring
    Training skills
    Making decisions about saving and discarding
    Cognitive strategies
    Complications in the treatment of Hoarding Disorder
    Maintaining gains
    Appendices : Clinician session form
    Hoarding interview
    Hoarding rating scale
    Saving inventory : revised (SI-R)
    Clutter image rating (CIR)
    Saving cognitions inventory (SCI)
    Activities of daily living for hoarding (ADL-H)
    Safety questions
    Home environment inventory (HEI)
    Scoring keys for assessment instruments
    Blank model of hoarding
    Brief thought record
    Acquiring form
    Clutter visualization form
    Unclutter visualization form
    Acquiring visualization form
    Practice form
    Thought record
    Instructions for coaches
    Family response to hoarding scale (FRHS).
    Digital Access Oxford 2014
  • Digital
    Gail Steketee, Randy O. Frost.
    Summary: "The relationship people have with their possessions ranges from purely utilitarian to intensely emotional. For most people, their personal possessions provide them with a sense of security, comfort, and pleasure. However, if someone loses the ability to distinguish useful or important possessions from those that make life overly complicated, the objects can become a prison. For people who suffer from Hoarding Disorder (HD), the process of getting rid of unneeded objects is not easy. For them, possessions never "feel" unneeded and trying to get rid of them is an excruciating emotional ordeal. This Second Edition of Treatment for Hoarding Disorder is the culmination of more than 20 years of research on understanding hoarding and building an effective intervention to address its myriad components. Thoroughly updated and reflective of changes made to the Fifth Edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Mental Disorders (DSM-5), this second edition of the client Workbook and accompanying Therapist Guide outlines an empirically supported and effective CBT program for treating hoarding disorder. This Workbook is meant to guide clients through their treatment for hoarding disorder with their clinician. It includes homework, forms, exercises, and behavioral experiments for clients to test their personal beliefs about possessions, develop an organization plan and filing system, and sort and organize items room by room. A major goal of the treatment is to recapture the positive role of possessions in the lives of people with hoarding problems, and strategies are outlined for sustaining gains and making further progress, as well as for managing stressful life events that can provoke problematic acquiring and difficulty discarding"-- Provided by publisher. "This Second Edition of Treatment for Hoarding Disorder is the culmination of more than 20 years of research on understanding hoarding and building an effective intervention to address its myriad components. Thoroughly updated and reflective of changes made to the Fifth Edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Mental Disorders (DSM-5), this second edition of the client Workbook and accompanying Therapist Guide outlines an empirically supported and effective CBT program for treating hoarding disorder"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Assessing hoarding problems
    Developing your personal hoarding model
    Planning your treatment
    Reducing acquiring
    Skills training
    Making decisions about saving and discarding
    Changing beliefs: thinking your way out of the hoarding box
    Maintaining your gains
    Appendix Forms
    Personal session form (chapter 2)
    Instructions for coaches (chapter 2)
    Scoring key for assessments (chapters 2 & 9)
    Brief thought record (chapter 3)
    Hoarding model (chapter 3)
    Practice form (chapter 4)
    Downward arrow form (chapter 4)
    Acquiring questions form (chapter 5)
    Task list (chapter 6)
    Personal organizing plan (chapter 6)
    Preparing for organizing form (chapter 6)
    Thought listing exercise form (chapter 7)
    Questions about possessions form (chapter 7)
    Behavioral experiment form (chapter 7)
    Thought record form (chapter 8)
    About the Authors
    Index.
    Digital Access Oxford 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC563 .T784
    6
  • Print
    Beckman, Harry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U101 .B39
    6
  • Digital
    Neil P. Sheth, Wayne Paprosky.
    Summary: Edited and written by pioneers and experts in the field, Treatment of Acetabular Bone Loss and Chronic Pelvic Discontinuity is the first text to provide focused, practical content on the effective evaluation and treatment of this challenging problem. Comprehensive and easy to follow, it offers a step-by-step approach to teach surgeons how to tailor their surgery to each individual patient’s anatomy with the goal of improving patient outcomes.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Acetabular bone loss classification
    Radiographic evaluation of severe acetabular bone loss +/– chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Cementless acetabular revision (type I defects)
    Cemented revision in type I defects
    Cementless acetabular revision for the distorted acetabulum with intact columns (type IIA, B, and C defects)
    Cemented acetabular revision for the distorted acetabulum with intact columns (type IIA, B, and C defects)
    Cementless acetabular revision for severe acetabular bone loss without pelvic discontinuity (type IIIA and B defects)
    Acetabular revision with impaction grafting for severe acetabular bone loss without pelvic discontinuity
    Plating of an acute pelvic discontinuity
    Intraoperative identification and bone grafting of a chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Primer on treatment options for chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Cages/ reconstruction rings (Burch-Schneider/ Ganz) for reconstruction of chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Kerboull acetabular ring device with allograft for chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Acetabular impaction bone grafting for chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Acetabular bone loss with chronic pelvic discontinuity: Acetabular cup-cage vs cage-augment reconstruction
    Cup-cage/half cage for chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Ice cream cone (pedestal) prosthesis for chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Custom triflange acetabular component for chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Custom 3D-printed acetabular component for chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Jumbo cup and modular porous metal augments for chronic pelvic discontinuity
    Acetabular distraction technique for chronic pelvic discontinuity.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    editors, Tolly E. G. Epstein and Sharmilee M. Nyenhuis.
    Summary: This comprehensive book presents an evidence-based approach to treating asthma in adults aged 65 and older, a vulnerable subset of patients who are more likely to experience higher morbidity and mortality rates, and often enduring higher financial burdens related to treatment. Treatment of Asthma in Older Adults: A Comprehensive, Evidence-Based Guide is a unique resource, providing an up-to-date review of medication strategies, how asthma phenotypes and treatment decisions interact, and how controlling asthma triggers impacts long-term asthma outcomes in older patients. Additionally, the book incorporates recent advances in alternative therapies that improve the patients quality of life. Opening discussions address the unique challenges of the differential diagnosis of asthma in older adults, as well as an examination of the significant medical comorbidities that co-exist with asthma. Subsequent chapters provide strategies to optimizing asthma management in this specific population, including information on case management that will assist allied health providers. Finally, the book closes with an analysis of several novel targets for therapy to treat severe asthma including biologics, macrolides and bronchial thermoplasty. Written by experts in the field, Treatment of Asthma in Older Adults: A Comprehensive, Evidence-Based Guide is an indispensable resource for allergists, pulmonologists, family physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners and all other allied clinicians.

    Contents:
    Introductory Chapters
    1. Scope of the Burden of Asthma in Older Adults
    2. Why is Asthma More Severe and Difficult to Control in Older Adults?
    Section I: Challenges in the Diagnosis of Asthma in Older Adults
    3. Difficulties in Physician and Self-Perception of Asthma in Older Adults
    4. Objective Testing for Asthma in Older Adults
    5. Distinguishing Asthma from Co-Morbid Conditions in Older Adults
    Section II: Optimizing Effective Treatment of Asthma in Older Adults
    6. Barriers to Effective Treatment of Asthma in Older Adults
    7. Medication Efficacy and Side Effects in Older Asthmatics
    8. Treatment of Asthma in Older Adults with Significant Medical Co-morbidities
    9. Shared decision-making and Strategies to Optimize Adherence in Older Asthmatics
    10. How Case Coordinators and Other Nursing Professionals Can Help Optimize Care of Asthma in Older Adults
    11. The Impact of Specific Asthma Phenotypes on Treatment of Asthma in Older Adults
    12. Controlling Triggers for Asthma in Older Adults: Environmental Allergens, Indoor and Outdoor Air Pollutants, and Infections
    13. Novel and Alternative Therapies for Asthma in Older Adults.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bilal Chughtai, Alexis E. Te, Steven A. Kaplan, editors.
    Summary: Treatment of Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia: Modern Techniques is an up-to-date review of modern techniques used to treat benign prostatic hyperplasia. It provides a comprehensive review of both office and operating room based techniques. Both electrosurgical and laser based techniques are covered.These include high powered 532 nm laser photoselective laser vaporization of the prostate (PVP), holmium laser enucleation/ablation of the prostate (HoLEP/HoLAP), and Bipolar Electrovaporization of the Prostate (Bipolar EVP/Bipolar TURP). In addition, a comprehensive review of office based techniques and future therapies currently being developed is presented. Each of these techniques are presented in a balanced fashion with a focus on modern literature. Treatment of Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia: Modern Techniques will be of great value to Urologists, Urology Residents, Iternists, and Family Practitioners.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Principles of Electrocautery Based Techniques
    Monopoloar TURP
    Bipolar TURP
    Plasmakinetic Vaporization
    Principles of Laser Based Techniques
    532nm Laser Photoselective Vaporization of Prostate
    532nm Laser Enucleation/Resection Techniques
    Holmium Ablation of Prostate
    Holmium Enucleation of Prostate
    Thulium Resection of Prostate
    Thulium Enucleation of Prostate
    Diode Laser Resection of Prostate (980nm)
    Modern Open Prostatectomy
    Laparoscopic/Robotic Simple Prostatectomy
    Transurethral Microwave Therapy
    Transurethral Needle Ablation
    Prostatic Tissue Approximation
    Prostatic Stents
    Prostatic Artery Embolization
    Ethanol Injection of Prostate.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by André F. Carvalho, Eduard Vieta.
    Contents:
    The current classification of bipolar disorders / Gin S. Malhi and Yulisha Byrow
    Should the bipolar disorders be modelled dimensionally or categorically? / Gordon Parker and Amelia Paterson
    The treatment of bipolar disorder on its early stages / Ajeet B. Singh, Harris A. Eyre, Edward Callaly and Michael Berk
    Evidence-based treatment of mania / Bernardo Ng and Mauricio Tohen
    The treatment of bipolar mixed states / Sarah Kittel-Schneider
    The treatment of rapid cycling bipolar disorder / Konstantinos N. Fountoulakis and Dimos Dimellis
    Evidence-based treatment of bipolar depression / Mark A. Frye, Paul E. Croarkin, Marin Veldic, Malik M. Nassan, Katherine M. Moore, Simon Kung, Susannah J. Tye, William V. Bobo, and Jennifer L. Vande Voort
    Evidence-based maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder / Dina Popovic and Eduard Vieta
    The treatment of bipolar II disorder / Lakshmi N. Yatham and Muralidharan Kesavan
    The treatment of cyclothymia / Giulio Perugi, Giulia Vannucchi, and Lorenzo Mazzarini
    Psychological interventions for early stage bipolar disorder / Jan Scott
    Psychotherapeutic interventions for bipolar disorder / María Reinares
    The role of psychoeducation in the management of bipolar disorder / Francesc Colom
    Functional remediation therapy for bipolar disorder / Carla Torrent, Caterina del Mar Bronnin, and Anabel Martinez-Arán
    Predominant polarity, polarity index, and treatment selection in bipolar disorder / Sabrina C. da Costa, Joao L. de Quevedo, and André F. Carvalho
    The assessment and management of suicide risk in bipolar disorder / Zoltán Rihmer, Xénia Gonda, and Péter Döme
    Treatment implications for bipolar disorder co-occurring with anxiety syndromes and substance abuse / Gustavo H. Vásquez, Alberto Forte, Sebastián Camino, Leonardo Tondo, and Ross J. Baldessarini
    The impact of psychiatric co-morbidity in the treatment of bipolar disorder / Anna I. Guerdjikova, Paul E. Keck, Jr, and Susan L. McElroy
    Bidirectional relationships between general medical conditions and bipolar disorder / Nefize Yalin, Danilo Arnone, and Allan Young
    The treatment of bipolar disorder in women / Danielle Balzafiore, Thalia Robakis, Sarah Borish, Vena Budhan, and Natalie Rasgon
    The treatment of bipolar disorder in children and adolescents / Philip Hazell
    The treatment of bipolar disorder in the elderly / Gilberto Sousa Alves, Felipe Kenji Sudo, and Johannes Pantel
    The management of treatment-resistant bipolar disorder / Salih Selek, Ives Cavalcante Passos, and Jair C. Soares
    Staging and neuroprogression in bipolar disorder / Ives Cavalcante Passos and Flávio Kapczinski
    Pharmacotherapy of bipolar disorder / Vicent Balanzá-Martínez, Sofia Brissos, Maria Lacruz, and Rafael Tabarés-Seisdedos
    Cognitive enhancement in bipolar disorder / Kamilla W. Miskowiak and Lars V. Kessing
    The role of electroconvulsive therapy in the treatment of bipolardisorder / Roumen Milev
    Neuromodulatory approaches for bipolar disorder / Andre Russsowsky Brunoni, Bernando de Sampaio Pereira Júnior, and Izio Klein
    The role of complementary and alternative therapies for the management of bipolar disorder / Arun V. Ravindran and Tricia L. da Silva
    Novel therapeutic targets for bipolar disorder / Ioline D. Henter and Rodrigo Machado-Vieira
    The treatment of bipolar disorder in the era of personalized medicine / Chiara Fabbri and Alessandro Serretti.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Timothy R. Deer, Michael S. Leong, Albert L. Ray.
    Contents:
    1. Pain as a Perceptual Experience
    2. Neuroplasticity, Sensitization, and Pain
    3. Muscle Pain Treatment
    4. Addictive Disorders and Pain
    5. The "Five-Minute" Mental Status Examination of Persons with Pain
    6. The Psychological Assessment of Patients with Chronic Pain
    7. Psychological Therapies
    8. Billing Psychological Services for Patients with Chronic Pain
    9. Hypnosis and Pain Control
    10. Acupuncture
    11. Manual Therapies
    12. Treatment of Chronic Painful Musculoskeletal Injuries and Diseases with Regenerative Injection Therapy (RIT): Regenerative Injection Therapy Principles and Practice
    13. Interdisciplinary Functional Restoration and Pain Programs
    14. Pain and Spirituality
    15. Pain Disparity: Assessment and Traditional Medicine
    16. Sleep and Chronic Pain
    17. Empowerment: A Pain Caregiver?s Perspective
    18. Patient and Caregiver?s Perspective
    19. Pain Medicine in Older Adults: How Should It Differ?
    20. Pain Medicine and Primary Care: The Evolution of a Population-Based Approach to Chronic Pain as a Public Health Problem
    21. Pain Care Beyond the Medical Practice Office: Utilizing Patient Advocacy, Education, and Support Organizations
    22. Neonatal Pain
    23. Assessing Disability in the Pain Patient
    24. The Double Effect: In Theory and in Practice
    25. Failure to Treat Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Timothy R. Deer, editor-in-chief, Michael S. Leong, associate editor-in-chief, Asokumar Buvanendran, Philip S. Kim, Sunil J. Panchal, associate editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Timothy R. Deer, editor-in-chief, Michael S. Leong, associate editor-in-chief, Vitaly Gordin, associate editor.
    Contents:
    1. A Survey of Systems Involved in Nociceptive Processing
    2. Pharmacogenomics of Pain Management
    3. Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs
    4. The Role of Antidepressants in the Treatment of Chronic Pain
    5. Anticonvulsant Medications for Treatment of Neuropathic and "Functional" Pain
    6. NMDA Receptor Antagonists in the Treatment of Pain
    7. Role of Muscle Relaxants in the Treatment of Pain
    8. Topical Analgesics
    9. Sleep Aids
    10. Clinical Use of Opioids
    11. Opioid Adverse Effects and Opioid-Induced Hypogonadism
    12. Acute Management of the Opioid-Dependent Patient
    13. Opioids and the Law
    14. Methadone for Chronic Pain
    15. Toxicology Screening for Opioids
    16. Monitoring Drug Use and Abuse: The Evolution of a Paradigm
    17. Polypharmacy and Drug Interaction
    18. Role of Cannabinoids in Pain Management
    19. The Future of Pain Pharmacotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mitchell J. Prinstein, Eric A. Youngstrom, Eric J. Mash, Russell A. Barkley.
    Summary: This definitive practitioner reference and course text comprehensively reviews evidence-based treatments for psychological disorders in children and adolescents. The volume begins with several foundational chapters that guide the reader to think and work as an evidence-based practitioner. Subsequent sections cover treatments for specific clinical problems documented in DSM-5, as well as common presenting issues that do not fit neatly into traditional diagnostic categories. Each well-organized chapter identifies effective psychosocial, pharmacological, and complementary treatments and uses session-by-session examples to illustrate implementation of a recommended approach. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Mitchell J. Prinstein and Eric A. Youngstrom
    Case conceptualization / Kristel Thomassin and John Hunsley
    Evidence-based therapist flexibility: making treatments work for clients / Brian C. Chu
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder / Steven W. Evans, Julie Sarno Owens, and Thomas J. Power
    Conduct and oppositional disorders / Robert J. McMahon and Paul J. Frick
    Depressive disorders / John F. Curry and Allison E. Meyer
    Bipolar disorder / Mary A. Fristad and Michelle E. Roley-Roberts
    Suicidal and nonsuicidal self-injury / Matthew K. Nock ... [et al.]
    Anxiety disorders / Sophie A. Palitz, Jordan P. Davis, and Philip C. Kendall
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder / Joshua Kemp and Jennifer B. Freeman
    Common issues in infancy and toddlerhood / Juliana Acosta, Daniel M. Bagner, and Alice S. Carter
    Autism spectrum disorder / Laura Grofer Klinger and Katerina M. Dudley
    Intellectual disability / Johnny L. Matson ... [et al.]
    Learning disabilities / Ryan J. McGill and Nadine Ndip
    Posttraumatic stress disorder / Annette M. La Greca and BreAnne A. Danzi
    Coping and emotion regulation / Bruce E. Compas and Alexandra H. Bettis
    Persistent complex bereavement disorder / Julie B. Kaplow, Christopher M. Layne, and Robert S. Pynoos
    Child maltreatment / Vicky Veitch Wolfe and Brynn M. Kelly
    Substance use problems / Tammy Chung and Rachel L. Bachrach
    Early-onset schizophrenia / Aditi Sharma and Jon McClellan
    Personality disorders / Francheska Perepletchikova and Donald Nathanson
    Eating disorders / James Lock and Lily Osipov
    Obesity / Jacqueline F. Hayes ... [et al.]
    Sleep problems / Danielle M. Graef and Kelly C. Byars.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Dirk Dressler, Eckart Altenmüller, Joachim Krauss.
    Summary: Our understanding of dystonia is advancing rapidly. This comprehensive reference work provides an effective guide to this challenging group of disorders, offering an overview of the current and emerging treatment options for all manifestations. Treatments for the many forms of dystonia differ substantially in pediatrics and adults - both are covered in detail in this book. Approaches include botulinum toxin therapy, deep brain stimulation, oral drug applications, rehabilitation, and behavioral and experimental therapies. Special emphasis is also given to combining different treatment modalities in order to achieve optimal effect. Treatment of Dystonia brings together peer-reviewed articles, written by experts and based on work presented at international conferences. By enabling the physician to select and combine the best therapies, it is an essential resource for neurologists, neurosurgeons and physical therapists.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Print
    Early Breast Cancer Trialists' Collaborative Group (EBCTCG).
    Contents:

    v. 1. Worldwide evidence 1985-1990.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.B8 T74
    1
  • Digital
    Heinz Mehlhorn, Zhongdao Wu, Bin Ye, editors.
    Summary: This book intensively examines the efficacy of plant-derived products that have been used for over a thousand years by practitioners of so-called Traditional Chinese Medicine in the light of recent chemotherapeuticals. The chapters were written by renowned Chinese medical researchers and are supplemented by results obtained in German antiparasitic research projects. Parasites and emerging diseases are a major threat of our time, which is characterized by an enormous increase in the size of the human population and by an unbelievably rapid globalization that has led to the daily transport of millions of humans and containers with goods from one end of the earth to the other. Furthermore the slow but constant global warming offers new opportunities for many agents of diseases to become established in new areas. Therefore it is essential that we develop precautions in order to avoid epidemics or even pandemics in overcrowded megacities or at the large-scale farm animal confinements that are needed to secure a steady flow of food in the crowded regions of the world. Of course intensive research in the field of chemotherapy since 1900 has produced unbelievable breakthroughs in therapies for formerly untreatable and thus deadly diseases. However, a large number of untreatable diseases remain, as well as a constantly growing number of agents of disease that have developed resistances to standard chemical compounds.

    Contents:
    Introduction ( Heinz Mehlhorn)
    Schistosomiasis in China ( Wei Hu)
    Clonorchis and Opisthorchis infection and their impact on cancer ( Banchob Sripa)
    Angiostrongylus cantonensis in China (Wu Zhongdao, Lv Zhiyue)
    Traditonal Chinese treatment methods against schistosomes and other trematodes ( Wu Zhongdao, Su Xi)
    Treatment methods of Traditional Chinese Medicine for hydatidosis and other tapeworm infections ( Ye Bin)
    Traditonal Chinese treatment methods against nematodes ( Wu Zhongdao, Su Xi)
    Toxoplasmosis and traditional chinese medicine (Lv Fangli)
    Malaria in China (Ying Wang)
    Malaria and traditional Chinese medicine (Xu Wenyue) .- Intestinal protozoan diseases and traditional Chinese medicine (Ma Changling)
    Dengue fever and similar vector borne diseases in China (Wu Yu) .- Tsutsugamushi in China (Zheng Xiaoying) .- Leishmaniasis in China (Chen Jianping)
    Impact of climate and globalization on parasites (Heinz Mehlhorn)
    Conclusions (Heinz Mehlhorn). .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Phoebe Lin, Eric Suhler, editors.
    Summary: This unique, comprehensive book provides a much-needed reference on the treatment and management of non-infectious uveitis. Carefully designed, Treatment of Non-infectious Uveitis is the first book of its kind to provide an in-depth, clinically-relevant, expert-driven resource for ophthalmologists focusing on modalities of uveitis treatment, their mechanism of action, dosing, and side effects. Each chapter provides an introduction, mechanism of action, indication, dosage, side effects, and efficacy summaries from clinical trials and other published literature. Topics range from topical treatment, to locally administered therapy including drug-releasing implants, to systemic immunosuppressive treatments both tried and new, as well as surgical management, with each chapter highlighting important practice pearls as well as easy-reference dosing tables, side effects, and lab monitoring pertinent to the agents discussed. The book concludes with a discussion of novel approaches to the treatment of non-infectious uveitis, and special considerations when treating uveitis in the pediatric patient. The majority of patients with non-infectious uveitis are treated by comprehensive ophthalmologists, many of whom are less familiar with established treatment guidelines outlining the role of corticosteroids and immunomodulatory therapy. While the non-specialist, resident, or fellow is sure to benefit from this one-stop guide to uveitis treatment, retina and uveitis specialists alike will also appreciate the practice tips and thorough coverage of this expertly-written reference. Treatment of Non-infectious Uveitis is the ideal reference for all ophthalmologists who seek to improve their understanding of the causes of uveitis and learn how to best treat this condition.

    Contents:
    Ch 1: Introduction
    Ch 2: Topical Therapy in Uveitis
    Ch 3: Systemic Corticosteroids in the Treatment of Uveitis
    Ch 4: Antimetabolites
    Ch 5: T Cell Inhibitors
    Ch 6: Alkylating Agents
    Ch 7: Biologics Targeting Tumor Necrosis Factor
    Ch 8: Biologics Targeting B and T Cell Activation
    Ch 9: Targeting Interleukin-6 in Ocular Inflammatory Diseases
    Ch 10: Interferons and Intravenous Immunoglobulin
    Ch 11: Diagnostic Biopsies in the Management of Uveitis
    Ch 12: Therapeutic Vitreoretinal Surgery for Non-infectious Intermediate, Posterior, and Panuveitis
    Ch 13: Local Drug Delivery for Non-infectious Uveitis
    Ch 14: Novel Approaches to the Treatment of Non-infectious Uveitis
    Ch 15: Special Considerations: Treatment of Pediatric Uveitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Masaaki Uno, Kuniaki Ogasawara, editors.
    Summary: This book describes new concepts and strategies for the clinical application of non-vitamin K antagonist oral anticoagulants (NOACs) for stroke. Although vitamin K antagonists have traditionally been used for the prevention of stroke, there are some problems associated with their use, such as the risk of intracranial hemorrhage, the need for dietary restrictions, and individual variability. Recently, NOACs have been introduced as alternatives to traditional anticoagulants and are becoming an option for treating stroke patients around the globe. However, their use is not without risk. Each chapter describes the successful use of NOACs for stroke patients and discusses their future impact from various points of view. The book is primarily written for neurosurgeons and neurologists but is also of interest to cardiologists involved in stroke treatment.

    Contents:
    1.Intracranial Bleeding
    2.Severity and Outcomes of Intracerebral Bleeding and Cardiac Cerebral Embolism
    3.Influence for Intracranial Bleeding Surgery
    4.New Approaches for the Secondary Prevention of Cryptogenic Stroke Using Non-Vitamin K Antagonist Oral Anticoagulants
    5.Secondary Prevention of Cerebral Infarct: Verification of Appropriateness in Choices of Anticoagulant by Comparison of Current and previous Treatment Results
    6.Putaminal Hemorrhage in Patients with Oral Anticoagulants -Course of Treatment and Results of Endoscopic Evacuation
    7.Secondary Prevention of Stroke with Atrial Fibrillation by New Oral Anticoagulants
    8.Causes and Outcome in Patients with Cerebral Hemorrhage Using Anticoagulated Drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Angelo Di Giorgio, Enrico Pinto, editors ; in collaboration with Paolo Sammartino, Franco Roviello ; foreword by Giorgio De Toma.
    Summary: This monograph summarizes state of the art knowledge regarding peritoneal surface malignancies, with in-depth description of treatment options and the results achieved to date. It explores the most challenging problems on the basis of the authorsℓ́ℓ very extensive clinical experience and examines the most relevant clinical trials. A comprehensive summary is provided of all phase 2 studies (the only available completed studies) and of ongoing and future phase 3 studies. Particular attention is paid to the results of integrated treatment comprising cytoreduction (peritonectomy) and hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemotherapy (HIPEC). Helpful background information is also included on the definition and clinical assessment of each clinical form. The book, drawing on data from the entire Italian experience as well as world literature, will be an outstanding benchmark for health professionals and researchers.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface 1
    Preface 2
    Introduction
    Part 1 Background
    1 Peritoneal surface malignancies: definition
    2 Epidemiology: the extent of the problem
    3: Intraperitoneal spread: origin and mechanisms
    4 Pathology and patterns of molecular biology
    5 Classification of intraperitoneal spread
    6 Diagnosis and assessment: clinical, radiological, and laparoscopic
    Part 2 Treatment
    7 Rationale for integrated procedures (combined cytoreduction and HIPEC)
    8 Peritonectomy techniques
    9 HIPEC techniques
    10 The role of surgery
    11 The role of systemic chemotherapy
    12 Anesthesiology and perioperative management
    13 Patient selection for treatment
    14 Morbidity and mortality
    15 Organizational problems, costs, and data collection
    Part 3 Results of integrated treatment
    16 Pseudomyxoma peritonei
    17 Peritoneal mesothelioma
    18 Peritoneal carcinomatosis from gastric cancer
    19 Peritoneal carcinomatosis from colorectal cancer
    20 Peritoneal carcinomatosis from ovarian and gynecological cancers
    21 Other primary peritoneal surface malignancies
    22 Peritoneal carcinomatosis from other primary tumors
    23 Palliative treatments
    Part 4 Perspectives
    24 New trials
    25 Main topics of discussion and new trends
    Part 5 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Miguel A. Cuesta, H. Jaap Bonjer, editors.
    Summary: Any surgical intervention, elective or acute, may lead to postoperative complications. Moreover, the pertaining approach - laparoscopic or open - will probably not differ in the morbidity rate after surgery. Complications that occur after a surgical intervention can be classified as major or minor. Major complications to the digestive tract after surgery imply in most of cases a leakage of an anastomosis, bleeding in the abdominal cavity or in the tract, the appearance of intraperitoneal abscesses, or surgical site infections and wound dehiscence. These complications, depending on the organ affected, upper GI, HPB tract or colorectal, are associated with high morbidity and mortality. Early suspicion and diagnosis, followed by an early and effective treatment is imperative in order to reduce the morbidity and mortality. Adequate treatment will involve a good coordination of the three disciplines involved in treatment: the surgeon, the intervention radiologist, and the gastroenterologist. Approach of these postoperative complications is changing constantly and these changes are not properly known by general and more specialized digestive surgeons daily involved in the treatment of these diseases. The proposal for this book is to offer a systematic description of the most frequent complications occurring in the three above mentioned parts of the digestive tract. In this way, the reader will have access to a practical book in which every current complication can be easily recognized, along with relevant information as guide for an adequate treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Richard J. Shaw, M.D., Sarah M. Horwitz, Ph. D.
    Summary: "Although the benefits of psychological consultation in the pediatric setting are well established, a gap often exists between the demand for these services and funding. We have embarked on our longstanding goal to develop a group-based intervention model for parents of premature infants, adapting our manual of individual trauma-focused cognitive behavioral therapy to help reduce feelings of parental isolation. This book describes a more global approach to psychological consultation in the NICU integrating interventions that begin prior to the infant's conception and extend well beyond the NICU hospitalization. Chapter 1 provides a context and review of the medical aspects of the NICU environment and the neurodevelopmental consequences of prematurity. In Chapter 2 reviews the common psychological reactions of mothers of premature infants, including specific risk factors associated with maternal psychological distress. It also discusses the relationship between parental posttraumatic stress and infant outcomes as it relates to such issues as breastfeeding, maternal-infant interaction, attachment, and infant development. Chapter 3 describes the form and prevalence of symptoms of paternal psychological distress and outline a curriculum for a group-based intervention specifically designed to address fathers' concerns. Chapter 4 addresses developmental care interventions that overlap with interventions more narrowly focused on parental psychological distress. Chapters 5 and 6 describe our intervention model in both the individualand group therapy formats. Chapter 7 addresses vulnerable child syndrome, which is associated with adverse developmental outcomes in children as well as overutilization of health care resources. Application of the trauma model to the concept provides a framework to understand how parental behavior is altered in the context of trauma. Finally, Chapter 8 discusses how to implement a psychological intervention program in the NICU that includes screening the parents of premature infants for symptoms of psychological distress"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Medical and Neurodevelopmental Consequences of Prematurity / Krisa P. Van Meurs, Susan R. Hintz
    Psychological Adjustment in Mothers of Premature Infants / Richard J. Shaw, Angelica Moreyra, LaTrice L. Dowtin, Sarah M. Horwitz
    Postpartum Psychological Experiences of Fathers of Premature Infants / LaTrice L. Dowtin, Tiffany Willis, Daniel Singley
    Psychological Interventions in the NICU / Melissa Scala, Soudabeh Givrad, Richard J. Shaw
    Individual Trauma-Based Intervention for Mothers of Premature Infants / Emily A. Lilo, Tonyanna C. Borkovi, Angelica Moreyra, Sarah M. Horwitz, Richard J. Shaw
    Group-Based Trauma Intervention for Mothers of Premature Infants / Angelica Moreyra, Stephanie Simon, Emily Wharton, Tonyanna C. Borkovi, Richard J. Shaw
    Vulnerable Child Syndrome / Margaret K. Hoge, LaTrice L. Dowtin, Sarah M. Horwitz, Richard J. Shaw
    Implementing the Evidence-Based Intervention to Address Psychological Distress in Women With Premature Infants / Sarah M. Horwitz, LaTrice L. Dowtin, Emily Lilo.
  • Digital
    Brendan Madden, editor.
    Contents:
    1. The pathophysiology, presentation and diagnostic investigation of pulmonary hypertension
    2. Molecular biological aspects, therapeutic targets and new treatment strategies
    3. Current treatment strategies, guidelines and new therapies
    4. The role of surgery in pulmonary hypertension
    5. Putting it all together
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Murad Alam, Jeffrey S. Dover, Jill S. Waibel, Kenneth A. Arndt, John Y.S. Kim, J. Regan Thomas, Curtis W. Gaball, Rodney K. Chan.
    Summary: "Effectively use the latest treatments to manage scars, improving function and quality of life for your patients"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    History of Scar Treatment / Omer Ibrahim, Nazanin Saedi, Jeffrey S. Dover, and Kenneth A. Arndt
    Basic Science of Scars / Eduardo K. Moioli and Diana Bolotin
    Self-Esteem and Psychologic Issues / Abigail Waldman and Murad Alam
    Patient Selection and Counseling / Mara C. Weinstein Velez, Nazanin Saedi, Jeffrey S. Dover and Kenneth A. Arndt
    Burn Rehabilitation : Range of Motion and Pain Following Acute Burn Injury / Rodney K. Chan
    Treatment Algorithm : What, When? / Murad Alam
    Surgical Correction of the Late Effects of Burns / Rodney K. Chan
    Surgical Scar Revision / J Regan Thomas and Katherine Hicks
    Dermabrasion / Eric W. Cerrati and J. Regan Thomas
    Fractional Resurfacing of Traumatic and Burn Scars / Shilpi Khetarpal, Elizabeth Jones, Kenneth A. Arndt, Jeffrey S. Dover and Nazanin Saedi
    Antimetabolites And Antimitotic Drugs In The Treatment Of Keloid And Hypertrophic Scars / Abigail Waldman and Murad Alam
    Laser-Assisted Drug Delivery for Scars / Jill S. Waibel, Ashley Rudnick, and Dorene Niv
    Autologous Fat Grafting in the Reconstruction and Rejuvenation of Traumatic Scars / Isaac E. Schwartz, Curtis W. Gabal, and Jose E. Barrera
    Stem Cell Transfer / Jill S. Waibel, Alexander Daoud, Ashley Rudnick, and Carly Wyler
    Vascular Lasers and Lights For The Treatment of Scars / Brian A. Raphael, Nazanin Saedi, Kenneth A. Arndt, Jeffrey S. Dover
    Practical Cases / Jordan T. Blough, Arun K. Gosain, and John Y. S. Kim
    Future of Scar Management / Michael M. Vu, Robert D. Galiano, and John Y. S. Kim.
    Digital Access AccessDermatology 2021
  • Digital
    Mark G. Lebwohl, MD, Warren R. Heymann, MD, John Berth-Jones, FRCP, Ian H. Coulson, BSc, MB, FRCP
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark G. Lebwohl, Warren R. Heymann, Ian Coulson, Dedee Murrell.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Fu, Kai-Ming G.; Dimar II, John R.; Mummaneni, Praveen V.; Virk, Michael S.; Wang, Michael Y.
    Summary: As the population continues to age worldwide, spinal disease will become more prevalent in the elderly population. The treatment of spinal disease requires an individual approach encorporating best practices. Optimal management in the elderly may differ from younger patients due to increased comorbidities, decreased bone health, and a higher risk of perioperative morbidity and mortality. While more and more elderly patients will require evaluation and management of their spinal disease, most modern books discuss operative and nonoperative management based upon disease process. Techniques and approaches are described for a specific pathology, and are usually tailored for a young or middle aged patient. Treatment of Spine Disease in the Elderly: Cutting Edge Techniques and Technologies is designed to address this gap in today's literature by expressly addressing spinal conditions in the elderly and current advanced techniques and technologies for treating their spinal disease. It will be intended as a resource for the beginning to the advanced surgeon and practitioner whom undertakes treatment of patients in this age group. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Elderly Specific Considerations in Spine Disease
    Trauma
    Tumor
    Adult Deformity
    Osteoporosis
    References
    Contents
    Part I: Special Perioperative Considerations in the Elderly
    Chapter 1: Bone Health, Advances in Assessment and Treatment
    Introduction
    Identification of Patients at Risk for Postoperative Complications
    Dual-Energy X-ray Absorptiometry (DXA)
    Computed Tomography (CT)-Based Techniques
    Trabecular Bone Score (TBS)
    High-Resolution Peripheral QCT (HR-pQCT)
    Optimization of Bone Strength Perioperatively
    Bisphosphonates
    Anabolic Agents: Teriparatide
    Anabolic Agents: Abaloparatide
    Combination Therapy
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Antithrombotic Management in Spine Surgery in the Elderly
    Introduction
    Preoperative Antithrombotic Therapy
    Antithrombotic Agent Classes
    Antiplatelets
    Aspirin (Acetylsalicylic Acid, ASA)
    Clopidogrel and Other P2Y12 Receptor Antagonists
    Oral Anticoagulants
    Warfarin
    Direct Oral Anticoagulants (DOACs)
    Heparin Compounds
    Unfractionated Heparin (UFH)
    Low Molecular Weight Heparin (LMWH)
    Fondaparinux
    Bridging Anticoagulation
    Intraoperative Anticoagulation
    Postoperative Antithrombotic Therapy
    Antiplatelets
    Aspirin (Acetylsalicylic Acid, ASA)
    Clopidogrel and Other P2Y12 Receptor Antagonists
    Oral Anticoagulants
    Warfarin
    Direct Oral Anticoagulants (DOACs)
    Heparin Compounds
    Unfractionated Heparin and LMWH
    Antithrombotic Management in the Emergent Setting
    Antiplatelets
    Aspirin
    Clopidogrel
    Oral Anticoagulants
    Warfarin
    DOACs
    Heparin Compounds
    Unfractionated Heparin
    LMWH
    Fondaparinux
    Special Considerations
    Changes in Body Composition
    Pharmacokinetics
    Absorption
    Volume of Distribution
    Protein Binding
    Clearance. Hepatic Impairment
    Renal Impairment
    Fall Risk
    Diet
    Polypharmacy
    Future Directions
    References
    Chapter 3: Managing Multiple Medical Comorbidities
    Pre-operative Risk Stratification and Communication of Risk
    Geriatric-Specific Risk Factors
    Age as a Risk Factor
    Obesity
    Management of Diabetes
    Cardiac and Pulmonary Disease
    Venous Thromboembolism
    Anemia
    Delirium
    Pain Management Before and After Surgery
    Smoking, Alcohol, and Substance Use
    Post-operative Disposition
    Conclusions
    Bibliography
    Chapter 4: Anesthetic Concerns for Spinal Surgery in the Elderly
    Introduction
    Age-Related Physiologic Changes
    Central Nervous System
    Cardiovascular
    Respiratory
    Renal
    Gastrointestinal
    Musculoskeletal and Cutaneous
    Preanesthetic Consultation
    Frailty
    Prehabilitation
    Cognition and Dementia
    Medication Management
    Intraoperative Management
    Anesthetic Techniques: General and Regional Anesthesia and Monitored Anesthesia Care
    Depth of Sedation
    Hemodynamic Perfusion Monitoring
    Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring
    Postoperative Management
    Screening for Delirium
    Postoperative Cognitive Dysfunction
    Management Strategies
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: Spinal Prehab/Rehab in the Elderly
    Early Postoperative Rehabilitation
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: ERAS and Spine Surgery
    Introduction
    Rationale for the Use of ERAS in Spinal Surgery
    ERAS Components
    Preoperative Period
    Intraoperative Period
    Postoperative Period
    Outcomes by Type of Spine Surgery
    Surgery by Anatomical Level
    Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Deformity Surgery
    Tumor Surgery
    Outcomes in Elderly Patients
    ERAS Implementation
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Spine Disease in the Elderly. Chapter 7: Surgical Treatment of Cervical Spondylotic Myelopathy
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Elderly Perioperative Considerations
    Surgical Management
    Ventral Approaches
    ACDF
    Corpectomy
    Dorsal Approaches
    Laminectomy
    Laminectomy and Fusion
    Laminoplasty
    Combined Approach
    Complications
    Age
    Approach
    Common Complications
    Future Research
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 8: Atlantoaxial Fracture Management
    Introduction
    Anatomy and Mechanical Properties of the Atlantoaxial Complex
    Epidemiology
    Odontoid Fractures
    Diagnosis
    Imaging
    Morbidity and Mortality
    Management
    External Immobilization
    Operative Management
    Fractures of the Atlas
    Diagnosis and Treatment
    C1-2 Dislocation and Subluxation
    Imaging and Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Hangman's Fractures
    The Modified Effendi Classification System
    Diagnosis
    Management and Operative Technique
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 9: MIS Cervical Approaches in the Elderly
    Introduction
    MIS Posterior Fusion via Facet Joint Arthrodesis
    MIS Posterior Cervical Foraminotomy (PCF)
    Tubular Cervical Unilateral Laminotomy for Bilateral Decompression
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 10: Subaxial Spinal Trauma
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Etiology
    Diagnosis
    Classification
    Treatment
    Outcomes, Mortality and Complications
    References
    Chapter 11: Anterior vs. Posterior Cervical Approaches for the Elderly
    Introduction
    Patient Selection
    Cervical Spine Alignment
    Number of Levels Requiring Decompression
    Approach-Related Complications to Consider
    C5, C8, and T1 Nerve Root Injuries
    Dysphagia
    Dysphonia
    Wound Complications
    Other Considerations
    OPLL
    Pseudarthrosis
    Revision Surgery
    Anterior Cervical Approaches. Anterior Cervical Discectomy and Fusion (ACDF)
    Other Surgical Considerations
    Anterior Cervical Corpectomy and Fusion (ACCF)
    Other Surgical Considerations
    Anterior Cervical Hemi-Corpectomy and Fusion (ACHCF)
    Cervical Disc Arthroplasty (CDA)
    Posterior Cervical Approaches
    Laminectomy and Fusion
    Laminoplasty
    Laminoplasty Versus ACDF
    Laminoplasty Versus Laminectomy and Fusion
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 12: Cervical Spine Disease in Elderly Patients with Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Background and Etiology
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Medical Treatments for AS
    Cervical Spine Fracture in the Elderly
    Cervical Deformity in the Elderly
    Navigation Technology for the Surgical Treatment of Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Nanomedicine: A Novel Treatment
    AI and Technological Modeling
    References
    Chapter 13: Cervical Spine Deformity in the Elderly
    Background
    Cervical Spinal Deformity Development in the Elderly
    Evaluation for Surgery in Cervical Spine Deformity in the Elderly
    Initial Evaluation
    Radiographic Evaluation
    Surgical Planning
    Algorithmic Approach to Cervical Spine Deformity Correction
    Fixed Deformity Without Ankylosis
    Fixed Deformity with Anterior Ankylosis
    Fixed Deformity with Posterior Ankylosis
    Fixed Deformity with Circumferentially Fused Cervicothoracic Junction
    Flexible Deformity with Mild Kyphosis
    Flexible Deformity with Moderate Kyphosis
    Flexible Deformity with Severe Kyphosis
    Radiographic Success After Cervical Spine Deformity Correction in the Elderly
    Complications After Cervical Spine Deformity Correction in the Elderly
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 14: Spinal Cord Injury in the Elderly Population
    Introduction
    Central Cord Syndrome. Spinal Trauma Associated with SCI: Odontoid Fracture, Penetrating Injury, and Fracture Dislocation
    Odontoid Fractures
    Penetrating Injury
    Thoracolumbar Fracture/Dislocation Associated with SCI
    Medical Management
    Surgical Management
    Outcomes
    Experimental Treatments
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 15: Cervical Spinal Oncology
    Introduction
    Frailty in the Elderly Spine Oncology Patient
    Primary Spine Tumors
    Tumors of the Vertebral Column
    Tumors of the Spinal Cord and Meninges
    Intradural Extramedullary Lesions
    Intradural Intramedullary (Intrinsic) Lesions
    Metastatic Lesions
    Goals of Surgery
    Who Is a Surgical Candidate?
    Minimally Invasive Surgical Techniques and Alternatives for Frail Patients
    Nonsurgical Alternatives
    Conclusion
    References
    Part III: Thoracolumbar Disease in the Elderly
    Chapter 16: Management of Spondylolisthesis in the Elderly Population
    Introduction
    Diagnosis
    Nonsurgical Treatment
    Physical Therapy
    Medications and Injections
    Conservative vs. Surgical Treatment
    Surgical Treatment
    Indications for Surgical Treatment
    Overview of Surgical Alternatives for Lumbar Spondylolisthesis
    Outcomes of Surgical Treatment
    Complications
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 17: Sagittal Plane Deformity Considerations in the Elderly
    Pathophysiology
    Radiographic Parameters
    Pelvic Parameters
    Pelvic Incidence
    Pelvic Tilt
    Sacral Slope
    Regional Spine Alignment
    Relationship of Lumbar Lordosis to Pelvic Incidence
    Roussouly Spine Types
    Global Spinal Alignment
    Radiographic Parameters and Patient-Reported Outcomes
    Age-Adjusted Radiographic Parameters
    Surgical Correction of Adult Spinal Deformity in the Elderly
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 18: Revision Surgery in the Elderly
    Introduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Robert F. Kushner, Daniel H. Bessesen, editors.
    Summary: This is a timely and informative updated volume for all health care providers challenged with helping patients manage weight. Similar to the well-reviewed first edition, Treatment of the Obese Patient, Second Edition is directed toward individuals who wish to read further about targeted topics, rather than find an introduction to the field. This second edition again provides insights into recent scientific advances in obesity research and provides the most up-to-date instruction about current treatment issues and strategies for both adults and children. An essential, practical text that sorts, synthesizes, and interprets the latest information on obesity-related topics, Treatment of the Obese Patient, Second Edition, is an essential resource for clinical endocrinologists and other health care providers across a broad spectrum of specialties.

    Contents:
    Genetics of Obesity
    Reward, Reinforcement and Impulsivity in Obesity
    Neuroregulation of Body Weight: Lessons from Animal Models
    Gut Hormones and the Regulation of Body Weight
    Non Alcoholic Steatohepatitis and the Complications of Obesity
    Critical Importance of the Perinatal Period in the Development of Obesity
    Body Composition in Obesity
    Gut Microbiome and Obesity
    Shortened Sleep Time and Obesity
    Adaptive Responses to Weight Loss
    Recent Developments in the Epidemiology of Obesity
    Assessment of the Obese Patient
    Behavioral Strategies in Weight Management
    Dietary Modification as a Weight Management Strategy
    Physical Activity as a Weight Management Strategy
    Weight Loss Drugs, Present and Future
    Surgical Approaches and Outcomes
    Pre and Post-Operative Management of the Bariatric Surgical Patient
    Early Findings from the LOOK Ahead Trial
    Treatment of Obesity in the Primary Care Clinic
    Assessment of the Obese Child
    Treatment of the Obese Adolescent.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rachel Manber, Colleen E. Carney.
    Contents:
    Sleep and its regulation
    Behavioral regulation of sleep : the role of arousal
    Other sleep disorders
    The impact of comorbid disorders on sleep and insomnia
    Assessment of insomnia
    Behavioral components of CBT-I : Part I
    Behavioral components of CBT-I : Part II
    Addressing sleep-related cognitions
    Case conceptualization and treatment planning
    Case example 1 : Sophie
    Case example 2 : Sam
    General delivery issues.
  • Digital
    Peter F. Buckley, Fiona Gaughran, editors.
    Summary: "Schizophrenia is often associated with an inadequate response to pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatments. How to treat patients who have an unsatisfactory response to anti-psychotics, including clozapine - which is unequivocally the most powerful antipsychotic medication for this recalcitrant population - remains a clinical conundrum. A range of adjunctive medications have been tried with mixed results; there has also been renewed interest in the role of neuromodulatory strategies, electroconvulsive therapy, and cognitive and vocational approaches. Perhaps a bright spot for the future lies in the evolution of pharmacogenetic approaches for individualized care. In this book, leading experts from Europe, Australia and the Americas provide a timely appraisal of treatments for the most severely ill schizophrenia patients. This clinically focused book is informed by the latest research on the neurobiology and treatment of schizophrenia. It is comprehensive in scope, covering current treatment options, various add-on approaches, and a range of psychosocial treatments. The contributors are respected experts who have combined their clinical experience with cutting-edge research to provide readers with authoritative information on fundamental aspects of clinical care for schizophrenia."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Keiji Kuroda, Jan J. Brosens, Siobhan Quenby, Satoru Takeda, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a highly informative guide to treating unexplained infertility and recurrent miscarriage (RM). In particular, it provides detailed treatment strategies for infertility or RM derived from uterine circumstance such as chronic endometritis and perturbation of endometrial decidualization, as well as maternal immunological rejection of an embryo as semi-allograft. Unexplained infertility refers to those types that cannot be detected by the general screening test. The causes are sometimes detected in the course of treatment with assisted reproductive technology including IVF. However, some unexplained infertility is intractable even after intracytoplasmic sperm injection or repeated implantation of morphologically suitable embryos. Patients with unexplained RM also have a high likelihood of undetectable risk factors of miscarriage. As a result, gynecologists often repeatedly provide these couples with general treatments for infertility and miscarriage or even discontinue treatment because they cannot detect the reason, which places serious financial, physical and mental burdens on the couples affected. This book offers gynecologists essential insights into the pathological condition of unexplained infertility and RM, equipping them to identify it, explain it to patients, and consider further examinations and more aggressive fertility treatments.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Dean McKay, Jonathan S. Abramowitz, Eric Storch.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Jonathan S Abramowitz, Eric A Storch, Dean McKay
    Cognitive Behavioral Therapy / Jesse R Cougle, Melanie A Hom, Natalie L Matheny
    Fears and Specific Phobias / Maysa M Kaskas, Paige M Ryan, Thompson E Davis
    Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia / Lily A Brown, Michelle G Craske
    The Nature and Treatment of Social Anxiety / Joseph K Carpenter, Joshua Curtiss, Stefan G Hofmann
    The Nature and Treatment of Obsessions and Compulsions / Jonathan S Abramowitz
    Hoarding Disorder / Tina L Mayes, Catherine R Ayers
    Mechanisms and Treatment of Generalized Anxiety Disorder / Michelle G Newman, Ki Eun Shin, Lucas S LaFreniere
    Empirically Supported Conceptualizations and Treatments of Post-traumatic Stress Disorder / Jonathan D Green, Brian P Marx, Terence M Keane
    Post-traumatic Stress Disorder Treatment Effects and Underlying Mechanisms of Change / Lori A Zoellner, Alissa B Jerud, Elizabeth H Marks, Natalia M Garcia
    Persistent Depressive Disorder (Dysthymia) and Its Treatment / James P McCullough, Sarah W Clark
    Matching Empirically Supported Therapies to Treatment Targets in Bipolar Disorder / Anna Meter, Eric Youngstrom
    Schizophrenia and Severe Mental Illness / Dennis R Combs, Kim T Mueser
    Anorexia Nervosa / Lauren Breithaupt, Sarah Fischer, Joanna Marino, Diana Gaydusek
    Bulimia Nervosa / Sarah Fischer, Kendra Davis, Lauren Breithaupt
    Alcohol Use Disorders / Barbara S McCrady
    Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Insomnia / Shelby Harris, Eleanor McGlinchey
    Psychological Approaches for Low Sexual Arousal / Charmaine Borg, Peter J Jong
    Problems of Mood Dysregulation / Shannon Sauer-Zavala, Laren R Conklin
    Mechanisms of Treatments for Trichotillomania (Hair Pulling Disorder) / Elle Brennan, Sarah K Francazio, Yolanda E Murphy, Christopher A Flessner
    Body-Focused Repetitive Behavior / Christine A Conelea, Hannah E Frank, Michael R Walther
    Non-suicidal Self-injury / Emily H Brackman, Margaret S Andover
    Severe Health Anxiety in the Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders / Erik Hedman, Erland Axelsson
    Borderline Personality Disorder / Shireen L Rizvi, Marget C Thomas
    Paraphilias / William T O'Donohue, Julie Kahler, Natalie Bennett, Olga Cirlugea, Lorraine Benuto
    Treating Relationship Distress / Christine Paprocki, Donald H Baucom
    Acceptance and Commitment Therapy / Michael E Levin, James D Herbert, Evan M Forman
    Transdiagnostic Approaches to Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Emotional Disorders / Todd J Farchione, Laren R Conklin, Jacqueline R Bullis
    Neural Network Models as Explanatory Frameworks of Psychopathology and Its Treatment / Warren W Tryon, Jonathan Hoffman, Dean McKay
    Disgust in Psychopathology / Rachel Ojserkis, William Taboas, Dean McKay
    Temperament in Youth Internalizing Disorders / Helen F Dodd, Jennifer L Hudson, Ronald M Rapee
    Oppositionality and Functionality in Youth Externalizing Disorders / Randi Bennett, Samantha Adelsberg, Amy K Roy
    Early Childhood Externalizing Behavior Problems and Parent Training Interventions / Daniel M Bagner, Dainelys Garcia, Nicole E Barroso.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    C.J.A. Shelbourne, Mike Carson.
    Summary: Dothistroma pini changed New Zealand commercial forestry dramatically. Tree breeding became concentrated on a very few species and development of selection methods and breeding strategies changed in response to the new challenges. Tree-Breeding and Genetics in New Zealand provides a critical historical account of the work on provenance research and tree breeding, often with the wisdom of hindsight, and it tracks the development of breeding strategy, especially for P. radiata, Douglas-fir and the most important eucalypt species, E. regnans, E. fastigata and E. nitens. The book is a compendium of abstracts and summaries of all publications and reports on tree improvement in New Zealand since the early 1950s, with added critical comment by the author on much of the work. It is intended for other tree breeders internationally, for interested NZ foresters and for graduate students studying genetics and tree breeding.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    The influence of Ib Thulin
    Species and provenance testing Eastern USA species
    Species and provenance testing European and Japanese species
    Species and provenance testing western USA species
    Douglas-fir provenance and breeding
    Finale: Species and provenance testing of conifers
    Experiment design in provenance and progeny trials
    Eucalypt (hardwood) species and provenance research, and breeding programs
    Finale Eucalypts
    Cupressus and other conifers
    Clonal forestry
    Breeding theory
    Radiata breeding
    Breeding Strategy
    Conclusions
    The Future of Forest Tree Improvement in New Zealand
    Appendix
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lina Triana.
    Summary: Bring your practice fully up to date with the most effective and innovative techniques in aesthetic plastic surgery. Trends and Techniques: Aesthetic Plastic Surgery covers today's sought-after procedures- from male-specific aesthetic techniques to liposuction technologies and vaginal rejuvenation-all innovative new procedures that will greatly benefit your patients' quality of life. In this outstanding resource, you'll learn not only from Dr. Lina Triana, but also from other internationally recognized aesthetic surgeons in plastic surgery, facial plastic surgery, oral and maxillofacial surgery, and dermatology. Chapters cover high-demand procedures such as facelifts and lip enhancements, liposuction and J plasma, mamopexy after breast implant removal, hoodplasty, vaginal tightening, scrotal lift, penis enhancement, and more. Offers expert commentary from world-renowned surgeons, including surgical tips and tricks that help you achieve the best outcomes and avoid complications. Discusses gender differences in body definition and non-surgical procedures, as well as marketing in the plastic surgeon's practice. Allows today's cosmetic surgeons to offer top procedures with optimal outcomes, enabling increased patient satisfaction and repeat consultation. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses hot issues in the research and management of difficult-to-treat medical disorders that are commonly encountered, but for which the underlying mechanisms are often unknown. These include the adverse effects of hemodialysis and its biocompatibility in chronic kidney insufficiency, particularly related to malnutrition and inflammation, or the vulnerability of cancer patients to bacterial meningitis, the infection that remains underdiagnosed due to limited expression of symptoms. The book also covers other key topics, such as the psychological care of lung cancer patients; difficulties in the diagnosis of diffuse axonal injury in traumatic brain injury - a disorder with a poor prognosis and high mortality rate; and the virological aspects of seasonal influenza epidemic outbreaks - a perennial modern scourge. Further, it addresses recent developments in targeted drug delivery from titanium implants and a novel integrated thermal approach to rehabilitation of neurodegeneration-related disabilities. Featuring the latest interdisciplinary trends in biomedicine, this book connects research, theory and practice to help alleviate suffering caused by a variety of diseases. It is a resource for medical professionals, including academics, practitioners and all allied healthcare workers. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Targeted drug delivery from titanium implants : a review of challenges and approaches / Anweha Barik, Nishant Chakravorty
    Reliability of magnetic resonance tractography in predicting early clinical improvements in patients with diffuse axonal injury grade III / Sunil Munakomi, Deepak Poudel, Sangam Shrestha
    Integrated thermal rehabilitation : a new therapeutic approach for disabilities / Giovanni Barassi, Esteban Obrero-Gaitan, Giuseppe Irace, Matteo Crudeli, Giovanni Campobasso, Francesco Palano et al.
    Cat allergy as a source intensification of atopic dermatitis in adult patients / Andrzej Kazimierz Jaworek, Krystyna Szafraniec, Magdalena Jaworek, Zbigniew Doniec, Adam Zalewski, Ryszard Kurzawa et al.
    Clinical course and outcome of community-acquired bacterial meningitis in cancer patients / ClMarcin Paciorek, Agnieszka Bednarska, Dominika Krogulec, Michał Makowiecki, Justyna D. Kowalska, Dominik Bursa et al.
    Influence of coping strategy on perception of anxiety and depression in patients with non-small cell lung cancer / Beata Jankowska-Polańska, Jacek Polański, Mariusz Chabowski, Joanna Rosińczuk, Grzegorz Mazur
    Inflammatory markers during continuous high cutoff hemodialysis in patients with septic shock and acute kidney injury / Grzegorz Kade, Sławomir Literacki, Agnieszka Rzeszotarska, Stanisław Niemczyk, Arkadiusz Lubas
    Body composition and biochemical markers of nutrition in non-dialysis-dependent chronic kidney disease patients / Aleksandra Rymarz, Maria Zajbt, Anna Jeznach-Steinhagen, Agnieszka Woźniak-Kosek, Stanisław Niemczyk Biocompatibility of hemodialysis / Małgorzata Gomółka, Longin Niemczyk, Katarzyna Szamotulska, Magdalena Mossakowska, Jerzy Smoszna, Aleksandra Rymarz et al.
    Decreasing vaccination coverage against hepatitis B and tuberculosis in newborns / Aneta Nitsch-Osuch, Beata Pawlus, Maria Pawlak, Ernest Kuchar
    Virological and epidemiological situation in the influenza epidemic seasons 2016/2017 and 2017/2018 in Poland / E. Hallmann-Szelińska, K. Łuniewska, K. Szymański, D. Kowalczyk, R. Sałamatin, A. Masny et al.
    Epidemic influenza seasons from 2008 to 2018 in Poland : a focused review of virological characteristics / Sainjargal Byambasuren, Iwona Paradowska-Stankiewicz, Lidia B. Brydak.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Tetsuya Tsukahara, Alberto Pasqualin, Giuseppe Esposito, Luca Regli, Giampietro Pinna.
    Contents:
    Stroke Surgery.- Endovascular treatment
    Management of Intracranial Aneurysms, Subarachnoid Haemorrhage, Arteriovenous Malformations, Cerebral Hemorrhage.- Cerebral Revasculization
    Cerebrovascular Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Giuseppe Esposito, Luca Regli, Marco Cenzato, Yasuhiko Kaku, Michihiro Tanaka, Tetsuya Tsukahara, editors.
    Summary: This is an open access proceeding book of 9th European-Japanese Cerebrovascular Congress at Milan 2018. Since many experts from Europe and Japan had very important and fruitful discussion on the management of Cerebrovascular diseases, the proceeding book is very attractive for the physician and scientists of the area.

    Contents:
    1 History of the European-Japanese Cerebrovascular Congress
    PART I INTRACRANIAL ANEURYSMS
    2 When is Diagnostic Subtraction Angiography Indicated Before Clipping of Unruptured and Ruptured Intracranial Aneurysms? An International Survey of Current Practice
    3 Current Strategies in the Treatment of Intracranial Large and Giant Aneurysms
    4 Computational Fluid Dynamics for Cerebral Aneurysms in Clinical Settings
    5 Microneurosurgical Management of Posterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Aneurysms: Results of a Consecutive Series
    6 Posterior Circulation Aneurysms: A Critical Appraisal of a Surgical Series in Endovascular Era
    7 Microneurosurgery for Paraclinoid Aneurysms in the Context of Flow Diverters Revolution
    PART II CEREBRAL REVASCULARIZATION
    8 Characteristic Pattern of the Cerebral Hemodynamic Changes in the Acute Stage After Combined Revascularization Surgery for Adult Moyamoya Disease: N-isopropyl-p-[123I] iodoamphetamine Single-Photon Emission Computed Tomography Study
    9 Outcomes of Balloon Angioplasty and Stenting for Symptomatic Intracranial Atherosclerotic Stenosis At a High Volume Center
    PART III ARTERIOVENOUS MALFORMATIONS AND DURAL ARTERIOVENOUS FISTULAS
    10 Living with a Brain AVM: A Quality of Life Assessment
    11 Complications in AVM Surgery
    12 Surgical Simulation with Three-Dimensional Fusion Images in Patients with Arteriovenous Malformation
    13 Surgical Treatment of Unruptured Brain AVMs: Short and Long Term Results
    14 Maximum Nidus Depth as a Risk Factor of Surgical Morbidity in Eloquent Brain Arteriovenous Malformations
    15 Brain Arteriovenous Malformations Classifications: A Surgical Point of View
    16 The Pre-Operative Functional Downgrading of Brain AVMs
    17 Intracranial Dural Arteriovenous Fistulas - The Sinus and Non Sinus Concept
    18 Complications of Endovascular Treatment of Intracranial Dural Arteriovenous Fistulas
    19 Spinal Dural AVFs, Classifications and Advanced Imaging
    PART IV MISCELLANEOUS
    20 Intra-Operative BOLD-fMRI Cerebrovascular Reactivity Assessment
    21 The Hybrid Neurosurgeon -The Japanese Experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dhiraj Kumar, Chengliang Gong, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview on the basics in insect molecular biology and presents the most recent developments in several fields such as insect genomics and proteomics, insect pathology and applications of insect derived compounds in modern research. The book aims to provide a common platform for the molecular entomologist to stimulate further research in insect molecular biology and biotechnology. Insects are one of the most versatile groups of the animal kingdom. Due to their large population sizes and adaptability since long they attract researchers' interest as efficient resource for agricultural and biotechnological purposes. Several economically important insects such as Silkworms, Honey Bee, Lac and Drosophila or Termites were established as invertebrate model organisms. Starting with the era of genetic engineering, a broad range of molecular and genetic tools have been developed to study the molecular biology of these insects in detail and thus opened up a new horizon for multidisciplinary research. Nowadays, insect derived products are widely used in biomedical and biotechnology industries. The book targets researchers from both academia and industry, professors and graduate students working in molecular biology, biotechnology and entomology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors; Part I: Insect Genomics and Proteomics;
    1: Molecular Marker-Assisted Selection Breeding in Silkworm, Bombyx mori; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Quantitative Trait Locus (QTL); 1.3 Reverse Genetics; 1.4 Genome Annotation; 1.5 Extraction of DNA; 1.6 Cutting DNA into Small Fragments; 1.7 DNA Sequencing; 1.7.1 The Maxam-Gilbert technique; 1.7.2 The Sanger dideoxy DNA sequencing technique; 1.7.3 Pyrosequencing; 1.7.4 Shotgun Sequencing; 1.7.5 Whole-Genome Shotgun Sequencing; 1.8 Gene Libraries; 1.9 Preparation of cDNA. 1.10 DNA Fingerprinting (or Genetic Fingerprinting or DNA Testing or DNA Typing or DNA Profiling)1.11 Protection of DNA Fragments; 1.12 Contig; 1.13 Expressed Sequence Tag (EST); 1.14 Transposons; 1.15 Cloning; 1.15.1 Identification of Transformed Cell; 1.16 DNA Probe; 1.17 Blotting; 1.17.1 The Southern Blot; 1.17.2 The Northern Blot; 1.17.3 The Western Blot (Immunoblot); 1.17.3.1 Tissue Preparation; 1.17.3.2 Protein Sample Preparation; 1.17.3.3 Separation of Protein Fractions; 1.17.3.4 Two-Step Method; 1.17.3.5 One-Step Method; 1.17.3.6 Colorimetric Detection. 1.17.3.7 Chemiluminescence1.17.3.8 Radioactive Detection; 1.17.3.9 Fluorescent Detection; 1.18 Polymorphism in Repeated Sequences; 1.19 DNA Markers; 1.19.1 Types of Markers; 1.19.1.1 RFLP; 1.19.1.2 PCR Based Markers; RAPD; AFLP; Minisatellite; Microsatellites: STR, SSR, or SSLPs; Development of Microsatellite Primers; SNP (Single Nucleotide Polymorphism); STS (Sequence Tagged Sites); SCAR (Sequence Characterized Amplified Region); CAPS (Cleaved Amplified Polymorphic Sequence); ISSRs (Inter-Simple Sequence Repeats); DArT (Diversity Array Technology); LCN-DNA (Low Copy Number DNA). 1.20 Markers in Silkworm, Bombyx moriReferences;
    2: Molecular, Neuronal, and Behavioral Mechanism of Communication Among Insect Species: A Review; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Necessity of Communication; 2.3 Types of Communications Among Insect Species; 2.3.1 Visual Communication; 2.3.2 Tactile and Behavioral Communication; 2.3.3 Acoustic Communication; 2.3.4 Chemical Communication; 2.4 Insect Hydrocarbons and Chemical Communication; 2.5 Neuronal Basis of Insect Communication; 2.6 Molecular and Biochemical Basis of Chemical Communication. 2.7 Pheromones in Communication Among Insect Partners2.8 Molecular Mechanism of Odor Reception in Insects; 2.9 Pheromone Detection by Olfactory Systems; 2.10 Behavioral Mechanism of Communication Among Insect Species; 2.11 Honeybee Dancing; 2.12 Magnetic Orientation; References;
    3: Monocyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (MAHs) Induced Toxicity in Drosophila: How Close How Far?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Benzene; 3.3 Xylene, Toluene and Styrene; 3.4 Cytotoxicity Induced by Individual of Benzene, Toluene and Xylene on Drosophila.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Tetsuya Tsukahara, Giuseppe Esposito, Hans-Jakob Steiger, Gabriel J.E. Rinkel, Luca Regli.
    Summary: This book covers topical issues in neurovascular surgery, and in particular the management of intracranial aneurysms, arteriovenous malformations, and cavernomas, current trends in cerebral revascularization, and new concepts in cerebrovascular imaging. The contents reflect the continuing developments in interventions in cerebrovascular disorders as a result of progress in neuroimaging, evolution of pathophysiological concepts, new clinical trials, and technological innovations. The chapters are all written by acknowledged experts from across the world, and comprise original papers presented at the 6th European Japanese Stroke Surgery Conference, held in June 2012 in Utrecht, The Netherlands. The book will be of value to all who are interested in the latest developments in the field and offers fascinating insights into varied perspectives and techniques.

    Contents:
    INTRACRANIAL ANEURYSMS: Surgical decision-making for managing complex intracranial aneurysms
    Recurrent and incompletely treated aneurysms
    The mini supra-orbital approach for cerebral aneurysm of the anterior portion of the circle of Willis
    Surgical exclusion of unruptured middle cerebral artery aneurysms: experience on 126 cases
    Progress in the treatment of unruptured aneurysms
    Distal Basilar Artery Aneurysms: Conditions for the safe and secure clipping
    Role of bypass surgery and balloon occlusion test for the endovascular management of fusiform dissecting aneurysms. Report of two cases
    Analysis of combined coiling and neuroendoscopy in the treatment of intraventricular hemorrhage due to ruptured aneurysm
    Intracranial hypertension in subarachnoid haemorrhage: outcome after decompressive craniectomy. CEREBRAL REVASCULARIZATION:Selective targeted cerebral revascularization via microscope integrated Indocyanine green videoangiography technology
    Combined bypass technique for contemporary revascularization of unilateral MCA and bilateral frontal territories in moyamoya vasculopathy
    How I do it: Non Occlusive High Flow Bypass Surgery
    The role of MCA-STA bypass surgery after COSS and JET
    The European point of view.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Massimiliano Visocchi, H. Maximilian Mehdorn, Yoichi Katayama, Klaus R.H. von Wild, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Esposito, Luca Regli, Yasuhiko Kaku, Tetsuya Tsukahara, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    José M. González-Darder.
    Summary: This book takes readers on a journey around the world and through time, accompanied by a modern neurosurgeon who reviews historical techniques and instruments used for cranial opening. The author draws on original medical and surgical books to provide a comprehensive history of these techniques and tools. To complement the general overview and offer readers a more 'hands-on' sense of context and atmosphere, extensive historical references, stories, media news and illustrative cases have been included for each historical and geographical scenario. In addition, original illustrations and plates of these archaic instruments and techniques are supplied. Neurosurgical surgeons, nurses, technicians, medical historiographers, paleo-pathologists and researchers interested in surgical techniques for cranial opening will find the volume a valuable guide, intended to increase the historical and cultural awareness of this core topic in neurological surgery. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    ​TREPANATION, TREPHINING AND CRANIOTOMY
    History and Stories PART I. INTRODUCTION. TREPAN, TREPHINE AND CRANIOTOMYChapter 1.An overview.Chapter 2.Semantic features. PART II. MAGIC TIMES. TREPANATION IN PRIMITIVE CULTURESChapter 3.Facts and myths of primitive trepanations.Chapter 4.Techniques and tools for primitive trepanations.Chapter 5.The question of survival in primitive trepanations.Chapter 6.Historical and geographical areas of primitive trepanations.\ PART III. ORIGINS. TREPANATION IN CLASSICAL MEDITERRANEAN CULTURESChapter 7.The first documented reports of the surgical trepanations appear in the Corpus Hippocraticum. Greco-Roman trepanations.Chapter 8.Greco-Roman surgical instruments for trepanations.Chapter 9.Greco-Roman techniques and indications of trepanation. PART IV. DARK TIMES. TREPANATION IN THE MIDDLE AGESChapter 10.Cranial trepanation during the Middle Ages. PART V. LIGHTS AND SHADOWS. TREPANATION AND TREPHINE IN MODERN EUROPEAN CULTURESChapter 11.Surgical instruments for trepanation and trephine in Modern Age.Chapter 12.State -of-the-art' of the trepanation during the sixteenth-seventeenth centuries.Chapter 13.Relevant French, Italian and Spanish surgeons in trepanation over the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.Chapter 14.Other relevant European surgeons in trepanation over the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.Chapter 15.Trepanation out of Europe: New World and Japan.Chapter 16.Trepanation during the eighteenth century. To trepan or not to trepan.Chapter 17.Trepanation during the nineteenth century.Chapter 18.Trepanation at war times. Napoleonic Wars and North American Civil War.Chapter 19.The question of the high mortality of trepanation and trephine.Chapter 20.Evolution of the surgical technique of the trepanation and trephine in Modern Age.Chapter 21.Evolution of the surgical instruments for trepanation and trephine in Modern Age.Chapter 22.Evolution of the indications for trepanation and trephine in Modern Age.Chapter 23.'State-of the-art' of the cranial opening in the second half of the nineteenth century.Chapter 24.Trepanation and trephine in Modern Age: Illustrative cases. PART VI. MODERN TIMES. HISTORY OF THE CRANIOTOMYChapter 25.Wilhelm Wagner's (1848-1900) temporary cranial resection and its initial improvements.Chapter 26.Surgeons between the old trepanation and the new craniotomy.Chapter 27.Eugène Louis Doyen (1859-1916), an innovative French surgeon and enthusiastic on the craniotomy.Chapter 28.Surgical instruments for craniotomy and the victory of the humble Gigli's saw.Chapter 29.Initial development: manual osteoplastic craniotomy.Chapter 30.Late development: powered osteoplastic craniotomy.Chapter 31.Evolution of indications of craniotomy.Chapter 32.Craniotomy at war times. World War I and World War II.Chapter 33.Craniotomy: Illustrative cases.Chapter 34.'State-of -the art' of the craniotomy in the early twenty-first century and future developments.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sergio Migliorini, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an ultimate clinical guide to all the medical issues related to triathlon ? a very popular Olympic and international sport, and the most modern of all the endurance activities. Triathletes experience a range of environmental conditions and physiological demands, depending on the race, that must be taken into consideration when preparing for medical assistance. The book addresses in detail the topics of cardiovascular adaptations, overuse injuries, overtraining syndrome, endurance anaemia, nutrition and the physiological aspects associated with the discipline. It provides information on the training and technical aspects of the different distances in triathlon disciplines, with a special focus on safety in open-water swimming. Dedicated chapters also cover issues related to female, young, master and para-triathletes. Combining research perspectives with many years of experience practicing in the field, this book offers sport medicine physicians, orthopedists, physical therapists and coaches a comprehensive guide to the evaluation, treatment and prevention of all the overuse conditions and to improving athletes? performance.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Karl Knahr, editor.
    Summary: Wear and osteolysis are still the most important potential problems in total hip and knee arthroplasty. Although technology in arthroplasty has been improved dramatically during the past decade, the clinical data relating to some implants reveal that many concerns remain. During the "Tribology Day" within the scientific programme of the 2013 EFORT Congress in Istanbul, the main topics included these concerns as well as the benefits of the materials most commonly used in total hip and knee arthroplasty. This book includes the presentations delivered on the day and covers a range of interesting issues regarding metal, ceramic, and polyethylene articulations. It provides information on the current concepts relating to tribology in total hip arthroplasty and offers a critical outlook on possible improvements in total knee arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Anil K. Sharma, Pratibha Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book compiles the latest research in the area of Trichoderma Rhizosphere Biology. It covers topics such as microbial interaction, crosstalk between plants and microbes, interactions with abiotic and biotic factors, and advances in biocontrol agents, biofertilizers and biostimulants. The respective chapters describe innovative ways of adapting fungal communities to improve their survival in highly dynamic environments and agroecosystems. In closing, the book discusses the use of Trichoderma as a bio-growth enhancer and biostimulant for organic agriculture.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    Abbreviations
    Chapter 1: Can We Define an Experimental Framework to Approach the Genetic Basis of Root Colonization?
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Trichoderma as an Opportunistic Symbiont of Plant Roots
    1.1.2 Root Colonization and the Plant Immune Response
    1.2 Mapping and Quantifying the Trichoderma-Root Interaction
    1.2.1 Imaging
    1.2.2 Quantification of Trichoderma Root Colonization
    1.3 Physiological and Environmental Factors
    1.4 Trichoderma Genetic Determinants of Colonization 1.5 Plant Genetic Determinants of Colonization
    1.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: The Vocabulary of Trichoderma-Plant Interactions
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Microbial Phytohormones
    2.3 Proteins
    2.4 Secondary Metabolites
    2.4.1 Microbial Volatile Organic Compounds
    2.4.2 Other SM
    2.4.2.1 Peptaibols
    2.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Could Trichoderma Be a Plant Pathogen? Successful Root Colonization
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Root Colonization by Trichoderma
    3.3 Benefits Obtained by the Plant from Successful Colonization 3.3.1 Induction of Systemic Resistance
    3.3.2 Increased Tolerance to Abiotic Stress
    3.3.3 Increase in Nutrient Intake
    3.3.4 Biostimulant Capacity
    3.4 Trichoderma as a Plant Pathogen: The Importance of SA
    3.5 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Harnessing the Perception of Trichoderma Signal Molecules in Rhizosphere to Improve Soil Health and Plant Health
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Root Exudates and Rhizosphere Colonization by Trichoderma
    4.3 Rhizosphere Specificity of Trichoderma
    4.4 Trichoderma CWDE and MAMP Molecules on Root Colonization 4.5 MAMP and DAMP Molecules of Trichoderma-Mediated Systemic Resistance
    4.6 Trichoderma Proteins Involved in Root Colonization
    4.7 Molecular Signals of Trichoderma and ISR
    4.8 Secondary Metabolites of Trichoderma and Their Diverse Mode of Action
    4.9 Interaction of Trichoderma Growth Promotional Molecules in the Rhizosphere
    4.10 Trichoderma as Nutrient Mobilizers
    4.11 Molecular Signals of Trichoderma in the Rhizosphere Complements Plant and Soil Health
    4.12 Conclusion
    References Chapter 5: Plant Immunity, Priming, and Systemic Resistance as Mechanisms for Trichoderma spp. Biocontrol
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Induction of ISR in the Host
    5.3 Trichoderma Priming for Enhanced Defense
    5.4 Root and Leaf Colonization by Trichoderma spp.
    5.5 Plant Diseases Resistance Conferred by Trichoderma
    5.6 Concluding Remarks and Outlook
    References
    Chapter 6: Systemically Induced Resistance Against Maize Diseases by Trichoderma spp.
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Induced Resistance: SAR and ISR
    6.3 Trichoderma-Associated Induced Resistance in Maize Plants
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hansie Mathelier, Scott M. Lilly, Satya Shreenivas, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the physiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, medical and surgical management, and future therapies for tricuspid valve disease. It is divided into two sections. The first section covers the basics of the tricuspid valve, including anatomy, epidemiology, and clinical diagnosis with individual chapters focused on hemodynamics, echocardiography, MRI, and CT assessment. The second section examines current treatments for tricuspid valve disease including both surgical and medical management. It discusses special clinical scenarios of tricuspid valve pathology such as tricuspid regurgitation in patients with ICD and pacemaker implants and the role of tricuspid valve disease in patients with heart failure and LVAD therapy. Tricuspid Valve Disease: A Comprehensive Guide to Evaluation and Management is an essential resource for general cardiologists, interventional cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, and innovators in the field of structural heart disease. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Tricuspid Valve Basics
    Chapter 1. Anatomy of the Tricuspid Valve
    Chapter 2. Epidemiology, Pathophysiology and Natural History of Tricuspid Valve Regurgitation
    Chapter 3. Epidemiology, Pathophysiology and Natural History of Tricuspid Valve Stenosis
    Chapter 4. Clinical Assessment of the Patient with Tricuspid Valve Disease
    Chapter 5. Hemodynamic Assessment of Tricuspid Valve Disease
    Chapter 6. Echocardiographic Assessment Tricuspid Valve Disease.-Chapter 7. MRI Assessment of the Tricuspid Valve and Right Heart
    Chapter 8. CT Assessment of the Tricuspid Valve and the Right Heart
    Chapter 9. Putting it All Together: Phenotyping the Patient with Tricuspid Valve Disease
    Part II. Current Management of Tricuspid Valve Disease.-Chapter 10. Medical Management of Primary Tricuspid Regurgitation
    Chapter 11. Medical Management of Secondary Tricuspid Regurgitation
    Chapter 12. Surgical Management of Tricuspid Valve Disease.-Chapter 13. Tricuspid Regurgitation and Right Ventricular Dysfunction
    Chapter 14. Evaluation and Management of Tricuspid Regurgitation in Patients with ICD/Pacemakers
    Chapter 15. Evaluation and Management of Tricuspid Regurgitation in Patients Being Considered for LVAD
    Part III. Forthcoming Percutaneous Therapies for Tricuspid Valve Regurgitation
    Chapter 16. The Landscape and Potential of Percutaneous Therapies for Tricuspid Valve Disease
    Chapter 17. Annuloplasty Based Strategies
    Chapter 18. Coaptation Strategies
    Chapter 19. Valve Replacement.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alessandro Giamberti, Massimo Chessa, editors ; foreword by Andrew Redington.
    Summary: This book is devoted solely to the tricuspid valve and its role in congenital heart disease. Tricuspid valve anomalies are part of the pathological spectrum in various congenital heart diseases, including Ebstein anomaly and tricuspid valve dysplasia, with different pathophysiology and clinical implications. This book covers all relevant aspects of such anomalies, including diagnosis, therapy, and follow-up. Further topics addressed include the way in which the tricuspid valve may become the 'systemic' valve in some congenital diseases, with important consequences, and the involvement of the tricuspid valve in the right-sided heart complications often seen in adults with congenital heart disease. All of the chapters are written by internationally recognized experts and are designed to deliver state of the art knowledge of practical value. This book will be an important addition to the library for surgeons, cardiologists, and other practitioners involved in the management of patients with congenital heart disease.

    Contents:
    Tricuspid Valve: Embryology and Anatomy
    Tricuspid Valve Dysplasia: From Foetus to Adult
    Genetics of Ebstein Anomaly
    Ebstein's Anomaly in the Neonate
    Ebstein Anomaly in Adolescents and Young Adults
    Ebstein's Anomaly and Arrhythmia Management
    The "Small" Tricuspid Valve
    The "Systemic" Tricuspid Valve: The Tricuspid Valve in the Systemic Circulation Following Atrial Switch Operations for Transposition of the Great Arteries
    The "Systemic" Tricuspid Valve: The Tricuspid Valve in Congenitally Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries
    The "Systemic" Tricuspid Valve in Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    Tricuspid Valve Injury After Surgical/Transcatheter Procedures
    The Tricuspid Valve in Adults with Congenital Heart Disease
    The Rheumatic Tricuspid Valve
    Surgical Techniques of Tricuspid Valve Repair in Patients Without Ebstein Malformation
    Surgical Tricuspid Valve Replacement
    Transcatheter Treatment of Tricuspid Valve
    The Postoperative Treatment of Tricuspid Valve Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alaa Abd-Elsayed, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the history, anatomy, epidemiology, diagnosis (HPI, PE, Imaging), non-pharmacological management and medication management of trigeminal nerve pain. Nerve blocks for the trigeminal nerve and branches, Radiofrequency ablation, chemodenervation, cryotherapy, botox injections, neuromodulation infusion therapy, balloon compression gamma knife therapy, decompression surgery, peripheral neurectomy and the psychological impact are also examined with an algorithm for management recommendations included in the final chapter. Trigeminal Nerve Pain - A Guide to Clinical Management comprehensively covers how to manage patients with this often debilitating pain and is of use to trainees and practising internists, hospitalists, surgeons and anaesthesiologists seeking to increase their understanding of this complex condition.

    Contents:
    History
    Anatomy of The Trigeminal Nerve
    Epidemiology
    Trigeminal Neuralgia and other Trigeminal Nerve Conditions
    Diagnosis of Trigeminal Nerve Conditions
    Non-Pharmacological Management
    Physical Therapy and rehabilitation
    Medication Management
    Nerve Blocks for the Trigeminal Nerve and Branches
    Radiofrequency ablation
    Chemodenervation of Trigeminal Nerve
    Cryotherapy
    Botox Injections
    Regenerative Medicine for Trigeminal Nerve Pain
    Neuromodulation for the trigeminal nerve
    Infusion Therapy
    Balloon Compression of the trigeminal nerve
    Radiosurgery for Treatment of Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Microvascular Decompression for Treatment of Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Peripheral Neurectomy
    The Psychological Impact and Management of Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Algorithms for Management Recommendations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Philipp Richter, Eric Hebgen.
    Contents:
    Models for myofascial chains
    Physiology
    The craniosacral model
    The biomechanical model of John Martin Littlejohn : mechanics of the spine
    Postural muscles, phasic muscles and crossed syndrome
    Zink patterns
    Myofascial chains : a model
    Posture
    Diagnostics
    Therapy
    Definition
    Classification of trigger points
    Pathophysiology of trigger points
    Diagnosing trigger points
    Trigger point therapy
    Trigger point perpetuating factors
    Facilitated segments
    Trigger points.
  • Digital
    Antoinette R. Tan, editor.
    Summary: This guide provides practical information that will assist clinicians involved in the diagnosis, assessment, treatment, and follow-up care of patients with triple-negative breast cancer. After opening chapters on pathologic evaluation, clinical presentation, genetics, and imaging features, the full range of current treatment approaches is thoroughly reviewed from a multidisciplinary perspective. Readers will find up-to-date information and guidance on surgical management, radiation therapy, tailored adjuvant therapy, neoadjuvant treatment, systemic treatment for metastatic disease, and molecular profiling and targeted therapy. The coverage is completed by discussion of special issues in young women and individualization of the management approach in older patients. All healthcare professionals who care for patients with triple-negative breast cancer will find the book to be an invaluable source of expert advice on the issues faced in real-world practice.

    Contents:
    1. Pathologic evaluation of triple-negative breast cancer
    2. Triple-negative breast cancer: Clinical features
    3. The genetics of triple-negative breast cancer
    4. Imaging features and modalities of triple-negative breast cancer
    5. Surgical management of triple-negative breast cancer
    6. Radiation therapy for triple-negative breast cancer
    7. Tailoring adjuvant therapy for triple-negative breast cancer: Selection of agents
    8. Neoadjuvant treatment of triple-negative breast cancer
    9. Systemic treatment of metastatic triple-negative breast cancer Page 3 of 3
    10. Molecular profiling and targeted therapy for triple-negative breast cancer
    11. Special issues in the young woman with triple-negative breast cancer
    12. Individualizing the approach to the older woman with triple-negative breast Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vikas Srivastava, Shakti Mehrotra, Sonal Mishra, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the current research on the plant-based tropane alkaloids (TA) and TA-bearing plants. The first part includes an overview of "tropane alkaloids in context to diversity, biosynthesis and significance. The second part covers aspects of in-vitro and allied interventions in these alkaloids. TAs belong to one of the world's oldest phytomedicines with their valuable ethno-pharmacological applications. The book compiles scientific ideas, perspectives and challenges in this area. Further, the book attempts to investigate the loopholes in existing methodologies, challenges and possible solutions through well thought-out scientific discussions from various eminent research groups. This book is of high interest to students and researchers in biotechnology, plant biology and pharmacology. As the TAs are of high commercial medicinal value, this book is also a relevant collection of articles for industry experts Publisher description

    Contents:
    Part 1. Tropane Alkaloids: Diversity, Biosynthesis and Significance. Plant Tropane Alkaloids (TAs): Chemotaxonomic Significance, Biogenesis and Biotechnological interventions ; Structure and Function of Enzymes Involved in the Biosynthesis of Tropane Alkaloids ; Plant tropane alkaloids: Commercial stature and production developments
    Part 2. Tropane Alkaloids: In vitro and allied interventions. Involvement of various biotechnological contrivances for tropane alkaloids biosynthesis and applications of tropane alkaloid bearing in vitro cultures ; Hairy root cultures and plant tropane alkaloids: production matrix and product in biotechnological perspective ; Production of Tropane Alkaloids (TAs) in plants and in vitro cultures of different ploidy levels ; Current Progress in Tropane Alkaloids Production by Transgenic and Heterologous gene Expression Approaches ; Tropane Alkaloid Biosynthesis in Plants: Insights from Transcriptome Analysis ; Transcription Factor and MicroRNA-mediated Manipulation of the Tropane Alkaloids Biosynthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Pradeep Vaideeswar, editor.
    Summary: The book covers 75 autopsy-based cases (about 75) of common and uncommon presentations of various cardiovascular diseases (CVDs). It emphasizes the importance of the autopsies, which have played a pivotal role in the understanding of the pathology and hence the clinical manifestations of several CVDs. The book attempts to present the material from the perspective of the autopsy table. It uses the clinical data as the initial framework and the autopsy findings to develop a true understanding of the disease and the associated pathophysiology of the condition with final clinico-pathological correlation. Each case covers a complete journey of the deceased patient concisely under the following headingstitle, clinical history, autopsy findings and discussion, which includes a brief review of the literature. The text is accompanied by relevant high-quality macroscopic and microscopic images. The book is relevant for specialists in pathology, cardiology, cardiac surgery, internal medicine, critical care and pediatrics.

    Contents:
    Utility of Autopsy with Special Reference to Cardiovascular Diseases
    Basic Cardiac Anatomy and Dissection
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Pericardial Diseases
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Post-inflammatory Valvular Anomalies
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Infective/Inflammatory Valvular Anomalies
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Non-inflammatory Valvular Anomalies
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Ischemic Myocardial Disorders
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Non-ischemic Myocardial Disorders
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Cardiac Tumors (Primary / Secondary)
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Systemic Vascular Pathology
    Autopsy-based Clinicopathological Cases of Pulmonary Vascular Pathology. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen K. Tyring, MD, PhD (Professor of Dermatology, Microbiology/Molecular Genetics and Internal Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX, USA), Omar Lupi, MD, MSc, PhD (Professor of Dermatology, Federal University of the State of Rio de Janeiro (UNIRIO), Professor of Immunology, Federal University of Rio de Janeiro (UFRI), Chairman and Titular Professor of Dermatology, General Polyclinic of Rio de Janeiro, Vice President, Ibero Latin American College of Dermatology (CILAD), Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil), Ulrich R. Hengge, MD, MBA (Professor of Dermatology, Allergology and Venereology, Department of Dermatology, University of Düsseldorf, Düsseldorf, Germany).
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 1985?-
    Latest published
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC961 .T856
    7
  • Digital
    Xiao-Nong Zhou, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the changing patterns of schistosomiasis transmission in China at different stages. Arduous efforts have been made in the last 7 decades to control and eliminate schistosomiasis in China using various control strategies, such as snail control to reduce the intensity of the disease transmission, morbidity control to reduce disease prevalence, and integrated control strategies to block the disease transmission, supported by governments at different levels. This book also presents the scientific progresses which technically support the control and surveillance of schistosomiasis in the field. It summarizes the working mechanism and control strategies of multi-sectoral collaboration to promote the national control programme leading to schistosomiasis elimination eventually.

    Contents:
    History of Schistosomiasis Japonica in China
    Schistosomiasis Endemic, Diagnosis and Treatment in China
    Biology and Control of Oncomelania Snail in China
    Progress on Schistosomiasis Research in China
    Chinas Experiences in the Combat of Schistosomiasis
    National Plan for Schistosomiasis Control and Achievements.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Satish Chandra Garkoti, Skip J. Van Bloem, Peter Z. Fulé, Rajeev L. Semwal, editors.
    Summary: The book brings together research topics having a broad focus on human and climate change impacts on the terrestrial ecosystems in the tropics in general and more specifically from the most significant and vulnerable Himalayan ecosystem. A total of 16 contributions included in the book cover a diverse range of global change themes such as the impacts of changing temperature and precipitation on soil ecosystems, forest degradation, extent and impacts of invasive species, plant responses to pollution, climate change impacts on biodiversity and tree phenology, environmental changes associated with land use, importance of traditional knowledge in climate change adaptation, timberline ecosystems, and role of integrated landscape modeling for sustainable management of natural resources. The book is a collective endeavour of an international multidisciplinary group of scientists focused on improving our understanding of the impacts of global change on the structure and functioning of tropical ecosystems and addressing the challenges of their future sustainable management. We hope that the book will help researchers working in the areas of ecology and environmental science to update their knowledge. We also expect that natural resource managers and policy planners will find explanations for some of their observations and hypotheses on multiple global change factors impacting tropical ecosystems and especially Himalayan ecosystems.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    1: Introduction; References;
    2: Influence of Changing Patterns of Precipitation and Temperature on Tropical Soil Ecosystem; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Soil and Its Importance; 2.3 Effect of Temperature and Precipitation on Soil Processes; 2.3.1 Nutrient Cycling; 2.3.2 Decomposition and Mineralization; 2.3.3 Soil CO2 Flux; 2.3.4 Microbial Biomass; 2.4 Effect of Temperature and Precipitation on Soil Properties; 2.4.1 Soil Carbon; 2.4.2 Soil Nitrogen; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
    3: Nature and Extent of Forest Degradation in Central Himalayas; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Extent of Forest Degradation in the Himalayas; 3.2.1 Forest Biomass, Carbon Sequestration, and Other Ecosystem Functions; 3.2.2 Fine Roots and Mycorrhizae; 3.2.3 Grazing Trails; 3.2.4 Impact of Degradation on Seed and Seed Germination; 3.3 Structural and Physiological Changes in Individual Trees Due to the Chronic Disturbances of Stands; 3.3.1 Parasite Infestation in Degraded Oak Forests; 3.4 Impact of Ban on Tree Cutting on Forest Degradation and Species Composition; 3.5 Recovery of Degraded Oak Forest Ecosystem; 3.6 Comparison with Forests Affected by Shifting Cultivation 3.7 Interventions to Check Forest Degradation; 3.8 Conclusion; References;
    4: Management of Invasive Alien Plants in Nepal: Current Practices and Future Prospects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Overview of Invasive Plants in Nepal; 4.2.1 Diversity and Distribution; 4.2.2 Impacts; 4.3 Management; 4.3.1 Current Management Practices; 4.3.1.1 Cultural Methods; 4.3.1.2 Physical Methods; 4.3.1.3 Chemical Methods; 4.3.1.4 Biological Methods; 4.3.2 Policy Responses; 4.3.2.1 National Report to the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD); 4.3.2.2 National Biodiversity Strategy 4.3.2.3 Invasive Species in Legal Documents; 4.3.2.4 National Strategy for Management of Invasive Alien Species; 4.3.3 Future Prospects for Management; 4.3.3.1 Opportunity for Eradication and Prevention; 4.3.3.2 Integrating Management of Invasive Plant Species in Community Forestry; 4.3.3.3 Management of IAPs in Protected Areas; 4.3.3.4 Risk Assessment; 4.3.3.5 Education and Research; 4.3.3.6 Biological Control Program; 4.3.3.7 Regional Collaboration; 4.4 Conclusion; References;
    5: Invasive Species and Their Impact on Tropical Forests of Central India: A Review; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 A Brief Profile of Central India; 5.3 Plant Invasion; 5.3.1 Introduction Pathways; 5.3.2 Traits of Invasive Species; 5.3.3 Influential Factors and Successful Ecesis; 5.4 Invasive Species: Why Are They a Concern?; 5.5 Studies from Central India; 5.6 Diversity of Alien Invasive Taxa of Central India; 5.6.1 Family-Wise Distribution of Invasive Taxa; 5.6.2 Nativity of Invasive Taxa; 5.6.3 Life Forms of Invasive Taxa; 5.7 An Outline of the Most Common Top Ten Noxious Invaders of Central India; 5.7.1 Lantana camara L.; 5.7.2 Parthenium hysterophorus L.; 5.7.3 Ageratum conyzoides L.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jean-Pierre Droz, Bernard Carme, Pierre Couppié, Mathieu Nacher, Catherine Thiéblemont, editors.
    Contents:
    PUBLIC HEALTH ASPECTS
    Geography and socioeconomics of the tropical areas
    Epidemiology of cancer in the tropical areas
    Management of cancers in countries with limited resources
    Access to Expensive drugs and Ethical considerations
    Precarity, social organization and outcome on cancer management in the tropical areas
    Cancer screening and prevention in the tropical areas
    Pathology and cancer research
    Cancer perception in different cultures of the tropical areas ; Cross-cultural mediation
    Cancer clinical trials in the tropical area
    BASIC SCIENCE BACKGROUND
    Spectrum of cancers due to micro-organisms (virus, bacteria, parasites)
    HIV and cancer; scientific background: Epidemiology and mechanism of carcinogenesis of the retrovirus HIV
    HTLV1 and cancer; scientific background: Epidemiology and mechanism of carcinogenesis of the retrovirus HTLV1
    Hepatitis virus scientific background : Epidemiology and mechanism of carcinogenesis of the virus HBV
    Hepatitis virus scientific background : Epidemiology and mechanism of carcinogenesis of the virus HCV
    EBV and cancer; scientific background: Epidemiology of EBV and mechanisms of carcinogenesis
    HPV and cancer; scientific background: Epidemiology and mechanism of carcinogenesis of the virus HPV
    HHV8 and cancer; scientific background: Epidemiology and mechanism of carcinogenesis of the virus HHV8
    Parasites and cancer: Epidemiology and mechanism of carcinogenesis of schitosoma
    Helicobacter and cancer: Epidemiology of Helicobacter Pylori and mechanisms of carcinogenesis
    HEMOPATHIES
    ATL (lymphoma et leukemia)
    Extranodal NK/T-cell lymphoma, nasal type
    High-grade lymphomas: Diffuse large B-cells lymphomas (with a special paragraph on CNS lymphomas)
    High-grade lymphomas: Burkitt lymphoma; Physiopathology and treatment of EBV associated lymphomas
    Mantle cell lymphoma
    Indolent lymphomas, follicular lymphomas, HVC associated marginal zone B-cell lymphomas and Waldenström disease
    Chronic myeloproliferative syndroms
    Myelodysplasic syndroms
    Acute leukemias
    CANCERS
    Breast cancer
    Cervix cancer
    Oesophageal cancer
    Gastric cancer
    Colorectal cancer
    Hepatocarcinoma
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Pancreas cancer
    Lung cancer
    Head and neck cancers
    Bladder cancer
    Prostate cancer
    Renal cancer
    Cutaneous cancers (including melanoma)
    Ovarian cancer
    Endometrial cancer
    Cancer of the penis, anus and vulva
    Gestational trophoblastic tumors
    CNS tumors
    Thyroid cancer
    Uncommon cancers
    CANCER TREATMENT IN TROPICAL AREAS
    Pediatric oncology
    Geriatric oncology
    Surgery
    Radiotherapy
    Medical treatments (chemotherapy, hormone therapy, targeted drugs)
    HIV and cancer treatments
    Supportive cares
    Palliative cares.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Philippa C. Matthews.
    Summary: An ideal learning and revision guide for students and trainees providing a concise overview of the key topics in tropical medicine including infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa and vector biology, disease syndromes, and envenomation. Using diagrams, maps, and tables the material is present in an accessible and engaging way.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Bacterial infections of relevance to the tropics
    Section 2. Viral infections of relevance to the tropics
    Section 3. Fungal infections of relevance to the tropics
    Section 4. Helminth infections of relevance to the tropics
    Section 5. Protozoal infections of relevance to the tropics
    Section 6. Vectors and ectoparasites
    Section 7. Disease syndromes occurring in the tropics
    Section 8. Envenomation.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Geraldo Bezerra da Silva Junior, Elizabeth De Francesco Daher, Elvino Barros, editors.
    Summary: This unique book provides an introduction to the fascinating field of tropical nephrology, covering nephrology, infectious diseases and tropical medicine. These topics are connected since numerous infectious and parasitic diseases affect the kidneys and are endemic in the tropical areas of the globe. Considered neglected tropical diseases by the World Health Organization, they are largely linked to poverty and lack policies to prevent, treat and decrease their prevalence and incidence. The tropics currently encompass nearly 150 countries and account for 40% of the world's population, and it is predicted that by 2050 this figure will rise to 55%. Most of the countries in the tropical regions have been classified by the World Bank as low-middle income countries and have limited access to services, including health care. As such, this highly topical book is of interest to a large number of healthcare professionals and researchers who are in contact with tropical diseases, especially those investigating their complications, such as kidney injury. Divided into 23 chapters, it describes the most prevalent tropical diseases and conditions that affect the kidneys. It also presents the most recent epidemiological data, clinical manifestations, details of kidney involvement, including the pathophysiology of kidney injury, and the current treatment for each disease.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    Editors
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Tropical Diseases: A Public Health Problem with Impact on Nephrology
    1.1 Geography of the Tropics
    1.2 Overview of Tropical Renal Diseases
    1.3 Public Health Risk Dimensions That Have an Impact on Tropical Renal Diseases
    1.3.1 Environmental Factors
    1.3.2 Socioeconomic Factors
    1.3.3 Process of Care Factors
    1.3.3.1 Shortage of Nephrologist in the Tropics
    1.3.4 Exposure Factors
    1.4 Inherent Factors 1.5 Tropical Renal Diseases and the "One Health" Approach
    1.6 Strategies to Improve AKI Recognition in the Tropics
    1.6.1 Risk Assessment and Use of Clinical Risk Scores
    1.6.2 Increased Recognition of AKI by Electronic Alerts and Telemedicine
    1.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Renal Function Evaluation in Tropical Diseases
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Clinical Assessment of Renal Function (Glomerular Filtration)
    2.3 Methods and Equations That Estimate Glomerular Filtration Rate
    2.4 Equations Used to Estimate Renal Function Based on Serum Creatinine Levels 2.5 Recommendations to Better Estimate Renal Function Through Glomerular Filtration Rate in Clinical Practice
    2.6 Tubular Function Assessment
    2.6.1 Fractional Excretion of Sodium (FENa+)
    2.6.2 Transtubular Potassium Gradient (TTKG)
    2.6.3 Urine/Plasma Osmolarity Ratio
    2.6.4 Solute-Free Water Transport
    2.6.5 Plasma Osmolarity
    2.6.6 Urinary Acidification Test
    2.6.7 Urinary Concentration Test
    References
    Chapter 3: Snakebites Accidents and Renal Complications
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Species Involved in Snakebite Accidents 3.3 Main Snake Venom Activities and Components
    3.4 Clinical Characteristics of Envenomations
    3.5 Treatment
    3.6 Systemic and Local Complications
    3.7 Kidney Injury in Snakebite Accidents
    3.8 Management of Kidney Injury in Snakebite Accidents
    References
    Chapter 4: Hemorrhagic Accidents Caused by Lonomia obliqua
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Epidemiology
    4.3 Lonomia Venom Mechanism of Action
    4.4 Clinical Picture
    4.5 Diagnosis
    4.6 Treatment
    4.7 Prognosis
    4.8 Choosing Wisely
    References
    Chapter 5: Toxic Acute Kidney Injury
    5.1 Introduction 5.2 Epidemiology of Acute Poisonings
    5.3 Medicines
    5.3.1 Non-steroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs (NSAID)
    5.3.2 Acetaminophen
    5.3.3 Psychotropics
    5.4 Pesticides
    5.4.1 Household Cleaners
    5.4.2 Natural Plant Substances
    5.5 Legal and Illegal Drugs
    5.5.1 Alcohol
    5.5.2 Cocaine
    5.5.3 Synthetic Cannabinoids
    5.5.4 Heroin
    5.5.5 Amphetamines
    5.6 Venomous Animals
    5.6.1 Snakes
    5.6.2 Wasps
    5.6.3 Spiders
    5.7 Elimination Methods - Dialysis
    References
    Chapter 6: Tropical Diseases in Kidney Transplantation
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Transmission Routes 6.3 Clinical Presentation Particularities
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Carla Shalaby.
    Summary: "In this dazzling debut, Carla Shalaby, a former elementary school teacher, explores the everyday lives of four young "troublemakers," challenging the ways we identify and understand so-called problem children. Time and again, we make seemingly endless efforts to moderate, punish, and even medicate our children, when we should instead be concerned with transforming the very nature of our institutions, systems, and structures, large and small. Through delicately crafted portraits of these memorable children--Zora, Lucas, Sean, and Marcus--Troublemakers allows us to see school through the eyes of those who know firsthand what it means to be labeled a problem. From Zora's proud individuality to Marcus's open willfulness, from Sean's struggle with authority to Lucas's tenacious imagination, comes profound insight--for educators and parents alike--into how schools engender, exclude, and then try to erase trouble, right along with the young people accused of making it. And although the harsh disciplining of adolescent behavior has been called out as part of a school-to-prison pipeline, the children we meet in these pages demonstrate how a child's path to excessive punishment and exclusion in fact begins at a much younger age. Shalaby's empathetic, discerning, and elegant prose gives us a deeply textured look at what noncompliance signals about the environments we require students to adapt to in our schools. Both urgent and timely, this paradigm-shifting book challenges our typical expectations for young children and with principled affection reveals how these demands--despite good intentions--work to undermine the pursuit of a free and just society" -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part One. Forest school. Zora : on being out-standing
    Lucas : on being pigeonholed
    Part Two: The crossroads school. Sean : on being willful
    Marcus : on being good
    Conclusion: trouble-making in school
    A letter to teachers: on teaching love and learning freedom
    A note to all readers: on mushroom, mold, and mice.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    LC4802 .S428 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Stefan Magez, Magdalena Radwanska, editors.
    Contents:
    Cell Biology for Immune Evasion: Organizing Antigenic Variation, Surfaces, Trafficking, and Cellular Structures in Trypanosoma brucei / Ka Fai Leung, Paul T. Manna, Cordula Boehm, Luke Maishman and Mark C. Field
    The Biology of Tsetse-Trypanosome Interactions / Guy Caljon, Linda De Vooght and Jan Van Den Abbeele
    Withstanding the Challenges of Host Immunity: Antigenic Variation and the Trypanosome Surface Coat / James Peter John Hall and Lindsey Plenderleith
    Bridging Innate and Adaptive Immunity in African Trypanosomiasis / John M. Mansfield, Donna M. Paulnock and Gina M. Hedberg
    Adaptive Immunity and Trypanosomiasis-Driven B-Cell Destruction / Stefan Magez and Magdalena Radwanska
    Normal Human Serum Lysis of Non-human Trypanosomes and Resistance of T. b. rhodesiense and T. b. gambiense / Paul Capewell, Caroline Clucas, William Weir, Nicola Veitch and Annette MacLeod
    Proteomics and African Trypanosomes: Shedding New Light on Host-Vector-Parasite Interactions and Impact on Control Methods / Philippe Holzmuller, Pascal Grébaut and Anne Geiger
    Diagnosis of African Trypanosomiasis / Philippe Büscher
    Progress Towards New Treatments for Human African Trypanosomiasis / Jose A. Garcia-Salcedo, Jane C. Munday, Juan D. Unciti-Broceta and Harry P. de Koning
    Animal African Trypanosomosis in Sub-Saharan Africa and Beyond African Borders / Boniface Namangala and Steven Odongo
    Trypanosoma (Duttonella) vivax and Typanosomosis in Latin America: Secadera/Huequera/Cacho Hueco / Mary Isabel Gonzatti, Bernardo González-Baradat, Pedro M. Aso and Armando Reyna-Bello.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Monaldi, Vincenzo.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L311 .M73i
    1
  • Digital
    edited by David Schlossberg.
    Summary: In this completely revised edition an international team of experts presents nearly every facet of the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of tuberculosis and nontuberculous mycobacterial infections. In addition to presenting the latest clinical data, epidemiological findings, and policy and strategy recommendations of the World Health Organization, the book also provides detailed information on the clinical, public health, and policy aspects of tracking and treating tuberculosis. This book is a resource for anyone working to prevent and treat tuberculosis and associated infections, from inf.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by William R. Jacobs, Jr., Department of Immunology and Microbiology, Albert Einstein School of Medicine, Bronx, New York Helen McShane, Cellular Immunology and Vaccine Development Group, Nuffield Department of Medicine, Jenner Institute, University of Oxford, Oxford, United Kingdom, Valerie Mizrahi, Institute of Infectious Disease and Molecular Medicine, University of Cape Town, Faculty of Health Sciences, Rondebosch, South Africa, Ian M. Orme, Department of Microbiology, Immunology, and Pathology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado.
    Contents:
    Towards Edward Jenner's revenge: developing an effective tuberculosis vaccine
    Drug discovery and development: state of the art and future directions
    Biomarkers and diagnostics
    Host and strain diversity
    The signature problem of tuberculosis persistence.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, John F. Murray, Robert Loddenkemper.
    Contents:
    History of tuberculosis and of warfare / J.F. Murray
    Challenges in the assessment of tuberculosis epidemiology during wartime / H.L. Rieder, R. Loddenkemper
    Risk factors for the increase of tuberculosis during wartime / R. Loddenkemper, H.L. Rieder
    Nazi medicine, tuberculosis and genocide / A. Finley-Croswhite, A. Munzer
    Tuberculosis in Germany before, during and after World War II / R. Loddenkemper, N. Konietzko
    Tuberculosis in Austria before, during and after World War II / K. Wolf, E. Junker
    Tuberculosis in Poland before, during and after World War II / A. Magowska
    Tuberculosis in the United Kingdom and Ireland before, during and after World War II / P.D.O. Davies, R. Trafford
    Tuberculosis in France before, during and after World War II / J. Grosset, A. Trabucq
    Tuberculosis in The British Empire before, during and after World War II / J.F. Murray
    Tuberculosis in Australia before, during and after World War II / C. Putland
    Tuberculosis in South Africa before, during and after World War II / N. Beyers, R. Gie
    Tuberculosis in The Netherlands before, during and after World War II / M.R.A. van Cleeff, E. Hueting, A. Dessing
    Tuberculosis in Belgium before, during and after World War II / M. Wanlin
    Tuberculosis in Southern European Countries and the Balkans before, during and after World War II / G. Sulis, L. D'Ambrosio, R. Centis, R. Duarte, J.-M. García García, G.B. Migliori
    Tuberculosis in Hungary before, during and after World War II / G. Kovács, I. Gaudi, I. Hovráth
    Tuberculosis in the Soviet Union before and during World War II / M.V. Shulgina, I.A. Vasilyeva
    Tuberculosis in the United States before, during and after World War II / P.C. Hopewell
    Tuberculosis in Japan before, during and after World War II / T. Mori, N. Ishikawa
    Tuberculosis in Korea during the Japanese occupation in World War II / E.K. Choi
    Tuberculosis in China before, during and after the Sino-Japanese War / J.F. Murray
    Tuberculosis and war : lessons learned from World War II / R. Loddenkemper, J.F. Murray.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Wei-ye Yu, Pu-Xuan Lu, Wei-guo Tan, editors.
    Summary: With the rapid development of economy and international communication, world population mobility increase significantly. As migrating population is one of vulnerable populations to infectious diseases, strengthening monitoring system and intervention approaches will be a key factor in controlling the spread of infectious diseases. This book is intended to provide valuable information on creating effective prevention and intervention strategies of tuberculosis, taking Shenzhen, one of typical immigrant cities, as an example. Followed by overview of tuberculosis, the control strategy, diagnosis and treatment of tuberculosis, drug resistant tuberculosis, and HIV-associated tuberculosis in migrating population is introduced. In addition, application of innovative technologies, for example, internet, molecular biology, and artificial intelligence in tuberculosis control is presented. It will be a useful reference for practitioners in centers for infectious disease control and prevention, hospitals, academic institutions, as well as staff in government agencies and non-government organizations with interests in tuberculosis prevention and control.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors; Contributors;
    1: Overview of Tuberculosis; 1 Prevalence of Tuberculosis; 1.1 Concept of Tuberculosis and Its Evolution; 1.2 WHO and Evolution of Strategies for Tuberculosis Control; 1.3 Prevalence of TB Worldwide; 1.4 Prevalence of TB in China; 2 Current TB Control; 2.1 Commitment of the Chinese Government Concerning the Eradication of TB; 2.2 Completion of a New Service System for Prevention and Treatment of TB; 2.3 Advancement of Modern Strategy for Control of TB; 3 Development in the Diagnosis of Pulmonary Tuberculosis 3.1 Bacteriological ExaminationSmear Detection; Culture Detection; Nucleic Acid Amplification; 3.2 Imaging Diagnosis of Pulmonary TB; Chest High Voltage Photography; Computed Tomography (CT); Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); 3.3 B-mode Ultrasonography; Thoracic TB; Tuberculous Pleurisy; 3.4 Fibrobronchoscopy; Principles of Fibrobronchoscopy; The Common Demonstrations of Bronchial TB by Fibrobronchoscopy; 3.5 Serological Diagnosis; 3.6 Detection of Cellular Immune Response; References;
    2: Epidemiology of Tuberculosis in Migrating Population; 1 Status Quo of the Migrating Population 1.1 Overview of the Migrating Population1.2 Migration of Population in the Developed Countries; 1.3 Migration Populations in the Developing Countries of Africa and Latin America; 1.4 Status Quo of Migrating Population in China; 2 Prevalence of TB in Migrating Population; 2.1 Prevalence of TB in Migrating Population; 2.2 Prevalence of TB in Migrating Population; Temporal Distribution; Regional Distribution; Populations Distribution; Age Distribution; Gender Difference; Race Difference; Occupation Distribution; Percentage of New Smear-Positive TB Patients in the Migrating Population Patients with TB in the Migrating Population are Mainly Initially Treated Patients3 Surveillance of TB; 3.1 Surveillance of TB Prevalence; Routine Report of TB Prevalence; Basis of Reporting; Data of Reporting; Quality Control; Commonly Selected Indices in Quality Assessment; Annual Infection Rate of TB; Reporting Incidence of TB; Reporting Mortality of TB; Percentage Increase/Decrease of Reported Cases of TB; TB Reporting Rate; Timely Reporting Rate of TB; Missed Reporting Rate of TB; Timely Review Rate of TB Reporting; Duplicate TB Reporting Rate; Completeness of Valid ID No. Population DistributionAge; Gender; Occupation; Family History; Regional Distribution; Chronological Distribution; Epidemiological Data of TB in 2007-2016 in Shenzhen [32, 33]; Occurrence of TB; Chronological Distribution; Regional Distribution; Gender and Age Distribution; Occupation Distribution; Epidemiological Survey of TB [34-36]; Data for Collection; Quality Control; Indices of the Survey; Morbidity of TB; Morbidity of Smear-Positive TB; Morbidity of Bacteriologically Positive TB; Gender/Age Morbidity of TB; Residence Morbidity of TB; Regional Morbidity of TB
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Jacobs, Philip P.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L313.A2 N27
    2
  • Digital
    Jeffrey D. Cirillo, Ying Kong, editors.
    Summary: Historically, tuberculosis was one of the first organisms associated with disease. Yet, despite progress, tuberculosis remains the most frequent cause of death in humans due to a single infectious agent. This text describes some of the recent, state-of-the-art advances related to our understanding of how this organism causes disease in humans, its mechanisms involved in parasitizing the host, as well as how the host resists or becomes susceptible to infection. We cover several of the molecular, biochemical and structural aspects of the bacterium responsible, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, and describe individual components of the host response and how these impact the course of disease. Although we cover only a very small portion of the field in this overview, we believe that there is a great deal of novel information present that will be valuable to any researcher or student of the field. We are at a stage where there are often more questions than sanswers, but use of the foundation that is now developing through the effort of tuberculosis researchers provides us with opportunities previously out of reach. This text provides overviews of the field in a number of different areas that will engage researchers interested in tuberculosis, and provide suggestions for ways to move forward. All of the authors hope that readers enjoy this taste of each area, and that their contributions will help others to make additional progress. Dr. Jeffrey D. Cirillo is a Regents Professor at Texas A & M University College of Medicine and the Director of the Center for Airborne Pathogens Research and Imaging with over 30 years of research in tuberculosis. Dr. Ying Kong is an Assistant Professor at the University of Tennessee Health Science Center with over 16 years of research in tuberculosis.

    Contents:
    1. Cell Wall Biosynthesis and Latency During Tuberculosis Infections
    2. The Silent Plague: Regulation of Latent Tuberculosis Infections
    3. Trehalose Dimycolate (Cord Factor) as a Contributing Factor to Tuberculosis Pathogenesis
    4. Role of Myeloid-derived Suppressor Cells and Regulatory T-cells in the Tuberculous Granuloma
    5. Interactions of Mycobacterium tuberculosis with Human Mesenchymal Stem Cells
    6. Role of Mycobacterium tuberculosis PE and PPE proteins in pathogen-host interactions
    7. Co-Infection with TB and HIV: Converging Epidemics, Clinical Challenges, and Microbial Synergy
    8. Optical In Vivo Imaging in Tuberculosis Research
    9. Mycobacteria Infection and Lipid Droplets
    Host and Pathogen Stealing, Sharing and Storing Fat
    10. Potential Immunology, Transcriptomics and Epigenomic Prediction Tools of the Future to Improve Tuberculosis Control.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dorothee Heemskerk, Maxine Caws, Ben Marais, Jeremy Farrar.
    Summary: This work contains updated and clinically relevant information about tuberculosis. It is aimed at providing a succinct overview of history and disease epidemiology, clinical presentation and the most recent scientific developments in the field of tuberculosis research, with an emphasis on diagnosis and treatment. It may serve as a practical resource for students, clinicians and researchers who work in the field of infectious diseases.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Epidemiology
    2 Pathogenesis
    3 Clinical manifestations
    4 Diagnosis
    5 Treatment
    6 Prevention
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Asseged B. Dibaba, Nicolaas P.J. Kriek, Charles O. Thoen.
    Summary: This book recounts the biology of M. bovis, followed by the status of bovine Tuberculosis (bTB) in African countries, primarily based on zoonotic and epidemiological field reports. Since the accumulation of data is valueless unless it led to practicable control measures, emphasis is put on locally adapted protocols for future control of the disease. In order to systematically evaluate the knowledge base of bTB, Epidemiologic Problem Oriented Approach (EPOA) methodology was used. The methodology is composed of two triads: i) the problem identification/characterization triad, which is mainly descriptive in nature, and ii) the problem management/solution/mitigation triad, which is mainly geared toward problem management/solution (see figure). The first triad comprises three pillars: i) agent ii) host, and iii) environment and the second one: i) therapeutics/treatment, ii) prevention/control, and iii) health maintenance/promotion. The two triads are linked together by the diagnostic procedure linkage. The systematic and detailed studies of the 'Host-Agent-Environment interactions are the building blocks to the understanding of agent transmission pathways and disease spread. These may include data about the disease status of the country, the nature of the disease agent and its hosts, the modes of transmission, the wildlife reservoirs in nature, persistence of infection, and agent survival in animal products and the environment. The problem identification and characterization triad identifies these interactions. Once a problem has been identified and well understood, the next step is to minimize the risk of transmission and spread of a disease. This area, referred to as problem solution/management triad, consists of problem management alternatives that rely upon prevention/control, and health maintenance/promotion of the disease in livestock, wildlife, and humans with the emphasis on resource-poor, developing countries in Africa.

    Contents:
    Section 1 Human and animal tuberculosis in Africa
    Introduction
    The current status of bovine tuberculosis in Africa
    Bovine TB Zoonosis in Africa
    The control of Mycobacterium bovis infections in Africa: a One Health approach
    Tuberculosis in African Wildlife
    The Mycobacterium tuberculosis Complex in Africa
    Section 2
    Epidemiology of bovine tuberculosis in Africa
    The epidemiology of bovine tuberculosis in Africa
    Molecular epidemiology of Mycobacterium bovis in Africa
    The diagnosis of bovine tuberculosis
    The control of bovine tuberculosis in Africa
    Section 3 Country reports
    Bovine tuberculosis: Status, epidemiology, and public health implications in Burkina Faso
    The status of bovine tuberculosis in Cameroon
    Bovine tuberculosis in Egypt
    The status of bovine tuberculosis in Ethiopia: Challenges and opportunities for its future control and prevention
    Bovine tuberculosis in Ghana
    The status of bovine tuberculosis in Malawi
    Bovine tuberculosis in Nigeria: Historical perspective, burden, risk factors, and challenges for its diagnosis and control
    Bovine tuberculosis in Rwanda
    BTB control strategies in livestock and wildlife in South Africa
    Bovine tuberculosis in the Republic of Sudan: A critical review
    A changing landscape of bovine tuberculosis in Tanzania
    Holes and patches: An account of tuberculosis caused by Mycobacterium bovis in Uganda
    Bovine tuberculosis in Zambia.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Onn Min Kon, editor.
    Summary: This book is targeted at ensuring frontline clinical staff including seniors, trainees and specialist nurses can easily reference the optimum investigation and management of potential TB cases. This will mirror the annual London Advanced TB course which aims to equip all of the team delivering care to have a working knowledge of the entire spectrum of the real life aspects of TB management ranging from investigation of active TB to latent screening in pre biologic therapy. It includes an update of MDR TB management and also the approaches needed to ensure the entire medico-social spectrum of TB care is addressed.

    Contents:
    Trends in TB epidemiology
    Natural History of TB and latent TB
    The BCG vaccine
    Contact tracing and screening new entrants science, rationale and progress
    Pulmonary, Pleural and Mediastinal TB clinical aspects and diagnosis
    Lymph Node/ Abdominal/ Renal /Pericardial TB clinical aspects, diagnosis and managing paradoxical reactions
    Radiology of TB
    Routine Laboratory Diagnostic Techniques
    TB and HIV issues
    Spinal and Bone TB
    CNS and Meningeal TB management
    Molecular tools current and future applications in the reference laboratory
    Therapeutic Drug Monitoring
    MDR TB Management
    The interferon gamma release assays science and rationale
    TB in renal disease
    Anti-TNF, immunosuppression approaches in TB
    Occupational Health Screening
    Infection Control
    Supporting the Hard to Reach
    Incident Management and Mass screening
    Paediatric TB Issues
    TB treatment and complications
    A Global TB Overview.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, Ali Akhaddar, Ahmet T. Tugut, Ravindra K. Garg, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. General considerations
    Part II. Tuberculosis of the brain and its coverings
    Part III. Tuberculosis of the spine and its coverings
    Part IV. Tuberculosis of the cranial and peripheral nerves
    Part V. Laboratory studies in neuro-tuberculosis
    Part VI. Therapy of tuberculosis of the nervous system and its coverings
    Part VII. Tuberculosi in humans
    Part VIII. Further insights into tuberculosis
    Conclusion
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Vishal Sharma, editor.
    Summary: Tuberculosis is an important concern in numerous countries across the globe. Training is usually focused on pulmonary tuberculosis, and the nuances of diagnosis and management of extrapulmonary tuberculosis, including abdominal tuberculosis, are not usually emphasized. This book details the varied presentations and mimics of tubercular involvement of the abdomen and the gastrointestinal system. The book provides clear guidance to the clinicians to diagnosis and manage the varied forms of abdominal tuberculosis. The chapters also touch on areas of controversy and confusion. Chapters are focused on each of the sites (intestinal, peritoneal, gastroduodenal, hepatobiliary, and pancreatic), modalities for evaluation (histology, microbiology, radiology, endoscopic ultrasound, nuclear medicine), differential diagnosis, and follow-up including response to treatment. Separate chapters have also been devoted to pediatric abdominal TB, therapy-related hepatitis, and considerations in immunocompromised states such as HIV. Therefore, this book will help practice clinicians and serve as a one-stop resource for graduate students in internal medicine and fellows training in gastroenterology.

    Contents:
    Abdominal Tuberculosis: A historical perspective
    Epidemiology of abdominal tuberculosis
    Classification of abdominal tuberculosis
    Esophageal Tuberculosis
    Gastroduodenal tuberculosis Intestinal Tuberculosis
    Differentiating Intestinal tuberculosis from Crohns disease
    Imaging for intestinal tuberculosis
    Peritoneal Tuberculosis: An overview
    Differentiating peritoneal tuberculosis and peritoneal carcinomatosis
    Imaging for peritoneal tuberculosis
    Ascitic fluid testing for peritoneal tuberculosis
    Hepatic tuberculosis
    Biliary and gallbladder tuberculosis
    Pancreatic tuberculosis Histology for the diagnosis of Abdominal Tuberculosis
    Microbiological diagnosis of abdominal tuberculosis
    Endoscopic ultrasound for gastrointestinal tuberculosis
    Nuclear medicine in abdominal tuberculosis
    Response to therapy in abdominal tuberculosis
    Surgery for abdominal tuberculosis
    Antitubercular therapy-related hepatitis
    Pediatric abdominal tuberculosis Immunodeficiency and Abdominal Tuberculosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sarvdeep Singh Dhatt, Vishal Kumar, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects and dimensions of tuberculosis affecting the spine, starting from its historical perspective to modern trends in early diagnosis, management, and rehabilitation. This book is a treatise fulfilling all the existing wide lacunae in suspicion, clinical examination, diagnosis, and management of this disease which still dwells as a mystery in modern medicine. It presents very easy to follow management plan algorithms and keynotes for easy and ready reference in each chapter. It describes the recent advances in diagnostic modalities and the treatment regimes, along with controversies, that have been elucidated and concluded with firm and sound references from evidence-based literature. This book also showcases the varied presentations of the disease as per varied socio-economic strata and in different geographic regions along with the different, principle-based approach to the disease spectrum shall be discussed at length. It also includes different clinical settings and scenarios in the concerned chapters. This book is a ready reference guide for postgraduate trainees, post-doctoral trainees, and faculty and consultants of orthopedics and neurosurgery.

    Contents:
    1 Historical perspectives of musculoskeletal tuberculosis
    2 History of tuberculosis spine (post att era)
    3 Epidemiology of Tuberculosis of Spine
    4 Anatomy and pathophysiology of TB spine
    5 Clinical presentation, features and examination of a case of suspected tuberculosis
    6 Microbiological diagnosis of spinal tuberculosis
    7 Diagnostic Modalities in TB Spine - Clinical Laboratory diagnosis and technological advancements
    8 Radiology in TB spine (X-rays, ultrasound, CT, MRI)
    9 Role of Nuclear Medicine in TB Spine
    10 FNAC and Biopsy Techniques in TB Spine
    11 Differential diagnosis of Spinal Infections
    12 TB spine in children
    13 The Medical management of spinal tuberculosis
    14 Multidrug Resistance and Extensively Drug Resistant Tuberculosis Diagnosis and Management Protocols
    15 Complications and Management in Tuberculosis of the Spine
    16 Surgical management of in TB spine indications and overview with postoperative protocols
    17 Surgical Management of Cervical Spine Tuberculosis
    18 Anterior Surgical Approaches- TB Spine
    19 Posterior approach for TB Spine
    20 Lateral Extracavitary Approach in the Surgical Management of Tuberculosis of the Spine
    21 Drug eluting ceramics in the field of spinal infections
    22 Extensile approaches to the spine in Tuberculosis
    23 Role of Full Endoscopic Procedures in management of Tuberculosis of Spine
    24 Surgical treatment of TB kyphosis
    25 Post Tuberculosis Sagittal Balance of the Spine Challenges and Approach
    26 TB spine in special conditions
    27 Advancements in the Surgical Management of Spinal Tuberculosis
    28 End point for TB spine?.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Spiers, Henry H.
    Digital Access Google Books 19--?]-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L311 .S75 1906
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Jean-Pierre Zellweger.
    Contents:
    TB prevention / Jean-Pierre Zellweger
    Optimal diagnosis : how early and improved diagnosis can help prevent TB transmission / Sandra Vivian Kik, Zhi Zhen Qin & Madhukar Pai
    Current transmission prevention methods : vaccination / Rosalind Rowland & Helen McShane
    Current transmission prevention methods : reducing disease spread from infected individuals / Gregory J. Fox, Guy B. Marks & Warwick J. Britton
    Special concerns for at-risk populations / Ivan Solovic & Vladimir Littva
    Prevention of TB in the presence of coinfection and comorbid conditions / Dina Nair & Soumya Swaminathan
    Public health, TB, immigration and travel challenge / Jean-Pierre Zellweger
    Ask the experts : managing TB in clinical practice and the impact on transmission / Jean-Pierre Zellweger
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital/Print
    von Prof. Dr. med. et phil. F. Köhler.
    Digital Access Google Books 1917-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L316.G3 K7 1920
    1
  • Digital
    Mohamed G. Atta, Mark A. Perazella, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive, cutting-edge scientific data on acute and chronic tubulointerstitial nephritis, an area that has not been fully addressed in many nephrology textbooks. This book covers all relevant aspects of the disease, from historical aspects and pathogenesis to diagnosis, pathological findings, treatment, and prognosis and outcomes. The chapters also discuss both immune and non-immune mediated forms of the disease, as well as entities causing tubulointerstitial disease such as medications and toxins, infectious agents, autoimmune diseases, transplant rejection, genetic diseases, infiltrative disease and chronic kidney disease of unknown etiology. The text features up-to-date educational materials that will benefit both basic and clinical scientists. Written by experts in the field, Tubulointerstitial Nephritis is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, researchers and trainees working in the field of nephrology and internal medicine.

    Contents:
    History and Epidemiology
    A history of its conceptual evolution
    Epidemiology of tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Pathogenesis
    Pathogenesis of Acute Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Causes of Acute Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Drugs associated with Acute Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Viral-induced Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Bacterial and parasitic-related tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Tubulointerstitial nephritis due to autoimmune diseases
    IgG4-Related Tubulointerstitial Disease
    Anti-brush border antibody (ABBA)-associated tubulointerstitial disease
    Transplant Rejection and Infection Associated Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Non-immune Mediated
    Genetic Diseases Associated with Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Cystinosis
    Chronic tubulointerstitial nephritis: Hypokalemia, hyperoxaluria, and hyperuricemia
    Non-immunological Causes of Tubulointerstitial Disease
    Reflux and Obstructive Nephropathy
    Aristolochic Acid Nephropathy and Balkan Nephropathy
    Chronic Kidney Disease of Unknown Etiology
    Infiltrative Disease of the Tubulointerstitium
    Diagnosis
    Clinical features and laboratory findings in acute tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Imaging modalities for acute tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Pathology of Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Treatment
    Management of Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Prognosis/Outcomes
    Prognosis and outcomes of acute tubulointerstitial nephritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Thales Renato Ochotorena de Freitas, Gislene Lopes Gonçalves, Renan Maestri, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the biology of tuco-tucos (Ctenomys) from an evolutionary perspective. Historically, these subterranean rodents have long attracted the attention of scientists due to its remarkable chromosomes variability and rapid diversification. A wealth of knowledge on physiology, ecology, genetics, morphology, paleontology, and taxonomy has been documented in the last 70 years through numerous single publications. In this volume, expert investigators review and frame these essays with the breadth of current understanding. The collection of chapters are presented into the major topics: i) Evolution of Ctenomys, ii) Geographic Patterns, iii) Organismal Biology, and iv) Environmental Relationships. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to both students and researchers and may stimulate further research with this exciting model on a wide range of evolutionary topics.

    Contents:
    The history of Ctenomys in the fossil record: a young radiation of an ancient family
    A short overview of the systematics of Ctenomys: species limits and phylogenetic relationships
    Speciation in the genus Ctenomys: an attempt to find models
    Geographical and macroecological patterns of tuco-tucos
    Phylogeography and landscape genetics in the subterranean rodents of the genus Ctenomys
    Skull shape and size diversification in the Genus Ctenomys (Rodentia: Ctenomyidae)
    Biomechanics and strategies of digging
    Adaptive pelage coloration in Ctenomys
    Environmental and ecological features of the genus Ctenomys
    The diet of ctenomyids
    Ecological physiology and behavior in the genus Ctenomys
    Effects of environmental pollution on the conservation of Ctenomys.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Pernille Rørth.
    Summary: Jessie Aitkin, the long-time Editor-in-Chief of a leading life sciences journal, receives a fantastic job offer. A young animal rights activist requests an interview with her husband, Peter Dahl, a research scientist at a prestigious institute. An unexpected revelation sets in motion a series of events that shifts the course of their careers and their relationship. In this novel, another page turner by the author of Raw Data: A Novel on Life in Science (Springer 2016), enthusiasm for basic research and for how science is - and could be - communicated combine in a thoughtful reflection on the impact of ambition on personal relationships. In a non-technical appendix, the author discusses the use of narrative in scientific papers and considers alternative modes of science publishing, one of which is featured in the novel. Storytelling in science has the potential to enhance communication, but may also have unintended consequences. This novel and the appendix explore these timely and important issues for the scientific community.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I: Tumble Hitch
    Part II: On scientific journal publishing.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Dieter Marmé.
    Summary: Understanding of the molecular mechanisms of tumor development has increased considerably in recent years. As a consequence, the development of targeted therapies has proceeded rapidly, contributing to new drugs against cancer which are now under clinical investigation. Among these new therapies, anti-angiogenic drugs are of particular importance because they can be used against many different types of cancer. This is due to the fact that tumor angiogenesis seems to be involved in most if not all solid metastasizing malignancies. The first part of this book summarizes the knowledge acquired on the molecular entities that play a role in tumor angiogenesis and their mechanisms of action. Furthermore, the identification of molecular markers and their validation as predictive and/or prognostic tools is reviewed. In the second and most important part, the clinical applications of anti-angiogenic treatments are documented for a wide variety of tumors. In particular, the modes of combination with other targeted and/or cytotoxic cancer therapies are presented.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Editor; Contributors; Part I: Mechanisms of Tumor Angiogenesis; Mechanisms of Tumor Angiogenesis; Introduction; Molecular Mechanisms of Angiogenesis; Mechanisms Involved in Blood Vessel Formation; Vasculogenesis; Sprouting Angiogenesis; Alternative Ways of Blood Supply in Tumors; Intussusception; Vasculogenic Mimicry; Biological Processes Involved in Angiogenesis; Sprouting of Blood Vessels and Endothelial Cell Proliferation; Cues that Guide Vessel Navigation; Vessel Remodeling, Stabilization, and Maturation Endothelial Junctions in Lymphatic and Blood VesselsBlood Flow Regulation: Implication for Basal Sieving; VEGF-Induced Transient Vessel Leakage; Leakage of Molecules; Leakage of Cells; Vascular Leakage in Disease; Vascular Leakage and Cancer; Vascular Leakage and Myocardial Pathology; Vascular Leakage in Ocular Diseases; Lymphatic Neoangiogenesis and Cancer; Imaging Vascular Flow and Integrity; Perspectives; Acknowledgments; Cross-References; References; Benefits and Pitfalls of Tumor Vessel Normalization; Introduction; Lessons and Questions from Anti-VEGF-A/VEGFR2 Therapy Hallmarks of Tumor Vessel NormalizationInducing Tumor Vessel Normalization; Benefits of Tumor Vessel Normalization; Pitfalls of Tumor Vessel Normalization; Translational Implications; Challenges for Clinical Application; Summary; Cross-References; References; The Impact of Endothelial Transcription Factors in Sprouting Angiogenesis; Introduction; Pro-angiogenic Transcription Factors; The ETS Family of Transcription Factors: Essential for Endothelial Cell Development; The cAMP Response Element-Binding Transcription Factors; The GATA Family: Highly Expressed in Endothelial Cells Regression of Blood Vessels and Endogenous Inhibitors of AngiogenesisThe Angiogenic Switch in Tumorigenesis; Hypoxia and Tumor Angiogenesis; Differences between Physiological and Tumor Neovascularization; Differences between Normal and Tumor Vessels; Conclusion; Cross-References; References; The Role of VEGF in Controlling Vascular Permeability; Introduction; Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors (VEGFs) and Their Receptors; Features Regulating Vessel Integrity; Basal Permeability; Endothelial Fenestrations; The Glycocalyx; The Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB); The Vesiculo-Vacuolar Organelle (VVO)
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2019- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Sulen Sarioglu.
    Summary: This book presents the morphology, possible mechanisms of formation, and clinical relevance of tumor deposits (TDs) in different organs and parts of the body. It also describes the diagnostic features that are currently available for TDs and discusses the prognostic impact of TDs. The poor prognostic and predictive values of TDs were found to be as strong as distant metastasis in different series. TDs, best characterized by colorectal cancer, are irregular discrete tumor masses that are discontinuous from the leading edge of the tumor. However, even in colorectal cancers, the place of TDs in tumor staging (tumor, lymph node and distant metastasis categories) remains controversial. This book presents the possible mechanisms of TD formation, including neurotrophic and angiotrophic extravascular migratory metastasis, in comparison with the well-known mechanisms of metastasis. It also shows that TDs were identified in esophageal, gastric, salivary gland, head and neck, and breast carcinomas. The possible mechanisms leading to the frequent association of TDs and peritoneal carcinomatosis are discussed. This is a valuable resource for pathologists, oncologists, and surgeons who are looking for detailed information on the latest scientific insights into the pathology and prognostic implications of TDs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yuzhuo Wang, Francesco Crea, editors.
    Summary: This volume will be the first to provide a comprehensive description of tumor dormancy. It will define the clinical and biological aspects of this phenomenon, as well as the cellular and molecular mechanisms associated with tumor dormancy. Chapters will be authored by world-renewed experts who are conducting cutting-edge research in the field. A unique feature will be a conclusive paragraph detailing future development and foreseeable clinical applications at the end of each chapter. The volume will serve as a fundamental instrument for every researcher and clinician interested in the field of tumor dormancy as well as a means of disseminating stimulating concepts and prompting the development of innovative technological solutions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pawel Kalinski, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Interplay Between Tumor Cells, Stroma and Inflammatory Infiltrate in Regulating Tumor Micro-Environment
    Tumor Immuno-Environment in Cancer Progression and Therapy
    Cancer Immunotherapy Targets Based on Understanding the T Cell-Inflamed Versus Non-T Cell-Inflamed Tumor Microenvironment
    Regulation of CTL Infiltration Within the Tumor Microenvironment
    The Role of Tumor Microenvironment in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Part 2. Mediators of Tumor Microenvironment
    Immunogenic and Non-Immunogenic Cell Death in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Exosomes in Cancer: Another Mechanism of Tumor-Induced Immune Suppression
    Chemo-immunotherapy: Impact of Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase in Defining Immunogenic versus Tolerogenic Cell Death in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Targeting Myeloid-Derived Suppressor Cells in Cancer
    Tryptophan catabolism and cancer immunotherapy targeting IDO mediated immune Suppression
    Part 3. Emerging Targets and Technologies of Modulation of Tumor Microenvironment
    Tumor Microenvironment in Cancer Progression and Therapy
    The Role of the Immune System and Immunoregulatory Mechanisms Relevant to Melanoma
    Oncolytic Virotherapy and the Tumor Microenvironment
    The Impact of Housing Temperature Induced Chronic Stress on Preclinical Mouse Tumor Models and Therapeutic Responses: An Important Role for the Nervous Role for the Nervous System
    (Immuno)therapeutic Targeting of Tumor-Associated Blood Vessels
    Adaptive Resistance to Cancer Immunotherapy
    Imaging the Tumor Microenvironment.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Lorenzo Galluzzi, Nils-Petter Rudqvist.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Print
    volume editor, Lorenzo Galluzzi, Nils-Petter Rudqvist.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    volume editor, Lorenzo Galluzzi, Nils-Petter Rudqvist.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Florence Schaffner, Jean-Louis Merlin, Nikolas von Bubnoff.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the techniques, clinical applications, and benefits of the different forms of liquid biopsy employed in patients with a variety of tumor types, including lung, breast and colorectal cancer. Offering detailed explanations, it discusses the how changes in tumors can be tracked using these cutting-edge technologies, which enable the detection and analysis of diverse circulating biomarkers: tumor cells, tumor DNA, tumor RNA (free or in exosomes), and fluid biomarkers identifiable by means of targeted proteomics. The use of such advanced technologies is enabling us to tackle questions and problems in a way that was not possible just a few years ago. We now have at our disposal an effective means of overcoming the problem of intratumor heterogeneity, which has limited the value of conventional biopsy approaches. As a consequence, oncology practice is about to change radically, toward truly personalized precision medicine. This book provides both clinicians and researchers with a thorough and up-to-date overview of progress in the field.

    Contents:
    Circulating Tumor Cells: Pathophysiology of Tumor Cell Release into the Circulation and characterization of CTC
    CTC enrichment technologies
    Genotyping of CTC :example Lung cancer
    CTC in Breast Cancer: a clinical approach
    Circulating Tumor DNA: Pathophysiology of ctDNA Release into the Circulation and its characterization
    Enrichment and Analysis of ctDNA
    ctDNA in Lung Cancer
    ctDNA in Breast Cancer
    ctDNA in Colorectal Cancer
    Dynamic Treatment Stratification using ctDNA
    Circulating Tumor RNA: Noncoding Tumor RNAs: Pathophysiology of Release and Techniques of Detection
    Circulating miRNAs as Biomarker in Cancer
    Plasma Subcompartments as Source for Tumor derived Biomarkers: Exosomes and Vesicles as Biomarker in Cancer
    Quantitative proteomic Analysis of Plasma in Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: Revealing essential roles of the tumor microenvironment in cancer progression, this book focuses on the role of hematopoietic components of the tumor microenvironment. Further, it teaches readers about the roles of distinct constituents of the tumor microenvironment and how they affect cancer development. Topics include neutrophils, basophils, T helper cells, cytotoxic lymphocytes, fibrocytes, and myeloid-derived suppressor cells, and more. Taken alongside its companion volumes, these books update us on what we know about various aspects of the tumor microenvironment as well as future directions. Tumor Microenvironment: Hematopoietic Cells - Part A is essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students as well as researchers seeking an update on research in the tumor microenvironment.

    Contents:
    Neutrophils in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Basophils in Tumor Microenvironment and Surroundings
    Janus or Hydra: The many faces of T helper cells in the human tumour microenvironment
    Cytotoxic CD8+ lymphocytes in the tumor microenvironment
    Mucosal-associated invariant T cells in tumors of epithelial origin
    Fibrocytes in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Models for Monocytic Cells in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Myeloid-Derived Suppressor Cells in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital/Print
    Peter P. Lee, Francesco M. Marincola, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the biological processes relevant to the immune phenotypes of cancer and their significance for immune responsiveness, based on the premise that malignant cells manipulate their surroundings through an evolutionary process that is controlled by interactions with innate immune sensors as well as the adaptive recognition of self/non-self. Checkpoint inhibitor therapy is now an accepted new form of cancer treatment. Other immuno-oncology approaches, such as adoptive cell therapy and metabolic inhibitors, have also shown promising results for specific indications. Immune resistance is common, however, limiting the efficacy of immunotherapy in many common cancer types. The reasons for such resistance are diverse and peculiar to the immune landscapes of individual cancers, and to the treatment modality used. Accordingly, approaches to circumvent resistance need to take into account context-specific genetic, biological and environmental factors that may affect the cancer immune cycle, and which can best be understood by studying the target tissue and correlated systemic immune markers. Understanding the major requirements for the evolutionary process governing human cancer growth in the immune-competent host will guide effective therapeutic choices that are tailored to the biology of individual cancers.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I: Imaging of tumor microenvironment, In vivo Imaging
    New technologies to image tumors
    Part II: Immune landscapes and their biology, Systemic correlates of the tumor microenvironment
    Adaptive immunity and the tumor microenvironment
    The biology of immune active cancers and their regulatory mechanisms
    The biology of immune excluded cancers
    Immunoscore
    Part III: The tumor microenvironment and therapy, The Immune Landscape in Women Cancers
    Translational biomarkers, combination therapies and their relationship with immune landscapes
    Effects of radiation on the tumor microenvironment
    Challenges of CAR T cell therapy for solid tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC268.3 T86 2020
    1
  • Print
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Debabrata Banerjee, Raj K. Tiwari, editors.
    Summary: Over the past decade, the tumor microenvironment has become one of the most important research areas in cancer biology, as cells within the tumor microenvironment, despite being outnumbered by healthy cells, are able to evade surveillance and immune-mediated destruction. While researchers have learned a great deal about the cellular and structural makeup of the tumor microenvironment, there has been a growing understanding of the metabolic interplay between the tumor microenvironment's various cellular constituents and how each of them contributes to overall tumor growth and metastases. This new volume will guide researchers, students, oncologists and academics through a rapidly developing and changing field with a thorough understanding of tumor microenvironment biology from a cellular, structural, metabolic, and immunological perspective.

    Contents:
    1. Inflammatory components of the thyroid cancer microenvironment - an avenue for identification of novel biomarkers
    2. Disruption of Cell-Cell Communication in Anaplastic Thyroid Cancer as an Immunotherapeutic Opportunity
    3. Exosomes in the Healthy and Malignant Bone Marrow Microenvironment
    4. Structural Biology of the Tumor Microenvironment
    5. Metabolic interactions between tumor and stromal cells in the Tumor Microenvironment
    6. Interacting Genetic Lesions of Melanoma in the Tumor Microenvironment: Defining a Viable Therapy
    7. Non-coding RNAs in Papillary Thyroid Cancer: Interaction with cancer associated fibroblasts (CAFs) in the Tumor Microenvironment (TME) and regulators of differentiation and Lymph Node Metastasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the latest research on the molecular players in the tumor microenvironment, including Cathepsin D, galectins, iron, oxygen, Phospholipase D1, leptin, extracellular vesicles, and more. Taken alongside its companion volumes, these books update us on what we know about the tumor microenvironment as well as future directions. Tumor Microenvironment: Molecular Players - Part A is essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students as well as researchers seeking an update on research in the tumor microenvironment.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbair, editor.
    Summary: Revealing essential roles of the tumor microenvironment in cancer progression, this volume focuses on non-hematopoietic cells within the tumor microenvironment. Further, it teaches readers about the roles of distinct constituents of the tumor microenvironment and how they affect cancer development. Topics include fibroblasts, adipocytes, mesenchymal stem cells, stellate cells, and more. Taken alongside its companion volumes, Tumor Microenvironment: Non-Hematopoietic Cells updates us on what we know about the different aspects of the tumor microenvironment as well as future directions. Useful for introducing the newer generation of researchers to the history of how scientists focused in the tumor microenvironment and how this knowledge is currently applied for cancer treatments, it will be essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students as well as researchers seeking an update on research in the tumor microenvironment. All of the chapter authors are renowned international experts in the cancer biology field in specific subfields that will be the focus of their chapters.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: This volume discusses novel concepts in cancer biology, focusing on different factors that affect the tumor microenvironment. Topics covered include sex-based differences in the tumor microenvironment, dormancy in the tumor microenvironment, the influence of obesity on the tumor microenvironment, and much more. Taken alongside its companion volumes, Tumor Microenvironment: Novel Concepts covers the latest research on various aspects of the tumor microenvironment, as well as future directions. Useful for introducing the newer generation of researchers to the history of how scientists studied the tumor microenvironment as well as how this knowledge is currently applied for cancer treatments, it will be essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students, as well as researchers seeking an update on research on the tumor microenvironment.

    Contents:
    1. The Tumour Microenvironment and Circulating Tumour Cells: A partnership driving metastasis and glycan-based opportunities for cancer control
    2. Dormancy in the Tumor Microenvironment
    3. Tumor-associated tertiary lymphoid structures: A cancer biomarker and a target for next-generation immunotherapy
    4. Studying the tumor microenvironment in zebrafish
    5. Pre-metastatic niche formation by neutrophils in different organs
    6. Tumor cell invasion and the tumor microenvironment: Special focus on brain tumors
    7. The dog as a model to study the tumor microenvironment
    8. EFFEROCYTOSIS AND THE STORY OF FIND ME, EAT ME AND DONT EAT ME SIGNALING IN THE TUMOR MICRO ENVIRONMENT
    9. Color-coded imaging of the tumor micro-environment (TME) in human patient-derived orthotopic xenograft (PDOX) mouse models
    10. Mitochondria and the tumor microenvironment in blood cancer
    11. Telocytes in the tumor microenvironment
    12. Modeling the roles of astrocytes in the metastatic tumor cell microenvironment
    13. Roles of fibroblasts in microenvironment formation associated with radiation-induced cancer
    14. Tumor microenvironment-associated pericyte populations may impact therapeutic response in thyroid cancer
    15. The adrenergic nerve network in cancer
    16. Current treatment modalities targeting tumor microenvironment in castration-resistant prostate cancer
    17.Brain metastases and tumor microenvironment
    18. MIGRATION STIMULATING FACTOR (MSF). ITS ROLE IN THE TUMOUR
    MICROENVIRONMENT
    19. Mechanical Signaling in the Mammary Microenvironment - from Homeostasis to Cancer
    20. Osteopontin Signaling in Shaping Tumor Microenvironment Conducive to Malignant Progression
    21. Progesterone receptor signaling in the breast tumor microenvironment
    22. Progranulin/GP88, a complex and multi-faceted player of tumor growth by direct action and via the tumor microenvironmen
    23. Sex-based differences in the tumor microenvironmet.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: This volume discusses recent research advances in cancer biology, focusing on the role of the tumor microenvironment. Taken alongside its companion volumes, Tumor Microenvironment: Recent Advances covers the latest research on various aspects of the tumor microenvironment, as well as future directions. Useful for introducing the newer generation of researchers to the history of how scientists studied the tumor microenvironment as well as how this knowledge is currently applied for cancer treatments, it will be essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students, as well as researchers seeking an update on research on the tumor microenvironment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: Revealing essential roles of the tumor microenvironment in cancer progression, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the latest research on how different signaling pathways are important in the tumor microenvironment. Multiple signaling pathways are covered, including S1P, neuregulin, Notch, erythropoietin, Rho-ROCK, mTOR, and more. Taken alongside its companion volumes, these books update us on what we know about various aspects of the tumor microenvironment as well as future directions. Tumor Microenvironment: Signaling Pathways - Part A is essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students as well as researchers seeking an update on research in the tumor microenvironment.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: Revealing essential roles of the tumor microenvironment in cancer progression, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the latest research in the field. A variety of topics are covered, including metabolism in the tumor microenvironment, stellate cells and endothelial progenitors in the tumor microenvironment, as well as the effects of HIV, viral hepatitis, and inflammation in the tumor microenvironment, and more. Taken alongside its companion volumes, Tumor Microenvironment: State of the Science updates us on what we know about various aspects of the tumor microenvironment, as well as future directions. This book is essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students as well as researchers seeking an update on research in the tumor microenvironment.

    Contents:
    Metabolism in the tumor microenvironment
    Neutrophil Elastase and Neutrophil Extracellular Traps in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Viral hepatitis, inflammation, and tumour microenvironment
    Effects of HIV on the tumor microenvironment
    GLI2-mediated inflammation in the tumor microenvironment
    Stellate Cells in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Endothelial Progenitors in the Tumor microenvironment
    Chimeric antigen receptors for the tumour microenvironment
    Toll-Like Receptors (TLRs) in the Tumor Microenvironment (TME): A dragon-Like Weapon in a Non-Fantasy Game of Thrones
    Multiple dynamics in tumor microenvironment under radiotherapy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Constantinos Koumenis, Lisa M. Coussens, Amato Giaccia, Ester Hammond.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jacinta Serpa, editor.
    Summary: This book will allow readers to discover the crucial role of tumor microenvironment (TME) in the selection of cancer cells that are more prone to carry on cancer initiation and progression. The metabolic remodeling, as the basis of life overall, allows the adaptive establishment of a tumor in a certain TME, which in turn presents a variety of selective pressures. Coupled with the late diagnosis, the poor therapy response are the main hurdles limiting oncological disease control and eventual cure. Thus the metabolic plasticity of cancer cells often underlies chemoresistance. This edited work presents an exhaustive description and comprehensive view of cancer metabolism as a weapon used by cancer cells to adapt to TME. TME and the organ microenvironment is analyzed as a whole, considering cancer cells, stromal cells and microbiota. This complex circuit is observed as the support for disease development and therapy evasion but also as a valuable kernel, presenting new players to be targeted in a more precise cancer therapy. The various threads of cancer biology related to TME and metabolic adaptation will be addressed including: 1) key players in the metabolic network; 2) the way adaptive metabolic features are sustained by TME; 3) TME and metabolic signaling, accounting for cancer cells survival; 4) metabolic fitness driven limitations in therapy response, and 5) the way TME and cancer metabolism can be helpful in the design of new drugs. In addition, the usefulness, technical strengths and weaknesses of analytical techniques useful in cancer metabolomics will be presented in an integrative way. Moreover, the use of innovative and traditional in vitro and in vivo cancer models, as powerful tools to address the influence of TME in cancer progression and metabolic reprogramming will be also presented. This work was written by experts and dedicated to researchers with interests in cancer biology, TME, cancer metabolism and therapy. It will interest the Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology readership, including basic researchers, analytic researchers, bio-engineers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Tumor microenvironment a job of several holders
    Tumor microenvironment- a selective pressure boosting cancer
    Lactate and lactate transporters as key players in the maintenance of the Warburg effect
    Section 1. Adaptive metabolic features are sustained by tumor microenvironment
    Recycling the interspecific relations with epithelial cells: bacteria and cancer metabolic symbiosis
    Gut microbiota and cancer of the host: colliding interests
    Metabolic plasticity of tumor cells: how they do adapt to food deprivation
    Multifaceted oncogenic role of adipocytes in the tumour microenvironment
    Endothelial cells (ECs) metabolism a valuable piece to disentangle cancer biology
    Monocytes and macrophages in cancer: unsuspected roles
    Section 2. Microenvironment and metabolic signalling- the way cancer cells know how to survive.-: Wnt signaling: paths for cancer progression
    Microenvironment driven metabolic adaptation in melanoma
    Metabolic reprogramming and signaling to chromatin modifications in tumorigenesis
    Inflammatory microenvironment modulation of alternative splicing in cancer: a way to adapt
    The bone marrow niche
    the tumor microenvironment that ensures leukemia progression
    Section 3. Metabolic fitness and therapy response in cancer
    Exploiting cancer cells metabolic adaptability to enhance therapy response in cancer
    The metabolic remodelling in lung cancer and its putative consequence in therapy response
    Hydrogen sulfide metabolism and signaling in the tumor microenvironment
    Using metabolic adaptation to design new drugs
    Metabolomics- a new way of screening cancer
    NMR as a tool for metabolomics
    Section 5. Animal models- addressing cancer microenvironment
    Animal models to study cancer and its microenvironment
    Modulating the metabolic phenotype of cancer microenvironment
    Modeling of Solid-tumor Microenvironment in Zebrafish (Danio Rerio) Larvae
    Section 6. In vitro and ex vivo cancer models
    In vitro and ex vivo models- the tumor microenvironment in a flask
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: Revealing essential roles of the tumor microenvironment in cancer progression, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the latest research on the role of interleukins in the tumor microenvironment. Each chapter focuses on the various ways to target the tumor microenvironment by intervention in the interleukin biology, including IL-1, IL-8, IL-21, IL-36 signaling, and more. Taken alongside its companion volumes, Tumor Microenvironment: The Role of Interleukins - Part A updates us on what we know about various aspects of the tumor microenvironment, as well as future directions. This book is essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students as well as researchers seeking an update on research in the tumor microenvironment. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    IL-1 signaling in tumor microenvironment / Weizhou Zhang, Nicholas Borcherding, Ryan Kolb
    Interleukin-8 in the tumor immune niche : lessons from comparative oncology / Jong-Hyuk Kim
    IL-9 and Th9 cells in tumor immunity / Ying He, Lin Dong, Yejin Cao, Yujing Bi, Guangwei Liu
    IL-17 signaling in the tumor microenvironment / R.M. Gorczynski
    Emerging roles for interleukin-18 in the gastrointestinal tumor microenvironment / Ka Yee Fung, Paul M. Nguyen, Tracy L. Putoczki
    IL-21 signaling in the tumor microenvironment / Ghita Chabab, Nathalie Bonnefoy, Virginie Lafont
    ST2 signaling in the tumor microenvironment / Chih-Peng Chang, Meng-Hsuan Hu, Yu-Peng Hsiao, Yi-Ching Wang
    IL-36 signaling in the tumor microenvironment / Manoj Chelvanambi, Aliyah M. Weinstein, Walter J. Storkus.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Constantinos Koumenis, Ester Hammond, Amato Giaccia, editors.
    Summary: The collection of chapters in this proceeding volume reflects the latest research presented at the Aegean meeting on Tumor Microenvironment and Cellular Stress held in Crete in Fall of 2012. The book provides critical insight to how the tumor microenvironment affects tumor metabolism, cell stemness, cell viability, genomic instability and more. Additional topics include identifying common pathways that are potential candidates for therapeutic intervention, which will stimulate collaboration between groups that are more focused on elucidation of biochemical aspects of stress biology and groups that study the pathophysiological aspects of stress pathways or engaged in drug discovery.

    Contents:
    Hypoxia and metabolism in cancer
    Hypoxia and Regulation of Cancer Cell Stemness
    Hypoxia-mediated metastasis
    Escape Mechanisms from Antiangiogenic Therapy: An Immune Cells Perspective
    Hypoxic VDAC1: a potential mitochondrial marker for cancer therapy
    Hypoxia directed drug strategies to target the tumor microenvironment
    Radiotherapy and the Tumor Microenvironment: Mutual Influence and Clinical Implications
    Autophagy and cell death to target cancer cells: exploiting synthetic lethality as cancer therapeutic
    Intratumoral Hypoxia as the Genesis of Genetic Instability and Clinical Prognosis in Prostate Cancer
    miR-210: Fine-Tuning the Hypoxic Response
    The role of complement in tumor growth
    Imaging angiogenesis, inflammation and metastasis in the tumor microenvironment with magnetic resonance imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: Revealing essential roles of the tumor microenvironment in cancer progression, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the latest research on the tumor microenvironment in over thirty human organs, including the parathyroid gland, heart, intestine, testicles, and more. Taken alongside its companion volumes, these books update us on what we know about the different aspects of the tumor microenvironments in distinct organs as well as future directions. Tumor Microenvironments in Organs: From the Brain to the Skin - Part A is essential reading for advanced cell biology and cancer biology students as well as researchers seeking an update on research in the tumor microenvironment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dongyou Liu.
    Summary: "Tumors and cancers are insidious diseases characterized by an abnormal growth of cells that extend beyond their usual boundaries and disrupt the normal functions of affected organs. Forming the first of the four volumes devoted to tumors and cancers, this volume focuses on the central and peripheral nervous systems. Each chapter presents a state of the art summary of tumor/cancer of a particular type in relation to its definition, biology, epidemiology, disease mechanism/pathogenesis, clinical signs, diagnosis, treatment and prognosis."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Eduardo Santini-Araujo, Ricardo K. Kalil, Franco Bertoni, Yong-Koo Park.
    Summary: This updated second edition of a successful book provides essential, internationally applicable information in the area of bone and joint pathology with emphasis on practical diagnostic aspects, including many illustrations: roentgenograms, CT-scans, MRI, scintigraphies, as well as pictures of gross surgical specimens and microphotographs, immunohistochemical reactions and genomics. Information on histopathological and molecular diagnosis, and basic therapeutic guidelines are provided. This book offers generous coverage of epidemiology, clinical features, radiology, pathology, differential diagnosis, prognosis and treatment, not only for common lesions, but also for those less frequently encountered, including lesions of joints. The content is arranged based on the World Health Organization's Consensus Classification, with the addition of other lesions not included therein. Tumors and Tumor-Like Lesions of Bone provides day-to-day assistance to general and specialized surgical pathologists, radiologists, orthopedic, head and neck and dental surgeons, oncologists and rheumatologists. .

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Practical Approach to the Diagnosis of Bone Tumors
    Special Clinical Aspects of Certain Bone Tumors and Tumor-like Lesions
    An Imaging Approach to Bone Tumors
    Methods of Bone Biopsy
    Basic and Ancillary Techniques in Bone Pathology
    Grading and Staging
    Basic Guidelines on the Oncologic Treatment of Malignant Tumors of Bone
    Surgical Treatment of Tumors and Tumor-like Lesions of Bone
    Part II Bone-Forming Tumors
    Medullary Osteoma
    Parosteal Osteoma
    Osteoid Osteoma
    Osteoblastoma
    Conventional Central Osteosarcoma
    Parosteal Osteosarcoma
    Periosteal Osteosarcoma
    High-Grade Surface Osteosarcoma
    Part III Cartilage-Forming Tumors
    Enchondroma
    Multiple Enchondromatosis (Ollier's Disease)
    Periosteal Chondroma
    Osteochondroma
    Multiple Osteochondromatosis
    Chondroblastoma
    Chondromyxoid Fibroma
    Chondrosarcoma
    Chondrosarcoma Variants
    Part IV Giant Cell Tumor
    Giant Cell Tumor of Bone
    Part V Round Cell Tumors
    Ewing's Sarcoma Family of Tumors
    Lymphoma of Bone
    Myeloma
    Part VI Fibrous Tumors
    Desmoplastic Fibroma of Bone
    Fibrosarcoma of Bone
    Part VII Fibrohistiocytic Tumors
    Benign Fibrous Histiocytoma of Bone
    Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma of Bone
    Part VIII Vascular Tumors
    Hemangioma
    Epithelioid Hemangioma
    Glomus Tumor
    Epithelioid Hemangioendothelioma
    Angiosarcoma
    Part IX Adamantinoma
    Adamantinoma
    Part X Notochordal Tumors
    Benign Notochordal Cell Tumor
    Chordoma
    Part XI Leiomyosarcoma
    Leiomyosarcoma of Bone
    Part XII Adipocytic Tumors
    Lipoma of Bone
    Liposarcoma of Bone
    Part XIII Neurogenic Tumors
    Schwannoma of Bone
    Neurofibroma of Bone
    Part XIV Phosphaturic Mesenchymal Tumor
    Phosphaturic Mesenchymal Tumor
    Part XV Metastatic Carcinoma Involving Bone
    Metastatic Bone Carcinoma. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eduardo Santini-Araujo, Ricardo K. Kalil, Franco Bertoni, Yong-Koo Park, editors.
    Contents:
    Includes bibliographical references and index. Introduction
    Bone-forming tumors
    Cartilage-forming tumors
    Giant cell tumor
    Round cell tumor
    Fibrous tumors
    Fibrohistiocytic tumors
    Vascular Tumors
    Adamantinoma
    Notochordal tumors
    Leiomyosarcoma
    Adipocytic tumors
    Neurogenic tumors
    Phosphaturic mesenchymal tumor
    Metastatic carcinoma involving bone
    Tumor-like lesions and other conditions that simulate primary tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Daniel P. Stark, Gilles Vassal.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of adolescents and young adults with cancer in Europe / Desandes, E.; Stark, D.P
    Supportive care / Olsen, P.R.; Lorenzo González, R
    Long-term follow-up and survivorship / Tsirou, A.; Hjorth, L
    Increasing access to clinical trials and innovative therapy for teenagers and young adults with cancer
    a multiple stakeholders and multiple steps process / Gaspar, N.; Fern, L
    Collaboration and networking / Husson, O.; Manten-Horst, E.; van der Graaf, W.T.A
    Adult cancers in adolescents and young adults / Laurence, V.; Marples, M.; Stark, D.P
    Pediatric cancers and brain tumors in adolescents and young adults / McCabe, M.G.; Valteau-Couanet, D
    Leukemia / Juliusson, G.; Hough, R
    Lymphoma in adolescents and young adults / Brugires, L.; Brice, P
    Germ cell tumors in adolescents and young adults / Calaminus, G.; Joffe, J
    Sarcomas of soft tissue and bone / Ferrari, A.; Dirksen, U.; Bielack, S.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Hayat, M. A.
    Contents:
    Vol. 1. Gliomas: Glioblastoma (part 1)
    Vol. 2. Gliomas: Glioblastoma (part 2)
    Vol. 3. Brain tumors (part 1)
    Vol. 4. Brain tumors (part 2)
    Vol. 5. Astrocytomas, hemangioblastomas, and gangliomas
    Vol. 6. Spinal Tumors (Part 1)
    Vol. 7. Meningiomas and Schwannomas
    Vol. 8. Astrocytoma, Medulloblastoma, Retinoblastoma, Chordoma, Craniopharyngioma, Oligodendroglioma, and Ependymoma --Vol. 9. Lymphoma, supratentorial tumors, glioneuronal tumors, gangliogliomas, neuroblastoma in adults, astrocytomas, ependymomas, hemangiomas, and craniopharygiomas
    Vol. 10. Pineal, pituitary, and spinal tumors
    Vol. 11. Pineal, pituitary and, spinal tumors
    Vol. 12. Molecular mechanisms, children's cancer, treatments, and radiosurgery
    Vol. 13. Types of tumors, diagnosis, ultrasonography, surgery, brain metastasis, and general CNS diseases
    Vol. 14. Glioma, meningioma, neuroblastoma, and spinal tumors
  • Digital
    edited by M.A. Hayat.
    Summary: Like the ten preceding volumes in the series Tumors of the Central Nervous System, this book is distinguished for its comprehensive approach, its distinguished roster of some 93 contributors representing 8 different countries and its embrace of leading-edge technology and methods. Volume 11: Pineal, Pituitary, and Spinal Tumors concentrates on the diagnosis, prognosis and therapy of four types of tumors, namely Glioblastoma, Meningioma, Schwannoma and Spinal Tumors. The book offers an in-depth survey of a range of new technologies and their applications to tumor diagnosis, treatment and therapy assessment. The contributors explain in thorough detail a range of current and newly developed imaging methods, including molecular imaging and PET scan. Also covered is molecular profiling of brain tumors to select therapy in clinical trials of brain tumors. Discussion includes a review of such surgical treatments as resection and the application of non-invasive stereotactic radiosurgery for treating high-risk patients with brain metastasis. Additional discussion is devoted to tumor seeding.

    Contents:
    Part I. Imaging. An introduction to brain tumor imaging / Amit Mehndiratta [and 4 others] ; Molecular imaging of brain tumors / Nora Sandu, Toma Spiriev, and and Bernhard Schaller ; Use of 11c-4dst-pet for imaging of human brain tumors / Tadashi Nariai [and 3 others]
    Part II. Glioma and glioblastoma. Diffusion tensor magnetic resonance imaging-based tractography for glioma surgery / Shiro Ohue [and 3 others] ; Angiocentric glioma, pilomyxoid astrocytoma, and Pituicytoma: new entities in the world health organization classification / Jamie L. Odem and Douglas C. Miller ; Diffuse intrinsic pontine gliomas in children: treatment (an Update) / Amy Lee Bredlau and David N. Korones ; Gliomatosis cerebri: implications of genetic findings / Marcel Seiz and Christian Hartmann ; Impact of bevacizumab chemotherapy on glioblastomas / Brandyn A. Castro and Manish K. Aghi ; Glioblastoma microvesicles transport RNA and proteins Promoting tumor growth / David Gonda [and 4 others] ; MicroRNA in the pathophysiology of glioblastoma / Jessian Munoz, Steven J. Greco, and Pranela Rameshwar ; Surgical management of incidental low-grade gliomas / Johan Pallud and Emmanuel Mandonnet
    Part III. Stereotactic radiosurgery. Stereotactic radiosurgery for the treatment of brain metastases / Emmanouil Fokas ; Local control of low-volume brain metastases using stereotactic radiosurgery / Howard Hsu [and 3 others] ; Tumor seeding after stereotactic brain biopsy / Gordan Grahovav ; Intracranial stereotactic radiosurgery in high risk patients with metastases from radioresistant primary tumors / Varun Kumar Chowdry and Seung Shin Hahn ; Brain metastases: treatment with stereotactic iodine-125 brachytherapy / Maximilian I. Ruge, Philipp Kickingereder, and Harald Treuer ; Stereotactic radiosurgery for skull base meningiomas / Daniel M.S. Raper, Robert M. Starke, and Ricardo J. Komotar
    Part IV. Spinal cord tumors. Pediatric spinal cord tumors / Chiazo Amene, Michael Levy, and John Crawford ; Radiosurgery for intramedullary spinal cord tumors / Anand Veeravagu [and 3 others] ; Novalis spinal radiosurgery / David Ly, Christopher J. Anker, and Meic H. Schmidt ; Etiology and outcomes of pediatric spinal cord tumors / Susan Biffl
    Part V. Meningioma. Selection of elderly meningioma patients for surgery using a Clinical-radiological grading system as a predictor of outcome / Manuela Caroli [and 5 others] ; Cranial meningioma in neurofibromatosis type 2 patients: role of mutations / Miriam J. Smith and D. Gareth R. Evans ; Classification of meningioma using immunogenic antigens / Nicole Ludwig ; Treatment of benign meningiomas using radiosurgery / Antonio Santacroce [and 5 others] ; Necrotic rhabdoid meningiomas: histopathological diagnosis / Ewa Matyja and Wiesława Grajkowska
    Part VI. Schwannomas. Multiple schwannomas: diagnosis and treatment / Takashi Eguchi [and 9 others] ; Treatment of patients with vestibular schwanommas using gamma knife radiosurgery / Toshinori Hasegawa ; Schwannomas in the craniocervical region: complete surgical removal / Zaman Mirzadeh and Robert F. Spetzler ; Cranial base surgery of hypoglossal schwannomas / Yoichi Nonaka and Takanori Fukushima
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by M.A. Hayat.
    Contents:
    Classification/Diagnosis of Brain Tumors Using Discriminant Function Analysis
    Neuronal Differentiation in the Adult Brain: CDK6 as the Molecular Regulator
    Prolactinomas: Role of VEGF, FGF-2 and CD31
    Human Brain Tumor Growth: Role of Aquaporins
    Molecular and Functional Characterization of Human Adipocytes
    Inhibition of Neuroblastoma Progression by Targeting Lymphangiogenesis: Role of an Endogenous Soluble Splice-Variant of VEGFR-2
    Hyperinsulinemia Tends to Induce Growth Without Growth Hormone in Children with Brain Tumors After Neurosurgery
    Childhood Brain Tumours: Proton Beam Therapy
    Pathogenesis of Medulloblastoma: Role of Molecular Genetic Alterations
    Medulloblastomas: Survival Differences Between Children and Adults
    Survivors of Childhood Cancer: Risk of Glioma and Meningioma Following Radiotherapy
    Survivors of Childhood Cancer: Risk of New Primary Neoplasms of the CNS
    Brain Tumor Typing and Therapy Using Combined Ex Vivo Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy and Molecular Genomics
    Atlas-Based Segmentation of Tumor-Bearing Brain Images
    Nonthermal Irreversible Electroporation as a Focal Ablation Treatment for Brain Cancer
    The Role of Whole Brain Radiation Therapy for Metastatic Brain Tumors
    Craniotomy for Intracranial Tumors: Role of Postoperative Hematoma in Surgical Mortality
    Pituitary Adenomas: Treatment Using the Endonasal Approach
    Intracranial Tumors: Treatment with Endoscopic Neurosurgery
    Incidence of Recraniotomy for Postoperative Infections After Surgery for Intracranial Tumors
    Transsphenoidal Surgery for Non-Adenomatous Tumors: Effect on Pituitary Function
    Treatment of Brain Tumors: Electrochemotherapy
    Comparison of Navigated Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation to Direct Electrical Stimulation for Mapping the Motor Cortex Prior to Brain Tumor Resection
    The Role of Glutathione and the Glutathione-Linked Enzyme Systems in Brain Tumor Drug Resistance
    Drugs for Primary Brain Tumors: An Update
    Neurosurgical Treatment for Brain Metastases: Clinical Features, Operative Strategies, Recurrence and Survival
    Image-Guided Radiosurgery for Hypothalamic Hamartomas
    Image-Guided Stereotactic Radiosurgery for Spinal Pathology
    Image-Guided Stereotactic Radiosurgery for Optic Nerve Sheath Meningiomas
    Brain Metastases: The Application of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Technological Advances
    Treatment of Chordomas by Stereotactic Radiosurgery with a Linear Accelerator: Comparison with Other Modes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by M.A. Hayat, Distinguished Professor, Department of Biological Sciences, Kean University, Union, NJ, USA.
    Summary: Volume 13: Pineal, Pituitary, and Spinal Tumors is organized in six sections, for convenience and quick access to critical information. Section I, Types of Tumors includes a chapter on molecular characterization of Embryonal tumors, a chapter on diagnosis of metastatic oligodendroglioma using fine-needle aspiration cytology, one covering intra-arterial chemotherapy of oligodendroglial tumors and another on the role of cyclooxygenase-2 in the development and growth of Schwannomas, and others, closing with a chapter on trigeminal neuralgia with cerebellopontine angle tumors. Section II, Diagnosis, includes two chapters on cell counting in histopathologic slides of tumors. Section III offers three chapters which discuss aspects of intraoperative ultrasonography. Section IV covers brain tumor surgery, and Section V surveys Brain Metastasis. The final section offers a wide-ranging review of General Diseases, with chapters on, among others, Alexander Disease; Lipoma; Transplantation of human umbilical cord blood mononuclear cells in cases of neonatal hypoxic-ischemic brain damage; and a chapter discussing the use of mobile phones and brain cancer risk in children. Like its twelve predecessors in the series, this volume merits distinction for its thorough approach, its roster of 78 distinguished contributors representing 14 different countries and its detailed examination of leading-edge technology and methods.

    Contents:
    Part I. Types of tumors
    part II. Diagnosis
    part III. Ultrasonography
    part IV. Surgery
    part V. Brain metastasis
    part VI. General CNS diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ricardo Ramina, Marcos Soares Tatagiba.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of the diagnosis and treatment of tumors of the jugular foramen - cranial base lesions that present particular diagnostic and management difficulties and remain challenging to remove despite advances in surgery and interventional neuroradiology. The authors have developed novel concepts and surgical techniques relating to management of the facial nerve, reconstruction of the cranial base, and resection of large tumors with intra- and extracranial extension. These techniques, as well as anatomic studies in cadavers, are presented by means of surgical photographs, illustrations, and videos. Tumors of the Jugular Foramen will be of interest to all specialists involved in the management of these challenging tumors, including neurosurgeons, ENT surgeons, neuroradiologists, neurologists, neurointensivists, radiotherapists, oncologists, and physiotherapists.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Historical Aspects
    3. Epidemiology and Genetics and Pattern of Spread
    4. Natural History, Clinical symptoms and Classifications
    5. Surgical Anatomy
    6. Radiological Diagnosis
    7. Evidence-Based Treatment, Surgical Indications, Contra-indications, Preoperative Clinical Evaluation, Preoperative Preparation for Anesthesia
    8. Preoperative Embolization
    9. Surgical Treatment and Postoperative Management
    10. Histopathological Findings
    11. Radiation Therapy and Radiosurgery
    12. Chemotherapy
    13. Surgical Results and Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Valerie J. Lund, CBE, MS, FRCS, FRCSEd, Professor of Rhinology, University College London and Honorary Consultant ENT Surgeon, Royal National Throat, Nose and Ear Hospital, University College, Royal Free, and Moorfields Eye Hospitals, London, UK, David J. Howard, BSc, MB BS, FRCS, FRCSEd, Professor of Head and Neck Oncology, Imperial College NHS Trust Hospitals, London and Honorary Consultant Head and Neck Surgeon, Royal National Throat, Nose and Ear Hospital, London, UK, William I. Wei, MS, FRCS, FRCSEd, FRACS (Hon), FACS (Hon), Emeritus Professor of Surgery, the University of Hong Kong and Honorary Consultant, Li Shu Pui ENT Head and Neck Surgery Centre, Hong Kong Sanatorium and Hospital, Hong Kong SAR, China.
    Summary: "Covering tumors of the nose, sinuses, and nasopharynx for the first time in a single volume, this book is essential for all specialists. It incorporates the newest techniques for evaluation and treatment, including endoscopic approaches to the skull base, and offers a wealth of evidence-based data and analysis. For all members of the multidisciplinary health care teams who manage these complex cases, this book makes a major contribution to the field. Special features: Written by three international authorities who have published and lectured widely and conducted landmark studies in this area, Covers the full range of benign and malignant nose and sinus tumors, as well as the specific nasopharyngeal tumors that are more common to certain geographic regions (Far East) and ethnic groups (Chinese origin), Content is based on one of the largest single institutional studies ever undertaken, plus an extensive review of the international literature, Encompasses every aspect of the field, from etiology, clinical features, histology, imaging studies, and diagnosis to natural history, treatment options, outcomes, and management of residual or recurrent disease, Includes up-to-date contributions from experts on chemoradiation and head and neck imaging. With the goal of centralizing data and long-term follow-up, this comprehensive guide is invaluable for all otolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, oncologists, neurosurgeons, and maxillofacial and plastic surgeons who treat patients with challenging sinonasal, skull base, and nasopharyngeal neoplasms"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Pietro Ruggieri, Andrea Angelini, Daniel Vanel, Piero Picci, editors.
    Contents:
    PART 1: GENERAL ASPECTS: Surgical Anatomy of the Sacrum
    Clinical and Neurologic Manifestations of Sacral Lesions
    Epidemiology
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Staging and Biopsy
    Histopathology
    PART 2: BENIGN LESIONS: Giant Cell Tumor
    Osteoblastoma
    Osteoid osteoma
    Aneurysmal bone cyst
    Scwannoma
    Exostosis
    Hemangioma
    Other benign rare entities
    PART 3: MALIGNANT LESIONS: Metastasis
    Chordoma
    Osteosarcoma
    Ewing's Sarcoma
    Myeloma
    Lymphoma
    Condrosarcoma
    Other malignant rare entities
    PART 4: TREATMENTS: Surgical Approaches to the Sacrum
    Partial and total sacrectomy
    Sacral Biomechanics and Reconstruction
    Soft tissue reconstruction after sacral surgery
    Embolization of Sacral Lesions
    Radiation Therapy of Sacral Neoplasms.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    by Markku Miettinen, John F. Fetsch, Cristina R. Antonescu, Andrew L. Folpe, Paul E. Wakely, Jr.
    Contents:
    Specimen evaluation
    Nonmalignant fibroblastic and myofibroblastic tumors and tumor-like lesions
    Fibroblastic/myofibroblastic neoplasms with variable biologic potential
    Lipomatous tumors
    Smooth muscle tumors
    Tumors with skeletal muscle differentiation
    Vascular tumors
    Soft tissue tumors with cartilaginous or osseous differentiation
    Soft tissue tumors with epithelial differentiation
    Miscellaneous translocation sarcomas
    Miscellaneous tumors
    Cytopathology of soft tissue tumors and tumor-like lesions.
    Access via AFIP atlas of tumor pathology. 2014; 20(4th ser)
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Simon Hanft, Paul C. McCormick, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a focused, case-oriented approach to a specific disease entity: tumors located within the spinal canal. Each tumor type constitutes its own chapter and additional chapters focus on more novel trends in the field, such as radiosurgery and minimally invasive surgical techniques. In each chapter, the authors provide expert opinions on preoperative goals, intraoperative techniques and decision-making, and postoperative paradigms, including surveillance guidelines and thresholds for initiating adjuvant therapy. The management of intradural tumors has become increasingly interdisciplinary, and one of the major goals of this text is to familiarize the treating neurosurgeon with the latest advances in both operative and non-operative strategies. The text seeks to answer two questions: 1) what are the detailed surgical steps taken by these neurosurgeons to ensure safe maximal resection of these tumors? and 2) in cases of residual and recurrent disease, what are the most effective management options? Consensus regarding definitive management remains difficult to reach given the overall rarity of these tumors. Tumors of the Spinal Canal is ultimately a practical reference drawn from the experiences of its individual authors, a compendium of surgical pearls, pitfalls, and preferences, all steeped in the most recent and relevant literature on the subject. .

    Contents:
    Schwannoma
    Meningioma
    Myxopapillary Ependymoma and Rare Tumors
    Ependymoma
    Astrocytoma
    Hemangioblastoma
    Metastases
    Radiation for Extramedullary Tumors
    Radiation for Intramedullary Tumors
    Minimally Invasive Surgery for Intradural Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ankit I. Mehta.
    Summary: "Tumors of the spinal canal provide unique challenges in terms of surgical approaches and oncological treatment. Management requires in-depth knowledge of the intricate anatomical relationships between the tumors and normal spinal pathways, restricted corridors of entry, and limitations of drug penetration. Over the past few decades, significant strides have been made in the treatment of these tumors. Development of minimally invasive techniques and greater understanding of these pathologies has resulted in improved safety, precision, and outcomes. Tumors of the Spinal Canal: Surgical Approaches and Future Therapies by Ankit I. Mehta and esteemed contributors is the most comprehensive textbook written to date on this topic. The book starts with two opening chapters covering an overview and anatomy, followed by three sections and 11 chapters on intramedullary spinal tumors, intradural extramedullary tumors, and peripheral nerve tumors. The comprehensive review encompasses anatomy, pathophysiology, therapeutic and surgical advances, diverse surgical techniques, and future directions. Throughout the text, readers are provided with the necessary tools to master management of these clinically difficult tumors, from both a medical and surgical standpoint"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Robert A. Baan, Bernard W. Stewart, and Kurt Straif.
    Summary: This Scientific Publication reviews the information on cancer sites and mechanistic events for the more than 100 agents classified in Group 1 (carcinogenic to humans) by the IARC Monographs Programme. This category of agents is diverse and includes chemicals and chemical mixtures; occupations; metals, dusts, and fibres; radiation; viruses and other biological agents; personal habits; and pharmaceuticals. For the Group 1 agents, there were cross-cutting questions about the relevance to humans of certain cancer sites or mechanistic pathways in animals. This publication is based on a systematic identification and comparison of the cancer sites observed in humans and those observed in experimental animals, and a compilation of mechanistic events for agents known to cause cancer in humans. Relevant information was analysed on all the agents classified in Group 1 in Monographs up to and including Volume 109, most of which are reviewed in Volume 100A-F. A database of tumour sites seen in humans and animals was used to examine the degree of concordance by use of an anatomically based tumour classification scheme. The analysis of mechanistic aspects of the IARC Group 1 agents focused on 10 key characteristics of human carcinogens developed during the course of this work. Genotoxicity was the most prevalent mechanistic characteristic, consistent with the process of carcinogenesis necessarily involving genomic changes. The IARC concordance database represents a useful source of information for comparing animal and human data with respect to the tumours caused in different species. The results of the mechanistic analysis can provide a basis for future efforts to categorize mechanistic data for carcinogens through a systematic review process. These reviews and analyses were discussed during a two-part Workshop on Tumour Site Concordance and Mechanisms of Carcinogenesis convened by IARC. This Scientific Publication is the report of that Workshop and of subsequent work by the participants, both individually and collectively. This publication also presents a statement of consensus among the Workshop participants, which summarizes the main findings and their implications for human cancer risk assessment.
    Digital Access 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC268.6 .T86 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Steven Adolf.
    Summary: Historically, whenever tuna was hauled ashore, the sounds of battle were never far away.?Tuna Wars? tells the untold story of the power struggles emerging around tuna, from the distant past to your present-day dinner table. In the ancient past, the giant tuna was the first fish to become the basis of a large-scale industry and a?global? trade that created fortunes: Hannibal was able to finance his elephant campaign on Rome thanks to tuna. From the Middle Ages on, a tuna fishing monopoly on Spain?s southern coast allowed the nobility to completely dominate the area and even lead the?invincible? Armada. When the markets for tuna increased exponentially thanks to technical advances, tuna eventually became a billion-dollar business and one of the most-consumed fish species worldwide. But this massive expansion came at a price. An 18th century monk in Madrid was the first to warn that tuna fisheries needed to be run sustainably for the sake of future generations. And the issue of sustainability would go on to become a game-changer in the modern tuna wars, characterized by new alliances and partnerships, hybrid warfare and commercial power struggles. In addition to accompanying you through the history of tuna and sharing insights into fisheries science and approaches to sustainably managing fisheries, Tuna Wars offers practical guidance on choosing sustainably fished tuna. In short, it will tell you everything you ever wanted to know about tuna, but were afraid to ask.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The Tuna Trail
    Part I. The Dawn of Giant Tuna
    Chapter 1. The Cave
    Chapter 2. The Purple Folk?s Tuna
    Chapter 3. Three Classic Tuna Wars
    Chapter 4. Thunnus Nostrum
    Chapter 5. Tuna Renaissance
    Chapter 6. The Great Tuna Conqueror
    Chapter 7. The Tuna Dukes
    Chapter 8. The Tuna Saint of Sustainability
    Part II. The Modern Tuna Era
    Chapter 9. The Rise of the Can
    Chapter 10. The Tuna Machine
    Chapter 11. Tuna Mapping
    Chapter 12. The mystery of the North Sea bluefin Tuna
    Chapter 13. The Almadraba Revisted
    Chapter 14. Tokyo?s Pantry
    Chapter 15. Gurumu Bumu
    Chapter 16. The Fall
    Part III. The Fina Tuna Trap
    Chapter 17. Tuna Requiem
    Chapter 18. The Battle of Science
    Chapter 19. Tuna Wild West
    Chapter 20. Tokyo?s Tuna Fort
    Chapter 21. The Tuna Police
    Chapter 22. Caged Tuna
    Chapter 23. Tuna Welfare
    Chapter 24. Tiger of the Sea
    Chapter 25. Tuna Deus ex Machina
    Part IV. The Tuna Challenge
    Chapter 26. Twenty-first Century Tuna Wars
    Chapter 27. Wicked Tuna problems
    Chapter 28. The Tuna Family
    Chapter 29. Fishing Gears
    Chapter 30. The State of Sustainable Tuna
    Chapter 31. Making Invisible Tuna Visible
    Chapter 32. Eco-labels for Sustainable Tuna
    Chapter 33. Tuna Poacher?s Wars
    Chapter 34. The Pacific Tuna War
    Chapter 35. The Tuna Production Cartel
    Chapter 36. Three Flipper Wars
    Chapter 37. Tuna Conspiracies
    Chapter 38. Pirate Wars
    Chapter 39. The End of the Trail, the Beginning of a New Tuna Era.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kodoth Prabhakaran Nair.
    Summary: This book discusses the various aspects, from production to marketing of turmeric and ginger, the worlds two most important and invaluable medicinal spice crops. The book begins with their origin and history, global spread, and goes on to describe the botany, production agronomy, fertilizer practices, pest management, post-harvest technology, pharmacology and nutraceutical uses. The book presents the economy, import-export and world markets involved with reference to turmeric and ginger. It would be a benchmark and an important reference source for scientists, students, both undergraduate and post graduate, studying agriculture and food sciences and policy makers. It would be of great interest to professionals and industry involved in spice trade.

    Contents:
    1: Origin and history
    2: The Botany of Turmeric:
    3: The genetics of Turmeric
    4: The chemistry of Turmeric
    5: The biotechnology of turmeric
    6: The Agronomy of Turmeric
    7: Nutrition and nutrition management in Turmeric;- 8: Turmeric Entomology
    9: Turmeric Nematology
    10: Diseases of Turmeric
    11: Harvesting and Post-harvest management of Turmeric
    12: Nutraceutical properties of turmeric
    13: The ornamental Curcuma
    14: Turmeric in Ayurveda: Ayurveda is an ancient Indian system of medicine
    15: The Ginger: History and Origins
    16: The chemistry of ginger
    17: Ginger physiology.-18: Cropping zones and production technology of ginger
    19; The biotechnology of ginger
    20: Ginger nutrition
    21: The chapter will discuss diseases caused by oomycetes and True Fungi, soft rot of ginger and diseases caused by nematodes
    22: The insect pests of ginger and their control
    23: The post-harvest and industrial production of ginger
    24: Production, marketing and economics of ginger
    25: Pharmacology and nutraceutical uses of ginger
    26: Ginger as a spice and flavorant
    27: Additional Economically Important Ginger Species
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Patricia Y. Fechner, editor.
    Summary: Comprehensive and practical, this is a unique and multidisciplinary resource for the clinician caring for the girl or woman with Turner syndrome. Although approximately one in 2000 women are affected, many have not been diagnosed; as the advent of prenatal genetic testing becomes more prevalent, the diagnosis of Turner syndrome will be made much more frequently. There is therefore a greater need for this single source that provides the clinician with the information required to care for this multifaceted disorder. The opening chapters discuss the biology, genetics and current standard of care for females with Turner syndrome in order to provide proper background and context for the remaining chapters. The main section of the book, taking a body system approach, is comprised of chapters written by an expert in his or her subspecialty and will discuss pathophysiology and diagnosis, as well as therapeutic options. Reproductive, cardiac, renal, endocrine, neurologic, musculoskeletal, and sensory issues and symptoms associated with Turner syndrome are all covered in detail. Additional chapters describe current resources available to both caregiver and patient as well as future directions for research and management. Currently, there are no similar books on the market that take an all-inclusive, multidisciplinary approach in the care of individuals with Turner syndrome. As such, this book should be the standard of care for management of this challenging and multifaceted condition.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Description of Turner Syndrome
    Introduction
    Incidence
    Karyotype
    Phenotype
    Short Stature/Skeletal Manifestations
    Primary Ovarian Failure
    Congenital Heart Disease and Cardiovascular Concerns
    Lymphatic Obstruction
    Renal
    Autoimmunity
    Psychological/Cognitive
    Cancer Risk
    References
    Chapter 2: The Genetics of Turner Syndrome
    Introduction
    Structure and Function of Sex Chromosomes
    X-Inactivation
    Imprinted Genes on the X Chromosome Genes on the X Chromosome that Contribute to the Features of Turner Syndrome
    How Structural Rearrangements Occur
    X-Linked Disorders
    Genetic Testing
    Prenatal Testing
    Postnatal Testing
    Recurrence Risks
    Unaffected Parents
    Affected Mother
    Father with a Structurally Abnormal Y Chromosome
    Commentary
    References
    Chapter 3: Pattern and Etiology of Growth Disturbance in Turner Syndrome and Outcomes of Growth-Promoting Treatments
    Spontaneous Growth Pattern in Childhood and Adolescence, and Adult Height of Untreated Women Growth Pattern and Height During Infancy, Childhood, Adolescence, and Adulthood
    Prediction of Mature Height
    Body Proportions and Skeletal Anomalies
    Etiology of the Growth Disturbance
    SHOX Deficiency
    Alterations of GH and IGF-I Physiology
    Estrogen Deficiency
    Growth-Promoting Therapies
    Goals of Growth-Promoting Therapies
    Growth Hormone (GH)
    History of GH Treatment in TS
    Randomized Controlled Trials with Parallel Placebo or Nontreatment Control Groups
    Characteristics and Limitations of Studies
    Short-Term Growth Response (Height Velocity, Height SDS) Long-Term Outcomes (Height in cm, Height SDS, Percentage of Subjects who Attain AH Within Normal Range)
    Studies without Parallel Control Groups (Historical Control, Predicted/Projected Height Comparison, Dose-Response)
    Observational Studies, Height Prediction Models, and Factors Influencing Response to GH Treatment
    Age at GH Initiation
    GH Dose and Frequency of Administration
    Individual Patient Outcomes
    Effects of GH Treatment on Psychosocial, Neurocognitive and Quality of Life Outcomes
    Monitoring and Safety of GH Treatment
    Efficacy Monitoring
    Safety Overview Mortality and Cardiovascular Disorders
    Neoplasia
    Glucose, Insulin, and Carbohydrate Metabolism
    Contraindications to GH Treatment
    Oxandrolone
    Low-Dose Estrogen During Childhood (Prepuberty)
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 4: Fertility Preservation for Turner Syndrome
    Nonexperimental Fertility Options
    Adoption
    Spontaneous Pregnancy
    Oocyte Donation
    Gestational Surrogacy
    Oocyte Cryopreservation Following Ovarian Stimulation
    Experimental Fertility Options
    Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation
    Risks of Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation Procedures
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Bin Li.
    Summary: "Healthy China 2030" is a national strategy for improving the health of the population and coordinating health and socio-economic development, and a major means for the country to participate in global health governance and meet targets set in the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. This outline of the plan will be a blueprint and an action plan for facilitating the development of Healthy China. This tutorial book is a guide for "Outline of the Healthy China 2030 Plan" released on October 25, 2016. This book is organized by 29 chapters. It uses data, background description and figures to facilitate readers to know the plan. The book Editor-in-Chief Bin Li is the Former Minister of National Health Commission of PRC, and is the Vice Chairman of the National Committee of the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference. The book Associate Editor-in-Chief Xiaowei Ma is the Minister of National Health Commission of PRC.

    Contents:
    Principles
    Strategic themes
    Strategic targets
    Strengthening health education
    Encouraging healthy habits in individuals
    Improving physical fitness for all
    Promoting universal access to public health services
    Delivery of high quality and efficient medical care
    Letting traditional Chinese medicine play its unique role
    Improving healthcare services for priority groups
    Strengthening the medical insurance system
    Improving the drug supply security system
    Deepening patriotic public health campaigns
    Strengthening management of environmental problems affecting health
    Ensuring food and drug safety
    Improving public safety systems
    Optimizing pluralistic structure of medical care services
    Developing new types of health services
    Promoting fitness, leisure and sports industry
    Promoting development of medical industry
    Deepening reforms in institutional arrangements
    Developing human resources for health care
    Promoting science and technology innovation in health care
    Developing digital health information services
    Strengthening health legislation
    Intensifying international exchanges and cooperation
    Strengthening organization and leadership
    Creating favorable social conditions
    Conducting implementation monitoring.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    James Vincent Byrne.
    Summary: The new edition of this book updates an established text written for trainees and practicing endovascular therapists. The content is based on the curriculum of the Endovascular Neurosurgery MSc degree course at Oxford University and its tutorial system of teaching. The tutorial is a learning episode focused on a particular topic. The book is presented as a series of tutorials, which introduces and guides students through background literature, highlights relevant research data, and provides insights on treatments from an experienced practitioner. Each tutorial covers a different topic to provide a complete review of the subspecialty and its theoretical basis. It is intended to equip the reader with a foundation of knowledge on which to build their clinical practice and a reference base for further study. Its practical approach to endovascular therapy will help the reader to understand recent developments in this rapidly expanding field of medicine.

    Contents:
    Embryology of the Cranial Circulation
    Cranial Arterial Anatomy
    Cranial Venous Anatomy
    Spinal Vascular Anatomy
    Control of Cerebral Blood Flow
    Control of Intravascular Thrombosis.-Cranial Anastomoses and Dangerous Vascular Connections
    Arterial Aneurysms
    Vascular Malformations of the Brain
    Cranial Dural Arteriovenous Fistulas
    Endovascular Management of Carotid Cavernous
    Vein of Galen and Non-Galenic Cerebral Arteriovenous Fistulas
    Vascular Malformations of the Spinal Cord
    Head and Neck Vascular Lesions
    Embolisation of Intracranial and Skull Base Tumours
    Embolisation for Epistaxis
    Re-establishing Blood Flow After
    Embolic Agents
    Angioplasty and Stenting for Cranial Vessel Stenosis.-Embolisation, Vertebroplasty and Chemonucleolysis of Spinal Lesions
    Complications
    Obtaining the Patient's Consent
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peifu Tang, Kejian Wu, Zhongguo Fu, Hua Chen, Yixin Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces the surgical suture techniques in orthopaedics. These techniques have been recognized as a crucial part for wound care and surgery-related prognosis. Training of fellows on suture techniques is of great importance. This book provides a standard tutorial on how to be proficient in surgical suture performance. The history and basic concepts are introduced. Important issues when considering suture methods, including site infections, suturing materials, room setups, cosmetics and drainage are also discussed fully. Different types of suture techniques applying to orthopaedic surgeries are presented with illustrations. The author strives to implement the principle that orthopaedic theory should be connected with clinical practice, highlight the application of theoretical knowledge, strengthen the pertinence and practicality of suture techniques, and reflect domestic and international development trends to the greatest extend.

    Contents:
    The History of Knots and Surgical Suturing
    Basics of Orthopaedic Soft Tissue Repairing and Healing
    Prevention and Control Measures for Surgical Site Infection
    Design and Selection of Surgical Suturing Materials
    Basic Technical Training on Orthopaedic Suturing
    Orthopaedic Operating Room Setup and Aseptic Technique
    Tendon Suturing Technique in Hand Surgery
    Achilles Tendon Rupture Suturing Technique
    Suturing Technique for Soft Tissue Reconstruction around Upper Limb Joint
    Suturing Technique of Incisions after Arthroplasty
    Skin Cosmetic Suturing and Irregular Skin Wound Suturing
    Suturing Techniques in Microscopic Reconstruction
    Suturing Techniques in Spinal Soft Tissue Reconstruction
    Orthopaedic Knotting Skills
    Orthopaedic Drainage.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Jasmine Brown.
    Summary: "No real account of black women physicians in the US exists, and what little mention is made of these women in existing histories is often insubstantial or altogether incorrect. In this work of extensive research, Jasmine Brown offers a rich new perspective, penning the long-erased stories of nine pioneering black women physicians beginning in 1860, when a black woman first entered medical school. Brown champions these black women physicians, including the stories of: ̈ Dr. Rebecca Lee Crumpler, who graduated from medical school only fourteen months after the Emancipation Proclamation was signed and provided medical care for the newly freed slaves who had been neglected and exploited by the medical system. ̈ Dr. Edith Irby Jones, the first African American to attend a previously white-only medical school in the Jim Crow South, where she was not allowed to eat lunch with her classmates or use the women's bathroom. Still, Dr. Irby Jones persisted and graduated from medical school, going on to directly inspire other black women to pursue medicine such as . . . ̈ Dr. Joycelyn Elders, who, after meeting Dr. Irby Jones, changed her career ambitions from becoming a Dillard's salesclerk to becoming a doctor. In 1993, President Bill Clinton appointed Dr. Elders as the US surgeon general, making her the first African American and second woman to hold this position. Brown tells the stories of these doctors from the perspective of a black woman in medicine. Her journey as a medical student already has parallels to those of black women who entered medicine generations before her. What she uncovers about these women's struggles, their need to work twice as hard and be twice as good, and their ultimate success serves as instruction and inspiration for new generations considering a career in medicine or science"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Prologue: Set the record straight
    With determination and fearlessness
    Doing surgery in the bedroom
    Doing good in the community
    From her family forward
    Finding fulfillment in giving back
    You can't be what you can't see
    Healthcare is a human right
    "I will not be the last"
    Crusading for public health
    Epilogue: Remember their stories.
    Digital Access OverDrive 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    R153 .B76 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Asma Khalil, Liesbeth Lewi, Enrico Lopriore, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive update on the management of multiple pregnancy, which is becoming more common, and is associated with increased maternal and perinatal mortality and morbidity. Offering a practical guide and a wealth of videos, images and illustrations, the book will help clinicians to feel more confident when caring for women with multiple pregnancy. Its main objectives are: To increase the level of knowledge of healthcare professionals involved in the care of these women; To update their knowledge in keeping with the recommendations of the latest national and international guidelines; and To promote a multidisciplinary approach to the management of women with multiple pregnancy.

    Contents:
    Section I Biology: Zygocity and chorionicity OR Biology and genetics of dizygotic and monozygotic twinning
    The vanishing twin
    Genomic studies of complex traits: the value of twins
    Placentation in multiple pregnancy
    omic twin studies
    Section I Epidemiology: Epidemiology of twins and multiple pregnancy
    Assisted conception and multiple pregnancy
    Emerging methods in twin research
    Section III Antenatal Care in twins and multiple pregnancy: Dating of the pregnancy (determining the gestational age)
    Determining chorionicity and amnionicity
    Twin labelling, timing, frequency and content of ultrasound assessment
    Prenatal screening for and diagnosis of aneuploidy
    Screening for structural abnormalities
    Assessment of fetal growth in twins and multiple pregnancy
    Section IV Prenatal complications in multiple pregnancy: Twin pregnancies discordant for fetal anomaly
    Fetal reduction/selective termination in uncomplicated twins and multiple pregnancy
    Preterm birth in twins and multiple pregnancy
    Fetal growth restriction
    Stillbirth and single inutero death
    Section V Complications unique to monochorionic twin pregnancies: Twin to twin transfusion syndrome
    Twin anaemia polycythaemia sequence
    Twin reversed arterial perfusion sequence
    Monochorionic monoamniotic twin pregnancy
    Diagnosis and management of conjoined twins
    Section VI Peripartum care: Timing of birth in uncomplicated twin pregnancy
    Mode of delivery in twin pregnancy and delivery of the second twin
    Analgesia and anaesthetic consideration
    Postpartum hemorrhage and maternal morbidity in multiple pregnancy
    Section VII Postnatal care: Breast feeding twins and multiples
    Postpartum depression and psychiatric considerations
    Postnatal neonatal assessment in multiple pregnancy
    Support after single loss in twin and multiple pregnancy
    Section VIII Childhood development: Cerebral palsy and neurodevelopmental delay in multiple pregnancy
    Long term follow-up: indications and methodology
    Neuroimaging & the brain; the role of twin studies
    Section IX Research, registries and Parent views: Research studies in twins and multiple pregnancy (Global Twins and Multiples Priority Setting Partnership)
    Twin and multiple pregnancy registries
    Twin and multiple pregnancy: patient voice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [editors], Anne Marie Coady and Sarah Bower.
    Contents:
    First-trimester detection of fetal anomalies
    Fetal aneuploidies
    Routine fetal anomaly scan
    Amniotic fluid
    Disorders of the placenta : localization and placental attachment disorders
    Prenatal diagnosis of fetal infections
    Fetal anomalies: the geneticist's approach
    Diagnosis of hydrops and multiple malformation syndromes
    Assessment of twin gestation
    Fetal growth
    Cranial abnormalities
    Diagnosis of spina bifida and other dysraphisms in the fetus
    Abnormalities of the face and neck
    Cardiac abnormalities and arrhythmias
    Pulmonary abnormalities
    Skeletal abnormalities
    Abdominal and abdominal wall abnormalities
    Urinary tract abnormalities
    Haematological disorders
    Fetal tumours
    Fetal magnetic resonance imaging
    Fetal pathology.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Salah Mansour, Jacques Magnan, Hassan Haidar, Karen Nicolas.
    Summary: This book reviews current knowledge of the etiopathogenesis, pathophysiology, and molecular biology of tympanic membrane retraction pockets and provides clear guidance on clinical assessment and treatment. A new diagnostic approach based on clinicoradiologic correlations is presented, and the ability of computer tomography to offer objective criteria for improved differentiation between stable and unstable or unsafe retraction pockets is explained. Surgical options are discussed, and on the basis of their own clinical and surgical experiences the authors propose a novel procedure, masto-atticotomy with anterior epitympanotomy (AER surgery), which addresses the causative factors underlying a retraction pocket. This surgery aims to restore adequate aeration routes for the middle ear compartments situated above the tympanic diaphragm; it results in better control of the pathology and in most cases prevents its recurrence. The book will assist otologists and surgeons in ensuring that retraction pockets are effectively diagnosed and treated, avoiding progression to cholesteatoma.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Prevalence
    Etiology and Pathogenesis
    Histopathology of a Retraction Pocket
    Molecular Biology of the Retraction Pocket
    Fate of Retraction Pockets
    Ossicular erosion in retraction pockets
    Classification of Retraction Pockets
    Clinical features
    Clinical features
    Clinical description of retraction pocket
    Retraction pocket Imaging
    Treatment
    Our Clinical Experience
    Conclusion
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Velandai Srikanth, Zoe Arvanitakis.
    Summary: Type 2 Diabetes and Dementia details the relationship between diabetes, dementia and the future of medicine and therapeutics. Chapters range from epidemiology, clinical features, neuroimaging biomarkers, neuropathology, macrostructural and molecular mechanisms, risk assessment and prevention strategies, and the application of therapeutics. The book reflects the translational aspects of the current science in the field, with an emphasis on the display of neuroimaging and neuropathology. It contains contributions from world experts, and is ideal for clinicians and researchers in the fields of neurology, neuroscience, geriatric medicine and endocrinology. Presents a comprehensive overview that details the relationship between diabetes, dementia and the future of medicine and therapeutics Written for researchers and clinicians in neurology, neuroscience, geriatric medicine and endocrinologyIncludes topics ranging from epidemiology, clinical features, neuroimaging biomarkers, neuropathology, macrostructural and molecular mechanisms, risk assessment, prevention strategies and therapeutic applications

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Epidemiology of type 2 diabetes and dementia
    3. Magnitude and trajectories of Type 2 diabetes mellitus (DM)-associated cognitive dysfunction
    4. Brain Imaging in Diabetes
    5. Cerebrospinal Fluid and Blood-Based Biomarkers in Alzheimer's Disease and Type 2 Diabetes Spectrum Disorders
    6. Neuropathologic insights into diabetes
    7. Diet, obesity, exercise, metabolism and brain
    8. The role of insulin resistance and signalling in dementia
    9. Advanced Glycation, Diabetes and Dementia
    10. Neuroinflammation, Type 2 Diabetes and Dementia
    11. The blood-brain barrier in diabetes mellitus
    12. Pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions for cognitive impairment and dementia related to type 2 diabetes and metabolic disturbances in aging.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    Steffen Backert, Elisabeth Grohmann, editors ; responsible series editor: Klaus Aktories.
    Contents:
    Biological diversity and evolution of type IV secretion systems / Peter J. Christie, Laura Gomez Valero and Carmen Buchriester
    Structural and molecular biology of type IV secretion systems / Laurent Terradot, Célia Bergé and Gabriel Waksman
    Prokaryotic information games: how and when to take up and secrete DNA / Kerstin Stingl and Günther Koraimann
    Relaxases and plasmid transfer in gram-negative bacteria / Ellen L. Zechner, Gabriel Moncalián and Fernando de la Cruz
    Mechanisms of conjugative transfer and type IV secretion-mediated effector transport in gram-positive bacteria / Elisabeth Grohmann, Walter Keller and Gunther Muth
    Coupling proteins in type IV secretions / Matxalen Llosa and Itziar Alkorta
    Type IV secretion in Agrobacterium tumefaciens and development of specific inhibitors / Mahzad Sharifahmadian and Christian Baron
    The Helicobacter pylori type IV secretion system encoded by the cag pathogenicity island: architecture, function, and signaling / Steffen Backert [and three others]
    Sunversion of host membrane dynamics by the Legionella Dot/Icm type IV secretion system / Hubert Hilbi [and three others]
    Beginning to understand the role of the type IV secretion system effector proteins in Coxiella burnetii pathogenesis / Anja Lührmann, Hayley J. Newton and Matteo Bonazzi
    Type IV effector secretion and subversion of host functions by Bartonella and Brucella species / Christoph Dehio and Renée M. Tsolis
    Role and function of the type IV secretion system in anaplasma and ehrlichia species / Yasuko Rikihisa
    Secretion of chromosomal DNA by the Neisseria gonorrhoeae type IV secretion system / Melanie M. Callaghan [and three others].
all 774 "T" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.